Wli 


PJ  4   . 

G  7  ^' 
l9Td. 


GEAMMAE 


OF   THE 


HEBREW  LANGUAGE. 


BY  / 

V    • 
WILLIAM  HENRY  GREEN, 

PBOFESSOR   IN   THE   THEOLOGICAL    SEMINARY    AT    PRINCETON,    N.    J. 


THIKD  EDITION, 


KEW  YORK: 
JOHN  WILEY  &  SON,  PUBLISHERS, 

2  Clinton  Hall,  Astor  Place. 
1872. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  of  1861,  by 

JOHN  WILEY, 

in  the  Clerk's  OflSce  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


PEEFAOE. 


This  work  was  begun  at  tlie  instance  of  my  friend, 
preceptor,  and  colleague,  Dr.  J.  Addison  Alexander.  The 
aid  of  his  counsels  and  suggestions  was  freely  promised  in 
the  undertaking ;  and  he  was  to  give  to  it  the  sanction  of 
his  name  before  the  pubhc.  It  appears  shorn  of  these  ad- 
vantages. A  few  consultations  respecting  the  general  plan 
of  the  book  and  the  method  to  be  observed  in  its  prepara- 
tion, were  all  that  could  be  had  before  this  greatest  of 
American  orientalists  and  scholars  was  taken  from  us.  De- 
prived thus  early  of  his  invaluable  assistance,  I  have  yet 
found  a  melancholy  satisfaction  in  the  prosecution  of  a  task 
begun  under  such  auspices,  and  which  seemed  still  to  link 
me  to  one  with  whom  I  count  it  one  of  the  greatest  blessings 
of  my  life  to  have  been  associated. 

The  grammatical  system  of  Gesenius  has, -from  causes 
which  can  readily  be  explained,  had  a  predominance  in  this 
country  to  which  it  is  not  justly  entitled.  The  grammar  of 
Prof.  Stuart,  for  a  long  time  the  text-book  in  most  common 
use,  was  substantially  a  reproduction  of  that  of  Gesenius. 
Nordheimer  was  an  adherent  of  the  same  system  in  its  essen- 
tial featiu-es,  though  he  illustrated  it  with  wonderful  clearness 
and  philosophical  tact.  And  finally,  the  smaller  grammar  of 
Gesenius  became  current  in  the  excellent  translation  of  Prof. 
Conant.  Now,  while  Gesenius  is  unquestionably  the  prince 
of  Hebrew  lexicographers,  Ewald  is  as  certainly  entitled  to 


IV  PREFACE. 

the  precedence  among  grammarians ;  and  the  latter  cannot 
be  ignored  by  him  who  would  appreciate  correctly  the  exist- 
ing state  of  oriental  learning. 

The  present  work  is  mainly  based  upon  the  three  leading 
grannnars  of  Gesenius,  Ewald,  and  Nordheiiner,  and  the  at- 
tempt has  been  made  to  combine  whatever  is  valuable  in 
each.  For  the  sake  of  a  more  complete  survey  of  the  history 
of  opinion,  the  grammars  of  R.  Chayug,  R.  Kimchi,  Reuch- 
lin,  Buxtorf,  Schultens,  Simonis,  Robertson,  Lee,  Stier, 
Hupfeld,  Freytag,  Niigelsbach,  and  Stuart,  besides  others  of 
less  consequence  from  Jewish  or  Christian  sources,  have  also 
been  consulted  to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  The  author 
has  not,  however,  contented  himself  with  an  indolent  com- 
pilation ;  but,  while  availing  himself  freely  of  the  labours 
of  his  predecessors,  he  has  sought  to  maintain  an  independ- 
ent position  by  investigating  the  whole  subject  freshly  and 
thoroughly  for  himself.  His  design  in  the  following  pages 
has  been  to  reflect  the  phenomena  of  the  language  precisely 
as  they  are  exhibited  in  the  Hebrew  Bible ;  and  it  is  be- 
lieved that  this  is  more  exactly  accomplished  than  it  has  been 
in  any  preceding  grammar.  The  rule  was  ado])ted  at  the 
outset,  and  rigorously  adhered  to,  that  no  supposititious 
forms  should  be  admitted,  that  no  example  should  be  al- 
leged which  is  not  found  in  actual  use,  that  no  statement 
should  be  made  and  no  rule  given  the  evidence  of  which  had 
not  personally  been  subjected  to  careful  scrutiny.  Thus,  for 
example,  before  treating  of  any  class  of  verbs,  perfect  or  im- 
perfect, every  verb  of  that  description  in  the  language  was 
separately  traced  through  all  its  forms  as  shown  by  a  con- 
cordance ;  the  facts  were  thus  absolutely  ascertained  in  the 
first  instance  before  a  single  paradigm  was  })repared  or  a 
word  of  explanation  written. 

Some  may  be  disposed,  at  first,  to  look  suspiciously 
upon  the  triple   division   of  the  Hebrew   vowels,   adopted 


PREFACE. 


from  Ewald,  as  an  innovation:  further  reflection,  however, 
will  show  that  it  is  the  only  division  consistent  with  ac- 
curacy, and  it  is  really  more  ancient  than  the  one  which 
commonly  prevails. 

The  importance  of  the  accent,  especially  to  the  proper 
understanding:  of  the  vowels  of  a  word  and  the  laws  of 
vowel-changes,  is  such  that  the  example  of  Ewald  has  been 
followed  in  constantly  marking  its  position  by  an  appropriate 
sign.  He  uses  a  Methegh  for  this  purpose,  which  is  objec- 
tionable on  account  of  the  liability  to  eiTor  and  confusion 
when  the  same  sign  is  used  for  distinct  purposes.  The  use 
of  any  one  of  the  many  Hebrew  accents  would  also  be  liable 
to  objection,  since  they  not  only  indicate  the  tone  syllable, 
but  have  besides  a  conjunctive  or  disjunctive  force,  which  it 
would  be  out  of  place  to  suggest.  Accordingly,  a  special 
symbol  has  been  employed,  analogous  to  that  which  is  in  use 
in  our  own  and  other  languages,  thus  biojp  MtaV . 

The  remarks  upon  the  consecution  of  poetic  accents 
were  in  type  before  the  appearance  of  the  able  discussion  of 
that  subject  by  Baer,  in  an  appendix  to  the  Commentary  of 
Delitzsch  upon  the  Psalms.  The  rules  of  Baer,  however, 
depend  for  their  justification  upon  the  assumption  of  the 
accurate  accentuation  of  his  own  recent  edition  of  the  He- 
brew Psalter,  which  departs  in  numerous  instances  from  the 
current  editions  as  they  do  in  fact  from  one  another.  Inas- 
much as  this  is  a  question  which  can  only  be  settled  by 
manuscripts  that  are  not  accessible  in  this  country,  it  seems 
best  to  wait  until  it  has  been  tested  and  pronounced  upon 
by  those  who  are  capable  of  doing  so.  What  has  here  been 
written  on  that  subject,  has  accordingly  been  suffered  to  re- 
main, imperfect  and  unsatisfactory  as  it  is. 

The  laws  which  reo;ulate  the  formation  of  nouns  have 
been  derived  from  Ewald,  with  a  few  modifications  chiefly 
tending  to  simplify  them. 


VI  PREFACE. 

The  declensions  of  nouns,  as  made  out  by  Gesenius, 
have  the  merit  of  affording  a  convenient  and  tolerably 
complete  classification  of  their  forms  and  of  the  changes 
to  which  each  is  liable.  Nordheimer  abandoned  them 
for  a  method  of  his  own,  in  which  he  aimed  at  greater 
simplicity,  but  in  reality  rendered  the  subject  more  per- 
plexed. The  system  of  Ewald  is  complicated  with  the 
derivation  and  formation  of  nouns,  from  which  their 
subsequent  modifications  are  quite  distinct.  The  fact 
is,  however,  that  there  are  no  declensions,  properly 
speaking,  in  Hebrew;  and  the  attempt  to  foist  upon  the 
language  what  is  alien  to  its  nature,  embarrasses  the  subject 
instead  of  relieving  it.  A  few  general  rules  respecting  the 
vowel-changes,  which  are  liable  to  occur  in  different  kinds 
of  syllables,  solve  the  whole  mystery,  and  are  all  that  the 
case  requires  or  even  admits. 

In  the  syntax  the  aim  has  been  to  develop  not  so  much 
what  is  common  to  the  Hebrew  with  other  languages,  as 
what  is  characteristic  and  distinctive  of  the  former,  those 
points  being  particularly  dwelt  upon  which  are  of  chief  im- 
portance to  the  interpreter. 

In  the  entire  work  special  reference  has  been  had  to  the 
wants  of  theological  students.  The  author  has  endeavoured 
to  make  it  at  once  elementary  and  thorough,  so  that  it  might 
both  sen^e  as  a  manual  for  beginners  and  yet  possess  all  that 
completeness  which  is  demanded  by  riper  scholars.  The 
parts  of  most  immediate  importance  to  those  commencing 
the  study  of  the  language  are  distinguished  by  being  printed 
in  large  type. 

Princeton,  August  22c?,  1861. 


COIvrTEl^TS. 


PAET  I.— OETHOGEAPHY. 
Divisions  of  Grammar,  §1. 

OETHOGRAPHIO     SYMBOLS. 

The  Letters. — Alphabet,  §2;    Sounds,  §3;    Double  forms,  §4;    Names, 

§  5  ;     Order,  §  6  ;     Classification,  §  7 ;     "Words  never  divided,  §  8 ; 

Abbreviations  and  Signs  of  Number,  §  9. 
The  Vowels. — Masoretic  Points,  §10;    Vowel  Letters,  §11;    Signs  for  the 

Vowels,  §12;   Mutual  Relation  of  this  twofold  Notation,  §§13,  14; 

Pure  and  Diphthongal  Vowels,  §  15. 
Sh'va,  silent  and  vocal,  simple  and  compound,  §  16. 
Pattahh  Furtive,  §  17. 
SyUables,  §  18. 
Ambiguous  Signs. — Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  §19.1;   Kamets  and 

Kamets-Hhatuph,  §  19.  2 ;    Silent  and  Vocal  Sh'va,  §20. 
Points  affecting  Consonants: — Daghesh-lene,  §§21,  22. 

Daghesh-forte,  §  23 ;  different  kinds,  §  24 ;  omission  of,  §  25. 
Mappik,  §26. 
Raphe,  §27. 
Points  attached    to  "Words.— Accents,   their  design,   §  28 ;    forms  and 

classes,  §29;    like  forms  distinguished,  §30;   poetic  accents,  §81; 

position  as  determined  by  the  character  of  the  syllables,  §  32. 1 ;  in 

uninflected  words,  §32.  2.  3;  with  affixes,  suffixes  and  prefixes,  §33; 

use  in  distinguishing  words,  §  34 ;  shifted  in  special  cases,  §  85. 
Consecution  of  the  Accents  in  Prose. — Clauses  and  their  subdivisions, 

§36;  tabular  view,  §37;  explanationof  the  table,  §38;  adaptation  of 

the  trains  of  accents  to  sentences,  §  39. 


Vlll  CONTENTS. 

Poetic  Conaecvfion. — Clauses  and  their  subdivisions,  §40  ;  tabular  view 
and  explanation,  §41 ;  adaptation  of  the  trains  of  accents  to  sen- 
tences, §42. 

Makkeph,  §43. 

Methegh,  its  form  and  position,  §44;  special  rules,  §45;  KVi  and 
K'thibh,  meaning  of  the  terms,  §  46 ;  constant  K'l'is  not  noted  in  the 
margin,  §  47  ;  their  design  and  value,  §  48. 

Accuracy  of  the  points,  §  49. 

OETHOGEAPHIO     CHANGES. 

Significant  mutations  belong  to  the  domain  of  the  lexicon,  §§  50,  51 ;  eu- 
phonic mutations  to  the  domain  of  grammar,  §  52. 

Mutations  of  Consonants  at  the  beginning  of  syllables,  §53;  at  the  close 
of  syllables,  §54;  at  the  end  of  Avords,  §55  ;  special  rules,  §56. 

Changes  of  Consonants  to  Vowels  in  reduplicated  syllables  and  letters 
and  in  quiescents,  §  57. 

Mutations  of  Vowels,  significant  and  euphonic,  §58;  due  to  syllabic 
changes,  §  59  ;  to  contiguous  gutturals,  §  CO ;  to  concurrent  conso- 
nants, §61;  concurring  vowels,  §  62  ;  proximity  of  vowels,  §63  ;  the 
accent,  §  64 ;  pause  accents,  §  65 ;  shortening  or  lengthening  of 
words,  §  66. 


PART  IL— ETYMOLOGY. 

Roots  of  "Words. — Design  of  Etymology,  three  stages  in  the  growth  of 

words,  §67;    pronominal   and  verbal   roots,   §68;    formation   and 

infiection  of  words  by  external  and  internal  changes,  §  69 ;  parts  of 

speech,  §70. 

Peonotjns  personal,  §  71 ;    pronominal  suffixes,  §  72  ;    demonstrative,  §  73 ; 

relative,  §74;  interrogative  and  indefinite,  §75, 
Verbs,  the  species  and  their  signification,  §§  76-80. 

Perfect  Veebs,  §  81 ;    formation  of  the  species,  §§  82,  83 ;  their  inflection, 
§§  84,  85.  1 ;   paradigm  of  b-Jp^,  §  85.  2. 
EemarTcs  on  the  Perfect  Yerhs. — Kal  preterite,  §  86 ;    Infinitive,  §  87 ; 
Future,  §88;  Imperative,  §89;  Participles.  §  00 ;  Niphal.  S  91  ;  Piel, 
§92;  Pual,  §93;  ITiphil,  §94;  Hophal,  §95;  nithi)acl.  §  96. 
Paragogic  and  Ai)ocopated  Future,  §97;  and  Imperative,  §  98. 
Vav  Conversive  with  the  Future,  §  99 ;  with  the  Preterite,  §  100. 
Verbs  with  suffixes,  §§  101, 102  ;  paradigm,  §  103  ;  Remarks  on  the  Per- 
fect Verbs  with  suffixes,  Preterite,  §  104;   Future,  §105;    Infinitive 
and  Imperative,  §  106. 
Imperfect  Verbs,  classified,  §  107. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs,  tlieir  peculiarities,  §§108,  109;    paradigm,  §110; 
Remarks,  §§111-115. 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Ayin  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §116;  paradigm,  §117;  Re- 
marks, §§118-122. 

Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs,  tbeir  peculiarities,  §123;  paradigm,  §124; 
Remarks,  §§  125-128. 

Pe  Nun  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §  129  ;  paradigm,  §  130  ;  Remarks, 
§§131,  132, 

Ayin  Doubled  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§133-137;  paradigm,  §138; 
Remarks,  §§  139-142. 

Pe  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  143-145  ;  paradigm,  §  146 ;  Re- 
marks, §§147-151. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  152-154 ;  para- 
digm, §155;  Remarks,  §§156-161. 

Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §162;  paradigm,  §163;  Re- 
marks, §§164^167. 

Lamedh  He  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§168,  169;  paradigm,  §170; 
shortened  future  and  imperative,  §  171 ;  Remarks,  §§  172-177. 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs,  §  178. 

Defective  Verbs,  §  179. 

Quadriliteral  Verbs,  §  180. 
Nouns,  their  formation,  §181;    Class  L  §§182-135;  Class  IL  §§187,  188; 
Class  in.  §§189-192;  Class  IV.  §§193,  194;  Multiliterals,  §195. 

Gender  and  Number. — Feminine  endings,  §  196  ;  anomalies  in  the  use  of, 
§197;  employment  in  the  formation  of  words,  §198;  plural  end- 
ings, §  199  ;  anomalies,  §  200  ;  nouns  confined  to  one  number,  §  201 ; 
Dual  ending,  §  202  ;  usage  of  the  dual,  §  203  ;  changes  consequent 
upon  affixing  the  endings  for  gender  and  number,  §§  206-211. 

The  Construct  State,  its  meaning  and  formation,  §§  212-216. 

Declension  of  Nouns,  paradigm,  §217. 

Paragogic  Vowels  added  to  Nouns,  §§218,  219. 

Nouns  with  suffixes,  §^  220,  221  ;  paradigm,  §  222. 
Numerals. — Cardinal  numbers,  §§223-226;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §227. 
Prefixed    Particles,  §228;    the  Article,   §229:    the  Interrogative,  §230; 

Inseparable  prepositions,  §§  231-233 ;    Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234. 
Separate  Particles. — Adverbs,  §235;    with  suffixes,  §236;   Prepositions, 
§237;  with  suffixes,  §  238 ;  Conjunctions,  §239  ;  Interjections,  §  240. 


PART  III.— SYNTAX. 


Office  of  Syntax,  §241.  1;  Elements  of  the  sentence,  §241.  2. 

The  Subject,  a  noun  or  pronoun,  §  242  ;  when  omitted,  §  243 ;  its  exten- 
sion, §244. 

The  Article,  when  used,  §245;  nouns  definite  without  it,  §246;  omitted 
in  poetry,  §  247 ;  indefinite  nouns,  §  248. 

Adjectives  and  Demonstratives  qualifying  a  noun,  §  249. 


X  CONTENTS, 

Kumcrals. — Cardinal  numbers,  §§250,  251 ;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §252. 

Apposition,  §253. 

The  Construct  state  and  Suffixes,  §§254r-256;  resolved  by  the  preposition  b 
§257. 

The  Pkedicate,  Copula,  §258;  Nouns,  adjectives,  and  demonstratives,  §259. 

Comparison  of  adjectives,  §260. 

Yerhs. — Hebrew  conception  of  time,  §261 ;  the  primary  tenses:  use  of  tho 
preterite,  §262 ;  tho  future,  §  263  ;  paragogic  and  apocopated  future, 
§264;  the  secondary  tenses,  §266;  i)articiple3,  §266;  Infinitive, 
§§267-269. 

Olject  of  Verhs. — The  direct  object  of  transitive  verbs,  §  270 ;  transitive  con- 
struction of  intransitive  verbs,  §271 ;  indirect  object  of  verbs,  §272; 
verbs  with  more  tluui  one  object,  §  273. 

Adverbs  and  adverbial  expressions,  §  274. 

Neglect  of  agreement,  §  275  ;  compound  subject,  §  276 ;  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct, §  277;  dual  nouns,  §278 ;  changes  of  person,  §279. 

Repetition  of  nouns,  §  280  ;  pronouns,  §  281 ;  verbs,  §  282. 

Interrogative  Sentences,  §§  283,  284. 

Compound  Sentences. — Relative  pronoun,  §  285  ;  poetic  use  of  the  de- 
monstrative, §286;  conjunctions,  §287. 

Geammatioal  Analysis,  .....  page  315 

Index  I.      Subjects,  ....••"    323 

Index  II.    Texts  of  Scripture,  .  .  .  .  "331 

Ikdex  III.  Hebrew  "Words,  .  .  .  .  •  "    343 

Index  IV.  Hebrew  Grammatical  Terma,         .  .  .         .     "    ^99 


PART  FIRST. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

^1.  Language  is  the  communication  of  thought  by  means 
of  spoken  or  written  sounds.  The  utterance  of  a  single  thought 
constitutes  a  sentence.  Each  sentence  is  composed  of  words 
expressing  individual  conceptions  or  their  relations.  And 
words  are  made  up  of  sounds  produced  by  the  organs  of 
speech  and  represented  by  written  signs.  It  is  the  province 
of  grammar  as  the  science  of  language  to  investigate  these 
several  elements.  It  hence  consists  of  three  parts.  First, 
Orthography,  which  treats  of  the  sounds  employed  and  the 
mode  of  representing  them.  Second,  Etymology,  which  treats 
of  the  different  kinds  of  words,  their  formation,  and  the 
changes  which  they  undergo.  Third,  Syntax,  which  treats  of 
sentences,  or  the  manner  in  which  words  are  joined  together 
to  express  ideas.  The  task  of  the  Hebrew  grammarian  is  to 
furnish  a  complete  exhibition  of  the  phenomena  of  this  partic- 
ular language,  carefidly  digested  and  referred  as  far  as  practi- 
cable to  their  appropriate  causes  in  the  organs  of  speech  and 
the  operations  of  the  mind. 

The  Letters. 

^2.  The  Hebrew  being  no  longer  a  spoken  tongue,  is 
only  known  as  the  language  of  books,  and  particularly  of  the 
Old  Testament,  which  is  the  most  interesting  and  important 
as  well  as  the  only  pure  monument  of  it.     The  first  step 


2  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^2 

towards  its  investigation  mnst  accordingly  be  to  ascertiiiii  the 
meaning  of  the  symbols  in  which  it  is  recorded.  Then 
having  learned  its  sounds,  as  they  are  thus  represented,  it 
will  be  possible  to  advance  one  step  further,  and  inquire  into 
the  laws  by  which  these  are  governed  in  their  employment 
and  nuitations. 

The  symbols  used  in  writing  Hebrew  are  of  two  sorts, 
viz.  letters  (ni'^nix)  and  points  (a^"i^p?).  The  number  of  the 
letters  is  twenty -two ;  these  are  written  from  right  to  left,  and 
are  exclusively  consonants.  The  following  alphabetical  table 
exhibits  their  forms,  English  equivalents,  names,  and  mimeri- 
cal  values,  together  with  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  Rab- 
binical character  employed  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the 
commentaries  and  other  writings  of  the  modern  Jews. 


^3 


LETTERS. 


Order. 

Forms  and  Equivalents. 

i 

Names. 

Eabbinical 
Alpliabet. 

Numerical 

valueH. 

1 

^( 

inbjk 

Alepli 

f* 

1 

2 

n 

Bh,  B 

n^3 

Beth 

3 

2 

3 

s 

Gh,  G 

^'3'' 5 

Gi'-mel 

i 

3 

4 

n 

Dh,  D 

J^^-? 

Da'-leth 

7 

4 

5 

n 

H 

«r? 

He 

T> 

5 

6 

T 

V 

"0 

Vav 

1 

6 

7 

T 

Z 

rt 

Zayin 

t 

7 

8 

n 

Hh 

n^n 

Hheth 

P 

8 

9 

D 

T 

nit: 

Teth 

V 

9 

10 

■1 

Y 

"li"" 

Yodh 

♦ 

10 

11 

3   T 

Kh,  K 

51? 

Kaph 

1  = 

20 

12 

b 

L 

niab' 

V  T 

La'-medh 

i 

30 

13 

12    D 

M 

n^ 

Mem 

©1? 

40 

14 

2     1 

N 

r2 

Nun 

]' 

50 

15 

D 

S 

!jiao 

Sa'-mekh 

P 

60 

16 

3? 

r^ 

Ayin 

33 

70 

17 

&  51 

Ph,  P 

K^ 

Pc 

c|r 

80 

18 

^r 

Ts 

i^i 

Tsa'-dhe 

V 

90 

19 

p 

K 

Slip 

Koph 

V 

100 

20 

1 

R 

Tijnn 

Resh 

■5 

200 

21 

tj 

Sh,  S 

•JITIJ 

Shin 

t 

300 

22 

n 

Th,  T 

nn 

T 

Tav 

P 

400 

§3.  There  is  always  more  or  less  difficulty  in  represent- 
ing the  sounds  of  one  language  by  those  of  another.  But 
this  is  in  the  case  of  the  Hebrew  greatly  aggravated  by  its 
having  been  for  ages  a  dead  language,  so  that  some  of  its 


4  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^ 

somiils  cannot  now  ]jc  accurately  determined,  and  also  by  its 
belonging  to  a  difterent  family  or  group  of  tongues  from  our 
own,  possessing  sounds  entirely  foreign  to  the  English,  foT 
which  it  consequently  affords  no  equivalent,  and  which  are  it 
fact  incapable  of  being  pronounced  by  our  organs.  The 
equivalents  of  the  foregoing  table  are  not  therefore  to  be  re- 
garded as  in  every  instance  exact  representations  of  the  proper 
powers  of  the  letters.  They  are  simply  approximations  suffi- 
ciently near  the  truth  for  every  practical  purpose,  the  best 
which  can  now  be  proposed,  and  sanctioned  by  tradition  and 
the  conventional  usage  of  the  best  Hebraists. 

1.  It  will  be  observed  that  a  double  pronunciation  has 
been  assigned  to  seven  of  the  letters.  A  native  Hebrew  would 
readily  decide  without  assistance  which  of  these  was  to  be 
adopted  in  any  given  case,  just  as  we  are  sensible  of  no  in- 
convenience from  the  various  sounds  of  the  English  letters 
which  are  so  embarrassing  to  foreigners  learning  our  language. 
The  ambiguity  is  in  every  case  removed,  however,  by  the  ad- 
dition of  a  dot  or  point  indicating  which  sound  they  are  to 
receive.  Thus  3  with  a  point  in  its  bosom  has  the  soimd  of 
b,  3  unpointed  that  of  the  corresponding  v,  or  as  it  is  com- 
monly represented  for  the  sake  of  uniformity  in  notation,  hh ;  3 
is  pronounced  as  g,  ^  unpointed  had  an  aspirated  sound  which 
may  accordingly  be  represented  byy//,  but  as  it  is  difHcult  to 
produce  it,  or  even  to  determine  with  exactness  what  it  Avas, 
and  as  there  is  no  corresponding  sound  in  English,  the  aspira- 
tion is  mostly  neglected,  and  the  letter,  whether  pointed  or  not, 
sounded  indifferently  asy;  "^  is  d,^  unpointed  is  the  aspirate 
dli,  equivalent  to  th  in  ihe ;  3  is  k,  3  unpointed  its  aspirate  kh, 
perhaps  resembling  the  German  ch  in  ich,  though  its  aspira^ 
tion,  like  that  of  U,  is  commonly  neglected  in  modern  reading  ; 
B  is/),  B  unpointed  '\s,  j)]t  or/;  ri  is  /,  n  unpointed  ih  in  {bin. 
The  letter  TiJ  with  a  dot  over  its  right  arm  is  pronounced  like 
sh,  and  called  Shin ;  to  with  a  dot  over  its  left  arm  is  called 
Sin,  and  pronounced  like  s,  no  attempt  being  made  in  modern 


§3  LETTERS.  5 

usage  to  discriminate  between  its  sound  and  that  of  C 
Samekh.  Although  there  may  anciently  have  been  a  distinc- 
tion between  them,  this  can  no  longer  be  defined  nor  even 
positively  asserted ;  it  has  therefore  been  thought  unneces- 
sary to  preserve  the  individuality  of  these  letters  in  the 
notation,  and  both  of  them  will  accordingly  be  represented 
by  s. 

a.  The  double  sound  of  the  first  six  of  the  letters  just  named  is  purely 
euphonic,  and  has  no  effect  whatever  upon  the  meaning  of  the  words  in 
which  they  stand.  The  case  of  O  is  different.  Its  primary  sound  was  that 
of  sh,  as  is  evident  from  the  contrast  in  Judg.  12  :  6  of  rbS'^^  shibboleth 
with  rbao  sibbolelh.  In  certain  words,  however,  and  sometimes  for  the 
sake  of  creating  a  distinction  between  different  words  of  like  orthography, 
it  received  the  sound  of  s,  thus  almost  assuming  the  character  of  a  distinct 
letter,  e.  g.  "^inj  to  break,  i2ia  to  hope.  That  Sin  and  Samekh  were  dis- 
tinguishable to  the  ear,  appears  probable  from  the  fact  that  there  are  words 
of  separate  significations  which  differ  only  in  the  use  of  one  or  the  other 
of  these  letter^,  and  in  which  they  are  never  interchanged,  e.  g.  baia  to  be 
bereaeed,  bib  to  be  wise.  bsD  to  be  foolish  ;  "oty  to  be  drunken,  isb  to  hire, 
"130  to  shut  lip;  "ililJ  to  look,  lib  to  rule,  "ilO  to  turn  bock;  nca  a  lip, 
nSD  to  destroy.  The  close  affinity  between  the  sounds  which  they  repre- 
sent is,  however,  shown  by  the  fact  that  D  is  in  a  few  instances  written  for 
b,  e.  g.  no:  Ps.  4:  7  from  Nti: ,  n^Bob  Eccles.  1 ;  17  for  mBdo  .  The  original 
identity  of  b  and  b  is  apparent  from  the  etymological  connection  between 
1X123  leacen  and  r~[Xba  a  vessel  in  which  bread  is  leavened;  "isb  to  shudder, 

"liin^b  horrible,  causing  a  shudder.    In  Arabic  the  division  of  sinorle  letters 

"■•"  .    .  ■  .  .  .         .  . 

into  two  distinguished  by  diacritical  points  is  carried  to  a  much  greater 

length,  the  alphabet  of  that  language  being  by  this  means  enlarged  Irom 

twenty-two  to  twenty-eight  letters 

2.  In  their  original  power  I3  t  differed  from  n  t,  and  2  k 
from  p  k,  for  these  letters  are  not  confused  nor  liable  to  inter- 
change, and  the  distinction  is  preserved  to  this  day  in  the 
cognate  Arabic ;  yet  it  is  not  easy  to  state  intelligibly  where- 
in the  difference  consisted.  They  are  currently  pronounced 
precisely  alike. 

3.  The  letter  n  has  a  stronger  sound  than  n  the  simple 
h,  and  is  accordingly  represented  by  hh ;  "i  is  represented  by 
r,  although  it  had  some  peculiarity  of  sound  which  we  can- 
not at  this  day  attempt  to  reproduce,  by  which  it  was  alhed 
to  the  guttm'als. 


6  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^l 

4.  For  two  letters,  K  and  y,  no  equivalent  has  been  given 
ia  the  table,  and  they  are  commonly  altogether  neglected  in 
pronunciation.    S  is  the  weakest  of  the  letters,  and  was  ])rob- 
ably  always  inaudible.      It  stands  for  the  slight  and  involun- 
tary emission  of  breath  necessary  to  the  utterance  of  a  vowel 
unattended  by  a  more  distinct  consonant  sound.     It  there- 
fore merely  serves  to  mark  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  the 
syllable  of  which  it  is  a  part,  while  to  the  ear  it  is  entirely 
lost  in  the  accompanying  or  preceding  vowel.     Its  power  has 
been  likened  to  that  of  the  smooth  breathing  (')   of  the 
Greeks  or  the  English  silent  //  in  hour.      On  the  other  hand 
"S  had  a  deep  guttural  sound  which  was  always  heard,  but 
like  that  of  the  corresponding  letter  among  the  Arabs  is  very 
difficult  of  utterance  by  occidental  organs  ;  consequently  no 
attempt  is  made  to  reproduce  it.    In  the  Septuagint  it  is  some- 
times represented  by  y,  sometimes  by  the  rough  and  some- 
times by  the  smooth  breathing ;    thus  rrib?^  ro^uoQ^a,  "'>? 
'llli,  pl?^?  'Jj^iah'ix.     Some  of  the  modern  Jews  give  it  the 
sound  of  ?}(/  or  of  the  French  (/n  in  campagne,  either  wherever 
it  occurs  or  only  at  the  end  of  words,  e.  g.  yoTC  Slimang,  1^^ 
gnCimodh. 

§4.  The  forms  of  the  letters  exhibited  in  the  preceding 

table,  though  found  without  important  variation  in  all  existing 

manuscripts,  are  not  the  original  ones.     An  older  character 

is  preserved  upon  the  Jewish  coins  struck  in  the  age  of  the 

Maccabees,  which  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  the 

Samaritan  and  still  more  to  the  Phenician.     Some  of  the 

steps  in  the  transition  from  one  to  the  other  can  still  be  traced 

upon  extant  monuments.    There  was  first  a  cursive  tendency, 

disposing  to  unite  the  different  letters  of  the  same  word, 

which  is  the  established  practice  in  Syriac  and  Arabic.    This 

was  followed  by  a  predominance  of  the  calligraphic  principle, 

which  again  separated  the  letters  and  reduced  them  to  their 

present  rectangular  forms  and  nearly  uniform   size.      The 

cursive  stage  has,  however,  left  its  traces  upon  the  five  letters 


0  LETTERS.  7 

which  appear  in  the  table  with  double  forms ;  D  "a  5  s  2r  ^vhen 
standing  at  the  beginning  or  in  the  middle  of  words  termi- 
nate in  a  bottom  horizontal  stroke,  which  is  the  remnant  of 
the  connecting  link  with  the  following  letter ;  at  the  end  of 
words  no  such  link  was  needed,  and  the  letter  was  continued 
vertically  downward  in  a  sort  of  terminal  flourish  thus,  T  1 5]  7 , 
or  closed  up  by  joining  its  last  with  its  initial  stroke,  thus  a. 

a.  The  ^aw  instances  in  which  final  letters  are  found  in  the  middle  of 
words,  as  n2nqb  Isa.  9:  6,  or  their  ordinary  Ibrms  at  the  end,  as  "Cn  Neh. 
2  :  13,  3^  Job  38  :  1,  are  probably  due  to  the  inadvertence  of  early  tran- 
scribers which  has  been  faithfully  perpetuated  since,  or  if  intentional  they 
may  have  had  a  connection  now  unknown  with  the  enumeration  of  letters 
or  the  signification  of  words.  The  same  may  be  said  of  letters  larger  than 
usual,  as  ns2l  Ps.  SO:  16,  or  smaller,  as  DSJ'13'?3  Gen.  2:4,  or  above  the 
line,  as  ~?^^  Ps.  SO  :  14,  or  inverted,  as  sb:3  Num.  10:  35,  (in  manuscripts 
and  the  older  editions,  e.  g.  thatof  Stephanus  in  1541),  or  with  extraordinary 
points,  as  ^r:;ri-'i  Gen.  33  :  4,  x^j'lb'  Ps.  27  ;  13,  in  all  which  the  Rabbins  find 
concealed  meanings  of  the  most  fanciful  and  absurd  character.  Thus  in 
their  opinion  the  suspended  3  in  nfe;^  Judg.  18  :  30  suggests  that  the  idola- 
ters described  were  descended  from  Moses  but  had  the  character  of  Ma- 
nasseh.  In  '^r\\  Lev.  11 :  42  the  Vav,  which  is  of  unusual  size,  is  the  middle 
letter  of  the  Pentateuch  ;  "j"'?."'?*!  Gen.  16:  5  with  an  extraordinary  point 
over  the  second  Yodh,  is  the  only  instance  in  which  the  word  is  written  with 
that  letter;  the  large  letters  in  Deut.  6:  4  emphasize  the  capital  article  of 
the  Jewish  faith.  All  such  anomalous  i'orms  or  marks,  with  the  conceits  of 
the  Rabbins  respecting  them,  are  reviewed  in  detail  in  Buxtorf's  Tiberias, 
pp.  152  etc. 

^5.  All  the  names  of  the  letters  were  probably  significant 
at  first,  although  the  meanings  of  some  of  them  are  now  doubt- 
ful or  obscure.  It  is  commonly  supposed  that  these  describe 
the  objects  to  which  their  forms  originally  bore  a  rude  resem- 
blance. If  this  be  so,  however,  the  mutations  which  they 
have  since  undergone  are  such,  that  the  relation  is  no  longer 
traceable,  unless  it  be  faintly  in  a  few.  The  power  of  the 
letter  is  in  every  instance  the  initial  sound  of  its  name. 

a.  The  opinion  advocated  by  Schultens,  Fundamenta  Ling.  Heb.  p.  10, 
that  the  invention  of  the  letters  was  long  anterior  to  that  of  their  names, 
and  that  the  latter  was  a  pedagogical  expedient  to  facilitate  the  learning  of 
the  letters  by  associating  their  forms  and  sounds  with  familiar  objects,  has 
met  with  little  favour  and  possesses  little  intrinsic  probability.    An  interest- 


b  ORTHOGRAPHY,  )6 

ing  corroboration  ofthc  antiquity  of  tlicse  names  is  found  in  their  prcsorva 
tion  in  tiie  Greek  alphabet.  thouLfii  destitute  of  meaning  in  that  hmgiiage, 
the  Greei<s  liaving  borrowed  tiieir  letters  at  an  early  period  from  the  Phe- 
nicians.and  hence  the  appended  a  ol'"A\^a.  etc.,  whicli-points  to  the  Ara- 
maeic  form  X^^x . 

b.  The  Semitic  derivation  of  the  names  proves  incontestahly  that  the 
alphabet  had  its  origin  among  a  people  speaking  a  language  kindred  to 
tlie  Hebrew.  Their  most  probable  meanings,  so  far  as  they  are  still  ex- 
plicable, are  as  follows,  viz:  Aleph,  an  o.r;  Beth,  a  house ;  G\nie\.  acniuel ; 
Daleth,  a  door;  He.  doubtful,  possibly  a  irindow ;  Vav,  a  honk  ;  Zayin,  a 
weapon;  Hheth,  probably  (t  fencp ;  Tcth.  probably  a  snake  ;  Yudli.  a  hand ; 
Kaph.  the  palm  of  the  hand  f  Lamedh.  an  ox-goad;  Mem,  water ;  Nun,  a 
fish;  Samekh,  a  pro/;;  Ayin,  an  eye;  Fe,  a  mouth;  Tsadhe,  a Jish-hook  or 
a  humerus  dart  ;  Koph,  perhaps  the  back  of  the  head  ;  Resh,  a  head;  Shin, 
a  tooth  ;  Tav,  a  cross  mark. 

^6.  The  order  of  the  letters  appears  to  be  entirely  arbi- 
trary, though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  three  middle 
mutes  2^1  succeed  each  other,  as  in  like  manner  the  three 
liquids  '?  'a  2 .  The  juxtaposition  of  a  few  of  the  letters  may 
perhaps  be  owing  to  the  kindred  signification  of  their  names, 
e.  g.  Yodh  and  Ka})h  f/te  hand,  j\Iem  water  and  Nun  a  fsh, 
Resh  the  hcadimA  Shin  a  tooih.  The  antiquity  of  the  existing 
arrangement  of  the  alphabet  is  shown,  1.  by  psalms  and  other 
portions  of  the  Old  Testament  in  which  successive  clauses  or 
verses  begin  with  the  letters  disposed  in  regular  order,  viz. 
Ps.  25  (P  omitted),  34,  37  (alternate  verses,  y  omitted).  111 
(every  clause),  112  (every  clause),  119  (each  letter  eight 
times),  145  (3  omitted),  Prov.  31 :  10-31,  Lam.  ch.  1,  2,  3 
(each  letter  three  times),  4.  In  the  first  chapter  of  Lamenta- 
tions the  order  is  exactly  preserved,  but  in  the  remaining 
three  chapters  3?  and  S  are  transposed.  2.  By  the  corres- 
pondence of  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets,  which  have 
sprung  from  the  same  origin  with  the  Hebrew. 

a.  Tlie  most  ingenious  attempt  to  discover  a  regular  structure  in  the 
Hebrew  alphabet  is  that  of  I.epsius,  in  an  essay  upon  this  subject  piildished 
in  1836.  Omitting  the  sibilants  and  Resh,  he  finds  the  following  triple 
correspondence  ol"  a  breathing  succeeded  by  the  same  three  mutes  carried 
:hrougli  each  of  the  three  orders,  the  second  rank  being  enlarged  by  ihe 
addition  of  the  liquids. 


»7 


LETTERS. 


r             - 

Breathings. 

Mutes. 

1 

Liquids. 

Middle 

Smooth 

Rough 

n 

a  a   1 
1  n  i: 
B  p  n 

(^=) 

hiz: 

Curious  as  this  result  certainly  is,  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  alleged 
correspondence  is  in  part  imaginary,  and  the  method  by  which  it  is  reached 
is  too  arbitrary  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  this  scheme  was  really  in 
the  mind  of  the  author  of  the  alphabet,  much  less  to  sustain  the  further 
speculations  built  upon  it,  reducing  the  original  number  and  modifying  the 
powers  of  the  letters, 

b.  It  is  curious  to  see  how,  in  the  adaptation  of  the  alphabet  to  different 
languages,  the  sounds  of  the  letters  have  been  modified,  needless  ones 
dropped,  and  others  found  necessary  added  at  the  end,  without  disturbing 
the  arrangement  of  the  original  stock.  Thus  the  Greeks  dropped  i  and  p, 
only  retaining  them  as  numerical  signs,  while  the  Roman  alphabet  has  F 
and  Q,;  on  the  other  hand  the  Romans  found  ta  and  G  superfluous,  while 
the  Greeks  made  of  them  S^  and  f ;  a  and  T,  in  Greek  y  and  ^,  become  in 
Latin  C  and  G,  while  n,  in  Latin  H,  is  in  Greek  converted  like  the  rest  of 
the  gutturals  into  a  vowel  7), 

^  7.  The  letters  may  be  variously  divided  : 

1.  First,  with  respect  to  the  organs  by  which  they  are 
pronounced. 


Gutturals 

i( 

n 

n 

y 

Palatals 

a 

1 

D 

P 

Linguals 

^ 

t: 

b 

D 

Dentals 

T 

D 

a 

© 

Labials 

n 

1 

tt 

B 

n  has  been  differently  classed,  but  as  its  peculiarities  are 
those  of  the  gutturals,  it  is  usually  reckoned  with  them. 

2.  Secondly,  according  to  their  respective  strength,  into 
three  classes,  which  may  be  denominated  weak,  medium,  and 
strong.  The  strong  consonants  offer  the  greatest  resistance 
to  change,  and  c^ire  capable  of  entering  into  any  combinations 
wliich  the  formation  or  inflection  of  words  may  require.  The 
weak  have  not  this  capacity,  but  when  analogy  would  bring 
them  into  combinations  foreign  to  their  nature,  they  are  either 


10 


ORTHOGRAPHT. 


*7 


liable  to  mutation  themselves  or  occasion  changes  in  the  rest 
of  the  Avord.  Those  of  medium  strength  have  neither  the 
absolute  stability  of  the  former  nor  the  feeble  and  fluctuating 
character  of  the  latter. 


Weak, 


Medium, 


Strons^, 


X   n   1   -^     Vowel-Letters, 
X  n  n  y     Gutturals. 

Liquids, 
Sibilants. 


>-  Aspirates  and  INIutes. 


The  special  characteristics  of  these  several  classes  and  the 
influence  which  they  exert  upon  the  constitution  of  words 
will  be  considered  hereafter.  It  is  sufficient  to  remark  here 
that  the  vowel-letters  are  so  called  because  they  sometimes 
represent  not  consonant  but  vowel-sounds. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  while  the  p,  fr,  and  i-mutes  agree  in  having 
smooth  S  3  n  and  middle  forms  3  5  1.  which  may  be  either  aspirated  or 
unaspirated,  the  two  last  have  each  an  additional  representative  p  Xi  which 
is  lacking  to  the  first.  This,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  two  of  the  alpha- 
betic Psalms,  Ps.  25.  S'J,  repeat  S  as  the  initial  of  the  closing  verse,  has 
given  rise  to  the  conjecture  that  the  missing  /)  mute  was  supplied  by  this 
letter,  having  a  double  sound  and  a  double  place  in  the  alphabet.  In  curi- 
ous coincidence  with  this  ingenious  but  unsustained  hypothesis,  the  Etliio- 
pic  alphabet  has  an  additional  p,  and  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets 
agree  one  step  and  only  one  beyond  the  letter  T,  viz.  in  adding  next  a 
labial,  which  in  Greek  is  divided  into  v  and  <^,  and  in  Latin  into  U  and  V, 
as  "^  into  I  and  J. 

3.  Thirdly,  The  letters  may  be  divided,  Avith  respect  to 
their  function  in  the  formation  of  words,  into  radicals  and 
seniles.  The  former,  which  comprise  just  one  half  of  the 
alphabet,  are  never  employed  except  in  the  roots  or  radical 
portions  of  words.  The  latter  may  also  enter  into  the  con- 
stitution of  roots,  but  they  are  likewise  put  to  the  less  inde- 
pendent use  of  the  formation  of  derivatives  and  inflections, 
of  prefixes  and  sufiixes.      The  serviles  are  embraced  in  the 


^8  LETTERS.  11 

memorial  words  nb?i  mCT2  "jn^x  (Ethan  Moses  and  Caleb) ;  of 
these,  besides  other  uses,  'jrT'Si  are  prefixed  to  form  the  future 
of  verbs,  and  the  remainder  are  prefixed  as  particles  to  nouns. 
The  letters  'T'ni'axn  are  used  in  the  formation  of  nouns  from 
their  roots.  The  only  exception  to  the  division  now  stated 
is  the  substitution  of  13  for  servile  ri  in  a  certain  class  of  cases, 
as  explained  §  54.  4. 

a.  Kimchi  in  his  Mikhlol  (bibai:)  fol.  46,  gives  several  additional  ana- 
grams of  the  serviles  made  out  by  different  grammarians  as  aids  to  the 
memory,  e.  g.  nj'^n  irDsbri;ii  ybr  his  work  is  understanding ;  n?abi:;  "^SS 
3n3  /  Solomon  am  writing;  nsnn  ^jt  '^laibo  only  build  thou  viy  peace ; 
•pian  3X  b"'nc3  like  a  braiich  of  the  father  of  multitude ;  irb.s  ::nD  n'iia 
Moses  has  written  to  us.  To  which  Nordheimer  has  added  '^spd'O  "pn  bx'r 
consult  the  riches  of  my  hook. 

§  8.  In  Hebrew  writing  and  printing,  words  are  never 
divided.  Hence  various  expedients  are  resorted  to  upon 
occasion,  in  manuscripts  and  old  printed  editions,  to  fill  out 
the  lines,  such  as  giving  a  broad  form  to  certain  letters,  >»«  rn 
S  tiz  sn ,  occupying  the  vacant  space  with  some  letter,  as  p, 
repeated  as  often  as  may  be  necessary,  or  with  the  first  letters 
of  the  next  word,  which  were  not,  however,  accounted  part 
of  the  text,  as  they  were  left  without  vowels,  and  the  word 
was  written  in  full  at  the  beginning  of  the  following  line. 
The  same  end  is  accomplished  more  neatly  in  modern  print- 
ing by  judicious  spacing. 

§9.1.  The  later  Jews  make  frequent  use  of  abbreviations. 
There  are  none,  however,  in  the  text  of  the  Hebrew  Bible ; 
such  as  are  found  in  the  margin  are  explained  in  a  special 
lexicon  at  the  back  of  the  editions  in  most  common  use,  e.  g. 
^y\  for  "I'Qi;^"!  et  completio  =  etc. 

2.  The  numerical  employment  of  the  letters,  common  to 
the  Hebrews  with  the  Greeks,  is  indicated  in  the^table  of  the 
alphabet.  The  hundreds  from  500  to  900  are  represented 
either  by  the  five  final  letters  or  by  the  combination  of  ri  with 
the  letters  immediately  preceding ;  thus  1  or  pn  500,  Q  or  "ir 
600,  1  Tsn  or  pnn  700,  t\  or  nn  800,  y  or  pnn  900.     Thou- 


12  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  10 

sands  are  represented  by  units  with  two  dots  placed  over  them, 
thus  i^  1000,  etc.  Compound  numbers  are  formed  by  joining 
tlie  appropriate  units  to  the  tens  and  hundreds,  thus  ssn  4.21. 
Fifteen  is,  however,  made  not  by  n*",  which  are  the  initial 
letters  of  the  divine  name  Jehovah,  mn'',  but  by  it:  9-j-G. 

This  use  of  the  letters  is  found  in  the  accessories  of  the 
Hebrew  text,  e.  g.  in  the  numeration  of  the  chapters  and  verses, 
and  in  the  Masoretic  notes,  but  not  in  the  text  itself.  Whethei 
these  or  any  other  signs  of  number  were  ever  employed  by 
the  original  writers  of  Scripture,  or  by  the  scribes  in  copying 
it,  may  be  a  doubtful  matter.  It  has  been  ingeniously  con- 
jectured, and  with  a  show  of  plausibility,  that  some  of  the 
discrepancies  of  numbers  in  the  Old  Testament  may  be 
accounted  for  by  assuming  the  existence  of  such  a  system  of 
symbols,  in  which  errors  might  more  easily  arise  than  in  fully 
written  words. 

The  Vowels. 

§  10.  The  letters  now  explained  constitute  the  body  of 
the  Hebrew  text.  These  are  all  that  belonged  to  it  in  its 
original  form,  and  so  long  as  the  language  was  a  living  one 
nothing  more  was  necessary,  for  the  reader  could  mentally 
supply  the  deficiencies  of  the  notation  from  his  familiarity 
with  his  native  tono;ue.  But  when  Hebrew  ceased  to  be 
spoken  the  case  was  different ;  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
pronunciation  could  no  longer  be  presumed,  and  dithculties 
would  arise  from  the  ambiguity  of  individual  words  and  their 
doubtful  relation  to  one  another.  It  is  the  design  of  the 
Masoretic  points  ( nnicia  tradition)  to  remedy  or  obviate  these 
inconveniences  by  supplying  what  was  Incking  in  this  mode 
of  writing.  The  authors  of  this  system  did  not  venture  to 
make  any  change  in  the  letters  of  the  sacred  text.  The  signs 
which  they  introduced  were  entirely  supplementary,  consist- 
ing of  dots  and  marks  about  the  text  fixing  its  true  pronun- 


^11  VOWELS.  13 

ciatioii  and  auxiliary  to  its  proper  interpretation.  This  has 
been  done  with  the  utmost  nicety  and  minuteness,  and  with 
such  evident  accuracy  and  care  as  to  make  them  rehable  and 
efficient  if  not  indispensable  helps.  These  points  or  signs  are 
of  three  kinds,  1.  those  representing  the  vowels,  2.  those 
affecting  the  consonants,  3.  those  attached  to  words. 

a.  As  illustrations  of  the  ambiguity  both  as  to  sound  and  sense  of  indi- 
vidual words,  when  written  by  the  letters  only,  it  may  be  stared  that  "i-"J 
is  in  Gen.  12:  4  "iS'n  he  spake,  in  Ex.  6:  29  la'i  speak  and  ii^  speak- 
ing, in  Prov.  25:  11  ^i'n  spoken,  in  Gen.  37  :  14  "li'n  wojd,  in  1  Kin.  6: 16  "i^ 
the  oracle  or  most  holy  place  of  the  temple,  in  Ex.  9:  3  '^'zh  pestilence.  So 
p'C^  is  in  Gen.  29 :  10  p'^"!;]  and  he  watered,  and  in  the  next  verse  p^'^l 
and  he  kissed  ;  X3"'l  occurs  twice  in  Gen.  29 :  23,  the  first  time  it  is  X^*;;  and 
he  brought,  the  second  N3J'1  and  he  came;  n^PTi'm  is  in  Jer.  32:  37  first 
D^r3ii;n2  o.nd  I  will  bring  them  again,  and  then  D^n^'lTr;!  and  I  will  cause 
them  to  dwell;  c-i^a  is  in  Gen.  14  :  19  D^^aili  heaven,  and  in  Isa.  5  :  20  0"^^^^ 
putting.  This  ambiguity  is,  however,  in  most  cases  removed  by  the  con- 
nection in  which  the  words  are  found,  so  that  there  is  little  practical  diffi- 
culty for  one  who  is  well  acquainted  with  the  language.  Modern  Hebrew 
is  commonly  written  and  read  without  the  points:  and  the  same  is  true  of 
its  kindred  tongues  the  Syriac  and  Arabic,  though  each  of  these  has  a 
system  of  points  additional  to  the  letters. 

§  11.  1.  The  alphabet,  as  has  been  seen,  consisted  exclu- 
sively of  consonants,  since  these  were  regarded  as  a  sufficiently 
exact  representation  of  the  syllables  into  which  in  Hebrew 
they  invariably  enter.  And  the  omission  of  the  vowels  occa- 
sioned less  embarrassment,  because  in  the  Semitic  family  of 
languages  generally,  unlike  the  Indo-European,  they  form  no 
part,  properly  speaking,  of  the  radical  structure  of  the  word, 
and  consequently  do  not  aid  in  expressing  its  essential  mean- 
ing, but  only  its  nicer  shades  and  modifications.  Still  some 
notation  of  vowels  was  always  necessary,  and  this  was  furnish- 
ed in  a  scanty  measure  by  the  vowel-letters,  or,  as  they  are 
also  called,  c\mQ^Q,Qni^,ov  matres  lectionis  (guides  in  reading). 
The  weakest  of  the  palatals  "^  was  taken  as  the  representative 
of  the  vowels  i  and  B  of  the  same  organ  to  which  in  sound 
it  bears  a  close  affinity ;  the  weakest  of  the  labials  1  was  in 
hke  manner  made  to  represent  its  cognates  U  and  o  ;  and  the 


14  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §11 

two  weak  gutturals  5?  and  "  were  written  for  the  guttural 
vowel  a,  as  well  as  for  the  compound  vowels  B  and  0  of  which 
a  is  one  of  the  elements.  Letters  were  more  rarely  employed 
to  represent  short  vowels ;  n  or  "^  for  e  is  the  most  frequent 
case  ;  others  are  exceptional. 

a.  Mediiil  0,  when  written  at  all,  as  it  very  rarely  is,  is  denoted  hy  X,  e.  g. 
::sb  laL  iuds.  4  :  21,  sxn  dag  Neh.  13:  16  KHiiibh.  csp  kam  Hos.  10:  14, 
bTNT"  "zazel  Lev.  16:  8,  cxn  rQsli  Prov.  10:  4  and  in  a  few  other  passages, 
ri'nxi  sometimes  for  7amOth,  "SIS  Isnvvar.  "XDX^s  Hos.  4  :  6  if  not  an 
error  in  the  text  perhaps  for  emasak  ;  final  a,  which  is  much  more  frequent- 
ly written,  is  denoted  by  n,  e.  g.  nba  gala,  nsiia  rnalka,  npx  <///rt.  rarely 
and  only  as  an  AramiEiem  by  s.  e.  g.  NSn  hhngga  Isa.  19  :  17.  sn-p  kot/ihfl 
Ezek.  27:  31  K'thibh.  i<n33  gahh'lm  Ezek.  31  :  5  K'thibh.  The  writing  of 
e  and  I,  0  and  ii  is  optional  in  the  middle  ol' words  but  necessary  at  'he  end, 
e.  g.  CP""^::  or  c^ni^x  tsicnthlm.  T-'i:i  Isivcll/il  ;  "J  or  l^rj  shublni.  In 
tlie  former  position  "^  stands  for  the  fir.st  pair  of  vowels,  and  1  for  the  second, 
6.  g.  nip''3"'B  meinkulh,  "^riyzi  n^sugholln  ;  x  for  e  and  O  so  situated  is  rare 
and  exceptional,  e.g.  ITXi  rcsk  Prov.  6 :  11,  30:  8,  and  perhaps  y.s:"'  yanels 
Eccles.  12:5  ;  n.XT  zolh.  nx^E  porolh  Ezek.  31  : 8,  irxu:  bilstsolhav  Ezek. 
47:  11.  At  the  end  of  words  e  is  commonly  expressed  by  ^,  and  O  by  1 , 
though  n  is  frequently  and  X  rarely  employed  for  the  same  purpose,  e.  g. 
"'^b^a  nialk/ie,  i-5"a  malko ;  n"in  h'ye,  n?iE  parO ;  X^  lo.  Final  e  is  re 
presented  by  n,  medial  c  if  written  at  all  by  ^ ,  e.  g.  ni.T'  yih^i/e.  nr'^'^np  or 
n:"^nr  tiWyena. 

b.  The  employment  of  the  vowol-letters  in  conformity  with  the  scale 
just  given,  is  further  governed,  (I.)  By  usage,  which  is  in  many  words  and 
tbrms  almost  or  quite  invariable;  in  others  it  fluctuates,  thus  sohhebh  is 
commotdy  "30  or  22TD,  only  once  S'^so  2  Kin.  8:21 ;  ya''kobh  is  "p""*  ex- 
cept in  Jer.  33:26  where  it  is  z^pv;  lliease  is  nr:'n.  but  in  Ex.  25:  31 
ri'i'rin  ;  etham  according  to  the  analogy  of  similar  grammatical  forms  would 
be  cnx,  but  in  Ps.  19:  14  it  is  cr-x ;  hennr  is  in  Jer,  2:11  written  in  both 
the  usual  and  an  unusual  way,  -•^on  and  ^"'^"n  ;  ■m''laklnm  is  crit:  except 
in  2  Sam.  11:1,  where  it  is  L-=x;'3;  g'bhulolh  is  in  Deut.  32:8  rbia,  in 
Isa.  10:  13  nbiza,  in  Ps.  74:17  r*bi33;  lo  meaning  not  is  xb.  meaning /o 
him  is  "i^,  though  these  are  occasionally  interchanged  ;  zo  is  written  both 
riT  and  IT;  and  po  ns,  ^B  and  XB.  (2.)  The  indisposition  to  multiply  the 
vowel-letters  unduly  in  the  same  word,  e.  g.  'lo''h  mbx .  'loh'im  C"'nbx ; 
ndlhun  "prs,  ii'lhwnm.  C"5r3  or  c:ir3.  (3.)  The  increased  tendency  to  their 
employment  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible,  e.  g.  n"i3  A-<57//j  Dan.  11:6, 
always  elsewhere  n3  ;  cnip  kodhesh  Dan.  1 1  :  30,  for  U.'"ip  ;  "fn  ddi-'tdh  in 
the  books  of  Chronicles,  Ezra,  Nehemiah  and  Zcchariah,  elsewhere  com- 
monly in.  This  must,  however,  be  taken  with  considerable  abatement, 
as  is  shown  by  such  examples  as  add'irlin  Ci'^nx  Ex.  15:  10,  cilx  Ezek. 
32:  18. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  those  cases  in  which  X  is  used  to  record 
vowels  must  be  carel'ully  distinguished  from  those  in  which  it  properly 


H2 


VOWELS. 


15 


belongs  to  the  consonantal  structure  of  the  word,  though  from  its  weak 
nefes  it  may  have  lost  its  sound,  as  X2B  matsa,  'jTOX"!  nshon.  §  57,  2. 

2.  When  used  to  represent  the  Hebrew  vowels,  a  is 
sounded  as  in  father,  a  as  in  fat,  8  as  in  t/iere,  t  as  in  met, 
i  as  in  macJiine,  i  as  in  pin,  b  as  in  notCy  o  as  in  not,  u  as  in 
rule,  and  u  as  in  full.  The  quantity  will  be  marked  when 
the  vowels  are  long,  but  not  when  they  are  short. 

§  12.  There  are  nine  points  or  masoretic  signs  represent- 
ing vowels  (m'yiDn  motions,  viz.,  by  which  consonants  are 
moved  or  pronounced) ;  of  these  three  are  long,  three  short, 
and  three  doubtful.  They  are  shown  in  the  following  table, 
the  horizontal  stroke  indicating  their  position  with  reference 
to  the  letters  of  the  text. 


Lon(/  Voivels. 

ftt)?  Ka'-mets     a  — 

T^%  Tse'-re        e  — 

D^in  Hho'-lem    o  ^ 


Short  Vowels. 
nns  Pat-tahh  a 

bto  Se'-ghol  g 

sq^bn  "jT^^  Ka'-mets  Hha-tiiph'  b 


Doubtful  Vowels. 
-pyn     Hhi'-rik         -^         ^  or  ^ 
y>yfd     Shu'-rek 
r^p     Kib'-buts 


"\ 


u  or  u 


All  these  vowel-points  are  written  under  the  letter  after 
which  they  are  pronounced  except  two,  viz.,  Hholem  and 
Shurek.  Hholem  is  placed  over  the  left  edge  of  the  letter 
to  which  it  belongs,  and  is  thus  distinguished  from  the 
accent  R'bhi^  which  is  a  dot  over  its  centre.  When  fol- 
lowed by  TS  or  preceded  by  td  it  coincides  with  the  diacritical 
point  over  the  letter,  e.  g.  nizj^  mdshe,  situ  sunB ;  when  it 
follows  T2J  or  precedes  to  it  is  written  over  its  opposite  arm. 


16  ORTIIOGRAPHT.  ^12 

e.  g.  "Tcir  shoniL'r,  'tk'-\r\  tirjws.  Its  presence  in  these  cases 
must  accordingly  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If 
preceded  by  a  letter  without  a  vowel-sign,  tj  will  be  ush  and 
©  OS ;  if  it  have  itself  no  vowel-sign,  iu  will  be  so  and  iiJ  shu, 
except  at  the  end  of  words.  Shurek  is  a  dot  in  the 
bosom  of  the  letter  Vav,  thus  \  It  will  be  observed  that 
there  is  a  double  notation  of  the  vowel  u.  When  there  is  a 
1  in  the  text  this  vowel,  whether  long  or  short,  is  indicated 
by  a  single  dot  within  it,  and  called  Shurek ;  in  the  absence 
of  1  it  is  indicated  by  three  dots  placed  obliquely  beneath 
the  letter  to  which  it  belongs,  and  called  Kibbuts. 

a.  The  division  of  the  vowels  given  above  differs  from  the  common 
one  into  five  Inng  and  five  short,  according  to  vvliich  Hhirik  is  counted  as 
two,  viz.,  Hhirik  magnum  "'.  ^  ^,  and  Hhirik  parvum  -r  =  t ;  and  Sliurek 
is  reckoned  a  distinct  vowel  from  Kibbuts,  the  former  being  u  and  the  latter 
u.  To  this  tliere  are  two  objections.  (1.)  It  confuses  the  masoretic  signs 
with  the  letters  of  the  text,  as  though  they  were  coeval  with  them  and 
formed  part  of  the  same  primitive  mode  of  writing,  instead  of  being  quite 
distinct  in  origin  and  character.  The  masoretic  vowel-sign  is  not  ^ .  but 
-.-.  The  punctuators  never  introduced  the  letter  "*  into  the  text;  they 
found  it  already  written  precisely  where  it  is  at  present,  and  all  that  they 
did  was  to  add  the  point.  And  instead  of  using  two  signs  for  i,  as  they 
had  done  in  the  case  of  a,  e.  and  o,  they  used  but  one,  viz.,  a  dot  beneath 
the  letter,  whether  i  was  long  or  short.  The  confusion  of  things  thus  sep- 
arate in  their  nature  was  pardonable  at  a  tin)e  when  the  points  were  sup- 
posed to  be  an  original  constituent  of  the  sacred  text,  but  not  now  when 
their  more  recent  origin  is  universally  admitted.  (2.)  It  is  inaccurate. 
The  distinction  between  "^ .  and  —r.  1  and  "T,  is  not  one  of  quantity,  for  i 
and  u  are  expressed  indifferently  with  or  without  Yodh  and  Vav. 

Gesenius,  in  liis  Lehrgebiiuile.  while  he  retains  the  division  of  the 
vowels  into  five  long  and  five  short,  admits  that  it  is  erroneous  and  calcu- 
lated to  mislead;  and  it  has  been  discarded  by  Rodiger  in  the  latest  edi- 
tions of  his  smaller  grammar.  That  which  was  proposed  by  Gesenius, 
however,  as  a  substitute,  is  perplexed  and  obscure,  and  !or  this' reason,  if 
there  were  no  others,  is  unfitted  for  the  wants  of  pupils  in  the  early  stage 
of  their  progress.  On  the  other  hand,  the  triple  arrangement  here 
adopted  after  the  example  of  Ewald,  has  the  recommendation  not  only  of 
clearness  and  correctness,  but  of  being,  instead  of  an  innovation,  a  return  to 
old  opinions.  The  scheme  of  five  long  and  five  short  vowels  originated 
with  Moses  and  D;ivid  Kimehi,  who  were  led  to  it  by  a  comparison  of  the 
Latin  and  ils  derivatives.  From  them  it  was  adoi)ti'd  by  Reuchlin  in  hia 
Rudmienta  Hebraica.  and  thus  became  current  among  Christians.  The 
Jewish  grammarians,  befiire  the  Kimchis,  however,  reckoned  Kibbuts  and 
Shurek  as   one   vowel,  Hhirik   aa   one,  and   even  Kamets   and   Kamets- 


§13  VOWELS.  17 

HhatLiph  as  one  on  account  of  the  identity  of  the  symbol  employed  to 
represent  them.  They  thus  made  out  seven  vowels,  the  same  numlier  as 
in  Greek,  where  the  distinction  into  long,  short  and  doubtful  also  pre- 
vails. That  the  literary  impulses  of  the  Orientals  were  chiefly  received 
from  the  Greeks  is  well  known ;  that  the  suggestion  of  a  vowel-system 
came  to  the  Syrians  from  this  quarter  is  certain,  both  from  direct  testi 
inony  to  this  effect  and  from  the  shapes  of  their  vowels,  which  still  betray 
their  origin.  May  not  the  Hebrews  have  learned  something  from  the 
same  school  ? 

b.  The  names  of  the  vowels,  with  the  exception  of  Kamets-Hhatuph 
contain  the  sounds  of  the  vowels  which  they  are  intended  to  represent. 
Kibbuts  in  the  last,  the  others  in  their  first  syllable.  Their  signification 
IS  indicative  either  of  the  figure  of  the  vowel  or  the  mode  of  pronouncing 
it.  Kamets  and  Kibbuts,  contraction,  i.  o.  of  the  mouth  ;  Pattahh.  open- 
ing;  T  sere,  bursting  forth;  Seghol,  cluster  of  grapes  ;  Hhirik.  gnashing  ; 
Hholem,  strength;  Kamets-Hhatuph,  hurried  Kamets;  Shurek, whistling. 
It  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  notwithstanding  the  diversity  of  the 
vowel-systems  in  the  Syriac,  Arabic,  and  Hebrew,  the  name  Pattahh  is 
common  to  them  all. 


§13.  This  later  and  more  complete  method  of  noting 
the  vowels  does  not  displace  but  is  superinduced  upon  the 
scanty  one  previously  described.  Hence  it  comes  to  pass 
that  such  vowels  as  were  indicated  by  letters  in  the  first  in- 
stance are  now  doubly  written,  i.  e.  both  by  letters  and 
points.  By  this  combination  each  of  the  two  methods  serves 
to  illustrate  and  explain  the  other.  Thus  the  added  signs 
determine  whether  the  letters  "'ins  (which  have  been  formed 
into  the  technical  word  iirii<!  F/i'vl)  are  in  any  given  case  to 
be  regarded  as  vowels  or  as  consonants.  If  these  letters  are 
themselves  followed  by  a  vowel  or  a  Sh'va,  §16,  or  have  a 
Daghesh  forte,  §23,  they  retain  their  consonant  sound;  for 
two  vowels  never  come  together  in  Hebrew,  and  Sh'va  and 
Daghesh  forte  belong  only  to  consonants  :  thus  ^''Tp  l-oveM, 
TT&'a  wifsvoth  (where  2  being  provided  with  a  separate  point, 
the  Hholem  must  belong  after  1),  •I'jni  vliaya  D!p  hiyyam. 
Otherwise  they  quiesce  in  a  preceding  or  accompanying 
vowel-sign,  provided  it  is  homogeneous  with  themselves ; 
that  is  to  say,  they  have  the  sound  indicated  by  it,  the  vowel- 
sign  merely  interpreting  what  was  originally  denoted  by  the 


18  ORTnOGRAPHY.  §14 

letter.  E  and  i  are  lioniogeneous  to  ^ ,  o  and  u  to  1 ,  and 
these  being  the  only  vowels  which  they  were  ever  employed 
to  represent,  they  can  qiiiescc  in  no  others ;  thus  "^a  b7,  "^^ 
■ne,  N"^a  f/L-,  ia  bo,  ^b  la,  but  "''bi?  5^7rr/j/,  ''"ia  r/o^,  "^^.^a  (jCtlaij, 
^'PitCiv,  i^'«^  sMlcv,  IT  -J^^y;  the  combination  Ti^is  pronounced 
^7i',  i\iv  ''infl  \-?  w?z(7w,  T^no  and  "^ro  sf/mv.  yl,  e,  and  o 
are  homogeneous  to  5?  and  n .  1'hcse  letters  deviate  so  far 
from  the  rule  just  given  that  s  from  its  extreme  w^eakness 
not  only  quiesces  when  it  is  properly  a  vowel-letter,  l)ut  may 
give  u})  its  consonant  soimd  and  character  after  any  vowel 
whatever,  e.  g.  s<t?^'^  tltB,  "ii'S"!  r-lshon,  !"i;^.i«s  jmrd ;  "  is 
never  used  as  a  vowel-letter  except  at  the  end  of  words,  and 
there  it  always  quiesces  unless  it  receives  a  Mappik,  ^'IQ. 

a.  As  a  letter  was  scarcely  ever  used  to  express  6,  the  quiescence  of  * 
In  Katiiets-Hhatuph  is  very  rare,  and  where  it  does  occur  the  margin 
always  substitutes  a  reading  without  the  l,  e.  g.  ■^^?"t^  J^""-  ^7:20, 
C"D:;"n  Ezclc.  27: 15,  n^="''1'^"!'?  Ps-  30 ;  4.  Vs-nijo-;  Isa/ki:  17.  "bi:^  Jer. 
33 : 'S.  Vx-b^nS!!  Nah.  1:3.  Tn  n-^rx  2  Chron.'  8:  18.  and  -r-j:a'Deat. 
32: 13.  1  represents  or  qniesoes  in  the  still  briefer  u  of  Hhateph-Kamets, 
§  16.  3. 

h.  In  a  few  proper  names  medial  n  quiesces  at  the  end  of  the  first 
member  of  the  compound,  e.  g.  "liinnE  Num.  1  :  10,  ^Nnb"  2  Sam.  2: 19, 
also  written  bx-nin?  ]  Chron.  2:16.  In  such  words  as  J^^'ri':  .ler.  22:6, 
rtSEir  Deut.  21  : 7.  n  does  not  quiesce  in  Kibbuts,  for  the  points  belong  to 
the  marginal  readings  1Tai3,  "SB'IJ  §  46. 


§14.  On  the  other  hand  the  vowel-letters  shed  light 
upon  the  stability  of  the  vowels  and  the  quantity  of  the 
doubtful  signs.  1.  As  z  was  scarcely  ever  and  u  seldom 
represented  by  a  vowel -letter,  Hhiiik  with  Yodh  C'.)  is  almost 
invariably  long  and  Shurek  (^)  commonly  so.  2.  The  occa- 
sional absence  in  individual  cases  of  the  vowel-letters,  does 
not  determine  the  quantity  of  the  signs  for  i  and  u ;  but 
their  uniform  absence  in  any  particular  words  or  forms  makes 
it  almost  certain  that  the  vowel  is  short.  3.  The  occasional 
presence  of  ^  and  "^  to  represent  one  of  their  homogeneous 
'ong  vowels  proves  nothing  as  to  its  character ;  but  if  in  any 


§  15,  16  VOWELS.  19 

word  or  form  these  letters  are  regularly  written,  the  vowel  is, 
as  a  general  rule,  immutable.  When  1  and  "^  stand  for  their 
long  homogeneous  vowels,  these  latter  are  said  to  be  written 
fully,  e.  g.  ^ip  kol,  "i"^?  nir,  n^^  onufh ;  without  these  quies- 
cent letters  they  are  said  to  be  written  defectively,  e.  g. 
iniapn  k'^klmothl,  C"b3  kCimus. 

a.  Hhirik  with  Yodh  is  short  in  1"'fn'''3f!'.,5  vah^mittiv  1  Sam.  17:35_ 
^^ri'";}^:!  bikk'rothekha  Ps.  45:  10,  -nr!;5'^V '///c/c'Aoi/i  Prov.  30:17.  In 
5^ir^:i  1  Chron.  12 :  1,  20,  i  is  prohably  long,  although  the  word  is  always 
elsewhere  written  without  the  Yodh;  as  it  sometimes  has  a  secondary 
accent  on  the  first  syllable  and  sometimes  not  (see  1  Sam.  30:  1),  it  may 
have  had  a  twofold  pronunciation  tslkHag.  and  tsiklag.  Shurek  as  u  is 
of  much  more  frequent  occurrence,  e.  g.  "'fsin  hhukke,  B'^felN^  Vummlm, 
nsim  hhukka  Ps.  102 :  5,  Cisij^x  2  Chron.  2  ;7,  n'sni  Ezek.  16 :  34. ' 


§15.  The  vowels  may  be  further  distinguished  into  pure, 
a,  i,  it,  and  diphthongal,  e,  o ;  e  being  a  combination  of  a  and 
i,  or  intermediate  between  them,  and  o  holding  the  same  re- 
lation to  a  and  u. 


ShVa. 

§16.  1.  The  absence  of  a  vowel  is  indicated  by  —  Sh'va 
(xiTS  emj)tiness,  or  as  written  by  Chayug,  the  oldest  of  Jew- 
ish grammarians,  i^?^),  which  serves  to  assure  the  reader  that 
one  has  not  been  inadvertently  omitted.  It  is  accordingly 
placed  under  all  vowelless  consonants  except  at  the  end  of 
words,  where  it  is  regarded  as  unnecessary,  the  absence  of  a 
vowel  being  there  a  matter  of  course.  If,  however,  the  last 
letter  of  a  word  be  T ,  or  if  it  be  immediately  preceded  by 
another  vowelless  letter,  or  be  doubled  by  the  point  called 
Daghesh-forte,  §  23,  ShVa  is  written  to  preclude  the  doubt 
which  is  possible  in  these  cases,  e.  g.  oin'OTlJ'a,  ^?'?'a,  piBp, 
i^^"?'^^,  P^,  S^r!?.  Sh'va  is  not  given  to  a  quiescent  letter, 
since  it  represents  not  a  consonant  but  a  vowel,  e.  g.  •^I?''i'^n, 
nor  as  a  general  rule  to  a  final   consonant  preceded  by  a 


20  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  10 

quiescent ;  thus  nxran ,  nsni  Ruth  3:4;  m^^ni  Isa.  C2  : 3, 
though  in  this  case  it  is  sometimes  written,  e.  g.  tpsi^  2  Sam. 
14  :  3 ;  n^^nn  2  Sam.  14  :  2 ;  n-inni  Judg.  13  :  3;  r-siin 
1  Kin.  11:13.  N  at  the  end  of  a  word,  preceded  eitlier  by 
a  vowelless  letter  or  a  quiescent,  is  termed  otiant,  and  is  left 
unpointed,  e.  g.  «'Jn  i5-iH  ^s»i3■^  xin . 

a.  Final  ~  may  receive  Sh'va  for  the  sake  of  distinction  not  only  from 
?j ,  as  already  suggested,  but  also  from  1  Avith  which  it  micjht  be  in  danger 
of  being  conlounded  in  manuscripts;  Freytag  conjectures  that  it  is  prop- 
erly a  part  of  the  letter,  like  the  stroke  in  the  corresponding  final  ti5^in 
Arabic.  In  such  forms  as  I'^ba'n  Sh'va  is  omitted  with  the  closing  letters 
because  the  ^  is  not  sounded. 

2.  Sh'va  may  be  either  silent  (riD  quiescens),  or  vocal 
(^3  mobile).  At  the  close  of  syllables  it  is  silent.  But  at  the 
beginning  of  a  syllable  the  Hebrews  always  facilitated  the 
pronunciation  of  concurrent  consonants  by  the  introduction 
of  a  hiatus  or  slight  breathhig  between  them  ;  a  Sh'va  so 
situated  is  consequently  said  to  be  vocal,  and  has  a  sound 
approaching  that  of  a  hastily  uttered  e,  as  in  given.  This 
will  be  represented  by  an  apostrophe,  thus,  i?^^-?  b'midhhar, 
Drj'ii^iQ  pkadlitem, 

a.  According  to  Kimchi  (Mikhlol  fol.  189)  Sh'va  was  pronounced  in 
three  different  ways,  according  to  circumstances.  (1.)  Before  a  guttural 
it  inclined  to  the  sound  of  the  following  vowel,  e.  g.  ''2N'?  t/'abbedh,  n<i3 
s'tlh.  VJ"^  d"u,  and  if  accompanied  by  Methegh.  §44,  it  had  the  full  sound 
of  that  vowel,  e.  g.  ^xb  mu.  "^nn  Fihhl,  c^"i"^  loolam.  (2.)  Before  Yodh 
it  inclined  to  ?.  e.  g.  Spr^a  b'!/a"kahk,  m''3  k'l/oin,  and  with  Methegh  waa 
sounded  as  Hhirik,  e.  g.  n^2  biyadh.  (3.)  Belbre  any  other  letter  it  in- 
clined to  a,  e.  g.  !^-j';3  b^rakha.  c"'p"'ba  g^lilinu  and  with  Methegh  wai 
pronounced  as  Pattahh  r\ibnp^2  baniakheloth. 

3.  Sh'va  may,  again,  be  simple  or  compoimd.  Some- 
times, particularly  when  the  first  consonant  is  a  guttural, 
which  from  its  weakness  is  in  danger  of  not  being  distinctly 
heard,  the  hiatus  becomes  still  more  audible,  and  is  assimi- 
lated in  sound  to  the  short  guttural  vowel  a,  or  the  diph- 
thongal c  or  o,  into  which  it  enters.   This  assimilation  is  rep- 


§17  VOWELS.  21 

resented  by  combining  the  sign  for  Sh'va  with  those  for  the 
short  vowels,  thus  forming  what  are  called  the  compomid 
ShVas  in  distinction  from  the  simple  Sh'va  previously  ex- 
plained. 

These  are, 

Hhateph-Pattahh      -;      thus,  ^b?  ""modh. 
Hhateph-Seghol        — ;      thus,  "ibx  %dr. 
Hhateph-Kamets      tt;      thus,    "'bn  hUHi. 

a.  Hhateph  (Cjbn  snatching)  denotes  the  rapidity  of  utterance  or  the 
hurried  character  of  the  sounds  represented  by  these  symbols. 

h.  The  compound  Sh'vas,  though  for  the  most  part  restricted  to  the 
gutturals,  are  occasionally  written  under  other  consonants  in  place  of  sim- 
ple ShVa,  to  indicate  more  distinctly  that  it  is  vocal:  thus,  Hhateph- 
Pattahh  SiiTii  Gen.  2:12,  r\b-^-2n  Gen.  27:38;  Hhateph-Kamets  nnpb 
Gen.  2:23,  ns^riDX  Jer.  31:33;  but  never  Hhateph-Seghol  except 
D"'^ab:j  2  Sam.  6:5  in  some  editions,  e.  g.  that  of  Stephanus.  This  is 
done  with  so  little  uniformity  that  the  same  word  is  difierently  written  in 
this  respect,  e.  g.  •r'j^'S?  2  Kin.  2  : 1,  ■"r'j^ps  ver.  11. 


Pattahh   Furtive. 

^17.  A  similar  hiatus  or  slight  transition  sound  was 
used  at  the  end  of  words  in  connection  with  the  gutturals. 
When  S' ,  n ,  or  the  consonantal  !^  at  the  end  of  words  is  pre- 
ceded by  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  another  than  a), 
or  is  followed  by  another  vowelless  consonant,  it  receives  a 
Pattahh  furtive  — ,  which  resembles  in  sound  an  extremely 
short  a,  and  is  pronounced  before  the  letter  under  which  it 
is  written,  e.  g.  nin  ru'^hh,  V)2to  s/idmo'^ ,  ti'^^^Q  maglibTli, 
vpyit  shama"t,  ^n^  yi%lid. 

a.  Some  grammarians  deny  that  Pattahh  furtive  can  be  found  under  a 
penultimate  guttural,  contending  that  the  vowel-sign  is  in  such  cases  a 
proper  Pattahh.  and  that  ns-i^  should  accordingly  be  read  shamaat^  and 
«|n*  yihhad.  But  both  the  Sh'va  under  the  final  letter,  §16,  and  the 
Daghesh-lene  in  it,  §  21,  show  that  the  guttural  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel. 
The  sign  beneath  it  must  consequently  be  Pattahh  furtive,  and  represent 
an  antecedent  vowel-sound.  In  some  manuscripts  Pattahh  furtive  is  writ- 
ten as  Hhateph-Pattahh,  or  even  as  simple  Sh'va  ;  thus,  ?"'P"J  or  2>"ip'^  for 


22  ORTnOGllAPHT.  §18 

Syllables. 

§18.  1.  Syllables  are  formed  by  the  combination  of 
consonants  and  vowels.  As  two  vowels  never  come  togethei 
in  the  same  word  in  Hebrew  without  an  intervening  conso- 
nant, there  can  never  be  more  than  one  vowel  in  the  same 
syllable ;  and  with  the  single  exception  of  ^  occurring  at  the 
beginning  of  words,  no  syllable  ever  consists  of  a  Vowel 
alone.  Every  syllable,  with  the  exception  just  stated,  must 
begin  with  a  consonant,  and  may  begin  with  tw^o,  but  never 
with  more  than  two.  Syllables  ending  with  a  vowel,  whether 
represented  by  a  quiescent  letter  or  not,  are  called  simple, 
e.  g.  T^VIcliUj  Tbiv  0-1(7 .  (The  first  syllable  of  this  second 
example  begins,  it  will  be  perceived,  with  the  consonant  y , 
though  this  disappears  in  the  notation  given  of  its  sound.) 
Syllables  ending  with  a  consonant,  or,  as  is  possible  at  the 
close  of  a  word,  w'ith  two  consonants,  are  said  to  be  mixed : 
thus  Dn'C)?  kam-tem,  ^^^^  hd-lakht.  As  the  vocal  Sh'vas, 
whether  simple  or  compound,  are  not  vowels  properly  speak- 
ing, but  simply  involuntary  transition  sounds,  they,  with  the 
consonants  under  which  they  stand,  cannot  form  distinct 
syllables,  but  are  attached  to  that  of  the  following  vowel. 
Pattahh  furtive  in  like  manner  belongs  to  the  syllable  formed 
by  the  preceding  vowel.  Thus  ?iiT  z'ro°,  ''i^  '^nl  are  mono- 
syllables. 

2.  Long  vow^els  always  stand  in  simple  syllables,  and 
short  vowels  in  mixed  syllables,  unless  they  be  accented. 
But  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or  mixed,  may  con- 
tain indifferently  a  long  or  a  short  vowel. 

a.   The  following  may  serve  as  a  specimen  of  the  division  of  Hebrew 
words  into  their  proper  pyllables  ;  thus. 

a-dha'm      "lo-lil'm   b'ro'       b'yo'm     fi-dlifi'm   to-1'dlio'th     pe'-pi)er      ze' 
Gen.  5 :  L    "ipx      i^o^      cn'-s       rsirna 

O-tho'     Ji-sa'    Mo-hi'm     bidh-aiQ'th 


§19  SYLLABLES.  23 

b.  The  reason  of  tne  ruis  for  the  quantity  of  syllables  appears  to  b« 
this.  In  consequence  of  their  brevity,  the  short  vowels  required  the  ad 
ditlon  of  a  following  consonant  to  make  the  utterance  full  and  complete 
unless  the  want  ol'this  was  compensated  by  the  greater  energy  of  pronun- 
ciation due  to  the  accent.  The  long  vowels  were  sufficiently  complete 
without  any  such  addition,  though  they  were  capable  of  receiving  it  under 
the  new  energy  imparted  by  the  accent.  This  pervading  regularity, 
which  is  so  striking  a  feature  of  the  Hebrew  language,  was  the  foundation 
of  the  srjslema  morarum  advocated  by  some  of  the  older  grammarians  of 
Holland  and  Germany.  The  idea  of  this  was,  that  each  syllable  was 
equal  to  three  morae,  that  is,  three  rests,  or  a  bar  of  three  beats ;  a  long 
vowel  being  equivalent  to  two  morae,  or  two  beats,  a  short  vowel  to  one, 
and  the  initial  or  final  consonant  or  consonants  also  to  one  :  thus  'rh'^\^ 
A:  (1)  +  «  (2)  =  3,  t  {I)  -\-  a  (1)  -f-  U  (1)  =  3.  An  accented  syllable 
might  have  one  viora  or  beat  either  more  or  less  than  the  normal  quan- 
tity. This  syslem  was  not  only  proposed  by  way  of  grammatical  explana- 
tion, but  also  made  the  basis  of  a  peculiar  theory  of  Hebrew  prosody.  See 
Gesenius,  Geschichte  d.  Heb.  Sprache,  p.  123. 

c.  The  cases  in  which  short  vowels  occur  in  unaccented  simple  sylla- 
bles, are  all  due  to  the  disturbing  influence  exerted  by  the  weak  letters 
upon  the  normal  forms  of  words;  tlius,  nrn  hd-eth  is  for  r^;!?.,  and  Mtir 
ha-hu  for  hdh-hu  :  such  words  as  X'^."^  i  ^"l^,  ^\^^  ^}!^.,  "^^h-  '^''^  lormed 
after  the  analogy  of  T(^^.  A  long  vowel  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable 
is  found  in  but  one  word,  and  that  of  foreign  origin,  ^2X  w"::b3  bel-Vshdts- 
isd?  ,  though  here,  as  in  the  majority  of  instances  falling  under  the  previ- 
ous remark,  the  syllable  receives,  if  not  the  primary,  yet  the  secondary 
accent,  e.  g.  "irnTirn.  D'^'nnn  .  nb"n.  The  same  is  the  case  when  a  long 
vowel  is  retained  before  Makkeph,  e.  g.  "^pTd.  In  the  Arabic,  which  is 
exceedingly  rich  in  vowels,  there  are  comparatively  ^qvj  mixed  syllables; 
nearly  every  consonant  has  its  own  vowel,  and  this  more  ti^equently  short 
than  long.  The  Chaldee,  which  is  more  sparing  in  its  use  of  vowels  than 
the  Hebrew,  observes  in  general  the  same  rule  with  respect  to  the  quan- 
tity of  syllables,  though  not  with  the  same  inflexible  consistency. 


Ambiguous  Signs. 

§19.  It  will  now  be  possible,  by  aid  of  the  principles 
already  recited,  to  determine  the  quantity  of  the  doubtful 
vowels,  and  to  remove  the  ambiguity  which  appears  to  exist 
in  certain  vowel-signs. 

1.  Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  in  unaccented  simple 
syllables,  must  be  long,  and  in  unaccented  mixed  syllables, 
short,  e.  g.  TiJT!'  or  izJ'b"!  yi-rash,  ^i^?  yibh-nu,  i^ina  or  i'inii 
gbliii-lo,   ^i\  or  1^^"'  yuUadli,   D?3   or  D^^^s  hd'lam,  ''•p2>i3 


24  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^19 

or  ■'•T^'n  muuzzl.  In  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or 
mixed,  they  are  always  long,  e.  g.  □n-'TC  or  □■^n'^T?  sl-hlm,  "'H  U, 
Isna  or  b^na  f/b/nll,  ^"icn^  or  ^n^c^.n  crrri-sliii-ha,  the  only  ex- 
ception being  that  liliirik  is  short  in  the  monosyllabic  parti- 
cles DS ,  i2?s ,  05' ,  yi2,  and  in  some  abbreviated  verbal  forms 
of  the  class  called  Lamedh-He,  e.  g.  T''^,  3^''*'i,  "srv). 

The  only  cases  of  remaining  doubt  are  those  in  which 
these  vowels  are  followed  by  a  letter  with  Sh'va,  either  sim- 
ple or  compound.  If  the  former,  it  might  be  a  question 
whether  it  was  silent  or  vocal,  and  consequently  whether  the 
syllable  was  simple  or  mixed.  If  the  latter,  though  the  syl- 
lable is  of  course  simple,  the  weak  letter  which  follows  may 
interfere  with  the  operation  of  the  law.  Here  the  etymology 
must  decide.  The  vowel  is  long  or  short  as  the  grammatical 
form  may  require ;  thus  in  n^n;^,  tfSr.n ,  'i^'nsn';'  Gen.  22  :  8, 
which  follow  the  analogy  of  ^'^'^'l ,  and  in  ''iso  Isa.  10:34, 
ii^ip  the  first  vowel  is  short ;  in  D?  r^a ,  ^'C'Sj'!_  the  iirst  vowel 
is  long.  In  a  few  instances  the  grammatical  form  in  which 
Hliirik  is  employed  is  itself  doubtful ;  the  distinction  is  then 
made  by  means  of  Methegh,  §.44,  which  is  added  to  the  vowel- 
sign  if  it  is  long,  but  not  if  it  is  short ;  thus,  'Kn';i  yi-ru,  from 
xn^  to  fear,  and  ^'iiy)  fi-sJinu  from  ■jilJ^  to  sleep ;  but  ^sn^ 
yir-ii  from  s^iJT  to  see,  and  lbt:;>  yisli-nu  from  n':©  to  do  a 
second  time. 

2.  Kamets  d  and  Kamets-Hhatuph  o  are  both  repre- 
sented by  the  same  sign  (  t  ),  but  may  be  distinguished  by 
rules  similar  to  those  just  given.  In  an  unaccented  simple 
syllable  it  is  Kamets ;  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable  it  is 
Kamets-Hhatuph ;  in  an  accented  syllable,  whether  simple 
or  mixed  it  is  Kamets,  e.  g.  "^3"^  dd-bhdr,  Tsn  Mioph-shi, 
ni'ia  mu-veth,  nisS  Idm-mu,  D"^r2  hoi-i'im.  Before  a  letter  with 
simple  Sh'va,  the  distinction  is  mostly  made  by  JMethegh, 
^44 ;  without  ]\Iethegh  it  is  always  Kamets-Hhatuph,  with 
it  counnonly  Kamets,  e.  g.  f^^^n  h/iokJi-nxl,  n^bsn  hlid-l-lnnd. 
Before  a  guttural  with  Ilhateph-Kamets  or  Kamets-  Hhatuph 


§19  AMBIGUOUS    SIGNS.  25 

it  is  frequently  6,  though  standing  in  a  simple  syllable  and 
accompanied  by  Methegh,  e.  g.  '''ins  ho-h¥ri,  nisyn  to^ 
obhdhtm.  The  surest  criterion,  however,  and  in  many  cases 
the  only  decisive  one,  is  found  in  the  etymology.  If  the 
vovrel  be  derived  from  Hholem,  or  the  grammatical  form  re- 
quires an  0  or  a  short  vowel,  it  is  Kamets-Hhatuph ;  but  if 
it  be  derived  from  Pattalih,  or  the  form  requires  an  «  or  a 
long  vowel,  it  is  Kamets :  thus  i^^i'?^;)  with  the  prefixed  con- 
junction vo^myijoth,  s^t?^*!]  with  the  article  hcfniyyd ;  'TaS';;  in 
the  Hophal  yd'madh,  ^rnscn;'  Isa.  44  :  13  in  the  Piel  ytUu?' 
r^liii.  The  first  vowel  is  o  in  D!''bri2  from  in'i,  cii?'!]'  from 
ic'^p,  "cr^yt  from  ©niiJ,  ''^njptj^  Isa.  38  :  14,  ^Yr^-p^  Num.  22 : 
11,  ■'^"n'lX  Num.  23  :  7  and  the  like,  and  the  first  two  vow- 
els in  such  words  as  D^br'S  from  bys,  DDCX'a  Isa.  30  :  12  from 
ci5^,  Dbn>ni5  Deut.  20  :  2,  ?;ntj;5  Hos.  13  :  14,  i".:^  2  Clu-on. 
10:10,  ci^'b^i?  2  Kin.  15:10,  because  they  are  shortened 
from  Hholem.  On  the  other  hand  the  first  vowel  is  a  in 
"i^nio  Job  16:19  from  "inia,  D^'inn  from  ty\ ,  ^n^a  from 
M^3,  and  in  5^9^^ »  '^^^I?  ^iid.  the  like,  because  it  is  originally 
and  properly  Kamets.  The  word  •"n'atj  is  in  Ps,  86  :  2  the 
imperative  shomru,  in  Job  10:12  the  preterite  shdmra. 

a.  In  a  very  ^e.\v  instances  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  a  syllable 
bearing  a  conjunctive  accent,  viz.:  '^S'li  Ps.  38:21,  bs  Ps.  35:10,  also 
Prov.  19:  7  (in  some  copies),  and  in  the  judgment  of  Ewald  ^vo  Judg. 
19  :  5,  comp.  ver.  8  and  3^  Ezek.  41  :  25  ;  in  Dan.  11  :  12  D^n'^  the  points 
belong  to  the  marginal  reading  c~n,  and  the  vowel  is  consequently  Ka- 
mets. There  are  also  a  (ew  cases  in  which  Kamets  remains  in  a  mixed 
syllable,  deprived  of  its  accent  by  Makkeph,  §43,  without  receiving 
Methegh,  viz.  :  -P313  Ps.  16  :  5,  -3"ip  Ps.  55:  19,  22,  --=5  Ps.  74  :  5  ;  and  a 
final  unaccented  Kamets  is  not  affected  by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive,  §  24,  in  the  initial  letter  of  the  following  word,  e.  g.  Dia  nnlra 
Gen.  31  :  13.  When  an  accent  takes  the  place  of  Methegh,  it  serves 
equally  to  distinguish^  from  6,  e.  g.  •ssi'i  Ex.  21:22  vhiugVpha,  sinral 
Ex.  21 :  35  umakh''ru.  §45.  5. 

b.  Inasmuch  as  Tinn^a  is  derived  from  "inTD  mnhhar,  its  first  vowel 
might  be  suspected  to  be  a;  but  as  it  is  so  constantly  written  with 
Hhateph-Kamets,  the  preceding  vowel  is  probably  conformed  to  it.  It  is 
consequently  regarded  and  pronounced  as  o.  Kimchi  (Mikhlol,  fol.  188) 
declares  that  the  first  vowel  in  "pn'n  1  Sam.  13:  21,  nijbn'n  Eccles.  12  :  11 


26  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  20 

and  •i';^^^  Num.  24  :  7  was  universally  held  to  be  Kamets,  and  that  with  the 
exception  ol'  Rabbi  Jonah  ben  Gannach,  who  was  of  a  contrary  mind,  the 
eame  unanimity  prevailed  in  regard  to  the  first  vowel  of  'iZ^p  Ezek.  40; 
43.  As,  however,  this  last  word  is  in  every  other  place  written  without 
the  Methegh,  and  there  is  no  analogy  lor  such  words  as  those  mentioned 
above  having  d  in  their  initial  syllable,  the  best  authorities  are  now  agreed 
that  tlie  vuwel  i.s  o.  and  the  words  are  accordingly  read  dorbh&n.  etc.  In 
nE-;"J  ^■(/.s-yjf^r,  and  rj?"j^  emerald.  Ezek.  28:13.  which  are  mentioned  by 
Kimchi  in  the  same  connection,  the  first  vowel  is  Kamets. 

c.  In  some  manuscripts  and  a  few  of  the  older  printed  books,  e.  g.  Ste- 
phanus'  Hebrew  Bible  and  Reuchlin's  Rudimenta  Hebraica,  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  is  denoted  by  (  t:  ).  It  then  differs  from  Kamets,  bul  is  liable  to 
be  confounded  with  Hhatcph-Kamets.  It  can.  however,  be  distinguished 
from  it  by  the  circumstance  that  Kamets-Khatuph  is  always  followed 
either  by  simple  Sh'va.  Daglu'sh-forte,  or  Methegh  ;  none  of  which  ever 
immediately  succeed  Hhate])h-Kaniets.  Such  a  form  as  "i'^-p  Ezek.  26:  9 
in  the  editions  of  Michaelis  and  Van  der  HooL,ht  is  an  impossible  one  if  (  r-  ) 
have  its  ordinary  meaning. 

(/.  It  is  surprising  that  in  so  minute  and  careful  a  system  of  orthogra- 
phy as  that  of  the  Masorites,  there  should  be  no  symbol  for  6  distinct  from 
that  for  & ;  and  some  have  felt  constrained  in  consequence  to  suppose  that 
the  signs  for  these  two  vowels  were  originally  different,  but  became 
assimilated  in  the  course  of  transcription.  This  seen)s  unlikely,  however. 
The  probability  is  that  a  and  6.  whose  resemblance  even  we  can  perceive, 
were  so  closely  allied  in  the  genuine  Hebrew  pronunciation,  that  one  sign 
was  thought  sufficient  to  represent  them,  especially  as  the  Masorites  were 
intent  simply  on  indicating  sounds  without  concerning  themselves  with 
grammatical  relations. 


§  20.  1.  As  simple  Sh'va  is  vocal  at  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  and  silent  at  its  close,  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  its 
character  when  it  stands  nndcr  initial  or  final  letters.  Pre- 
cedhig  the  first  vowel  of  a  word  it  must  of  course  be  vocal, 
and  following  the  last  vowel  it  must  be  silent,  dphdj  zJxhartCimy 
n'ibT  zdkhart.  In  the  middle  of  a  word,  the  question  whether 
it  belongs  to  the  syllable  of  the  preceding  or  the  following 
vowel  must  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If  a  com- 
plete syllable  precedes,  that  is,  either  an  imaccented  long 
vowel  or  a  vowclless  consonant  serving  as  the  complement 
of  a  previous  short  vowel,  it  is  vocal.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
a  short  vowel  which  caimot  make  a  complete  syllal)lc  with- 
out the  aid  of  a  following  consonant,  or  by  a  long  accented 


^  21  DAGHESH-LENE.  27 

vowel,  it  is  silent:  ''^^T  zo-kJirB,  ^"i3Tr\  tiz-k'rii,  TQ1  ziJih-i% 
njVupn  tiktol-na.  Sh'va  under  a  letter  doubled  by  Dagliesli 
forte,  §  23,  is  vocal,  such  a  letter  being  equivalent  to  two, 
the  first  of  which  completes  the  previous  syllable,  and  the 
second  begins  the  syllable  which  follows :  C'^s-^n  =  DinDTjn 
haz-zMdrlm. 

2.  In  addition  to  this  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  Sh'va  is 
vocal  after  what  may  be  called  intermediate  syllables ;  that 
is  to  say,  when  the  consonant  under  which  it  stands  per- 
forms, as  it  occasionally  does,  the  double  office  of  completing 
one  syllable  and  beginning  the  next.  Thus,  when  it  follows 
a  consonant  from  which  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted, 
^bjpn^n  vayhlLalcsliu  for  vay-y  hhak-k' slai,  or  the  first  of  two 
similar  letters,  in  order  that  the  reduplication  may  be  made 
more  distinct,  ^Bbn  UaVlu,  n^bj?  kiVlath,  ibba  tsiVlo,  ''pbs 
aVlay,  "'J^pn  liMUkt,  and  in  several  other  cases,  which  will  be 
more  particularly  described  in  §  22. 

a.  The  same  double  office  is  performed  by  gutturals  beginning  one 
syllable  and  yet  inclining  to  complete  the  one  before  it,  §  IS.  2.  c.  In 
ri^n,  Ibr  example.  'S  belongs  in  a  measure  to  both  syllables.  It  properly 
begins  the  second,  and  yet  it  is  preceded  by  a  short  vowel  just  as  if  it 
ended  the  first,  which  is  accordingly  to  be  reckoned  an  intermediate  sylla- 
ble, being  in  strictness  neither  simple  nor  mixed,  but  partaking  of  tho 
nature  of  both. 


Daghesh-Lene. 

§  21.  The  second  class  of  signs  added  to  the  Hebrew 
text  are  those  which  are  designed  to  guide  in  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  consonants.  These  are  the  diacritical  point  over 
Shin,  Daghesh-lene,  Daghesh-forte,  Mappik,  and  Raphe. 
The  use  of  the  first  of  these  has  already  been  sufficiently 
explained,  §  3.  1. 

1.  Daghesh-lene  (b]5  tc.^'h)  is  a  point  inserted  in  the  six 
letters  n  b  d  1  r;  n  (technically  called  B'yhadh  K'^Jhath), 
to  indicate  the  loss  of  their  aspiration,  e.  g.  n  bh,  3  b,  etc. 


28  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  21 

A.S  these  letters  are  always  aspirated  after  a  vowel-sound, 
however  slight,  and  never  as  an  initial  utterance  or  when  fol- 
lowing a  consonant,  they  invariably  require  Daghcsh-lcne 
whenever  they  are  not  ininiediatcly  preceded  by  a  vowel  or 
a  vocal  Sh'va.  It  is  consequently  inserted  in  the  initial 
aspirate  of  a  word  which  begins  a  verse,  fT'TCsna  Gen.  1:1, 
or  which  follows  a  word  bearing  a  disjunctive  accent  (inas- 
much as  this  represents  a  pause  of  longer  or  shorter  dura- 
tion), ^>«a  in^n^  Ex.  1 : 1,  "js  i  np?  Gen.  3  :  22,  or  ending  in  a 
consonant,  ^:3-5S ,  "^snn  n^b^io  Gen.  24  :  42  ;  but  not  if  it  fol- 
lows a  word  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having  a  conjunctive 
accent,  Dinn  "^^s,  ^r^n  rin"^n  Gen.  1:2.  The  sacred  name 
nin^  is  followed  by  Daghesh-lcne,  even  though  it  may  have  a 
conjunctive  accent,  Num.  10  :  29,  Deut.  3  :  2G,  Josh.  10  :  30, 
11 :  8,  Ps.  IS  :  21,  because  in  reading  the  Jews  always  sub- 
stitute for  it  the  word  "'i^^i',  which  ends  in  a  consonant.  In 
a  very  few  cases,  however,  e.  g.  on  "^insi  Ps.  68  :  18,  ^~rn^ 
Isa.  34:11,  rnn  ^bw  Ezek.  23:42,  Daghesh-lene  is  not  in- 
serted after  a  vowel-letter,  which  retains  its  consonant  sound. 
2.  Daghesh-lene  is  inserted  in  a  medial  or  final  aspirate 
preceded  by  a  voAvelless  consonant,  whether  this  be  accom- 
panied by  silent  Sh'va  or  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  n'lPC?,  P^?''?©; 
but  not  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  vowel  or  vocal  Sh'va,  whether 
simple  or  compound,  e.  g.  rriia^,  Q^"?^?  • 


a.  Tlie  primary  signification  of  the  name  Daghesh  is  commonly  ex- 
plained from  the  Syriac  *-a~*^?  C^"?'^))  to  which  Castellus  in  his  lexicon 
gives  the  sense  of  piercing.  This  is  hy  some  applied  to  the  puncture  or 
point  which  is  its  written  sign,  hy  others  to  its  power  of  sharpening  the 
Bound  of  letters  by  removing  their  aspiration  or  doubling  tiicni.  Buxtorf, 
however,  in  his  Chaldee  Lexicon,  disputes  the  existence  of  such  a  root  in 
cither  Syriac  or  Chaldee,  alleging  that  in  Prov.  12:  IS.  the  passage  quoted 
to  prove  the  word,  the  true  reading  is  )-*-^.^  (nt:j:i).  The  six  letters  which 
receive  Daghesh-lene  in  Hebrew  have  the  same  twofold  pronunciation  in 
Syriac,  a  red  dot  called  Rukhokh  (fici  s(ifhiess).  being  written  beneath 
them  when  they  were  to  be  aspirated,  and  another  called  Kuslioi  (^  t^r\  n 
hardness),  being  written  above  them  when  they  were  not. 


§  22  DAGHESH-LENE.  29 

b.  Grammarians  are  not  agreed  whether  the  aspirated  or  xinaspirated 
80und  of  these  consonants  was  the  original  one.  There  being  no  data  for 
the  settlement  of  the  question,  each  decides  it  by  his  own  theory  of  pho- 
netic changes.  The  correctness  of  the  Masoretic  punctuation  has  some- 
times been  questioned  in  regard  to  this  matter,  on  the  ground  of  the  im- 
probability of  such  fluctuation  in  the  sound  of  these  letters  in  the  sam« 
word.  But  besides  the  Syriac  analogy  just  referred  to,  the  Sanskrit  lan- 
guage shows  the  almost  unlimited  extent  to  which  euphonic  changes  may 
be  carried  by  a  people  possessing  a  sensitive  and  discriminating  ear.  The 
Sanskrit  aspirates,  besides  being  subjected  to  other  mutations  which  can- 
not here  be  detailed,  regularly  lose  their  aspiration  when  finals,  and  under 
certain  conditions  when  medials,  throwing  it  back,  where  this  is  possible, 
upon  a  previous  letter.  Bopp  Kritische  Grammatik,  pp.  30.  42.  Similar 
laws  prevail  to  some  extent  in  Greek,  e.  g.  0pL$,TpL^6s'i  rpicfiw,  Oplij/oi]  OvcOf 
Irvdyjv ;  ovk  e^w,  oup(  e'tw  ;  /xe^  v/xtv. 

§  22.  The  absence  of  Daghesh-lene  in  an  aspirate  some- 
times shows  a  preceding  simple  Sh'va  to  be  vocal  when  this 
would  not  otherwise  have  been  known.  In  most  of  the  cases 
referred  to,  a  letter  originally  belonging  to  the  succeeding 
syllable  is  by  the  prefixing  of  a  short  vowel  drawn  back  to 
complete  the  syllable  before  it ;  instead,  however,  of  giving 
up  its  previous  connection  altogether,  it  forms  an  interme- 
diate syllable,  §  20.  2,  the  Sh'va  remaining  vocal  though  the 
antecedent  vowel  is  short ;  thus,  inb  Vbhabh  with  the  prefix 
S  becomes  si'^S  hiVhUahh,  not  ssba  bil-babh. 

a.  The  particular  instances  in  which  this  may  occur  are  the  following, 
viz.  :  (1)  The  Kal  imperative  of  verbs  and  the  Kal  infinitive  with  suffixes, 
e.  g.  ^*13^,  "inns,  ot^S,  ^l^nss  from  13?.;  yet  with  occasional  exceptions,  aa 
0330X3  Lev."  23  :  39.'  (2)  Those  forms  of  Pe  Guttural  verbs  in  which  the 
first  radical  assumes  a  short  vowel  in  place  of  the  silent  Sh'va  in  the  reg 
ular  inflexion,  e.  g.  'lis?;;,  oin^n  for  "i2Si,  nnarn.  (3)  The  construct 
plural  of  nouns  in3S  from  C^n^s  ,  risriD  from  msrs,  rii-in  from  niinn, 
though  with  occasional  exceptions,  as  "'D'iJ'n  Cant.  8  :  6,  but  "^5^3"!  Ps.  76:4, 
•i^^^  Isa.  5  :  10,  risnn  Ps.  69  :  10,  "'■sia  Gen.  50:  23,  but  cn^sna  judg.  7:6; 
"insa,  iisa  from  153  are  peculiar  in  omitting  Daghesh  in  the  singular  with 
suffixes.  (4)  Three  feminine  nouns  ending  in  rl,  r^iab^  from  "^52,  r'i'ibij 
fromlb';<_,  n'^^y  (only  occurring  with  suffixes)  from  nay,  but  not  n>i'n"iT3 
Also  a  few  other  nouns  of  different  forms,  viz.:  Ci'^nsi^.  but  "'ns"^^,  i^^S'^, 
-sns,  a-i'ri-i'::,  d"^^3-i^,  "^nx,  bxnp^  Josh.  15:38' 'crnplj  JoVh.  15':'56. 
(5)  After  prefixes,  as  He  interrogative,  e.g.  cnST'^n  Gen.  29:5  from 
'^^^'Ifi  and  inseparable  prepositions,  e.g.  "'"'S'lb  from  "T^S^,  inj^a  from  nsTj, 
■i3"i3  from  13'n.    Usage  is  not  uniform  in  the  case  of  Kal  infinitives  follow- 


80  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^23 

ing  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  aiP^b,  sinss;  VsJS,  b"B:2»,  Vsjb;  Na:cb 
Isa.  31  :4.  n'i'sh  Num.  4:23,  8:24;  nnsb.  nS;3.  (6)  The'sufllxcs  of  tlie 
Bccoiid  person  T^,  CD,  '|3  never  receive  Uaglienh-Iene,  r|:3.  C2"i|^2. 

These  :"j]es  are  sometimes  of  importance  in  etymolotry  ;  thus.  "^"iilTS 
Ezek.  27:12  must  have  as  its  ground  form  "p-p'i  "ot  V-!?  j  f^nt'  ci~X 
Hos.  7  :6,  nsnn  Ps.  90  :  10  cannot  be  infinitives  with  suffixes,  but  must  be 
from  the  seghohitcs  3"iN,  ~n'"i. 

b.  The  omission  of  Daghesh-Iene  in  the  final  letter  of  rain  Prov.  30 :  6, 
abbreviated  from  Cl^Din  or  ripin  ,  is  exceptional.  The  Daghesh  occasion- 
ally occurring  in  initial  aspirates  afler  words  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having 
a  conjunctive  accent,  is  best  explained  not  as  an  exception  to  the  ordinary 
rules,  but  as  Daghesh  forte  conjunctive.  §  24,  e.  g.  '("33  n::'iN  Gen.  11:31 
and  elsewhere.  V-*a  ^^1^  Gen.  46:28,  nitj  nss  Ex.  15':l.'2r,  pbxj  fiT  Ex. 
15:  13.  nCE  ^''''^'■''^  Deut.  16:  1  (comp.  r.b  r-irs  Gen.  20:9).  C3'nn-'i;xi 
Deut.  31:  28 '(comp.  "^h  rtl^^^i^"!  Isa.  8:2),'n-'k3  •'n^n  Josh.  8:24',  id:  20, 
y-iS  T^^hs  Gen.  35:29,  ia  n'arj'isa.  40:7.  See  also' Gen.  39:12.  Ex.  14: 
4.  17,  isa'.  10:9,  Job  9:2.  Ex.'"l5:  11.  16,  Ps.  35: 10,  Isa.  54:  12,  Jer.  20:  9, 
Dan.  3:3.  5:11.  The  old  strife  as  to  the  Daghesh  in  the  word  c"raj  two 
is  not  yet  settled.  Kimchi  explained  it  as  Daghesh-lene  upon  the  suppo- 
sition that  the  word  was  abridged  from  C^n'iix  ;  Schultens  as  Daghesh- 
forte  arising  from  an  assimilated  3,  contending  that  it  was  for  o^r.tu  from 
C^niia ;  Nordheimer  as  an  anomalous  Daghesh-lene,  introduced  as  a 
euphonic  expedient  to  prevent  the  combination  of  an  aspirated  n  with  a 
Bibilant,  such  as  is  obviated  in  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  by  a  transposition 
that  would  here  be  inadmissible.  The  puzzle  is  still  further  perplexed  by 
the  circumstance  that  it  once  appears  with  the  preposition  '('2  without  the 
Daghesh,  "'r^''^  Judg.  16  :  28,  and  again  with  the  same  preposition  with  it, 
t'n'ii'O  Jon.  4:11,  the  Methegh  showing  the  Sh'va  to  be  vocal,  as  might 
also  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted. 


Daghesh-Fgrte. 

§  23.  1.  When  the  same  consoiiant  was  repeated  Avith  a 
vowel  or  even  the  shglitest  hiatns  intervening,  so  tliat  suc- 
cessive movements  of  the  organs  of  speech  were  required  in 
the  pronunciation,  the  Hebrews  invariably  wrote  the  lettsr 
twice.  When,  however,  there  was  no  interval  between  the 
reduplicated  consonants,  and  the  only  audil)le  result  was  a 
more  protracted  or  vehement  utterance  of  the  same  sound 
effected  by  a  single  effort  of  the  organs,  the  letter  was  written 
but  once.  This  fact  the  Masoretic  punctuators  have  indi- 
cated by  placing  a  point  called  Daghesh-forte  (ptn  Tr?'^)  in 
the  bosom  of  a  letter  so  affected,  to  show  that  it  is  to  be 


§  24  DAGHESH-rORTE.  31 

doubled  in  the  pronunciation ;  thus,  ^bi'l  vayyimmal.  Da- 
ghesh-forte  may  be  found  in  any  letter  with  the  exception 
of  the  gutturals  N  n  n  y ,  Avhich  on  account  of  their  weak 
ness  do  not  admit  of  reduplication.  The  letter  "i,  par- 
taking of  this  with  other  peculiarities  of  the  gutturals,  re- 
ceives it  only  in  a  very  few  exceptional  cases,  e.  g.  '^irii'n© , 

2.  The  aspirates,  when  doubled,  always  at  the  same  time 
lose  their  aspiration  ;  thus,  ^^^^.  T/ijjpdlcEdh.  Daghesh-forte 
in  these  letters  is  readily  distinguishable  from  Daghesh-lene 
by  the  consideration  that  a  consonant  cannot  be  pronounced 
double  except  after  a  vowel.  A  point  in  one  of  the  aspirates 
is,  therefore,  Daghesh-forte  if  a  vowel  precedes,  otherwise  it 
is  Daghesh-lene. 

3.  Daghesh-forte  in  1  may  be  distinguished  from  Shurek 
in  the  same  way.  Inasmuch  as  two  vowels  cannot  come  to- 
gether in  the  same  word,  if  a  vowel  precedes  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte,  if  not  it  is  Shurek. 

a.  Some  Grammarians  speak  of  Daghesh-forte  implicilum  in  the  gut- 
turals, by  which  they  mean  that  these  letters  appear  in  certain  cases  tc 
complete  a  foregoing  syllable  as  well  as  to  begin  that  in  which  they  prop- 
erly stand,  in  spite  of  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  which  analogy  would  re- 
quire them  to  receive.  As  these  are  included  under  what  have  already, 
§  20.  2.  a,  been  explained  as  intermediate  syllables,  it  is  not  thought  neces- 
sary to  employ  an  additional  term. 

b.  The  Arabs  have  a  sign  of  reduplication,  Teshdid  (  «  ).  which  la 
written  above  the  doubled  letter.  The  Syrians  have  no  written  sign  for 
this  purpose,  and  it  is  disputed  whether  their  letters  were  ever  doubled  in 
pronunciation.  According  to  Asseman  Biblioth.  Orient.  III.  2.  p.  379,  the 
Western  differed  from  the  Eastern  Syrians  in  this  respect,  "  Occidentales 
nuliibi  literas  geminant." 


§  24.  Different  epithets  have  been  applied  to  Daghesh- 
forte  to  describe  its  various  uses  or  the  occasions  of  its  em- 
ployment. 1.  When  separate  letters,  whether  originally 
alike,  or  made  so  by  assimilation,  are  by  the  inflection  oi 
formation  of  words  brought  into  juxtaposition,  the  Daghesh- 


32  OETHOGRAPIIT.  ^  24 

forte  wliicli  represents  such  a  doubling  is  called  compensa 
tive ;  c.  g.  T^'';}!,  formed  by  appending  the  syllable  T)  to  the 
root  rr^2 ;  ■'Pn:  composed  of  the  same  syllable  and  the  root 
"jn:,  Avhose  last  letter  is  changed  to  n  to  conform  with  that 
which  follows  ;  "^30  from  nno.  2.  When  the  reduplication  is 
indicative  of  a  particular  grammatical  form  the  Daghesh- 
forte  is  called  characteristic,  e.  g.  in  the  Piel,  Pual,  and 
Hithpnel  of  verbs ;  as,  tj^n,  '^^nnn,  and  certain  forms  of  nouns, 
as,  1*33 .  3.  When  it  has  arisen  from  the  necessity  of  con- 
verting a  previous  simple  syllable  into  a  mixed  one  in  order 
to  preserve  the  quantity  of  a  short  vowel  which  it  contains, 
it  is  Daghesh-forte  conservative;  e.  g.  30!)  for  so;;.  4.  When 
the  initial  letter  of  a  word  is  doubled  under  the  influence  of 
the  final  vowel  of  the  word  preceding,  it  is  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive;  e.  g.  sn-T-ma,  !rib-n;;n;i,  ^ss:  ^^^p.  5.  When  the 
last  letter  of  an  intermediate  syllable  is  doubled  in  order  to 
make  the  following  hiatus  or  vocal  Sh'va  more  distinct,  it  is 
Daghesh-forte  dirimens  or  separative,  because  the  letter  which 
receives  it  is  thus  separated  in  part  from  the  syllable  to  which 
it  belongs  ;  e.  g.  ''isS'  innhliB  for  ''isy  inbJiB.  6.  When  the 
first  letter  of  a  final  syllable  is  doubled  under  the  influence 
of  a  previous  vowel  bearing  the  accent  (mostly  a  pause  ac- 
cent, §  3G.  2.  «.)j  foi'  the  sake  of  increased  fullness  and  force 
of  pronunciation,  it  is  Daghesh-forte  emphatic ;  e.  g.  'i^in  for 
ib-n .  In  the  first  three  uses  named  above  Daghesh-forte  is 
said  to  be  essential,  in  the  last  three  it  is  euphonic. 


a.  Dncrhesh-forte  conjunctive  occurs  regularly  after  the  pronoun  na, 
e.  g.  crr-ma!]  -zrji  n??  Ps.  133:  1.  and  in  a  multitude  of  cases  after  final  Ka- 
mets  or  Setr-hnl  in  words  accented  on  the  penult  or  followed  by  Makkeph, 
§43.  e.g.  rx.T-nn;?b  Gen.  2:  23.  ni--nl:=x  Dent.27  :  7, -ibHr-inl  Num.  25:  13, 
•^S-nrsr  Gen.  30r33  ;  rr.Hr'^J  Nuin.'  34 : 6.  7.  9,  n-sxfe  n'j-a  Ex.  13:1 
(where" the  accent  is  on  tlie  ultimate),  TiT"?^!?  Vvow.  15:  1  (in  some  edi 
tion8),morerarely  after  other  vowels,  e.g.  ix^  1-*;^  Gen.  19:  14.  sb  ^-it:x;'5 
1  Sam.  8:  19.  once  after  the  liquid  i,  e.  g.  t<b  ^^^'^  1  Kin.  11 :  22.  See 
also  §  22.  b.  In  a  few  instances  words  thus  united  are  written  as  one.  e.  g. 
Mt:?  Ex.4:  2  for   r^^  mq,  so  csb^  Isa.  3:15,  nxbrna  Mai.   1:13,  nssxca 


§25 


DAGHESH-FORTE. 


33 


Isa.   27:8,  and  possibly  C^X'^X  Isa.    33:7.     See    Dr.  Alexander's   Com- 
mentary upon  this  passage. 

b.  Daghesh-forte  separative  occurs  only  in  the  following  examples: 


n-isx  Hos.  3:2, 

Tj-i;?':  1  Sam.  28:10, 

■ibao  Isa.  9:3,  10: 

tj-^ni-ip-'s  Ps.  45:  10. 
CTirj-Tn  Am.  5 :  25. 

nss'^rirftis  (?)     Ezek. 
13:20. 

27. 
■'SSS  Deut.  32:32. 

nnirSJ^^-rn  Gen.  18:21. 

?;niBs3  Isa.  33:  1. 

inns?  2    Sam.   23: 

'  r':b^r\  Gen.  37  :  32. 

'i-ni^_i3ori-inu:T2Ps. 

■  27,  Jer.  29: 27. 

''■tzip_  Gen.  17:17. 

89 :  45. 

OD"'SS?  Isa.  58 :  3. 

dri-'N-n  1  Sam.    10: 

ni-iJ53T2  Joel  1: 17. 

nD"ini^2^  Am.  5:21. 

24,    17  :  25, 

ci-iS:3'3  Job  9:18. 

'■'  i::33(?)  Cant.  1:8. 

2Kin.6:32. 

TC.yM  Nah.  3:17. 

ninijy  Ps.  89:52. 

onrjari  Job  17:2. 
■is^Ean  Ex.  2  :  3. 
sins-n^n  (?)  Jndg.20: 

t'^'^-o  Ex.  15:  17. 
n-ip3TD  Deut.23:  11. 
nxr?  Job  30  : 8. 

?]'ini3;35>  Ps.  77  :  20. 

niriy  Prov.  27 :  25. 
■isnnri'a  Ps.  119;  139. 

43. 

tTia?  Ps.  141-.3. 

■'jsinnrs  Ps.  88 :  17. 

R'2S^,r^  1  Sam.  1  : 6. 
-" 'j^^n  Isa.  57:6. 
rrip-^  Gen.  49:10. 
rn;5-b  Prov.30:17. 

n-1^;  Prov.  4:  13. 
!in!iDp5nD  jLKlg.20:32. 
1330  Jer.  4 :  7. 

cninVp.  (?)  Ps.   37: 
15.  Isa.  5:  28. 
^baoJ  Zech.  4  :  12. 
bilbsaj  Ps.  58  :  9. 

This  list  is  corrected  and  enlarged  from  Gesen.  Lehrg.  pp.  86  ff.  Those 
words  which  are  followed  by  a  note  of  interrogation  (?)  are  found  in  some 
editions  but  not  in  others.  Daghesh  separative  may  be  found  after  He 
interrogative  in  some  instances  not  included  in  the  above  list. 

c.  Daghesh-forte  emphatic  occurs  only  in  l^^Tn  Judg.  5  :  7,  1  Sara.  2:5; 
^}sn->)  Job  29  :  21  ;  TOn^.  or  sinn;;  Job  21 :  13  ;  ^nk'-^  Isa.  33: 12,  Jer.  51 :  58  ; 
n-Ljnri  Ezek.  21:15;  VLiipj  Ezek.  6:9;  nn'rj  Jer.  51:30;  ISn;  Ezek.  27- 
igV'l^^I^  C?)  Isa.  19  :  6;  and  probably  l^nnn  Job  13  :  9  (not  in  pause). 


§  25.  In  order  to  the  distinct  utterance  of  a  reduplicated 
consonant,  it  must  be  followed  as  well  as  preceded  by  a 
vowel-sound.  Daghesh-forte  is  consequently  never  written 
in  a  final  vowelless  letter,  with  the  exception  of  the  two  words 
px ,  nns ,  both  of  which  end  in  aspirates  whose  pronuncia- 
tion would  be  changed  by  the  removal  of  the  Daghesh,  In 
every  other  instance  the  doubling  is  neglected,  even  though 
the  letter  be  an  aspirate,  which  will  for  this  reason  resume 
its  aspiration ;  e.  g.  ^p ,  ^'^jb;  no,  "'SO;  ^in^l  abridged  from 
nsn^i ;  qi^i  from  ns^^i .  In  a  medial  letter  with  Sh'va 
Daghesh  may  be  written,  because  the  Sh'va  being  thus  ren- 
dered  vocal  the  reduplication  can  be  made  audible  by  means 
3 


34  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  26, 27 

of  the  liiatns  wliicli  it  represents ;  it  is,  liowcver,  quite  as 
frecmeiitly  omitted,  tlic  Sh'va  commonly  remaining  vocal  as 
if  it  Avere  inserted,  and  compound  Sh'va  being  occasionally 
substituted  for  simple  to  indicate  this  fact,  §»  IG.  3.  h. ;  e.  g. 
D^niy  for  D-''i^y,  iscs  for  iscs,  particularly  after  prefixes,  as 
Vav  conversive,  the  article  and  preposition  'a,  so  '•n^'T,  c^arr;. 
It  is  seldom  omitted  from  a  medial  aspirate  on  account  of  the 
change  in  its  sound  involved :  yet  even  this  is  done  occasion- 
ally, e.  g.  n^i*2^  Judg.  8  :  2  for  n^i:3"a,  u^nn  Isa.  22  :  10  for 
^snri,  "jinsT  from  Ti"itT-  In  a  few  rare  instances  it  is  dropped 
from  a  letter  followed  by  a  vowel,  when  the  laws  of  syllables 
will  permit  and  the  pronunciation  will  not  be  materially 
affected ;  e.  g.  r;;bn  Ruth  1 :  13  for  n-bn. 

Mappik. 

§  26.  INIapplk  (P"'E''3  hringing  out  or  uttering),  is  a  point 
in  one  of  the  letters  ii  n  i  i,  showing  that  it  represents  a 
consonant  and  not  a  vowel,  or  in  other  words  that  it  does 
not  qniesce  in  the  preceding  vowel-sign.  It  is  unnecessary, 
however,  to  employ  any  notation  for  this  purpose  in  the  case 
of  55  1  and  ■•,  for  their  quiescence  can  be  readily  determined 
in  all  cases  by  the  rules  already  given,  §  13.  Although  it  is 
much  more  extensively  used  in  manuscripts,  therefore,  Map- 
pik is  in  modern  editions  of  the  Hebrew  Bible  only  inserted 
in  finai  n  when  it  retains  its  consonantal  power ;  e.  g.  f^i"is? 
arfsuh,  •^^f'ls  artsd,  f^np^  VlmhhCth,  nnpb  hik'hhd.  The  point 
four  times  found  in  s,  ^S«''i;'i  Gen.  43:26,  Ezra  8:18, 
^»^nr\  Lev.  23  :  17,  'liin  Job  33  :  21,  though  called  aDaghesh 
in  the  Masoretic  notes  in  the  margin,  is  probably  to  be  re- 
garded as  Mappik. 

Kapiie. 

§  27.  Rilphe  (HEn  u-ca/r),  is  a  small  horizontal  stroke 
placed  over  a  letter,  and  denotes  the  opposite  of  Daghesli- 


§  28  ACCENTS.  35 

lene,  Dagliesli-forte,  or  Mappik,  as  the  case  may  be.  As  nc 
inconvenience  can  arise  from  its  omission,  it  is  only  occa- 
sionally nsed  in  modern  Bibles,  and  not  with  entire  uni- 
formity in  the  different  editions.  It  is  chiefly  found  where 
a  Mappik  has  been  omitted  in  n ,  which  according  to  analogy 
might  be  expected  to  be  inserted,  e.  g.  J^t'79^r'  Ex.  9:18, 
rnyian  Lev.  13:4,  nstpna  Num.  15:28,  r\)  Num.  32:42, 
r^'qym  Job  31 :  22  in  some  copies.  In  ^n^'nto^n  Ex.  20 : 4, 
Deut.  5  : 8,  it  is  the  opposite  of  Daghesh-forte,  and  shows 
that  b  may  either  be  doubled  agreeably  to  the  point  in  its 
bosom  or  not.  In  ninn  tkb  Ex.  20  :  13,  Deut.  5  :  17,  it  is  the 
opposite  of  Daghesh-lene,  and  shows  that  the  n  may  either 
have  its  unaspirated  sound,  as  the  Daghesh  indicates,  or 
may  be  aspu*ated.  It  is  often  referred  to  in  the  marghial 
Masoretic  notes  even  where  it  is  no  longer  found  in  the  text, 
e.g.  Judg.  16:16,  28. 


Accents 

§  28.  The  third  class  of  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text 
are  those  which  relate  to  the  words.  These  are  the  accents, 
Makkeph,  Methegh,  and  the  K'ri.  An  accent  ( D?!? )  is  writ- 
ten upon  every  word  with  a  twofold  design,  1st,  of  marking 
its  tone-syllable,  and  2dly,  of  indicating  its  relation  to  other 
words  in  the  sentence.  The  great  number  of  the  accents 
has  respect  entirely  to  this  second  function,  there  being  no 
diff'erence  in  the  quality  of  the  stress  laid  upon  particular 
syllables,  such  for  example  as  is  marked  by  the  Greek  acute, 
grave,  and  circumflex,  but  only  that  difference  in  its  amount 
which  arises  from  the  unequal  emphasis  naturally  laid  upon 
the  different  members  of  a  clause  or  period.  The  punc- 
tuators have  attempted  not  only  to  indicate  the  pauses  to  be 
made  in  reading,  as  is  done  by  the  stops  in  use  in  other  Ian 
guages,  but  to  represent  to  the  eye  the  precise  position  held 


86  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  29 

hy  each  word*  in  the  structure  of  the  sentence,  and  the 
various  grades  of  attraction  or  repulsion  arising  from  the  re- 
lations whether  co-ordinate  or  subordinate  which  subsist 
among  them.  Every  sentence  is  fancifully  regarded  as  a  ter- 
litory,  which,  partitioned  into  its  several  clauses,  forms  em- 
pires, kingdoms,  and  principalities,  ruled  by  their  respective 
sovereigns,  each  of  whom  has  his  own  train  of  inferiors  and 
dependants.  The  accents  are  accordingly  divided  into  Dis 
junctives  or  Rulers  (D'^pb'a),  and  Conjunctives  or  Servants 
(D'nn?!).  The  former  indicate  that  the  word  upon  which 
they  are  placed  is  more  or  less  separated  from  those  that 
follow ;  they  mark  thus  the  end  of  a  clause  or  of  the  section 
of  a  clause  over  which  they  exert  control.  The  latter  indi- 
cate that  the  Avord  over  or  under  which  they  are  written  is 
connected  with  what  follows  and  belongs  to  the  clause  or 
section  ruled  by  the  next  succeeding  Disjunctive. 

a.  The  stress  of  voice  denoted  by  the  accent  must  not  be  confounded 
with  quantity.  An  accented  syllable  may  nevertheless  be  short,  the 
energy  with  which  it  is  pronounced  not  necessarily  affecting  its  length. 

b.  The  Jews  made  use  of  the  accents  as  musical  notes  in  the  cantilla- 
tion  of  the  synagogue,  whence  they  are  also  called  r"ij'^;3.  In  the  judg- 
ment of  some  this  is  a  part,  and  perhaps  a  leading  part,  of  their  original 
design.  Their  great  variety,  the  frequent  occurrence  of  accents  of  oppo- 
site powers  upon  the  same  word,  and  the  distinct  sj'^stem  of  poetical 
accents,  favor  this  opinion.  Such  as  are  curious  to  know  the  details  may 
find  the  mode  of  their  employment  for  this  purpose  explained  at  length  in 
Bartoloccii  Bibliotheca  Magna  Rabbinica,  vol.  iv.  pp.  427-444. 

§  29.  The  Disjunctive  accents  may  be  divided  into  foui 
classes  of  various  rank  or  power,  as  follows,  viz : 


Glass  I.  Emperors. 

*1.    SillQk 

(,) 

:p!iiD 

♦2.  Athnahh 

'  (*) 

-• » - 

29 


ACCENTS. 

Class  II.  Kings. 

3. 

S'gholta 

(") 

T  :      t 

postp. 

4. 

Zakeph  KatOn 

(') 

v'^p,  m 

5. 

Zakeph  Gadhol 

1     (')  • 

^"i^i  tlEJ 

*6. 

Tiphhha 

Class  III.  I-uJcei. 

Knsa 

*7. 

R'bhl" 

(■) 

sih"! 

*8. 

Shalsheleth 

(') 

n^^.^«i 

*9. 

Zarka 

(~) 

^ny. 

postp. 

10. 

Pashta 

n 

T     I    - 

postp. 

11. 

Y'thlbh 

L) 

^''^'?. 

prep. 

12. 

T'bhir 

Class  IV.  Counts. 

*13. 

Pazer 

O 

^?.3 

14. 

Karne  Phara 

(") 

nns  "^S-il^ 

15. 

T'llsha  Gh'dhola          (  ') 

n^jina  xoj^^ 

prep. 

16. 

Geresh 

(')   • 

tti"!?. 

17. 

G'lashayitn 

C) 

fiVana 

*18. 

P'slk 

(0 

ip^on 

37 


The  Conjunctive  accents,  or  Servants,  are  tlie  following, 


VIZ 


*19. 

Merka 

\»  / 

♦20. 

Munahh 

\  -*/ 

JT 

21. 

IMerkaKh'phula 

^  ji' 

i/»        1         T  :  V 

*22. 

Mahpakh 

\<  J 

■^Bn^a 

23. 

Darga 

\t  ) 

^v^'^'? 

*24. 

Kadhma 

/  ^  \ 

H'D'^P 

*25. 

Yerahh  ben  YomO 

V  v/ 

ipi->",3  nn^ 

26. 

T'lisha  K'tanna 

,\. 

nsap  xi^-'pn   po«fp. 

88  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  30 

a.  Merka  Kli'pliula  has  sometimes  been  reckoned  among;  the  Disjunc 
tiveti,  as  by  Geseiiius  in  his  Lelirgebaiule  ;  but  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  tlie  word  Ibilowing  that  on  wliicii  it  stands  in  Ex.  5:15,  Ezek. 
14:4,  proves  tliat  it  is  a  Coiijuiirtive. 

ft.  According  to  their  most  probable  significations,  the  names  of  the 
uccents  appear  to  be  in  part  borrowed  from  their  lijrms  and  in  part  from 
their  uses.  Thus  tiie  Disjunctives:  Silluk,  e?/(/;  Athnahh,  res/;  Segholta, 
bimch  of  grapes  ;  Zakeph.  small  and  great,  causing  suspension  ;  Tiphhha, 
palm  of  the  hand ;  'R''bhi'\  square  or  reposing  ;  Shalshelelh.  c/tom;  Zarka, 
dispersion;  PashUx.  e.vpa)ision  or  letting  down  {the  voice);  Y'thibh,  si7- 
tingslill;  T'bhir,  iiderruplion  ;  Pazer,  separator  j  Karne  Piiara,  a /tej/er'j 
horns;  T'iisha.  great  and  sma.\l,  shield ;  Ge.resh,  ejpulsion  ;  GVashayim, 
double  Geresh ;  P'sik,  cut  off.  Conjunctives:  Merka,  ])rolonging ;  Mu- 
nahh,  (a  trumpet)  at  rest.  i.  e.,  in  its  proper  position ;  Merka  Kii'phula, 
double  Alerka ;  Mahpakh,  (a  trumpet)  7«t;e/7ec/;  Darga.  jxiogress ;  Kadh- 
ma,  beginning  ;  Yerahh  ben-Yomo,  moon  a  day  old. 

Other  names  are  given  to  some  of  these  accents,  particularly  where  they 
occur  in  certain  situations  or  combinations;  thus  Tiphliha  is  also  called 
Tarhha  (  XH"^:?  ).  Munahh  with  P'sik  is  called  L'gharmeli  (  n^-^sb  ).  etc. 

c.  Tlie  classification  of  the  Disjunctives,  according  to  their  respective 
powers  and  the  laws  of  their  consecution,  has  been  the  work  of  Christian 
writers,  from  whom  all  accurate  investigations  of  the  accentual  system 
have  proceeded.  In  liict,  this  whole  subject  is  treated  by  the  Jewish 
grammarians  in  the  crudest  and  most  perplexed  manner.  Buxtorf  says,  in 
his  Thesaurus  Grammaticus.  p.  45:  Accentuum  ratio  hactenus  nee  a  quo- 
quam  nostrorum  nee  ab  ipsis  etiam  Hebraeis  sufficienter  explicata  est. 
The  division  exhibited  above  is  the  one  now  commonly  adopted.  The 
current  names,  Imperatores,  Reges,  Duces,  Comites,  are  those  used  by 
Wasmuth  in  his  Instifutio  Accent.  Heb.  1664.  Others  have  divided  them 
differently.  The  learned  Pfeiller,  author  of  the  Dubi^  Vexata,  distin- 
guishes one  Emperor,  one  Archduke,  four  Dukes,  seven  Counts,  and  five 
Barons.  Boston,  the  well-known  autlior  of  the  Fourfold  Slate,  in  an  elab- 
orate Latin  treatise  upon  this  subject  left  by  him  in  manuscript  and  pub- 
lished shortly  after  his  death,  distributes  them  into  three  classes  of 
superior  and  one  of  inferior  rank.  Mention  is  made,  in  a  commendatory 
preface  by  Mill,  the  distinguished  critic  of  the  New  Testament,  of  another 
manuscript  in  English,  in  which  Boston  applied  his  views  practically  in  a 
twofold  translation  of  the  first  twenty-three  chapters  of  Genesis,  with 
copious  notes,  both  philological  and  theological.  This,  it  is  believed,  has 
never  been  published.  A  curious  little  book  upon  the  Canon  by  Ferdinand 
Parkliurst.  London,  1660,  makes  six  Regal  and  ten  Principial  Disjunctives 
Y'thibh  and  P'sik  being  omitted  altogether. 

§30.1.  Fourteen  of  the  accents  are  written  over,  and  eleven 
under,  the  words  to  which  they  are  attached.  P'sik,  whose 
only  use  is  to  modify  the  power  of  other  accents,  is  written 
after  the  word  to  which  it  belongs,  and  in  the  same  line 


§  30  ACCENTS.  39 

with  it.  The  place  of  the  accents  is  either  over  or  under  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  with  the  exception  of  the 
prepositives  Y'thibh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  which  always  ac- 
company the  initial  letter  of  the  word,  and  the  postpositives 
S'ghDlta,  Zarka,  Paslita,  and  T'hsha  K'tanna,  which  stand 
upon  the  final  letter.  Y'thibh  is  only  used  when  the  first  is 
the  tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  repeated  if  the  word  on  which 
it  stands  is  accented  on  the  penult,  e.  g.  'inn  Gen.  1 : 2,  or 
ends  with  two  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  riT^^l  Ruth  3  :  7,  or  if 
the  last  letter  has  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  57T  Gen.  33  :  13,  and 
in  some  manuscripts  and  editions  there  is  a  like  repetition  of 
S'gholta  and  Zarka.  When  a  word  bears  the  other  preposi- 
tive or  postpositives,  there  is  nothing  to  mark  its  tone-syllable 
unless  this  may  chance  to  be  the  one  upon  which  the  nature 
of  the  accent  in  question  requires  it  to  be  placed. 

2.  Silluk  has  the  same  form  as  Methegh,  §  44 ;  but  the 
former  invariably  stands  on  the  tone-syllable  of  the  last 
word  in  the  verse,  while  Methegh  is  never  written  under  a 
tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  likewise  distinguished  from  Kadhma 
only  by  its  position  upon  the  last  letter  of  the  word,  and 
after  the  superscribed  vowel,  if  there  be  one,  e.  g.  "ii^^f  Gen. 
1 : 7,  ^^sj^^  Gen.  24 :  7,  while  Kadhma  is  placed  upon  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  e.  g.  "ii)if  Gen.  2  :  19  :  where 
this  chances  to  be  a  final  letter  the  laws  of  consecution  only 
can  decide ;  thus,  in  7i?-iT  Gen.  26  : 4,  'n^ssr  Dent.  16:3,  the 
accent  is  Pashta,  but  in  ?i?'iTb;i  Gen.  17  : 8,  ^nxs  1  Sam. 
29 : 6,  it  is  Kadhma.  Y'thibh  is  distinguished  from  Mahpakh 
by  being  written  under  the  first  letter  of  the  word  and  taking 
precedence  of  its  vowel  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  niD.S'^Gen. 
1  :  11,  "^5  Gen.  31 : 6,  Deut.  10:17;  Mahpakh  belongs  under 
the  consonant  which  precedes  the  tone-vowel,  and  after  its 
vowel-sign  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  ^rjin  Gen.  2  :  14,  ""I 
Gen.  32  :  33,  Deut.  4  :  7.  When  the  initial  syllable  bears  the 
tone  and  there  is  no  subscribed  vowel,  the  laws  of  consecu- 
tion  must  decide ;  thus,  in  S5^n  the  accent  is  Y'thibh  in  Gen 


40  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §31 

3:15,   44:17;    Deut.    10:17;    but    Mahpakh   in    Josh. 

17:1. 

§  31.  The  accents  already  explained  are  called  the  prosaic 
accents,  and  are  found  in  all  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament 
with  the  exception  of  the  Psalms  (D'']?nn),  Proverbs  (■^li'ir'a), 
and  the  poetic  portion  of  Job  (^"i^s?),  whose  initials  form  the 
technical  word  JTQX .  Here  a  different  system  of  accentua- 
tion prevails.  Thirteen  of  the  prosaic  accents,  one-half  of  the 
whole  number,  nowhere  occur  in  the  books  just  named,  viz. : 
S'gholta,  Zakeph-Katon,  and  Zakeph-Gadhol  of  the  Kings, 
Pashta,  Y'thibh,  and  T'bhir  of  the  Dukes,  Karnc  Phara, 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  Geresh,  and  G'rasliayim,  of  the  Counts, 
Merka  Kh'phula,  Darga,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna  of  the  Con- 
junctives. Such  as  are  common  to  both  systems  are  in  the 
previous  table  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  The  powers  of 
some  of  these,  however,  are  altered,  so  that  a  new  arrange- 
ment of  them  is  necessary ;  and  they  are  supplemented  by 
additional  signs  formed  by  combining  the  prosaic  accents  or 
assigning  them  unusual  positions.  The  scale  of  the  poetical 
or  metrical  accents  thus  constituted  is  as  follows,  viz. : 


Disjunctive  Accents. 

Class  I. 

1. 

Silluk 

(♦.) 

tniasn 

2. 

Athnahh 

u 

nirsri 

3. 

Merka-M; 

ihpakh 

o 

Class  II. 

lirsn 

4. 

R'bhi" 

o 

1133^ 

5. 

Pazer 

(^) 

1133  n 

6. 

R'bhi"  Geresh 

(•') 

Tiisn 

7. 

Tiphhha 

initial 

(.) 

prep. 

8. 

Zarka 

D 

S-iarn 

postp. 

9. 

P'sik 

(-) 

1  niasn 

posip. 

^  32  POSITION    OF   THE    ACCENT.  41 


OoNjTjiroTivE  Accents. 

10. 

Merka 

O 

iinsri 

11. 

Merka-Zarka 

C) 

nissn 

12. 

Mahpakh 

(.) 

iiasn 

13. 

Mahpakh-Zarka 

C) 

liasn 

14. 

Munahh 

L) 

niasrj 

15. 

Munahh  superior 

C) 

Tiaan 

16. 

Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

(v) 

'Ti=2n 

17. 

Kadhma 

V) 

"liis!"! 

18. 

Tiphhha 

L) 

V  '   - 

19. 

Shalsheleth 

(') 

linsn 

a.  It  will  be  perceived  that  there  are  fewer  Disjunctives  but  more 
Conjunctives  than  are  exhibited  by  the  prosaic  accents.  Merka-Mahpakh 
answers  substantially  to  S'gholta;  R'libi''-Geresh  to  Tiphhha  before  Silluk, 
and  Tiphhha  initial  to  Tiphhha  before  Athnahh.  Tiplihha  and  Shalshe- 
leth are  transferred  from  the  list  of  Disjunctives  to  that  of  the  Conjunc- 
tives, whence  it  comes  to  pass  that  if  a  word  bearing  either  of  these 
accents  terminates  in  a  vowel,  Daghesh-lene  will  not  be  inserted  in  a  fol- 
lowing initial  aspirate,  e.  g.  OS'ia  niraJJ  Ps.  31 :  10,  Qinns  xi^ia  Prov.  8  :  3, 
nisT^a  !itos?Pi7  Ps.  10:2. 

b.  P'sik.  in  the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  is  never  used  alone  but 
always  in  conjunction  with  another  accent.  It  serves  to  strengthen  Dis- 
junctives and  to  reduce  the  power  of  Conjunctives  without  disturbing  the 
order  of  their  consecution.  It  is  thus  used  with  Merka-Mahpakh  Ps.  5  :  13, 
Pazer  Ps.  10 :  14,  Tiphhha  initial  Ps.  31:4,  Mahpakh  Ps.  5 :  9,  Munahh 
Prov.  1:22,  Merka  Ps.  10:13,  Kadhma  Ps   10:5.  Shalsheleth  Ps.  7:6. 


Position  of  the  Accent 

§  32.  The  accent  in  Hebrew  may  fall  either  upon  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate  syllable,  but  never  at  a  greater 
remove  from  the  end  of  the  word.  In  the  former  case 
words  are  technically  termed  Milra  (3?'ibi3  from  beiow),  and 
in  the  latter  Milel  frb^V  from  above). 


42  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  33 

1.  The  position  of  tlie  accent  may  be  considered  in  rela- 
tion either  to  the  sylkibic  or  to  the  etymological  structure 
of  a  word,  that  is  to  say,  as  affected  by  the  nature  of  its  syl- 
lables on  the  one  hand  or  of  the  elements  of  which  it  is  com 
posed  as  a  sigiiilicant  part  of  speech  on  the  other.  It  is  so 
far  determined  by  the  syllabic  structure  of  words,  that  a 
long  mixed  s\  liable  or  a  short  simple  syllable,  whether  in  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate,  must  receive  the  accent,  §18.  2. 
thus :  pni^:' ,  nn?2?n^ ,  rqv,  nn'i . 

2.  Considered  in  reference  to  their  etymological  structure, 
words  exist  in  two  conditions,  (1.)  their  primary  uninfiected 
state,  by  which  their  essential  and  proper  meaning  is  con- 
veyed; (2.)  with  added  affixes  and  prefixes,  by  which  that 
meaning  is  variously  modified.  In  their  nude  or  primary 
state  all  words,  whether  primitives  or  derivatives,  are  ac- 
cented upon  the  ultimate,  and  so  continue  to  whatever  flexion, 
involving  no  terminational  appendages,  they  may  be  sub- 
jected.   Thus,  "^ps,  "ips,  "ipb,  ^^2,  ^J52,  nps":,  "ipsnri;  linsT, 

3.  The  only  exception  is  a  class  of  words  called  Se- 
gholates,  in  which  the  last  vowel  does  not  belong  originally 
or  essentially  to  the  form,  but  is  introduced  for  the  sake  of 
softening  the  pronunciation,  §G1.  2;  these  are  accented  on 
the  penultimate,  as  1])^,  nsb,  ni?,  n-^i,  'qnn,  n:rb,  b.)^,  b.)':, 

a.  iT^'2?3  Is.  50:  8  is  said  to  be  the  only  instance  of  a  word  accented  on 
ihe  antepenult.  The  proper  tone-syllable  oCthis  word  is  the  ultimate,  but 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent  by  §  35.  the  vowel  next  preceding,  which 
has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  is  unessential  to  the  form,  cannot  receive  it,  so 
that  it  necessarily  falls  upon  the  one  still  further  back. 

§  33.  The  additions  which  words  may  receive  at  the  be- 
ginning or  end  affect  the  accent  in  proportion  to  the  respect- 
ive weight  accorded  to  them.  Additions  to  the  end  of  words 
are  of  two  sorts,  which  may  be  distinguished  as  affixes  and 
suffixes.     Affixes  are  so  welded  to  the  word  or  merged  in  it 


^33  POSITION    or    THE    ACCENT.  43 

that  in  the  popular  consciousness  they  have  become  an  in- 
tegral part  of  it,  and  their  independent  existence  or  separate 
origin  is  no  longer  thought  of;  such  are  the  personal  inflec- 
tions of  verbs  and  the  terminations  indicating  gender  and 
number  in  nouns  and  adjectives.  Suffixes  are  not  so  inti- 
mately blended  with  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  as 
to  have  lost  their  individual  identity  and  independent  charac- 
ter, and  consequently  are  of  greater  weight  as  respects  the 
accent;  such  are  the  fragmentary  pronouns  appended  to 
verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions. 

1.  If  the  appendage  consists  of  a  vowel  (as  n^,  ri,  ^, 
i,  \,  \.),  or  begins  with  one  (as  f^,,  \,  ^\,  D\,  ni,  tj^,  ^„,  n^, 
1^,  U"},,  11"^,),  and  can  consequently  only  be  pronounced  by 
the  aid  of  the  final  consonant  of  the  word  to  which  it  is  at- 
tached, it  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself  or  to  its  initial  vowel 
from  a  noun,  adjective,  participle,  or  preposition,  as  '^'^^'i , 
i-Ti'i ,  D"''^?^  ,  ^"inv ,  V2^'l ,  ^V^^  from  W ;  D^irn^ ,  "^iij^)^ , 
from  TiJ'jp .  Such  an  appendage  to  a  verb,  if  a  suffix,  will 
so  far  accord  with  the  rule  just  given  as  to  carry  the  accent 
forward  one  syllable ;  but  the  accent  will  remain  in  its  origi- 
nal position  if  it  be  an  affix,  unless  it  is  either  dissyllabic  or 
causes  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  previously  accented ;  cin^^ 
with  a  suffix  aia^nnn ,  but  with  an  affix  ^^"'^nn ;  'liy  with  a 
suffix  i^2? ,  but  with  an  affix  ^"i^y ,  ^"iny ;  D]b  ,  n^^  ,  ^)2^ ;  bp, 
^)p. ,  "i^fe  ,  ''^'5)? ;  ^bi? ,  f^^sis ,  tfniri>? .  It  is  to  be  observed, 
however,  that  a  paragogic  n^  or  n. ,  §G1.  6,  attached  to 
nouns,  pronouns,  and  adverbs,  and  occasionally  a  paragogic 
■'.  does  not  disturb  the  position  of  the  accent,  e.  g.  yy^ , 
ns-)s?;  n:,r"a:;  so  nisn,  n^cy,n7si»,  ^nan  Lam.  1:1,  but 
insb');  Isa.  1:21;  neither  does  the  feminine  ending  ri^, 
which  is  a  Segholate  formation,  e.  g.  "131^ ,  rins^i^ . 

a.  Paragogic  M^  receives  the  secondary  accent  Methegia  in  D^N   n3?i3 
Gen.  28  :  2,  5,  6,  7. ' 

2.  The   appending  of   a   simple  syllable,  such   as   the 


44  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  33 

suffixes  ■': ,  ^3 ,  ',n ,  n ,  iia ,  or  the  verbal  affixes  n ,  ^n ,  ^; ,  np, 
will  not  alter  the  position  of  the  accent  provided  it  originally 
stood  upon  the  ultimate ;  if,  however,  its  original  place  was 
the  penult,  or  if  the  syllable  in  question  be  attached  to  the 
word  by  a  uiiion  vowel,  the  accent  must  be  carried  forward 
one  syllable  to  prevent  its  standing  on  the  antepenult,  which 
is  never  admissible:  nos ,  '.nss,  iiass,  '';r53;  zk-q,  rcs^. 
^:pcn'T3  ;  ^p,  ni'Jp,  ''n'^p.  Suffixes  appended  to  a  word  ending 
with  a  consonant  mostly  require  a  connecting  vowel,  and  con- 
sequently shift  the  position  of  the  accent.  Affixes,  by  reason 
of  the  less  weight  accorded  to  them,  commonly  do  not.  The 
suffix  ^  follows  the  general  rule  when  preceded  by  a  union 
vowel,  but  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  when  it  is  not,  e.  g. 
"? ,  ^0"^ ,  '^12  >  ~\''^^  •  A.  consonantal  appendage  to  a  long  un- 
accented vowel,  inasmuch  as  it  converts  the  ultimate  into  a 
mixed  syllable,  necessarily  draws  the  accent  upon  it  from  the 
penult,  §  32.  1,  e.  g.  ■'nci?^? ,  'T'pcs^  ,  D^ncsi:  ;  ^-,^,^: ,  yn^^-^ . 

3.  A  mixed  syllable,  whether  an  affix  as  ori,  ir»,  or  suffix 
asOD,  ]3  ,  Dn,  "jn,  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself,  DP^r*!) 
from  l\^r\;  DDsbia,  Ds^pbia,  from  ?l^^;  Dnbpn  from  D'^nn  .  In 
the  unusual  form  nnjs  2  Sam.  23  :  C,  the  accent  stands  upon 
the  union  vowel. 

4.  The  only  prefixes  which  exercise  any  influence  upon 
the  position  of  the  accent,  are  the  Vav  conversive  of  the 
future,  which  draws  back  the  accent  from  a  mixed  ultimate 
to  a  simple  penult,  -ii2i5\  ^"q^^^.,  ^^2?^  niriin ;  and  the  Vav  con- 
versive of  the  preterite,  which  throws  it  forward  from  the 
penult  to  a  simple  ultimate,  nn^x,  nnias),  nniD;*,  rnc^^i , 

I"    -:  r 

a.  Some  languages  invariably  acrent  the  same  part  of  the  word  ;  thus, 
Bohemian  and  Lettish  the  initi;d  pyllable,  Polish  and  Lazian,  one  of  the 
Caurapian  tongues,  the  penult  of  ail  polysyllables.  Others,  in  which 
more  freedom  is  allowed,  have  no  respect  to  the  etymological  structure  of 
words,  hut  are  guided  entirely  by  the  character  of  their  syllables.  Tlius, 
in  Arabic  and  Latin  words  are  accented  according  to  the  quantity  of  the 
penult;  the  accent  is  given  to  the  penult  if  it  is  long,  to  the  antej)enull 


^  34,  35  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  45 

jf  the  penult  is  short.  In  others  still  the  etymological  principle  is  the 
prevailing  one,  and  this  often  has  a  wider  scope  than  in  Hebrew.  Thus, 
in  Greek  the  accent  has  the  range  of  the  last  three  syllables.  In  San- 
scrit it  may  stand  upon  any  syllable  whatever  even  of  the  longest  words. 
In  English  it  is  almost  equally  free,  e.  g.  pereviptorily,  incouside/dlion,  its 
removal  from  its  primary  position  upon  the  radical  portion  of  the  word 
being  conditioned  by  the  respective  weight  of  the  Ibrmative  syllables  ap- 
pended, e.  g.  person,  personate,  personally,  personify,  personality,  per- 
sonijicdtion. 


§  34.  The  location  of  the  accent  being  thus  influenced 
by  the  etymological  structure  of  words,  it  may  serve  to  dis- 
tinguish words  of  like  appearance  but  different  formation. 
Thus,  nn'a  Gen.  30  : 1,  nks  Gen.  29 :  6,  are  participles,  but 
nnia  Gen.  35  :  18,  nsi  Gen.  29  :  9,  are  preterites,  the  femi- 
nine affix  receiving  the  accent  in  one  case  but  not  in  the  other, 
§  33.  1.  So  ^33  t/ie?/  hnilt  from  nba,  but  ^:3  in  us ;  ^i^iJ  they 
curried  captive  from  raic ,  but  ^nic  thei/  returned  from  'y^^ ; 
Tnx  he  has  seized,  but  tnx  Job  23  :  9  I  shall  see  from  MTn  ; 
vS'7.  it  shall  be  evil  from  y?n ,  J?"]!!  he  shall  feed  from  n^n ; 
T\yz  he  was  rebellious,  nnia  it  was  bitter  from  ^^  ;  ^"c^p  arise 
thou  (fern.),  '^%^'p  my  rising  up. 

^35.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  shifted  from  the 
following  causes,  viz. : 

1 .  A  Conjunctive  is  frequently  removed  from  the  ultimate 
to  the  penult  if  a  Disjunctive  immediately  follows,  whether 
upon  a  monosyllable  or  a  dissyllable  accented  on  the  penult, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  unpleasant  concurrence  of  two  ac- 
cented syllables  in  closely  connected  words,  e.  g.  n^b  i^nj? 
Gen.  1  :  5,  n''^  nsia  Gen.  4  :  17,  t  ^^1^  Dent.  32  :  36, 
tjn^  -r^^^fi)  Ps.  2  :  12,  Tjb  nrt  Isa.  36:8.  In  a  few  excep- 
tional cases  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  remains  to  mark 
the  original  tone-syllable,  after  the  principal  accent  has  been 
thrown  back,  ri?  nynb  Num.  24  :  22,  f'-i  bns  Isa.  40  : 7, 
ay  y^atJn  Deut.  4  :  33. 

2.  The  special  emphasis  given  to  the  last  word  of  a 
clause  or  section,  and  represented  by  what  are  called  the 


46  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  8G 

pause  accents,  §  30,  2,  a,  is  sometimes  rendered  more  distinct 
by  a  change  of  the  accented  sylUible  from  the  ultimate  to  tho 
penult,  e.  g.  ''pix  ,  "'DJx  ;  npx ,  nrs  ;  rhv ,  nn^ ;  ^33 ,  ib3 ;  or 
from  the  penult  to  the  ultimate,  particularly  in  the  case  of 
forms  with  Vav  conversive  of  the  future  'i\\^."\ ,  tf^.^T ;  so 
^^a;^i ,  up^^^^ ,  "i^S'^i .  The  accent  is  in  a  few  instances  at- 
tracted to  a  sliort  final  syllable  ending  in  a  weak  letter,  which 
either  loses  its  sound  entirely,  converting  the  syllable  into  a 
simple  one,  or  requires  considerable  effort  and  energy  of  voice 
to  make  it  distinctly  heard,  e.  g.  sn;;i  Gen.  41  :  33  for  X"ii: ; 
so  s-in  Zech.  9  :  5,  Mic.  7:10,  yirn  Ps.  39  -.  14  for  yirn  . 


Consecution  of  Accents  in  Prose. 

§36.  1.  The  second  use  of  the  accents  is  to  point  out 
the  relation  of  words  to  one  another.  The  Disjunctives  in- 
dicate a  greater  or  less  separation  between  the  word  on  which 
they  stand  and  the  following  one  ;  the  Conjunctives  indicate 
a  connection.  The  greatest  separation  of  all  is  eflPected  by 
Silluk,  which  is  written  under  the  last  word  of  every  verse, 
and  is  followed  invariably  by  two  dots  vertically  placed  (J), 
called  Soph  Pasuk  (p^cs  qio  end  of  the  verse).  The  next  in 
power  are  Athnahh  and  S'gholta.  When  a  verse  was  to  be 
divided  into  two  clauses,  Athnahh  was  placed  under  the  last 
word  of  the  first  clause,  Silluk  maintaining  its  position  at 
the  end  of  the  verse.  If  it  was  to  be  divided  into  three 
clauses,  which  is  the  greatest  number  that  any  verse  can 
have,  the  last  word  of  the  first  clause  receives  S'gholta,  the 
last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and  the  last  of  all  Silluk. 
Verses  of  one  clause  ran";e  from  Gen.  26  :  6,  containing 
three  Avords,  to  such  as  Jer.  13: 13  and  1  Chron.  28  : 1,  con- 
taining more  than  twenty:  the  most  common  division  is  into 
two  clauses,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:1;  f^xn  .  .  .  cn-x  ;  three  clauses 


§37  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  47 

are   much   less   frequent,    Gen.    1:7  ')'?..  ?''j?'?^  .  •  •  ?'^i?7s3 
23:16,  24:30,  2G  :  28. 

a.  In  Job  1  :  8  S'gholta  occurs  in  a  verse  of  two  clauses  without  Ath 
nalih,  probably  because  the  accentuation  is  conformed  to  that  of  Job  2  :  3. 

2.  Each  of  these  clauses  is  capable  of  subdivision  ta 
whatever  extent  its  length  or  character  may  seem  to  demand 
by  the  Disjunctives  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhol,  R'bhi'*, 
Pazer,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  according  to  the  number  of  sec- 
tions to  be  made  and  the  various  degrees  of  their  completeness. 
Thus,  in  Josh.  1  : 8  the  clause  of  Athnahh  is  divided  into 
five  sections,  "^3  .  niir?b  . .  nb^^  . . .  ^''k)2  . . .  i2J^^;i ,  in  2  Kin. 
1  :  6  into  six,  "jTip?  .  .  .  T»nnb  nbirj  .  bs'iia:'^  . .  nih;'  . .  n-^bx . 
The  choice  of  the  accent  to  govern  a  particular  section  de- 
pends not  only  upon  its  power,  but  likewise  upon  its  rank, 
the  more  exalted  officer  standing  in  ordinary  cases  nearer 
the  sovereign.  Accordingly  toward  the  beginning  of  a  clause 
an  inferior  Disjunctive  will  be  used,  even  though  the  separa- 
tion is  such  as  would  require  an  accent  of  much  higher 
power  to  indicate  it  in  a  more  advanced  portion  of  the  same 
clause.  These  accents,  moreover,  have  not  a  fixed  value  like 
the  stops  in  other  languages ;  their  power  is  not  absolute  but 
relative,  and  varies  endlessly  with  the  circumstances  of  the 
case.  Athnahh  in  Gen.  1 : 1  marks  the  greatest  division  in  the 
verse,  but  that  is  not  sufficient  to  require  a  comma.  In  the 
next  verse  Zakeph  Katon  is  equal  to  a  semicolon  in  the  first 
clause  and  less  than  a  comma  in  the  second.  In  Gen.  27  :  16 
the  separation  inchcated  by  R'bhi''  is  wholly  rhythmical. 

a.  T'lose  accents  which,  as  above  described,  mark  the  limits  of  clauses 
and  sections,  are  denominated  pause  accents. 

§37.  In  the  sections  thus  created  the  accents  are  dis- 
posed relatively  to  the  Disjunctive  which  marks  its  close. 
Each  ruler  has  his  servant  and  subordinate  officer,  whose 


48 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


§37 


function  it  is  to  wait  upon  him.  In  other  words,  each  Dis- 
junctive is  regularly  preceded  by  a  particular  Conjunctive  and 
inferior  Disjunctive ;  and  the  train  of  accents  in  each  section 
is  forraed  by  arranging  the  Disjunctives  in  their  fixed  order 
of  succession  with  or  without  their  regular  Conjunctives  until 
all  its  words  arc  supplied.  The  trains  proper  to  the  different 
sections  are  shown  in  the  following  tabic  : 


PKIMAnT 

Sections. 

•X      • 

ft 

p 
p 

■-i 
o 

(5 

t- 

H 

o 
Kl 

o 

•-> 

c 

Si 

o 
o 
X 

o 

il 

So 

O 

Z 

P 

o 
O 

1 

/ 

'  1 

.(..) 

y 

.C)C) 

'0 

Xm.l 

A 

J 

A 

..(.) 

es3 

LVS 

Sboondabt 

shotioss. 

'• 

J  J 

\.) 

jSiS 

:i 

• 

.pO,X) 

w 

J  J  J  J 

;> 

UsrsuAL 
Sbctions. 

1 

<*^ 

V  J  J  J  J  J 

i 


§38  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  49 

a.  Accents  of  like  forms  are  readily  distinguishable  in  the  table  by  the 
column  in  which  they  stand.  Where  perspicuity  requires  it  the  distinction 
will  hereafter  be  made  by  appending  their  initial  letters,  thus  :  Kadhma  * 
Pashta  'p,  Mahpakh  "",  Y'thibh'". 

§  38.  Explanation  of  the  Table. — The  trains  preceding 
the  three  principal  accents  are  exhibited  in  the  horizontal 
lines  of  the  uppermost  division ;  those  of  the  ordinary  de- 
pendent sections  in  the  middle  division,  and  those  of  rare 
occurrence  at  the  bottom. 

1.  Train  of  Silluh. — If  Silluk  be  immediately  preceded 
by  a  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Merka ;  if  a  Disjunctive  precede 
it  in  the  same  section,  with  or  without  an  intervening  Merka, 
it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  If  there  be  a  Conjuncfive 
before  Tiphhha,  it  will  be  Merka,  Gen.  1:1;  if  two  Con- 
junctives, which  occurs  but  fourteen  times,  they  will  be 
Merka  Kh'phiila  and  Darga,  Gen.  27:25,  Lev.  10:1,  2 
Chron.  20  :  30.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Tiphhha,  in 
the  same  section,  will  be  T'bhir,  Gen.  1:4.  If  T'bhir  be  pre- 
ceded by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Darga,  Gen.  1  :  12,  or 
Merka,  Gen.  1  :  26 ;  if  by  two,  the  second  will  be  Kadhma, 
1  Sam.  15  :  33,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  2:4;  and  if  by  three, 
the  third  will  be  T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:19.  The  next 
Disjunctive  before  T'bhir,  in  the  same  section,  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  26  :  11,  27  : 4,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  23  :  4.  If  Geresh 
be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen. 
24  :  7,  or  Munahh,  Isa.  60  :  17 ;  if  by  a  second,  it  will  be 
T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen. 
28  :  9  ;  if  by  a  third,  it  will  be  Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34  ;  if 
by  a  fourth,  it  will  also  be  Munahh,  Deut,  1:19. 

a.  The  parentheses  of  the  table  contain  alternate  accents.  Thus, 
Merka  is  substituted  for  Darga  and  for  Mahpakh  (before  Pashta  in  the 
clause  of  Zakeph  Katon)  if  no  more  than  one  vowel  intervenes  between 
the  Conjunctive  and  the  king  which  it  precedes,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  :  22,  Gen. 
1 :  24,  26  ;  Gen.  5:17,  Deut.  1 :  2,  35.  Munahh  is  also  regularly  substi- 
tuted for  Kadhma,  whenever  the  accent  stands  on  the  initial  letter  of  the 
word,  Gen.  25:8,  Gen.  19:35;  1  Kin.  19:7.  Deut.  1:28;  Gen.  19:12  j 
4 


50  ORTHOGRAniY.  §  38 

Eccl.  5  :  7.  G'rashayim  takes  tlie  place  of  Gereeh  provided  the  accent  is 
on  the  ultimate  and  it  is  not  preceded  by  Kadhma  either  on  tlie  same  or 
the  previous  word,  Ex.  16  :  23,  36 :  3.  When  two  accents  are  inchided  in  a 
parenthesis  the  meaning  is  that  if  an  additional  accent  is  required,  these 
two  will  taixe  the  i)lace  of  tlie  one  before  the  parenthesis.  P'sik  has  no 
eeparate  place  in  the  consecution,  but  is  joined  with  the  other  accents  to 
modily  their  power.  It  is  constantly  associated  with  the  Disjunctive 
Shalsheleth  to  add  to  its  strength,  and  occasionally  with  the  dirterent 
Conjunctives  to  reduce  their  strength,  but  without  disturbing  the  order 
of  their  consecution,  e.  g.  with  Merka  Ex.  16:5,  Munalih  Gen.  46:2, 
Mahpakh  Ex.  30  :  34.  Kadhma  Lev.  11:32,  Darga  Gen.  42:13,  T'liaha 
K'tanna  1  Sam.  12:3. 


2.  I'rain  of  Athmhh. — If  Athnahli  be  preceded  hy  a 
Conjunctive,  it  will  be  ]\Iunahli,  Gen.  1:1;  if  by  a  Disjunc- 
tive in  its  own  section,  it  will  be  Tiphliha,  Gen.  1:1.  The 
accents  which  precede  Ti])hliha  have  already  been  mentioned 
in  explaining  the  train  of  Silluk. 

3.  Train  of  S\(/Jiulfa. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
S'gholta  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  3:3;  if  there  be  two,  the 
second  will  be  JMunahh,  Lev.  8  :  31,  or  Merka,  Gen.  3  :  14. 
The  first  Disjunctive  in  its  section  will  be  Zarka,  Gen.  1  :  28; 
and  if  this  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  j\Iu- 
nahh,  Gen.  1  :  7,  or  Merka,  1  Chron.  5:18;  if  by  two,  the 
second  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen.  30  :  16,  31  :  32 ;  if  by  three, 
the  second  will  be  Munahh  and  the  third  Kadhma,  Lev. 
4:35.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Zarka  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  24  :  7,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  39  : 3.  The  accents  pre- 
ceding these  have  been  explained  in  1. 

4.  Train  of  Zakeph  Katon. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
Zakeph  Katon  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  2,  the  second  like- 
wise Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  45.  The  first  Disjunctive  will  be 
Pashta,  Gen.  1  :  2  ;  or,  if  the  proper  place  of  the  accent  be 
the  first  letter  of  the  word,  Y'thibh,  Gen.  1  :11,  2:11. 
The  first  Conjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be  Mahpakh,  Gen. 
1 : 9,  or  Merka,  Gen.  1:2;  the  second,  Kadhma,  Gen. 
39  :  19,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  12;  the  third  will  be  T'lisha 
K'tanna,  Ezr.  3:11.     The  Disjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be 


§  38  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  51 

Geresli,  Gen.  1  :  24,  or  G'rashayim,  Gen.  1:11;  the  further 
consecution  is  explained  in  1. 

a.  In  some  instances  Pashta  is  found  not  in  the  train  of  Zakeph  Katon, 
but  seeming  to  govern  an  independent  section,  e.g.  Ex.  29:20,  Deut. 
9:6,  Josh.  rO:ll,  2  Sam.  14  : 7,  2  Chron.  18:23. 

5.  Zakeph  Gadhol  is  mostly  used  instead  of  Zakeph 
Katon  when  no  other  accent  precedes  it  in  its  own  section, 
whether  upon  the  same  word  or  one  before  it :  "ips  tjn  Gen. 
9  :  4  (in  some  editions),  in  which  it  is  preceded  by  Munahh, 
is  exceptional. 

6.  Train  of  B'bJd^. — The  first  Conjunctive  before  R'bhia'' 
will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:9;  the  second,  Munahh  commonly 
with  P'sik,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Darga,  Gen.  6:15;  the  third, 
Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen.  7 :  23,  31 :  29,  or  Merka,  Ex. 
14  :  10.  The  Disjunctive  before  R'bhi''  will  be  Geresh,  Ex. 
16  :  3,  or  G'rashayim,  Deut.  1  :  11,  which  are  preceded  as 
in  1. 

7.  Train  of  Fazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34,  by  two,  Ezek.  9:2,  by  three,  1 
Sam.  14  :  34,  or  by  four,  Isa.  66  :  20. 

8.  Train  of  Tlisha  Glidltola. — T'lisha  Gh'dhola  is  the 
weakest  of  the  Disjunctives  which  are  ever  set  to  rule  inde- 
pendent sections.  Its  weakness  is  in  fact  such,  that  it  is 
sometimes  drawn  into  the  section  of  a  stronger  Disjunctive  ; 
thus,  in  Gen.  1  :  12,  Lev.  4  :  7,  1  Sam.  17  :  51,  Isa.  9  :  5, 
Neh.  5  :  18,  it  takes  the  place  of  T'lisha  K'tanna  among  the 
antecedents  of  Pashta,  standing  between  it  and  Geresh  or 
G'rashayim;  in  Gen.  13  : 1,  21  :  14,  Deut.  26  :  12,  it  stands 
similarly  between  T'bhir  and  Geresh  or  G'rashayim.  And 
in  many  cases,  perhaps  in  most,  when  it  rules  a  section  of 
its  own,  this  is  a  mere  subsection,  not  so  much  a  division  of 
one  of  the  principal  clauses  as  a  fragment  broken  off  from 
one  of  the  larger  sections  at  a  point  where  T'lisha  K'tanna 
would  have  stood  had  the  connection  been  sufhciently  close 


52  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  39 

to  require  a  Conjunctive,  e.  g.  Gen.  19  :  2,  1  Kin.  20  :  28, 
That  tliis  is  not  always  so  apj)ears,  however,  from  examples 
like  2  Sam.  14  :  32,  Gen.  7  :  7,  Isa.  C6  :  19,  Jer.  39  :  5,  and 
particularly  Gen.  31  :  52,  where  nnx-nsi  coi-responds  to  the 
preceding  "^psj'QS? .  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  may  be  preceded  by 
one  Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  46,  by  two,  Josh.  2:1,  by  three, 
or  by  four,  1  Kin.  2:5. 

9.  Shalsheleth  occurs  but  seven  times,  viz.,  Gen.  19:16, 
24  :  12,  39  :  8,  Lev.  8  :  23,  Isa.  13 : 8,  Am.  1  :  2,  Ezr.  5:12, 
and  in  every  instance  stands  upon  the  initial  word  of  the 
verse,  and  is  accompanied  by  P'sik.  It  has  consequently  no 
antecedents. 

10.  Karne  Phara  is  only  used  sixteen  times.  Its  section 
never  contains  less  than  three  words :  its  immediate  prede- 
cessor is  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  to  which  may  be  added 
one  Munahh,  Num.  35  :  5,  Neh.  5  :  13,  13:5,  2  Chron. 
24  :  5  ;  two,  2  Kin.  10  :  5,  Jer.  38  :  25,  Est.  7  :  9,  Neh.  1 :  6, 
2  Chron.  35:7;  three.  Josh.  19  :  51,  2  Sam.  4  :  2,  Jer. 
13  :  13  ;  four,  1  Chron.  28  : 1 ;  or  five,  Ezek.  48:21. 

§39.  1.  The  complete  trains  of  the  several  accents  con- 
tain one  Disjunctive  from  each  of  the  inferior  orders,  dis- 
posed in  due  succession  of  rank,  Avith  one  Conjunctive 
immediately  preceding  the  first  class  of  Disjunctives,  two 
Conjunctives  preceding  the  second  class,  three  the  third  class, 
four  or  more  the  fourth  class.  These  trains  are  adapted  to 
sections  of  different  length  and  character  by  omitting  such 
of  the  Conjunctives,  and  more  rarely  by  repeating  such  of 
the  Disjunctives,  as  the  mutual  relations  of  the  words  may 
seem  to  require,  and  breaking  off  the  series  as  soon  as  every 
word  in  the  section  is  suj^plicd.  Thus,  while  the  general 
order  of  consecution  is  fixed  and  invariable,  there  is  the 
utmost  liberty  and  variety  in  particular  cases. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  Conjunctives  go  beyond  the  number 
here  assigned.     Thus,  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  two  Munahhs  in  Ex.  3 :  4, 


^  39        CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         53 

and,  according  to  some  editions,  in  Isa.  48: 11.  T'bhir  is  preceded  bj  four 
Conjunctives,  Josh.  10:  11,  2  Chron.  22:  11,  Isa.  6G:20;  Pashta  by  four, 
Ex.  5  : 8.  2  Kiu.  5  :  1,  and  even  by  five,  Josh.  19  :  51. 

2.  If  a  section  consists  of  but  a  single  word,  this  will  re- 
ceive the  appropriate  Disjunctive,  the  entire  antecedent  series 
of  the  table  being  then  omitted  as  unnecessary ;  thus,  Silluk 
J  rra^^  Gen.  5:5;  Athnahh  n-ci^^i  Gen.  24  :  34 ;  Zakeph 
Katon  nhD^  Isa.  1  :  30 ;  R'bhr^  D:^isrn  Gen.  7:19;  Pazer 
-\mh  Gen.  22  :  2  ;  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  pn  Gen.  19  :  8.  This, 
as  has  been  already  said,  is  the  regular  length  of  the  sections 
of  Zakeph  Gadhol  and  Shalsheleth;  but  those  of  S'gholta 
are  never  composed  of  less  than  two  words,  and  those  of 
Karne  Phara  never  of  less  than  three. 

3.  In  sections  of  greater  length  there  is  a  disposition 
towards  a  regular  alternation  of  Disjunctives  and  Conjunc- 
tives upon  successive  words,  e.  g.  Gen.  23  :  11  J  ,  ,  ^  ,  .^  , , 
Gen.  24  :  7  ,  "^  '  '^ ,  and  consequently  though  two  or  more 
Conjunctives  may  be  allowed  before  a  particular  Disjunctive, 
only  the  first  of  these  is  in  the  majoritj^  of  cases  employed. 
The  actual  relations  of  words  may,  however,  so  interfere  with 
this  regularity  as  on  the  one  hand  to  cause  the  intervening 
Conjunctives  to  be  dropped  entirely,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:22  ^  ,  .,  , , 
1  Chron.  15:18  ,;  '  '  ' ,  or,  on  the  other,  to  introduce 
as  many  Conjunctives  as  the  table  will  admit,  e.  g.  Gen. 
3  :  14  .  ,  ,j  ^'-  But  if  either  of  the  three  primary  sec- 
tions consist  of  but  two  words,  the  first  must  have  a  Dis- 
junctive accent,  however  close  its  relation  .may  be  to  the 
second,  e.  g.  :  Q"^3  r^^T  Gen.  9  :  20,  DD^.?^?  ^'71???^  Gen.  3  :  5, 
bsTZJ''  u•^•D  Gen.  19:4. 


a.  In  Gen.  24 :  15,  where,  however,  editions  differ,  Silluk  is  in  a  section 
of  two  words  immediately  preceded  by  Merka. 

6.  Sometimes  an  excluded  term  of  the  series  will  take  the  place  of  the 
eecondary  accent  Methegh,  §44.  Tiphbha  is  thus  five  times  written  upon 
*he  same  word  wath  Silluk,   e.  g.  Nun     15 :  21,  and  eleven  times  with 


54  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  40 

Alhnalih,  e.  g.  Num.  28:  2G.  Munalili,  Gen.  21  :  17.  for  which  Ka.ilimii  is 
eomi'liiiies  substitiitiHl,  Gen.  18:  21,  otien  stands  upon  ihe  sarno  word  with 
Zaiie]))!  Katon.  Kadlima  is  also  joined  in  tlii.s  manner  with  Munal)h,  Lev. 
10:12.  Merita,  Judg.  21:21.  Neh.  12:44,  Mahpakii.  Lev.  25 :  46,  and 
Geresh,  Ex.  1(3 :  15.  21  :  22,  35.     Mahpakli  with  Munahh,  Lam.  4  :  9. 

4.  Occasionally  a  subordinate  Disjunctive  or  its  alternate 
is  repeated  in  the  same  section  with  or  without  its  ante- 
cedents. Thus,  T'bhir,  Deut.  26:2  ._  ,  ,  .  '\  .  '*,  so 
Deut.  30  :  20,  1  Sam.  20  :  21,  2  Kin.  17  :  30.  Zarka,  2  Kin. 
1 :  16  ■■//"/,  so  \er.  6,  Gen.  42  :  21,  Jer.  21  : 4,  Neh. 
2:12.  Pashta,  Gen.  24:14,  42,  48,  65;  1  Kin.  20:9. 
Pashta,  Pashta  and  Y'thibh,  2  Kin.  10:30,  Ezr.  7:25. 
Geresh  and  G'rashayim,  Gen.  28  :  9. 

a.  There  is  a  double  accentuation  of  part  of  Gen.  35:22,  and  of  the 
entire  decalogue,  both  in  Ex.  20:  2-17,  and  Deut.  5;  6-21.  which  involves 
a  double  vocalization  in  certain  words,  e.g.  :''33  Ex.  20:3,  i.e.  either 
:^3B  or  "'is.  Single  words  also  occur  with  alternative  accents,  e.g.  with 
G'rashayim  or  Geresh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  nV  Gen.  5:29,  !iis"ip  Lev. 
10  :  4,  laa'  2  Kin.  17 :  13,  n^.xbii  Ezek.  48 :  10,  nxV  Zeph.  2 :  15. 


Poetic  Consecution. 

^40.  1.  The  principle  of  the  consecution  is  the  same  in 
the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  although  there  is  consid- 
erable diversity  in  the  details.  There  is  a  like  division  of 
verses  into  clauses  and  sections  ruled  by  a  Disjunctive  at  the 
end,  which  imposes  upon  them  its  own  special  train  of 
accents.  The  sections  are  fewer,  however,  and  the  trains 
shorter  than  in  prose,  on  account  of  the  greater  brevity  of 
the  sentences  in  poetry  for  the  most  part.  But  this  reduc- 
tion is  more  than  comi)ensated  by  the  new  com])lcxity  arising 
from  the  latitude  allowed  in  the  choice  of  Conjunctives, 
which  it  seems  impossible  to  reduce  to  fixed  rules,  and  is 
probably  to  be  referred  to  their  use  as  musical  notes  for  the 


§  40  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  55 

cantillation  of  the  synagogue.  It  should  be  added,  that  the 
embarrassment  arising  from  this  inherent  complexity  of  the 
subject  is  seriously  aggravated  by  the  numerous  discrepancies 
in  the  different  editions  of  the  Bible,  by  which  the  true  ac- 
centuation in  the  three  poetical  books  is  often  involved  in 
doubt  and  uncertainty. 

a.  In  addition  to  availing  himself  of  the  researches  of  others,  particu- 
larly of  Nordheimer  and  Ewald  in  their  discussions  of  this  subject,  the 
author  has  examined  verse  by  verse  the  entire  book  of  Proverbs  and  the 
first  division  of  the  Psalms  (Ps.  1-41),  as  well  as  other  selected  Psalms 
and  portions  of  Job.  As  the  result,  he  confesses  himself  quite  unable  to 
disentangle  the  mystery;  and  as  the  only  contribution  he  can  make 
towards  its  solution  he  has  concluded  to  present  in  detail,  and  in  as  con- 
venient a  form  as  possible,  the  ficts  observed,  hoping  tliat  some  future  ex- 
ploration may  discover  the  principle  of  order,  if  any  such  principle  there 
be,  in  this  apparently  inextricable  confusion. 

2.  Verses  may  consist  of  one,  two,  or  three  clauses,  dis- 
tinguished by  the  three  Disjunctives  of  the  first  class.  If 
the  verse  contain  but  one  clause,  Silluk  will  be  written  upon 
the  last  word,  Ps.  4:1;  if  it  contain  two  clauses,  the  divi- 
sion will  be  made  by  Athnahh,  Ps.  1:4,  or  by  Merka- 
Mahpakh,  Ps.  1  :  2.  3  :  3,  upon  the  last  word  of  the  first 
•clause  ;  if  it  contain  three,  the  last  word  of  the  first  will  have 
Merka-j\Iahpakh,  the  last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and 
the  last  word  of  the  third  Silluk,  Ps.  1:1.  Clauses  may 
consist  of  a  single  section  when  no  subdivision  of  them  is 
necessary ;  or  they  may  consist  of  two  or  more  sections, 
when  the  subdivision  is  effected  by  R'bhr'  or  Pazer,  e.  g. 

t •  Ps.   18  :  51,  :    'Prov.   1  :  10, .  "  Ps. 

41:7, '  /    Ps.  7:6,/. '  .."Ps.  17:14. 


56 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


HI 


^4^1.  The  order  of  the  accents  in  the  various  sections 
is  exhibited  in  the  follovvine:  table  : 


Principal 

Sections. 

u  to 

•A  -^ 

~   -9 

CONJCNCTIVES. 

Conjunctives. 

< 

^^.):.  oicv 

:•  ^ 

»/■ 

,;,(,);- 

or"-*                 : 

<  • 

iS 

1     :    1     .   1 

uJ.     U.-    ,',,    (^ 

>.    '"■ 

'H-IH:i 

"n:)i"\)]' 

^ 

-R 

CO 

SirBORDINATE 

Sections. 

• 

^mm 

H 

■m^-" 

Explanation  of  the  Table. 

a.  Train  of  Silluk.—U  Silluk  i.s  preceded  by  a  single  Conjunctive,  it 
will  be  Munalih,  Piov.  1  : 4,  or  Merka  either  alone  as  Prov.  1:2,  or  com- 
pounded with  Zarka,  Ps.  10:5,  and  P'sik,  Ps.  10  :  3.  If  it  be  preceded  by- 
two  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  ^  Pf^.  5:5,^^  Ps.  10  :G,^  ^  Prov.  12:  1 
(in  some  editions),  ^  ^  Prov.  25  :  26,  '  ^    Ps.  IS  :  7,  ■"  ■"  Ps.  36  :  1,  or  ^  '  Prov. 


§41  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  57 

8: 13.    Ifit  be  preceded  by  three  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  .  ^  Ps.  24:6 

'Ps.  10:2(or        'Ps.7:6),  Prov.  26:25  (or  ^       "Ps.  28:8  or 

Prov.  29:  13),  ^  .  ■*  Ps.  4:  8,  ^  ^  '  Prov.  3:27,  ■*  "*  .  If  it  be  preceded  by 
four  Conjunctives,  tliey  virill  be  ^  ^  \  Ps.  39:2,  ^  ^  /  ^'  Ps.  32:5,  or 
^  ""  *^  Ps.  3  :  3  (in  some  editions  ■"  ""  ^).  If  it  be  preceded  by  five  Con- 
junctives, they  will  be  ^  ^  \  ^  Job  32:6,  37:12  (in  this  latter  example 
some  editions  substitute  a  Makkeph  for  Merka). 

If  Silluk  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
R'bhi'-Geresh,  Ps.  1:1,  5:3,  10.     R'bhi^-Geresh  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,  ^   Ps.  5 :  4  ;  by  two, ,  ^   Ps.  8 : 2,  or^  ^  Ps.  31 :  10,  19  ;  by  three, 
or  Ps.  73:4. 

There  are  occasional  deviations  from  the  Conjunctives  of  the  table; 
thus,  R'bhi''-Geresh  is  in  Ps.  34:8  preceded  by  ^  '  ^.  In  some  of  these 
cases,  however,  editions  differ  in  their  notation  of  the  accents.  Tlius,  in 
Ps.  5  : 7  some  editions  have  "  before  Silluk,  others  ";  in  Ps.  18:36, 
Prov.  30:17,  some  have    ,  others    ;  in  Ps.  20:2  some  have  ,  others 

^  .  ;  in  Prov.  24:8  some  have  ^  ^  ,  others  ^  ,  the  two  words  being  joined 
by  Makkeph.  So.  again,  some  editions  have  in  Ps.  9:11^  before  R'bhi*- 
Geresh,  in  Ps.  18:44^,  in  Prov.  27:19^^,  in  Prov.  21:17^^;  while 
other  editions  do  not  depart  in  these  passages  from  the  order  given  in  the 
table.     Similar  discrepancies  exist  in  the  other  sections  likewise. 

b.  Train  of  Athnahh. — Athnahh  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive, 
^  Ps.  5 : 8  (or  ^  ^  Prov.  8 :  30,  34),  ^  Ps.  5  :  3  (or  ^  ^  Ps.  35 :  21,  /  Ps.  69 : 2), 
.Prov.  23:3,^  Ps.  14:3,  Prov.  6:3  (or  ^  ^  Prov.  16:10);  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:8  (or^  ^^  Ps.  7:17),  ^  ^  Prov.  28:25,  Ps.  5:2  (in  some  editions  the 
latter  example  has  ^  ^  ^  ),  ^  _  Ps.  14 :5,  ^  ^  Prov.  11:12,  14:21,^  _'  Ps. 
37:1,,  ^  Prov.  8:21,.__  Ps.  25:16;  by  three,  ^  ^^  Prov.  24:21,^  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:6(or^  ^/  Ps.  9:10,  or^^  ^^  Ps.  16:10),  ^  ^  '  Ps.  10:17,  ^  ^' '/ Prov. 
8:13,  ^^,,  Ps.  18:50,  ,,,^  ,.  Ps.  10:13,  ""  ""  Prov.  6 :  27.  /  \'vl.l2:2\ 
by  four,  ^  Prov.  3:12,  _  Prov,  24:16,  Ps.  34:7,  ■*  Ps 
32:2  (in  some  editions),       ^    ^  Prov.  1:  19,  '       \  Ps,  65:2. 

If  Athnahh  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
Tiphhha  initial,  Ps.  1 :  6,  26  :  4.  Tiphhha  initial  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,  ^   Ps.  5  : 6  ;  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps.  9 :  19  (or        '  Ps.  14  : 1    or  Ps. 

16:9),^  'Ps.  32:11,  _  Ps.  35:14,15,^  /  Prov.""  25 :  20 ;  by  three.^'^,^ 
Ps.  23:6,,  ^  /  Ps.  27:1,^  ,\  Ps.  12:5  (or^  ,  /  Prov.  27:  14),'^' ;  ' 
Ps,  9  :  14. 

c.  Train  of  Merka-Mahpakh.—Merka-Mahpakh  maybe  preceded  by 
one  Conjunctive,  which  is  almost  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  Ps.   1:1 


68  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^42 

though  occasionally  it  is.  in  some  cditionE.  at  least,  Merka,  Ps.  15:5,  35:  10, 
or  Mahpakh,  Ps.  24:8,  31 :  10.  If  it  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  iti 
own  section,  Zarka  will  be  employed,  Ps.  1 :  1,  Prov.  1:11. 

Zarka  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps.  12:  7  (or  Prov. 
1  :  22),  ^  Ps.  G  :  3,  , ,  Ps.  12:3,/  Ps.  31:12;  by  two,  ^  ^ '  Prov.  30 :  15  (in 
some  editions      '),        Ps.  24 :  10  (or  Ps.   13:6),  Ps.  21  :  10,     ' 

Ps.  27 :  2  (or  ,\  "   Ps.  35 ;  26),  ^  '  ■"  Ps.  7  ;  10 ;  by  three,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  29  :  9, 

'     Ps.  31:11.     '     "       Ps.  10:  14;  or  by  four.  '      Ps.  40 :  6. 

d.  Traill  of  Wbhi". — R'bhi"  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps. 
5  : 1, ,  Ps.  8  :  2  (or  ^  "  Ps.  23  :  4,  or  ^  ^  Ps.  6:7),^  Prov.  28  :  22,  ■"  Ps.  22  :  2?, 
*  Ps.  1 1  : 2  (or  /  Ps.  5  :  1 1) ;  by  two,  ^  ^  Prov.  8  :  33,  ^  ^  Ps.  2S  :  7  (or  ^ 
Ps.  18:3),  'Ps.  9:7,  "  Ps.  11:4,  'Ps.  26:1.  ■*  Ps.  27  :  6  (or  ■* '  * 
Ps.  5:9),^,  '  Prov.  6  :  22,  /  ^  Ps.  18:1  (or  /  ^  "  Ps.  7:7,  or  /  _/  Ps. 
39  :  5),  /  "■  Job   16  :  10  ;  or  by  three, ,  ,  ' ,  Ps.  40  :  7,  ^  ,  \  Ps.  41  :  7  (or 

"     '     Ps.  39:6,  or     '     '     "  Ps.  3:8,  or        '     "   Ps.  41:14),  '    '      Ps. 
19:14(or''    '     '  Ps.  39  :  12),  ■*    '""Ps.  40:11.         '  '  Prov.  24  :  31. 

e.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps. 
89:20  (or,  ^  Prov.  .30:8),'  Ps.  32:5  (or,  Ps.  17:14);  by  two,  ,^  Vs. 
5  :  10,  Prov.  7  :  23  (or  ^  ,^  Ps.  28 :  5),  /  Ps.  :3  :  3  (or  ^  /  Prov.  27  :  10), 
^,  Ps.  90:4,  /  ^  Ps.  7:6,  ,  \  Ps.  39:  13,  ^  ^  Ps.  11:2,  /  Ps.  5:12;  or 
by  three,  '  ^  Ps.  22:35,  23 :  4,  ^  ^  ^  Prov.  23:29  (where  sone  editions 
have       '). 

^42.  The  trains  of  these  several  accents  are  adjusted 
to  sections  of  varying  length  by  expedients  similai  to  those 
employed  with  the  prose  accents,  viz. :  1.  Omitting  the  Con- 
junctives in  whole  or  in  part.  2.  Repeating  the  Disjunc- 
tives, e.  g.  "  Ps.  14  : 1,  '  Ps.  17  :  14,  or  their  equivalents,  e.  g. 
Tiphhha  initial  before  *'  Ps.  7:10,  before  "  Ps.  9:1;  "  before 
"  Ps.  18  : 1,  before  '  Ps.  22  :  15  ;  "'  before  Tiphhha  initial  Ps. 
16:17.  3,  Writing  two  accents  upon  the  same  word, 
Bn^nis:?i2)a  Ps.  5:11,  ^rfr^  Ps.  27:11,  ^s'?:^  Ps.  18:16. 
4.  Uniting  two  or  more  words  by  jNIakkeph,  so  that  they 
require  but  a  single  accent.  5.  Writing  the  different  parts 
of  a  compound  accent  upon  separate  words ;  thus,  jMerka- 
Mahpakli  ^:w^  bSrs  Ps.  6:3,  Merka-Zarka  V?"  '?  Ps.  22:9. 
Mahpakh-Zaika  nss  ^2  Prov.  6  :  3. 


§43  MAKKEPH.  59 

a.  Sometimes  when  two  accents  are  written  upon  the  same  wor  1,  one 
is  the  alternate  of  the  other;  thus,  y:i2  I'rov.  1 :  19,  may  be  either  J'^a  or 
ys3  according  as  the  accent  remains  in  its  proper  position  in  the  ultimate, 
or  is  thrown  back  upon  the  penult  in  consequence  of  the  next  word  being 
accented  upon  its  initial  syllable 


Makkeph. 

§43.  Makkeph  (^y^  joining)  is  a  horizontal  stroke  by 
which  two,  three,  or  even  four  words  may  be  united. 
tfH-iPX,  "^yr-Tr^n-DS  Gen.  30:31,  "ib-h-t^^  Gen.  33:11, 
iS-niyrbs-nsn  Gen.  12  :  20,  25  :  5,  Ex.  20  :  11,  2?i?2-w-b|-b:? 
Ex.  22  :  8,  fnir?-^;3-b3-b:?  Job  41 :  26.  It  belongs  properly 
to  the  accentual  system,  words  which  are  closely  related 
being  often  connected  in  this  manner  in  order  to  obviate 
the  necessity  of  unduly  multiplying  Conjunctive  accents. 
Thus,  the  first  fifteen  words  of  Ex.  22  : 8  are  in  this  manner 
reduced  to^^^^.  Monosyllabic  particles  are  frequently,  and 
some  almost  constantly,  linked  with  the  succeeding  or  pre- 
ceding word,  of  which  they  may  be  regarded  as  in  a  manner 
appendages ;  thus,  ^i? ,  by ,  rs ,  bs ,  bs ,  -js ,  na ,  xa ,  etc.  Exam- 
ples are  not  wanting,  however,  of  longer  words  similarly 
united,  e.  g.  D-^iy-mrbTU  Deut.  19:15,  "ib^n-iiJsD  1  Kin.  17  :  21, 
n'in;'-i^x  Isa.  31:4.  This  use  of  Makkeph  is  not  to  be  con- 
founded with  that  of  the  hyphen  in  modern  languages  between 
the  members  of  a  compound,  as  self-same,  masier-huilder. 
Words  united  by  Makkeph  are  still  as  separate  as  ever  in  char- 
acter and  signification ;  but  they  are  pronounced  together  and 
are  accented  as  though  they  formed  but  one  word.  Hence, 
whatever  number  of  words  be  thus  joined,  the  last  only  will 
receive  an  accent.  And,  as  a  further  consequence,  if  a  word 
preceding  Makkeph  properly  ends  in  a  long  mixed  syllable, 
this  will,  by  the  loss  of  the  accent,  be  shortened,  ''iirTN, 
tiiy"bs,  )i:"?fb!nrin ,  or  failing  this,  will  commonly  receive  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  ^loi-i-DTO,  nKn^'-'j^s. 


60  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  44 

a.  Teoie  rcmL'.ins  before  Mukkeph  in  ',3,  -3.  1",  "]'?  ;  it  sonietiiRes  re- 
mains and  is  sometimes  shortened  in  ca,  cd  «j'ar,  r5  e.g.  Gen.  16:  13 
ri'iiT'-niO.  but  ver.  15  "iia-cr.  It  once  remains  according  to  some  editions 
in  "PN  Job  11:26,  a  word  which  is  three  times  written  rs  without 
Makkeph,  Ps.  47  :  5,  60:  2,  Prov.  3  :  12.     Comp.  §  19.  2,  a. 

b.  Makkeph  is  occasionally  found  in  tiie  middle  of  a  long  word,  wliich 
has  been  erroneously  divided  into  two,  e.g.  n^E'riE"^  Jer.  46 :  20.  and 
perhaps  n-'p'njrc  Isa.  61  :  1.  Sometimes  words  are  tlius  divided  without 
a  iMakkeph  to  unite  the  sundered  parts,  e.  g.  C"^:?  ^3  Lam.  4:  3.  cn'r-  nna 
2  Chron.  34:  6,  and  probably  flin  iidnx  Hos.  4:  18,  ni"is  iDnb  Isa.  2  :  2U. 
(See  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentary  on  this  passage.)  The  last  two  ex- 
amples are  plainly  intended  by  the  punctuators  to  be  read  as  separate 
words.  This  miffht  likewise  be  done  in  the  preceding  examples  if  they 
were  pointed  Ci':!  "'S  and  crfrija  ina  . 


Methegh. 

§44.  Methegh  (Sti'a  bridle),  a  small  perpendicular  stroke 
under  the  initial  letter  of  the  syllable  to  which  it  belongs, 
is  a  secondary  accent  denoting  a  stress  of  voice  inferior  to 
the  main  accent.  As  this  latter  always  has  its  place  in 
Hebrew  cither  upon  the  ultimate  or  the  penult,  distinctness 
was  promoted  and  monotony  relieved,  especially  in  long 
words,  by  giving  prominence  to  one  or  more  of  the  antece- 
dent syllables.  There  is  a  natural  tendency  to  heighten  the 
force  of  the  accent  by  passing  lightly  over  the  immediately 
preceding  syllable,  this  diminished  force  creating  in  its  turn 
a  new  stress  upon  that  next  beyond  it,  and  so  on  in  alternate 
elevations  and  depressions  to  the  beginning  of  the  w^ord. 
Agreeably  to  the  principle  just  stated,  ]\lethegh  regularly 
stands  in  polysyllables  upon  the  second  syllable  before  the 
accent,  and  again  upon  tlie  fourth  if  the  word  have  so  many, 
e.  er.  onsn ,  ais"^ ,  "irs^si"^ ,  nrr^pa ,  croninscis^ ,  n^rs^rn-Qi . 
And  so  upon  two  or  more  words  connected  by  jMakkeph, 
which  are  pronounced  as  one,  e.  g.  ijrisn';^  Gen.  22  :  8, 
Dnf-DS-^3  1  Sam.  21 :  7. 

a.  Sometimes,  however,  particularly  when  the  nature  of  the  syllables 
requires  it,  §32.  1,  Methegh  takes  the  place  of  the  principa.  accent  before 


§45  METHEGH.  61 

Makkeph  irrespectiv^e  of  the  position  of  the  accent  upon  the  following 
word,  V:"i";NU:n  Num.  21:3n.  1^3^"^-.^  Num.  21 :  33,  Vi3--b.o  Jer.  34:1 
C!in-nt:-b=i'  Gen.  30:  32,  nj-xibli/l  Sam.  21  :  12,  ^H-'S  Ex.  19':  o. 

b.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  position  of  Methegh  is  determined  by 
that  of  the  lone-syllable,  not  by  that  of  the  accentual  sign  wiien  these  are 
not  coirnident.  as  li-equently  happens  with  prepositives  and  postpositives, 
e.g.  ^r.^^rn  Deut.  4:26.  iirrim'n  Josh.  22:27,  where  the  tone  M\s  on 
the  penult,  cpiirr'  Jer.  26:  21,  where  the  tone  is  upon  the  ultimate. 


§45.  The  secondary  accent  is  liable  to  be  shifted  from 
its  normal  position  for  the  following  reasons,  viz. : 

1.  If  the  syllable  Avhich  shonld  receive  it  is  mixed,  it 
may  be  given  in  preference  to  an  antecedent  simple  syllable, 
e.  g.  nnTSPTT^n  2  Sam.  22  :  24,  tjsnnrtei  Job  1 : 7,  niinnrnr 
Ezek.  42:5,  liJ^sn-bsiy  Gen.  43:7;  or  if  none  such  precede, 
it  may  be  omitted  altogether,  e.  g.  Dp5?^^;i  Jer.  33  :  24, 
''?s?'?T"n  1  Kin.  21 : 1,  niaan-b^-nx  Deut.  6  :  25. 

2.  It  is  always  given  to  simple  syllables  when  followed 
by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  whether  simple  or  compound,  or  a  vowel 
which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va,  the  slight  pronunciation  proper 
to  the  Sh'va  or  its  derivative  giving  new  prominence  to  the 
preceding  vowel,  '^ri-q^l ,  n^jn-;. ,  nicsjb,  ninj^cn  Gen.  30  :  38, 
^'V'^2  j  sometimes  to  intermediate  syllables,  §  20.  2,  e.  g. 
^DlD  Isa.  9:17,  10:34,  ilW  Obad.  ver.  11,  particularly 
after  He  interrogative  or  when  Daghesh-forte  has  been 
omitted  as  after  the  article,  Vav  conversive,  and  the  prepo- 
sition )'Q ,  e.  g.  biijtin ,  n^irnn ,  6bn ,  ninD5 ,  D^i^'nns^n ,  m^^b , 
''fH^i  ;  rarely  and  only  as  an  exception  to  a  mixed  syllable 
standing  in  the  first  place  before  the  principal  accent,  e.  g, 
Ni?-in  Gen.  1 :11,  ninan  Ex.  12  :  7,  Zech.  14  :  2. 


a.  It  hence  appears  how  Methegh  comes  to  be  of  use  in  distinguishing 
the  doubtful  vowels,  §  19,  and  to  what  extent  it  can  be  relied  upon  for  this 
end.  As  it  invariably  accompanies  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable  when 
followed  by  vocal  Sh'va,  it  must  always  be  found  with  n,  J,  and  u  preced- 
ing Sh'va.  inasmuch  as  this  will  necessarily  be  vocal.  Initial  i  z7.  the  un 
emphatic  conjunction,  is  an  exception,  with  which  it  is  commonly  not 
written,  e.  g.  nii^D!)  Gen.  6:19,  rtkhh^  Gen.  31  :  4,  though  it  is  sometimes, 


62  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  45 

e.g.  ^"'^^n^!!  Gnn.  1  :  18,  fibit^  Judg.  5:  12.  The  absence  of  Metliegh, 
except  ill  llie  case  just  mentioned,  is  consequently  conclusive  evidence  of 
tlie  sliorliiess  of  tlie  vowel.  As,  however,  short  vdweis  in  interniediaie 
syllables,  and  in  a  lew  rare  instances  even  in  mixed  sj-lhibles,  may  receive 
Methesrh.  the  presence  of  this  sign  does  not  of  itself  determine  the  vowe" 
to  be  long;  the  ultimate  decision  must  in  this  case  depend  ou  other  con- 
siderations. 


3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  preceding  rule  Me- 
thegh  conies  to  stand  in  the  first  place  before  the  accent, 
another  Methegh  is  nevertheless  occasionally  found  in  the 
second  place,  the  two  thus  standing  in  immediate  succession, 
e.  g.  "211723  Gen.  32  :  22,  ^h^^l}  Gen.  45  :  25  ;  and  even  three 
occur  upon  successive  syllables,  e.  g.  T^'i'cy/Q^i  Isa.  22  :  19. 
But  commonly  where  there  is  more  than  one  Methegh,  their 
position  relatively  to  each  other  is  governed  by  the  same 
rules  as  the  position  of  Methegh  generally  with  relation  to 
the    principal    accent,    e.  g.    Tiny^ir^b ,    nhcnn  ,    ^jn-'nnxT , 

4.  Methegh  is  sometimes  written  under  a  letter  with 
Sh  va,  6.  g.  ND-nbio  Job  1 :  11,  2  :  5,  iss-^rr  Job  19  :  0,  nj;p:3 
Ps.  2  : 3,  n^Eniss  Jer.  49  :  18,  ^?^|i  Ruth  1:11. 


a.  A  Methegh  so  situated  is  called  Gaya  (^^"^"5  bello^ci 77 ir)  by  Jewish 
grammarians,  and,  according  lo  Elias  Levita.  it  occurs  eighty-four  times, 
the  number  yielded  by  its  name  arithmetically  reckoned.  Methegh  upon 
a  short  vowel  before  a  compound  Sh'va  was  called  Ma"rlkh  (  ~""^s  w  pro- 
longing), with  a  short  Hhirik  it  was  called  Hhlruk  (p^iiTi  g7iashi/ig). 


5.  The  place  of  Methegh  is  frequently  supplied  by  an 
accent  chosen  agreeably  to  the  laws  of  consecution,  §  39. 
3.  ^.,  e.  g.  t=3^n:s  Isa.  66:13,  oH-^n'^sb  Deut.  12:31, 
Q^?cs)  Zech.  7:14,  S3S-b?T  Num.  10:23,  ^br;?^:)  Josh. 
22:12. 


a.  The  want  of  consistency  or  of  uniformity,  which  may  be  occasion 
ally  observed,  in  regard  to  the  insertion  or  omission  of  Methegh,  e.  g. 
ninxr  Cant.  1 :  7,  i^inxia  Cant.  3:1;  CH'JJ  Cant.  6 :  5,  cnr  Lam.  4:  9j 


^46  k'ri  and  k'thibh.  63 

msi^  Num.  31:12,  nians  Josh.  4:13,  and  the  discrepancies  between 
different  manuscripts  and  editions,  e.  g.  ns^x  or  nabs  Gen.  45 :  28, 
nnriT-!!xb  or  nni:i-!ixb  Ps.  81  :  3,  if  not  arising  in  the  first  instance  from 
clerical  errors,  are  probably  to  be  attributed  to  the  inferior  importance  cf 
the  sign  itself,  whose  place  might  be  presumed  to  be  sufficiently  determined 
even  if  not  written. 


K'ri  and  K'thibh. 

§46.  Various  notes  extracted  from  the  Masora  ("T^ica 
tradition),  a  collection  of  remarks  upon  the  text,  are  found 
in  the  margin  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  which  are  explained  in 
the  glossary  at  the  end  of  most  editions.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  are  the  various  readings  known  as  the  K'ri 
(''"i|?  read),  and  K'thibh  (^Tis  written).  If  in  any  instance 
traditional  usage  sanctioned  a  reading  different  from  that 
which  was  written  in  the  text  or  the  K'thibh,  the  punctuators 
did  not  venture  to  alter  the  text  itself  for  the  sake  of  making 
the  correction ;  they  went  no  further  than  to  connect  with 
the  letters  of  the  text  the  vowels  of  the  word  to  be  substi- 
tuted for  it  in  reading  or  the  K'ri,  with  a  reference  to  the 
margin  where  the  letters  of  the  substitute  might  be  found. 
Thus,  with  the  word  T^'oi?''!]  Josh.  6 : 7  is  connected  the 
marginal  note  "'ip  "I'axi'i .  The  vowels  here  attached  to  the 
K'thibh  belong  not  to  it  but  to  the  unpointed  word  in  the 
margin,  which  is  accordingly  '^'q)k^'\ .  The  proper  vowels  for 
the  pronunciation  of  the  K'thibh  are  not  written,  but  must 
be  supplied  from  a  knowledge  of  the  form  indicated  by  the 
letters,  which  in  this  case  is  ^n^i?;'^ .  Again,  in  ver.  9,  i^pn 
in  the  text  refers  to  p  ''ypn  in  the  margin ;  the  K'ri  is  here 
•lyph ,  and  the  K'thibh,  whose  vowels  are  left  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  reader,  ^s^pri.  Jer.  42:6  has  iibi?  where  the 
marginal  note  is  ''"ip  i:n:N  ;  the  K'ri  is  accordingly  ^^nDS , 
and  the  K'thibh  ^is .  In  order  to  indicate  that  a  given  word 
was  to  be  omitted  in  reading,  it  was  left  unpointed,  and  the 


64  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  4? 

note  ''■ip  J<:i  n'^nD ,  written  but  not  read,  placed  in  the  margin, 
e.g.  r^n  Ezek.  48:10,  s?:  2  Kin.  5:  IS,  nni^  Jer.  51:3. 
Jf,  on  tlie  other  hand,  a  word  was  to  be  supplied,  its  vowels 
were  inserted  in  the  text  and  its  letters  placed  in  the  margin, 
with  the  note  S^rs  sbi  ■'ip,  read  hut  not  ivritten,  e.  g.  Judg. 
20:13  in  the  text  ^,..  and  in  the  margin  ''::i,  to  be  read 
::3a ;  so  Jer.  31 :  38  a^sia  .  In  1  Kin.  21 :  8  the  first  letter 
of  Di"iscn  is  left  unpointed  as  superfluous,  and  in  Job  2:7 
n?,  is  cx])lained  by  the  margin  to  stand  for  "'\T\  -.  so  Jer.  18 :  23 
^."'n,.'!  for  ^T',!*^ . 

a.  The,  number  of  these  marginal  readings  differs  in  difTerent  editions. 
Elias  Levita  states  that  there  are  848.  Others  have  computed  them  to 
be  1.000;  otliers  still,  1.200. 

§47.  Sometimes  a  different  reading  from  that  of  the  text 
is  suggested  by  the  points  alone  without  a  marginal  note 
being  added  in  explanation,  as  when  a  particular  word  or 
orthography  is  regularly  substituted  for  another  of  frequent 
occurrence.  These  cases  are  presumed  to  be  so  familiar  to 
the  reader  as  to  require  no  other  index  of  their  existence 
than  the  presence  of  the  appropriate  vowels.  Thus,  the 
divine  name  rnrp ,  M'hich  the  Jews  had  a  superstitious  dread 
of  pronouncing,  was  and  still  is  read  by  them  as  if  it  were 
"^iis  Lord,  whose  points  it  accordingly  receives,  nnh"! ,  unless 
these  two  names  stand  in  innnediate  connection,  when,  to 
avoid  repetition,  it  is  read  U'^rib^^  and  pointed  nin;;  Gen. 
15:2,  llab.  3:19.  The  antiquity  of  this  superstition  is 
attested  by  the  Kvpio^  of  the  Septuagint,  followed  in  the 
English  as  well  as  in  other  modern  versions  by  the  rendering 
Lord.  The  true  sound  of  the  name  never  having  been 
noted,  is  now  lost ;  the  only  clue  that  is  left  being  its  ety- 
mology and  the  form  which  it  assumes  in  composition, 
§02.  1,  from  which  the  conclusion  has  been  variously  drawo 
that  it  was  nnro,  T\h'r\^ ,  or  nin;^. .  The  common  pronunciation 
Jehovah  is  manifestly  founded  upon  the  error  of  combining 


§48  k'ri  and  k'thtbh.  65 

the  consonants  of  this  word  with  the  vowels  of  another  and 
an  entirely  different  one.  There  is,  however,  especially  as  it 
is  uncertain  whether  Yalive  or  Yah"va,  or  either  of  these,  was 
its  original  sound,  no  good  reason  for  abandoning  the  pro- 
nunciation familiar  to  the  Christian  world  and  hallowed  hy 
the  association  of  constant  usage  for  the  sake  of  adopting 
another  which  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  phonetically  more 
exact,  any  more  than  we  need  be  guilty  of  the  pedantry  of 
preferring  YeshaijaUii  to  Isaiah  because  it  approaches  more 
nearly  to  the  original  pronunciation  of  the  prophet's  name. 
Other  standing  K'ris,  unnoted  in  the  margin,  are  Kin ,  the 
form  of  the  pronoun  of  the  third  person  feminine  which  is 
used  throughout  the  Pentateuch ;  this  is  designed  to  be  read 
ii'^H,  though  the  sound  indicated  by  the  letters  is  in  all  proba- 
bility N^n .     So  niw©:'  read  "lii?'? ,  and  D?t'^n;«  read  D^H'"n;> . 

§48.  In  the  absence  of  definite  information  respecting 
the  origin  and  sources  of  these  various  readings,  it  is  difficult 
to  determine  with  absolute  precision  the  weight  to  which 
they  are  respectively  entitled.  The  current  opinion  of  the 
ablest  Hebraists,  based  upon  a  careful  scrutiny  of  their  in- 
ternal character  and  the  relation  which  ordinarily  appears  to 
subsist  between  them,  is  that  while  tlie  K'ri  may  perhaps,  in 
a  few  cases,  correct  errors  in  the  K'thibh,  and  so  restore  the 
original  reading,  it  is  in  the  great  majority  of  instances  an 
explanatory  gloss  rather  than  an  emendation.  With  the  rare 
exceptions  already  suggested,  the  K'thibh  is  esteemed  the 
true  reading,  the  object  of  the  K'ri  being  to  remove  ortho- 
graphical anomalies,  secure  grammatical  uniformity,  substi- 
tute usual  for  unusual,  prevailing  for  obsolete  words  and 
forms,  and  occasionally  to  introduce  euphemistic  expressions. 
While  the  K'ri  is  probably  not  to  be  esteemed  the  original 
reading,  therefore,  it  deserves  attention  as  the  grammatical 
or  exegetical  comment  of  a  steadfast  tradition. 


66  orthography.  ^  49 

Accuracy  of  the  Points. 

§49.  1.  All  the  ^Masoretic  additions  to  tlie  text  designed 
to  facilitate  its  reading  have  now  been  considered.  The  cor- 
rectness of  the  pronunciation,  which  thoy  yield,  is  vouched 
for  not  only  hy  the  esteem  in  which  they  are  universally 
held  by  the  Jews,  but  by  the  scrupulous  minuteness  of  the 
system,  its  consistency  "with  itself  and  with  the  vowel-letters 
of  the  text,  its  affinity  with  and  yet  independence  of  the 
vocalization  of  the  kindred  languages  the  Arabic  and  Syriac, 
and  the  veneration  for  the  already  established  text  which 
evidently  characterized  its  authors,  since  they  did  not  venture 
to  change  the  text  even  in  the  slightest  particular. 

2.  The  only  additional  information  which  has  come  doAvn 
to  us  respecting  the  true  sound  of  Hebrew  words,  is  furnished 
by  the  mode  of  writing  proper  names  in  the  Septuagint 
version,  and  the  few  Hebrew  words  preserved  by  ancient 
authors,  particularly  Origen  and  Jerome.  These  have  been 
subjected  to  an  elaborate  comparison  with  the  Masoretic 
punctuation,  and  the  result  has  been  to  establish  their  sub- 
stantial agreement  in  the  main,  with,  however,  not  a  few 
remai'kablc  points  of  divergence.  In  relation  to  this  subject 
it  should  be  observed,  that  the  Hebrew  pronunciation  of  the 
Seventy  is  inferred  entirely  from  their  mode  of  spelling 
proper  names,  not  from  words  in  living  use  in  the  language. 
The  chances  of  inaccuracy,  on  the  part  of  the  translators,  are 
here  peculiarly  great.  ]\Iany  names  were  not  familiar  and 
were  of  rare  occurrence ;  and  as  no  system  of  vowel  notation 
then  existed,  they  were  left  entirely  to  their  independent 
knowledo;e  of  the  sound  of  each  individual  word.  These 
words  were  written  by  them  in  a  foreign  alphabet,  whose 
sounds  did  not  coincide  precisely  with  those  of  the  Hebrew, 
and  in  which  the  proper  equivalents  varied  somewhat  accord- 
ing to  their  combination^;.     The  true  sound  was  also  de- 


^49  ACCURACY    OF    THE    POINTS.  67 

parted  from  sometimes  because  the  laws  of  Greek  euphony 
forbade  its  exact  reproduction.  The  neghgence  with  which 
they  are  chargeable  elsewhere  was  also  probably  aggravated 
here,  and  in  fact  there  are  many  instances  in  which  they  not 
merely  deviate  from  the  vowels  but  transpose  or  change  the 
letters.  Leaving  out  of  view,  therefore,  such  incidental  dis- 
crepancies as  are  to  be  accounted  for  in  the  ways  now  sug- 
gested, a  thorough  and  extended  examination  of  the  subject 
reveals,  with  all  the  general  agreement,  a  number  of  regular 
and  systematic  deviations. 

a.  These  are  thus  stated  hy  Ewald,  Lehrbuch.  p.  1 16.  (1.)  An  e  or  z  de- 
rived from  a  is  written  a,  as  n"iri  Qapa,  crb:  BaXaa/x.  ■)'i"^a  TafSaoiv,  C'^T^ 
Mapiafj. ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  a  is  sometimes  written  e.  n^n'^bnx 
0Ai/8f/xa.  T:p  Keve^.  rj  Tc^,  especially  before  n ,  as  trip  Kope,  H^T  Zape. 
(2.)  e  is  written  for  i  and  6  for  u,  C"'Fi2  Xerraioi.  C2n"'5  Teevva,  "|"ij''ia 
TeSewv,  D-^nr^^a  Meo-pai/x.  rmii,  O^o^a^,  n^-U;  O^ia.  (3.)  for  the  diph- 
thongal e  and  0  their  constituents  ai  and  au  are  substituted,  ■)3''p  Kaivav, 
123  Na^au.  (4.)  The  vowel  letters  are  softened  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  X"ip.''5  ovLKpa,  "'3T'^T  oviSafSqp.  (5.)  Vocal  ShVa  is  written  as  a 
full  vowel,  commonly  a,  or  if  an  0  follow,  o,  risi^  2aySaw5,  ^^^""^  Payorr^A, 
CSliS  XepovySi/A.  -"ip  2o8o/Aa ;  the  final  vowel  of  Segholates  is  also 
written  6  if  o  precedes,  T^b^  MoA.o;(,  "I'S"  yop.op. 

3.  The  regidarity  of  these  deviations  seems  to  be  best 
accounted  for  by  the  assumption  that  the  pronunciation 
represented  in  the  Septuagint  is  that  which  prevailed  among 
the  Jews  in  Egypt,  which  would  naturally  be  less  pure  than 
that  of  Palestine  represented  in  the  vowel  points,  and  which, 
moreover,  betrays  in  the  particulars  recited  above  a  strong 
leaning  to  Aramaean  forms  and  sounds.  Accordingly  the 
view  now  commonly  entertained  is  that  the  vowel  notation 
of  the  Masorites  is  correct,  at  least  in  all  essential  particulars, 
and  that  it  is  properly  to  be  put  at  the  basis  of  all  investiga* 
tions  into  the  phenomena  of  the  language. 


68  ORTHOGUAPIIY.  §60 


Orthographic  Changes. 

^50.  The  signs  thus  far  described  represent  all  the 
sounds  of  the  Hebrew  language.  Its  stock  of  words  is 
formed  by  combining  these  in  various  significant  ways.  The 
laws  of  such  combinations,  and  especially  the  mutations  to 
which  they  are  subject,  or  which  they  occasion,  next  demand 
attention.  When  a  particular  idea  has  been  attached  to  a 
certain  combination  of  sounds,  its  different  modifications 
may  naturally  be  expressed  by  slightly  varying  those  sounds. 
This  may  take  place, 

1.  By  the  substitution  of  one  letter  for  another  of  like 
character,  and  for  the  most  part  of  the  same  organ,  e.  g. : 

n"n  to  be,  exist,  n^n  to  live  ;  ~^3  to  pour  forth.  S23  the  same  idea  ap- 
plied to  words,  to  prophesy ;  "35  to  encircle  the  neck  with  an  ornament, 
p3n  to  strangle,  p3N  applied  to  sounds  uttered  in  strangulation,  to  groan; 
bS"!  to  go  about  as  a  s]>y,  brn  to  eo  about  as  a  merchant;  D:S  to  collect, 
CTja  treasures;  5"'^3  a  cup,  r^-3  or  "2"ip  a  helmet  (of  similar  shape); 
7p  tender,  delicate,  pT  thin;  "jpn  to  make  straight,  "jSn  to  straitjhten  the 
beam  of  the  balance,  to  weigh  ;  ""32  Jirstboni.  ~!132  Jirst  ripe,  ""pa  the  first 
portion  of  the  day,  the  morning;  nbn  to  suspend,  nbn  applied  to  a  bucket, 
to  let  down;  iU  to  cut.  "irip  to  reap;  SHT  gold,  -Hs  yellow;  "('oa  to  con- 
ceal, ",E"vU  and  "|Ea  to  hide  away  as  treasures,  "lEO  to  cover  with  boards ; 
yr3  to  destroy  by  tearing  down,  tirj  to  destroy  bv  uprooting;  n:::  to  slay, 
nzj  to  sacrijice ;  ban  to  bind,  baa  to  bound;  n"i3  to  break  tip.  jit-e,  nns 
to  break  out,  blossom,  p'lS  to  break  in  pieces ;  a^p  to  exit  off,  :sn  to  hew 
stone.  ~un  to  cut  wood. ;  "irS  to  surround.  ">::S  to  encircle  the  head  with  a 
crown;  ~^3  to  pour  out,  ~D3  to  pour  in  libation  or  in  casting  metals ;  ins 
to  shine,  iniJ  to  be  pure;  nnn  to  engrave,  C"]n  to  plough;  ")n3  to  prove, 
"ina  to  approve,  choose  ;  nnd  to  drink,  its  causative  npirn  ;  inn  to  break 
through,  "^pn  to  investigate  ;  a^D  to  place,  its  reflexive  aa^Pin. 

2.  By  the  transposition  of  letters,  e.  g. : 

ynD  to  deal  violently,  "ise  to  urge;  "iSp  to  cut  with  the  sickle,  reap,  y'lfs 
to  cut  with  the  teeth,  bite;  ti'iii  to  blow,  iaB3  breath;  013  to  collect,  033 
riches,  r"3ZDT3  storehouses. 

3.  By  the  addition  of  a  letter  : 

Thus,  from  the  letters  is,  in  which  inheres  the  idea  of  compression, 
are  formed  i"^:!  to  bind,  "iiS  to  press  together,  isx   to  heap   uj),  ~:i^    to  be 


^  51  ORTHOGRAPHIC    CHANGES.  69 

straitened,  "liSJ  to  guard,  besiege,  "iri^  to  restrain,  "iSPl  an  enclosure  ;  from  T5 
are  formed  "ita  to  cut,  tna  to  cut  off,  ti:i  to  ciit  loose,  go  away,  tta  to  shear, 
bta  to  plunder,  r^^Ta  /iewn  stone;  tt:"^S  ^o  unfold,  make  distinct,  tii^'^S  i'' 
spread  out ;  ons  a  vineyard,  i'O'^B  a  garden. 

§  51.  Such  literal  changes  as  those  just  recited  not  onl}' 
serve  to  express  new  shades  of  meaning,  but  even  where  the 
meaning  remains  precisely  the  same,  they  may  represent 
diversities  of  other  sorts.     Thus,  the  distinction  may  be, 

1.  In  point  of  currency  or  style  :  One  form  of  the  word 
being  in  more  common  and  familiar  use,  the  other  more  rare 
and  savoring,  perhaps,  of  the  elevated  or  poetic  style,  e.  g. : 

"i:i3  to  guard,  "1135  poetic;  iai"i3  cypress,  ri"i3  once  in  poetry;  150  to 
ffiiit,  rarely  "irD ;  ir^yo  storm,  nil^'i^  rare  and  poetic;  T\^Q  to  cover,  once 
t|3b  :  7|^ii  to  he  quenched,  once  "i'T ;  ~SP)  to  abhor,  once  axn  ;  bDD  to  he 
foolish,  once  bos ;  nbii'  iniquity,  once  t\'h'S_  . 

2.  Of  antiquity :  The  pronunciation  of  a  word  or  its 
form  may  undergo  changes  in  the  lapse  of  time.  Of  the 
few  instances  of  this  sort,  which  our  imperfect  data  enable 
us  to  fix  upon  with  some  measure  of  confidence,  the  follow- 
ing may  be  taken  as  specimens,  e.  g. : 

To  laugh  in  the  Pentateuch  pn:i  ,  in  other  books  (Judg.  16:25  ex- 
cepted) pnb  ;  to  cry  out  in  the  Peniateucli  pss  ,  only  once  (Ex.  2  :  23) 
prT  whicli  is  the  more  frequent  form  in  otiier  books  ;  -'~3  ,  nabS  a  lamh, 
occur  in  the  Pentateuch  interchangeably  with  'C'Z3 ,  n''':i'2^ ,  which  are  the 
only  forms  found  in  other  books  ;  a  sceptre  132:;  .  but  in  the  book  of  Esther 
U'lnno  ;  Damascus  pbHTi  ,  in  Chronicles  p^,^",'^,  ;  how  1  Chron.  13  :  12, 
Dan.  10  :  17  rpn  ,  in  earlier  books  TfX  . 

3.  Of  Dialect :  The  same  word  may  come  to  be  pro- 
nounced differently  by  those  who  speak  distinct  though  re- 
lated languages.  Thus,  the  Aramaean  dialects,  the  Chaldee 
and  Syriac,  in  very  many  words  regularly  substitute  N  for  the 
Hebrew  final  n ,  and  the  corresponding  Unguals  for  the  He- 
brew sibilants,  2  being  sometimes  still  further  weakened  by 
the  loss  even  of  the  lingual  sound  to  that  of  the  guttural  2? , 
e.g.: 


70  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  52 

Ilct).  nrn  to  wander,  Chald.  sris ,  Syr.  \Ll]  Heb.  :nj  o-oW.  Chald 
2r,n  ,  Syr.  Icoi? ;  Ilcb.  ins  a  rock,  Chald.  nvj  ,  Syr.  jia^  ;  Heb.  ^bffl 
/A/re.  Cluild.  r\v\  ,  Syr.  £^.i ,  Arab,  vij^' ;  Heb.  y-ix  //it;  <?u/7/i,  Arab. 
jjO.I ,  Chald.  r'^X,  Syr.  |i^?)  .  Otlier  consonant  changes:  Heb.  '|2  a  son, 
Arab.  \J\  .  Chald.  ^3,  Syr.  j^  ;  Hob.  b'w]?  /o  A-///,  Arab.  3Jcj;  Heb. 
bt;p;7,  Syr. '^i^^uaJ;  Heb.  X53  a  //tro«e,  Chald.  "D-i!i3,Syr.  Ujsjia,  Arab. 
tLS;  Heb.  np^bn  a  Jithl,  Chald.  xbpjn  ,  Syr.  Vial ,  Eth.  ih4>A  I  . 

4.  Of  simple  euphony :  An  alternate  form  of  a  word 
may  be  produced  to  facilitate  its  pronunciation  or  make  its 
sound  more  pleasing,  e.  g. : 

',125-^s ,  "liO^  purple;  c::b .  i::'::  to  hate;  i^S'r^ ;  ^^'r?  chamber, 
',=?  .  -i=?  Ac/ian;  -Jix:"7=''-?  ,  "^xi'ia^-?  Nebuchadnezzar;  iitM ,  i,^i'n 
Does;  c^?-^^)  c^^-'b^  ulnuig  or  algum  trees ;  nirnb"!:,  niykr^  teeth. 

a.  Mere  varieties  of  orthography  mu.^t  not  be  mistaken  for  consonantal 
changes,  e.  g.  itb  occasionally  for  lb  and  rice  versil,  probably  r^b:b  for 
ribzD,  and  such  permutations  of  gutturals  as  abound  in  the  manuscripts 
of  tlie  Samaritans,  who.  making  no  distinction  in  the  sounds  of  these 
letters,  perpetually  coiiloundcd  them  in  writing,  Gesen.  Sam.  Pent.  p.  52. 
A  like  faulty  pranunciation  has  been  attributed  to  the  Galileans,  to  which 
there  is  a  probable  allusion  in  Matt.  26:73.     Buxtorf  Lex.  Chald.  p.  434. 

§  52.  The  changes  thus  far  described  result  in  the  pro- 
duction of  distinct  words,  and  belong  to  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon  rather  than  of  the  grammar.  The  lexicographer  re- 
gards such  words  as  cognate,  and  traces  them  back  to  their 
common  source ;  but,  in  the  view  of  the  grammarian,  they 
arc  totally  distinct.  The  mutations  with  which  the  latter 
concerns  himself  are  such  as  take  place  in  the  direct  deriva- 
tion and  inflection  of  words.  These  are  altogether  euphonic, 
are  more  restricted  in  their  character,  and  take  place  within 
far  narrower  limits,  than  those  heretofore  considered.  When 
words  are  subjected  to  grammatical  changes  their  sounds 
arc  brought  into  new  connections,  attended,  it  may  be,  with 


^  58  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  71 

a  difficulty  of  utterance  whicli  demands  some  measure  of 
relief,  or  they  pass  readily  and  naturally  into  other  sounds, 
which  are  easier  of  pronunciation  or  more  agreeable  to  the 
ear.  The  mutations  thus  induced  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 
Consonant  Changes,  the  Conversion  of  Consonants  into 
Vowels,  and  Vowel  Changes.  These  will  require  to  be  con- 
sidered separately. 


Consonant  Changes. 

§  53.  The  first  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
affect  the  consonants.  These  mostly  arise  from  the  concur- 
rence of  two  consonants,  creating  a  difficulty  in  the  pronun- 
ciation or  yielding  a  sound  displeasing  to  the  ear.  This  may 
take  place  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  a  syllable. 
Syllables  in  Hebrew  may,  and  often  do,  begin  with  two  con- 
sonants, §18.  1;  but  the  necessity  of  this  is  avoided  in 
certain  cases  by  the  following  expedients  : 

1.  In  the  beginning  of  words  the  weak  letter  n  is  some- 
times prefixed  with  a  short  vowel,  thus  creating  a  new  initial 
syllable  to  whicli  the  first  consonant  may  be  transferred. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  this  are  afforded  by  the  second  and  seventh 
conjugations  of  verbs,  the  Niphal  and  Hithpaei,  e.  (r.  bbpn  =  ^i^p:!!  for 
it:;?:;  bi:prn  probably  for  bbpFi  §82.  5.  6.  In  C^-in  Ezek.  14:3  X  ia 
prefixed  instead  of  n .  Prosthesis  is  more  common  in  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon,  where  X  is  always  the  letter  used,  e.g.  ?i"iT,  Sintx  arm;  bi^in, 
il'^nx  yesterday.  A  prefixed  N^  is  even  occasionally  employed  to  soften 
the  pronunciation  without  the  necessity  stated  above,  e.  g.  nina2x,  □"'QSS:. , 
niibnnx^,  D-^fsIx^.  So  in  Chaldee  Cis  blood,  Heb.  M;  "(JX  garden.  Heb. 
"ja.  In  Arabic  the  concurrence  of  two  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word  is  regularly  obviated  by  prefixing  I  .     Comp.  Greek  x^^^'  «X"^«- 

2.  The  first  of  the  concurrent  consonants,  if  it  has  a 
comparatively  feeble  sound,  is  sometimes  dropped. 


72  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  53 

a.  Tl./s  occurs  regularly  in  verbs  whose  first  radical  is  "^  or  5 .  and  in 
nouns  derived  li-om  such  verbs,  e.g.  -ij  \hT  -IT^ ,  nr^l  for  t^^"^'?.  i>i3  for 
bsi:-',  -(n  lor',r3.  "'h  Ezei<.  2:10  for  "'n:.  brcn  Ezek.  1:4  for  i't"^'':!? ,  and 
perhaps  "NS  Am.  8:8  for  "^V.'O. 

X  is  thus  dropped  in  lini  for  ^isnrx.iy  for  lUix  ;  also  in  a  lew  instances  from 
the  beginning  of  the  second  syllable  of  words,  e.  g.  ^Ir.X!^^  Ezek.  28:  16 
for  Ti72XX;;  ;  ■,-TS  Job  32:  11  for  "prNX  ;  C-n^on  Eccl.  4:  14  for  c^iiOSH; 
c-'i:-n'2  Cliron.  22:5  for  C'k-iNn  ;  riD^^  Ezek.  20:37  for  r"iCN72;  rV39 
1  Kin.  5:25  with  Daghesh-lorte  conservative  f()r  r?:i:xi3  ;  rnx  Prov. 
8:17  for  =nxx ;  'p't^  Prov.  17:4  lor  r!?<^. ;  ~r5'^  1  Sam.  1:17  lor 
T|r5Sw"  .  These  examples  likewise  admit  of  a  ditrerent  explanation  ;  j^ 
may  give  up  its  consonantal  power,  losing  its  sound  in  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding vowel,  agreeably  to  §57.  2  (2),  after  which  it  may  readily  be 
dropped  altogether. 

a  is  occasionally  dropped  from  the  participles  of  the  Pual  or  fourth 
conjufjation.  as  n^b  for  r.jjs*:  ;  b  in  T\p_  for  n;rb ;  n  in  rsb  Ex.  3:2  for 
■^^n.^;  cfl""^!^  Ex.  7:22  for'trn^-jnb  Ex.  7:11;  and  perhaps  =  in  nniD 
Gen.  49  :  11,  which  appears  to  be  for  nh^DS  . 

b.  The  rejection  of  a  consonant  from  the  beginning  of  a  syllable,  when 
not  immediately  followed  by  another  consonant,  is  exceptional  ;  as  Ti 
Judg.  9:11  tbr  1^;! ;  nnn  2  Sam.  22:41  for  nnnj ;  "in  Ezek.  33:30  for 
inx  ;  mrrn  Neb.  3  :  13  for  riscxn  ;  "'n^nnn  Judg.  9 :  9  for  '^nb'^nnn,  and 
perhaps  2i-  Jer.  42:  10,  which  seems  to  be  ibr  Siuiv 


3.  The  second  consonant  is  sometimes  dropped,  if  it  is  a 
letter  of  feeble  sound. 


a.  This  is  regularly  the  case  with  fi  of  the  article  and  of  verbal  pre- 
fixes, and  "^  as  the  final  radical  of  verbs,  e.  g.  n^lb  for  n^rnb  ;  bi;,?^  for 
bb;?n"^ ;  ^^?  for  i-'ba . 

it  occurs  besides  in  a  few  sporadic  examples  with  these  same  letters, 
and  more  rarely  still  with  N  ,  i ,  and  "S .  e.g.  ^T  for  1!iT ,  "'3  Ezek.  2 :  10  for 
■'n: ,  LJcrii  for  :;B"r'in";i ,  *r^::p"^  and  "Pi^^jp  with  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive for  !in:y-Jp^  and  JinnB^p  ;  s^^n  Lani.  3:53  for  I'^^'^V  ~J."i^ri  Gen. 
3:16  for  ~i;.T'"jn  ;  i:e^i3  .Tob  35  :  1 1  for  1:e^si:  .  n^sn  Ex.  26:  24  for  c"'=XPi, 
hr\i  Isa.  13  :  20  for  bfix") .  "'SnTPii  2  Sam.  22  :"40  for  "^sntxni  ;  ">3  Isa.  3  :  24 
for  ■'•S,  ""S  for  •'"?.  .  CB^  fr)r  o^r^i  ;  "'a  as  a  particle  of  entreatv.  probably 
for  -"ra,  np'i-s  Am.  8:8  (K'lhibli)  for  nrpi:;3 ;  ba  the  name  of  a  Baby- 
lonish deity  for  bra  is  a  foreign  contraction.  The  conjecture  that  "133 
Mic.  1 :  10  is  for  "iSl'S  in  Accho  is  ingenious  and  favoured  by  the  occurrence 
of  r53  171  Gath  in  the  parallel  clause;  but  it  is  at  variance  with  the  points, 
which,  upon  this  hypothesis,  should  be  "133. 

b.  In  rare  cases  this  rejection  occurs  even  after  a  mixed  syllable, 
whose  final  consonant  is  thus  drawn  forward,  e.g.  nrs  for  nrriS  ,  nrn 
Job  29:6  for  nxT:n,  rkrn  Ex.  2:4  for  ril-rn  and  probably  pEX  Ps! 
139:8  with  Daghesh-forte  conservative  Ibr  p ^DS . 


§54  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  73 

^  54,  When  the  concurrence  takes  place  at  the  close  of 
a  syllable,  whether  the  second  consonant  belongs  to  the  same 
syllable  with  the  first  as  at  the  end  of  words,  or  to  a  differ- 
ent syllable  as  in  the  middle  of  words,  the  following  changes 
may  be  produced. 

1.  An  aspirate  following  another  consonant  loses  its 
aspiration,  §21 ;  or  if  it  be  brought  into  juxtaposition  with 
its  like  so  as  to  form  a  doubled  letter,  the  aspiration  of  both 
will  be  removed,  §23.  2,  unless  the  combination  occurs  at 
the  end  of  a  word,  where  the  reduplication  is  not  expressed, 
§  25.  Thus,  ni?  for  nrrb  ,  oiann  for  oiannn ,  inab  for  innnb , 
but  an  from  ann,  nSir^a  1  Kin.  1  :  15  for  nnniria  or  firr^i?^, 
raniz  Ezek.  4  :  3  for  nt^inia ,  rh-if;^  Mai.  1:14  for  nnnir^ . 

2.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  in  certain 
cases  assimilated  to  the  second,  the  doubling  thus  occasioned 
being  expressed  as  in  the  case  of  letters  originally  alike  by 
Daghesh-forte,  except  at  the  end  of  words,  §25,  where 
Daghesh  disappears  or  is  only  virtually  present,  being  re- 
sumed upon  the  addition  of  a  fresh  vowel  or  syllable.  This 
is  most  frequently  the  case  with  the  liquid  3 ,  rarely  with  ^ 
and  "1  and  only  in  particular  words ;  so  n  of  the  llithpael 
of  verbs  before  T  and  I3 ,  and  in  a  few  instances  before  sibi- 
lants and  other  letters,  and  T  at  the  end  of  a  few  words 
before  n.  Thus,  ^k":  for  )r\:^, ,  nn^  for  r^^r}^^;  r^^_^  for  npb;^, 
nb  Ezek.  27  :  23  for  nibs  Am.  6:2;  ^f^.  for  ^b  nirsi ;  ^ii^'^^ 
for  ^iis'nri'?,  xiai^-;  for  xi3t:n:',  ^STn  for  ^itnn,  oiaiTBri  for 
D^aiirnn ,  ^siain  for  ^sasnn ,  nssn  for  nfestin ;  nb  for  n^b ,  nnx 
for  n'lns . 

a.  So  perhaps  3  in  neia  according  to  Gesenius  for  f^ho/o  and  Sia  for 
03Ta.  Compare  Greek  cruyyevTjs  for  o-vvyev^?,  TeTv/i./i,at  for  rervTr/xai,  and 
Eng.  il-logical,  ir-religion,  immature  formed  by  the  negative  prefix  in. 

3.  A  few  isolated  cases  occur  of  the  reverse  process  more 
common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  by  which  a  doubled  letter  is 
resolved  into  two  different  consonants  by  the  change  of  the 


74  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  55 

first  or  the  second  member  of  the  i'e(lu})hcation  to  a  liquid 
n  or  : ,  c.  g.  'Snria  for  bsD^s ,  pii:^"}!  for  ^izi ,  n^:T:^ri  Isa. 
23  :  11  for  v^jy^,  ^ifp  Job  IS  :  2  in  the  judgment  of  some 
for  ■'^p  cfids;  though  others  make  the  2  a  radical,  and  give 
the  word  the  sense  of  snares.  The  conjecture  that  'i:'cn  Ps. 
64  :  7,  Lam.  3  :  22  is  for  ^isn  is  unnecessary  and  unwar- 
ranted. 

4.  When  n  of  the  llithpael  of  verbs  would  stand  before 
a  sibilant,  it  is  transposed  with  D  and  T25 ,  and  Avitli  2:  it  is  in 
addition  changed  to  ts.  Thus,  npno^  for  nncnia,  nizn^^  for 
'I'S^ri? ,  "^i'J?"^?  for  "^yi^Jn? ,  P7^^:  for  Pv^r^? . 

a.  In  niifaiii'nn  Jer.  49 :  3  the  transposition  does  not  take  place  in  con- 
sequence of  the  number  of  simihir  letters  which  would  thus  be  brought 
into  proximity.  In  the  coirnate  lam^uiiflrfs  n  is  likewise  transposed  with  T 
and  changed  to  "i;  thus,  Chald.  "i^'^iTn  for  "iSTrin;  so,  also,  in  Syriac  and 
Arabic.  The  only  example  of  a  Hebrew  verb  whose  first  letter  is  T  ap- 
pearing in  this  conjugation  is  ^3Tn  Isa.  1:16,  where  n  is  assimilated 
agreeably  to  2.  Compare  with  these  transpositions  the  frequent  Doric 
change  of  ^  {^=  8cr)  into  crS,  as  crvptaSw  for  (xvpi^ui. 

§  55.  The  occurrence  of  a  consonant  at  the  end  of  a 
word  may,  inasmuch  as  the  succeeding  word  must  necessarily 
begin  with  one,  be  regarded  as  an  additional  case  of  the  con- 
cm-rence  of  consonants.  As  the  contact  is  less  close,  how- 
ever, than  when  they  meet  in  the  same  word,  it  is  less  fruitful 
of  changes  than  in  the  cases  already  considered. 

1.  There  are  three  instances  in  which  it  has  been  doubt- 
fully conjectured  that  a  final  1  has  been  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing initial  i^;  viz.  nniiir^  Isa.  35:1  presumed  to  be  for 
l^cir;;  Di^ns  Num.  3  :49  for  "ji^^E  Ex.  21  :  30,  Ps.  49  :  9  ; 
cjw  Gen.  28:12. 

a.  Final  consonants  are  in  Sanskrit  perpetually  modified  by  the  initia. 
letter  of  the  following  word.     But  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that  this  is  so  in 
Hebrew,  even  in  the  examples  alleged,  as  the  forms  admit  of  a  different 
explanation.     See  in  regard   to  the  first  passage,  Dr.  Alexander's  Com 
inentary. 


^56  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  75 

2.  A  few  cases  occur  of  the  rejection  of  a  letter,  chiefly 
)  and  13 ,  from  the  end  of  a  word. 


a.  *)  of  the  verbal  endings  '|1  and  'p ,  is  almost  always  dropped,  being 
only  retained  as  an  archaic  or  emphatic  form,  and  chiefly  at  the  end  of  a 
clause,  e.  g.  '^^I'^l  Deut.  8  :  16,  but  mostly  l^'l^^;  "I'l'^ann  Gen.  32:20,  com- 
monly ^"i3TPi;  T'iU^.n  Ruth  3:4,  commoidy  "'b?.?!.  So,  too,  in  some 
proper  nouns,  '^"1?^  Zecli.  12: 11,  i'n;^  Josh.  12  :21 ;  il5"'UJ,  whose  original 
I  is  shown  in  the  derivative  ^3'^"'^  and  is  perpetuated  in  the  modern  name 
Seiiun. 

b.  In  like  manner  a  is  rejected  from  the  dual  and  plural  terminations 
of  nouns  upon  their  entering  into  the  close  connection  of  the  construct 
Btate  with  the  following  word,  "^stx  from  C^STN,  ''na  from  D"ri2 . 

c.  If  the  feminine  endings  n^  and  n^  have,  as  is  probable,  a  common 
origin,  this  may  be  best  explained  by  the  assumption  that  n  is  in  many 
cases  rejected  li'om  the  termination,  leaving  only  the  vowel,  though  it  ia 
always  retained  when  any  addition  is  made  to  the  word:  thus,  the  con- 
struct state  rt=n,  absolute  nr:n,  but  with  a  sufhx  iniasn  ;  n^::|5 
(comp.  r?TS  Deut.  32  :  36),  "i:rB::p.  It  is  to  be  observed  here,  that  this 
phenomenon  does  not  establish  the  possibility  of  an  interchange  between 
the  consonants  n  and  n,  be{;ause  n  in  this  case  represents  not  A  but  the 
vowel  a. 

§  56.  A  few  other  changes  remain  to  be  mentioned  which 
are  due  to  special  causes. 

1.  Nun  is  often  inserted  in  certain  forms  of  verbal 
suffixes  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  two  vowels,  ^nrnny'] 
Jer.  5  :  22,  or  §  53.  3.  a.  ^:^n?^.  Isa.  33  :  21  for  'rn^T^ , 
^rc^iainx  Ex.  15:2  for  ^"^^i^x .  Comp.  Gr.  avoaio^  and 
English  indefinite  article  mi. 

2.  Vav  at  the  beginning  of  words  is  changed  to  "^ ,  e.  g. 
^b"^  for  "I?) ,  1^:  for  "b": ,  Vibp;!  for  bbjpi .  The  only  exceptions 
are  the  four  words  in,  ^\'\  Prov.  21  :  8,  ^))  Gen.  11  :  30, 
'lb';  2  Sam.  6:23  (K'ri),  and  the  prefixes  Vav  Conjunctive 
and  Vav  Conversive. 

3.  Vav,  though  capable  of  being  reduplicated,  e.  g.  n?^« 
is  in  most  instances  relieved  from  this  necessity  by  the  sub- 
stitution of  "',  or  by  doubling  the  following  letter  in  its 
stead,  6.  g.  D-:)?ii!  or  n^ips  for  D^ps . 


76  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  57 

a.  In  one  instance  after  such  a  change  of  1  to  '',  a  following  '^  sutfere 
the  coiitniry  change  to  i  to  prevent  the  triple  recurrence  of  the  same 
letter.  Ti'lt?^:  l«a.  (3 :  9  for  T|;:^':!X^. 

4.  Yodh  before  the  plural  termination  D"".  is  in  a  few 
cases   changed   to  K   to   prevent   the   conjunction    of   like 

sounds,  D-^x^bn  Hos.  11  :  7  for  D^ibn  Josh.  10  :  20;  D\si32 
IIos.  11:8  for  a^ii  Gen.  10  :  19 ;  n^xn^i  from  ^'n-,  n^sas 
(also  nis32)  for  Q^'^nir ;  "isiba  Jer.  38  :  12  for  riba  (or  as  some 
read,  r":''53)  ver.  11. 


a.  In  like  manner  i  is  changed  to  X  before  ni  in  the  word  Pfixs  for 
T\Vi  from  ni: ;  it  is  consequently  unnecessary  to  assume,  as  Gesenius  doeSj 
a  singular  njj:  which  never  occurs. 


Change  of  Consonants  to  Vowels. 

^57.  The  second  class  of  changes  is  the  conversion  of 
consonants  into  vowels,  or  the  substitution  of  the  latter  foi 
the  former.     This  occurs, 

1.  Occasionally  in  reduplicated  syllables  or  letters,  niis 

for  nsns  ;  nisifiD  for  nisi:rj;  bh^  for  ^t'pa  Gen.  11:9;  niiibsi 
2  Chron.  35  :  13  from  nn'ji'  Prov.  19  :  24. 

2.  j\Iuch  more  frequently  with  the  quiescents. 

(1)  A  prefixed  )  is  softened  to  its  homogeneous  vowel  u 
before  other  labials  or  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  rr^i^,  "^i"^;  the 
softening  of  an  initial  "^  to  i  only  occurs  in  "'C'^x  1  Chron. 
2  :  13  for  -^T^  ver.  1 2,  TIJS  2  Sam.  14:19,  Mic.  0:10  for  O^ . 

(2)  Medial  or  final  quiescents  without  vowels  of  their 
own  often  lose  their  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel. 
This  is  invariably  the  case  with  1  and  "^  following  their  homo- 
geneous vowels,  e.  g.  ^^"^n  for  ^V.ri  §  59,  rri^rr^a  for  nn^.n^a, 
unless  they  are  doubled,  as  ^t'^^^'Q ,  n^s,  and  occasionally  evein 


§  57  CHANGE    OF    CONSONANTS    TO    VOWELS.  77 

then,  e.  g.  ''t^^  for  I'ai'^ .  Pinal  x  always,  and  medial  i?  fre- 
quently, gives  up  its  consonant  sound  after  any  vowel  what- 
ever, e.  g.  si^ ,  ^'i'Q ,  nsirb  for  nsib . 

a.  Media!  X  regularly  loses  its  consonantal  power  in  the  future  Kal  of 
Pe  Aleph  verbs,  e.  g.  hh^'i  ;  in  nbs  preceded  by  b,  thus  itlxb  ;  in  c-irrbs 
and  certain  tbrnns  of  "i^x  preceded  by  tlie  prefixes  2  b  D  l,  thus,  cn'bxb , 
inbxb  but  ni'Jsb;  "^i^xb,  T^inxb,  ^pxb  but  '(i"ixb ,  ■'inxb .  iri^xb .  The 
following  examples  are  ofa  more  individual  character,  e.g.  niX3  for  n']X3, 
rtbxi  1  Kin.  11:39  for  n.S>xv  ^bEGxn  Num.  11:4,  D^fsTxa  Jer.  46:'l, 
in^nXi3Xw3  Isa.  14:  23.  In  a  few  cases  this  has  led  to  a  change  of  ortho- 
graphy, tlie  X  which  is  no  longer  heard  being  dropped,  or  another  vowel 
letter  substituted  for  it.  e.  g.  ibsTi  Ezek.  42:5,  and  b-^iix  Hos.  11  : 4  from 
bix,  "(Vii^n  Job  8:8  for  -(iCX-i,' 'iii  Deut.  32:32  for  rxi,  and  the  exam- 
ples cited  §53.  2,  a. 

b.  The  consonant  >i  never  loses  its  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel 
like  the  rest  of  the  quiescents.  The  letter  n  is  often  used  to  denote  a 
vowel,  but  if  in  any  word  it  properly  expresses  a  consonant  this  is  never 
converted  into  a  vowel,  or  vice  versd.  The  exceptions  are  apparent  not 
real,  as  in  the  frequent  abbreviation  of  the  ending  ^7^'^  in  proper  names  to 
tr^,  thus  'in^prn,  n^;?'7n.  The  change  here  does  not  consist  in  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  ^  and  the  softening  of  the  consonant  n.  but  the  syllable 
In  is  dropped,  whereupon  final  Kamets  is  written  by  its  appropriate  vowel 
letter,  §  11.  1,  a,  just  as  ^n^D"^^  after  the  rejection  of  ^in^  becomes  nsi^  . 
So  in  those  rare  cases  in  which  fi  is  substituted  for  the  suffix  tt,  e.g. 
nnsb  Lev.  13:4  for  P't'i'"^  •  The  proper  name  bxn-iE  Num.  34:28  is  de- 
rived not  from  iTi9  but  PTi5.  a  root  of  kindred  meaning,  of  whose  exist- 
ence, though  otherwise  unattested,  this  word  is  itself  a  sufficient  voucher. 

(3)  Medial  i<  often  gives  its  vowel  to  a  preceding  vowel- 
less  letter  and  rests  in  its  sound ;  '^  occasionally  does  the 
same  with  a  homogeneous  vowel,  when  preceded  by  a  vowel- 
less  prefix. 

a.  Thus,  X:  o-'iiix'n  for  o'^iix"! ,  nxrsn  for  nxan;  rjoxia  Ezek.  25:6 
from  Kxd  ver.  15;  XYiJJ  Ps.  139:20  lor  ^x'JJ=  .  so  x^ijr  Jer.  10:5;  *^33>iX-i 
from  '(i^x-i;  DX-iia  Neb.  6:8  for  cxnia ;  xi'n  Isa.  51:20,  ixn  Deut.  14:5; 
D"^x-jn  1  Sam. 'l4:33  for  n"iX*Jn ;  T^3X3  Isa.  10:13  for  i"'ax3;  ^crx] 
Zech.  11:5  for  "ilb^X^ ;  this  even  occurs  after  mixed  syllables,  e.  g.  i^sxb^ 
for  riixb^Q  ;  ]^XD^  for  ^X?^ ;  "X"!!!^^  Jor  nx^pb ,  particularly  in  proper 
nouns'bxi;ri'ri  for  bx^Tsd";  j'bxsin  for  bxsnn.'  So,  "it'ji-iri-'S  Eccles.  2:13 
for  Ti-in-^S  •  nbb^i  Jer.  25 :  36  tor  nbb^l ;  nn;3ib  Prov.  30 :  17  for  n^iir^b . 
There  is  no  instance  of  this  with  1.  on  the  contrary,  niaip  Cant.  5:2,  12. 

(4)  At  the  end  of  words  1  and  "^ ,  when  without  a  vowel 
of  their  own  and  preceded  by  a  vowelless  letter,  invariably 


78  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  58 

quiesce  in  tlicir  homogeneous  vowels,  *^  in  an  unaccented  u, 
■^  in  I,  \vliich  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  and  frcfjuently 
causes  the  dissolution  of  a  previous  syllable  and  the  rejection 
of  its  vowel,  ^T\i  for  ^rpi ,  ^p.ts:  for  inrr-' ;  ^n^  for  '^n;' ,  -^ns 
for  ^'^B  ,  ■'lb-  for  "^^c-i . 

(5)  Wlien  preceded  or  accompanied  hy  heterogeneous 
vowels,  1  and  "•  are  sometimes  dropped,  or  if  the  vowel  be  a, 
they  not  unfrequently  combine  with  it,  foraiing  the  diph- 
thongal 0  and  0,  §  02.  1,  e.  g.  p2^n  for  '^^''ry^ ,  ri'^a  for  ^'"ia,  r.Sa 
for  '^% ,  c]5  for  D*il? ,  c^pn  for  Q"^^;pn ,  r^  for  niT2 ;  n-isin  for 
S'^ur'^in,  tL""!:  for  ti^n: ,  nir  construct  state  of  rijr!,  r.^a  const. 
of  n^s ,  'j-^^^n  for  ^"^p^n ,  n^.v  for  ''^.)'? . 

a.  Vav  Fiircly  remains  with  a  heterogeneous  vowel  unless  accompanied 
by  weak  letters,  by  contrast  with  which  it  becomes  comparatively  strong, 

e.  g.  'n'p^  ins,  ni"i . 


Vowel  Changes. 

§  58.  1.  The  third  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
take  place  in  the  vowels.  The  primary  office  of  the  vowels 
is  to  aid  in  pronouncing  the  consonants,  to  which  conse- 
quently they  are  C[uitc  subordinate,  merely  occupying,  so  to 
speak,  the  interstices  between  them.  Their  number  and 
variety  being  greater,  however,  than  is  demanded  for  this 
single  purpose,  they  have  besides  to  a  certain  extent  an  in- 
dependent value  and  meaning  of  their  own  in  the  constitu- 
tion of  words.  (1)  Changes  of  vowels,  while  they  cannot 
hke  a  difference  of  consonants  create  distinct  verbal  roots,  are 
yet  frnitful  of  those  minor  modifications  of  wdiich  etymology 
takes  cognizance,  such  as  the  formation  of  derivatives  and 
grammatical  mflexions,  e.  g.  ^13  to  be  rjrcaf,  ^"la  rjreatncsSy 
bi^a  groat ;  -O^  ho  hUcd,  ^-''l:)?  1o  InU,  Vip  /•///  ihou,  '^bj? 
hilling,  b^tbp  killed ;  CO  a  horse,  nc^D  a  mare.  (2)  They 
may  indicate  differences  in  the  forms  of  words  which  have 


§58  VOWEL    CHANGES.  79 

arisen  in  the  lapse  of  time;  "^v:  in  the  Pentateuch  means  in- 
differently ^iri  or  doj/,  in  later  books  ^irl  is  T-s)-?,^_ ;  N^n  in  the 
Pentateuch  /le  or  s/ie,  in  other  books  s/ie  is  always  «'^n ;  the 
form  of  the  demonstrative  nfin  is  found  only  in  Genesis, 
T^n  in  writers  after  the  time  of  ]\Ioses,  ^ti"  in  Ezekiel; 
the  plural  of  the  demonstrative  in  the  Pentateuch  ^^5  or  "^i? , 
elsewhere,  with  a  single  exception,  n5s? .  The  imperfect  no- 
tation of  the  vowels  in  the  original  mode  of  writing  by  letters 
alone  has,  however,  left  us  without  the  means  of  ascertaining 
to  what  extent  such  changes  may  have  taken  place.  (3)  They 
may  indicate  diversity  of  dialect,  e.  g.  '"J]p  to  kill,  Chald.  Vjp, 

Syr.  V^Ci  ,  Arab.  Jjci  ,  Ethiop.  4>'r  A : . 

2.  The  vowel  changes  with  which  orthography  is  con- 
cerned, on  the  other  hand,  are  pnrely  euplionic,  being  in 
themselves  void  of  significance,  and  springing  solely  froiu  the 
natural  preference  for  what  is  easier  of  utterance  or  more 
agreeable  to  the  ear.  Orthographically  considered,  vowels 
are  either  mutable  or  immutable,  the  latter  being  unaffected 
by  those  circumstances  which  occasion  changes  in  the  former. 
A  vowel  may  be  immutable  by  nature,  or  made  so  by  posi- 
tion. A  short  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  before  the  ac- 
cent is  ordinarily  immutable  by  position,  being  beyond  the 
reach  of  the  common  causes  of  mutation,  e.  g.  "i^7^,  nnst'Ta. 
Long  vowels  are  immutable  by  nature  in  certain  words  or 
classes  of  words ;  but  they  are  only  distinguishable  as  such 
by  a  knowledge  of  the  etymological  forms  which  require 
them.  It  may,  however,  be  observed,  as  a  general  though 
not  an  invariable  rule,  that  the  vowels  of  such  w^ords  and 
forms  as  are  prevailingly  written  with  the  vowel  letters  are 
less  liable  to  mutation  than  those  which  are  prevailingly 
written  without  them.  Mutable  vowels  are  liable  to  changes 
both  of  quantity,  from  long  to  short,  and  the  reverse,  and 
of  quality  from  pure  to  mixed  {ii  to  o,  i  to  e,  a  to  r)  and  the 
reverse,   these  changes  being  confined,  except  in  rare  in- 


80  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  59,  GO 

staiicos,  to  the  cognate  forms ;  thus,  i  never  passes  into  u  or 
0,  nor  these  into  a.  Only  as  c  stands  in  relation  to  both  i 
and  a,  it  serves  to  mediate  the  interval  between  them,  and 
thus  accounts  for  the  occasional  changes  of  i  to  a  or  the  re- 
verse, c.  g;.  '^'Jpri ,  r^'^'^pn ;  '^^  for  n^a ,  "^na ;  ct  ,  ddts'i  comp. 
n^ ,  ob";: . 

a.  The  exceptional  change  from  u  or  o  to  p  occurs  only  in  the  pro- 
nouns, e.  jr.  cr.bop?,  belbre  euffixes  inb:;p  ;  and  in  the  particle  rx ,  before 
sulTixos  rs.  There  are  also  a  few  examples  of  the  change  of  short 
V(iu-(-l.<  ill  niixod  pyllables  before  the  accent,  e.  g.  ^23^73  ,  construct  r^^3"J^> 
plural  rirs"*:. 

§r)0.  The  mutations  of  vowels  are  due  to  one  or  other 
of  the  lollowing  causes,  viz. :  1.  Syllabic  changes.  2.  The 
influence  of  consonants.  3.  The  influence  of  vowels.  4.  The 
accent.  5.  The  shortening  or  lengthening  of  words.  As  the 
vowel  of  unaccented  mixed  syllables  is  always  short,  and  that 
of  simjile  syllables  long,  ^IS.  2,  it  is  evident  that  a  change 
in  the  character  of  a  syllable  will  involve  a  corresponding 
change  in  its  vowel,  imless  the  accent  interfere  to  prevent. 
Accordingly,  when  for  any  cause  a  mixed  syllable  becomes 
simple,  its  short  vowel  will  be  converted  into  a  long  one ; 
and  when  a  simple  syflable  becomes  mixed,  the  reverse 
change  wiU  take  place,  e.  g.  in ,  O'^nri ;  rrajb ,  niap .  In 
the  case  of  the  vowels  i  and  u  there  is  frequently  an  addi- 
tional change  of  quality,  viz.,  of  t  to  t  and  u  to  o,  e.  g.  D'^pn 
for  n^-ipn ;  -jHs  for  \r^  in  place  of  its  §  56.  3. 

a.  Daghesh-forte  is  thus  resolveH  by  the  proloncration  of  the  previous 

vowel  in  "^Jisp.  ^■■ii:''P;  -'?rS,  ^■^]?"'S ;  "1?'?^. ,  •'U;"'^n  ;  cj-ii^s,  c-'j-'-i-c; 
•ipn.  I'p^n;  ci-jrr  Eccles.  9;  12  for  c"'i3;?''73  §33. 2. a;  ''"ipann  for  !|"i;?snr. ; 
nn-:  Lam.  I  :  S.  if  this  is  for  nn:  soever.  17;  and  if  the  conjecture  of 
Gcseiiius  (Thesaurus,  p.  483)  be  correct  as  to  the  true  reading  in  1  Chron. 
23:6,24:3  cirsm  for  cj^^nv 

\  00.  Contiguous  consonants  may  give  rise  to  vowel 
changes  by  their  individual  peculiarities,  as  is  the  case  with 


^60  VOWEL    CHANGES.  81 

the  gutturals,  or  by  their  concurrence.     The  pecuharities  of . 
the  gutturals  are  fourfold,  viz. : 

1.  A  preference  for  the  vowel  Pattahh  of  the  same  organ, 
into  which,  consequently,  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
is  frequently  converted,  e.  g.  nVib  for  nbiy ;  uvi  for  D?!e  ;  mS'»"' 
for  nnro  ;  'Ji2'^  for  yiGir  ;  ^s:ir  from  i«:iD . 

a.  The  instances  in  which  this  permutation  occurs  cannot  easily  be 
embraced  under  any  general  rules.  In  some  cases  it  was  optional;  in 
others. usage  decides  for  it  or  against  it  without,  however,  being  absolutely 
uniform.  The  following  statements  embrace  what  is  of  most  importance. 
(1)  The  stability  of  the  vowel  often  depends  upon  the  weight  attached  to 
it  in  the  etymological  form  ;  thus,  S"2\!;  in  the  imperative  but  not  in  the  in- 
finitive for  "ta;  s-c^7  for  yq^"} ,  but  3:ivu  not  rib  ior  i"hb.  (2)  The 
vowel  preceding  the  guttural  is  more  liable  to  change  than  that  wliich 
succeeds  it.  e.  g.  ri?'::^  always,  but  hi'-C";  and  hs^P\;  nDni  but  Onni;  spyi_ 
but  HT^JJ .  (3)  An  accented  vowel  is  sometimes  retained  where  one  un- 
accented would  suffer  change,  e.  g.  i:n|i_  but  )^\y,  "n^i;  cnb.  (4)  O  and 
II  are  less  subject  to  alteration  than  /  and  e,  e.g.  ^?Q  for  ^rS;  a  which  is 
already  cognate  with  the  gutturals  is  mostly  retained,  though  it  occasion- 
ally becomes  a  before  n.  e.  g.  C^nx  from  riN,  "'nii^'2  .Tob  31:24  (in  most 
copies)  from  nw:;^,  n^a']'  from  nn^i.  (5)  X  in  many  cases  prefers  the 
diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o,  thus  -tipx,  ''ni<i'23,  ^'si^n,  "lON']  but  C^i-iox^,; 
x'd^ ,  "53N"'.  (6)  "1  partakes  of  this  preference  for  a  to  a  limited  extent, 
e.g.  ^P!^!!  for  ipfl  or  ''0\y,  N-i'l  from  ns-i-; . 

2.  The  reception  of  Pattahh  furtive,  §  17,  at  the  end  of  a 
word  after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  any  other  than 
a),  or  before  a  vowelless  final  consonant,  e.  g.  ?i  ,  ^''i^l,  HD, 


a.  This  is  necessary  when  the  vowel  preceding  a  final  guttural  cannot 
be  converted  into  Pattahh.  Sometimes  the  form  with  Pattahh  and  that  with 
Pattahh  furtive  occur  interchangeably,  e.g.  fj.^iiJ^.  and  n^'iJb ,  or  with  a 
slight  distinction,  as  n^idx,  in  pause  JHi^dx;  nSTTS,  construct  nafTS.  In 
a  few  instances  a  guttural  preceding  a  final  vowelless  letter  takes  simple 
Sh'va  instead  of  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  Fi~p^  1  Kin.  14  :  3,  and  in  most 
editions  nriD'j  Jer.  13  :  25.  As  final  N  is  alwa3^s  either  quiescent  or  otiant, 
it  never  receives  Pattahh  furtive.  The  letter  "i  never  takes  it  unless  it  be 
in  a  single  instance,  and  that  in  a  penultimate  syllable  C)^"'  Ps.  7:6, 
which  is  probably  to  be  read  yVrdoph ;  though  it  might  be  pronounced 
yiraddoph,  which  some  conceive  to  be  an  anomalous  form  for  Cl"!'!'.^  ,  after 
the  analogy  of  pns|;'  Gen.  21:6,  the  compound  Sh'va  being  lengthened 
into  a  vowel  followed  by  euphonic  Daghesh,  as  in  the  related  words 
6 


82  ORTIIOGRAI'IIY.  §  GO 

nn?rn  I.«a.  l:i).  :iii(l  iT^rn  Lsa.  53:5,  while  otiiers  adopt  the  explanation 
of  till'  iilil  Jewish  Grammarians,  that  it  is  a  peculiar  combination  of  tiie 
Kal  Ti^-i")  anil  tlie  Piel  yf^'}']. 

3.  A  preference  for  compound  rather  than  simple  Sh'va, 
^10.  3,  whether  silent  or  vocal,  inasiinich  as  the  gutturals 
are  more  readily  made  audible  at  the  beginning  than  at  the 
close  of  a  syllable',  and  the  hiatus  accompanying  them  as- 
sumes more  of  the  complexion  of  a  vowel  than  is  usual  with 
stronger  consonants. 

a.  The  gutturals  ocrnsionally'  r^^fain  simple  Sh'va  whon  silent.  This 
is  rcixularly  done  hy  a  final  radical  n,  n  or  S.  followed  hy  a  servile  letter, 
e.  ff.  pnij,  i:-;tv  cnrn';',  cprr'^'a .  -nns'i^,  with  few  exceptions  as 
"ii'-in'Hos.  8:2,  r,!i:r 53-' Gen.  26:  29,  z^zyjr^n  2  Sam.  21  :  6.  Other  cases 
have  more  of  a  casual  or  sporadic  character,  and  occur  chiefly  with  tlie 
stronpror  jrutturals  n  and  n.  njn;].  -cns,  n^-j^.  Vinp ,  r.zjn-'nn.  r-frno 
but  n'^irn^,  u;ir;/i_  but  vl"2n^.  n^n;  a  possfusion,  imt  nbn:  from  br:  a 
broolc;  more  rarely  with  X  and  y.  n^:'3  Lev.  4  :  lo.  N^rs  1  Kin.  15:  16, 
c"^^3  lsa.  11:15,  ri-'vii:  Deut.  25:7  liut  in  pause  :nn2;ir  lsa.  28:6.  '~;iX3 
Ex.  15:6;  1  has  for  the  most  part  simi)le  Sh'va  ri"i-"i ,  cci;.';' ,  though  in 
a  few  instances  it  has  compound  ■i3"!'.3.  '1'~'?"!'9?^ . 

h.  (l)  Amonir  the  compound  SIrvas  the  prrtlrence.  unUss  ihere  is  some 
reason  lor  choosing  another,  is  ordinarily  given  to  Hhaleph  Paltaiih.  as 
the  simplest  and  most  in  accordance  with  the  nature  of  the  gutturals,  and 
to  this  an  antecedent  Hhirik  when  unessential  to  the  form,  is  commonly 
made  to  correspond,  e.  g.  It?..  "^^'J."^,  f()r  'it?7  •  Sometimes,  particularly 
with  s  (see  1.  n.  5.)  Hliateph  Seghol  is  taken  n!i3;s  .  n:!n:x  .  n-^jx ,  rrx, 
".^x.  c.-ix.  rn-''^n,  ^'^VJ>,  nr.V.  r,n2,;  Joel  2:5,  T|i'tnxi'  Jer.  13:21.  which 
not  infrequently  becomes  Hhateph  Pattahh  upon  the  prolongation  of  the 
word  ?il^x. .  """y^.  Prov.  25:7.  "iPirx  .  "'ijiiN;. .  ^iniinxi'  Judg.  10:2.  or  the 
carrying  forward  of  its  accent  "^nirxn,  "^niaxni ,  "Ti'i'ninn  .  "'r^'inni . 

(2)  If.  however,  «or  6,  characteristic  of  the  torm.  precede,  this  conunonly 
determines  the  Sh'va  to  be  selected,  e.  g.  T^;;?"  tor  "'"''i^'n,  n:rr^  for  "i^^J^, 
■'iro  Ibr  "'S^Q;  though  sometimes  Hhateph  Pattahh  is  retained  and  the 
intermediate  syllable.  §20.  2,  resolved  into  a  simple  one  by  prolonging  the 
vowels,  e.  g.  n"i2"n  Josh.  7:  7.  <^^?,!^.  ib."2  lsa.  1  :  31.  Hhirik  may.  how- 
ever, remain  short,  e.  g.  "^np.  rujya,  l"!"^*  Job  6:  22,  particularly  if  a 
DaL'liesh  forte  has  been  omitted  Horn  the  guttural,  e.g.  <"iEx:  Jer.  3:8, 
thouirh  even  in  this  case  the  assimilation  sometimes  takes  place,  e.  g. 
f\-or}l  Gen.  30:30  fnr  ^":n"',  fiAnx  Judg.  5:28  for  liRx.  If  a  vowel  has 
been  rejected  from  the  Inrrn,  (lie  cnrrespondinff  Hhateph  is  senerally  pre- 
ferred, e.g.  ciss  from  ~tv.  n-i-nn.  ""^nrri  Exek.  16:33.  "'xn  Gen. 
16:13;  is-^rn  l  'i<in.  13  :  20  from  a'-^i;n  ;  '"z-'^n  Gen.  37  :  22  from  S-ifi. 
There  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same  word  being  variously  written 
in  liiis  respect,  e.  g.   ""inx   Ruth  3 :  15,   ^iTinx  Cant.  2 :  15 ;  iH'nxn'j   and 


1 


§  61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  83 

sinnxn-;  Isa.  44:  13  ;  *l"'2'i^n  Job  16:  16  (K'ri  in  some  copies),  *l'^ai^n  Lam. 
1 :  20.'  iix/n  Isa.  52  :  li,  'inxn  1  Sam.  28  :  14. 

c.  Betbre  another  guttural  the  compound  Sh'va  is  frequently  re- 
placed by  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  e.g.  ~y^i!:<2  for  "TL^^ri,  'inT'J^n 
jbr  ■'n'T'Sn  ,  D3"'fiNri  for  csTiNri. ;  and  occasionally  under  X  by  a  long 
vowel  before  other  letters  as  wel!  as  gutturals,  or  by  a  short  vowel  with 
Daghesh.  e.  g.  ^""'i^i^  for  c^rx,  T^nnnx,  C^iix  for  D^ix ,  "liTX  Ibr  -liix , 
"lex  for  "05*.  This  disposition  to  render  the  gutturals  more  audible  by  the 
aid  of  a  vowel  is  further  shown  by  their  attracting  to  themselves  the 
vowel  of  another  letter,  particularly  in  triliteral  monosyllables,  e.  g.  V^l 
for -J-jl  ("li),  "i^n.  ribj.  L^i'o.  rnp  2  Kin.  12:9,  c'x3  for  TTxa,  -xaj 
also'  "li^-ip  Ex.  2:20  for  ;(X'np' Ruth'l  :  20,  ^innxn  Prov.'l :  22  (or  ^in.xn, 
!in3=Nn  .Job  20:  26  for  ^nB^xn,  D-nyoNI  Zech.  7 :  14  for  ciyoNi ,  and  by 
their  sometimes  causing  an  antecedent  or  accompanying  vowel  to  be  re- 
tained where  analogy  would  require  its  rejection,  e.  g.  "^NCii^  for  ''i<2'iy 
from  xii^,  "^X'^d.  ■'?9^,  ■'^"'"5  find  "D^"©,  c^n^inS  from  1^3  comp'. 
1.  a.  (4),  ^ni<:i:a-;  Deut.  32:10j  rrnrri,  r^rpi .' 

4.  An  incapacity  for  being  doubled,  whence  they  never 
receive  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  previous  syllable  thus  becom- 
ing a  simple  one,  its  vowel  is  generally  lengthened,  §  59,  a  to 
a,  I  to  c,  a  to  0,  e.  g.  'jxri  for  liri ,  i;&i2  for  ]s<^ ,  tjnn;'  for 

a.  Sometimes  an  intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2.  is  formed,  and  the  vowel 
remains  .short.  (1)  This  is  commonly  the  case  before  n,  frequently  be- 
fore n,  less  often  before  ".  rarely  before  X,  never  before  1,  e.g.  Dns, 
sihij.  ~ri^,  -"n  •  I''*?-  (2)  It  is  more  likely  to  occur  in  the  body  of  a  word 
than  alter  a  prefix,  e.  g.  ''Vhr]1  Ps.  119:43  from  bn^,  but  pbn;;  Job  38:24 
from  p^n  .  (3)  When  the  guttural  comes  to  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word 
the  short  vowel  is  often  resumed,  e.  g.  -"nriri  Prov.  22  :  24  from  ni'^nn,  nyn 
Ps.  141:8  from  nnr^n  but  ijrn  Deut.  2:9.  There  are  a  very  kw  in- 
stances in  which  Daghesh-forte  is  found  in  i,  e.  g.  1\^"^  n'n3  Ezek.  16:  4, 
nti^  Prov.  14:  10,  "TnJSi^'a  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  editions),  iq^Td  Cant. 
5:2,  see  also  §24.  6.        '    ' 

§01.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  gives  rise  to  the 
following  vowel  changes,  viz.  : 

1.  When  tAvo  vowelless  letters  come  together  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  syllable  in  contravention  of  the  law  in  §  18,  the 
impossible  combination  is  relieved  by  giving  to  the  first  of 
them  a  short  voAvel.  This,  if  there  be  no  reason  for  prefer- 
ring another,  will  be  the  briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  e.  g. 


84  OllTIiUGllAl'lIY.  ^61 

''nn'1  for  ''"inn ,  nina  for  1273 ,  ^prn  for  ^prn .  If  a  vowel  has 
IxH'ii  omitted  from  the  word,  the  coiTcsponding  short  vowel 
is  rrc(|ucntly  employed,  e.  g.  ^ipi?  for  ^d)^  from  i^i2  {t^'Q); 
"ibia  from  1^'^ ;  "'linn  from  ban  ,  ^zu";  for  ^zh-^  from  ]n^ .  Or 
if  011c  of  the  consonants  be  a  guttural,  the  vowel  mostly  con- 
forms to  tlie  compound  Sh'va,  wliich  it  has  or  niiglit  have, 
e.  ff.  ^"^2:7  for  "'"ay ,  ^pTn^  for  ^PTn*^ ,  "ibnb  for  ^bn: ,  lEnb  for 
nsnb ,  ?]b:pD  for  TjbyD . 

a.  Vav  before  a  gntfnral  follows  the  rule  just  given;  before  "^j  and 
Eomelimes  before  n  or  n  ibllowed  by  ^ ,  it  takes  Hliirik;  before  other 
vowelless  letters  it  gives  up  its  consonant  sound  and  quiesoes  in  its  homo- 
geneous vowel  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (I),  thus  -ins?.:;  .  "n-ii ,  rnn  and  n^^*^ ,  =ibq, 

b.  In  Iriliteral  nionosyllab!(>s  or  final  syllables  with  the  vowel  Pattahh, 
the  first  letter  sometimes  receives  an  accented  Seghol.  to  wliic-h  the  fol- 
lowing Pattahh  is  then  assimilated,  e.  g.  rrs  for  C;r3  construct  of  CDS, 
P2liTD'2  tor  rsb^Q-Q  ,  the  Seghols  being  liable  to  be  changed  to  Pattahhs  by 
the  presence  of  a  guttural  rnC'r'a  for  rnQ\^"^  . 

c.  In  =ixs^  Gen.  32:20  for  C25<s^  the  vowelless  letters  belong  to 
different  syllables,  and  the  introduction  of  the  new  vowel  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  lengthen  the  one  before  it. 

2.  Although  two  vowelless  letters  are  admissible  at  the 
end  of  a  word,  §18,  the  harshness  of  the  combhiation  is 
commonly  relieved  by  the  insertion  of  Seghol,  e.  g.  an'i  for 
31? ,  rob  for  Psb  .  If  either  letter  is  a  guttural,  Pattahh  is 
mostly  used  instead,  e.  g.  nii ,  b:^D,  "jn? .  If  either  letter  is 
"•,  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hliirik  is  used;  if  the  second  letter 
is  1,  it  will  rest  in  Slmrek,  §57.  2.  (4.),  e.  g.  n-^a,  '^bs,  inn, 
but  n-,Tb . 

a.  When  the  penultimate  letter  is  M  or  n.  it  in  a  few  instances  takes 
Seghol.  as  bnx.  'p'i .  nn"i.  cnn.  When  the  final  letter  is  X,  it  either 
remains  otiant,  §16.  or  requires  Seghol.  Nvr.  N"!^;; ,  X"!/;,  S<"!B  ;  a  penulti- 
mate !!<  either  quiesces  in  the  antecedent  vowel  or  attracts  it  to  itself, 
§60.  3.  c.  nx^V  rxb  or  ns<b,  rxi.  The  alternate  mode  of  facilitating 
the  pronunciation  of  gutturals  before  a  vowelless  letter  at  the  end  of  a 
word  by  means  of  Pattahh  furtive,  has  been  explained  §60.  2. 

3.  AVhen  the  same  letter  is  repeated  with  or  without  a 
nuitable  vowel  intervening,  there  is  often  a  contraction  into 


§  61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  85 

one  doubled  letter,  and  the  vowel  is  rejected  or  thrown  back 
upon  the  preceding  consonant,  e.  g.  ^30';'  for  ^^^0'!' ,  ^o;"  for 
22D^  (Daghesh-forte  disappearing  at  the  end  of  the  word), 
nb  for  33^,  ^32^^^  Job  31  :  15  for  ^23:13;'  (see  4.  below);  if 
another  consonant  immediately  follow  the  contracted  letters, 
a  diphthongal  vowel  ^..  or  i  maybe  inserted  to  render  the  re- 
duplication more  audible  and  prevent  the  concurrence  of 
three  consonants,  "^i^iSD ,  ro'^^Dn. 

4.  In  accented  syllables  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  and  0 
are  employed  before  two  consonants  or  a  doubled  consonant 
in  preference  to  the  pure  I  and  tl,  e.  g.  ^"'pn,  n:nffin;  D^p, 
ni-Qp ;  5^t3]pn ,  npbppn ,  so  "'Son ,  -jt^p ,  '^^^^.  ■  This  is  still  the 
case  when  at  the  end  of  a  word  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or  Pattahh 
has  been  inserted  between  the  letters  (according  to  2.),  e.  g. 
122:: ,  i?6 ,  b^'6,  nppia  from  P^'^i'^'Q ,  or  the  reduplication  of  the 
doubled  letter  is  no  longer  heard  aud  the  Daghesh-forte  does 
not  appear,  §  25,  e.  g.  ^n  comp.  b'^tspn . 

a.  The  vowel  e  is  in  like  circumstances  often  reduced  to  one  ofits  con- 
stituents a.  e.  Q,  ^ribiiprt  from  ^"'i^Ji^n ,  "'n^i?!^  from  ^ap ,  f^?=^n  from  ~^n, 
n3"i^'n .  nD"^3tri.  Il^pn,  and  occasionally  to  its  other  constituent  /,  e.  g. 
nnd'Tiprn  from  i^^^i^rrt  ,  cn":3-i";i  from  rn;.  The  only  example  of  Shurek 
in  a  Segholate  form  is  DiiVJri  Lev.  5  :  21. 

5.  In  unaccented  syllables  l  and  u  are  preferred  to  c  and 
u  before  doubled  letters,  "ns ,  "^ris ;  -nn ,  '^nn ;  tiiDr\  from 
ncn ;  29^^ ,  '^230;' ;  m-Q  comp.  b-jpr: ,  -pn ,  •'pn ,  though  such 
forms  as  "'pin,  ?i"^ ,  ^"^13,  n'n'a  likewise  occur. 

6.  A  vowel  is  occasionally  given  to  a  final  consonant  to 
soften  the  termination  of  the  word,  and  make  the  transition 
easier  to  the  initial  consonant  of  that  which  follow^s ;  thus, 
^"^,  "b^?;  "r^r^  for  nSs;  nn,  nrin;  b^,  nbk;  ^x,  nrx;  ^sn, 
•'ish;  m:p2,  ^m^'O;  ni:n,  ihrn;  itiss  Ex.  15:10;  ^^^P?? 

Ex.  15:5. 

a.  These  paragogic  vowels  have  established  themselves  in  the  cur- 
rent forms   of  certain  words,  as  <^5^^,  '"153^!,  '^k'k  1  "^i^-i  ''H^.  >  '''k  ■     But, 


86  oiiTiiouuAi'iiv.  §02 

with  these  oxccpiions,  lln'v  ;iri;  cliiflly  limtul  in  porlry.  Tlie  vowels  "^  . 
and  i  lire  mostly  atiaclitd  to  words  in  wliat  is  calltd  llie  coiistrui-t  state, 
n  to  words  in  tlu;  ahsolutr;  and  all  of  tluMn  to  tiie  reniinine  eiuiiiig  P. 
Examples  of  "i :  i:3  Num.  23:  IS.  2J:3.  15,  if.^n  several  time.s  "^i'r-:  Ps. 
114:8.  Examples  ol'  "^ . :  •'n:nx  Hos.  10  :  11.  •'npx  Gen.  49:11.  •'iz  il.id., 
•^n::a  Gen.  31:39,  T^^-n  I'e.  110:4.  -=sn  I's.  114:8.  -rr-;  Ps.  123  :lj 
\n-3;'3  Ps.  113:5,  "^^'s^^  ver.  0,  ■'i"'P^  ver.  7,  "i:"'»i'*n  ver.  8,  ''i:"'cia 
ver.  9,  ■'PX^'p  Isa.  1  :21,  "'■S^SJ  Ex.  15:6,  ^^iv  Zecli.  11:  17.  -ra")  Lam! 
1  :  1,  ""ny^  ibid.,  "^bri-  Dent.  33  :  16.  It  is  also  attached  to  the  first  member 
of  the  compound  in  many  ])ro|)er  names,  e.g.  -X"'"i:5,  p"i:i:"'25r ,  to  certain 
particles,  as  ■'ri^3  .  "rV';  "'r'r  •  'i''^'  perhaps  to  such  participial  forms  as 
■'nsi-'  Jer.  22  :  23.  Ofn  ^ :  rtrh'ii  Ex.  15  :  16.  n:f-.i<  Isa.S  :  23.  Job  .34  :  13, 
37  :  12.  niD-in  JmL'.  14  :  IS,  nr^vr^  Ps.  3  :  3.  80  :  3,  Jon.  2:10.  ns-^  almo.st 
constantly.  rir'_iz  P.s.  116:  15.  n;n:  Num.  34  :  5,  Ps.  124 :  4.  rir'i'v  Ps.  92: 16 
(K'ri).  125  :  3.' Ezek.  28  :  15.  Hos.  10:  13,  nrVb  Job  5:  16.  nr'^iiv  Ps.  44:27, 
63:8,  94:  17,  nnb"  Job  10:22,  nrirn  Josh!  19:43,  Judg.  iV:  1.  and  regu- 
larly in  the  third  person  feminine  of  the  preterite  of  nb  verbs.  In 
modern  Per.-ian  i  is  similarly  appended  to  nouns  in  close  connection  with  a 
following  word,  to  remove  the  obstruction  of  the  final  consonant  and  serve 
as  a  uniting  link. 

§  G2.  The  changes  due  to  the  mflucnce  of  vowels  may 
arise  from  their  conciuTeiice  or  proxitnil:y. 

1.  Conciirrmg  vowels  may  coalesce;  a  uniting  with  a 
forms  a,  uniting  with  i  or  u  it  forms  the  diphthongal  e  or  o, 
e.  g.  niscn  Neh.  3:13  from  n-Ersn  after  the  rejection  of  x 
l)y  §  53.  2.  ^j ;  ri*'^  after  the  softening  of  "^  to  i  becomes  it'3  ; 
inScp  l)y  the  rejection  of  n  becomes  i^VP ;  "^""C  prefixed  to 
proper  names  is  from  ^rr;   for  in!' ,  §  57.  2  (4). 

2.  One  of  them  may  be  hardened  into  its  corresponding 
semi-vowel ;  ^  "^  .  with  /  "^  may  form  I  '^  ,,  or  the  first  I  may 
be  changed  to  7//,  which,  upon  the  reduplication  of  the  "^  to 
presen'e  the  brevity  of  the  antecedent  vowel,  §  24.  3,  becomes 
■'r .,  e.  g.  ■'"iny  with  D'«  .  becomes  o^nny  or  u^^'}^:^ .  So,  ■•.  be- 
fore ri  ^  forms  t^^  _,  and  before  i  forms  i^.,  e.g.  nHny, 
ni''"iny ;  in  like  manner  i  is  changed  before  i  into  ilr,  form- 
ing ii.  ,  which,  by  §  50.  3,  becomes  i'^.^  ,  e.  g.  n-iip^ ,  by  the 
substitution  of  ni  for  n  ,  ri^rbia .  /  n  followed  by  u  i  forms 
Iv,  ir-ppbt-^p ,  rnb-Jp ;  in^s  ,  vd;  Tipttn  for  vb^n  Josh.  14  :  8. 
JJ  "• ..  before  i  ■>  .  or  ii  i  is  resolved  into  aj/,  which,  joined  with 
tlie  appropriate  semi-vowels,  becomes  "i .  and  V,,  the  virtual 


§  63  VOAVEL    CHANGES.  87 

reduplication  of  the  final  consonant  in  tlie  one  case  preserv- 
ing the  short  vowel,  which  is  lengthened  in  the  other ;  thus 
*ic^D  with  "^ .  becomes  '^piD ,  and  with  ^n ,  T'D^d  .  The  same 
resolution  of  "^ ..  occurs  before  final  tj,  forming  ^^ .,  and  by 
§  Gl.  2  T.  -,  thus  ''ni:?2  with  tf  becomes  ll'^^rj^ . 

a.  Grammarians  have  disputed  whether  in  such  words  as  n-^ia^, 
ri'ib^a  the  point  in  ">  is  Daghesh-forte  or  Mappik,  §26,  and  accordingly 
whetlier  they  are  to  be  read  ibhrii/ijlin,  nialkhuyijolh.  or  ibkiltjlm^ 
malkhuyolh.  If  the  exphmation  given  above  be  correct,  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte  Conservative.   Comp.  n;^p,  D^p  . 

b.  Such  forms  as  "^■^'^S.  i"''^?,  ^7"'S  from  "'"iQ  are  only  apparent  excep- 
tions to  tlie  above  rules.  The  word  is  properly  '['"^Q  ,  and  to  this  the  addi- 
tions are  made,  the  auxiliary  Hhirik  being  dropped  with  the  cessation  of 
the  cause  from  which  it  originated,  §57.  2.  (4).  In  D"'i<"'ri"i:y  2  Cliron.  17:11 
from  ■'ri'^?  and  Q^  _  the  vowels  are  kept  separate  by  an  interposed  X. 

c.  In  words  of  nb  formation,  such  as  no;',  ib",  D'^UJS''  li-om  Pics'  and 
n^,  i,  C  ,  it  might  appear  as  though  one  vowel  were  rejected  before 
another.  But  the  correct  explanation  is  that  "^  is  the  true  final  radical, 
and  the  forms  above  given  are  tor  Pi'^J",  "1"'^',  C'-^L'S'  (like  cbiip)  iVom 
which  1  is  rejected  by  §53.  3.  In  the  same  way  ^h'J.  ^-'j^%  etc.,  IVora  nil's 
are  for  l^tyj? .  ?]yvi32.''.  In  such  alternate  forms  as  n^ns  from  nnb.  the  radi- 
cal "^  is  retained  by  preserving  the  antecedent  vowel,  which,  before 
Daghesh-forte  Conservative,  becomes  Hhirik,  §61.  5. 

§63.  The  following  euphonic  changes  are  attributable  to 
the  proximity  of  vowels,  viz.  : 

1.  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  is  often  changed  to  Seghol 
if  another  a  follows,  and  the  same  change  sometimes  occurs 
after  a  guttural  if  another  a  precedes. 

The  particular  cases  are  the  following  -. 

a.  When  (_)  stands  before  a  guttural  with  (^)  always  before  n,  e.g. 
sni-i  for:nn,  r^rpz-Q  Prov.  21:22.  csnn.  Ti^nsn  (also  when  n  has 
Hhateph  Kamets,  e.g.  Q-^rnnn .  Ti'-^nn  Judg.  9:9),  often  before  n  and  3J , 
particularly  if  it  receives  the  secondary  accent,  e.g.  D'^'j^v!  'or  D"'~nn, 
nanb  but  r::nb,  siinqin;  n^rn,  n-^r  rns.  rarely  before  x  and  "i,  n-ih 
Geii'.'  14:10,  nisss  Neh.  9 :'  18,  26'  but  :iTi-;sx=  Ezek.  35 :  12. 

b.  When  (  )  before  a  guttural  is  followed  by  another  consonant  wiAh 
(-)  Of  (J  ^■^n!!;  ^'^ni  ^"t  *'''"n^-  ^snj  but  nxsnj,  xiin;;,  once  before 
the  liquid  b,  e.g.  ?jb2X  Ex.  33:3  lor  ^^=^1  ai'd  o^f-e  before  3,  e.g. 
nirnb  (br  nisnb. 

c.  In  ^^'I'P.V,  1  Sam.  28:15  and  the  combination  'i?l  C^l>J  a  similar 
change  takes  place  after  a  guttural  to  prevent  the  repetition  of  the  vowel 
a;  so  in  niffi'i'i  Ps.  20:4,  and  njXT  n^X  alter  the  liquid  3. 


88  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  04,  65. 

2.  Pattahli  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  a  following 
Seghol,  or  to  a  preceding  Kaniets  or  Tsere. 

u.  Tlic  apsiniihitioii  to  (..)  takes  jilacc  regularly  in  what  are  called 
Segiiolate  forms,  in  which  an  auxiliary  Seghol  lias  by  §61.  2  been  intro- 
duced between  two  vowelless  letters.  T\\;u  lorT\^h,  S'l'J  for  S"!'^ ,  7")X  for 
y^iit ,  but  r"3  .  nro  ;  only  before  1.  which  can  combine  with  a  and  not 
with  e,  a  is  retained  and  lengthened  to  (J  by  §59,  "(."[JJ,  T('.rj.  Rarely  in 
other  cases  c'z-jl  lor  c="i^,  where  the  change  is  facilitated  by  the  pre- 
ceding "•. 

6.  The  assimilation  to  (J  occurs  in  a  few  cases  after  a  guttural  with  n 
prefixed,  c.  g.  nrn  tbr  crn,  irn  for  "^nri .  V^xn  for  y^xn . 

c.  The  assimilation  to  (  )  occurs  in  the  Kal  future  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs 
where  the  alternate  forms  are  -t|^  and  "f^p"'?- 

^  64.  The  following  vowel  changes  are  due  to  the  accent, 
viz.  : 

1.  If  a  long  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  be  deprived  of  its 
accent,  it  will  be  shortened,  §18,  e.g.  i^irn,  iT2irn;  nb;- , 
Syt- ;  ^tr,  Di?t'5;  ^^V-}  "^J?,-  • 

a.  If  a  vowel  preceding  MaUkeph  is  incapable  of  being  shortened,  it 
will  receive  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  agreeably  to  §43. 

2.  The  accent  prefers  to  be  immediately  preceded  by  a 
simple  syllable  and  a  long  vowel.  Accordingly  an  antece- 
dent vowelless  letter  often  receives  what  may  be  called  a  pre- 
tonic  vowel.  This  is  connnonly  the  simplest  of  the  long 
vowels  0,  e.  g.  ^t:ip ,  3c;' ,  r.npb ,  I^S-n^) ,  occasionally  e,  e.  g. 
^p.: ,  ™i? ,  1^1^,: ,  1^i35?p ,  i-arely  0,  e.  g.  )r\'::j:'j .  Such  a 
vowel  is  sometimes  inserted,  even  though  a  pre-existing 
mixed  syllable  is  thercliy  destroyed,  e.  g.  in  the  plurals  of 
Scgholatcs  and  of  feminine  nouns  derived  fi'om  them,  D"'i^'9 
from  i^'Q,  n-Db)a  from  r\2b)2 . 

§65.  The  special  emphasis,  with  which  the  last  word  of 
a  clause  is  dwelt  upon,  gives  rise  to  certain  vowel  changes 
in  connection  with  the  pause  accents,  §86.  2.  «.  These  are 
(1)  lengthening  short  vowels,  viz.,  (.)  and  not  infrequently 
(.,)  which  has  arisen  from  (.)  to  (J,  e.  g.  "it^^,  ^^^ ;  ^^^^ , 
pzrr ;  f -^s  ,  }"^s  ;    "12^ ,  127 ,  and  bringing   back   Kamets 


§  G6  VOWEL    CHANGES.  89 

Hhatupli  shortened  from  Hholem  to  its  original  length  fT59H, 
nb^n .  (2)  Restoring  vowels  which  have  been  dropped 
in  the  course  of  inflection,  e.  g.  ^^ny ,  ^12V ;  ^nsn ,  ^nn'^ ; 
^i'ay ,  l"by ,  (3)  Changing  simple  Sh'va  in  triliteral  sylla- 
bles and  before  the  suffix  ^  to  Seghol,  e.  g.  ^^''2 ,  "n^n ;  '^n^ , 
"^n^ ;  uysi ,  DD^ .  (4)  Changing  compound  Sh'va  to  the  cor- 
responding long  vowel,  e.  g.  ''iii;,  'i;n  ;  "^in  (i^i^n),  ^2?n  j  ^Sn  ^ 
^bh.  ' 

a.  Pattfihh  sometimes  remains  without  change,  e.g.  13  Ps.  132:12, 
Fi"i2'n  2  Sam.  2:27,  ^jbs:  Jer.  7:10,  "n^n  Prov.  1^0:9,  •^nprniJ  Job  34:5, 
fn^^S  Neh.  5:14.  Seghol  more  frequently,  'r^^^.,  p'i,^_.  en]?,  T^i^  and 
Tp.'n  .  Long  vowels  are  mostly  unaltered;  only  Tsere  is  in  mixed  syllables 
occasionally  changed  to  Pattahh.  e.g.  :Tnn  Isa.  18:5  lor  "^t^i^..  so  J^dn 
Isa.  42:22,  :-sn  Gen.  17:14,  bm^l  Gen.  21:8,  T^J!:  Gen.  25:34,  which, 
in  one  word  of  Segholate  formation,  is  converted  to  Seghol,  e.g.  S^^. , 
Slav  Where  the  same  word  has  alternate  forms,  one  is  sometimes  se- 
lected as  the  ordinary  and  the  other  as  the  pausal  form,  thus  ysn^  ,  ^BH";; 
u:in^,  '<i."3"::;  ^''^'^?!  "Q'^? ;  "'r^^=''^\  •'"'^"^i'^  CJen.  43:14;  'iz-i'i  Eccl. 
12:11,  :{^-:7  1  Sam.  r3:21;  T3>,  :  Tjs  Gen.  49:3.  rsin .  n3"i;p  Lev. 
26:34,  35;  wt'S"',  >i::i:3"' .  Sometimes,  instead  of  changing  the  Sh'va  be- 
fore V|  to  Seghol,  its  vowel  is  shifted  thus  Tja.  ~3 ;  -b.  T^B-^,,  ~rx ,  and  in 
Ex.  29 :  35  •"'^f^i^.  The  position  of  the  pause  accent,  so  far  as  it  differs 
from  that  of  the  ordinary  accent,  has  been  e.\plained  §35.  2. 

6.  Of  the  pause  accents,  or  those  which  mark  the  limits  of  clauses  and 
sections,  the  first  class,  viz..  Silluk,  Athnahh,  and  Merka  with  Mahpakh, 
almost  always  give  rise  to  the  vowel  changes  which  have  been  described; 
the  second  and  third  classes.  S'^holta,  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakepii  Gadhol, 
R'bhi"  and  Shalsheleth,  e.  g.  V:n:Dl  Isa.  13:  8.  do  so  frequently  ;  the  fourth 
class.  Pa zer,  e.g.  2  Kin.  3:25,'Prov.  30:4,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  e.g. 
Ezek.  20  :  21,  but  seldom.  Pausal  forms  are  occasionally  found  with  other 
Disjunctives,  thus,  Tiphhha  i:bn  Deut.  13:5,  Pashta  Ji-iacn  ibid.,Geresh 
r^'lj  Ezek.  40:  4.  and  even  with  Conjunctives,  e.  g.  "iix  Isa.  49:  18,  nV^'^n 
Ezek.  17  :  15,  >iuia  2  Chron.  29  :  31. 

^66.  1.  The  shortening  and  lengthening  of  words  has  an 
effect  upon  their  vowels.     The  shortening  may  take  place 
(1)  At  the  end  of  a  word  by  the  rejection  of  a  vowel. 

This  occurs  only  with  (..)  or  (  .)  in  certain  forms  of  fib  verbs,  e.  g.b?.ri  from 
nlsjri,  i^^^  for  n|i:iii,  in-;']  l  Sam.  21 :  14  for  HflP'^i,  PiajiT.  for  nn;!:fi .  In 
the  last  two  examples  the  short  vowel  is  lengthened  upon  its  receiving  the 
accent,  comp.  §64.1.  If  the  rejected  vowel  was  preceded  by  two  con- 
sonants, these  will  now  stand  toirether  at  the  end  of  the  word,  and  be  lia- 
ble to  the  changes  described  §61.  2,  e.  g.  r|"]ii  for  ME'^n  . 


90  ORTIIOiiRAlMlV.  ^GG 

{'2)  111  the  body  of  a  word  by  shortening  a  long  vowel  in 
a  mixod  sy]hil)lc,  which  luiist,  of  course,  be  the  one  bearing 
the  accent,  ^32.  1,  or  rejecting  a  long  vowel  in  a  simple  syl- 
hible  before  the  accent  (the  pretoiiic  vowel,  §04.  '2),  ^i"l, 

nn7;    ?I572,    r\^;    TEt;p'2;    TT^p^  . 

a.  Tliis  is  in  fr^^'ieral  the  only  reduction  possible.  Tlie  vowel  of  a 
mixed  s^ylluhle.  ifsliort  already,  is  capable  of  no  further  abbreviation;  and 
it  cannot  1)0  rejected,  or  there  would  be  a  concurrence  of  vowelless  con- 
sonants which  the  lantruiige  seeks  to  avoid  (~S"n  Prov.  30:6  is  an  excep- 
tion). And  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable,  il"  short,  must  linve  the  accent, 
§32.  1,  which  preserves  it  from  rejection.  The  changes  above  recited  are 
confined  to  the  Inst  two.  or,  in  case  the  accent  is  upon  the  penult,  the  last 
three  sylhil)lcs  of  the  word;  for  the  antecedent  portions  of  polysyllables 
are  already  abbreviated  to  the  utmost.  Contractions  due  to  the  peculiari- 
ties of  certain  letters,  as  the  gutturals  and  quiescents,  which  have  been 
before  explained,  are  not  here  taken  info  the  account,  e.g.  ?'2"j,  55SUJ ; 

b.  Where  the  last  vowel  cannot  be  shortened,  it  sometimes  experiences 
a  change  of  quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal,  such  as  is  produced  by  the 
pressure  of  two   following  consonants,  §61.4,  e.g.  ^"''^37,  ^"n^^^  ;  i^'cin, 

2.  If  a  word  be  lengthened  by  additions  at  the  end,  its 
vowels  are  liable  to  changes  in  consequence, 

(1)  Such  iidditions  create  a  tendency  to  shorten  the  pre- 
vious part  of  the  word  in  the  manner  just  described.  For 
the  normal  length  of  words  in  Hebrew  being  dissyllabic,  the 
genius  of  the  language  is  opposed  to  transcending  this  limit 
any  further  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  If  the  addition  is 
not  of  sufHcient  weight  to  affect  the  position  of  the  accent, 
no  abbnniation  results.  But  if  it  is  of  weight  enouo-h  to 
remove  the  accent,  an  abbreviation  follows  if  it  is  possible  for 
one  to  be  made,  e.g.  ni-^,  D^^i^ ,  D^^'^n'i  for  Dz-':>ni  by 
§01.1. 

(2)  They  produce  changes  in  an  ultimate  mixed  syllable. 
If  the  apper.dage  begin  with  a  consonant,  the  antecedent 
vowel  will  now  be  succeeded  by  two  consonants  and  be  liable 
to  the  changes  consequent  ujmn  such  a  ])osition,  §G1.  4,  e.  g. 
5^?rt:pi?  from  ^^'^Ti^ ;  "rrp  from  07 ;  "^p'ryp^  from  ^''wpn ; 


^6Q 


VOWEL    CHANGES. 


91 


"•rbiop  from  ^tip? .  If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  vowel,  it 
will  attach  itself  to  the  final  consonant,  which  will  in  conse- 
quence be  drawn  away  from  its  own  syllable  to  begin  the  new 
one.     This  may  occasion  the  following  changes  : 

(a)  If  the  precedhig  vowel  is  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or 
Pattahh,  introduced  to  facilitate  the  pronunciation  of  the 
second  of  two  vowelless  consonants,  -^  61.  2,  it  will  be  rejected, 
inasnnich  as  it  is  no  longer  required  for  this  purpose,  e.  g. 
13^^  from  i^"^  ,  i-Hnp  from  nnb . 

(6)  If  it  be  a  short  vowel,  it  must  either  be  lengthened 
to  adapt  it  to  the  simple  syllable  in  which  it  now  stands,  or 
rejected  on  account  of  the  disposition  to  abbreviate  words 
upon  their  receiving  accessions  at  the  end,  e.  g.  •^^'^I?  and 
S^i-jj^  from  >t3jp .  The  cases  are  very  rare  in  which  a  short 
vowel  remains  unchanged  in  consequence  of  its  having  the 
accent,  §  IS.  2,  e.  g.  rnirc  1  Kin.  19:15  from  lania,  nb^irn 
Ezek.  8  :  2  from  >^t^"n . 

(c)  If  it  be  a  long  vowel,  it  may  be  rejected,  as  '^'^Pp^ 
from  btijp^ ,  ''is'a  from  c© ,  or  retained  either  unaltered,  as 
ni'Q'ipn  from  D^pn,  ^b^txi  froml^irti,  or  with  a  change  of 
quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal  or  the  reverse,  n^in^  from 
pin^ ,  "^nS^c:  from  ^'^h: ,  ^;i2pn  from  D^j?n ,  D^hbt^  from  taiSs . 

TABLE  SHOWING  THE  CHARACTER  AND  AFFINITIES  OF  THE  VOWELS 
2\.i\L)  THE  ORDINARY  LIMITS  UF  EUPHONIC  CHANGES. 


QUALITY. 


Guttural,  . 
Palatal,     . 

Labial,     . 


Long. 


a 


,  pure 

i  dipldhoyigal  B 

\  pure  I 

C  diphthongal  o 

( pure  u 


PAET  SECOXD. 

ETYMOLOGY. 
Roots  of  Words. 

§G7.  Etymoi.<dgy  treats  of  the  various  kinds  of  words, 
tlieir  foriiiation  and  inflections.  Three  successive  stages  are 
here  to  be  distinguished.  The  first  is  the  root  or  radical 
portion  of  words.  This  embraces  those  fundamental  sounds, 
in  which  the  essential  idea  originally  inheres.  Roots  do 
not  enter,  in  their  nude  or  primitive  form,  into  the  current 
use  of  language,  but  they  constitute  the  basis  upon  which  aU 
actually  occurring  words,  with  the  exception  of  the  inorganic 
interjections,  are  constructed.  The  second  stage  is  the  word 
itself  in  its  simple  uninflected  state  ;  this  is  formed,  if  a  prim- 
itive, directly  from  the  root,  if  a  derivative,  from  a  pre-existing 
primitive,  by  certain  changes  or  additions,  which  serve  to  con- 
vert the  radical  idea  into  the  precise  conception  intended, 
which  is  as  yet,  howevei-,  expressed  absolutely.  The  third 
and  only  remaining  stage  is  the  word  as  it  appears  in  the  ac- 
tual utterances  of  speech,  so  modified  by  inflections  as  to 
suggest  the  definite  qualifications  of  the  idea,  such  as  the 
tense  of  verbs,  the  gender  and  number  of  nouns,  and  the  de- 
gree of  adjectives,  or  its  relations  whether  of  agreement  or 
subordination,  such  as  the  persons  and  modes  of  verbs  and 
the  cases  of  nouns. 

^  08.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  most  lauGruaGfes,  two 
classes  of  roots,  which  may  be  denominated  respectively  pro- 


^  68  HOOTS  or  words,  93 

nominal  find  verbal.  Pronominal  roots  form  the  basis  of  such 
words  as  express  the  relations  of  things  to  the  speaker  or  to 
one  another,  viz.,  pronouns  and  certain  prepositions,  adverbs, 
and  other  particles.  From  verbal  roots,  w^hicli  are  by  far 
the  more  numerous,  spring  words  expressive  of  ideas,  viz., 
verbs,  nouns,  and  such  particles  as  are  derived  from  them. 
Verbal  roots  consist  exclusively  of  consonantSj  and  are  almost 
invariably  triliteral.  The  introduction  of  a  vowel  or  vowels, 
even  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing  them,  destroys  their  abstract 
radical  character,  and  converts  them  into  specific  words  of 
this  or  that  description.  Nevertheless,  for  reasons  of  conve- 
nience, the  letters  of  the  root  are  usually  pronounced  by  the 
aid  of  the  vowels  belonging  to  them  in  the  simplest  form  of 
the  corresponding  verb,  which  is  mostly  the  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  preterite,  e.  g.  'tDj5 ,  1\^'q .  This  must  not  be 
suffered,  however,  to  lead  to  the  confusion  of  identifying 
that  particular  verbal  form  with  the  proper  radical,  nor  of 
supposing  the  verb  to  be  the  radical  part  of  speech  from 
which  nouns  in  all  cases  are  derived :  verbs  and  nouns  are 
rather  to  be  regarded  as  co-ordinate  branches  springing  from 
a  common  root. 


a.  The  few  quadriliterals  and  quinqueliterals  which  occur  are  mostly 
formed  from  pre-existing  triliterals  by  the  addition  of  a  weak  letter,  or  a 
letter  similar  to  one  of  the  original  radicals,  e.  g.  CD"i3  to  lay  waste  comp. 
CDS;  C]"!:]  to  hum  comp.  rji'J ;  nE>~iO  a  branch  comp.  f^erp  ;  CCrnb 
thoughts  comp.  CESrb ;  a'^iid  a  sceptre  comp.  I32'b ;  'ixVr  tranquil 
comp.  "(ix.iy;  f'iJ'^O  to  spread  comp.  'CJ'^S  ;  or  by  blending  two  ditlerent 
roots,  e.g.  ^"Si?."!  to  he  fresh  composed  of  -lST  and  iTStJ  ;  "^b^^s  a.  certain 
one  =  ■'itbs  "^i'^S  ;  S'niES  a  frog  from  ^EIS  to  leap  rn^n  (in  Arabic)  a 
marsh.  Some,  which  are  not  thus  reducible,  may  perhaps  be  of  foreign 
origin. 

b.  Many  of  the  triliteral  roots  appear  to  be  based  upon  pre-existing 
biliterals.  Thus,  the  cognates  ITJ,  Ms,  tn,  nn,  ns,  T^a ,  have  in  com- 
mon the  two  letters  1J  with  the  associated  idea  of  cutting.  §50.3.  The 
fi*equent  examples  of  this  description,  together  with  the  fact  of  the  exist- 
ence of  a  few  biliterals,  e.  g.  SX  father,  PIK  brother,  CX  mother,  have 
suggested  the  thought  that  the  ultimate  roots  may  in  all  cases  have  been 
biliterals,  and  that  the  triliterals  were  a  secondary  formation.  Various  in- 
genious but  unsuccessful  attempts  have  been  made  to  demonstrate  this 


94  r.TY.MOI.OGY,  ^  09 

posilion  liy  an  arlnal  analysis,  and  to  cirirt  thft  rrdiirtion  of  all  roots  to 
two  primitive  Ictlors.  Still  more  i-xtravai^ant  and  Ihiiciliil  is  the  endea- 
vour, wliieli  has  actuallj'  been  made,  to  explain  the  ori<riii  of  roots  from  the 
indiviiluiil  letters  of  which  they  are  romposed,  and  to  deduce  their  mean- 
ia<rs  Vron)  the  names,  the  shapes,  or  other  peculiarities  of  those  letters. 
The  existence  of  roots  and  the  meanings  attached  to  them  must  be  ac- 
cei)!ed  as  ullimate  facts.  Some  have  arisen,  no  doubt,  from  the  imitatioa 
of  sounds  in  itature;  but  in  most  cases  no  satisfactory  rea.son  can  be  given 
why  a  given  combination  of  sounds  lius  tiiat  particular  sense,  which  is  in 
fact  connected  with  it. 

§00.  The  formation  of  Avords  and  their  inflection  are  ac- 
coini)lished  partly  by  internal  changes  and  partly  by  external 
additions.  The  internal  changes  are  the  insertion  of  vowels 
and  the  reduplication  of  consonants  in  various  significant 
ways,  e.  g.  V^ip,  '^'Jp ,  ^k? ,  '''^p.  .  The  external  additions  are 
significant  syllables  welded  to  the  root  or  to  the  word,  either 
at  the  beginning  or  the  end,  e.*g.  '5I3]> ,  r^bi:p ,  '^^I?;,  "^-^WK'^- 

a.  The  trilitoral  and  exclusively  consonantal  character  of  Semitic 
roots  is  their  most  remarkable  peculiarity  in  distinction  from  those  of  the 
Indo-European  languages  which  are  as  prevailingly  mono-syllabic,  the 
vowel  being  an  essential  constituent,  while  the  number  of  consonants  is 
variable.  The  fact  of  the  vowel  being  an  integral  part  of  the  root  in 
these  languages  interferes  with  their  employment  of  internal  changes  for 
purposes  of  derivation  and  inflection,  and  confines  them  almost  entirelj^  to 
external  additions,  e.  g.  vnro.  rocobam,  rncdlio.  x'ocalntlnm..  rocifn,  etc. 
The  composition  of  words  of  which  such  large  use  is  made  in  tiie  Indo- 
European  tongues,  e.  g.  ad-voco.  in-roco,  etc..  is  almost  unknown  in  He- 
brew except  in  the  formation  of  proper  names. 

6.  Different  languages  differ  greatly  in  their  flexibility,  that  is  to  eay, 
in  the  variety  of  words  which  may  spring  from  a  common  root,  and  the 
number  of  forms  which  the  same  word  may  assume  to  express  the  various 
relations  into  which  it  enters.  Relations,  which  in  some  languages  are 
expressed  by  flection,  as  the  cases  of  nouns,  tenses  of  verbs,  concord 
of  adjectives,  are  in  others  indicated  by  additional  words,  as  prepo- 
sitions, auxiliary  verbs,  etc.,  or  suggested  by  the  order  of  words  in  the 
sentence. 

c.  Formative  syllables,  added  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  end  of 
words  lor  the  sake  of  inflection,  are,  in  the  ordinary  consciousness  of  those 
who  use  the  language,  completely  amalgamated  with  them,  so  that  their 
separate  orisiin  and  signification  is  never  thougiit  of  They  are  thus  to 
be  distinguished  from  those  words  which,  by  reason  of  their  dependent 
character,  are  attached  to  others  as  prefixes  or  sullixes.  I>ut  yet  preserve 
their  separate  identity  as  prefixed  conjunctions  and  prepositions  and  suf- 
fixed pronouns. 


§70,  71  PRONOUNS.  95 

§70.  The  parts  of  speech  in  Hebrew  are  either  decHna- 
ble  as  pronouns,  verbs,  and  nouns  (including  adjectives) ;  or 
indeclinable,  as  the  article,  adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunc- 
tions, and  interjections.  As  most  if  not  all  of  the  syllables 
employed  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  verbs  and  nouns 
are  of  pronominal  origin,  it  will  be  necessary  to  consider  the 
pronouns  first. 

a.  The  classification  usual  with  the  Jewish  grammarians  is  into  verb« 
(D''^i'fii  actions),  nouns  (  niod  names),  and  particles  (d^^?  words). 


Pronouns. 

PERSONAL     PRONOTJNS. 

§  71.  The  Hebrew  pronouns  are  personal,  demonstrative/ 
relative,  and  interrogative  or  indefinite.     The  personal  pro- 
nouns are  the  following,  viz. : 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

1.     I  ^iis,     15S}  We      ^:nii5,    ^sni,  ^^ 

2  j  Thou  m.  mPX  Ye  m.     dp.x 

( Thou/,      nsi ,    ^ns  Ye/.      l^K ,  n:pi? 

o  j  He  N^n  They  m.  nr^ ,    n^n 

(She  K^n  They/     in,     n^n 

There  are,  it  will  be  perceived,  distinct  forms  for  singular 
and  plural  in  the  three  persons,  and  for  masculine  and  fem- 
inine in  the  second  and  third.  There  is  no  form  for  the 
neuter,  as  that  gender  is  not  recognized  in  Hebrew. 

a.  (l)  The  alternate  forms  of  the  first  person  singular  "rbx  (in  pause 
iDbx  with  the  accent  on  the  penult  except  Job  33  :  9),  and  "'^N  (in  pause 
''iH)  are  used  interchangeably  and  with  perhaps  equal  frequency.  It  has 
been  observed,  however,  that  while  the  former  is  the  more  common  in 
the  Pentateuch,  it  never  occurs  in  the  books  of  Chronicles,  and  but  once 
in  Ezekiel,  viz.,  36:28,  a  passage  borrowed  from  the  Pentateuch.  The 
usual  plural  of  this  person  is  'iinix.;  ^iDni  occurs  but  six  times,  viz.,  Gen. 


9G  ETYMOLOGY.  §71 

42:  11.  Ex.  16  :  7.  8,  Num.  32  :  32.  2  Sam.  17  :  12,  Lam.  3  :  42  ;  liX  though 
coniiiKtii  ill  laItT  Ilcbrou',  occurs  l)ut  once  in  tli«  Old  Tcstanient,  viz.,  Jer. 
42  :  (3  K'lliilili,  wliere  tlie  K'ri  eiil).stilut('.s  tlic  ui^iial  form. 

(2)  The  second  person  masc.  .sinir.  nriN  (in  pause  occasionally  tiPiX  Ps. 
2  :  7.  25  :  27.  40  :  18.  70  :  6,  but  mostly  nns  )  is  in  five  instances  written  nx 
without  ilie  final  He,  which  is  however  restored  in  llie  K'ri,  viz.,  1  Sam. 
24  ;  10,  Ps.  G  :  4,  Job  1  :  10,  Eccles.  7  :  22,  Neh.  9  :  6.  and  in  three  instances 
nx  witliout  the  final  vowel  Num.  11  :  15,  Deut.  5  :  24,  Ezek.  28  :  14.  The 
J'eminine  px  is  occasionally  written  "PN  Judg.  17:2.  1  Kin.  14:2.2  Kin. 
4  :  IG.  23,  S  :  1,  Jer.  4 :  30,  Ezek.  36  :  13  ;  tlie  K'ri  invariably  retrenches  the 
superfluous  "^ .  though  it  is  probable  that  the  original  pronunciation  proper 
to  this  orthography  was  "'HX  .  Tiie  'emiiuMe  j)lural  'nx  occurs  only  Ezek. 
34:  31,  where  a  lew  manuscripts  read  inx  ;  the  alternate  form  ~:rx  oc- 
curs Gen.  31  :  6.  Ezek.  13:  11,  34:  17;  in  Ezek.  13  :  20  most  editions  have 
nrnx . 

(3)  The  third  person  fern.  sing.  X"*?!  occurs  but  eleven  times  in  the 
books  of  Moses,  viz..  Gen,  14:  2,  20:  5,  38:  2-5,  Lev.  2:  15  (in  some  editions), 
11:39,  13:  10.  21.  16:  31,  21:9.  Num.  5:  13,  14.  In  its  stead  is  found  X-n 
a  combination  of  the  letters  of  the  masculine  with  the  vowel  of  the  fem- 
inine. The  explanation  of  this  is  that  xin  hu  was  at  that  early  period  of 
common  gender  and  used  indillerently  for  both  masculine  and  feminine. 
As  this  jirimitive  usage  subsequeiitly  became  obsolete,  the  word,  when 
used  lor  the  feminine,  was  read  X^^  hi  according  to  the  uniform  practice 
of  the  later  books,  and  the  punctuators  have  suggested  this  by  giving  it 
the  corresponding  vowel,  §47.  According  to  Kimchi  "n  Ruth  1:  13  and 
nsn  2  Sam.  4  :  6,  Jer.  50:5,  stand  for  the  masculine  plural;  this  assump- 
tion is  unneccs.^ary.  however,  as  in  the  first  passage  tlie  feminine  may 
have  the  sense  of  the  neuter  ''•these  Ihiiigsy  and  ni  the  last  two  it  is  an 
adverb  of  place,  meaning  here. 

b.  (1)  The  pronoun  ""bbx  unites  the  palatal  found  in  the  nominative 
singular  of  the  first  person  in  Indo-European  languages,  Or.  cyw,  Lat.  ego. 
Goth.  ?7c,  with  the  nasal  of  its  otiier  parts  Gr.  /ac,  vwi,  Lat.  me.  ?/o.s\  Goth. 
viik.  The  same  combination  is  found  in  the  Coptic  and  the  Plurnician. 
The  Arabic  and  Syriac  have  retained  ordy  the  abbreviated  form  in  the 
singular  and  the  prolonged  form  in  the  plural.  Tiie  second  person  nnx 
is  based  upon  the  lingual  n  as  the  Doric  tv,  Lat.  lu,  Ger.  du,  Eng.  thou  ; 
and  the  third  person  Xin  upon  the  guttural  n  as  the  Zend  hO.  Gr.  o, 
Lat.  hie.  Eng.  he. 

(2)  Words  in  such  constant  and  flimiliar  use  as  the  pronouns  are  sub- 
ject to  more  or  less  irregularity  in  all  languages.  The  original  plural 
termination,  as  will  be  shown  more  fully  hereal'ter  in  the  case  of  verbs 
and  nouns,  is  c^i .  In  the  first  person  D  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  concur- 
rence of  nasals  in  the  same  syllable,  ""rx  .  ^JX  ;  the  plural  of  the  prolonged 
lorm  seems  to  be  best  explained  by  supposing  it  to  have  been  originally 
•'rrrx  ,  which  was  in  the  singular  softened  to  "'rbx  by  §57.  1.  and  in  the 
plural  by  a  transposition  and  weakening  of  the  palatal  to  a  guttural  (comp. 
Gr.  t'yo).  Sans,  fl/jr/m).  became  ^irnjx^  or  by  §53.2.  isni .  The  plurals  of 
the  second  and  third  persons  were  originally  Ciinx,  C^n,  which  are  still 


§  73  PRONOUNS,  07 

preservtHl  in  the  Ar;\liir.  and  have  left  their  trace:^  in  the  inflections  of 
verbs,  e.g.  '^ivi'p\  ^3"nn"5:jp  .  Tlie  vowel  u  iiowever,  which  in  the  ])ki- 
rals  of  masculine  nouns  has  been  converted  into  ^.  has  in  tlie  pronouns 
undergone  a  still  further  modification  into  the  diphthongal  e  en  or  e  cri5<  . 
The  distinction  of  gender  is  indicated  in  the  plural  not  by  affixing  ilia 
characteristic  termination  of  that  gender  as  in  nouns,  but  by  a  change  of 
the  final  nasal.  An  unaccented  n  ^  is  often  added  by  §61.  6.  to  relieve  the 
harshness  of  the  consonantal  ending, 

c.  In  the  technical  language  of  the  Jewish  grammarians  pronouns  are 
called  C'^iS  cogiiomina  ;  the  first  person  is  ~2T^  the  speaker.,  the  second 
n:isi33  present,  the  third  ~r03  hidden  or  absent. 

§  72,  When  the  pronouns  are  used  in  their  separate  form 
as  distinct  words  they  have  the  forms  already  given.  When, 
however,  they  stand  in  a  rehition  of  dependence  to  verbs, 
nouns,  and  particles,  they  are  appended  to  them  in  the  follow- 
ing abbreviated  forms,  called  the  pronominal  suffixes  : 


SINGULAR. 

P  L  0R  A  L. 

1, 

Com. 

1 

^3 

^3 

2. 

f  Masc. 

^ 

B? 

\  Fern. 

n 

P 

3. 

1  Masc. 

'in 

D 

or} 

\  Fern. 

n 

n 

1 

10 

In  the  first  person  singular  "^ .  is  attached  to  nouns,  and 
■i?  to  verbs.  In  the  second  person  the  palatal  D  is  substituted 
for  the  lingual  Jn  of  the  separate  pronoun.  Por  a  similar 
change  in  the  first  person  see  §  85.  a.  (i).  The  modifications 
in  the  forms  of  the  suffixes,  occasioned  by  the  endings  of  the 
words  to  which  they  are  attached,  will  be  considered  here- 
after, §^01,220.  The  third  plural  forms  an,  in  aroused 
with  plural  norms  ;  n  ,  "j  with  verbs  and  singular  nouns. 

The  suffixes  of  the  second  and  third  persons  plural  DD , 
1?  ,  ^0 '  1v?  ^^Q  c.'dled  (jfravc,  the  rest  are  Uf/Jit.  The  former 
being  mixed  sjdlables,  always  receive  the  accent,  ^  33,  3,  and 
tend  more  strongly  to  shorten  the  words  to  which  they  are 
attached  than  the  latter. 
7 


98  ETYMOLOGY.  §  73,  74 


Demonstrative  Pronouns. 
§1  73.   1.  The  ordinary  demonstrative  is — 

Miiiic.      Few.  Common. 

Singular,    nr     rxT  iJds        Plural,   ^x     n^x  these. 

The  poetic  form  ^T  is  sometimes  a  demonstrative,  Ps. 
12  : 8,  Ilab.  1  :  11,  but  more  frequently  a  relative  (like  the 
English  fhaf),  in  which  case  it  is  used  without  change  for 
both  genders  and  numbers.  The  feminine  is  occasionally 
written  without  t^e  final  n  and  with  a  different  vowel  letter 
n'7  or  ii .  Tlie  plural,  coming  from  a  different  root,  is  suffi- 
ciently distinguished  without  the  usual  termination ;  bs?  occurs 
eight  times  in  the  books  of  Moses  and  once  in  1  Chron.  20:8; 
in  all  other  places  the  consonantal  termination  is  softened  by 
an  appended  n    . 

2.  The  singular  of  this  pronoun  is  in  a  few  instances 
compounded  with  ^  either  without  any  change  of  meaning,  or, 
as  Ewald  and  Nordheimer  follow  Jarchi  in  supposing,  in  the 
sense  of  the  remote   demonstrative  that.     Thus   (with  the 

.article  n  prefixed) — 

Masc.  Fern.  Ccm. 

Sing,    this  or  f/iaf     nfjn  ^T^n  Tsn 

a.  The  first  form  occurs  twice  in  Genesis  (24  :  65,  37: 19).  the  third  six 
times  in  the  post-Mosaic  books  as  a  mascuhne  (Judg.  6  :  20,  1  Sam.  14 :  1, 
17:26,  2  Kin.  23:17,  Dan.  8:16,  Zech.  2:8).  and  once  as  a  feminine 
(2  Kin.  4:25),  tlie  second  once  in  Ezei<iel  (36  :  35). 

3.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  ^^^^  is  used 
for  the  remote  demonstrative  //laL 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§  7  t.  The  relative  u-//o,  wlik-h  i.s  irx  ,  which  may  be  em- 
ployed as  a  separate  word,  or  may  be  shortened  to  a  prefix  in 


^75  INTERROGATIVE    AND    INDEFINITE    PRONOUNS.  99 

Avith  Daghesh-forte  compensative  in  the  following  letter, 
unless  it  be  a  guttural  and  consequently  incapable  of  receiv- 
ing it,  §23.  1.  In  a  few  instances  the  prefix  t3  takes  the 
vowel  (.)  followed  by  Daghesh-forte,  Judg.  5  :  7,  Cant.  1  : 7, 
Job  19  :  29  ;  once  it  has  (J  before  S5  Judg.  6:17,  and  twice 
(J  Eccl.  2  :  22  (in  some  copies),  3:18.  The  relative  suffers 
no  change  for  gender  or  number  either  in  its  separate  or  its 
prefixed  state.  Its  objective  relation  to  verbs  and  particles 
and  its  possessive  relation  to  nouns  are  expressed  without 
changing  the  relative  itself,  or  removing  it  from  its  position 
at  the  beginning  of  its  clause  by  appending  the  appropriate 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing  word,  e.  g.  in^TS  iTrx  loho 
he  sent  him,  i.  e.  wdiom  he  sent,  i^^T  "iTlJs:  which  its  seed,  i.  e. 
whose  seed.  It  may  also  receive  an  adverbial  sense  from 
being  followed  by  the  pronominal  adverb  Di^  there,  e.  g. 
m^  —  ntJsi!  where,  niaio  —  mrx  whither,  dt^i;  — n^is:  ichence. 

a.  The  prefix  ^d  occvirs  to  the  exchision  of  the  full  form  of  the  relative 
in  the  Song  of  Solomon,  and  with  great  frequency  in  another  production 
of  Solomon's,  Ecclesiastes.  There  are  besides  occasional  examples  of  it  in 
other  books,  e.  g.  Judg.  5:7,  6:17,7:12,8:26,2  Kin.  6:11,  1  Cliron.  5:20, 
.Tob  19:29,  Ps.  122-124,  129,  133-137,  144,  Lam.  2:15,  16.  The  word 
crjca  Gen.  6:3  is  in  several  ancient  versions  and  in  the  common  English 
translation  rendered  as  though  it  were  made  up  of  the  preposition  3 .  the 
relative  "O  and  the  particle  C^  for  that  also;  but  the  most  recent  inter- 
preters derive  it  from  the  verb  5?'r  to  err,  and  translate  in  their  erring. 

h.  "idx  or  u3  is  also  used  for  the  conjunction  that.     Comp.  Lat.  qiiod. 

Interrogative  and  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

§75.  1.  The  pronouns  "^12  icho  ^  or  ?r/^c^?'^r  relating  to 
persons,  and  n^  what?  or  tvhatever  relating  to  things,  are 
employed  both  as  interrogatives  and  in  an  indefinite  sense. 
They  experience  no  change  for  gender  or  number. 

The  vowel  of  rra  is  regulated  by  the  initial  sounds  of 
the  succeeding  word.  Before  a  letter  capable  of  receiving 
Daghesh-forte  it  is  pointed  n^a  and  the  following  letter  is 
doubled,  e.  g.  iTbiE-TO  Ex.  3:13.     Before  the  stronger  gut- 


100  ITVMOLOGY.  ^70 

tunils  ^^  and  n  it  also  roininonly  rrmvos  (.),  c.  p;.  Si'^n-r.'a 
Ps.  39  :  5,  Ti<^n  "'?  ("t^'ii.  :il  :  oC).  Before  the  weaker  gut- 
turals s,  y  and  "I ,  it  commonly  takes  (J,  c.  g.  r.^i^'ma  Zerh. 

1  :  9,  ?l72y  ma  r^  Kin.  8:13,  nn^s-i  ma  Judg.  9  :  48.  Before 
r. ,  n,  and  7  with  Kamcts,  and  occasionally  hefore  other  let- 
ters it  takes  (..),  §  03. 1.  a,  e.g.  i'i  r^'^r}^^^Q  Ex.  32  : 1,  TS'jn-ma 
Gen.  20:9,  rj^'ir-j-n-q  ib.,  b-p  nia   1  Sam.  4:14,  i:rcr:  nia 

2  Kin.  1  :  7.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  vowel  letter  is 
omitted  and  the  inteiTogative  is  joined  with  the  following 
word,  e.  g.  HTia  Ex.  4  :  2,  sib^a  Isa.  3  :  15,  ni^bnia  Mai.  1 :  13, 
orna  Ezek.  8  :  6  K'thibh. 

2.  Anoth.er  interrogative  is  formed  by  prefixing  the  par- 
ticle ""X  to  the  pronoun  nr ,  ri?T ,  thus  ri7  ^x  which?  or  what? 
1  Kin.  13  :  12,  l^ccles.  11:6,  r^rb  \^?/or  what?  whj?  Jer.  5:7. 

3.  The  words  '^i^'abx  ''i'bs  which  are  always  used  in  com- 
bination, or  contracted  into  one  ^i'obs  ,  are  in  usage  equivalent 
to  an  indefinite  or  indeterminate  pronoun,  Eng.  a  certain  one, 
Lat.  quiclnuf,  Or.  6  helva;  they  are,  however,  derived  not  from 
pronominal  but  verbal  roots. 

Verbs. 

THEIR     SPECIES. 

^76.  1.  Hebrew  verbs  have  seven  different  forms  which 
have  been  denominated  species  or  conjugations  (D"^?*33  bui/d- 
inffs).  These  represent  as  many  modifications  of  the  verbal 
idea,  and  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


1. 

'^ 

Kal 

Simple  active. 

2. 

'?£? 

Niphul 

"      passive. 

3. 

-ys 

Piel 

Intensive  active. 

4. 

by© 

Pual 

"          passive. 

5. 

b-'I^EH 

Hiphil 

Causative  active. 

6. 

^ysn 

llophal 

"          passive, 

7. 

b?Brn 

llithpael 

Reflexive. 

§77  SPECIES    OF    VERBS.  101 

a.  The  term  conjugations  was  introJuced  by  Reuchlin,  and  is  very  gen- 
erally employed  in  Hebrew  grammars  and  in  those  of  the  cognate  lan- 
guages. It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  Hebrew  conjugations 
are  totally  unlike  the  conjugations  of  Latin  and  Greek.  The  latter  denote 
the  various  modes  of  inflection  adopted  by  different  roots.  The  tbrmer  are 
modifications  of  the  same  root.  whic.!\  differ  in  meaning  while  their  inflec- 
tions are  substantially  alike.  They  correspond  rather  with  voices  or  with 
derivative  verbs,  eucii  as  frequentatives  and  causatives,  although  they  not 
infrequently  require  to  be  translated  by  words  radically  distinct.  The 
term  species  proposed  by  Schultens,  though  less  commonly  adopted,  is 
more  descriptive. 

2.  Kal  means  li^/it,  and  denotes  that  species  in  which  no 
other  than  the  three  radical  letters  appear,  and  these  only  in 
their  single  power.  The  other  species  are  called  heavy 
(D"i"!n3),  because  burdened  by  the  reduplication  of  the  radi- 
cals or  the  addition  of  other  letters.  Their  names  are  de- 
rived from  '5^3  to  do,  which  was  the  model  for  inflection,  the 
form  assumed  by  this  verb  in  each  species  serving  as  its 
designation.  Unusual  verbal  forms  are  in  like  manner  de- 
noted by  the  corresponding  forms  imposed  upon  its  radicals. 

3.  Other  technical  expressions,  such  as  the  names  of  the 
various  classes  of  verbs,  are  also  to  be  traced  to  this  source. 
A  verb  whose  first  radical  is  a  guttural,  a  Nun,  or  a  Yodh,  is 
cahed  a  Pe  Guttural,  Pe  Nun  (I's),  or  Pe  Yodh  {^%  verb, 
Pe  as  the  initial  of  ^>'3  becoming  the  technical  designation 
of  a  first  radical  generally.  So  a  verb  whose  second  radical 
is  Vav  is  called  an  Ayin  Vav  ("3^) ;  one  whose  third  radical 
is  He,  a  Lamedh  He  {^•^)\  one  whose  second  and  third  rad- 
icals are  alike  an  Ayin  Doubled  {p),  etc. 

§77.  The  general  idea  of  the  several  species  already 
stated  is  liable  to  certain  modifications  in  the  variety  of  cases 
to  which  it  is  applied. 

1.  The  Niphal  is  commonly  the  passive  of  Kal  or  of  the 
simple  idea  of  the  verb,  nia  to  steal,  Ni.  to  he  stolen ;  it]|i  to 
write,  Ni.  to  be  written. 

2.  Sometimes,  like  the  Greek  middle  voice  which  coin- 
cides with  the  passive  in  certain  of  its  forms,  it  has  a  reflex- 


102  ETYMOLOGY.  ^78 

ivc  signiticiition,  "I  rV  ^'^  hide,  Xi.  to  hide  ones  sr/f ;  TatD  to 
keep,  Ni.  /o  /wy;  o//^''*  sc/f,  (f)vXuTTea-0ai ;  DHD  Ni.  /o  rcjjent, 
lit.  /o  (/rirrc  ones  self,  fieTa/xeXeadat,;  or  expresses  reciprocal 
action,  yi"^  to  eof'//.set,^i.  to  t alee  eoiutxel  to(j ether  ;  cnb  Xi.  to 
p(/ht,  fiux^o'dah  lit.  to  devour  one  another.  In  some  verbs  it 
has  both  a  passive  and  a  reflexive  sense,  "ii^  Ni.  to  be  sold 
and  to  AY'//  one's  self;  "sn  Ni.  to  be  seen  and  /o  let  one's  self 
be  seen,  to  appear. 

3.  Sometimes  when  the  Kal  is  intransitive  and  docs  not 
admit  of  a  proper  passive,  the  Niphal  is  cither  identical  with 
it  in  signification,  ^nj?  K.  and  Ni.  to  approaeh,  or  retains  a 
shade  of  its  original  force  by  representing  the  state  or  condi- 
tion not  absolntely  as  in  Kal,  bnt  as  something  effected  and 
involving  a  change  from  another  previous  condition,  sSi2  to 
be  full,  Ni.  to  he  filed,  nVi  to  he,  Ni.  to  become. 

§  78.  1.  The  Piel  gives  new  intensity  to  the  simple  idea 
of  the  verb,  by  which  its  meaning  is  variously  modified  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  case,  t:?'D  to  he  few.  Pi.  to  be 
verij  few ;  ?]"I7  to  follow,  Y\.  to  follow  ardently,  to  pursue ; 
"ns  to  fear,  Pi.  to  fear  constantlij,  to  be  timid ;  -i?©  to  ask. 
Pi.  to  ask  repeatedly  and  earnestly,  to  bey ;  K'i2  to  create, 
as  God,  Pi.  to  form  with  pains  and  labour,  as  man ;  sns  to 
write.  Pi.  to  write  muck  with  the  implication  that  it  is  to  little 
purpose,  to  scribble ;  "^^i^  to  bury.  Pi.  to  bury  yreat  numbers. 

2.  The  energy  resident  in  this  species  displays  itself  by 
signifying  the  producing  or  causing  of  that  which  is  denoted 
by  the  simple  idea  of  the  verl),  thus  quickening  intransitive 
verbs  into  transitives,  and  making  such  as  were  transitive 
before  to  be  doubly  so.  In  this,  which  is  the  more  frequent 
case,  it  becomes  virtually  equivalent  to  a  causative,  13!«  to 
perish.  Pi.  to  make  to  perish,  to  destroy ;  ^^  to  learn.  Pi.  to 
teach,  i.  e.  cause  to  learn.  Both  these  senses  are  occasionally 
found  united  in  the  same  verb,  ^"ip  Pi.  to  be  rery  near  and  to 
briny  near;  rino  Pi.  to  be  very  corrupt  and  to  corrupt  or  de- 
stroy. 


§79,80  SPECIES    OF   VERBS.  103 

3.  Pual  is  the  passive  of  Piel,  and  therefore  can  only  exist 
when  the  sense  of  the  latter  is  such  that  a  passive  is  possible. 

§79.  1.  The  Hiphil  denotes  the  causing  or  producing  of 
that  Avhich  is  signified  by  the  simple  form  of  the  verb,  and, 
as  in  the  corresponding  case  of  Piel,  intransitive  verbs  become 
transitive,  and  such  as  admitted  of  one  object  before  are  now 
capable  of  receiving  two :  l"]^  to  descend,  Hi.  to  cause  to  de- 
scend, bring  doion ;  Kia  to  come,  Hi.  to  bring ;  n:kn  to  see.  Hi. 
to  show. 

2.  In  some  verbs  Hiphil  has  an  intransitive  sense,  but 
in  most  of  these  cases  there  is  either  an  ellipsis  of  the  object 
or  the  idea  of  production  and  causation  can  still  be  obscurely 
traced,  aiDj?  Hi.  to  he  attentive,  prop,  to  make  {one's  ear)  at- 
tend;  pin's  Hi.  to  he  sweet,  prop,  to  cause  sioeetness ;  ^^^  Hi. 
to  he  wise,  prop,  to  act  loiseJg,  exhibit  wisdom ;  "fax  Hi.  to  be 
brave,  prop,  to  act  bravely;  "ipj  Hi.  to  grow  old,  prop,  to  acquire 
age.  In  a  few  instances  both  senses  are  found  united  in  the 
same  verb,  nSs  Hi.  to  cause  to  bud  and  to  put  forth  buds ; 
tl'bjj  Hi.  to  jjrolong  and  to  be  long ;  itb^  Hi.  to  enrich  and  to 
grow  rich ;  "jiaiy  Hi.  to  make  fat  and  to  become  fat  (comp, 
Eng.  fatteii). 

3.  Hophal  is  the  passive  of  Hiphil. 

a.  When  Kal  has  both  a  transitive  and  an  intransitive  sense.  Hiphil, 
as  the  causative  of  the  latter,  becomes  substantially  identical  with  the 
former,  nuj  K.  to  extend  or  to  bend,  trans,  and  intrans..  Hi.  id.  trans.  In 
Job  23  :  11,  Ps.  125:  5.  Isa.  30  :  11,  where  the  Hiphil  of  this  verb  appears  to 
be  used  intransitively  in  the  sense  of  turning  aside,  there  is  an  ellipsis  of 
its  proper  object,  to  bend  [the  steps). 

§80.  I.  The  Hithpael  is  reflexive  or  reciprocal  of  the 
idea  of  the  verb,  mostly  as  this  is  expressed  in  the  Piel  spe- 
cies (from  which  it  is  formed,  §82.  5),  the  particular  shade 
of  meaning  being  modified  according  to  the  circumstances 
of  the  case.  (1)  It  indicates  that  the  subject  is  likewise  the 
direct  object  of  the  action,  '^i'Q  Pi.  to  deliver,  Hith.  to  escape, 
deliver  one's  self;  pt^^  Pi.  to  Justify,  Hith.  to  Just  fg  one's  self; 


104  ETYMOLOGY.  ^80 

fccn  Pi.  to  sccli,  Ilitli.  to  d'Dicjuhe  one  s  self,  prop,  to  let  one's 
self  be  souyht  for ;  riipn  Pi.  to  make  sick,  Ilitli.  to  make  one's 
self  sick  whether  in  reahty  or  in  the  esteem  of  others,  i.  c.  to 
feign  sickness;  cin  Hith.  to  shoiu  one's  self  wise  wlieiher  in 
reahty  or  in  his  own  conceit.  (2)  Or  that  lie  is  the  indirect 
object  of  the  action,  which  is  for  iiis  benefit,  or  relates  en- 
tu"ely  to  him,  nrs  Pi.  to  open,  llith.  to  open  for  one  s  self ; 
bn:  llith.  to  inherit  {for  one's  self) ;  "j^n  Pi.  to  make  (/racious, 
Hith.  to  implore farotir,  })rop.  to  make  to  be  (jracious  to  ones 
self  (3)  Or  that  the  action  is  mutual  between  two  or  more 
parties,  i^p  Pi.  to  bind,  llith.  to  conspire,  prop,  to  band  to- 
gether ;  njcn  to  see,  Hith.  to  look  upon  one  another. 

2.  This  species  is  sometimes  a  mere  passive  like  the 
Niplial  nsir  to  forget,  Hith.  to  be  forgotten ;  "lE?  Pi.  to  atone, 
Hith.  to  be  atoned ;  '^PS'  Pi.  to  pjnpare,  Hith.  to  be  prepared. 
In  a  few  instances  the  reflexive  ami  the  passive  senses  are 
found  in  the  same  verb,  "li^  Hith.  to  sell  ones  self  ^wii  to  be 
sold. 

a.  (1)  The  affinity  between  the  Piel  and  Hiphil  species  is  such  as  in 
very  many  verbs  to  render  it  unnecessary  to  retain  them  both,  and  one  or 
the  other  has  been  allowed  to  fall  into  disuse.  Where  both  exist,  they 
are  often  nearly  or  quite  synonymous,  and  are  used  indiscriminately,  ^'~;5 
Pi.  and  Hi.  to  sane  (if ij.  or  dilTer  only  in  the  frequency  of  their  employment, 
nV^  Pi.  and  Hi.  (rare)  to  send,  ro'J  Pi.  (rare)  and  Hi.  to  cniisc  to  hear. 
In  other  cases  they  are  distinguished  by  adiiering  to  those  significations 
of  the  species  in  which  they  depart  palpably  from  one  another,  nas  Pi. 
(intens.)  to  grow  luxuriant hj.  Hi.  (caus.)  to  make  to  grow,  bro  Pi.  (cans.) 
to  make  foolish.  Hi.  (intrans.)  to  act  foolishly  ;  or  by  developiiiL'  them  from 
different  siirnificaiions  of  the  root,  bi'a  Pi.  to  cook  (food).  Hi.  to  ripen 
(fruit);  T)'^3  Pi.  to  bless  (prop,  to  kneel  in  worship),  Hi.  to  cause  to  kneel 
(as  a  physical  act),  ci?  Pi.  to  break  the  bones  ( c^tS ),  Hi. /o  r«-7i(/er 
strong ;  or  by  restricting  them  to  special  applications,  "itt;?  Pi.  to  burn  in- 
cense {to  idols),  Hi.  to  burn  incense  (to  God);  r^n  Hi.  to  change,  Pi.  to 
change  (the  clothes);  miJQ  Hi.  to  strip,  Pi.  to  strip  (the  slain  in  battle). 

(2)  It  is  still  less  common  to  find  both  Niphal  and  Hithpael  in  the  same 
verb.  Where  this  does  occur  they  are  sometimes  used  interchangeably, 
at  others  a  distinction  is  created  or  adhered  to,  T\'k'^  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  be 
jioirred  out;  ir"n  j\i.  and  Hith.  to  talk  with  one  another j  Tj^a  Ni.  to  be 
llesspil,  Hith.  to  bliss  one's  si'lf ;  iT-nn  Ni.  to  be  ploughed,  Hith.  to  keej)  {one^s 
^'(J  )  qui't ;  ~1I;'|?  Ni.  to  bi'  bound,  Hith.  to  conspire. 

(3)  When  in  particular  verbs  two  species  have  substantially  the  same 


§81  ri:Rr:  CT  vi.rbs,  105 

sense,  it  sometimes  happens  that  jiarts  oaly  of  each  are  in  use,  one  supple- 
menting the  deficiencies  of  tlie  other,  or  that  one  of  the  active  species, 
losing  its  proper  passive,  is  supplied  by  another  wliose  correspondmg 
active  is  wanting.  Thus  bb^  !o  be  able  has  a  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  ; 
but  its  future  is  Hophal  (strictly,  to  be  made  able,  but  in  usage  the  equiva- 
lent of  Kal)  ;  rjOS  (o  be  pale,  "CJJ  lo  draw  near.  T^nj  to  be  poured  out,  have 
their  llitures  in  the  Kal  but  their  preterites  in  the  Niphal;  "01'  to  add  has 
both  a  Kal  and  a  Hiphil  preterite,  which  are  synonymous,  but  only  a 
Hiphil  future.  Again,  in  b  j3  to  separate  and  i^^  to  destroy,  the  Kal  has 
yielded  to  the  Hiphil  (strictly,  to  cause  separation,  destruction),  but  the 
Niphal  is  retained  as  its  passive  ;  ynT  to  bathe  and  ""J  lo  sprinkle,  have 
in  the  active  the  Kal  form  and  in  the  passive  the  Pual. 

(4)  All  verbs  are  found  in  one  or  more  of  these  species  or  conjugations, 
but  very  ^^}\v  in  the  whole  of  them.  Of  the  1,;^32  triUteral  verbs  in  the 
Hebrew  Bihie,  5li0  appear  in  some  one  species  only.  360  in  two  species, 
235  in  three.  118  in  four,  70  in  five,  12  in  six,  and  but  7  in  the  entire  num- 
ber, viz.:  S';33  to  cleave  asunder,  np^  to  uncofer,  obn  to  be  sick,  V}"^  lo 
know,  lb^  to  bring  forth,  njTD  to  visit,  C!n  to  be  high.  The  number  of 
species  in  which  a  given  verb  appears,  is  sometimes  limited  by  the  ne- 
cessity of  the  case,  as  when  its  meaning  will  not  admit  of  the  modifica- 
tions denoted  by  all  the  species;  or  by  usage,  as  when  certain  species  are 
dropped  as  uimecessary,  the  ideas  which  they  would  convey  being  ex- 
pressed in  another  manner;  or  by  the  circumstance  that  in  the  small  vol- 
ume of  the  Old  Testament,  examples  ntay  not  occur  of  all  the  species 
which  actually  were  in  use. 

b.  Instances  occur  in  which  the  active  species,  and  less  frequently  the 
passives,  derive  their  meanings  not  directly  from  the  root,  but  from  some 
noun  which  has  sprung  from  it.  These  are  called  Dcnoiuinatives.  Thus, 
t\nv  K.  to  break  the  neck  (r,-;:?);  "ii'  K.  to  tithe  {-tv  leu);  irb  to  make 
bricks  (no^b)  ;  ^253  Ni.  to  be  possessed  of  understandiug,  or.  according  to 
others,  to  be  devoid  of  understanding  (-3^  heart);  '(HS  Pi.  lo  act  as  piiest 
(inb);  ",£;?  Pi.  to  build  a  nest  ("i^);  i"^"i73  Pu.  part,  square  (?3"}X /rx/r) ; 
^)5Tr?3  Pu.  almond-shaped  ("i|bir);  '^^T}-q  Pu.  dyed  scarlet  (-^I'P);  '■^''^tT]  Hi. 
to  snow  {}hb)\  "r!N!^  Hi.  to  give  ear\'i}if.);  nsn  Hi. /o  snare  {n^);  r^-cn 
Ho.  to  be  salted  (nbi);  "inT^n  Hith.  to  make  one^s  self  a  Jem  {''^^^'])\ 
1"i:Sii  Hith.  to  supply  one's  self  icith  provision  (i"^).  A  verbal  form  may 
occasionally  arise  even  from  an  adverb.  •^Xj^.a  Ni.  part,  removed  far  away 
(nxbnj,  or  an  interjection,  or]^]  Hi.  and  he  stilled  (on  hush!). 


Perfect  Verbs. 

§  81.  There  is  one  normal  standard  for  the  formation  of 
these  several  species  and  their  further  inflection,  to  wliich  all 
verbs  conform  unless  prevented  by  the  character  of  their 
radicals.     There  are  no  anomalous  or  ii^regular  deviations 


106  ETYMOLOGY.  §  8ii 

fi-oni  this  standard,  such  as  arc  found  m  other  languages,  for 
which  no  exphmation  can  be  given  but  the  fact  of  their  oc- 
currence. AMiatever  deviations  do  occur  result  from  the 
presence  of  letters  in  the  root  which  do  not  admit  of  ccitain 
combinations  and  forms,  and  com})cl  the  adoption  of  others 
in  their  stead.  AY'rbs  are  hence  (Ustinguished  into  perfect 
and  imperfect.  They  are  styled  perfect  when  their  radical 
letters  arc  capable  of  entering  into  all  those  combinations 
and  exhibiting  all  those  forms  which  conformity  with  the 
standard  recpiires.  They  are  imperfect  when  the  root  con- 
tains a  weak  letter,  §7.  2,  or  is  otherwise  so  constituted  as 
to  lead  to  a  departure  from  the  standard  inflections. 

^82.  1.  In  perfect  verbs  the  Kal  is  formed  by  giving 
Pattahh,  or  more  rarely  one  of  its  compounds,  Tsere  or 
Hholcm,  to  the  second  radical  as  its  essential  or  characteristic 
vowel,  and  to  the  first  radical  a  pretonic  Kamets,  ^64.  2, 
thus:  bb;:,nii|,pp. 

a.  The  number  of  verbs,  perfect  and  imperfect,  whose  second  radical 
has  Tsere  or  Hholem.  or  as  they  are  teclinicaily  called  middle  e  and  mid- 
dle 0,  is  quite  inconsiderable.  They  are  mostly  of  an  intransitive  sig- 
nification. 

(1)  The  following  have  Tsere,  viz.  : 

■,f?j  to  be  old,  1=3  (Isa.  24:20  lir)  to  be  r\h  to  die. 

ytT)  to  delight.                        hedvy.  h'2i  to  fade. 

sin  fo  hew.  "its  to  be  right.  sr^  to  thirst. 

nria  to  be  clean.  uirb  and  "C^zh  to  put  on.  hhp^  (Isa.   33:9  b^j^)  to 

xrij  to  be  unclean.  N^'a  trans,  or  intrans.  (Esth.  wither. 

Uii^  to  be  dry.                          7  :  5   wX5'3   trans.)  to  xib  to  hale. 

^11  to  fear.                             fU  or  be  full.  bcr  to  be  brought  low. 

(2)  The  following  have  Tsere  in  pause.  §  65.  3.  a.  or  as  a  pretonic  vowel, 
§  64.  2.  belbre  a  siidix,  but  Pattaiih  in  other  cases.  Such  as  only  occur  in 
pause  or  with  sulTixes  are  printcil  with  T.-^cre. 

"nx  to  lore.  b"ia  to   be   or  become  bnn  to  cease. 

ctx  to  be  guilty.  great.  ]*in  to  be  leavened. 

p2;3  to  swell.  p::'n  to  cleave  to.  rsn  to  be  prffaned. 

15?  to  prevail.  '(ttJ'n  to  grow  fat.  "lOn  to  lack. 


§  8.2  PERFECT    VERBS.  107 

"iSn  to     blush      (distill-  ^'4'J  In  be  strong.  "I^'l^  to  be  sated. 

guished  from  "En  rb'^  to   come    Jipon,  to   n^'^'  to  rejoice. 

to  dig).  -prosper.  rc'j  to  forget. 

tir^  to  be  weary.  ^"ij?  to  be  holy.  '{Z'd  to  dwell. 

U;"!"!  to  possess.  -t!I^  ^(^  come  near.  C72 d  to  be  desolate. 

Dy3  to  be  pleasant.  ^S^  to  be  hungry.  yn^  to  hear. 

Several  others  are  marked  with  Tsere  in  the   lexicon  of  Gesenius,  in 
which  that  vowel  does  not  occur. 
(3)    The  following  have  Hholeni : 

nix  to  shine.  bs''  to  be  able.  sH  (Ps.  18  :  15   :i  )  to 

'  \  AT    ' 

ttjia  to  be  ashamed.  Uip^  to  snare.  shoot. 

nia  to  be  good.  bT3  {^ee  §86.  a)  to  flow.  b5a  (Gen.  43: 14  "^PbD-C") 

"15^  to  dread.  "ibj?  to  be  small.  to  be  bereaved. 

2.  The  Niphal  is  formed  by  prefixing  ?  to  the  letters  of 
the  root ;  thus,  -'Jfp: ,  which  by  §61.1.  becomes  ^bjps . 

3.  Tlie  Piel  and  Pual  are  formed  by  doubhng  the  second 
radical    and   attaching  the   appropriate  vowels ;  thus,  bc?p , 

4.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal  are  formed  by  prefixing  n 
with  the  proper  vowels ;  thus,  b-'bipn ,  bpfpn . 

5.  The  Hithpael  is  formed  by  prefixing  riH  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive  of  the  Piel ;  thus,  ^k'^'^y^  .  If  the  first  radi- 
cal be  one  of  the  sibilants  0 ,  ©  or  to ,  the  n  of  the  prefixed 
syllable  will  be  transposed  with  it,  biinon,  tfEnrn,  ijnniiJn. 
If  the  first  radical  be  22 ,  the  T\  will  be  transposed,  and  in 
addition  changed  to  t) ,  e.  g.  pTO^n  .  If  the  first  radical  be 
one  of  the  Unguals  1 ,  13  or  n ,  the  n  will  be  assimilated  or 
united  to  it  by  Daghcsh-forte,  pii"n ,  nni2n ,  D^cnn . 

a.  In  one  instance  n:::i:rori-i  Jer.  49:3  n  remains  before  d  without 
transposition,  which  would  bring  three  Unguals  in  close  connection,  and 
once  it  is  assimilated  to  UJ.  Eccl.  7:  16  C72'id7,  elsewhere  cninCT;  n  is 
likewise  assimilated  to  the  sibilant  T  in  ihe  only  Hithpael  form  in  which 
that  letter  is  the  initial  of  the  root  13"ri  Isa.  1:16.  In  one  instance 
C"ps'nn^  Judg.  19:22  n  remains  without  assimilation  before  l.  The  n 
may  either  be  assimilated  or  not  to  the  initial  3  of  two  verbs  S23,  Nii": , 
and  the  initial  D  of  two  '^is.  "'ES.  It  is  assimilated  to  the  ~  ofC23,  which 
occurs  but  twice  in  the  Hithptiei.  to  the  3  ol"  "j'Np  .  which  only  occurs  once, 
and  in  one  instance  to  "i,  viz.  CBi~>$  Isa.  33:10  but  cann^  Dun.  11:36. 


lOS  I.TY.M<)1.0(.Y.  §  83 

h.  Tlie  seven  ppecics  may.  agreeably  lo  their  fornialion,  be  reduced  to 
tliree  with  their  derivatives,  viz.  : 

Active  1.  Kal  2.  Piel  3.  Hiphil 

Passive  Piial  Hophal 

Middle  Niphal  Hithpael 

(1)  The  prefixed  letters  of  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael  3  and  n  (with  n 
prosiiielic.  §51!.  1.  a)  are  probably  in  their  origin  tiairiiientary  pronouns 
signilying  si-lf ;  whether  they  are  referable  to  ""IN  and  nrx  of  the  firt^t 
and  second  pers^ons  must  be  left  to  conjecture.  The  idea  primarily  sug- 
gested is  that  of  performing  an  action  upon  otie's  self;  but  in  the  Niphal 
usually,  and  in  the  Hiihpael  occasionally,  the  reflexive  signification  has, 
as  in  certain  tenses  of  the  Greek  middle  and  in  the  reciprocal  verbs  of 
some  modern  languages,  given  place  to  the  passive.  In  the  Aramoean 
the  forms  with  a  prefixed  rs  have  not  only  quite  lost  their  original  char- 
acter as  rcficxivcs.  but  have  superseded  all  oilier  passives. 

{2)  Tile  idea  of  causation  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hoi)lial.  if  the  author  may 
venture  to  offer  his  own  opinion  upon  tiiis  }ierj)lexed  subject,  is  not  due, 
as  in  the  Indo-European  causalives,  to  the  introduction  of  a  syllable 
directly  suggesting  it.  It  ajipears  to  be  primarily  another  intensive  form, 
with  which  usage  has  ordinarily  connected,  as  it  frequently  has  with  the 
Piel,  the  notion  of  productive  energy  or  the  quickening  of  an  intr:in.sirive 
into  a  transitive.  As  in  the  Piel  and  its  derivatives,  the  idea  of  intensity 
is  suggested  by  giving  a  doubled  and  consequently  more  interse  pronun- 
ciation to  the  central  radical;  so  in  the  Hipl.il,  by  a  like  symbolism,  the 
power  of  the  root  is  augmented  by  the  accession  of  a  new  initial  syl- 
hible,  whelher  the  weak  letter  n  is  iTicielyfir  the  sake  ol' jironouncing 
the  vowel,  which  seems  likely  from  the  corresponding  X  in  Aramaean  and 
Arabic,  or  is  itself  signifii-ant.  in  which  case  it  must  be  of  jironominai 
origin,  related  possibly  to  XW  of  the  third  person,  and  having  a  prepo- 
sitional or  intensive  Ibrce. 

(3)  The  distinction  between  active  and  passive  in  the  intensive  and 
causative  species  is  made  by  the  vowels  alone,  and  that  in  a  way  perlectly 
simple,  and  yet  as  clearly  marked  as  jiossible.  Of  the  three  pure  vowels 
i  and  n  oiler  the  most  striking  contrast,  and  these  are  severally  set  in  op- 
posite syllables  in  the  forms  to  be  di.-tin<ruished ;  i  or  its  cognate  e  marks 
the  second  syllable  of  the  actives.?/,  or  its  cognate  o  the  first  syllable  of  the 
passives,  the  other  pyllablc  receiving  in  every  case  the  simplest  and  only 
remaining  vowel :  tiius.  5■'L:p^^  ,  bi;?  —  bi;?  .  -^"^7  •  For  that  a  primarily 
belonged  to  the  first  syllable  of  both  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  apparent  from  its 
retaining  its  place  throuirlmnt  these  species  with  the  exception  of  the 
preterite,  ami  from  its  preservation  in  the  cognate  languages. 

§83.  If  ^-'AT-  io  kill  be  taken  as  tlio  representative  of  the 
regular  verb,  the  various  species  with  their  signiiications  will 
be  as  follows,  viz. : 


§83  PERFECT    VERBS.  109 


1. 

Kal 

b-jj 

to  i-m. 

2, 

Niphal 

^'^2p3 

to  he  killed. 

3. 

Piel 

-^P 

to  kill  manij  or  to  massacre. 

4. 

Piial 

^kp 

to  he  massacred. 

5. 

Hiphil 

b^ppn 

to  cause  to  kill. 

6. 

Hophal 

to  be  caused  to  kill. 

7. 

Hithpael 

^^°9^^ 

to  kill  one's  self. 

a.  It  is  in  each  case  tlie  third  person  niasonline  singular  of  the  preterite 
which  is  given  above,  and  the  strict  signification  therefore  is  he  has  killed, 
etc.  These  being  the  simplest  forms  of  the  various  species,  however,  and 
destitute  of  any  sign  of  tense  or  person,  are  commonly  used  to  represent 
the  species  ;  and  in  this  sense  the  proper  equivalent  is  the  infinitive,  which 
is  the  form  used  for  designating  verbs  in  English. 

6.  The  verb  bijT'  is  well  fitted  i'or  a  model,  and  is  now  generally  so 
employed.  The  consonants,  which  compose  its  root,  have  no  peculiarities 
to  interfere  with  its  inflection,  it  has  a  signification  capable  of  being  car- 
ried through  all  the  species,  and  as  it  exisis  likewise  in  the  cognate  lan- 
guages, it  offers  a  good  basis  for  their  compariso*n.  It  occurs,  indeed,  but 
three  times  in  the  Bible,  Job  13:15,  24:  J4,  Ps.  139:19,  and  in  but  one 
species;  still  the  very  rarity  of  its  occurrence  only  restricts  it  more  com- 
pletely to  its  use  as  a  representative  or  typical  verb.  The  old  Jewish 
model  H'Q,  §76.2.  is  objectionable  on  account  of  its  weak  letter  r,  and 
on  account  of  the  tvvrofold  sound  of  its  initial  radical  3,  which,  with  its 
Daghesh-lene,  might  prove  perplexing  to  beginners. 

c.  (1)  The  existence  of  other  and  less  usual  species  is  a  needless  as- 
sumption. The  Poel,  Pilel,  Pilpel  and  the  like,  are  not  additional  species 
but  identical  in  character  and  signification  with  those  already  named.  The 
more  copious  Arabic,  with  its  nicer  shades  of  distinction,  has  greatly  mul- 
tiplied the  number  of  its  species  or  conjugations,  incorporating  into  its 
standard  paradigm  Ibrms  corresponding  to  some  of  these  which  the  He- 
brew only  occasionally  employs.  In  the  latter  language,  however,  they 
are  at  the  utmost  alternate  forms  substituted  in  place  of  the  ordinary 
ones,  and  found  for  the  most  part  in  the  imperfect  verbs,  to  the  nature  of 
whose  radicals  they  owe  their  peculiarities  of  structure.  When,  as  is  the 
case  in  a  very  Cew  instances,  there  is  a  double  form  to  a  particular  species 
in  the  same  verb,  usage  has  mostly  created  an  arbitrary  distinction  be- 
tween them,  e.g.  Pi.  ^nd  to  uproot  and  lyyiJ  to  take  Tool j  Pi.  C^R  (^ 
cause  to  stand,  applied  to  covenants  and  oaths,  to  Tolify,  and  E^ip ,  in  a 
pliysical  sense,  to  raise  up ;  Hi.  n^;n  to  cause  to  rest,  to  set  down,  and 
r."'iin  to  leave,  to  let  alone.  There  is  no  objection  to  the  employment  of 
these  names  as  convenient  designations  of  particular  modes  of  ibrmation, 
provided  it  is  understood  that  they  mean  nothing  more. 

(2)  There  are  very  few  instances  of  what  may  be  called  compound 
species;  thus,  Niphal  of  Pual  ^^^i  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  4:14,^0  be  exceed- 


110  ETYMOLOGY.  §84 

iiiirlij  (lijlliil.  Finmgcr  thiin  flic  piini)lc  \i|)Iiiil  ixs:  ;  Xipluil  of  Ilitlipael 
ins;?  Ezek.  23:48,  "iQSS  Deut.  21  :  8,  :  njnr?  Pro  v.  27:  15. 

§81.  To  each  of  these  species  belong  a  preterite  and  fu- 
ture, two  forms  of  the  infinitive,  an  absohitc  and  a  construct, 
a  piu-iiciple,  and,  except  to  the  Pual  and  Iloplial  which  as 
pure  j)assives  cannot  express  a  connnand,  an  imperative.  Tlie 
Kal  lias  l)oth  an  active  and  a  passive  participle,  one  more,  con- 
sequently, than  the  other  species.  The  preterite  of  each 
species  is  the  form  already  described,  §  S3.  The  remaining 
parts  are  formed  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 

1.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  formed  by  changing  the  last 
vowel  in  lliphil  and  liophal  to  Tsere,  and  in  each  of  the 
other  species  to  Hholem,  observing  likewise  that  Hhirik  in 
the  penult  of  Piel  and  lliphil  is  to  be  changed  to  Pattahh. 
(Sec  Paradigm  of  the  Perfect  Verb.)  This  rule  gives  to 
Niphal  the  infinitive  bib;53 ,  which  form  actually  occurs,  §91.  <5. 
If,  however,  the  original  Sh'va  be  suffered  to  remain  after 
the  prefixed  2,  §82.  2,  thus,  ^^1^3,  a  prosthetic  rn  wiH  be  re- 
quired in  order  to  its  pronunciation,  §  53. 1.  a,  after  which  3 
will  be  assimilated  to  the  following  letter,  §  54.  2,  and  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §64.  2,  added  to  the  P  in  order  to  give  full 
effect  to  the  reduplication ;  thus  Vd))>n ,  which  is  the  form 
written  in  the  paradigm. 

2.  The  construct  infinitive  is  formed  from  the  absolute 
in  the  Kal  by  rejecting  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §82.  1,  in 
Niphal  by  changing  the  last  vowel  to  Tsere,  and  in  the  re- 
maining species  by  makhig  the  last  vowel  conform  to  the 
corresponding  vowel  of  the  preterite. 

3.  The  future  is  formed  from  the  construct  infinitive  by 
the  appropriate  personal  prefixes ;  if  the  first  letter  of  the 
infinitive  be  n,  it  is  rejected,  §  53.  3,  and  its  vowel  given  to 
the  prefix. 

a.  (1)  SoiDP  verbs  take  Pattahh  in  the  last  eyllahle  of  the  Kal  flifure 
instead  of  the  Hliolein  of  tlie  construct  iiifiiiilive.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  witii  intransitive  verbs.     Sucli  as  luive  Tsere  in  the  preterite  regu- 


§84 


PERFECT  VERBS. 


Ill 


larly  take  Patfahh  in  the  future;  of  the  list  given  §82.  \.a.  (I)  and  (2) 
but  three  -sn,  bij.  ',3'r  take  Hholem,  and  two  yon  and  CMir  take  indif- 
ferently Hholem  or  Pattuljh.  Of  verbs  with  middle  o  in  the  preterite 
three  bn.  "ti;D  and  b'6v  take  Pattahh  in  the  future;  the  rest  either  d(»  not 
occur  in  the  future,  or  have  imijerfect  letters  in  their  root  which  obscure 
their  true  formation. 

(2)  The  following  verbs  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  Pattahh 
likewise  in  the  Kal  future.  Those  which  do  not  occur  in  theKal  preterite. 
or  occur  only  in  forms  which  do  not  reveal  the  character  of  the  vowel  fol- 
lowing the  second  radical,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  Verbs  having 
a  Pattahh  in  the  future,  which  is  due  to  imperfect  letters  in  the  root,  (e.  g. 
Pe  Yodh,  Ayin  Guttural,  Lamedh  Guttural),  are  not  included  in  this  list. 


V:nx  to  mourn. 

*  "bx  to  learn. 

*  ysN  to  be  strong. 
*r;:x  to  be  angry. 
*b3n  to  become  vain. 
pTn  to  be  strong. 
tsin  to  be  wise. 
T|^n  to  be  dark. 

*  5C3  to  be  foolish. 
lab  to  learn. 

pp^  to  be  sweet. 


1'"^  to  lie  down. 

t;t  to  rage  or  tremble. 

"15  "1  to  be  icet. 

-31  to  ride. 


I!33i3  to  come  near. 
blTi  (intrans.)  to  fall 

off. 
*~r3  to  be  poured. 

pbo  {^  SO),  b.)  to  ascend.  *iS'i  to  spread. 

"IT"  to  smoke.  *~p'^  to  rot. 

*pp^'  to  be  removed.  -:'l'  to  lie  down. 

*pi:j  to  be  righteous.  lib'ia  to  ride. 

bSp  to  be   lightly  es-  *nbiy  to  be  complete 

teemed.  *')^iy  to  grow  fat. 
*-il'j5  to  be  attentive. 


(3)  The  following  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  both  Pattahh  and 
Hholem  in  the  future. 


153  to  deal  treacher-  C^n  to  be  hot.  Tj^JJ  to  bite. 

oiisly.  "in  to  be  gracious.  brD  to  do. 

in  fut.  6,  to  tear,  fut.  *5rin  fut.  o,   to  plough,  lillis  to  strip  of. 

a,  to  resolve.  (ut.  a,  to  be  silent.  COp  to  use  divination. 


"bn  (mostly  fut.  e)  logo.  !:]ia  to  tear. 
Cyt  to  curse.  "ik^  to  form. 

*C3n  to  bind.  b?T3  to  trespass. 

*lljbn  fut.  o,   to  subdue,      "ii3  tofee. 
fut.  a,  to  be  weak.       113  to  vow. 


isp  Cut.  6.  to  cut  ojf.  fut. 

a,  to  be  short. 
P3tU  to  rest. 
orn  to  be  finished. 


b.  Some  imperfect  verbs,  chiefly  Pe  Yodh,  take   Tsere  in  the  second 
syllable  of  the  Kal  future,  e.  g.  SiiJ^. ,  'h"} . 

4.  The  imperative  has  the  same  form  with  the  construct 
infinitive  except  in  Hiphil,  where  the  last  vowel  is  Tsere  as 
in  the  infinitive  absolute. 


112  ETYMOLOGY.  ^85 

a.  Where  tlio,  K;il  future  has  PatLahli  or  Tsere  the  imperative  takes 
the  same. 

5.  Tlio  Kal  active  particii)lo  takes  the  form  bup  and  the 
passive  '"-7.  The  participle  of  the  Niphal  lengthens  the 
last  vowel  of  the  preterite  from  Pattahh  to  Kamets ;  those 
of  the  otlicr  species  are  formed  hy  prefixing  "a  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  rejecting  n  where  this  is  the  initial  letter, 
§  53.  3J  and  lengthening  the  last  vowel- where  this  is  short. 

§85.  1.  The  preterite  and  future  are  mflected  through 
three  persons,  the  imperative  only  in  the  second  person,  a 
command  presupposing  the  form  of  direct  address.  There 
are  also  distinct  forms  for  the  singular  and  plural  numbers 
and  for  the  masculine  and  feminine  genders.  Verbal  inflec- 
tions are  made  by  means  of  pronominal  fragments  added  to 
the  end  of  the  preterite  and  imperative,  and  for  the  most  part 
prefixed  to  the  future. 

a.  The  following  are  the  fragments  used  for  this  purpose  in  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb : 

Preterite  (^i:?). 

(1)  Singular.  2rd pers.  masc.  The  third  person  alone  has  no  per- 
sonal ending  in  any  of  its  forms;  as  each  of  the  others  has  such  a  termi- 
nation, none  was  needed  for  the  sake  of  distinction.  Nothing  more  was 
required  than  to  indicate  the  gender  and  number.  The  masculine  singu- 
lar is  expressed  by  the  simple  Ibrm  of  the  species  with  no  appended  sign 
whatever. 

Zfem.  The  oritrinal  feminine  termination  is  ri_,  which,  appended  to 
the  mnsmlinc,  would  give  r^p^? .  a  form  used  before  suffixes,  §101.1.  ir\ 
Lamedh  He  verbs  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  §86.6.  Commonly,  how- 
ever, in  verbs  as  in  nouns  and  adjectives,  the  final  n  is  dropped,  §-55.  2.  c, 
and  the  previous  vowel,  which  thus  comes  to  stand  in  a  simple  syllable,  is 
lengthened,  '"^'ri^- 

2  masc.     The  appended  tn  is  derived  from  !^^:S<  . 

2  fern.     T\  from  PX  . 

I  cnm.  Tl  changed  from  ""S  of  "=bx  ;  compare  the  similar  relation  of 
the  sulli.Kcs  r, ,  =d  to  the  pronouns  nns  ,  cnx  §72.  The  Ethiopic  retains 
the  k  unaltered,  kalalku. 


^85  PERFECT   VERBS.  113 

Plural.  3  com.  The  original  plural  termination  §71.  b.  (2)  is  a  nasal 
ta  or  T  preceded  by  the  vowel  1 .  The  full  ending  'jl  is  still  found  in  a 
very  few  instances,  §86.6,  generally  the  1  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  a. 

2  masc.     CP)  from  cr.X  . 

2  fern.     "(Fi  from  "lOX  . 

1  com.     13  from  13  5t . 

Fiit/(re  (Tin:?). 

(2)  Singular.  3rd  pers.  masc.  The  prefixed  "^  is  from  Xin  ;  the 
vowel  w,  which  distinguishes  the  masculine  pronoun,  is  changed  to  the 
corresponding  semivowel  1,  and  this  at  the  beginning  of  words  becomes  '' , 
§56.2. 

2  fern,     ri,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  is  here  prefixed. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  The  prefixed  Pi  is  from  npiX,  '^pis,  from  the  latter 
of  which  is  derived  the  appended  "^  _  of  the  feminine. 

I  com.     The  prefixed  X  is  from  ''SX  . 

Plural.  3  masc.  and  2  masc.  The  same  plural  termination  as  in  the 
preterite  is  appended  to  the  corresponding  singular  forms. 

Sfem.  and  2fem.  The  feminine  plural  is,  as  in  the  pronouns  nsn , 
SnjFiX,  denoted  by  ns  appended  to  the  singular,  the  2  fem.  shig.  termina- 
tion "^ .  being  dropped  as  superfluous. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  3  is  from  13S  . 

Imperative  {'^'^^),  etc. 

(3)  No  designation  of  the  person  is  here  necessary  as  the  second  is  the 
only  one  in  use.  Gender  and  number  are  indicated  by  the  same  termina- 
tions as  in  the  corresponding  person  of  the  future.  The  future  forms  will, 
in  fact,  in  every  case  directly  yield  those  of  the  imperative  by  rejecting 
the  prefixed  n ,  the  sign  of  the  second  person,  and  restoring  the  n  in 
those  cases  in  which  it  has  been  suppressed. 

(4)  The  Infinitive  {'^ip'O  fountain^  whence  other  forms  are  derived)  is 
an  abstract  verbal  noun  commonly  masculine,  but  sometimes  with  a  femi- 
nine termination. 

(5)  The  Participle  ("'i'lS'^a  intermediate  between  the  preterite  and  the 
future)  shares  the  inflections  of  nouns  and  adjectives. 

2.  The  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb  in  aU  the  species 
are  shown  by  the  paradigm  of  bb;?  upon  the  next  page. 
8 


/ 

N 

Pa] 

/ 

[lADIGM    6f 

v 

\]    Al.. 

N I  I'll  A  I,. 

IMEL. 

PUAL. 

n»^. 

3  m. 

i^i? 

^tV:} 

^top 

^^P 

3/. 

n>L^pj 

npi2p 

•^?'^P. 

2  v«. 

nb^p 

T  :     -It 

I;bt:p? 

i??fep 

i?r^P 

2/ 

^^^?r 

nb^p3 

Pib'op 

r^ibtsp 

1  c. 

'^^ 

"j^r^pf 

"^r^P 

T'r^^p 

Plur. 

3   c. 

:  'it 

M*ppp 

^bi:p 

^5lfp 

2  ??i. 

cii;}bt:p 

snbi:p: 

Dri'r^p 

Crbl^p 

2/ 

•rT^P 

i^'r^p? 

l^r^P 

(^;'r^P 

1    c. 

^-r^i? 

^jbbpD 

^^f'^P 

•'-f^P. 

Infin. 

absol. 

bibp 

bbp- 

btip 

blip 

const  r. 

bibp 

^H^p^i 

^top 

(^^P) 

Bi«»: 

3  «i. 

^■^i?:~' 

^^^i?: 

^top; 

^"^p: 

3/. 

V-; — , 

't:pri 

^tspn 

bbpri 

2  7tt. 

bipri 

>.?pr^ 

btopsn 

btopn 

2/ 

"1^'^P^' 

^bt?]5ri 

^bippn 

^bippn 

1   c. 

biipx 

^Pp^ 

^topx 

-topy^ 

Plur. 

3  ?w. 

fep; 

^^^i^r 

^^^:p' 

•i^"^p: 

3/ 

n;bt:pn 

M:bt2pn 

T  :    "It    • 

n:bti!pri 

!^;b"^P^ 

2  iu. 

^tppri 

^btpp^n 

^btppri 

•b'^pn 

2/ 

r:"br:pn 

nrbtpn 

»^,'^t:pri 

nrbbpn 

1   c. 

btipp 

^tp? 

^T^P? 

btops 

Impek. 

2  m. 

btbp 

'^pn 

^t:p 

2/ 

"bt)p 

^btapn 

•     :  liT    • 

'5^^P 

Plur. 

2  7?l. 

^^9P 

^bt:pn 

:  (it    • 

^btfp 

wanting 

2/ 

-:br:p 

nrbrspn 

M:bt2p 

Part. 

acf. 

^^p 

^^P? 

■pass. 

b^t:p 

^^P? 

b^p^ 

114 


Perfect  Verbs. 

iniiiiL. 

HOPDAL. 

BITHPAEL. 

KAL  (mid.  e). 

KAL  (mid.  d). 

^''^pn 

bi:pn 

^^pf?r} 

lis 

••  r 

biuj 

rb'tj^Tj 

nbtpprn 

rnz'2 

■f    ;    rr 

rbt^jipn 

^'r^hs' 

rb^pnn 

T  ;    —1-   :    • 

rn23 

T  :  —  T 

nbD'i' 

T  :        r 

^Y^'p,^ 

rb^pnn 

^7?? 

rbDTiJ 

:  :       T 

"^r^pr* 

"nbi:pn 

•  :  — •:    r 

■rb^pnn 

•  :  —  T 

^rbi-i^ 

^ib-^tppr; 

^bi:pn 

^bifpnn 

:  IT 

sibSTiJ 

Ci^brci^ri 

n^^b^pn 

Dnb^prn 

t]rn23 

(nn^^ui) 

■jribtipri 

-,nb^pn 

'rbt^prn 

1^75? 

(i^rv^) 

^^r'^'p^! 

^Dbi:pn 

:  — ':    T 

iiDbi^pnn 

:  —  T 

^ab'iuj 

^t?pr! 

bt:pli 

(btipnn) 

T 

bibizj 

T 

^'PPl! 

-^prr* 

ins 

Vdi^ 

^'pp: 

^^p: 

^^pr?r 

■^"': 

b:buj" 

^'^pP) 

btbpn 

btopnn 

^i^ri 

bitv) 

^"^pJi) 

b^pn 

btapnri 

"^?J? 

bt'ZT) 

^^"PpJD 

^'r^p^ 

^bi2prn 

^^inDn 

^^^'4'^ 

^■^P^ 

btbpx 

^^pr^ 

1S5!^5 

bi)tR 

^b-tpp^_ 

iibi:p^ 

:  I:t 

^btfpn: 

iiiins^ 

^bs'jj" 

»^."r^p^ 

n:bt2pn 

♦ijbtipriri 

T  :  —  :    • 

t-iZbttP' 

^b-tbpr) 

^bt:pn 

^btipnn 

^iiiDn 

^bsirn 

nrbtDpn 

riDbibpn 

M3bt2pnn 

T  :   —  :    . 

nibii^in 

^■pp^ 

btbp2 

— ';t 

^^P^'? 

'^I?^ 

bSlTD 

'^PlI 

^tspnri 

^?? 

'^"^PlI 

'^Ppi?n 

'7?? 

^b^t)pn 

wanting 

^btcpnrj 

^"ins 

•^Jr^Pu 

njyjpnn 

f^n^? 

b-^ipp-a 

btbpn7j 

^'?lf"3 

115 


116  ETYMOLOGY.  ^86 

a.  In  order  to  a  better  iimlorstandinor  of  the  preceding  paradigm,  it 
t!lioulil  bo  ohsorvt'd  that  certain  clianges  result  (Voni  attaciiing  tiie  per- 
sonal inliectinns  to  tlie  verb,  wiiicli  are  to  be  explained  by  tlie  general 
laws  of  sounds  and  syllables. 

(!)  The  prefixes  of  the  future  occasion  no  changes  unless  they  stand 
bfforc  n  wbirh  is  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given  to  the  prefix.  §53.  3,  e.  g. 
b6p7  ihv  ?i:;3n7,  or  stand  belbre  a  vowel  less  letter  when  the  Sh'va  of  the 
pri'fix  becomes  Hhirik.  §61.  1,  thus  forming  a  new  syllable  to  which  the 
initial  radical  is  attached,  e.  g.  ^'^p.",  for  --k?-  Where  X  of  the  first  per- 
son singular  would  receive  Hhirik.  it  takes  the  diphtliongal  Seghol  in- 
stead, §60.  l.a(5),  e.  g.  ^-'r-^?.-  ^'-^A^.- 

(2)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  vowel,  viz.,  Ii^  and  "^  .  of  the  femi- 
nine singular  and  1  of  the  plural,  occasion  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  in 
the  ultimate.  §66.  2,  which  is  no  longer  needed,  except  in  the  Hiphil  whose 
long  "^  is  retained  in  the  preterite  and  future,  and  takes  the  place  of  (  ) 
in  the  imperative,  e.g.  "^^^J^,  "'^^"'P^  but  nViB~ii .  In  the  Kal  impera- 
tive the  rejection  takes  place  although  it.  creates  a  necessity  for  the  forma- 
tion of  a  new  syllable,  ■'^•JF:-  'i^'^:?  lot"  ■'^'-?P;  ''"''^P  <''oni  bip3,§61.  1. 

(3)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  consonant  li  or  of  a  simple  syllable 
n.  "n.  '3.  nj  occasion  no  change,  except  the  compression  of  the  antece- 
dent vowel,  which  now  stands  before  two  consonants,  to  (_)  in  the  preterite, 
and  from  ^,  to  (_,)  in  the  future,  o'sbpn ,  njbijrn ,  §61.4.  But  verbs 
with  midtlle  o  retain  the  Hholem  in  the  Kal  preterite,  ''P^!^^  . 

(4)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  mixed  syllable  cn,  'P)  occasion  the 
same  compression  of  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  and  inasmuch  as  they 
always  receive  the  accent,  §33.3,  they  likewise  cause  the  rejection  from 
the  |)eiu]It  of  the  Kal  preterite  of  the  pretonic  Kamets.  which  owes  its  ex- 
istence to  the  proximity  of  the  tone  syllable,  §82.  1.  cnbap  from  ^^p. 


Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs. 


§86.  a.  Preterite.  Verbs  with  middle  Tsere  exchange  this  for  Pat- 
tahh  upon  ijic  accession  of  a  personal  affix  beginning  with  a  consonant. 
Those  with  middle  Hholem  retain  this  vowel,  unless  it  be  deprived  of  the 
accent  when  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  ri":i;i .  "Rii;;' ,  "'FJ^^^, 
'i' : ^,T^  •  "'v^%V  The  second  vowel,  whatever  it  be.  is  regularly  dropped 
before  affixes  beginning  with  a  vowel,  but  here,  as  elsewdiere  throughout 
the  paradigm,  is  restored  and  if  need  be  lengthened  on  the  reception  of  a 
])ause  accent,  e.g.  lij^B.  :nscn,  iibb^.  The  words  ^^tj  Judg.  5:5, 
tisjj  Isa.  63:  I  a  64  :  2*  are  by^KimcliY  Mikhol  fol.  5.  regarded  as  Kal 
preterites  from  ^^z  flowed,  in  which  case  the  second  must  be  added  to  the 
list  of  forms  with  Dagheshforte  emphatic.  §24.  c.  by  Gesenius  ;is  Niphal 
preterites   from    bSt  shook,  comp.  nH23    Gen.   11:7,  I'is  Am.  3:11  from 

P33.  na. 


§87  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  117 

h.  Sing.  3fem.  The  old  form  with  n  is  found  constantly  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  occasionally  in  Lamedh  Aleph,  and  in  two  instances  besides, 
nbTX  Deut.  32  :  36  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  of  a  following 
mon'osyliabie,  §35.  1.),  and  rrd  Ezek.  46:  17  from  nsi'J.  The  vowel  letter 
S  is  once  written  in  place  of  n  ,  NHna  Ezek.  31 :  5  KHhibh,  §  11.  1.  a. 

2  masc.  The  vowel  letter  ri  is  sometimes  appended  as  in  the  pro- 
noun nnx  from  which  tlie  termination  is  tai<en.  nri"i:'2  Mai.  2 :  14.  nniJra 
Jer.  17:4;  so  in  other  species  besides  Kal,  nnsoq:  Gen.  31  :  30,  nnr'n'i 
Job  38  :  12  KHhibh.  nn^iiri  Ps.  73  :  27.  In  the  last  example  the  n  of  the 
root  is  united  by  Dagliesh-forte  witii  the  n  of  the  personal  affix  ;  this 
union  regularly  occurs  between  roots  ending  with  n  and  affixes  beginning 
with  the  same  letter  "^na^ss  Job  23 :  17,  riirn  Ps.  89 :  45.  "^narn  Isa. 
16:  10.  cn?irn  Ex.  5:5,  pini?  Ezek.  23:8,  '"Tib  Gen.  19:19,  "'nrinnn 
Jer.  49:37. 

2  fern.  The  full  termination  Ti  of  "'PN  is  frequently  added  in  Jere- 
miah and  Ezekiel  and  occasionally  elsewhere.  Ti^z"  Ezek.  16:22.  and 
repeatedly  in  the  same  chapter.  TnTi^  Ruth  3:3;  so  in  other  species 
Ti^tn  Jer.  3  :  5,  ''Pi'iab  Jer.  13:21.    '  See  also  Jer.  4  :  19,  22  :  23,  46  :  11. 

1  com.  The  vowel  letter  "^  is,  contrary  to  the  ordinary  rule,  §11.  1.  a, 
omitted  in  four  instances  in  the  K'thibh.  though  it  is  supplied  by  the  K'ri. 
ny'n;  Ps.  140  :  13,  Job  42  :  2,  n^ia  1  Kin.  8  :  48,  n^b?  Ezek.  16  :  59. 

Plur.  3  com.  The  full  ending  "1  only  occurs  in  '|^3."")^  Deut.  8  :  3,  16 
■j^ips  Isa.  26:16,  and  'fl'sip';  Isa.  29:21  from  '^P"^ ,  the  restoration  of  the 
Hholem  before  the  pause  accent  causing  the  rejection  of  the  Kamets, 
which  is  a  pretonic  vowel  and  can  only  remain  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  accent;  the  form  is  thus  sufficiently  explained  without  the  neces- 
sity of  assuming  it  to  be  the  future  of  a  verb  dip  which  nowhere  else 
occurs.  An  otiant  X,  §16. 1.  is  twice  added  to  this  person,  as  is  regularly 
the  case  in  Arabic,  x^ii^n  Josh.  10:24.  N'iwS  Isa.  28:  12.  The  forms  of 
similar  appearance  WVaj  Ps.  139:20,  NSlbl";  Jer.  10:5,  are  in  reality  of 
different  ciiaracter  as  the  X  is  in  these  a  radical,  whose  vowel  has  been 
shilted  to  the  preceding  letter,  §57.  2.  (3).  The  occasional  omission  of  the 
vowel  letter  1  from  the  K'thibh,  e.g.  niDK  1  Sam.  13:  19,  ^3p  Estli.  9:27, 
nis:^  Deut.  21:7,  n'^n  Josh.  ]8:12\'l4.  19  indicates  a' difference  of 
reading.  Tlie  words  of  the  text  are  in  the  singular,  and  require  the 
pointing  ""BX  etc.  f^ii?^  etc.;  the  K'ri  has  substituted  'i~i'<?5<,  ^icTiJ  etc. 
for  the  sake  of  a  more  exact  concord  of  the  verbs  with  their  subjects,  §48, 

2  masc.  and  fern.  There  is  no  example  of  a  verb  middle  o  in  the 
second  person  plural  ;  the  forms  in  the  paradigm  are  inferred  from 
analogy,  to  indicate  which  they  are  enclosed  in  parentheses.  In  niPDbian 
Am.  4:3,  n^  is  added  to  the  2  fern,  as  to  the  corresponding  pronoun. 

§87.  Infinitive.  The  Hholem  of  the  construct  is  usually  written  with- 
out "I,  "153  Isa.  33  :  1,  though  not  invariably,  "p  J  and  "pii^.  ^liis  and  'Jiis, 
and  before  Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  §64.  1,  "CDp  Ezek. 
21  :26.  28.  34.     The  Hholem  of  the  absolute  infinitive  is  usually  though 


113  ETYMOLOGY.  §88 

not  iiivariiil)Iy  written  with  1.  e.  <r.  "ria  Isn.  48  :  S  but  2=-^  Lev.  15:24, 
ami  is  iiiiimiliilde.  The  coiislruc-t  infinitive  has;  Pattalih  in  j)Iace  of  Hho- 
loni  in  ZZ'CJ  1  Kin.  1:21  et  passim  and  SE'ZJ  Eecles.  12:4.  Ttic  feininine 
form  of  llie  construct  infinitive  occurs  repeatedly  in  imperfect  though  it  is 
of  rare  occurrence  in  perfect  verbs,  e.  g.  nprZy  Deut.  1 1  :  22.  30  :  20,  Josh. 
22:5,  riitrq,  nbnx,  nx-J?.  S^^n^^  Jer.  31  ;  12^  nil^n  Ezek.  16:5,  nxra 
Lev.  15:  o2.  In  I'c  Yodh  and  Laniedh  lie  verbs  the  feiriinine  is  the  cus- 
tomary form. 

§88.  FrTURE.  3  vwftc.  The  Hholem  is  commonly  written  ivithout  Vav, 
thouixh  often  with  it  """'^^  -t^r?  !""'  -"'^^r?)  '^''^  before  Makkeph  is 
shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph.  §64.  1.  "T|^"^"'  Is^a.  32:  1.  the  Vav  being  ir^ 
euch  cases  rejected  by  the  K'ri  if  found  in  the  K'thibh,  e.  g.~::"Fi=X  Hos. 
8:  12;  in  "i^'^S^  Josh.  18:20  the  Hholem  remains.  Tlie  voWel  of  the  last 
Kyllable  is  rejected,  as  is  the  case  throughout  the  paradigm,  upon  the  recep- 
tion of  a  vowel  affix,  §66.  2.  unless  retained  or  restored  by  the  pause  accent, 
§65.2,  1-3  r?  Prov.  8:  15.  ^"!^'"ri  Jer.  10  :  12;  twice,  however,  instead  of  re- 
jection Hholem  is  changed  to  Shurek  ^i^iQUJ*  Ex.  18  :  26,  ''■'l^=?;ri  Ruth  2:8. 
A  like  form  appears  in  the  K'thibh,  Prov.  4  :  16  ibit":"^ . 

3  fein.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  is  in  two  in.'^tances  added  both  at  the 
begiiuiing  and  the  end  of  the  verb.  viz.  :  nrx'in  Deut.  33:16,  r|rxi2Pi 
Job  22:21.  paragogic  n^  being  appended  to  the  former,  §{»7.  1,  and  a 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  latter.  A  like  duplication  of  the  sign  of  the 
second  person  feminine  occurs  in  rxin  1  Sam.  25:34  K'ri,  where  the 
K'lhibh  has  the  fuller  ending  TX^n  . 

2 fern.  '  is  somelimes  added  to  the  long  vowel  with  which  this  person 
ends  "pS'iFi  Ruth  2:8,  "ii";n  Ruth  3:4.  "j^^Srirn  1  Sam.  1:  14.  Occa- 
sionally the  feminine  ending  is  omitted  and  the  masculine  form  uted  in- 
stead, e.  g.  ~P";=n  Isa.  57  :  8. 

1  com.  pBX  Ps.  139:8.  though  by  some  grammarians  referred  to  poj , 
is  probably  liir  p^px  from  pBp.  the  liquid  b  being  excluded,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  conservative  inserted  in  the  previous  letter.  §53.  3. 

Pi,iTR.  2  masc.  and  3  masc.  The  full  plural  termination  'T  is  o^  more 
frequent  occurrence  here  than  in  the  preterite,  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  being  either  retained  or  rejected.  "1"!b:p7  Ruth  2  :  9.  "|"2^'Pi  Josh. 
24:  15.  ■!i-:'n-;;;  Ex.  9:29.  •st-iNC';'  Josh.  4:6,  "i'Tf  pb'!' .  ^ra'w";'  Ps.  104:28, 
•(iSr-)  1  Sani.  2  :  22.  Josh.  2  :  8.  iiin^cn  Deut.  1  \\  22,  r":xn'  Jer.  21:3;  so 
ill  other  species,  "li^rs-i  Job  19:23,  -jii^EIs^  Job  2 J  :2l/-|in3-in  Gen.  32:20 
anil  ■|'i^2'?n  Ps.  58:2.  ?aprp  2  Kin.*6:'l9,  "Vjrsn  IMic' 2  :  8,  :"i!islbar7 
Jr)l)  9:6.  It  is  chiefly  found  at  the  end  of  a  clause  or  verse,  the  pausal 
emphasis  delighting  in  lencjthened  forms,  or  before  words  beginning  with 
a  weak  letter,  to  separate  the  final  vowel  more  completely  from  that  of  the 
following  initial  syllable.  In  the  judsrment  of  Nonlheimer  CVi^i^  Isa. 
35  :  1  preserves  this  ending  in  a  still  older  form  :  Ewald  thiid<s  the  final  "J 
has  been  assimilated  to  the  initial  B  of  the  following  word.  §55.  1;  in  all 
probability,  however,  D  is  here,  as  it  usually  is,  the  3  plur.  suffix,  and  it  is 


§89  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  119 

properly  so  rendered  in  the  common  English  version  shall  be  glad  for 
them. 

3  fern.  In  a  very  few  cases  the  initial  "^  of  the  masculine  form  is  re- 
tained, tlie  distinction  of  gender  being  sutRcientiy  marked  by  the  termina- 
tion ~:-i'q:,\^  Dan,  8  :  22,  nj^n;;  Gen.  30  :  3S,  ns-jlB^  1  Sam.  G  :  12;  or,  on 
the  otlier  hand,  the  termination  ^  of  the  niasculiiu;  is  retained,  the  gender 
bt'ing  sufficiently  indicated  by  the  prefixed  n.  :!i~,::2Fi  Jer.  49:  11,  ''S'lpri 
Ezek.  37  :  7;  sometimes  the  gender  is  ne2;lected  entirely  and  the  masculine 
form  used  for  the  feminine,  e.  g.  Vi"b~i7  Hos.  14  :  1.  The  assumption  tliat 
the  3  fern.  plur.  is  used  for  the  3  feni.  sing,  in  n:i<"if:r!  Ex.  1  :  10,  njTnn 
Job  17:16.  njD-gnn  Isa.  28:3,  nDni^Ti  Isa,  27 :  U.  nDn5u3ri  Judg.  5V26. 
is  unnecessary;  in  the  first  passage  nanb^s ,  the  subject  of  the  verb,  is 
used  in  a  collective  sense,  wars  shall  occur;  the  others  are  to  be  similarly 
explained  with  the  exception  of  the  last,  where  na  maybe  the  suffix  with 
Nun  epenthetic  in  place  of  the  more  usual  Ibrm  nSHbtT)  lier  luiml  —  she 
puts  it  forth.     Conip.  Obad.  ver.  13. 

2  and  Z  fern.  The  vowel  letter  H  is  occasionally  in  the  Pentateuch, 
and  more  rarely  in  other  books,  omitted  from  the  termination  nj .  particu- 
larly when  there  are  other  vowel  letters  in  the  word.  ^T'Dr^^!'  Gen.  27  :  1, 
;,i<i:n  Gen.  30:38,  ^I'ritni  Gen.  33:6.  ;ni;Tn  Ezek. '3:20,  ^''^.H^  nine 
times  in  the  Pentateuch,  three  times  in  Ezekiel,  and  once  in  1  Samuel. 

When  the  root  of  the  verb  ends  with  "]  this  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte 
with  the  affix  fij.  §25.  n23'rn  Ezek.  17:23,  nsiipn  Ezek.  .32  :  16.  or  with- 
out Daghesh,  nanrn  Ruth  1 :  i3,  !n;i2xn  Isa.  60:4,  nDS^n  Ps.  71  :23  in  most 
editions.     So  in  the  !em.  plur.  imperative,  S^iixn  Gen.  4:  23. 

§89.  Imperative.  Sing.  muse.  The  Hholem  of  the  last  syllable,  as  in 
the  future  and  infinitive  construct,  is  mostly  written  without  1,  e.  g.^pQ , 
yet  not  always,  T\^d  and  T|"iSlU  ;  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets 
Hhatuph  'T\\''i  Judg,  9:  14.  It  may  perhaps  be  similarly  shortened  with- 
out Makkeph  in  12Q  Judg.  19  :  5,  comp.  ver.  8,  §19.  2.  a,  or  the  vowel  may 
be  Kamets  lengthened  from  Pattahh  by  the  accent,  which  does  occur, 
though  rarely,  with  conjtinctives.  §65.  3.  6. 

Fem.  sing,  and  masc.  plur.  The  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  is  com- 
monly Hhirik,  but  under  the  influence  of  the  rejected  Hholem  it  is  occa- 
sionally Kamets  Hhatuph,  §61.1,  ""^-ya  Judg.  9:10,  siIdU^  Ezek.  32:20 
(but  ibria  Ex.  12:21,  for  the  Methegh  see  §45.2),  ^ibs  Zeph.  3:14, 
"^n-ii?  Mic.  1 :  16,  and  (with  i  retained  in  the  K'thibh)  ^^'Op  1  Sam.  28:8, 
Judg.  9:  12.  Upon  the  restoration  of  the  original  vowel  by  the  pause  ac- 
cent, the  vowel  under  the  first  radical  is  dropped  as  no  longer  necessary, 
rj'ay  Zech.  7  :  9,  snbS'  Nah.  2  :  9.  When  the  third  radical  is  an  aspirate 
it  rarely  receives  Dagesh-lene  in  this  mood  though  preceded  by  Sh'va, 
§22.  a.  (l);  such  cases  as  "^can  Isa.  47:2,  ''ispx  Jer.  10: 17,  are  excep- 
tional. 

Fern.  plur.  The  final  vowel  T\  ^  is  dropped  in  'Siyii  Gen.  4 :  23.  §90; 
occasionally  n  is  not  written  though  the  vowel  remains,  jJ<^^  Ruth.  1 :  9. 


1:20  tTYMoi.UoV.  §00 

§00.  rAUTiciiM.r.s.  Acfin-.  Tlic  IIlKtlcm  (il'tiio  firsl  Kyllubic  id  written  in- 
dilferenlly  with  or  without  Vav.  1^2  and  ihia,  mostly  without  when  addi- 
tions are  inatie  to  the  word.  In  nn:;l^  Prov.  25  :  19  Shurck  is  substituted 
lor  Hlioleni,  unless,  as  Ewald  suirgests,  it  is  a  Pual  participle  with  "O 
omitted  ;  or,  as  others  pro]>ose,  it  is  to  be  taken  as  an  abstract  noun.  Tlie 
Tsere  oftlic  second  syllable  is  written  without  ">  excejjt  Z'zb  2  Kin.  8:21 ; 
it  id  shortened  to  Sejjrliol  in  =b-in  Isa.  41  :  7,  upon  the  recession  of  the  ac- 
cent. ~"^'n  Ps.  10:  5  and  r;CT'  Isa.  29:  14,  38  :  5,  Eccles.  1 :  IS.  have  been 
ini|)ropi  riy  reL'arded  as  particij)les  with  Hhirik  in  place  of  Tsere.  The 
Ibrnier  is  the  Hiph.  fut.  of  the  verb  T(^^ ,  which  is  found  in  Arabic  though 
it  occurs  only  in  this  place  in  Hebrew,  and  means  (hoit  wilt  enlarge ;  the 
latter  is  the  ordinary  Hiphil  future  ofro^,  and  the  construction  is  ellip- 
tical, J  (am  lie  who)  will  add,  see  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentaries.  Partici- 
ples are  rarely  Ibrmed  from  neuter  verbs,  yet  bzi  fading,  az'6  desolate, 
verbal  adjectives  of  the  same  form  with  the  preterites  middle  t  and  0 
being  mostly  used  instead,  N^^  /«//,  "^^T  old,  "i5^  afraid. 

Passive.  This,  in  the  few  cases  in  which  it  is  in  use  in  intransi- 
tive verbs,  has  tlie  sense  of  the  active,  ttii's  and  Uiisb  wearing,  "isis  and 
"si';3  dwelling,  n!ii:2  trusting ;  there  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same 
thing  in  transitive  verbs,  "i-13T  remembering,  TWS  holding.  The  last 
vowel  is  with  kvf  exceptions  as  C^s  Deut.  32:34,  criy.  ex:  written 
witli  Vav. 

There  are  a  very  few  instances  in  wliicli  participles  appear  to  be  in- 
flected in  the  diflerent  persons  by  means  of  the  terminations  proper  to  the 
preterite.  This,  aUiiough  common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  occurs  in  He- 
brew only  in  the  following  examples  : 

2  fern.  sing.  Fin^i  Gen.  16:11.  Judg.  13  :  5.  7 ;  and  with  the  fuller  end- 
ing ■'P^'r-i,  ■'n::p^  Jer.  22  :  23.  "'nirj  jer.  51  :  13.  The  punctuators  must 
have  regarded  these  terminations  as  personal  inflections,  because  the 
simple  (ijrm  of  the  feminine  participle  and  that  which  it  always  has  when 
joined  with  a  noun  of  the  third  j)erson.  is  riip"'  Gen.  17:19.  and  with  ^ 
paragogic  in  the  K'thibh  "'naii;''  Ezek.  27:3. 

2  masc.  plur.  cn-'inndia  Ezek.  8 :  16.  the  Hithpael  participle  of  nnj. 
There  is,  it  is  true,  an  abruptness  and  difficulty  in  ihe  consiriiclion,  they, 
ye  were  worshii>ping,  which  can  only  be  explained  upon  the  assumption 
that  after  describing  these  bold  transgressors  in  the  third  person,  Ezekiel 
turns  to  them  and  directly  addresses  them  in  the  second,  or  that  his  mean- 
ing is,  not  only  they  but  ye  too  (the  people)  were  worshipping  in  these 
your  representatives.  I'ut  in  view  of  the  frequent  and  sudden  changes  of 
person  found  in  the  prophets,  and  the  unusual  forms  and  bold  constructions 
which  abound  in  Ezekiel,  almost  any  explanation  seems  preferable  to  an 
uniiutiiori/rd  change  of  the  text,  with  most  modern  interpreters,  to  the 
ordinary  plural  C^inrtlia  which  is  contained  in  a  very  few  mamiscripts, 
but  not  enough  to  overcome  the  presumption  in  fivor  of  the  more  dilRcult 
reading;  or  the  supposition  of  a  mongrel  word  compounded  of  the  two 
roots  nn-j  (o  u-nrshij>.  and  rno  to  corrupt,  in  order  to  suggest  the  idea  of 
a  corrupt  or  corrupting  service. 


§91  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  121 

3  plur.  ! '^2'i^bprri  they  are  cursing  vie,  Jer.  15:10.  Kimclii  explains 
this  word  as  a  compound  of  tiie  roots  ibj?  to  curse,  and  nb;^  lo  treat  as 
vile;  Gesenius,  as  a  confusing  of  two  distinct  readings,  the  particij)le 
•'Sjib;:?^  and  the  preterite  ''i^'ihp;  and  Ev\?ald  changes  the  text  to  '^ZiBb;^^, 
though  his  conjecture  is  unsustained  by  a  single  manuscript,  and  Nun 
epenthetic  never  occurs  with  participles.  The  suggestion  is  here  otfered 
that  the  letters  of  tiie  word  may  be  regarded  as  the  plural  of  the  partici- 
ple inflected  after  the  manner  of  the  preterite,  with  the  added  suffix,  so 
that  the  proper  pointing  would  be  "'D^bbj^o  ;  the  punctuators,  however,  have 
sought  here,  as  not  infrequently  eisewliere,  §48.  to  establish  a  more  exact 
agreement  between  the  participle  and  its  subject  n'^3  by  pointing  the 
former  as  a  singular,  whereupon  the  Vav  must  be  looked  upon  as  epen- 
thetic or  superfluous,  '.''Z^bhp^-D  as  if  for  :"'5bb;rB.  In  fact,  a  few  manu- 
scripts omit  the  Vav,  while  others  remark  ihat  it  is  superfluous;  the 
weight  of  authority  is  certainly  in  favor  of  retaining  it,  though  the  other 
reading  may  be  accepted  as  an  explanatory  gloss. 

NIPH  AL. 

§91.  a.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  Some  copies  have  ynl?  Jer.  50:23 
with  Seghol  under  the  prefixed  Nun  lor  ^'tf^?. 

b.  Infinitive.  The  following  may  be  mentioned  as  examples  of  the 
shorter  form  of  the  absolute  "023  Gen.  31 :  30,  chba  Judg.  11 :25,  nb;;  1  Sam. 
2:27,  N"ih'3  2  Sam.  1:6;  of  tlie  longer  form  given  in  the  paradigm  "Pin 
Jer.  32:4,  which  once  appears  with  prosthetic  N  in  place  ofn  Ezek.  14:3 
Uil^S,  §53.  1.  a.  The  construrt  infinitive  usually  has  Tsere  "S^'H  Ezek. 
16:  36.  but  is  in  one  instance  ~^;n  Ps.  68  :  3.  formed  as  in  Kal  by  rejecting 
the  pretonic  Kamets  from  the  absolute.  There  are  a  few  exam|)les  of  the 
construct  form  used  for  the  absolute  ipsn  1  Kin.  20:39,  T2'i"n  Deut. 
4:26.  The  prosthetic  n  is  commonly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions 
1|?sr.b  which  are  less  closely  connected  with  the  word  than  the  formative 
prefixes  of  the  future;  it  is,  however,  rejected  in  ibirsa  Prov.  24:17. 
comp.  cb'-rsna  Dan.  11:34.  The  Tsere  of  the  last  syllable  of  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  as  well  as  of  the  future  and  imperative  which  are  formed 
from  it,  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing  its  accent,  "irsti  Job  34  :  22, 
Dn^n  Judg.  9:  38,  -i=.^'7  Eccles.  7 :  26.  rarely  to  Pattahh,  =]rn  Job  18:4. 
In  the  Imperative  "i^ii"'"!  the  form  with  Seghol  is  the  usual  one.  that  with 
Tsere  only  occurring  in  Isa.  7:4.  The  pretonic  Kamets  of  this  species  is 
singular  in  not  being  liable  to  rejection  on  the  shifting  of  the  tone,  e.  g. 
C=":=^n  Ezek.  21  :  29,  lin-iS-:  Ps.  37  :  9. 

c.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  The  prefixed  S  occasionally  has  Hhirik, 
BSt'X  Ezek.  20:36,  1  Sam.  12  :  7,  ^nrix  Ezek,  14  :  3,  nn^sx  Ex.  14:4,17. 

Pliir.  fem.  Tsere  rarely  remains  in  the  second  syllable  i^:?"^!  Ruth 
1:13,  being,  as  in  the  Piel  preterite,  commonly  changed  to  Pattalili  before 
the  concurring  consonants.  njbD.vn  Jer.  24:2.  so  with  a  pause  accent, 
n:r=Trn  Isa.  13  :  16  K'ri,  Zech.'u :  2  K'ri.  nso^nn  Isa.  28  :  3;  the  first,  as 
the  original  form,  is,  however,  placed  in  the  paradigm. 


1'22  ETYMOLOGY.  §92 

tl.  Imi'f.hativf..  Ewalil  rcgiirds  'kz^_:  Isu.  43:9,  Joel  4:11.  I'!?:  .Tir. 
50:  5.  as  iiuperativee  without  tlie  usual  n  prosilietic  ;  but  tliis  as-suiiijilion 
is  needless,  lor  tl)ey  can  readily  be  explained  as  preterites. 

e.  Participle.  In  1  Sam.  15:0  HTsrs  con/ew/jfj'6Ze,  is  in  form  aNiplial 
participle  li'oin  the  noun  hti'd  coiite»ij)t. 


tie;,. 

§92.  a.  The  inton.^ivo  species  is  usually  formed  by  doubling  the 
eecond  radical;  in  bbs:  Ezek.  28:23,  and  the  passive  form  ib'^cx  the 
third  radical  is  doubled  instead,  an  expedient  resorted  to  repeatedly  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  and  occasionally  in  Ayin  guttural.  In  ilirrs^  Ps.  88  :  17 
both  radicals  are  doubled;  the  entire  second  syllable  is  repeated  in  "finro 
Ps.  38:  II.  =i^*3":^n  Lam.  2:  11,  1:20  a  pas^sive  Ibrm,  as  bhown  by  the 
Hhateph-Kaiiiets.  §82.5.6(3),  and  in  ^'in-ins  Hos.  4  :  18,  provided  this 
is  to  be  read  as  one  word,  §43.  /;;  if.  according  to  the  division  in  the 
Masoretic  text,  fl^n  is  a  separate  word,  it  i.«  the  imperative  of  -H^  to  give, 
though  this  is  always  elsewhere  pointed  lin .  In  n^5"E)"  Ps.  45:3,  the 
first  syllable  is  repeated,  the  6  under  the  first  letter  indicating  it  to  be  a 
passive  Ibrm. 

b.  Inten.^ity  may  likewise  be  denoted  without  a  reduplication  by  insert- 
ing the  long  vowel  Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  root.  This  is  often 
done  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  but  only  in  the  following  ?iiistances  in  others, 
prel.  •'Pi:;T"'  1  Sam.  21:3,  l^iyo  Isa.  40  :  24.  ^-b-ij  Ps.  77:18,  •'nriCJ  Isa. 
10:13/m/.  ^^p-)  Hos.  13:3.  inf.  abs.  ilih  and  Tin  Isa.  59:  13.  iiif.  cnns/. 
cioria  Am.  5:  11,  ;;«/•/.  ""'^zb-q  Job  9:15.  iJCibis  Ps.  101:5  K'lhihh. 
These  are  called  Poel  forms  hy  many  grammarians,  and  those  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  Pilel,  Pulal.  Pealal,  etc.  They  are  in  reality,  however, 
only  modified  Ibrnis  of  the  Piel,  whose  signification  tliey  share. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  The  original  Pattahh  of  the  first  syllable 
§82.  5.  6  (3)  is  preserved  in  '^r'i':  Gen.  41:51.  The  second  syllable  has 
Seuhol  in  "k'n  (in  pause  "'^.'n).  "E::.  C23  (twice  023).  Pattalili  in  "lix.  b^jr. 
(^^;  inpau^^c),  P^n.  ;^s  .  ':i^p_.  C^J  (in  pause  '.^"ohy:  Isa.  19:21),  and  bclbro 
Maklu'ph  in  "i'?^ .  "^^^s  (' ^|"r  ''i  pause);  a  appears  likewise  in  the  pansal 
form  n:irp  Mic.  1  :  7.  The  Tsere  is  always  retained  in  the  infinitive  con- 
struct and  I'uture,  and  with  the  exception  of  5^3  Ps.  55:  10.  in  the  impera- 
tive; though  throughout  the  species  it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing 
the  accent,  r\:i^p  Deut.  30:  3,  -i-n;?  E.x.  13:2,  'cbti  Deut.  7:  10. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  primitive  form  of  the  infinitive  absolute  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  e.  g.  -5:«  Ps.  118:  18.  i(ip,  1  Kin.  19:  10,  Nsn  Ex.  21:  19.  r,1n3 
Josh.  24:  10.  Most  conmionly  it  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable  like  the 
infinitive  construct.  ISX  Jer.  12  :  17,  nab  Jar.  32:  33,  ab'-?  Jer.  39:  IS,  ykp^ 
Mic.  2 :  12.  c|t"  Ex.  21  :  36;  and  in  one  instance  it  has  Hhirik  in  the  first 
syllable  like  the  preterite  "X3  2  Sam.  12:  14.  There  is  no  need  of  assum- 
ing a  similar  form  for  the  infinitive  construct  in  y^n  Lev.  14:  43,  which 
can  readily  be  exiilained  as  a  i)relrrile.  Tsere  of  the  construct  is  short- 
ened to  Seghol  before  Makkc.ph.      -"^j  \r\\.  50:  13,  or  on  tlie  recession  of  the 


§  93  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  123 

accent,  pn^  Gen.  39:  14.  17,  and  in  one  instance  besides,  cnb  Jutlg.  5:8. 
There  are  a  tew  examples  of  the  construct  infinitive  with  a  leniinine  ter- 
mination, n-is:!  Lev.  26:18,  nnaT  Ps.  147:1,  n:^J  Isa.  6:13,  Tinp-ns 
Ezek.  16:  52. 

e.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  S  is  commonly  prefixed  with  Hhateph-Pat- 
tahh;  it  has,  however,  the  diphthongal  Hhateph-Seghol  in  n-iTN  Lev. 
26:  33,  §60.  3.  6,  and  draws  to  itself  the  full  vowel  which  has  hence  arisen 
to  a  preceding  1,  in  oni'DXT  Zecli.  7:  14  liii-  Dn?^OX." ,  §60.  3.  c. 

Plur.  2  and  S  fern.  Tsere  under  the  second  radical  is  sometimes 
changed  to  Pattahh,  though  not  with  the  same  frequency  as  in  the  Niphal, 
njddin  Isa.  13:  18,  but  nD-ia-in  Job  27:4,  and  in  pause  Prov.  24  :  2. 


§93.  a.  Of  the  vowels  proper  to  the  first  syllable  of  the  passive, 
§82.  a.  b  (3).  Pual  ordinarily  has  u.  which  is  preferred  before  a  doubled 
consonant  ^h'ii ,  §61.  5,  and  Hophal  6  before  concurrent  consonants  "ii;Sn. 
This  distinction  is  not  steadfastly  adhered  to.  however,  and  Pual  occasion- 
ally appears  with  Kamets  Hhatu])h,  r'ris  Ezek.  16:4,  iri^^  Nah.  3:7, 
fil3  Ps.  72:20.  !i&3  Ps.  80:11,  Prov.  24:31.  ?i^-ni  Ps.  94:20,  ziii-q  passim. 
This  sreins  to  furnish  the  best  explanation  of  the  disputed  words  nna^n  or 
sin:J-;n  P.s.  62:4.  "livib:?  Ps.  101:5  K'ri,  >in^=Nn  Job  20:26.  Geseuius're- 
gard.- these  as  Piel  forms  with  (.)  lengthened  to  (^)  on  the  omission  of 
Daghesh  forte,  §59.  a;  but  the  absence  of  Methegh.  which  Gesenius  in- 
serts without  authority,  shows  the  vowel  to  be  o  not  a.  Others  think  that 
!lnb2^<n  is  the  Kal  future  for  sin^zxn,  the  vowel  being  attracted  to  the 
guttural  from  the  previous  letter,  §60.  3.  c.  There  is  no  difficulty,  however, 
in  regarding  them  all  as  Pual  forms,  and  translating  severally  viai/  you  be 
slain,  armed  with  the  tongue  (of  a  slanderer),  shall  be  wade  to  consume 
him.  In  Ps.  62:4  the  reading  of  Ben  Naphtali  ^iniinn  is  probably  to  be 
preferred  to  that  of  Ben  Asher,  which  is  found  in  the  conmion  text;  the 
former  is  a  Piel  and  has  an  active  sense:  (how  long)  will  ye  slay  or  mur- 
der?    See  Alexander  and  Delitzsch,  in  loc. 

b.  The  vowel  H  of  the  first  syllable  is  occasionally  written  with  Vav, 
nh:  Ezek.  16:34.  :  !lb|ln  Ps.  78:63,  ^^^-^  Judg.  18:29,  13:8,  Job  5:7, 
V^^H-o  Ezek.  27:  19,  but  mostly  without  it. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  An  instance  of  paragogic  n.  appended  to 
the  preterite  is  found  in  nc^i'  Ezek.  31: 15. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  form  occurs  in  2Sa  Gen.  40:  15;  there  is 
no  example  of  tiie  construct. 

e.  Participle.  As  "20^3,  "^"^^ ,  '^i^'^'^ ;  in  a  i'evf  instances  the  initial 
33  is  omitted,  njsb  2  Kin.' 2:10  for  r.'^'i'q ,  ^'^"2^^  (with  Daghesh-forte 
euphonic)  Ezek.  21 :  1.5,  16,  n^tb-r*!^  Ecctes.  9:l2  for  D-'tr;?;'^ ,  §59.  a. 
Some  of  the  forms  in  which  this  has  been  alleged  may  however  be  better 
explained  as  preterites. 


124  ETYMOLOGY.  §94 


nipniL. 

§04.  n.  PnrTnniTr.  The  first  vowi-l  is  usually  Hhirik  but  occasionally 
Segliol,  r.  g.  cs:7:"52n  l  Sam.  25:7.  particularly  in  Pe  guttural  and  a  few 
Lanx'illi  He  verbs.  Once  K  is  prefixed  instead  ol' n,  fPibsas  Isa.  6:^:3; 
in  Isa.  19:6  !in'':Tsn  Is  not  a  double  Hipliil  with  both  X  and  n  prefixed, 
but  is  a  denominative  from  H:tx,  a  derivative  of  n:T.  which  does  not 
indeed  occur  in  its  simple  form  but  if;  justified  by  the  analogy  of  2T3N  from 
3T3.  r  takes  the  place  of  n  in  Ti-y-n  Hos.  11:3;  so  likewise  the  future 
rrnnrn  Jcr.  12:5,  and  participle  n~nnp  Jer.  22:  15.  though  the  corrcs- 
pondnig  preterite  is  n~inn  IVeh.  3:20. 

Sing.  3  viaac.  The  I  of  the  secoiid  .syllable  is  almost  always  written 
with  Yodli.  rarely  without  it.  e.  g.  '""-n  1  Sam.  12  :  24.  but  in  every  other 
place  ^^'n?n.     So  in  the  participle  cb=^  Job  11  :  3  but  n-^=Ta  Judg.  18  :  7. 

b.  Inkimtivk.  Absolute.  The  Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  which  be- 
fore Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Sciriiol  "isn  Prov.  24:23.  28:21.  is  mostly 
written  without  "> ,  thusb-i^n,  ti=n .  tiibn,  birn.  'skT:)'r\.  tM-pr,.  rsc;.-!, 
TiBrn.  tlmuirh  sometimes  with  it  I'^rirn  Am.  9:8  but  "i^'i""  ••*»■  14:23, 
b-'Sin  and  brcn,  twice  c^srn ,  nine  times  earn,  "^"i:"'"?;  '^''^^..\1  ■  Hhirik 
in  this  syllable  is  rare  and  exceptional,  b"Brn  Ezek.  21  :  31.  "i"'i"n  Josh. 
7:7.  X  is  prefixed  instead  of  n  in  c-srx  Jer.  25:  3  and  T^^ii  Gen.  41:  43, 
provided  the  latter  is  a  Hebrew  and  not  a  Coptic  word. 

Cnnslrvcl.  The  second  vowel  is  commonly  Hhirik  written  with  "^ , 
)C'''npn.  Tt">>^'n  rarely  and  as  an  exception  without  "',  l^cb  Isa.  23:11, 
or  with  Tsere  bn:n  Deut.  32:8.  'tvh  Deut.  26:12,  Neli.  10:39,  "sbb 
Dan.  11:35.  In  a  few  instances  the  first  vowel  is  Hhirik  as  in  the 
preterite  ^^t:rn  Deut.  7:24.  28:48.  Josh.  11:14,  1  Kin.  15:29,  T-'j.nn 
Jer.  50:  34.'n":^-nr.  Jer.  51:33.  risirn  Lev.  14:43.  The  initial  n  is 
mostly  retained  alter  prefixed  prepositions,  though  it  is  sometimes  rejected, 
as  n-'2iib  Am.  8:4  but  n^srnb  Ps.  8:3,  "locb  once  but  "f^rnb  fit'teen 
limes. 

c.  FuTiRE  Plur.  In  a  very  few  instances  Hhirik  is  rejected  upon  the 
addition  of  the  masculine  plural  termination  ''p31?"  1  Sam.  14  :  22.  31 : 2, 
IS"!"}']  Jer.  9:2.  There  is  no  example  of  this  without  the  presence  of 
Vav  conversive  unless  it  be  "l^rnn  Job  19:3.  which  may  be  regarded 
as  Kal. 

d.  I.MPr.R.\TivE  SixG.  mnar.  The  second  syllable  usually  has  Tsere 
without  Yodii  afrrn.  ~^rn.  and  before  Makkeph,  Seghol  "l^pn  Job 
22:21.  -nan  l  Sam'.  23:1]',  "jan  Isa.  64:8.  There  are  a  very  few  ex- 
amples with  Hhirik  in  pause.  :  ?""B"in  Ps.  94:  1,  to  which  some  would  add 
t<"iin  Isa.  43:8,  but  see  Alexander,  n-^i^n  Prov.  19:25,  S<"'3n  Jer.  17:18. 

<?.  Pahticipi.e.  In  xaf'iQ  Ps.  135:7.  Tsere  is  taken  in  place  of  Hhirik 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent;  "PD'?  Isa.  53:3  is  not  a  participle  but  a 
noun,  Alexander  in  he.     Hhirik  is.  in  a  few  exceiitioiial  cases  occurring  in 


§95,  96  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  125 

the  later  books,  rejected  in  the  plural.  Cirbn^a  Zech.  3:7  for  C'^z'^bms, 
n^obnia  Jer.  29:8,  D"'^Tra  2  Chron.  28:  23,  u-^^^n-q  ]  Chron.  15:24  K'ri, 
2  Chron.  7:  6  K'ri.     Comp.  Chald.  '[■'ibniD  Dan. '3':  25. 

HO  PH  AL. 

§95.  a.  The  first  vowel,  though  mostly  Kamets  Hhaluph  T\?'>r^ .  'ih'b^ii^ 
nibujn,  is  occasionally  Kibbuts.  both  vowels  even  appearing  in  the  same 
verb."  rsrn  Ezek.  32:32,  nirrn  ver.  19,  23073  2  Kin.  4:32;  r\?^n  Dan. 
8:  11,  n=^'iffi  Isa.  14:19,  ^=^"n  Ezek.  16:  5,' 7)^^?  2  Sam.  20:21;  i  iL^jTri 
Lev.  6:15,  ^»i^^  Mai.  1  :  i  I,  Sf?2n  ,  ni^frsp  ;'  'cbaDp ,  pi-i'o,  nnp-a 
Ezek.  29:  18.    '  '  '  '  '  "'  '  '  ^  '  ' 

h.  Preterite.  In  "'nb'inn  am  I  obliged  lo  leave?  Judg.  9:9,  11.  13, 
the  characteristic  ti  is  rejected  after  n  interrogative. 

c.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable,  l:nnrt 
Ezek.  16  :  4,  ikn  Josh.  9  :  24.     The  construct  has  Pattahh,  ncin  Ezr.  3:11.' 

d.  Imperative.  This  mood  occurs  twice,  tn^S'^JIi  Ezek.  32 :  19,  ^it)n 
Jer.  49 :  8. 

e.  Participle.  In  ni^liprTr  Ezek.  46:22  n  remains  after  the  pre- 
formative  a . 

hithpael. 

§96.  a.  Preterite.  In  two  instances  fix  is  prefixed  instead  of  r^), 
viz.,  ^2~nx  2  Chron.  20 :  35,  -"ibin'rx  Ps.  76  :  6.  In  the  verb  ipD  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  the  second  radical  and  the  previous  vowel  lengthened. 
§59.  a.  'I'^hOrn,  "I^S^?  Judg.  20:  15,  17,  "il^an:'  Judg.  21  :  9,  in  addition 
to  which  the  vowel  of  the  prefixed  syllable  is  6  in  ^nparrt  Num.  1 :  47, 
2  :  33,  26 :  62,  1  Kin.  20  :  27.  In  three  verbs  upon  the  assimilation  of  n  to 
the  first  radical,  the  prefix  takes  il,  §61.  5,  nilli"^!??  (the  accentuation  is 
unusual)  Isa.  34:6,  nxiai^n  Deut.  24 :  4  (but  in  the  future  always  xra^ 
Lev.  21  :  I  and  repeatedly  elsewhere),  O^sn  (^inf.  co7isl.)  Lev.  13:  55,  56. 
These  are  sometimes  called  Hothpaal  and  regarded  as  passives  of  Hith- 
pael. Where  both  forms  exist  in  the  same  verb,  however,  as  in  Tp3  and 
xni: ,  there  appears  to  be  no  distinction  in  their  meaning ;  they  seem 
rather  to  have  arisen  from  a  disposition  to  give  to  the  Hithpael,  where  it 
has  a  passive  signification,  §80.  2,  the  vowels  of  a  proper  passive  species, 
§82.  5.  b  (3).  In  ^c:SJnn  Jer.25:  16,  ^llirsni  Jer.  46:8  (elsewhere  !li?_an")), 
and  '•  V5<SO  Isa.  52:5,  o  prolonged  from  «.  on  account  of  the  absence  of 
Daghesh-forte,  is  for  a  like  reason  given  to  the  first  radical. 

b.  The  last  vowel  of  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future,  impera- 
tive and  participle,  is  Tsere  written  without  Yodh,  T^iinnn ,  b'nan^, 
"iSn"; ,  tU'^i^nn  inf.  const. ^  '^3?^.'7  i>»per..  I33n73 ,  which  before  Makkeph 
is  shortened' to  Seghol,  ~'::'^.r?rn  Isa.  30 :  29,' "T^^nnn  Gen.  6:9,  -n^^n"^ 
Job  6:  16.  Frequently,  however.  Pattahh  is  used,  or,  with  a  pause  accent, 
Kamets,  ?|5ii5rin  pret.,  p-Hnnrj  prel.  a: id  imper.  (but  inf.  const,  and  part. 


1:20  ETYMOLOGY.  ^97 

with  c.  lilt,  o  ;ui(l  c).  vi:j;?rn.  C5-r^,  ::P2rn.  p^Jr^?  •  "^'.^"rv  •*'-,|^^'', 
mssrv  :-,ns2cn-',  :i-SEr7  E/.rk.  27:  3().  i-itcrn  Mic.  1  :  10  K'ri.  ■y^i'O 
Isu.  •■>2:.^.  Piilt.ilih  is  aUo  eoiiietinn's  IbutiiJ  in  tlic  reiiiimne  plural  of  llie 
future.  n::Vn~f?  Zoch.  6:  7  but  njzcr.cn  Lam.  4:  1.  wliere  some  ropies 
hnve  nrrcnrn.  Hiiirik  occurs  instPiid  of  Pattalih  in  the  prctoritps. 
■"ninirnV.  '-ni^;rrni  Ezek.  38 :  23.  cpiinprni  Lev.  11 :  44.  20  : 7.  each  of 
wiiich  has  Vav  cotiversive.  throwing  liic  accent  more  strongly  on  the  final 
syllable. 

r.  There  is  no  example  of  the  infinitive  absolute. 


Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future  and  Imperative. 

§  97.  The  paucity  of  moods  in  Hebrew  is  partially  com- 
pensated by  modifications  of  the  futm'c,  known  as  the  para- 
gogic and  apocopated  futures. 

1.  Tlie  ])nragogic  or  coliortative  is  formed  from  the  ordi- 
nary future  by  appending  the  termination  n^  to  the  first  person 
singular  or  plural,  and  in  a  very  few  instances  to  the  third 
person  singular,  thus  converting  it  from  a  simple  declaration 
of  futurity  to  an  expression  of  desire  or  determination, 
nTars  /  s/ta//  keep,  •"n^arx  /  icill  surelij  kerp  or  let  me  keep^ 
Ps.  39  :  2  ;  "I<P?f  let  us  break,  !"0"^pir3  let  us  cast  aicai/,  Ps. 
2:3;  mr^n;  let  him  hasten,  Isa.  5:19. 

a.  The  third  person  of  the  paragogic  future  occurs  besides  the  example 
just  given,  in  nNi:;n  Itt  it  come  Isa.  5:  19,  nsrn  bn  it  dark  (by  some  ex- 
plained as  a  noun,  darkness)  Job  11  :  17.  ni^rn^  nunj  he  accept  (as  fat),  or, 
according  to  Kimchi,  Diaij  he  reduce  to  ashes.  Ps.  20  :  4.  npn  Prov.  1  :  20, 
8:  3.  and  after  Vav  conversive  nir.rni  Ezel<.  23:20,  and  ver.  16  K'ri.  It 
has  also  been  suspected  in  nmp''  Lev.  21:5  K'thibh. 

6.  Instead  of  n  ^ ,  n.  is  appended  in  nxnpx;  1  Sam.  28:15.  rivd-)-} 
Ps.  20 :  4.  §G3.  1.  c;  so  in  the  imperative  nrn  or  nrn  Prov.  24 :  14. 

2.  The  apocopated  or  jussive  future  is  an  abbreviation  of 
the  second  or  third  persons  singidar  and  expresses  a  wish  or 
coimuand,  or  with  a  negative,  dissuasion  or  prohibition.  In 
the  perfect  verb  it  has  a  sejiarate  form  only  in  the  Iliplnl 
species,  the  '^.  of  the  ultimate  behig  changed  to  (..),  or  before 
Makkcph  to  (..),  p''3"!'  he  will  cause  to  cleave,  p?"!'  mat/  heoT 
let  hint  cause  to  cleave ;  b"^2t'P  thou  wilt  understand,  ^sion 


^  98  PARAGOGIC    FUTURE,    ETC.  127 

thou  maijest  understand  or  zmderstand  thou,  Dan.  9:25, 
-i:b(rn~5X  ma7/  it  not  or  let  it  not  rule^  Ps.  119  :  133.  In 
some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs,  as  in  the  Ayin-Vav  and  par- 
ticularly the  Lamedh-He,  it  is  used  in  other  species  still. 

a.  The  onlv  instances  of  tlie  abbreviated  future  occurring  in  the  first 
person  are  pinx  Isa.  42:6  and  NiJ  Isa.  41:23  K'lhibh,  wliere  the  K'ri 
has  ns-i3, 

6.  The  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures  may  be  regarded  as  mutually 
supplementary,  and  as  forming  together  something  like  a  complete  Opta- 
tive or  Subjunctive  mood.  The  apocopated  future  has,  it  is  true,  no  sep- 
arate form  for  the  second  fern.  sing,  or  the  second  and  third  pers.  plur..  in 
which  the  verb  has  terminal  inflections,  but  it  may  be  regarded  as  coin- 
ciding in  these  with  the  ordinary  future,  except  that  it  never  has  the 
final  "i .  So  in  those  species  in  which  it  is  indistinguishable  from  the 
ordinary  future,  it  may  yet  be  regarded  as  included  under  it.  Neither  the 
apocopated  nor  the  paragogic  futures  occur  in  the  strictly  passive  species, 
viz.,  the  Pual  and  Hophal,  self-determination  and  command  both  implying 
that  the  subject  is  the  originator  of  the  action.  The  more  flexible  Arabic 
has  three  varieties  of  the  iuture  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  one.  to  express 
as  many  modifications  or  moods. 

c.  The  apocopated  future  derives  its  name  from  the  apocopation  of  the 
final  letter  by  which  it  is  characterized  in  rib  verbs;  the  brevity  of  its 
form  is  adapted  to  the  energy  and  rapid  utterance  of  a  command.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  speaker  dwells  upon  the  word  expressive  of  his  own 
desire  or  determination,  thus  giving  rise  to  the  prolonged  form  of  the 
paragogic  future.  The  appended  n^  may  perhaps  be  identical  with  a  like 
termination  added  to  nouns  to  indicate  motion  or  direction,  denoting  as  it 
does  the  direction  of  the  speaker's  will  or  wishes  towards  that  which  the 
verb  e.xpresses. 

§98.  1.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  the 
masculine  singular  of  the  imperative,  softening  the  command 
into  an  earnest  entreaty  or  expression  of  strong  desire,  y^io 
hea?'  (thou),  ni'^aTO  oh,  hear!  or  pray,  hear!  ^i^jpn  listen^ 
nn"'L")^n  pray,  listen!  The  addition  of  this  vowel  to  the  im- 
perative and  to  the  future  causes,  as  in  the  regular  inflections 
of  the  paradigm,  §  85.  2.  a.  (2),  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  of 
the  ulamate  syllable,  except  in  the  Hiphil  where  ^.  remains 
in  the  future  and  is  restored  in  the  imperative.  In  the  Kal 
imperative  this  rejection  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two 
vowelless  consonants,  the  first  of  which  must  accordingly 
take  a  short  vowel,  §  01.  1 ;  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hho- 


12S  ETYMOl^OCiV.  §99 

Iciii  tliis  will  1)C  Kaniets-llhatuph,  otherwise  it  will  be  the 
briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  2i-J ,  nil?  Jer.  49  :  11 ;  "idt, 
nj;:  -2  C'liron.  G :  [-2,  nic ,  nisr  Geii.  39  :  7.  12. 

(1.  In  :i  fi'w  instances  the  vowel-letter  renriMiiis  in  the  K'thibh  though 
inv;iii;ili!y  thrown  out  in  the  K'ri.  e.g..  ns:^:£  K'tiiibh.  nsna  K'ri  P.-;. 
2(3:2.  n=i5^  K'thibli.  nib^  K'ri  .Indg.  f) :  8  ;  nbipirxi  K'thihh.  "^(■^rj<J 
K'ri  Ezr.  8:25;  rrjipcx  K'thibh,  "ii^.'^'X  K'ri  Isa.  18:4.  This  m;iy  not 
iMiiiciite.  iiowcvcr.  tiie  retention  of  the  lull  vowel  but  only  of  an  ;\utiil)le 
remnant  ot"  it.  §  13.  a.  which  i.s  likewise  attested  by  the  occasional  appear- 
ance ol'Hhateph  Kamets.  -n;?^5*  1  Kin.  19:20,  nr-C'rx;  Dan.  8:  13  (in 
some  copies)  or  Hhateph  Pattalih  riiprxi  Ezr.  8:26.  Jer.  32:9.  and  by 
the  Hirt  that  the  resulting  Sh'va.  even  when  simple,  is  always  vocal, 
§22.  a  (1).  Occasionally  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  the  paragogic  im- 
perative when  the  vowel  of  tlie  ordinary  imperative  is  Pattahh  ;  thus, 
Z^p  Lev.  9:7.  "="^1^  Ps-  G9  :  19.  and  on  the  contrary,  Hn^i:  Gen.  25:  31, 
fill,  -'i-2-'  E.v.  21  :  7.  nAa:  (with  Daghesh  separative)  Ps.  141  :  3. 

2.  As  the  imperative  is  itself  a  shortened  form  there  is 
Httle  room  for  further  abbreviation ;  it  sometimes,  however, 
suffers  apocopation  of  the  final  n^  of  the  feminine  plural, 
■j^ro  Gen.  4:23  for  rcyiso ,  §01.  2,  iX^p  Ex.  2:20  for 
n:s-i]5 ,  §  GO.  3.  c,  and  in  Lamedh  He  verbs  of  final  "  of  the 
masculine  singular,  "?[n  2  Kin.  0:18  for  !".i;n  Ezek.  0:11, 
l:a  Ps.  119  :  IS  for  nsa ;  qnn  Dent.  9  :  14  for  nsnn  Judg. 
11 :  37,  but  without  any  evident  change  of  meaning. 


Vav  Conversive. 

A  §99.  1.  The  primary  tenses  are  supplemented  by  two 
others,  formed  in  a  peculiar  manner  by  what  is  called  Vav 
Conversive  (Tf^En  r\).  This  prefix  has  the  remarkable  effect, 
from  which  its  name  is  derived,  of  converting  the  ordinary 
future  into  a  ])ivteritc  and  the  ordinary  preterite  into  a  future. 
The  following  appear  to  be  the  reasons  of  this  singular  phe- 
nomenon. Past  and  future  are  relative  and  depend  for  their 
signification  in  any  given  case  upon  the  point  of  time  from 
which  they  are  reckoned.  This  may  be  the  moment  of  sj)eak- 
ing,  when  all  anterior  to  that  moment  will  be  past,  and  all 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  129 

posterior  to  it  future.  Or  by  some  conventional  method 
understood  between  the  speaker  and  his  hearers.,  an  ideal 
present  may  be  fixed  distinct  from  the  real  present  and  the 
measurements  of  past  and  future  made  from  the  former. 
Now  Vav  Conversive  placed  before  a  future  indicates  tliat  its 
tense  is  to  be  reckoned  not  from  the  actual  present  but  from 
the  time  denoted  hj  some  previous  word,  whether  verb, 
noun,  or  adverb.  And  wlien  the  stand-poiiit  is  thus  taken 
in  the  past,  events  may  be  described  as  future  with  reference 
to  it,  though  they  have  actually  taken  place  at  the  time  of 
narration.  Vav  is  properly  the  copula  and j  when  this  is 
prefixed  to  the  future  for  the  purpose  already  designated,  it 
is  followed  by  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte,  which  give  to  it  the 
force  of  cnid  then  or  and  so,  indicating  that  what  follows  is 
the  sequel  of  what  precedes.  Consequently  a  narration  be- 
gun in  the  preterite  may  be  continued  in  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  the  opening  words  fixing  the  initial  point  from 
which  all  that  come  after  proceed  in  regular  succession  ;  and 
the  future  so  employed  is  converted  into  what  may  be  called 
a  continuative  preterite.  Thus,  in  the  account  of  the  crea- 
tion in  Gen.  1,  the  original  condition  of  things  is  described 
in  the  preterite,  ver.  2,  the  earth  was  f^^^^^^  toithoutform  and 
void.  The  subsequent  scene  is  then  surveyed  from  this  point. 
The  next  statem^ent  is  accordingly  made  by  a  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  3,  l^s?'^!]  ani  God  said,  in  its  primitive  im- 
port, and  then  God  sai/s  or  loill  say,  his  speaking  being  future 
to  the  state  of  things  previously  described.  This  fixes  a  new 
stand-point  from  which  the  next  step  in  the  process  is  a  fresh 
advance ;  it  is  hence  followed  by  another  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  4,  N^i:']  and  he  saio ;  and  so  on,  ^^^Ti  and 
he  divided,  ver.  5,  '^'^^^'l  and  he  called^  etc. 

a.  Tho  iiatnre  oftliis  prefix  would  be  more  precisely  expressed  perhaps 

by  callinjT  it  Vav  Consecutive,  as  Evvaid  and  others  proposi'..     But  as  Vav 

Conversive  i.s  the  name  in  common  use,  and  as  tliis  sufficiently  cliaracterizes 

its  most  striking  effect,  it  is  here  retained.     There  have  been  various  con- 

9 


130  ETYMOLOGY.  §99 

jcctures  rcppoctitig  its  origin.  Iti  the  judgment  ofsonne  1  is  an  abbrevia- 
tion of  the  verb  nin  was,  lience  ^^^X'^  /"-  u«.f  or  it  u-as  (so  tliat)  he  will 
siiy  i.  e.  he  was  aboiil  to  saij  or  was  saying,  wiiich  i.s  then  likened  to  the 
Arabic  combination  of  the  preterite  (^['  the  substantive  verb  with  the 
future  tense  to  express  past  action;  but  i  evidently  has  the  sense  of  the 
conjunction  and.  "^x'^  does  not  mean  he  said,  but  and  he  said.  Ollier.s 
regard  it  as  an  abbreviation  of  f^'-^"}  and  he  was  ;  Evvald  of  Tiji  and  then. 
Ru.hger  thinks  tliat  the  vowel  has  no  inherent  significance,  but  isatfac^hcd 
to  the  conjunction  on  account  of  tlie  emphasis  of  its  peculiar  use.  Perhaps 
the  best  sugijestion  is  that  of  Schultetis.  Jiisfit.  p.  42  I.  that  i^X'T  maybe  for 
"trX'm.  by  §  53.  3  ;  il  prefi.\ed  to  a  noun  is  the  definite  article,  and  points 
it  out  as  one  previously  known  ;  its  use  in  this  particular  case  is  to  define 
the  time  of  the  action  of  the  verb  before  which  it  stands  by  pointing  it  out  as 
known  from  what  preceded.  The  vowel  of  this  prefix  is  upon  this  hypothesis 
analogous  both  in  its  origin  and  its  efl'ects  to  the  augment  e  in  Greek,  or  a 
in  Sanskrit,  hy  which  a  preterite  is  formed  from  a  present  or  a  future, 
TviTTo},  ^TVTTTov;  Tvipo),  tTvij/a,  ziud  wliich  is  traced  by  Bopp  to  a  pronominal 
root  having  a  demoiistraiive  sense.  J'ergleichende  Grammatik  pp.  786  tl'. 
The  lact  that  the  Samaritan  Pentateuch  sometimes  substitutes  n  for  1 
conversive  might  seem  to  lend  confirmation  to  this  theory  of  its  derivation. 
But  as  n  stands  with  equal  frequency  for  1  copulative,  and  T  for  the  arti- 
cle n,  it  is  probable  that  these  commutations  are  to  be  classed  with  the 
other  numerous  inaccuracies  of  tliis  edition. 

2.  Tliis  employment  of  Vav  Conversive  to  alter  the  mean- 
ing of  the  tenses  by  transporting  the  mind  of  the  hearer  or 
reader  to  an  ideal  present  in  the  past  or  future  is  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  idioms  of  the  Hebrew  language,  and  one 
which  may  appear  to  be  extremely  arbitrary,  as  it  certainly 
is  in  some  of  its  applications,  at  least,  quite  difficult  of  con- 
ception and  foreign  to  our  habits  of  thought.  It  neverthe- 
less imparts  a  beauty  and  a  vividness  to  Hebrew  description 
which  are  altogether  peculiar  and  which  are  incapable  of 
being  adequately  transferred  to  any  other  language.  The 
narrator  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  which  he  records,  and 
watches  its  ]irogress  step  by  step  telling  what  he  sees.  This 
peculiarity  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  may  perhaps  be  illustrated 
by  an  analogous  though  far  more  restricted  usage  in  English, 
by  which  certain  tenses  may  be  transferred  to  another  sphere 
than  that  which  they  describe  if  measured  from  the  time  of 
narration,  without  any  confusion  or  liability  to  mistake  re- 
sulting from  it.     Thus,  the  present  may  be  used  of  past 


I 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  131 

events,  as,  Then  the  devil  takeih  him  up  into  an  exceeding 
high  mountain  and  sheivefh  him,  etc.  Or  the  present  and  the 
perfect  may  be  used  of  wliat  is  still  future,  as,  When  thou 
art  converted  strengthen  thy  brethren  ;  When  he  is  come  he 
will  reprove  the  world  of  sin.  » 

/  3.  Vav  Conversive,  it  has  already  been  stated,  is  prefixed  \ 
to  the  future  with  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  the  follow- 
ing letter,  T^iP!'^,  ^3''^^^,  ^"^h.  If  the  first  letter  of  the 
future  be  Yodh  with  Sh'va,  Daghesh  is  commonly  omitted, 
§  25,  but  rarely  if  it  be  5 ,  and  never  if  it  be  P ,  since  its  re- 
moval in  this  case  would  change  the  sound  of  the  letter  by  re- 
storing its  aspiration,  "^T!"! ,  "^BO"'^  but  "^ili^^ ,  "^Bosn .  Before 
ii  of  the  first  person  singular,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh, 
§23.  1,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets,  §60.4,  ^!?si , 
"1^1^^ .  In  the  Hiphil  ■>  .  is,  with  few  exceptions,  e.g.  ^izJn'ji 
Ps.  105  :  28,  compressed  to  (..)  as  in  the  apocopated  future, 
^^'I?!!!' ,  ^'^■^^ ,  and  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  (..) 
"135^  .  In  the  first  person  singular,  however,  "^  .  remains  in 
the  Hiphil,  and  a  paragogic  n  ^  is  not  infrequently  appended 
in  all  the  species,  e.  g.  T^^^?. ,  ^'^^^).  or  !"0''5tj:n,'3  ;  T^axn  or 
"15X1 ;  Tib'iiJKi ;  sitjbiasi ;  "lii'TN,';  or  5"03"|^<n  •  paragogic  n  ^ 
also  occurs  though  more  rarely  in  the  first  pers.  plur.  rrabnil 
Gen.  41  :  11,  ma^isi ,  rS^^Tf^  Ezr.  8  :  23,  nytpsl  ver.  31. 

a.  The  tendency  to  abbreviation  produced  by  Vav  Conversive  is  much 
more  apparent  in  some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs.  Thus,  final  n..  is  re- 
jected from  fi'h  verbs  as  in  the  apocopated  future  •'^^.l'? .  ^^M  j  '""^i;)  ^??!!  5 
the  accent  is  drawn  back  from  a  mixed  ultimate  to  a  simple  penult  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  of  Ayin  doubled  verbs  and  of  those  which  have  a  quiescent 
for  their  first  or  second  radical,  in  consequence  of  which  the  vowel  of  the 
last  syllable,  if  long,  is  shortened,  §64.  1,  rb-;,  ::D^] ;  '?«"',  ^?t<*j ;  -^.'! , 
nri;^;  -""qii,  ai^JT'];  ^^P"^,  ^pU;  ^'p^i  ^I^t--  The  same  drawing  back 
of  the  accent  and  shortening  of  the  ultimate  syllable  occurs  in  the  Piel 
of  the  following  verbs,  whose  middle  radical  is  l,  ""^3"?!,  'i'"!j'!'j .  ri'n;zJ';i2 
but  not  in  qi^n-;!;; ;  so  in  Tili?!i  Hab.  3:  6,  and  the  Hithpael  cysnrii  Dan. 
2:1.  It  occurs  also  in  the  Niphal  of  a  few  verb.s-.  which  form  the  ex- 
ception, however,  not  the  rule,  Ci^bn,  tn^^l,  t;Dx;i'i  or  C"|D5*;;'i ,  C^!Eni 
but  Sins';!!,  'iD^'j,  "^'a'^:!,  "'ii^''!!,  "S^''^,  etc.  The  first  person  singular 
is  mostly  exempted  from  shortening  or  change  of  accent,  ^?J*,;,  ^^^?,J) 


\:]2  ETYMOLOGY.  ^100 

crxi  or  rpx'',  CpxV  tlioncli  if  !=omptimes  pufTers  aporopation  in  Mb  verbs 
X-X1  .  -ns'  .  Tlic  proloiijffd  jilural  t'lidinir  '(^  is  very  rarely  used  after  V'av 
Coiivorsive;  it  does.  Iiowevcr.  occur,  c.  g.  "|!l-"jr^ri]  Deut.  1:22,  '('n'^^'ni 
Deut.  4:11.  'iiin^!  Jmlg-  H  ;  18. 

/).  Ill  a  very  few  int^tances  Vav  Conversive  takes  Pattalih  before  X.  its 
vowel  liciiiLT  coiiliirtned  to  the  compound  Sli'va.  which  IIiIIowp.  e.  g.  ^tl^x.l 
JudL^.  6:  0.  !inr»r'2X^  2  Sam.  1  :  in.  -^z^^.  Ezek.  16:  10  but  ns=x^i  vcr.  8, 
nj5n;:s'.  Job  30:  2(3^  m4'A''j^.;1   1'^-  ~3  :  1(3." 

^  §100.  1.  Vav  Coiivorsive  prefixed  to  the  preterite  makes 
of  it  a  contiimative  future  or  imperative,  by  connecting  with 
it  tlie  idea  of  futurity  or  command  expressed  in  a  preceding 
verb.  It  is  properly  the  conjunction  "i  «w-:7,  whose  pointing  it 
takes,  its  peculiar  force  being  derived  from  its  connecting 
power.  Accordingly,  in  speaking  of  coming  events,  the 
stand-point  is  lirst  fixed  in  the  future  by  the  opening  words, 
and  the  description  is  then  continued  by  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus,  in  Samuel's  recital,  1  Sam.  10:1-8, 
of  Avhat  was  to  hap})en  to  Saul,  he  first  refers  the  whole  to 
the  future  by  the  word,  ver.  2,  Tjnpba  //jjon  ihy  dej)art- 
ing,  and  then  proceeds  with  preterites  with  Vav  prefixed, 
rsi?2i  ihon  sJi alt  find,  I'^^J*'!  a7id  they  shall  say,  ver.  3,  PiE^ni 
and  thou  shalt pass  on,  etc.  etc.  In  like  manner  injunctions 
begun  in  the  imperative  are  continued  in  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus  the  Lord  directed  Elijah,  1  Kin.  17:3 
?T?  (imper.)  yo,  ri'^ifii  (pret.)  and  turn,  VT^^^i)  (pret.)  andhide^ 
njriT  (pret.)  and  it  shall  he. 

2.  This  prefix  commonly  has  the  eff'ect  of  removing  the 
accent  to  the  ultimate  hi  those  forms  in  which  it  ordinarily 
stands  upon  the  penult ;  and  if  the  penult  be  a  long  mixed 
syllable,  as  in  the  Kal  ])reterite  of  verbs  with  Hholem,  it  will 
in  consequence  be  shortened,   x^^l ,   ribs^'i . 

a.  TIm'  shifting  of  the  accent,  which  served  in  some  measure  to  indicate 
to  the  ear  the  alteration  in  the  senile,  takes  place  chiefly  in  tlie  following 
cases,  viz. : 

(I)  It  occurs  with  great  regularity  in  the  first  and  second  persons  sin- 
irular  of  every  species,  tna^n  thou  hast  gone.  Psbr.^  and  thou  shalt  go, 
•'P.sbn;!  and  I  will  go,  so  Pi-ian) .  inhdni,  ■'nr^nnni,  though  ''n'^sn.|!. 
Zeph.    1  :  17,  except  in  tih  and  fib  verbs,  where  the  accent  usually  re- 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  133 

mains  in  its  original  position  although  the  usage  is  not  uniform,  ''n'i:S!l 
Lev.  ye  :  9,  -^nxil  1  Kin.  IS  :  12.  n-'anriT  l  Chron.  4  :  10,  "'n'^iinndni  1  Sam. 
1.5  :  30.  "^r^Sn^  Isa.  S  :  17  but  n^EXT  'Lev.  24  :  5,  fx31  Gen.  6  :'l8,  ■P'^a":?!? 
•in^nsriT  Lev. '26:9,  rxrril  Ex.  26':  33.  In  the  first  person  plural  of 'all 
verbri  the  accent  generally  remains  upon  the  penult,  ^2rj;;i^  Ex.  S :  23, 
:!i:=bni,  r.nhh:  Gen.  34:  17. 

(2)  It  occurs,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  third  feminine  singular 
and  third  plural  of  tlie  Iliphil  of  perfect  verbs,  and  of  the  various  species 
of  Ayin-Vav  and  Ayin-doubled  verb.si.  n^in^n;!  Ex.  26:33,  nx-^nni  Lev. 
15:29,  nn;-;  Isa.  11:2,  ^lp_],  -"i^ni  Hab.'  1  :'s  'but  l^-^^irni  Ezek.  43:24, 
!)as^  Hab.'l :  8. 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

§101.  Pronouns  are  frequently  suffixed  to  the  verbs  of 
which  they  are  the  object.  The  forms  of  the  suffixes  have 
aheady  been  given  §72.  It  only  remains  to  consider  the 
changes  resulting  from  their  combination  with  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb. 

1.  The  personal  terminations  of  the  verbs  undergo  the 
following:  changes : 

Preterite. 

Sing.   ^fem.     The  old  ending  n_ ,  §85.  «;  (1),  takes  the 
place  of  n^  , 

2  masc.  n  sometimes  shortens  its  final  vowel  be- 
fore the  suffix  "'?  of  the  first  person. 

2 /em.     The  old  ending  "^n ,  §  86.  b,  instead  of  ri . 

Plur.  2  ijiasc.     ^n  from  the  old  pronominal  ending  Din , 

§  71 .  ^  (2),  takes  the  place  of  an  .     The  fern- 

inine  of  this  person  does   not   occur  with 

suffixes. 

Future. 

Pi^UR.  2  and  3  /em.  The  distinctive  feminine  termina- 
tion is  dropped,  and  that  of  the  mascuhne 
assumed,  I'^iijpn  for  nsbibpn . 


131  ETYMOLOGY.  §101 

(I.  In  Kovcral  of  fliese  cases  it  would  ho  more  correct  fo  say  that  it  is 
thf  iiiicompouiuic'd  .state  of  the  verh  in  whirli  the  chanije  has  taken  place, 
and  tliiit  hflbre  nullixes  the  original  form  has  been  preserved,  the  added 
syllable  having  as  it  were  protected  it  Ironi  niutalion. 

2.  Clianges  in  tlio  suffixes  :  The  suffixes  are  joined 
directly  to  those  verbal  forms  which  end  in  a  vowel ;  those 
forms  which  end  in  a  consonant  insert  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  second  pers.  plur.  CD ,  "jp  ,  and  the  second  masc.  sing.  ^ ,  a 
vocal  Sh'va,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  a  full  vowel, 
which  in  the  preterite  is  mostly  a  and  in  the  future  and  im- 
perative mostly  e. 

The  3  feni.  sing,  preterite  inserts  a  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  third  pers.  plural,  and  c  before  the  second  fern,  singular; 
w^hen  it  stands  before  the  third  sing,  suffixes  ''n,  n,  there  is 
frequently  an  elision  of  n,  requiring  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive in  the  verbal  ending  ri  to  preserve  the  quantity  of  the 
previous  short  vowel,  ^nVj;?  for  innSi:;? ,  np'ii:]?  for  i^nbiip , 
see  §57.  2.  b. 

When  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  ^n  is  preceded  by  (J, 
the  n  may  be  elided  and  the  vowels  coalesce  into  i ,  i^Vi?  foi* 
^nvw:;? ;  when  it  is  preceded  by  "^ .  ,  Shurek  may  be  hardened 
to  its  corresponding  senii-vowcl  1,  T'P'^up  for  ^rriplfcp  §62,  2. 

When  the  third  fem.  suffix  n  is  preceded  by  (J,  final 
Kamets  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  recm-rence  of  the  same 
sound,  r^^'Jp  for  n^V)?- 

When  ^^ ,  n  of  the  third  pers.  singular  are  preceded  by 
(..),  the  vowel  of  union  for  the  future,  a  - ,  called  Nun  Epen- 
thetic, is  sometimes  inserted,  particularly  in  emphatic  and 
pausal  forms,  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  the  two  vowels, 
(..)  being  at  the  same  time  shortened  to  (J  ;  n  is  then  com- 
monly elided  and  a  euphonic  Daghcsh-forte  inserted  in  the 
Nun,  ^sVjjp"'  for  ■n'iijp'^ .  The  same  shortening  of  the  (_)  and 
insertion  of  Daghesh  may  occur  in  the  first  person  singular 
and  ])lural  and  the  second  masculine  singular ;  this,  like  the 
preceding,  takes  place  chiefly  at  the  end  of  clauses. 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  135 

a.  The  Nun  Epenthetic  of  the  future  and  the  Preterite  vowel  of 
union  n.  which  is  abbreviated  to  Sh'va  before  T] ,  C3 ,  *|3,  may  be  relics 
of  old  ibrms  of  the  verb  still  represented  in  the  Arabic,  where  the 
Preterite  ends  in  a,  and  one  mode  of  the  future  has  an  appended  Nun. 
Dasrhesh-ibrte  in  the  suffixes  of  the  first  and  second  persons  may  be  ex- 
pliiined,  as  is  usually  done,  by  assuming  the  insertion  and  assimilation  of 
Nun  Epenthetic,  "(1?^!??  for  r|:bap7  ;  or  it  may  be  Daghesh-forte  emphatic, 
§24.  6,  and  the  few  cases  in  which  Nun  appears  in  these  persons  may  be 
accounted  for  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh.  §54.  3,  instead  of  the  Daghesh 
having  arisen  from  the  assimilation  of  Nun,  so  that  r|3b::p*  may  be  for 
^!?^P?  instead  of  the  reverse. 

h.  The  suffixes,  since  they  do  not  in  strictness  form  a  part  of  the  word 
with  which  they  are  connected,  are  more  loosely  attached  to  it  than  the 
pronominal  fragments  which  make  up  the  inflections;  hence  vowels  of 
union  are  employed  with  the  former  which  serve  to  separate  as  well  as 
to  unite.  Hence  too  the  vocal  Sh'va,  inserted  before  the  suffixes  of  the 
second  person,  does  not  so  completely  draw  the  final  consonant  of  the  verb 
to  the  appended  syllable  as  to  detach  it  from  that  to  which  it  formerly  be- 
longed ;  this  latter  becomes,  therefore,  not  a  simple  but  an  intermediate 
syllable,  §20.  2.  A  like  distinction  exists  between  prefixed  prepositions, 
etc.,  and  the  personal  prefixes  of  the  future.  The  latter  form  part  and 
parcel  of  the  word,  while  the  former  preserve  a  measure  of  their  original 
separateness.  Hence  when  tiiey  Ibrm  a  new  initial  syllable  by  the  aid  of 
the  first  consonant  of  the  word,  this  is  properly  a  mixed  syllable  after  a 
personal  prefix  but  intermediate  after  a  preposition,  "ins"^  but  mnsa, 
§22.  a.  Hence,  too,  a  liability  to  contraction  in  one  case  which  does  not 
exist  in  the  other,  bt:;?^  but  bh'^nh .  Vs'^  but  Vsja. 

3.  Changes  in  the  body  of  the  verb  : 

Except  in  the  Kal  preterite  those  forms  which  have  per- 
sonal terminations  experience  no  further  change  from  the 
addition  of  suffixes ;  those  which  are  without  such  termina- 
tions reject  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  before  suffixes  re- 
quiring a  vowel  of  union  and  shorten  it  before  the  remainder, 
^^9l?^  '?^'%\  !5'il?\  ^?)?'J)?\  ^r^i?!';  but  \  of  the  Pliphil 
species  is  almost  always  preserved,  "'sSippn,  ''?2"^t3j?!' . 

In  the  Kal  imperative  and  infinitive  the  rejection  of  the 
vowel  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two  vowelless  letters  at 
the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  impossible  combination  is 
obviated  by  the  insertion  of  Hhirik  to  form  a  new  syllable ; 
or,  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hholem,  by  the  insertion  of 
Kamets  Hhatuph. 


136  ETYMOLOGY.  §102 

In  the  Kal  preterite,  where  both  vowels  are  liable  to  mu- 
tation, a  distinction  is  made  by  rejecting  the  first  before  suf- 
fixes and  the  second  before  personal  inflections  where  this  is 
possible,  e.  g.  '"bp,  ro-jj^,  iiz^  but  f^?"^p,  "iH't?-  Accordingly 
upon  the  reception  of  a  suffix  the  vowel  of  the  second  rad- 
ical, whether  it  be  a,  e,  or  o,  must  be  restored,  and  if  need 
be  lengthened,  whenever,  in  the  course  of  regular  inflec- 
tion, it  has  been  dropped,  and  the  vowel  of  the  first  rad- 
ical, wherever  it  remains  in  the  regular  inflection,  must  be 
rejected. 

a.  Final  11)1x0(1  Kyllables.  as  shown  in  2  b,  ordinarily  become  interme- 
diate upon  ajiixMiding  C3 ,  'p  .  T^.  and  consequently  take  a  sliort  vowel 
notwithstanding  the  following  vocal  Sh'va.  This  is  invariably  the  case 
before  C3  and  "jS.  unless  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  has  a  long 
immutable  vowel  in  the  ultimate  which  is  of  course  incapable  of  being 
shortened;  it  is  also  usually  the  case  before  t^.  the  principal  exception,  so 
far  as  verbal  forms  are  concerned,  being  the  a  and  e  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
a  of  the  Kal  lliture.  and  i  of  the  Hiphil,  ^?n3 ,  ?(3i2a ,  'H?;!'!  ;  ^^,JJ"^;x , 
M?-??^  )  '^^^^^  but  Ti-TS3n  ,  -jssp  ,  j]-;ux  .  ■     '"'        " ' 

§102.  1.  The  first  and  second  persons  of  the  verb  do 
not  receive  suffixes  of  the  same  person  with  themselves,  for 
when  the  subject  is  at  the  same  time  the  object  of  the  action 
the  Hithpael  species  is  employed  or  a  reciprocal  pronoun  is 
formed  from  the  noun  iliisi  soul,  self,  as  "^t'ED  myself.  Suffixes 
of  the  third  person  may,  hoAvever,  be  attached  to  the  third 
person  of  verbs,  provided  the  subject  and  object  be  distinct. 

a.  There  is  a  single  example  of  a  verb  in  the  first  person  with  a  suffix 
of  the  first  person,  but  in  this  case  the  pronoun  expresses  the  indirect 
object  of  the  verb,  '':n"'t'S'.  I  have  made  for  me.  Ezek.  29  :  3. 

2.  Neuter  verbs  and  passive  species,  whose  signification 
does  not  admit  of  a  direct  object,  may  yet  receive  suffixes 
expressive  of  indirect  relations,  such  as  would  be  denoted 
by  the  dative  or  ablative  in  occidental  languages,  ''PP^?  i/e 
fasted  for  me  Zech.  7  :  5,  "^iiiJsn  thou  shalt  he  forgotten  by  me. 
Isa.  44  :  21. 


§103  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  137 

3.  The  infinitive  may  be  viewed  as  a  noun,  in  wliicli  case 
its  suffix  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  possessive,  and  represents  the 
subject  of  the  action ;  or  it  may  be  viewed  as  a  verb  when 
its  suffix  represents  the  object,  e.  g.  ^^'oip  my  klllinf/,  i.  e.  tliat 
which  I  perform,  '^?l?t2p  killing  7ne.  The  participle  may  also 
receive  the  suffix  either  of  a  verb  or  a  noun,  the  pronoun  in 
either  case  denoting  the  object,  ''pxh  seeing  me  Isa.  47  :  10, 
■'Kfp  hating  7ne,  lit.  mg  haters,  Ps.  35  :  19. 

a.  The  infinitive  with  a  verbal  suffix  represents  the  subject  in  "'?^1ffl3 
at  my  returning^  Ezek.  47  :  7. 

§  103.  The  paradigm  upon  the  next  page  exhibits  certain 
portions  of  the  regular  verb  "^tjp  with  all  the  suffixes. 

a.  The  parts  of  tiie  verb  selected  are  sufficient  representatives  of  all 
the  rest,  and  by  the  aid  of  the  rules  already  given  will  enable  the  student 
to  determine  any  other  required  Ibrm  for  himself.  The  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  undergoes  no  change  in  the  body  of 
the  verb,  will  answer  mutatis  midandis  for  all  the  ibrms  in  that  species 
ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  third  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite, 
which  suffers  a  change  in  its  last  syllable  only,  will  in  like  manner  answer 
for  all  the  forms  in  that  species  ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  Kal 
preterite  is  given  in  all  the  persons,  both  on  account  of  the  peculiarity 
of  that  tense,  which  suffers  changes  in  both  its  vowels,  and  in  order  to 
exhibit  the  changes  in  the  personal  terminations  which  apply  equally  to 
the  preterites  of  the  other  species.  The  Kal  infinitive  and  imperative 
are  peculiar  in  forming  a  new  initial  syllable  which  echoes  the  rejected 
vowel.  The  third  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future  affords  a  type  of  all 
the  forms  in  that  tense  which  end  with  the  final  radical ;  and  the  third 
plural  of  the  same  tense  is  a  type  of  all  the  future  forms  in  this  and  in 
the  other  species  which  have  personal  terminations  appended.  The  par- 
ticiples undergo  the  same  changes  in  receiving  suffixes  with  nouns  of  like 
formation,  and  are  therefore  not  included  in  this  table. 


Paradigm  or  the  Perfect 


Singular. 

1  com.         2  muse.  'ifem.         3  mane.  Zfem. 


Kal  Preterite. 

Sing.  3  ma»c,     ^pbiip      !r|bi:p      "qbiip     ^"biip  ^      nbtip 
zfem.    ■'jn^t^p    ?jnbi:p    T^rb^p  ^nnpDp  ^   nnbt^)^ 


2  masc. 
2/m. 

1  COOT. 

Pltte.  3  com. 

2  ^««8C. 

1  com. 

"?^f^P 

^?ii)^'^P 

) 

innrup ) 

inbi:p  J 

^"J^^^P ) 
Tj-nbrip    rribi:p 

T]ib9p    ii-'bt^p 

^r;inbi:p 

Tj^rbt:]^  ^n^:bt:p 

nrbi2p 

T  :   -': 

n-ribm 

T      •  :  —I; 

s?"^r^P 
n-ibi:p 

T           T  1; 

n^nbcp 

T          :   —>: 

M^ibtip 

T       :  — •: 

r 

>• 

> 

^!i3bt:p 

^:^3t:p 
^D^Fibi:p 

Infinitive. 

''btip) 
nbDp 

^r-9P 

^^^P      "i^^B 

nbt2p 

T    :  It 

Future. 

Sing.  3  masc.    ^:br2p;" )   ^btip;* )  t]bt:p;"    ^nSpp;^ )    Mbiip"; ) 

^sbpp";  \  ;rjbpp: )  ^sbtpp;*  \  riib-Lpp;'  \ 

Plur.  3  mmc.    ''p^bpp:      ^^btpp;  T]^bt2p;    ^H^b^p^  ^'*%p.'' 


Imperative. 
Sing.  2  wia«c.       ""j^Pp 

iinbt2p 

••    :  'T 

s?.^PP 

PiEL   Preterite. 
Sing,  3  masc.       "^ibtip 

^^^p    ^^'^p 

^"^^P 

-^"^P 

HiPniL  Preterite. 
Sing.  3  mmc.  ''pb^tppri 

^f"^p"  '^r^p^' 

'i-'ppn 

T      •  ':    • 

138 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

1  com. 

2  wasc. 

Plural. 

3  masc. 

Zfem. 

ii:ribt:p 

ilDnbtOjD 

ii3^f;ibt2p 

ii:^bt:p 
^D^nbt^p 

nbnb^P 

Dbt:p 

T  tI: 

Dnbt:p 

—  T  t'; 

Dnbtip 

T  :  — •: 

D^ribt:p 

D-nbt:jp 
Q^btip 

D^nbtip 
n^:bt:j^ 

-)^Dbt:p 

Drnbt:|: 
Qiibr:j^ 

E2i^:bt2)^ 

■,rnbt:p 
■D^bt:p 

l?^=f^i? 

^5!?t23? 

D^btij: 

I?^?i? 

Qbtip 

T    :  It 

fe 

^2br:p: ) 
iis^btpjD;^ 

Dibt2p^ 

"D^bpp;^ 

dbtpi:: 

d^btp)^: 

ii:bt)p 

t=5?i? 

^3Bt2p 

T    :  '• 

Ciibtsp 

i^'^P 

^^V. 

i^^p 

T       •  1;     • 

DiytSiDn 

l?r"?i?n 

db^tipn 

i^^^pn 

139 


1  10  etymology.  §  104 

Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

P  K  E  T  K  E  I  T  E . 

§  104.  a.  There  arc  two  rxnmpli's  of  (  )  as  tlie  union  vowel  of  the 
preterite,  ''ya,']  Isa.  8:11.  7\^^'^  .hidif.  4  : 2(t.  Datrliosh-lbrte  euplionic  is 
eonietiniee  inserted  in  the  siillix  of  liie  first  pers.  eing.,  ■'i'^57  Ps.  118:  18, 
■■2?ri  Gen.  30  :  6. 

6.  The  suffix  of  the  sepond  masc.  sinij.  is  occasionally  "^  in  pause  :  ""^XD 
Isa.  55  :  .5.  so  with  the  infinitive.  TQrirn  Deut.  28  ;  ^4.  45  ;  and  a  .siniilur 
form  with  the  future  may  perhap.^;  be  indicated  by  the  K'thibii  in  Hos.  4:6 
•]XCS-2X.  §11.  \.a.  wiiere  the  K'ri  has  ^~X^X  .  With  xb  and  Hb  verba 
this  form  ol'the  snlTix  is  of  frequent  occurrence.  :  7(3?  Isa.  30:  19.  Jer.23:37, 
'r|X"i3n  E/rk.  28  :  15.  In  a  lew  instances  the  final  a  is  represented  by  the 
vowel  leiter  n.  and  the  suffix  is  written  nr.  ni:'^::;;]^^  1  Kin.  18:44, 
nsns:n  Prov.  2: 11,  n^^iiia:  Ps.  145:  10,  nadr^;!  Jer.  7:27. 

c.  The  suffix  of  the  second  fcm.  sing,  is  commonly  ~^,  TiX^r?  Isa.  54  :  6, 
""^X.Q  Isa.  6'1  :  9,  except  alter  the  third  fem.  sitiir.  of  the  verb,  when  it  is 
tj...  T)r;^n^:  Ruth  4:  15.  7)"^^"^'^  Isa.  47:  10;  sometimes,  especially  in  the 
later  Psahns.  it  has  the  Ibrm  "is  corresponding  to  the  pronoun  ^RX , 
•^znSTX  Ps.  137  :  6,  •'DnDr^n  Ps.  103  :  4. 

(/.The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  sing,  is  written  with  the  vowel  letter  !i 
instead  ol"  i  in  rib"^D  Ex.  32  :  2-^.  ni2;^  I\'uni.  28:8,  and  in  some  copies  n'53X 
1  Sam.  1:9,  wliere  it  wonld  be  feminine;  this  form  is  more  I'requently  ap- 
pended to  nouns  tiian  to  veibs. 

e.  In  a  ^qw  instances  the  n  of  the  third  fem.  suffix  is  not  pointed  with 
Mappik,  and  consequently  represents  a  vowel  instead  of  a  consonant, 
nn'Q-j  (with  tlie  accent,  on  the  j)enuit  because  followed  by  an  accented 
t^yllable)  Am.  1:11.  so  wiili  the  infinitive,  fT^P;!'""'  Ex.  9:  18,  n^-jjrn  Jer. 
44:  19,  and  the  future,  nn^nn]  Ex.  2:  3. 

f.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  plur.  receives  a  parai^ogic  i  once  in  prose, 
'irnr-^s  Ex.  23:31,  and  rej)eatedly  in  poetry,  iax-^n.  l-ii-^i-in  Ex.  15:9; 
once  !|  is  appeniled.  l'2"'p:^  Ex.  15:5;  en  is  used  but  once  us  a  verbal 
suffix,  cri'XEX  Deut.  32  :  2(5. 

g-.  The  suffix  of  the  third  fem.  plur.  ")  is  seldom  used,  "i"''^-:''!!?  Isa.  48:7, 
•jr-n"  ri;ih.  2:  17;  more  ti'equently  the  masculine  D  is  substituted  for  it, 
cirinp  Gen.  2(5:  15.  18.  cflir^a-;;^  Ex.  2:  17.  cinpx*:  1  Sam.  6:  10.  so  Num. 
17 : 3,  4,  Josh.  4 :  8,  2  Kin.  IsTl's,  Hos.  2  :  14.  Prov.'"6  :  21  ;  1^  is  never  used 
with  verbs.  When  attached  to  infinitives  a  paragogic  n^  is  sometimes 
added  to  1,  njx-a  Ruth  1  :  19,  njn-ib  Job  39 :  2. 

//.  Verbs,  which  have  Tsere  for  the  second  vowel  in  the  Kal  preterite,  re- 
tain it  betbre  suffixes,  ^(^nx  Deut.  7:13,  ci'^b  Lev.  16:4.  nxrb  Deut. 
24:3.  !in:ixn-j  Job  37:24.  The  only  example  of  a  suffix  appended  to  a 
preterite  whose  second  vowel  is  Hholem,  is  iTiba^  Ps.  13:  5  from  ''nbb'', 


^105  PERFECT   VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  141 

the  Hholem  being  shortened  to  Kamets  Illintuiih  by  tlie  sliifting  of  the 
accent.  Tsere  ol'  ihe  Piel  species  is  mo^^tly  shortened  to  Seghol  bel()re 
7\.  zz.  '2.  Tj^?!?  Deut.  30:3,  ^^sp';i  ver.  4,  but  occasionally  to  Hhirik, 
ciiJ^iXX  (the  Methegh  in  most  editions  is  explained  by  §  15.  2)  Job  io:5, 
Ti^':•^-l^t  Isa.  25 : 1,  c-Dr'Tipia  Ex.  31  :  13,  CD'JiB  Isii.  1:15.  Hhirik  of  the 
Hiphil  species  is  retained  belbre  all  sulfixes  with  very  few  exceptions, 
^3-iir:;i.  1  Sam.  17:25.  Ps.  65:  10;  in  T^nro  Deut.  32:7,  the  verb  has  the 
form  of  the  apocopated  future. 

i.  The  third  fern,  preterite  sometimes  takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  in 
its  full  form,  ^nr^rr,  Prov.  31 :  12.  ^nn^sx^  Ezek.  15 :  5,  so  in  pause  :  innnny;^ 
1  Sam.  IS:  28,  finnS3N  Gen.  37 :  20,  :  nnr;.=ap  Isa.  59:16,  and  sometimes 
contracted  by  the  exclusion  of  n ,  ^^12;.  1  Sam.  1:24.  wib^  Ruth  4:  15, 
!ini::5  .lob  21:18.  The  third  fem.  sut!ix  is  always  contracted,  nPins^  Jer. 
49:24.  nnpbn  Isa.  34:17.  nnOs^S  1  Sam.  1:6.  The  sutEx  of  the  third 
masc.  plural  is  n_,  not  D^,  witli  this  person  of  the  verb,  the  accent 
falling  on  the  penult.  Dpnja  Gen.  31:32,  nriv^ia  Ex.  18:8,  or^^3  Ps. 
119:129,  DPsnia  Isa.  47:14.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  before  1]  the 
vowel  is  usually  short  in  this  person,  "(rinb^  Jer.  22:26.  ~(~^2N  Ezek. 
28:  18,  thono-h  it  is  sometimes  long,  ^^riban  Cant.  8:5,  as  it  regularly  is  in 
pause  :  r|rnb'  ibid.;  so  before  "'3  and  13  of  the  first  person,  "'SPiDX  Ps. 
69  :  10,  :  linsko  Num.  20  :  14. 

j.  The  second  masc.  sing,  preterite  usually  takes  Pattahh  before  "'S  ex- 
cept in  pause.  "'SPlpn  Ps.  139:  1,  ■'3nnn  Job  7:14,  ^:n2T^'  Ps.  22:2.  It 
takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  either  in  its  full  form,  :!inn-i3S  Ezek, 
43:20,  or  contracted,  inSJOX  2  Kin.  5:6.  "iriTb  Hab.  1:12,  ir'ip^  (accent 
thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  Num.  23:27,  irb^^n^  Ps.  89:  44. 

k.  The  second  fem.  sing,  preterite  ass'imes  (  ),  commonly  without  Yodh, 
§11.  1.  a,  before  suffixes,  and  is  accordingly  indistinguishable  from  tiie  first 
person  except  by  the  suffix  Avhich  it  receives.  §  102.  1,  or  by  the  connection 
in  which  it  is  found,  ''^h'ib'^^  Jer.  15:10,  "^inns^  Cant.  4:9,  "^sn^rn  1  Sam. 
19:  17,  inn-^d^  Ex.  2: 10;  once  it  takes  (..).  i:n"inin  Josh.  2: 18.  and  in  a 
few  instances  the  masculine  form  is  adopted  in  its  stead,  :l3n?2irn  Josh. 
2: 17,  20,  Cant.  5:9,  i:n-ib^  Jer.  2:27  K'ri,  inx^n^  2  Sam.  I4V1O.' 

/.  The  plural  endings  of  the  verb  may  be  written  fully  1  or  defectively 
(.),  thus,  in  the  third  person.  ""Z^zzr:)  Ps.  18:6,  "'sinD  Hos.  12:1;  the 
second  "^in^S  Zech.  7  :  5,  'I3ri''^"t^  Nuiii.  20:  5,  21 :  5  ;  and  the  first  ^ni-q-\^ 
]  Chron.  13  :"3. 


FtJTTIEE. 


§  105.  a.  The  union  vowel  a  is  sometimes  attached  to  the  future,  thus  ''3_, 
-3p2-iri  Gen.  19:19,  "'sir??*.?.  Gfen.  29:32,  ■^rxn'^  Ex.  33:20,  Num.  22:33, 
■^r^Vniin  ]ga.  56:3,  ■'SSaia;]"  Job  9:18;  ^13^,  13;;;^3::  Isa.  63:16;  1  (for  tin  J, 
■iETi-^Hos.  8:  3.  in^bpi  Ps.  35:8,  -ispn^  Eccfes.  4:  12.  "iJir-:!  iSam. 21:14, 
so  in  the  K'thibh.  l'  Sam.  18:  1  isnx'ii,  where  the  K'ri  has  iinsnx^si;  ^r 
(for  rij.  t^y^2'>^  Gen.  .37:33,  ninn;]  2  Chron.  20:7,  nb'^Qli;::  Isa. '26 :  5 ; 
D^,  Dcab^  Ex.  29:30,   Da-ito^  Deut.  7:15,   cni;  Num'.  21:30,  c:i3  Ps. 


142  ETYMOLOGY.  §  lOG 

74  :S.  c^'rx^  Ps.  118:10;  "j^.  "irr-^  Ex.  2:17.  In  1  Kin.  2:24  the  K'ri 
liiis  ":r"wi"<.  whili'  tlie  K'lliihil  has  the  vowel  letter  "^  representing  the 
onliniiry  r,  ^S'^^'^'i"""' . 

6.  The  piiffi.xes  wiili  Dagliesh  inserted  occur  chiefly  in  pnusse  ;  thus  ■'3_. 
"jn-r  Jer.  50:44;  ^2..  "^ri-irn  Gen.  27:  19,  fSrr^Pi  Job  7  :  14.9:34;  !>r 
(l^t  plur.).  1S|:!|D^  Job  3l:15;\'^..,  5,1^3p8<  Isa.  4"3':  5.  7QT5^  Isa.  44:2^ 
tTQ-is  Ps.  30:13;  13^.  (3  niasc.  sing.), '!i:n|rBn.  :  sinn^n^  Job  7 :  18,  ^ty^v; 
Joir41:2  K'ri,  i:x:f^":  Ho.^.  12:5;  ns  .  ns-crn  Ps.'Co:  10.  or  without 
Dairiicsh.  nrnVrn  Judg.  5:  26,  Obad.  ver.  13  ;  tlie  uneniphalic  form  of  the 
sulR.x  and  that  witii  Daghesh  occur  in  conjunction.  Pl^'^BC^  nrB^'EC''  lea. 
26:  5.  There  are  a  very  few  examples.  Ibund  only  in  poetry,  ol"  3  inserted 
between  tlie  verb  and  tlie  suffix  without  further  change,  ''3?"i3=';'  Ps.  50  :  23, 
s'l^iS^'"?-  •'*''■•  22:24.  ^njnsr;:  Jer.  5:  22,  :  1^:3^:7  Ps.  72:  15, ^n:':^':  Deut. 
32 ':  "16,  :  in:t;rinx  Ex.  I's :  2. 

c.  The  plural  ending  '|*l  is  in  a  few  instances  found  before  suffixes,  chiefly 
in  pause,  ■':3xnp';i ,  i,..^n-j^^ _  .,;.j^^^^  p^jjy_  -,.28.  ::|:!in3C";'  Ps.  63:4. 
r.j^xia-i  Ps.  91:  12,  'n:'in-!ii-'  h-^a.  60:7.  10,  •.sinj-'ir-'  Jer.  '5:2k  iniiixs':-' 
Jer.  2:24;  twice  it  has  the  union  vowel  a,  •'33!ixsnpi  Job  19:2.  i3T2b"i 
Prov.  5 :  22. 

d.  When  the  second  vowel  of  the  Kal  future  is  0.  it  is  rejected  before 
suffixes  requiring  a  union  vowel,  conijwund  Sh'va  being  occasionally  sub- 
stituted lor  it  in  the  place  of  simple,  niBX  Hos.  10:10.  ^liE^.H!!  Num. 
35:20.  !n3;^Si<  Isa.  27:3,  :  is:;?-;  Isa.  62 :  2'  ?;£ •ii')  EzeU.  35:*'6,'n35n=x 
Jer.  31  :  33  ;  once  the  vowel  remains,  but  is  changed  to  Shurek.  !C~!n:'i;n 
Prov.  14:  3;  a,  on  the  other  hand,  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel.  §64.  2, 
■^si-sb'^  Job  29:14.  ct'sb^  Ex.  29:30,  njcsbx  Cant.  5:3,  "^sirann  Gen. 
19:  19.  Hholem  is  shortened  before  r, .  C2  .  "D,  though  the  vowel  letter 
1  is  occasionally  written  in  the  K'thibh,  ?^~iisx  Jer.  1 :  5. 

e.  The  following  are  examples  of  feminine  plurals  with  suffixes:  2  fem. 
plur.  •'JN-in  Cant.  1:  6,  3 fem.  plxr.  "'srirnn  Job  19:  15.  Tins-^n  Jer.  2:  19. 
The  masculine  form  is  sometimes  euhstUuted  for  the  feminine,  H1~ili'X7  , 
nnbbn^  Cant.  6:9. 

INFINITIVE    AND    IMPER.4.TIVE. 

§  106  a.  Kal  Infinitive.  Before  ?] .  CD,  "3,  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Ka- 
mets  Hhatuph,  T^bss;  Gen.  2:  17,  ^"irr  (Methegh  by  §45.  2)  Obad.  ver. 
11,  nibrx  Gen.  3:5,  cinrx  Mai.  1:7.  Pattahh  remains  in  the  single 
example,  C3::n  Isa.  30  :  18  ;  sometimes  the  vowel  of  the  second  radical 
is  rejected  before  these  as  it  is  before  the  other  suffixes,  and  a  short 
vowel  giveti  to  the  first  radical,  commonly  Kamets  Hhatujih.  "p^r  Deut. 
29:11,  v^^  2  Kin.  22:19,  t.b-}-zv  Deut.  27:4.  once  Kibbuts,  cinsj? 
Lev.  23:  22,  sometimes  Hhirik.  n2=d  Gen.  19:  33.  35  but  "iisiU  Ruth  3:4' 
irjiy  Zech.  3:1.  i^E?  2  Sam.  1:10.  inrs  Neb.  8:5,  and  occasionally 
Pattahh.  ^'Sp.'^  Ezek.  25  :  6.  In  the  femim'ne  form  of  the  infinitive,  as  in 
noun,'5.  the  old  feminine  ending  n  is  substituted  for  M,  inr^d  Isa.  30:  19, 
'ir^'cn  Hos.  7  :  4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  retains  its  pretonic  Kamets  before 
suffixes,  n=i=.Tn  Ezek.  21 :  29. 


§  107  IMPERFECT   VERBS.  143 

b.  Kal  Imperative.  The  first  radical  commonly  receives  Kamets  Hhatuph 
upon  the  rejection  of  Hholem,  ''3"i2T,  "^^^p^Q  Jer.  15:  15,  but  occasionally  it 
takes  Hhirik,  •^'l^i?  (witii  Daghesh-fbrte  euphonic)  Prov.  4:  13. 


Imperfect  Verbs. 

^107.  Imperfect  verbs  depart  more  or  less  from  the 
standard  already  given,  as  the  natm'e  of  their  radicals  may 
require.     They  are  of  three  classes,  viz. : 

I.  Guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  guttural  letter 
in  the  root. 

II.  Contracted  verbs,  two  of  whose  radicals  are  in  cer- 
tain cases  contracted  into  one. 

III.  Quiescent  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  quiescent  or 
vowel  letter  in  the  root. 

These  classes  may  again  be  subdivided  according  to  the 
particular  radical  affected.  Thus  there  are  three  kinds  of 
guttural  verbs : 

1.  Pe  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  a 
guttural, 

2.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  radical  is 
a  guttural. 

3.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical 
is  a  guttural. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  contracted  verbs  : 

1 .  Pe  Nun  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Nun, 
and  is  liable  to  be  contracted  by  assimilation  with  the  second. 

2.  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  and  third 
radicals  are  alike,  and  are  hable  to  be  contracted  into  one. 

There  are  four  kinds  of  quiescent  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Yodh  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Yodh. 


144  ETYMOLOGY.  §108,109 

'2.  Aviii  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodli  verbs,  or  those  whose 
second  r:uli(a]  is  Vav  or  Yodh. 

3.  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical  is 
Alcph. 

4.  Lamedh  He  verbs,  or  those  in  wliich  lie  takes  the 
place  of  tlie  third  radical. 

The  guttural  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  the  vowels 
only  ;  the  first  division  of  the  contracted  verbs  (Hffer  only  in 
the  consonants ;  the  quiescent  and  the  second  division  of  the 
contr.'icted  verbs  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  both  vowels 
and  con-onants. 

a.  Till'  third  cla?s  of  imperfect  verbs  may  either  be  regarded  as  hav- 
ing a  qiiii^sreiit  letter  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is  changed  into 
a  vowel,  or  as  having  a  vowel  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is 
changed  into  a  quiescent  letter.  As  the  settlement  of  this  question  is 
purely  a  matter  of  theory,  the  usiial  name  of  quiescent  verbs  has  been 
retained  as  sufficiently  descriptive. 

b.  The  origin  of  these  varions  technical  names  for  the  different  kinds 
of  imperfect  verbs  is  explained  §76.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§108.  Gutturals  have  the  four  following  peculiarities, 
§60,  viz.  : 

1.  Tlicy  often  cause  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
to  be  converted  into  Pattahh. 

2.  They  receive  Pattahh  furtive  at  the  end  of  a  word 
after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  or  before  a  vowelless  final 
consonant. 

3.  They  take  compound  in  preference  to  simple  Sh'va. 

4.  They  are  incapable  of  being  doubled,  and  conse- 
quently do  not  receive  Daghesh-forte. 

§109.  Pe  guttural  verbs  are  affected  by  these  pecuhari- 
ties  as  follows,  viz. : 


§109  PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  145 

1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  preformatives  is  changed  to  Pi>t- 
tahh  before  the  guttural  m  the  Kal  future,  if  the  second 
vowel  be  Hholem,  I'as'^,  for  lia^^ ;  but  if  the  second  radical 
has  Pattahh  this  change  does  not  occur,  because  it  would 
occasion  a  repetition  of  the  same  vowel  in  successive  sylla- 
bles, §63.  1.  5.  In  the  Kal  future  a,  therefore,  in  the  Niplinl 
preterite  and  participle,  where  the  vowel  of  the  second  sylla- 
ble is  likewise  a,  and  in  the  Iliphil  preterite,  where  i  is 
characteristic  and  therefore  less  subject  to  change,  Hhirik  is 
compounded  with  Pattahh,  or,  in  other  words,  is  changed  to 
the  diphthongal  Seghol,  pTH'] ,  n^2?3 ,  'l^'bs^n  .  Seghol  accom- 
panying 55  of  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Kal  futiu'e, 
§60.  1.  a  (5),  and  Kaniets  Hhatuph,  characteristic  of  the 
Hophal  species,  suffer  no  change.  The  same  is  true  of 
Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  participle,  Hhirik  of 
the  Piel  preterite,  and  Kibbuts  of  the  Pual  species,  for  the 
double  reason  that  these  vowels  are  characteristic  of  those 
forms,  and  that  their  position  after  the  guttural  renders  them 
less  liable  to  mutation,  §  60.  1.  a  (2) ;  the  second  reason  ap- 
plies likewise  to  the  Hhirik  of  the  feminine  singular  and 
masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  imperative,  which,  as  the  briefest 
of  the  short  vowels,  is  besides  best  adapted  to  the  quick  ut- 
terance of  a  command,  "'"I'a:?  ,  Ti'a:^  . 

2.  As  the  guttural  does  not  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
there  is  no  occasion  for  applying  the  rule  respecting  Pattahh 
furtive ;  this  consequently  does  not  appear  except  in  'in^ , 
apocopated  future  of  n^n ,  and  in  one  other  doubtful  exam- 
ple, §114. 

3.  Wherever  the  first  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va 
the  guttural  takes  compound  Sh'va  instead ;  this,  if  there  be 
no  reason  for  preferring  another,  and  especially  if  it  be  pre- 
ceded by  the  vowel  Pattahh,  will  be  Hhateph  Pattahh,  whose 
sound  is  most  consonant  with  that  of  the  gutturals ;  this  is 
the  case  in  the  Kal  second  plural  preterite,  construct  infini- 
tive, future  and  imperative  with  Hliolem,  and  in  the  Hiphil, 

10 


146  ETYMOLOGY.  ^IIO 

infinitives,  future,  imperative,  and  participle,  on^'cr,  1^,"^. 
}[',  however,  the  guttural  be  preceded  by  another  vuwel  than 
Pattahli  the  compound  Sli'va  will  generally  be  conformed  to 
it;  thus,  after  Seghol  it  becomes  llhateph  Segliol  as  in  the 
Kal  future  and  imperative  a,  the  Xii)hal  ])r(3terite  and  par- 
ticiple, and  tlie  Iliplnl  preterite,  pTC!,"! ,  ""'^^'O ,  fi»^l  after 
Kamets  Ilhatupli  it  becomes  llhateph  Kamets  as  in  the 
Hoplial  species,  ^'^*^^ .  If  this  compound  Sh'va  in  the 
course  of  inflection  comes  to  be  followed  by  a  vowelless 
letter,  it  is  changed  to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  §01. 1, 
thus,  (..)  becomes  (.)  in  the  second  feminine  singular  and  the 
second  and  third  mascuHne  ])lural  of  the  Kal  future;  (,)  be- 
comes (.)  in  the  third  feminine  singidar  and  the  third  plural 
of  the  Niphal  preterite;  and  (^.)  becomes  (J  in  the  corres- 
pondin^i-  persons  of  the  preterite  and  future  llophal,  "'■^^?P, 

a.  Tlic  simple  Sli'va  following'  a  phnrt  vowol  thus  fnrmod,  romains 
voral  as  in  the  corresponding  l()rnis  of  tlie  perfect  verlt.  the  new  syllable 
beiniT  not  mixed  but  intermediate,  and  lience  a  succeeding  a.«pirate  will 
retain  its  aspiration,  thus  "I'r?,^  yannrdhu.  not  ''~^.^*^!;  yannnlu.  §22.  <■/. 
In  like  manner  the  Kal  imperative  has  '''7'CS' .  1"I'C^'  not.  "^'^'CS .  ^'^^S.  show- 
ing that  even  in  the  perfect  verb  ""H^p.  "i-p  were  pronounced  kil'll, 
kWlu,  not  killl,  kitlu. 

4.  The  reduplication  of  the  first  radical  being  impossible 
in  the  infinitive,  future  and  imperative  Ni})hal,  the  preceding 
vowel,  which  now  stands  in  a  simple  syllable,  is  lengthened 
in  consecpience  from  Hhirik  to  Tsere,  §  00.  4,  "^n  for  "^>n. 
§110.  1.  The  verb  "TCV  /o  ^/'r/z'/r/,  whose  inflections  are  shown 
in  the  following  paradigm,  may  serve  as  a  ro])rescntative  of 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  Tlie  Picl,  Pual,  and  Ilithpael  are  omit- 
ted, as  they  present  no  deviation  from  the  regular  verbs. 
The  Niphal  of  Tcy  is  not  in  use,  but  is  here  formed  from 
analogy  for  the  sake  of  giving  completeness  to  the  paradigm. 


p 

ARADIGM    OF 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

HIPHIL. 

nOPHAL. 

Pret.  3  TO. 

—  T 

Ti23?: 

Tt^T\ 

I'b:;" 

3/. 

HT^^ 

T   :  viv 

TTri2Vr\ 

T      •  v:  IV 

t  1  1— ''•,  1 

2  TO. 

T  :  —T 

^""i??. 

rnr^n 

rnT^^'n 

2/ 

T\T2V 

riTj^'D 

m-jyn 

TTbrn 

Ic. 

^Tr:cv 

^vr:2T^ 

"rn7b:'~ 

^m:j^'n 

PZ?/r.  3  c. 

:  IT 

^'1'2Tj 

^i^/b:?!! 

^T^:'n 

2  TO. 

Drn-23? 

Drn-j>": 

Drntsyn 

nn-i-^rn 

2/. 

'^7'^? 

1^7'^^-?. 

1^7"^?vi 

■ri-7;:-ri 

Ic. 

^"■^? 

^^7"i??. 

^^7fe5'ri 

^37"=r'^i 

Infin.  ^JsoZ. 

T 

T    1" 

■i7jyn 

"2V\  \ 

••  "•    IT 

Comtr. 

-'53? 

"'rr^Tl 

7''^?Vf 

"^'^f'vl 

FUT.    3  TO. 

la;*^ 

irbr" 

Tb:."^ 

3/. 

i'ti>*n 

^/bm 

^^)!23?n 

Tbrn 

2  TO. 

i53;^n 

••  T    I" 

T-b^n 

Tb^'n 

—  t;   it 

2/ 

("Tr?^) 

^Tj^n 

^^^"^?r!) 

^Tr?^ 

1  c. 

-12V)^ 

T'2'$^ 

T.::r^5 

PZwr.  3  TO 

i^^'nT) 

r\'2T^_ 

^"'■^?r- 

^"^"t^it 

3/ 

T  :       -:  1- 

rir?2''jT\ 

T  :    ••  T  1" 

T  :    ••  -:  1- 

r;:7t?^=? 

2  TO. 

'r'2'37\ 

^Tjs^n 

Tr'2ST\ 

^T^^'n 

2/ 

T :        -:  r 

r  :    ■•  T  1" 

^'ff'T^^ 

•^t"7'=?^ 

1  c. 

"'^??- 

■•  Tl" 

■'^"r??. 

Tb^'D 

—  t:  it 

Imper.  2  TO. 

lia? 

Tb:?n 

••   T    l~ 

^/b2?n 

2/ 

^tj:? 

^Tjyn 

^-rbrn 

wanting 

Pliir.  2  TO. 

"^Hw 

^i53:^'n 

^T-^yn 

2/. 

i^p*^? 

T   :     ••  r   1" 

r!:Tb:?n 

T  :    ■•  -:  1- 

Part.  Act. 

"7bb? 

Ttra 

Pass. 

1^135 

T  V.-IV 

1)2T2 

r  t:  it 

147 


148 


ETYMOLOUY.  §111 


2.  The  Kal  imperative  aiul  future  of  those  verbs  which 
liave  Pattalih  in  the  second  syllable  may  be  represented  by 
pin  to  be  strong. 

Imperative, 

Singular.  Plural. 

mmc.  fern.  masc.  /cm. 

Pit!       "P"  ^p""       •^■'pi'j 

PUTURE. 
Z  masc.  Sfem.  2  masc.  2  fern.  1  com. 

Sing.  pirr         pirn         prnn        "h'Trr,      pirx 

Plur.        ^P""".      »^2pTriiil        ^pT'j^     »^3pTrr]       PI-j^. 

3.  Certain  verbs,  whose  first  radical  is  i? ,  receive  Hholem 
in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  future  after  the  following, 
which  is  distinctively  called  the  Pe  Aleph  (s"b)  mode. 

Future  of  Pe  Aleph  Verbs. 

3  masc.  3  fern.  2  masc.  2  fern.  1  com. 

SmG.         \bk^        bixn        bisn        vrsn       bii^ 
plub.        ^5si<^     HDbiiin       ^bD^i^     nrbisn      bis3 

:       I  r  :  -  :         |  t  :  - 

Five  verbs  nniformly  adopt  this  mode  of  inflection,  viz.  : 
niij  to  perish,  nis  to  he  tcillin//,  -is  fn  cat,  ^t^?  to  say,  hex 
to  hal-e ;  a  few  others  indifferently  follow  this  or  the  ordinaiy 
Pe  guttural  mode,  nns  to  love,  Tiix  to  take  hold,  ?|CS  to 
gather. 

Remarks  on  Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  111.  1.  The  prcformative  of  flic  Kal  future  a  has  (.)  in  one  instance, 
abni  Ezek.  23  :  5.  That  of  the  Kal  future  O  has  (J  in  qnn;  Prov.  10  :  3, 
qon-'  Ps.  29 : 9.    Three  verbs  with  future  0,  D^rj ,  D-nn ,  ^Bn  have  Pat- 


§111  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  149 

tahh  in  the  first  syllable  when  the  Hholem  appears,  but  Seghol  in  those 
Ibrms  in  which  tlie  Hliolem  is  dropped,  OTin^^.  Job  12:  14.  'iDin^.  2  Kin. 
3:25  but  ID":!!;  Ex.  19:21,  24;  so  wilii  sufiixes,  "'^'i^n.v  P'"^-  141:5, 
r\b-\ri^  Isa.  22: 1'O.  -iniiaris  Isa.  53:2.    nsn  has  >i"iQn:  but  i^gn;;. 

2.  a.  U  the  first  radical  be  N ,  which  has  a  strong  preference  for  the 
diphthongal  vowels,  §G0.  l.a  (5),  the  prelbrinative  takes  Seghol  in  most 
verbs  in  the  Kal  fuiure.  whether  a  or  o,  p:i<V  >pi<^,,  ''^^,^.-  "^?*fi}  as  well 
as  y^x],  C|?x;;,  "i'i>?n.  r^xri;  in  a  few  witli  future  a,  §110.3,  it  takes  the 
other  compound  vowel  Hholem  when  to  complete  the  diphthongal  charac- 
ter of  the  word  the  (.)  of  the  second  syllable  usually  becomes  (_)  in  pause, 
and  in  a  few  instances  without  a  pause  aiTcent,  lax^,  "^J.^"*  •  ^"'^.'^'^  ^  Tl^"^) 
and  in  two  verbs  it  becomes  (..)  after  Vav  conversive,  "ip.it'] ,  11^']- 

b.  As  X  is  always  quiescent  after  Hholem  in  this  latter  form  of  the 
future,  §57.  2.  (2)  a.  Pe  Aleph  verbs  might  be  classed  among  quiescent 
verbs,  and  this  is  in  fact  done  by  some  grammarians.  But  as  N  has  the 
double  character  of  a  guttural  and  a  quiescent  in  diti'erent  forms  sprung 
from  the  same  root,  and  as  its  quiescence  is  confined  almost  entirely  to  a 
single  tense  of  a  single  species,  it  seems  better  to  avoid  sundering  what 
really  belongs  together,  by  considering  the  Pe  Aleph  as  a  variety  of  the 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  In  a  Jew  instances  X  gives  up  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter after  (..)  which  is  then  lengthened  to  (_),  nrsn  Mic.  4 :  8.  When 
thus  quiescent  after  either  Tsere  or  Hholem,  N  is  always  omitted  in  the 
first  person  singular  after  the  preformative  X,  ^nx  Gen.  32:5  for  ^nsx, 
-HX  Prov.  8:  17  Lor  -i^xx,  xDX  Gen.  24:33  for  bixx,  and  occasionally 
in  other  persons,  ■'Byn  Jer.  2:36  ibr  "^'xn  ;  so  xn;]  Deut.  33:21,  xrh 
Prov.  1:10,  qon  Ps.'  104:29.  sinoPi  2  Sai'n.  19:14.  inni  2  Sam.  20 : 9, 
inbnT  1  Sam.  2S  :  24  ;  in  a  few  instances  the  vowel  letter  1  is  substituted 
lor  it.  *i52i;'  Ezek.  42  :  5  for  ll=3i<;i,   niix  Neh.  2  :  7.  Ps.  42:  10. 

c.  A  like  quiescence  or  omission  of  X  occurs  in  ^2:x^i  Num.  11:25  Hi. 
flit.  Ibr  ^x,!].  !5"^=n  Ezek.  21  :  33  Hi.  inf  for  b-'ixn,'  ",^wX  Job  32:  11  Hi. 
Int.  for  •pixx,  7712  Prov.  17:4  Hi.  part,  for  "pix^. ,  §53.  2.  a.  ilJS^p  Job 
3i :  1 1  Pi.  part,  for  iscbx^ ,  §53.  3,  "^Dniri  2  Sam.  22:  40  Pi.  fut.  for  ^i^jxri, 
z-^^^'y  1  Sam.  15:  5  Hi.  tut.  for  -"iX^l,  >i^rn  Isa.  21  :  14  Hi.  pret.  for  'I'^PXli, 
bn^  Isa.  13:20  Pi.  fut.  Ibr  'Hx": ,  and  after  prefixes  "liax^  for  "'isV  thie 
Kal  infinitive  of  n^x  with  the  preposition  h.  'r^'l2i^^  Ezek.  28:  16  Pi.  fut. 
with  Vav  conversive  for  r,-i3XXl  .  ^irsxi  Zech.  11 :  5  Hi.  fut.  with  Vav 
conjunctive  for  "Tr>xi ,  D"'n!iDn  Eccles.  4:14  Kal  pass.  part,  with  the 
article  for  D-'nnoxn. 

-:1T 

d.  The  diphthongal  Hholem  is  further  assumed  by  Pe  Aleph  roots 
once  in  the  Niphal  preterite,  ^Tnxj  Num.  32  :  30  for  '^t'nxJ  ,  and  five  times 
in  the  Hiphil  future,  fr^^'^X  Jer.  16:8  for  nvixx  .  b-iix  Hos.  11:4  for 
b^axN.  ny.iix  Neh.  13:'l3  for  n"i"':£XX,  bx'l"  1  Sam.  14:24  abbreviated 
from  n^X'l  for  nlix^^^^ ,  nni'1  2Sam.2():5  K'ri  for  "inXi^T . 

e.  X  draws  the  vowel  to  itself  from  the  preformative  in  ^nnxn  Prov. 
1 :  92  Kal  fut.  for  ^dnxn  in  pause  ^ISHXP)  Zech.  8  :  17,  Ps.  4  :  3,  '§60.  3.  c. 
Some  so  explain  ^inB^xn   Job  20:26,   regarding  it  as  a   Kal   future  for 


150  ETYMOLOGY.  ^11.0 

!in3:xn  with  the  vowel  attracted  to  tin;  X  from  the  prelbrmative  ;  it  is 
siinpiiT.  however,  to  re<rard  it  as  a  Piial  liiture  with  Kaiuets  Hhatuph  in- 
stead of  Kibbuts,  as  c^j<^  Nah.  2:4,  ^("n-j  Ps.  94:20. 

3.  a.  Kamets  Hhatuph  Cor  llie  most  part  remains  in  the  Kal  infinitive 
and  imperative  with  nulKxes,  as  n"^^  j  "(i]^'-  "'l^? ;  beini^  rarely  changed 
to  Pattahh,  as  in  =in^zn  Prov.  20:  1(3,  or  Seghol,  as  "HEDX  Num.  II  :  10, 
ri3"ir  Job  33 :  5.  In  the  inflected  imperative  Seghol  occurs  once  instead 
of  Hhirik,  ~^Dbn  Isa.  47:2.  and  Kamets  Hhatupii  twice  in  compensation 
for  the  omitted  Hholem,  ''ihv  Ze])h.  3:14  hut  >i\''sv  Ps.  68:5,  linn  Jer. 
2:  12  but  li"in  Jer.  50:27,  though  the  o  sound  is  once  retained  in  tiie 
compound  Sh'va  of  a  pausal  Ibrm.  ""^iri  Isa.  44:27.  Ewaid  explains 
onsj-n  Ex.  20  :  5.  23  :  24.  Dent.  5  :  9,  and^cnsr:  Deut.  13 :  3  as  Kal  llitures. 
the  excluded  Hholem  giving  character  to  the  preceding  vowels;  theibrms, 
however,  are  properly  Hophal  futures,  and  there  is  no  reason  why  the 
words  may  not  be  translated  accordingly  be  induced  to  sfrce.  In  a  few  Kal 
infinitives  with  a  feminine  termination  n  has  (  ),  fi^^n  Ezek.  10:5, 
•iriiiian  Hos.  7:4. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  Pattahh  is  found  in  the  first  syllable  of  the 
Niphal  and  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  Yli?^  Ps.  89  :  8,  Ct^^nn  Judg.  8  :  19. 

§112.  1.  The  guttural  invariably  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  place  of 
simple,  where  this  is  vocal  in  the  |)erfect  verb  ;  and  as  in  these  cases  it 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  it  is  more  at  liberty  to  follow  its  na- 
tive preferences,  and  therefore  Ui^ualiy  takes  (..).  In  cn"''^n  2  plur.  pret., 
ri'^n  inf..  n^n  imper.  of  .Tjn,  the  initial  n  has  (_)  under  the  influence  of 
the  Ibllowing  "^ ;  K  receives  (..)  in  the  second  plural  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
and  in  the  ieminine  and  plural  of  the  passive  participle.  cn"):x.  rp"~:x, 
C"'p!!~i<; .  but  commonly  (_)  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive,  §00.  3.  b.  '5=x 
imper.,  Hs  and  ^iix  inf.  fhx  ami  thx  inf.  ycx  imper.,  -^X  inf  and 
imper.  (hut  "iixn  Job  34:  18  with  n  interrog-ative).  p:5<  .  rcx  (witli  n^ 
parajTogic  PSDX).  and  in  a  very  lew  instances  the  long  vowel  („).  §60.  3.c, 
^BX  Ex.  16:  23  lor  ^2X,  ^"^nx  Isa.  21  :  12. 

2.  Where  the  first  radical  in  perfect  verbs  stands  after  a  short  vowel 
and  completes  its  syllable,  the  guttural  does  the  same,  but  mostly  admits 
an  echo  of  the  preceding  vowel  after  it,  inclining  it  likewise  to  begin  the 
syllable  which  follows.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  thus  formed,  §20.  2, 
the  vowel  remains  short,  only  being  modified  agreeably  to  the  rules 
already  given  by  the  proximity  of  the  guttural,  which  itself  receives  the 
corresponding  Hhateph.  The  succession  is,  therefore,  usually  (_  ^),  (^  ^)  or 
(,,  ).  In  a  very  few  instances  this  correspondence  is  neglected;  thus,  in 
-^nn  3  fern.  fut.  ol"  "^n  In  go  (romp,  pns;^  from  ppis  to  laugh)  the  Hhirik 
of  the  preformative  remains  and  the  iruttural  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh;  in 
nb'rn  (once,  viz..  Hah.  1  :  15  l!)r  n^rn)  and  ^'j'i''^  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
preterites  of  nH:?  to  go  np,  nm]  r.'}ZVp  (once,  viz..  Josh,  7:7  lor  pirrr;) 
Hi.  pret.  of  i3S  to  pass  over,  the  guttural  is  entirely  transferred  to  the 
second  syllable,  and  the  preceding  vowel  is  lengthened.  The  forms  n'Tib  , 
'^^H!?'  on'^'iTtV  n^Pis  from  n;n  to  be,  and  n^hj;  from  n^n  to  /jt.'e,are  pecu- 
liar in  having  simple  vocal  Sh'va. 


^112  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL   VERBS.  151 

3.  Where  (_,)  or  (.._  ^_)  are  proper  to  the  form  these  are  frc-quently 
changed  to  (..)  or  (..  ^)  upon  the  prolongation  of  the  word  or  tlie  removal 
of  its  accent  Ibrward.  Thus,  in  the  Kal  future,  Tpii'i  2  Kin.  5:3.  ^lEDX"' 
Ex.  1  :  29.  -^JEDX^  Ps.  27  :  10.  "^boxn  Josh.  2  :  18  ;  ^ri-jx;:  Isa.  59:  5,  ^rWn 
Jutlg.  16:13;  the  Niphal,  ujsi  i  Kin.  10:3,  nrbr^iVah.  3:11,  D-fflbr: 
Ps.  26:4;  and  especially  in  the  Hiphil  preterite  with  Vav  conversive, 
r-iixn  Job  14:19,  ni::Nn'i  Deut.  7:24,  nnnnsn^  Deut.  9:3  (comp. 
c^'^=xn  Ps.  80:6),  W^ixni  Lev.  23:30;  ■^nbrj^'.Clf  Isa.  49:26;  ^riir:rn 
Neil.  :i:16.  "'npinf^T  Ezek."  30  :  25  ;  r,^ri-ir;rn  '  ipa'.'43  :  23,  ~pFi"i??ni' Jer. 
]7:4;  ■,-'ixn  Deut.  1:45,  n3tj<nT  Ex.  15:26.  ^Rrnni  Jer.  49:' 37;  after 
Vav  conjunctive,  however,  the  vowels  remain  unchanged.  "^PipTnri  ]  Sam. 
17:35,  "^nit-nnni  Ps.  50:21.  The  change  from  (...  ^.)  to  (.._j  "after  Vav 
conversive  occurs  once  in  the  third  person  of  the  Hijihil  preterite,  'pTsm 
Ps.  77:  2,  but  is  not  usual,  e.  g.  T(^'iir-!vl!i  •  •  •  l""^^;;!;]!  Lev.  27:  8.  There 
is  one  instance  of  (^  _)  instead  of  (.  _)  in  the  Hi])iiil  infinitive,  "p-'inn 
Jer.  31:32. 

4.  A  vowel  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  in  consequence  of  tlie  rejec- 
fion  of  the  vowel  of  9.  following  consonant,  will  be  dropped  in  guttural  as 
in  perfect  verbs  upon  the  latter  vowel  being  restored  by  a  2)ause  accent, 

5.  Sometimes  the  silent  Sh'va  of  the  perfect  verb  is  retained  by  the 
guttural  instead  of  being  replaced  by  a  compound  Sh'va  or  a  subsidiary 
vowel  which  has  arisen  from  it.  This  is  most  frequent  in  the  Kal  future, 
though  it  occurs  likewise  in  the  Kal  infinitive  alter  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, in  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  in  the  Hiphil  species,  and 
also  though  rarely  in  the  Hophal.  There  are  examples  of  it  with  all  the 
gutturals,  though  these  are  most  numerous  in  the  case  of  n,  which  is  the 
strongest  of  that  class  of  letters.  In  the  majority  of  roots  and  forms  there 
is  a  fixed  or  at  least  a  prevailing  usage  in  iavour  either  of  the  simple  or 
of  the  compound  Sh'va;  in  some,  however,  the  use  of  one  or  the  other  ap- 
pears to  be  discretionary. 

a.  The  following  verbs  always  take  simple  Sh'va  under  the  first  radical 
in  the  species  whose  initial  letters  are  annexed  to  the  root,  viz. : 

cnx  Hi.  io  be  red.  ban  K.  Hi.  to  he  vain.  "lin  K.  to  gird. 

i^x  Ni.  Hi.  to  be  illm-  nan  K.  Hi.  to  meditate,  bnn  K.    (not    Ho.)     to 

trious.  Cl^n  K.  to  thrust.                          cease. 

oix  Hi.  io  close.  "Tin  K.  Ni.  to  honour.  -lin  K.  to  cut. 

*^z:ii  K.  to  shut.  n^n  K.  Ni.  ^0  6e.  '""i^  I^-    ("«*    Hi.)     to 

Tibx  K.  to  learn.  *"'?^  \s^.  to  injure.wound.               live, 

^i^  K.  to  gird  on.  N^n  Ni.  Hi.Ho. /o/i/rZe.  T:zn  K.  Yi'i.  to  he  wise. 

tuix  K.  Ni.  (not  Hi.)  1:217  K.  to  heat  of.          *'^^n  K.  meaning  doubt- 

to  be  guilty.  "i^n  Hi.  to  join  together.              ful. 

*  oira|  KfySfiefoy. 


152 


ETYMOLOGY. 


{    112 


•irn  K.  Ni.  to  desire.        "^Bfi  K.  to  dig:  iriS  K.  to  put  on  as  an 
brn  K.  to  spare.                isn  K.  Hi.  to  blush.  oniaineul. 

cbn  K.  Ni.  to   do  vio-    U-'sn  K.  "W.  to  search.  C;*!?  Y{\.  to  gather  mnch. 
lence  to.                    sin  K.  (not  Hi.)/oAeiP.  ">"i5  IS'i.  /o  6e  uanting. 

yhp  K.  /o  /jt!  leavened.   ]"p,^  K.  Ni.   /o  incesti-  "^zv  K.  Ni.  /o  trouble. 

irn  K.  to  ferment.  g'lte.  bsr  Hi.  /o  ^e  presuiup- 

T(in  K.  /o  dedicate.         *  ;"in  K.  /o  tremble.  tuous. 

bon  K.  /o  devour.  ^^~  ''^^  '"  '"^"<^  ^'P-  ^k-;  ^^-  ^'-  lo  j)ervert. 

Tjpn  Ni.  /o  be  destined.  "^'CV  K.  Hi.  to  tithe. 

bnn  Ho./o6esica(/c//e(i.  *nr5  Ni.  to  be  burnt  up. 

nrn  K.  Ni.  Hi.  to  seal,  prr  K.    Hi.    to    be   re- 
Tsn  K.  Ni.  to  be  panic-  Cinn  K.  to  seize.  moved. 

struck.  "rn  K.tobnuk through.  "^TV  K.  Ni.  Hi.    /o   e?i- 


CDn  K.  to  muzzle. 
ncn  K.  Hi.  to  lack. 

nen  Ni.  to  cover. 


ykn  K.  to  delight. 


lii'   K.  io  love,  dole. 


treat. 


b.  The  foliowiiig  are  used  witii  both  simple  and  compound  Sh'va,  either 
ill  the  same  form  or  in  diliereiit  forms,  viz. : 


-bx  to  bind.  nbn  to  fmst. 

T(Sn  to  turn.  "U-'n  to  withhold. 
'-^n  to  take  in  pledge.     Plirn  to  uncover. 

dbn  to  bind.  siin  to  think. 

pTn  to  be  strong.  "H^H  ^"^  ^'^  dark. 
"bn  /o  6e  sick.  i23  /o  ywss  ocer. 

p^n  fo  divide.  "its  /o  Ae/y;. 


Mas  ?r>  icear. 

■1^5  /o  encircle. 

C5:j  /o  conceal. 

"i:iS  /o  s/j(//  ?//).  restrain. 

-p>  ?o  supplant. 

yi"S  /o  smoke. 

"I'-'S  /o  6e  r/cA. 


c.  Tlie  tollowing  have  simple  Sli'va  only  in  the  passages  or  parts  al- 
leged, but  elsewhere  always  compound  Sh'va.  viz.  : 

=nx  2  Clir.  19  :  2,  Pr.  15  :  9,  /o  love.     Tin  Ezek.  26 :  18,  to  tremble. 


-iTX  Ps.  65  :  7,  to  gird. 

TiDs;  Ps.  47  :  10,  to  gather. 

-^n  Ps.  109:23,  to  go. 

c^n  Job  39  :  4,  Jer.  29:  S,?o  dream. 

r]'?n  Job  20  :  24,  to  change,  pierce. 


ni'n  Hi.  part,  to  be  silent. 
rrn  Jer.  49  :  37,  to  he  dismayed. 
"i-y  Eccl.  5  iS,  to  serve. 
t^r  Jer.  15  :  17,  Ps.  149:5,  and 
y^S  Ps.  5  :  12,  to  exult. 


All  other  Pe  guttural  verbs,  if  thoy  occur  in  forms  requiring  a  Sh'va 
under  the  first  radical,  have  invariably  compound  Sh'va. 

The  use  or  disuse  of  simple  Sh'va  is  so  vuulbrm  and  pervading  in  cer- 
tain verbs,  that  it  must  in  all  probability  be  traced  to  the  fixed  usage  of 
actual  speech.  This  need  not  be  so  in  all  cases,  however,  as  in  other  and 
less  common  words  its  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  may  be  fortuitous; 
additional  examples  might  have  been  pointed  differently. 


*   07ra|  \(y6fX(vov. 


\  Except  Ts.  44 :  22. 


§113-116  AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  153 

§113.  1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  prefix  is  in  the  Niphal  future,  imperative 
and  participle,  almost  invariably  lengthened  to  Tsere  uj)on  the  omission 
of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  "(On:;,  nix^  Isa.  23 :  18,  'J^n;:  (the  re- 
trocession of  the  accent  by  §35.  1)  iW.  28:27,  phh^  Job  38:24.  y^m 
Num.  32  :  17,  F3n*1  2  Sam.  17  :  23.  which  is  in  one  instance  expressed  by 
the  vowel  letter  ■> ,  nii;i'"'n  Ex.  25  :  31.  The  only  exception  is  5^n2  (two 
accents  explained  by  §42.  a)  Ezek.  26:  15  for  inhn2 ,  where  tlie  vowel 
remains  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  only  being  changed  to 
Seghol  before  the  guttural  as  in  the  Niphal  and  Hiphil  preterites.  Ac- 
cording to  some  copies,  which  differ  in  this  from  the  received  text,  the 
vowel  likewise  remains  short  in  n;^"5<  Job  19:7,  inibrn  Ezek.  43:18, 
Cphnf")  iChron.  24:3,  t\bvz  Lam.'2:"ll. 

2.  The  initial  n  of  tlie  Hipliil  infinitive  is.  as  in  perfect  verbs,  rarely 
rejected  after  prefixed  prepositions,  as  p^n^^  Jer.  37:  12  for  ppnij!!^ .  S<''t?n^ 
Eccles.  5  :  5,  '^■'ZVh  2  Sam.  19:  19.  "fflrb  Deut.  26:  12,  lirrs  Neh.  10:39, 
"i-^Trb  2  Sam.  18  :  3  K'thibii ;  and  still  more  rarely  that  of  the  Niphal  infin- 
itive, ViX2'JZ  Lam.  2:11  for  w]6;"n3,  :;nn3  Ezek.  26:  15. 

§114.  The  letter  "i  resembles  the  other  gutturals  in  not  admitting 
Daghesh-forte,  and  in  requiring  the  previous  vowel  to  be  lengthened  in- 
stead, c"i-i'T  Jon.  1:5,  133]^*!  Ps.  106:25.  In  other  cases,  however,  it 
causes  no  change  in  an  antecedent  Hhirik.  r)^"!"^  Deut.  19:  6.  Tr>-"  2  Sam. 
7:10.  P^2"in  Ps.  66:12.  except  in  certain  Ibrms  of  the  verb  nxn  to  see, 
viz..  sn^]  Kal  future  with  Vav  conversive,  shortened  from  nxn';' ,  nxnn 
which  alternates  with  nxin  as  Hipliil  preterite,  and  once  with  Vav  con- 
versive preterite.  "'r'^X'lir!;  Nah.  3  :  5.  It  is  in  two  instances  preceded  by 
Hhirik  in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  5-j-in,  f'pn  Jer.  50:34.  In  the  Hophal 
species  the  participles  Ci'^n^  Isa.  14:6,  r:2";i'0  Lev.  6:  14  take  Kibbuts  in 
the  first  syllable,  but  nxn  ,  bin  have  the  ordinary  Kamets  Hhatuph. 
Resh  always  retains  the  simple  ShVa  of  perfect  verbs  whether  silent  or 
vocal.  T{i~}  Gen.  44:4,  "'J^STi  Ps.  129:86,  except  in  one  instance,  ~T]^ 
Ps.  7  :  6.  where  it  appears  to  receive  Pattahh  furtive  contrary  to  the  ordi- 
nary rule  which  restricts  it  to  the  end  of  the  word,  §60.  2.  a. 

§115.  The  verb  biax  reduplicates  its  last  instead  of  its  second  radical 
in  the  Pual,  ho-cvi ;  ~.-tn  reduplicates  its  last  syllable.  tinTsn^n  Lam.  2:11, 
§92.  a.  '^nb.|i"in  Hos.  11:3  has  the  appearance  of  a  Hiphil  preterite  with 
n  prefixed  instead  of  n. 

brrj  is  a  secondary  root,  based  upon  the  Hiphil  of  bbn.     See  2.'3J  verbs. 

For  the  peculiar  forms  of  CjDX  and  T|bn  see  the  "'s  verbs,  TjG^  and  T\?'^ . 


Atin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§116.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whicli  have  a  gut- 
tural for  their  second  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiarities 
of  these  letters,  §>108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 


151  ETYMOLOCY.  ^117 

1.  The  influence  of  the  guttural  upon  a  following  vowel 
being  comparatively  slight,  this  latter  is  only  converted  iiilo 
l^ittahh  in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  the  feminine 
plural  of  the  future  and  imperative  Xiphal,  Piel,  and  Ilith- 
pael,  where  the  like  change  sometimes  occurs  even  without 
the  presence  of  a  guttural,  ^^^"^  for  b»3? ;  "^'ri??!?  for  "pbit^p . 

2.  iSo  forms  occur  which  could  give  rise  to  Pattahh 
furtive. 

3.  When  the  second  radical  sliould  receive  simple  Sli'va, 
it  takes  Ilhateph  Pattahh  instead  as  the  compoinid  Sh'va 
best  suited  to  its  nature ;  and  to  this  the  new  vowel,  formed 
from  Sh'va  in  the  feminine  singular  and  masculine  plural  of 
the  Kal  imperative,  is  assimilated,  ■''?5?3  for  "^3x3 . 

4.  Daghesh-forte  is  always  omitted  from  the  second  radi- 
cal in  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpacl,  in  which  case  the  preceding 
vowel  may  either  remain  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable, 
or  Tlhirik  may  be  lengthened  to  Tsere,  Pattahh  to  Kamets, 
and  Kibbuts  to  Ilholem,  §  GO.  4,  ^n? ,  bsa . 

§117.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  guttural  verbs  may  be 
shown  by  the  example  of  H'? ,  which  in  some  species  means 
to  redeem,  and  in  others  io  pollute.  The  ITiphil  and  ITophal 
are  omitted,  as  the  former  agrees  precisely  with  that  of  per- 
fect verbs,  and  the  latter  differs  only  in  the  substitution  of 
compound  for  simple  Sh'va  in  a  manner  sufficiently  illus- 
trated by  the  foregoing  species. 

a.  The  Pual  infinitive  is  omitted  from  the  paradigm  as  it  is  of  nire 
occurrence,  and  there  is  no  example  of  it  in  this  class  of  verbs.  As  the 
absoKitc  infinitive  Piel  mostly  gives  up  its  distinctive  form  and  adopts  that 
of  the  construct,  §92.  d,  it  is  printed  witli  Tsere  in  this  and  the  following 
parudigme. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

Guttural  Verbs 

KAL. 

^IPHAL. 

PI  EL. 

PIAL. 

niTHPAEL. 

Pket.  3  m. 

bi^-i 

b.<5:o 

b.SH 

b^5b 

bk".rr; 

3/. 

ribss 

nb!j5:o 

nbwVjri 

nb.siii 

rib^!;r,^^ 

2  m. 

nbx-i 

T  :  —  r 

nbi^ro 

^^^^? 

r}^^3 

nb^r.rn 

T  :  —  T    :    • 

2/ 

nbik-i 

nb^5:o 

rb5<3 

rb^b 

nbi^->rr 

Ic. 

^nbx:» 

■nb;?5:o 

•nbi^!; 

■nbs^b 

"rbi<5Bnn 

Plur.  3  c. 

^bxn 

^b.s:o 

6.S-i 

^b^b 

^b^r-rn 

2  TO. 

t^iD^^^ 

Qpb^ro 

dnbii-i 

nnbi^b 

Dnb^rm 

2/ 

li^b.Sii 

■nbi^ro 

1^-^,5 

"j^^^^' 

•nbv^r.nn 

1  c. 

^■-b^^ii 

:  —  T 

^jb5i;»p 

^^b^i:« 

ii:b^b 

^:b^53^^ 

IXFIN.  Ahsol. 

biss 

bj^-s" 

b.^3 

W 

Constr 

bJJjii 

bjkr.n 

bx3 

•'  T 

\\ 

^j^i'^f? 

FUT.    3  TO, 

b^,r 

b.^-;' 

bkT 

bsb"' 

b^5:in' 

3/ 

b^^n 

bi^sn 

bkjT) 

bi<bn 

bkr^nn 

2  TO. 

b.s:.n 

bk^r\ 

bs:n 

b^bri 

bi^r.r,r, 

2/ 

"b5<:.n 

^b.^sn 

■b^5:n 

-bj^bn 

^bi^-irn 

Ic. 

^^^»^ 

b^5S5< 

••  r   V 

b:j5:>5 

-^'"*^ 

bkr.r« 

PZwr.  3  m. 

^'^^'^;»r 

^bji" 

6^5y 

^5^5.V 

6.sr.n^ 

3/ 

M^bs^^n 

n:b^yn 

n:b^:*n 

nrbikbn 

n:b^r^rn 

2  «i. 

^ls5:n 

^b^sn 

^bj<3n 

6iSbn 

^b>5srn 

2/ 

r!"b.<53n 

n:b.<<rtn 

T  ;   —  T    • 

M:bk:n 

T  :  — T    : 

n;bj?bn 

Mjb^^-irn 

r  :   — T    ;     • 

1  c. 

bi<:o 

^^5.- 

b.s:o 

bxbp 

••  T    ;  • 

ImPEE.  2  TO. 

bj^ii 

b^isn 

bks 

••  T 

bi<-inn 

••  T    ;     • 

2/ 

^bx:; 

^bij^riH 

"bj|!r, 

wanting 

^b«jrn 

PZur.  2  TO. 

^b^«;-i 

6ws:.n 

-:iT 

^ib.^snr; 

2/ 

Hjb^s 

r;:^^i5ri 

•^r-T^? 

Mjb.<i3nn 

T  ;   —  T    :     • 

Part.  Act. 

bi^b 

b^"^ 

bkr«n'^ 

Pass. 

b^^5a 

T 

b^ro 

T  :  • 

bkb:^ 

T       ; 

155 


loG  ETYMOLOGY.  MIS,   119 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§11S.  1.  If  tlie  seroiiii  rmiical  is  n,  tlie  Kal  future  ami  imperative 
cnnimoiilj'  liave  Hliuleiii ;  but  ilie  lullo\vui<r  lake  Faitalili.  T(T!^  to  be  long; 
-~.n  to  be  dried  or  desolate.  1~tl  to  tremble.  T'^n  to  reproach,  to  vrinler^ 
V"n  lu  sharpen,  -n.:j  to  be  street,  -^J?  Id  come  near,  C^i^  to  cover ;  7~'^  to 
ttar  in  pieces,  lias  eillier  Hlioleni  or  Pultahh  ;  ):inn  to  plough  has  lut.  0, 
to  be  silent  lias  lut.  a. 

2.  With  any  other  nruttura!  for  the  second  radical  the  Kal  future  and 
imperative  have  Pattalih  ;  only  ZT^:  to  roc//-,  and  cnn  /o /orf,  have  Hlio- 
leni; C?J  to  curse.  h'v'O  to   trespass,  and  bro  to  do.  have  either   Pattahll 

'  or  Hholem;  the  I'uture  of  tnx  to  grasp,  is  tHn;;;  or  mx"' . 

3.  Pattalih  in  the  ultimate  is  as  in  perfect  verbs  coninioiily  prolonged 
to  Kaniets  before  sullixes,  wliere  Hholem  would  be  rejected,  ~^nx  Prov. 
4:6.  crl:nir'  2  Kin.  10:14,  cfenr5<  2  Sam.  22 -.^'i,  "'^i^'XC;  Isa.  45:11, 
■'Sin.x;]  Gen'.  29:  32. 

4.  The  feminine  plurals  of  the  Niphal  and  Piel  futures  have  Fattahh 
with  tiie  second  radical  whether  this  be  "i  or  another  guttural,  nj-nan 
Ezel<.7:27,  njijyin  Prov.  6:27.  nij-inn  Ezek.  16:6.  injEX:n  Hos.  4:13, 
but  Tsere  occasionally  in  pause,  n:"in'an  Jer.  9:  17. 

§119.  1.  With  tliese  exceptions  the  vowel  accompanying  the  guttural 
is  the  same  as  in  the  perfect  verb;  thus  the  Kal  preterite  mid.  c  ! -!|]>| 
Gen.  27  :  9,  Tjqnx  Deut.  15  :  16;  infinitive  prt  1  Sam.  7  :  8.  =np  Jer.  15:3, 
with  Makkepii.  T-is  I  Kin.  5:20;  Niphal  infinitive,  cn^n  Ex.  17:10, 
with  suffixes.  ^^j^^T^n  2  Cliron.  16:  7,  S,  with  prefixed  3,  cnb:  Judir-  1  1  :25, 
bxil":  1  Sam.  20  :  6  28.  and  once  anornalr)usly  with  prefixed  X  .  C~~N  Ezek. 
1 1 :  3  (a  like  substitution  of  X  for  n  occurring  once  in  the  Hiphil  preterite, 
:->ribs;x  Isa.  63:3);  fiiture  cn^"'  Ex.  14:14,  with  Vav  convcrsive, 
:ox-a'i'job  7:5,  bn;3»l  Ex.  32:  1,  prri  Judg.  6:34.  insni  Ex.  9:  15, 
■j'-nrni  Num.  22:25.  or  with  the  accent  on  the  penult,  cn^'n  Ex.  17:8, 
C"Erin  Gen.  41  :8;  imperative,  ohhr,  1  Sam.  IS:  17,  or  with  the  accent 
tlirown  back,  i7.Bn  Gen.  13:9;  Hiphil  infinitive,  '^xrn  1  Sam.  27:12, 
pn-in  Gen.  21:  16,  cnnn  Deut.  7:2.  apocopated  future,  oyn^  I  Sam. 
2:  10.  hhp/:  I  Kin.  8:  1  (in  the  parallel  pa.-sage,  2  Cliron.  5:2.  b^np!), 
riirn  Ueut.  9:26.  r"i3^  Ps.  12  :  4.  with  Vavconversive.  Or=;^^  1  Kin.  22:51, 
nnrxi  Zech.  11:8;  imperative.  S-^-n  Ex.28:  1,  with  Makkoph.  "n-jn  Ps. 
81  :  IL  "P^:?"  2  Sam.  20:4,  -hriprj  Ueut.  4:  10,  with  a  pause  accent  the 
last  vowel  sometimes  becomes  Pattalih.  pnin  Job  13  :  21.  !  "'jt'^r!  Ps.  69:24, 
though  not  always,  ^T^p^^  Lev.  8  :  3.  Hophal  infinitive.  2")"!^  2  Kin.  3: 23. 
Tsere  is  commonly  retained  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Piel  and  Hithpael, 
wliich  upon  the  retrocession  or  loss  of  the  accent  is  shortened  to  Segliol, 
rrs  Lev.  5:22.  tr^h-;  Hos.  9:2.  rt;;ib  Gen.  39:14.  "pncb  Ps.  104:26,  | 
rrn-i  74  ;  10.  r-iui-'V  den.  39  :  4.  crcrnr.  Dan.  2  :  1.  :ri}^rrf  2  Kin.  18  :  23,  I 
and  occasionally  beibre  suffixes  to  Hliirik,  CD'riS  Isa.  1  :  15,  :T]r)?3T2  (fern.  | 
form  lor  TJrry^TS,  §61.  5)  1  Sam.   16:  15  but  czrn-b   Isa.  30:  is,  c=^na 


^120,121     REMARKS    ON    AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  157 

Ezek.  5  :  16;  in  a  {"ew  instances,  however,  as  in  the  perfect  verb.  Pattahh 
is  taken  instead,  thus  in  the  preterite,  t:nb  Mai.  3:  19,  cn"i  Ps.  103:  13, 
pnn  Isa.  6:  12,  trnx  Deut.  20  : 7,  Tj^?  Gen.  24:  1  (-"^a  rarely  occurs  ex- 
cept in  pause),  ^"no  Isa.  25:11,  and  more  rarely  still  in  the  itnpeniiive, 
2"i;?  Ezek.  37  :  17,  and  future  2"l5'r^?  Prov.  14  :  10.  ^XyH"! ,  '^^'^^'!  t)«n-  1  :  S. 

2.  'X'^,  which  has  Kamets  in  pause,  ^xilJ ,  I^X^.  but  most  commonly 
Tsere  betbre  suffixes.  Vi"5i^.iii ,  IJ^PNCJ,  exhibits  the  peculiar  forms.  npbj*i:3 
1  Sam.  12:13,  :  rnbx^i  1  Sam.  l':  20,  sin^nbsuJ  Judg.  13:6,  ^n^r.ss'rri 
1  Sara.  1 :  28.  '  '     ' 

3.  Kamets  Hhatuph  sometimes  remains  before  the  guttural  in  the  Ka! 
imperative  and  infinitive  with  suffixes  or  appended  rt,  Dl^nx  Hos.  9:  10, 
ri^xj  Ruth  3;  13,  d6nt3  Am.  2:4.  cipx^  (by  §61.  1)  Isa'.  30:  12.  n=r;ni5 
Deut.  20:  2  (the  alternate  form  being  ci'r'iia  .Fosh.'22:  16).nin'n  Ex.  30:' 18, 
npm  Ezek.  8:6.  and  sometimes  is  changed  to  Pattahh.  ~p".,!  Isa.  57  :  13, 
t^V^' Ezek.  20:27,  nijqa  Hos.  5  :  2.  n:n X  Deut.  10:15,  niwN^  Jer.  31 :  12. 
or  with  simple  Sh'va  under  the  guttural,  Tj':|r^  Ps.  68:8.  ics'T  2  Chron. 
26:  19.  In  nayjt  Num.  23:7,  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  lengthened  to  Hholem 
ill  the  simple  syllable.  Once  the  paragogic  imperative  takes  the  form 
nbxd  Isa.  7:11,  comp.  nnb'p,  nr^lU   Dan.  9  :  19,  HKEn  Ps.  41  :  5. 

4.  Hhirik  of  the  inflected  Kal  imperative  is  retained  before  l,  ^innS 
Josh.  9:  6,  and  once  before  n.  Hto  Job  6:  22;  when  the  first  radical  is  X 
it  becomes  Seghol,  ^linx  Ps.  31  :  24.  "'iTrix  Cant.  2:  15;  in  other  cases  it 
is  changed  to  Pattahh,  "■'^".J.  Isa.  14:31,  ^p?T.  Judg.  10:14. 

§120.  1.  The  compound  Sh'va  after  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  (^.),  after 
Seghol  ( .).  in  other  cases  (..).  as  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  examples 
already  adduced.  Exceptions  are  rare,  "^in^  Rutli  3:15,  '^'^ncn  Ezek. 
16:  33.  wnxn':  ?/V/ja"re/i2i  Isa.  44:  13. 

2.  The  letter  before  the  guttural  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  pH^l^ 
Gen.  21:6;  in  ^N^i.x?  Ezek.  9:8,  this  leads  to  the  prolongation  of  the 
preceding  vowel  and  its  expression  by  the  vowel  letter  X,  §11.  1.  a.  This 
tatter  form,  though  without  an  exact  parallel,  is  thus  susceptible  of  ready 
explanation,  and  there  is  no  need  of  resorting  to  the  hypothesis  of  an  error 
in  the  text  or  a  confusion  of  two  distinct  readings,  iNil;"?  and  ^Xli'X. 

3.  Resh  commonly  receives  simple  Sh'va,  though  it  has  compound  in 
some  forms  of -pa,  e.g.  ^innan  Num.  6:23,  i:na  Gen.  27:27. 

§121.  1.  Upon  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the  second  radical 
the  previous  vowel  is  always  lengthened  before  "i ,  almost  always  before 
N,  and  prevailingly  before  S,  but  rarely  before  ii  or  n.  The  previous 
vowel  remains  short  in  nsa  to  terrify,  0S3  to  provoke ^  '^V'O  to  be  feiv,  ~?3 
to  shake,  and  pi'^  to  cry.  It  is  sometimes  lengthened,  though  not  always, 
in  ixa  to  make  plain,  ClNj  to  commit  adultery,  'j'X;  to  despi.se,  "iXJ  to  re- 
ject, bxu  to  ask;  "i"a  to  consume.  "is"b  to  sweep  away  by  a  tempest.  -Vt\  to 
abhor ;  bna  to  affright.  Hfi^  to  be  dim.,  hm  to  lead.  It  is  also  lengthened 
in  nsnp  to  be  dull,  which  only  occurs  Eccl.  10:  10.     The  only  instances  of 


153  ETYMOLOCY.  ^122,123 

the  prnloiigntion  nfflie  vowel  before  n  ;iro  cna  I'i.  inf.  Judg.  5 :  S.  'n2  Pu. 
pret.  Ezek.  i!l:  IS,  in=n  Pu.  pret.  Ps.36:  13,  Tisn'^rn  Job  9:30,  the  first  two 
of  which  riiay,  liowever,  be  regarded  as  nouns.  Uagliesh-fbrte  is  retained 
and  liie  vowel  consequently  remaiiit;  short  in  r^3  Ezek.  16:  I.  nx"i  Job 
33:21.  uidess  the  point  in  the  latter  example  is  to  be  regarded  asMappik.  §26. 

2.  Wlien  not  lengthened,  Hhirik  of  the  Piel  preterite  commordy  re- 
mains unaltered  before  the  guttural,  "nns  Job  15:18,  inrttJ  Jer.  12:10, 
thouo-h  il  is  m  two  instances  chatiged  to  Scghol,  ^nnx  Judg.  5:  2S,  "^rnrn^ 
Ps.  51:7, 

3.  When  under  the  influence  of  a  pause  accent  the  guttural  receives 
Kamefs,  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  converted  to  Seghol,  §63. 1. a.  ''nT:n:n 
Ezek.  5:  1.3,  cn:n'  Num.  23:  19,  :  l"n-jn  Num.  8:  7. 

§122.  1.  "ir.T  and  "i-Xlj;:  are  Piel  forms  with  the  third  radical  redupli- 
cated in  place  of  the  second  ;  "Hinp  d'Mibles  the  second  syllable  ;  and  llf^.S 
*:n  Hos.  4  :  18.  is  by  the  ablest  Hebraists  regarded  as  one  word,  the  last 
two  radicals  being  reduplicated  together  with  the  personal  ending,  §92.  a. 

2.  Cnr  and  "SD  have  two  forms  of  the  Piel.  w'no  and  ^'"iu,  "^yo  and 
"irb,  §92.  ft, ;  and  era  two  forms  of  the  Hiihpael,  ^irrsn^,  Ti'rbri  Jcr. 
46:7,8;  >y^^'^  Isa.  52:5.  follows  the  analogy  of  the  latter;  yxi^  Eccl. 
12:  5,  is  sometimes  derived  from  ^'XJ  In  (le.tj)ise.  as  if  it  were  for  ^'''S?^  ; 
such  a  form  would  however  be  unexampled.  The  vowels  show  il  to  be 
the  Hiphil  future  of  y^iS  or  rather  ysi  tnjlnnrish  or  hlnssom.  the  K  being 
inserted  as  a  vowel  letter,  §  11.  1.  <i.  ^5N53  Isa.  59:3.  Lam.  4:  14  is  a 
Nij)lial  formed  upon  the  basis  of  a  Pual,  §83,  c.  (2).  irr'-^n  Ezra  10:  16 
is  an  anomalous  infinitive  from  il'n'i .  which  some  regard  us  Kal,  others 
as  Piel. 


Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

^123.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a 
guttural  for  their  third  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiari- 
ties of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz.  : 

1.  The  vowel  preceding  the  third  radical  becomes  Pat- 
tahh hi  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  in  the  feminine 
plurals  of  the  future  and  imperative  Piel,  Iliphil,  and  llith- 
pael,  nSo\ 

2.  Tsere  preceding  the  third  radical,  as  in  the  Piel  and 
TIith])acl  and  in  some  forms  of  the  other  species,  may  either 
be  changed  to  Pattahh  or  retained  ;  in  the  latter  case  the 
guttural  takes  Pattahh-furtive,  §17,  after  the  long  heteroge- 
neous vowel,  e.  g.  n'ir;'  or  T\'jxt_'j . 


§124  LAMEDH    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  159 

3.  Hhirik  of  the  HipLil  species,  Hholem  of  the  Kal  and 
Niphal  infinitives,  and  Slmrek  of  the  Kal  passive  participle, 
suffer  no  change  before  the  final  guttural,  which  receives  a 
Pattahh-furtive,  n^Sir'n  ,  n'Sc  . 

4.  The  guttural  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  the  perfect 
verb  before  all  affbrmatives  beginning  with  a  consonant, 
though  compound  Sh'va  is  substituted  for  it  before  suffixes, 
which  are  less  closely  attached  to  the  verb,  r^n^'i^ ,  ^H^^  . 

5.  When,  however,  a  personal  afibrmative  consists  of  a 
single  vowelless  letter,  as  in  the  second  feminine  singular  of 
the  preterite,  the  guttural  receives  a  Pattahh-furtive  to  aid  in 
its  pronunciation  without  sundering  it  from  the  affixed  ter- 
mination, rinS'iy . 

a.  Some  grammarians  regard  this  as  a  Paltahh  inserted  between  the 
guttural  and  the  finsd  vowelless  consonant  by  §61.  2,  and  accordingly  pro- 
nounce FinBd  shrdahhdt  instead  of  shaUf/ihl.  But  as  these  verbs  do 
not  suffer  even  a  compound  Sh'va  to  be  inserted  before  the  affixed  per- 
sonal termination,  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  a  full  vowel  would  be  ad- 
mitted. And  the  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  Tav  and  the  Sh'va  under  it 
show  that  the  preceding  vowel  sign  is  not  Pattahh  but  Pattahh-furtive, 
§  17.  a. 

6.  There  is  no  occasion  in  these  verbs  for  the  application 
of  the  rule  requiring  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the 
gutturals. 

§  124.  The  inflections  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs  may  be 
represented  by  nriC  to  send.  The  Pual  and  Hophal,  which 
agree  with  perfect  verbs  except  in  the  Pattahh-furtive  of  the 
second  feminine  preterite  and  of  the  absolute  infinitive,  are 
omitted  from  the  paradigm.  The  Hithpael  of  this  verb  does 
not  occur,  but  is  here  formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sib- 
ilant being  transposed  with  T\  of  the  prefix,  according  to 
P2.  5. 

a.  Instead  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  with  prefixed  n,  which 
does  not  happen  to  occur  in  any  verb  of  this  class,  the  alternate  form  with 
prefixed  3 ,  §  91.  b,  is  given  in  the  paradigm,  H'^C?  being  in  actual  use. 


Paradigm 

OF  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

KAI.. 

NIPUAL. 

PIEL. 

uipniL. 

HITHPAEL. 

Pret.  3  TO. 

-      T 

1    i^U^'J 

II     .^Ui«l    1 

np~'i'n 

3/ 

T  ;    IT 

nnb^D 

» iri^vij 

t  iT' yZili 

» inpiTwn 

2  m. 

T   :  -    :  • 

r    :  -     • 

rrb-::- 

T   :  -    :    • 

r-br;cn 

T   :  -    -    :    • 

2/. 

;    —    T 

I^"?'4''? 

r~?'^ 

rinp'r-n 

rrsr'i'n 

1  c. 

•    :  -    r 

^^1"?"^? 

'r^"?'^ 

T-b'^- 

-rrrinzri 

Plur.  3  c. 

:   IT 

^nbd] 

?.nb"^ 

^""?r~ 

^rbrri*- 

2  7rt. 

Dn-b"j 

Dn-b'i'? 

Dn-bd 

orr^'yTn 

cr-bnuin 

2/ 

"ri"-'^ 

1^"^'^'? 

W^ 

1^1)"  V^n 

■n-bri=r; 

1  c. 

^;r;bd? 

r-'rj 

^-"?'^"" 

^i~>r"j,'ri 

Constr. 

T 

Tibir: 

"      T     . 

■"V'TI 

rb'dj 

r^przrj 

Fi-T.  3  ?«.. 

rb^::" 

1 1>^ 

'j'!^"'?"l 

nbrd: 

3/ 

-3rn 

nb'^^n 

~     r     • 

rb^n 

/  1  ^^y) 

nbr-cn 

2  TO. 

rpirn 

-    r    • 

Tijun 

v'^^n 

.1    .    1 

2/ 

•nb'^iri 

•nb'ijn 

1  J  >  4^iM 

■-"b'l'Fi 

"rbriTH 

1  c. 

1  iP'vTcs 

■       T     V 

n5TS^ 

"■J"-^'i< 

^'W.'^^ 

Plur.  3  TO. 

^hb"^: 

^fib^lj-' 

^nb-^'" 

^in*r'vi3" 

3/ 

nzM?''^^ 

T    :  -    T    • 

Mznb'liFi 

T    :  ~     "    : 

r;:r;b"cri 

n:r:br-i-n 

T   :  -     -     ;     • 

2  TO. 

^n5"j:ri 

?inbi:^n 

^i-T-i'n 

^irrb'cri 

^nbr.irn 

2/ 

nDrbOT 

T   :  "     : 

T    ;  -     T     • 

•  i.iOijri 

r::r:bn\rn 

1  r. 

nb-r? 

"       T  • 

nbu;p 

rr^-o: 

r-pnzp 

Imper.  2  TO. 

nb'ij 

r}^'^' 

rb"i 

nbun 

nbr-dn- 

2/. 

''Tibu: 

^nb-in 

^f:b-i 

1  liFlu-i^i 

PZ«r.  2  TO. 

^fibuj 

^nb'^M 

Mnb'd 

^""pirri 

^nbn-i*n 

2/ 

r^:rib'jp 

1  I.I  iJiSt  1 

T    ;  *     r    ' 

T  :       - 

T   :  "     :    - 

T  :  "    -   :    • 

Part,  ^c^ 

nb'i 

^?"^?"^ 

"'?P-; 

r;brip-j 

P(WS. 

T 

T    ; ' 

160 


§1:25,126     REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    GUTTURAL  VERBS.         101 


Kemarks  on  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§125.  L  The  Kal  lliture  and  inipcrativc  have  Pattahh  without  exception  ; 
in  one  instance  the  K'thibh  inserts  l.  mbox  Jer.  5 :  7,  wliere  the  K'ri  is" 
"nbox .  The  vowel  a  is  retained  before  suffixes,  remaining  short  in  cy:i3 
Am.  9:  1,  but  usually  lengthened  to  Kamets,  rjli'pja';'  2  Chron.  21:  17, 
"'ryr'j  Gen.  23:11.  In  the  paragogic  imperative  a  may  be  retained, 
nnb'p .  n-;'^i^  Dan.  9:  19.  or  rejected,  and  Hhirik  given  to  tiie  first  radical, 
-r\'J-cq  Job  '62  :  10,  nnbli  Gen.  43  :  8.  Hhirik  appears  in  hAd^  Gen.  25:31, 
but  verbs  whose  last  radical  is  "i  commonly  take  Kamets  Hhatuph  like 
perfect  verbs  both  before  paragogic  n^,  and  suffixes,  "irn^d  1  Chron. 
29:  18,  CTi;:?  Prov.  3:3. 

2.  The  Kal  infinitive  construct  mostly  has  o,  i''3:;b  Jon.  2:1,  :  :'i?b 
Num.  17:28.  "i?a  Isa.  54:9,  rarely  a,  nbd  Isa.  58:9,  yi5  Num.  20:  3, 
?]niya  1  Sam.  15:1.  With  a  feminine  ending,  the  first  syllable  takes 
Kamets  Hhatuph.  f^>^^3  Zeph.  3  :  11  ;  so  sometimes  before  suffixes,  inST 
2  Sam.  15:12.  'V-Q-C  Neh.  1:4.  czrriy  Josh.  6:5,  but  more  commonly 
Hhirik.  cr;?3  Am.l  :  13,  "iSSQ  Num.  35:  19,  inns  Neh.  8:5,  rarely  Pat- 
tahh, ^ZP.I  Ezek.  25:6. 

3.  Most  verbs  with  final  "i  haveHholem  in  the  Kal  future  and  impera- 
tive. But  such  as  have  middle  e  in  the  preterite  take  Pattaiih,  j82. 1.  a  ; 
and  in  addition  the  following,  viz.:  "IJX  to  sliut.  ^^x  to  say.  ~nn  lo  honour, 
nin  to  grorv  pale,  ir3  to  shake.  ^VJV  to  be  rich.  "iriS  to  entreat,  "^'^'B  to  slip 
away,  "i^O  to  press,  "^sd  to  drink  or  le  drnnkpn.  The  following  have 
Pattahh  or  Hholem,  "its  to  decree,  1"13  to  vow,  "i^pj  fut.  o,  to  reap,  fut.  a, 
to  be  short. 

§126.  1.  Tsere  is  almost  always  changed  to  Pattahh  before  the  guttural 
in  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative ;  but  it  is  re- 
tained and  Pattahh-furtive  given  to  the  guttural  in  pause,  and  in  the  in- 
finitive absolute  and  participle  wliich  partake  of  the  character  of  nouns 
and  prefer  lengthened  forms.  Thus,  Niphal :  infin.  constr..  i'5:Tl"n  Eslh. 
2:8,  nrsn  Isa.  51  :  14,  future,  na^;^  Ps.  9:19,  'IPJ^"!  Job  17  :  3.' impera- 
tive, even  in  pause,  n?S<n.  Pie!:  preterite,  n^2  Lev.  14:8.  i"na  2  Chron. 
34  :  4.  infin.  constr.,  3-^3  Hab.  1:13.  S^^3  Lam.  2  :  8.  future.  n^E^  .Tob  16:  13. 
;?i33n  2  Kin.  8  :  12,  -ydt^^V}  Deut.  7  : 5," imperative,  n^a  Ex.  4:23.  Hiphil  : 
apocopated  future,  nian^  2  Kin.  18:30,  fut.  with  Vav  conversive,  i"33*] 
Judg.  4:23,  fem.  plur..'  tisysn  Ps.  119:171,  imperative,  v'tin  Ps.  86:2, 
and  even  in  pause,  n^^tn  1  Kin.  22 :  12.  Hithpael:  r^^rn  Prov.  17:  14, 
^^ir"?  Dan.  11:40,  r!3n'rrj  Ps.  106:47;  this  species  sometimes  has 
Kamets  in  its  pausal  forms?,  >i"i52ri-i  Josh.  9:13,  :  '||rn  Ps.  107  :  27.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  absolute  infinitives:  Piel.  til^TIJ  Deut.  22 :  7.  Hiphil, 
Piasn  Isa.  7:11.  Hophal.  n^^n  Ezek.  16:4.  Participles:  Kal,  ni:3  Deut. 
28:52,  but  occasionally  in  the  construct  state  with  Pattahh.  rtib  Ps.  94:  9, 
si'l  Isa.  51:15,  Spn  Isa.  42:5.  ro'::  Lev.  11:7.  Piel.  nitri  1  Kin.  3:3, 
Hithpael,  ysniao  l  Sam.  21  :  15.  Tsere  is  retained  before  suffixes  of  the 
second  person  instead  of  being  either  changed  to  Pattahh  or  as  in  perfect 
11 


1G2  ETYMOLOGY.  ^127,128 

verbs  shortened  to  Seghol,  Pi.  inf.  const,  fjnb'r  Deut.  15:  18.  Cut.  r,r;2rx 
Gen.  31  -.21.  There  is  one  instance  of  Puttiiliii  in  the  Hiphil  irif  const., 
rein  Job  G  :  26. 

2.  Ill  verhs  with  final  i  Pattahh  takes  the  place  of  Tsere  for  the  most 
part  in  ihn  Piil  preterite  (in  pau.se  Tsere).  and  frequently  in  tlie  Hitiipacl 
(in  pause  Kamets)  ;  but  T.scre  (in  pause  Tsere  or  Paltaiiii.  §65. o)  is  con)- 
nionly  retained  elsewhere.  "i2C  Ps.  76:4.  !~^'i3  Ex.  9 :  25.  "''iirirn  Prov. 
25:  6.  "l;;**"!!  Ps.  93:  1.  "irN^  Gen.  22:  14.  -rs;  (ieii.  10:  19.  '''^'^y^'T^  Zeph, 
2:  4.  Two  verbs  have  Seghol  in  the  Piel  pruierite,  ■'2~  (in  pau.se.  "X'n) 
and  -?3. 

§  127.  1.  The  guttural  ahnost  always  has  Patlalih-furtive  in  the  second 
fetn.  eing.  of  tlie  preteriie,  nrrir  Ruth  2:8.  inrrb  Ezek.  16:28.  Piriin 
E.'^lh.  4  :  14.  oriyrr.  Ezek.  16:  4.  scarcely  ever  simple  Sh'va.  tnnp:^  1  Kin. 
14:3.  Fini'j  Jer.  13:5,  and  never  Pattahh  (which  might  arise  from  the 
concurrence  of  consonants  at  the  end  of  a  word.  §61.  2),  unless  in  rn|r^ 
Gen.  30:5,  and  !»"'!'33  Gen.  20:  16,  the  former  of  which  admits  ol' ready 
explanation  as  a  construrt  infinitive,  and  the  latter  may  be  a  Niphal  par- 
ticij)le  in  the  feminine  singular,  whether  it  he  understood  as  in  the  common 
English  version  '"'she  was  rcprovtdP  or  il  is  adjndgt'd  {'\.  e.  ']u»l\y  due. 
as  a  compensation)  to  thee  ;  the  latest  authorities,  however,  prefer  to 
render  it  Ihou  art  judged,  i.  e.  justice  is  done  thee  by  this  indemnification. 
Pattahh  is  once  inserted  before  the  abbreviated  terminationof  the  feminine 
plurid  imperative,  "("^i^"  Gen.  4:  23  for  n:rrr  . 

2.  The  guttural  takes  compound  instead  of  simple  Sh'va  before  sul- 
fixes,  not  only  when  it  stands  ai  the  end  of  the  verb,  "i":-  Num.24:  11. 
Vjrsb^  Prov.  25 :  17,  but  also  in  the  first  plural  of  the  preterite.  r,5:n:r 
Ps.^44  :  18  (isni'j  ver.  21).  ciib'n-^  Isa  59  :  12.  in^b'ka  Ps.  35  :  25.  c^iJr^jT':.-! 
2  Sam.  21:6.  ~s:';"i3b  Ps.  132:6;  ">  retains  simple  Sh'va  before  all  ]>er- 
sonal  terminations  and  suffixes.  Fi'i^x  Judg.  4 :  20,  c:n'3X  Mai.  1:7.  -^"r? 
Josh.  4 :  23. 

3.  In  a  few  exceptional  cases  the  letter  before  the  guttural  receives 
compound  Sh'va,  nrbSN  Isa.  27:4,  "nn;rl:  Gen.  2:23. 

§128.  The  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  once  has  the  feminine  ending  n!i, 
p!ii'i3rn  Ezek.  24:26;  nj-nrit^O  Ezek.  16:50  tor  n:ni;r]  perhaps  owes 
its  anomalous  form  to  its  being  assimilated  in  termination  to  the  following 
word,  which  is  a  Lamedh  He  verb.  In  np-i"3  Am.  8  :  8  K'thibh  (or  riipti 
the  guttural  5  is  elided,  §53.  3. 


Pe  Nun  (fs)  Verbs. 

^120.  Nim,  as  tlic  first  radical  of  verbs,  has  two  pecu- 
liarities, viz. : 

1.  At  the  end  of  a  syllabic  it  is  assimilated  to  the  fol- 


§130  PE    NUN    VERBS.  163 

lowing  consonant,  the  two  letters  being  written  as  one,  and 
the  doubling  indicated  by  Daghesh-forte.  This  occurs  in  the 
Kal  future,  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  and  in  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal  species  throughout ;  thus,  'I1J53''  becomes  TS5-V , 
written  m^ ,  so  tJ53  for  TiJ^p?,  tj-'an  for  T»^ii:n.  In  the 
Hophal,  Kamets  Hhatuph  becomes  Kibbuts  before  the 
doubled  letter,  §61.  5,  ©an  for  i2J5;n. 

2.  In  the  Kal  imperative  with  Pattahh  it  is  frequently 
dropped,  its  sound  being  easily  lost  from  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  when  it  is  without  a  vowel,  TiJa  for  iJJip ,  §53.  2.  A 
like  rejection  occurs  in  the  Kal  infinitive  construct  of  a  few 
verbs,  the  abbreviation  being  in  this  case  compensated  by 
adding  the  feminine  termination  T\ ;  thus,  rnr^  for  Pica  (by 
§  63.  2.  a),  the  primary  form  being  TZJif . 

a.  In  the  Indo-European  langtmcres  likewipp  11  is  Ircqupntly  conformed 
lo  or  affected  by  a  i()llowi!ig  consonant  and  in  cert;iin  circuaii-lances  it  is 
liable  to  rejection,  e.  g.  eyypacjfaw,  cu/SaAXo),  o-t,':rrp€0cj. 

§  130.  1.  The  inflections  of  Pc  1\un  verhs  niny  be  repre- 
sented by  ©33  fo  approach.  In  the  Piel,  Pur.l,  and  Hitlipael, 
tiiey  do  not  differ  from  -jcrfcct  veib:^.  'i1ie  l-st  (oliimn  of 
ilie  paradigm  is  occupied  by  the  \\  1  i-penes  or'  r?  '''  (i">'C, 
Wiiich  is  peculiar  ii  assimilativig  its  las-:;  cis  v.  il  '  ,  ..s  lirst 
radiCal,  and  in  having  Tsere  in  the  future. 

a.  The  Kal  of  u;:  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive  fnfure.  and  imperative, 
the  preterite  and  participle  being  supplied  by  the  Niphal.  which  has  sub- 
stantially the  same  sense:  the  missing  parts  are  in  the  paradigm  supplied 
from  analogy. 

h.  The  future  of  'jtis  has  Pattahh  in  one  instance  before  Makkeph, 
"03  Judg.  16  :  5. 


» 

Parai)I(;.m   oi'   P 

•;  Nln  \ 

KKUS. 

KAI..               MI'llAI.. 

HipniL. 

HOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Pret 

3  m. 

'^yL         'zyj 

t'sn 

ttisn 

*; 

•■'/• 

T         •       • 

T    :  IT 

•1  in. 

n'(i,'3-       pumr 

r^i'pr»ri 

^"^5~ 

^^r 

-/■ 

r,-J:«:       n-^r'ii: 

npyH 

r"'"*r3ri 

nrt 

1  -•. 

"Tty.      -^rrzT. 

T^'^n 

'    -nn: 

PJur 

3  c. 

vcrc        ^'^"'. 

ra:^3n 

-r^rrtii 

:  IT 

2  m. 

Drri-rc     crrc:;: 

criwr" 

Driw'Br; 

1    Dnn: 

2/ 

1^^^^:          "i^^^: 

"riwiir^ 

IJ^^? 

1  c. 

^rC3!          sw'kTS" 

^i:u:hn 

^wojsn 

i:r: 

Infix.  AIjSoL 
Gonstr. 


T 


T      • 


FrT.  3  M. 

3/ 

2  ///. 

1  c. 
Pliir.  3  ?H. 

3/ 

2  7H. 

2/ 
1  c. 


••T      ' 

Voir*!" 


T     ;  —    •  T     :    "T    • 


I 


vis;; 


nn 


Im^Pk.  2  ?w. 

ITS 

"vurtrn 

'iE5t~i 

2/ 

^•Ie'5 

■"532?^ 

"■^'sn 

wanting 

/V/<?-.  2  m. 

^ic'r. 

v!r'r<3n 

r 

2/. 

n!a3y 

n3t:<2n 

T     :    "T    r 

^r"^^*^ 

Part.  Act. 
Puss. 


•J::^2 


"2 


TDS: 


T     \ 


■PC 

":rn 

(nrnp)i 

"nr  i 

"in 

^in 


164 


^131,132     REMARKS  ON  PE  NUN  VERBS.  165 


Remarks  on  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

§  131.  1.  If  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural  or  a  vowel  letter,  Nun  be- 
comes strong  by  contrast  and  is  not  liable  to  rejection  or  assimilation, 
yri?  Num.  34:  18,  in?  2  Kin.  4:24.  •'2n:r)  Gen.  24:48,  !ini3St  Ex.  1,5:2. 
It  i.s.  however,  always  assimilated  in  en?  the  Niphal  preterite  of  cn3  la 
repent,  and  occasionally  in  rn:  lo  des-ct^ud,  e.  tr.  rn^  Jer.  21  :  13,  nnn 
Prov.  17:  10,  ^rn:  Ps.  38:  3  but  rnrn  ibid.,  nnDn  Jotl  4:  11. 

2.  Before  other  consonants  the  rule  for  apsiniilation  is  observed  with 
rare  exceptions,  viz.:  :  ^icspn  Isa.  5S :  3,  qn:?}  Ps.  68:3,  ^iti?"'  Jer.  3:5, 
:n:i3';i  Deut.  33:  9  (and  occasionally  elsewhere).  'Z]^:"]  Job  40  :  24,  :  >1S3J^37 
U\'29:  1.  rplpsn  Ezek.  22:20.  bcrb  (Ihr  ^:nb)  Num.  5:22,  ^(r^'^SS  (for 
ijp'brns  with  Daghesh-forte  separative,  §24.  5)  Isa.  33:1,  1pn:n  Judg. 
20:31.' 

3.  Nun  is  commonly  rejected  from  the  Kal  imperative  with  a,  11'? 
2  Sam.  1  :  15  (once  before  Makkeph.  '^t  Gen.  19:  9,  in  plural  viSJ.  1  Kin. 
18:30  and  Ida  Josh.  3:9),  "buJ  Ex.  3:5,  55  Job  1  :  11,  l^p  Deut.  2:24, 
"^ns  Ezek.  37:  9,  ~n;?ffi1  Gen.  27:26,  though  it  is  occasionally  retained. 
J|?D3  2  Kin.  19:29,  NC3  Ps.  10 :  12,  or  by  a  variant  orthography,  nc:  Ps. 
4:  7  but  always  elsewhere  SO.  In  imperatives  with  o,  and  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  which  have  e  in  the  imperative.  Nun  is  invariably  retained,  ni'b: 
Prov.  17:14.  ^'h  Ps.  24:14.  cp:  Num.  31:2,  yr>:  Ps.  58:7,  n=p:  Gen'. 
30:27.  ni:3  Ex.  8:  1. 

4.  The  rejection  of  Nun  from  the  Kal  ronstrnct  infinitive  occurs  in  but 
few  verbs;  viz.:  Tffla  (with  suffix,  iri'l'a)  from  U553,  nns  from  HDJ,  rS'a 
(twice)  and  'A:  from  rij ,  vsh  (once)  and  ri]  rnim  rijj ,  NCD  has  rxUJ 
(by  §60.  .3.  f),  with  the  preposition  b,  n.siib  by  §57.  2.  (3),  once  rii: 
(i^53.  3)  Job  41  :  17,  once  without  the  fennnine  ending,  Niii  Ps.  89:  10,  and 
twice  STTD  :  "n;  has  commonly  rn  (for  n:ri),  wilh  suffixes  Tin,  but  "713 
Num.  20:'21,  and  -,r3  Gen.  38  :  9.  ' 

5.  The  absolute  infinitive  Niphal  appears  in  the  three  forms  'inrri  Jer. 
32 : .),  r|^:n  Ps.  68  :  3,  and  Ciia:  Judg.  2U  :  39. 

6.  The  n  of  the  prefix  in  the  Hithpael  species  is  in  a  few  instances 
assimilated  to  the  first  radical,  §82.  5.  a,  "ri^nsn  Ezek.  5:13,  "^nxasn 
Ezek.  37:  10,  Jer.  23:  13,  Niiisn  Num.  24  :  7,  Dan.'"ll:  14,  !  fNSa  Isa.  52:5. 

§  132.  1.  The  last  radical  of  "ns  is  assimilated  in  the  Niphal  as  well  as 
in  the  Kal  species,  cr.ns  Lev.  26:25.  The  final  Nun  of  other  verbs  re- 
main-; without  assimilation,  Fi:s:s  .  Fijii^V  ^^P-?-  I"  2  Sam.  22:41  nnn  is 
lor  '"irro  which  is  found  in  the  parallel  passage  Ps.  18:41.  'Fin  1  Kin. 
6:  19.  17:14  K'thibh.  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Ewald.  the  Kal  con- 
struct infinitive  without  the  feminine  ending  (*|ri)  prolonged  by  reduplica- 
tion, which  is  the  case  with  some  other  short  words,  e.  g.  iSBia  from  '"o. 
■^lo^o  for  ■'tJ ;  others  regard  it  as  the  infinitive  nn  with  the  3  fern.  plur.  suffix 
or  with  1  paragogic;  Geeenius  takes  it  to  be,  as  always  elsewhere,  the 


lOG  ETYMOLOGY.  §133,134. 

2  iiia.-c.  i^iiijj.  of  tiic  K;il  Ibtuic.  tirri  Ps.  8  :  2^  is  the  Kal  iiifiu..  coaip. 
nnn  Geii.  46:  3,  not  the  3  fern,  siiiy.  prct.  for  nir:  (JXoiillieimor).  uor  the 
imperative  vvitii  paragogic  n^,  as  n:n  is  always  to  be  explained  elsewhere. 

2.  Tlie  peculiarities  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  are  shared  by  rj^b  /o  /nA-e.  whoi=e 
first  radical  is  assimihited  or  rejected  in  the  same  manner  as  3.  Kal  iiil! 
const.  Pnp  (with  prep.  b.  nnjbb.  to  be  distinguished  Troni  Finjjb  2  fern, 
eing.  pret.).  once  "rn;?  (by  §60.  3.  r)  2  Kin.  12:  9.  with  suffixes  "'Fin;?. 
fut.  nf?-;.  iinper.  np,  ■'Hp  rarely  P.pb,  ■'flirb .  Hoph.  Put.  r^^,  but  Nij)i(. 
pret.  n;533.  In  Ho.s.  11:3  cnj^  is  the  masculine  infinitive  with  the  suffix 
for  Cnn]7  ;  the  same  form  occurs  witiiout  a  suffix.  Hp^  Ezelc.  17:  5,  or  iliis 
may  be  explained  with  Gesenius  as  a  preterite  for  npb  . 

3.  In  Isa.  64 :  5  brri  hap  the  form  of  a  Hiphil  future  from  bb'a.  but  the 
eense  shows  it  to  be  horn  bni  |()r  brn .  Daghesii-forte  being  omitted  and 
the  previous  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  §59.  a. 


Ayin  Doubled  (5'S')  Verbs. 

§133.  The  imperfect  verbs,  thus  far  considered,  differ 
from  the  perfect  verbs  cither  in  the  vowels  alone  or  in  the 
consonants  alone ;  those  which  follow,  differ  in  both  vo^ve^s 
and  consonants,  §107,  and  consequently  depart  much  more 
seriously  from  the  standard  paradigm.  The  widest  diAcr- 
gence  of  all  is  found  in  the  Ayin  doul)led  and  Ayin  \nv 
verbs,  in  both  of  which  the  root  gives  up  its  diss}llabic 
character  and  is  converted  into  a  monosyllable ;  a  common 
feature,  which  gives  rise  to  many  striking  resemblances  and 
even  to  an  occasional  interchange  of  forms. 

§134.  1.  In  explaining  the  inflections  peculiar  to  Ayin 
doubled  verbs,  it  will  be  most  convenient  to  separate  the  in- 
tensive species  Piel  and  Punl  with  their  derivative  the  llith- 
pael  from  the  other  four.  That  which  gives  rise  to  all  their 
peculiar  forms  in  the  Kal,  Niphal,  Iliphil,  and  lloplial 
species,  is  the  disposition  to  avoid  the  repetition  of  the  same 
sound  by  uniting  the  two  similar  radicals  and  giving  the  in- 
tervening vowel  to  the  previous  letter,  thus,  io  for  139, 
20  for  nno  §01.3. 

2.  In  the  Kal  species  this  contraction  is  optional  in  the 
preterite ;  it  is  rare  in  the  infinitive  absolute  though  usual  in 


I 


^135  AYIN  DOUBLED  VERBS.  1G7 

the  construct,  and  it  never  occurs  in  the  participles.  AVith 
these  exceptions,  it  is  universal  in  the  species  ah*eady  named. 
§135.  This  contraction  produces  certain  changes  both  in 
the  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back,  and  in  that  of  the  preced- 
ing syllable. 

1.  When  the  first  radical  has  a  vowel  (pretonic  Kamets, 
§  82. 1),  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  absolute,  and 
in  the  Niphal  infinitive,  future  and  imperative,  this  is  simply 
displaced  by  the  vowel  thrown  back  from  the  second  radical, 
thus  nio ,  no ,  niio ,  no ;  nn3n ,  nisn ;  nnsn ,  35n . 

2,  When  the  first  radical  ends  a  mixed  syllable  as  in  the 
Kal  future,  the  Niphal  preterite,  and  throughout  the  Iliphil 
and  Hophal,  this  will  be  converted  into  a  simple  syllable  by 
the  shifting  of  the  vowel  from  the  second  radical  to  the  first, 
whence  arise  the  following  mutations  : 

In  the  Kal  future  ^297  becomes  26;^  with  ^  in  a  simple 
syllable,  contrary  to  §18.2.  This  may,  however,  be  con- 
verted into  a  mixed  syllable  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte,  and 
the  short  vowel  be  retained,  thus  ns;' ;  or  the  syllable  may 
remain  simple  and  the  vow^el  be  lengthened  from  Hhirik  to 
Tsere,  §59,  thus,  in  verbs  fut.  a,  "i^"?  for  "i^'a'!' ;  or  as  the 
Hhirik  of  this  tense  is  not  an  original  vowel  but  has  arisen 
from  Sh'va,  §85.2.6!  (l),it  may  be  neglected  and  a,  the  simplest 
of  the  long  vowels,  given  to  the  preformative,  which  is  the 
most  common  expedient,  thus  no;;' .  The  three  possible 
forms  of  this  tense  are  consequently  3c^ ,  SD;'  and  'y'k'}. . 

In  the  Niphal  preterite  n^o:  becomes  by  contraction  no: . 
In  a  few  verbs  beginning  with  n  the  short  vowel  is  retained 
in  an  intermediate  syllable,  thus  "in?  for  inn? ;  in  other  cases 
Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  ]n3  for  ]?n? ,  or  as  the  Hhirik 
is  not  essential  to  the  form  but  has  arisen  from  Sh'va, 
§82.2,  it  is  more  frequently  neglected,  and  Kamets,  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels,  substituted  in  its  place,  thus  SO: . 
The  forms  of  this  tense  are,  therefore,  no: ,  "in? ,  in? . 

In  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species  the  vowels  of  the  pre- 


168  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  136 

fixed  n  arc  characteristic  and  essential.  They  must,  there- 
fore, either  be  retained  by  inserting  Daghesh-forie  in  the  tirst 
radical,  or  be  simply  lengthened ;  no  other  vowel  can  be  sub- 
stituted for  thcni,  2Dn  for  n^icn ,  nc^  or  ^c;  for  n">3C^ ,  nsn 
(Kibbuts  before  the  doubled  letter  by  §G1.  5)  or  ^C'n  for 
aicn. 

3.  The  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back  from  the  second  radi- 
cal to  the  first,  stands  no  longer  before  a  single  consonant,  but 
before  one  which,  though  single  in  appearance,  is  in  reality 
equivalent  to  two.  It  is  consequently  subjected  to  the  com- 
pression which  affects  vowels  so  situated,  §61.  4.  Thus,  in 
the  Niphal  future  and  imperative  Tsere  is  compressed  to 
Pattahh,  nnc^  no"' ;  ndcn,  35n  (comp.  ^'p,  n^tsp)  though  it 
remains  in  the  infinitive  Avhich,  partaking  of  the  character  of 
a  noun,  ])refers  longer  forms.  So  in  the  Hiphil  long  llhirik 
is  compressed  to  Tsere,  ^■'Syn,  SyH  (comp.  ^"'"JJ?!',  rc'rjpn). 

§136.  Although  the  letter,  into  Avhich  the  second  and 
third  radicals  have  been  contracted,  represents  two  con- 
sonants, the  doubling  cannot  be  made  to  appear  at  the  end 
of  the  word.     But 

1.  When  in  the  course  of  inflection  a  vowel  is  added,  the 
letter  receives  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  preceding  vowel,  even 
where  it  would  be  drop})ed  in  perfect  verbs,  is  retained  to 
make  the  doubling  possible,  and  hence  preseiTcs  its  accent, 
§33. 1,  nao,  '2d;«  . 

2.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  personal  ending  which  begins 
with  a  consonant,  the  utterance  of  the  doubled  letter  is  aided 
by  inserting  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels,  o  (i)  in  the 
preterite,  and  e  ( ''..)  in  the  future.  By  the  dissyllabic  a]ipend- 
age  thus  formed  the  accent  is  carried  forward,  §32,  and 
the  previous  part  of  the  word  is  shortened  in  consequence 
as  much  as  possible,  ion,  r?"^3pr!!;  ^^"^ ,  ^r"^^^ . 

3.  AVhen  by  the  operation  of  the  rules  already  given, 
§135.  2,  the  first  radical  has  been  doubled,  the  reduplica- 
tion of  the  last   radical  is  frequently  omitted  in  order  to 


I 


I 


§137,138  AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  169 

relieve  the  word  of  too  many  doubled  letters.  In  this  case 
the  retention  of  the  vowel  before  the  last  radical,  contrary  to 
the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs,  and  the  insertion  of  a  vowel 
after  it,  are  alike  unnecessary,  and  the  accent  takes  its  accus- 
tomed position,  ^D': ,  "insn . 

§137.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael  sometimes  preserve 
the  regular  form,  as  b^n ,  b|n ,  Vinrn .  The  triple  repetition 
of  the  same  letter  thus  caused  is  in  a  few  instances  avoided, 
however,  by  reduplicating  the  contracted  root  M-ith  appro- 
priate vowels,  as  tfODD ,  'j^'pprin .  Or  more  commonly,  the 
reduplication  is  given  up  and  the  idea  of  intensity  conveyed 
by  the  simple  prolongation  of  the  root,  the  long  vowel 
Hholem  being  inserted  after  the  first  radical  for  this  purpose, 
as  ndiD ,  bShnn . 

§  138.  In  the  following  paradigm  the  inflections  of  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  are  shown  by  the  example  of  330  ^^  surround. 
IThe  Pual  is  omitted,  as  this  species  almost  invariably  follows 
the  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb ;  certain  persons  of  the 
Hophal,  of  which  there  is  no  example,  are  likewise  omitted. 
An  instance  of  Piel,  with  the  radical  syllable  reduplicated,  is 
given  in  tjODO  to  excite. 

a.  The  Hithpael  of  rro  does  not  actually  occur  ;  but  it  is  in  the  para- 
digm formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sibilant  being  transposed  with  the  n 
of  the  prefix,  agreeably  to  §82.  5. 

h.  In  his  Manual  Lexicon,  Gesenius  gives  to  "O^P  the  meaning  io 
arm,  but  the  best  authorities  prefer  the  definition  subsequently  introduced 
by  him  into  his  Thesaurus,  to  excite. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

KAL. 

XIPUAL. 

I'lEL. 

Pret.  3  in. 

—  T 

-? 

It3 

1110 

3/. 

ni-D 

r   — 

mcz 

niiio 

▼   :      1 

2  m. 

(Pt??) 

T              — 

T          — ; 

nino 

T   :  — 

2/. 

(«?T==) 

nino 

niicp 

^'11"^ 

Ic. 

Tea: 

•     ;    —  T 

'nizo 

^niic3 

-niiic 

Plur.  3  c. 

^i-0 

^30 

— r 

^ii'o 

:      1 

2  m. 

(Dnzzp) 

cniic 

cn-ic: 

D^^^-"9 

2/ 

(1^-9) 

1^^-? 

l^^'is?? 

W^^ 

1  c. 

^-T^? 

r-iio 

^:i3cp 

^211"D 

Infix.  Ahsol. 

^^^     //^ 

.  1 

lisn 

iiio 

Constr. 

IDm 

liio 

FuT.  3  m. 

T 

is: 

is: 

-r^^"; 

3/ 

2cn 

T 

isn 

isn 

li-icn 

2  «i. 

T 

isn 

ion 

-;;"'-^ 

2/. 

T 

■isn 

^ssn 

■ii-'cn 

•    :      1    : 

Ic. 

T 

-5^ 

-^^ 

-4'^^ 

PZ«?'.  3  TO, 

T 

•'-?: 

^is: 

^.iiic^ 

3/ 

nr-ncn 

T    ;         • 

nrisri 

r::ii-:cn 

T    :   •■          : 

2  m. 

T 

^isn 

^isn 

^ii-'cn 

2/ 

nrncn 

niiisn 

T    ;         • 

n:isn 

T   :  —   • 

M!ll":Cri 
T   :   •*         ; 

1  c. 

T 

isp 

-^? 

-'^y^} 

Impeu.  2  ?«, 

lb 

,       -^n 

liis 

2/ 

^no 

"ii"o 

•    :       1 

PZwr.  2  TO. 

ino 

( 

iasM 

^iii-^c 

2/ 

T         V    '.. 

nrisn 

Miii^b 

Pakt.  ^c<. 

-r'!^ 

iiic7j 

Pass. 

T 

1C3 

TT 

170 


Doubled 

Verbs. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL, 

UlTHPAEL. 

PIEL. 

^tn 

ncn 

— iiircJi 

^?T= 

nncn 

T   — 

T   :       1    :    • 

T    ;    ;    • 

riiiicn 

T   :  —          ;    • 

n^icn 

n^iincn 

n^c^o 

^mncn 

"^riDiincri 

TP?rv 

^scn 

iimb^n 

:      1   :    • 

^ic::o 

Dmcq 

Drcnincn 

dntc::o 

it^^^M 

•jpunincr; 

"riDcpp 

^:iscrj 

^rniircn 

^wSuj!^ 

^?- 

t]D::3 

--"' 

niinpri 

tjC^C 

-t 

nc^^ 

.  ^^i"'!^?: 

^cto^ 

==n 

no^n 

niincn 

■^Q^?^ 

=?!? 

nc^n 

nnincn 

t]c^'Cri 

^?cn 

^^c^n 

■    :       1   :    • 

^x^cn 

=?? 

n6\^< 

^^■i^?^ 

'^???^ 

^35; 

^nb^^ 

:       1    :  • 

^bcx^ 

a"??!? 

n:s2incn 

M:t'C2cn 

••     T 

^nc^n 

iiininDn 

?iicpcn 

T      V  •     ; 

ri^niincn 

nrscxn 

■•T 

SD^5 

^;^^s^P? 

TjC^Cp 

^cn 

niinGn 

=1^95 

wanting 

•    :       1    :    • 

'P?95 

too 

-r^ivn 

T    :    ••           :     • 

Hj^P^C 

:^c-j 

T 

nninc^j 

1\t^D-2 

171 


172  ETYMOLOGY.  ^139,140 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Doubled  Verbs. 

§  130.  1.  Tlie  uncoiilractcd  and  the  coiitracttti  forms  of  the  Kal  preter- 
ite are  used  with  perhaps  equal  fri;quericy  iti  the  tliird  person;  tlie  lonner 
is  rare  in  tlie  first  person.  TiTirj  Zeoh.  8:  14.  15.  !i:tt3  Deut.  2:35.  and 
there  are  no  examples  of  it  in  the  second;  13T  Gen.  49:23  and  1B1  Job 
24:24  are  preterites  with  Hholem,  §82.  1.  In  Ps.  118:11,  ^?i2ao-=a  ^:^SQ 
the  unconlracted  is  added  to  the  contracted  form  for  the  sake  of  greater 
emphasi.-;.  Compound  ShVa  is  sometimes  used  with  these  verbs  instead 
of  simple  to  make  its  vocal  character  more  distinct.  §16.  1.  6,  1^35  Gen. 
29:  3,  8,  l^bj  Ex.  15:  10,  r,fiybn  Isa.  04:  10,  "'33;»  Gen.  9 :  14,  isjisri  Num. 
23:25. 

2.  The  following  are  examples  of  the  contracted  infinitive  ab.soiute, 
np  Num.  23:25.  b-ij  Ruth  2:16,  niQ  Isa.  24:19,  nyS  (with  a  i)ara- 
gogic  termination)  ihid. ;  of  the  uucontracted,  "^"iiX,  "("i^S  .  *"i:n  .  ""E::  , 
nnns,  rins,  Ti"!!!' ;  of  the  infinitive  construct.  Via  and  Ta.  -20  and  lb, 
o6'3,  inr.  12.  nn.  once  with  u  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  "^la  Ec.cles.  9:  1, 
and  occasionally  with  a.  "i-\  Isa.  45:  1.  Tj'C?  Jar.  5:26,  cna  (with  3  plur. 
6uf.)  Eccl.  3: 18,  ni33Q  Isa.  30:  18  (n::ti  Ps.  102:  14);  conb  Isa.  17  :  14, 
though  sometimes  explained  as  the  noun  cnb  with  the  sufiix  their  bread, 
is  the  infinitive  of  CTsn  to  irrow  warm;  ca'w2  Gen.  6  :  3  Eng.  ver.  for  (hat 
aUo.  as  if  compounded  of  tlie  prep.  3.  the  abbreviated  relative  and  c;.  is 
by  the  latest  aulhorities  regarded  as  the  infinitive  of  av:i  in  their  erring ; 
itT]  Job  29  :  3  has  Hhirik  biti'ore  the  sufBx.  The  feminine  termination  n 
is  appended  to  the  fbliowing  infinitives,  rifn  Ps.  77  :  10.  Job  19:  17.  nisd 
Ezek.  36  :  3.  "'rsi  Ps.  17  :  3.  The  imperative,  which  is  alw.^ys  contracted, 
has  mostly  Hiiolem.  3D  ci^  and  ct;  but  sometimes  Pattahh.  ba  Ps.  119:22 
(elsewhere  ba).  ni3  Ps.  80  :  16.  Fiirst  rcL^ards  rtn  as  a  contracted  par- 
ticiple from  nnn  .  analagous  to  the  Ayin  Vav  Ibrm  cj? . 

3.  The  following  unconlracted  forms  occur  in  the  Kal  future,  "(in*]  Am. 
5:15,  ni^':  and  nnn  li-om  Ti:  ;  in  the  Niphal,  33^7  Job  11:12;  Hiphil, 
cirn  Mic.  6:  13,  n-'or'?  Ezek.  3  :  15.  "'riPinni  Jer.  49  :  37,  and  constantly 
in  "lin  and  bb^  ;  Hophal.  1^7  Job  20  : 8  from  n"i3 .  In  a  few  instances 
the  repetition  of  the  same  letter  is  avoided  by  the  substitution  of  N  tor 
the  second  radical,  Mbx:!3-;  =  1607:7  Ps.  58:8  and  perhaps  also  Job  7:5, 
i^X-:^  =  -i-''7aT?  Ezek.  28  :  24.  Lev.  13:  51.  52.  "^-^DX'r  =  7,7000  Jer.  30:  16 
K'lliilili.  Comp.  in  Syriac  ^^|?  part,  of  y_c> .  According  to  the  Rabbine 
lXT3^!nT3  Isa.  18  :  2,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 


§140.  1.  Examples  of  different  forms  of  the  Kal  future:  (1)  With 
Daghesh-fi)rte  in  the  first  radical.  C^"' .  rs.v .  30".  np-i .  C'i:7.  cri7 ;  or 
wi 

I> 

bv  means  of  the  vowel    letter  "^ .  cr"'X .      (3)  With   Kamets    under  the 

•'  ,  _        1         •.         .'         .1     "    .1       '■  .1  ...         ,  . 

personal    prefix,  'jn7,  307.    T57 .  "i:j7,    p-\7,    517,    171^7;   this   occurs   once 

with  fut.  a,  "in^    Prov.  27: 17.     With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 

'  -AT 


i_/a^iii:Mi-nJi  lu     111     Lilt;     iii»>l     iiuiit^iii.     ^*',.    *  "'*^  •    —^    •       I-"  .  •     ^^.'     ^*'  .  5     "* 

with  a  as  the  second  vowel.  ba7 .  "J"'.  :i'2n7.     (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
personal  prefix.  CT77.  nn7 ,  ^^7,  7,717.    bpn,    IBn;; .  6  being  once   written 


^140  REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  173 

back  to  the  simple  penult  syllable  in  this  form  of  the  future,  and  Hholem 
is  consequently  shortened,  §64.  1,  nH,  l^j],  T^ri!! ,  ^n^l,  in^i .  There 
are  a  few  examples  of  u  in  the  future  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  "Jl"!^  Prov. 
29:6,  Y'^l  Isa.  42:4,  Ec.cles.  12:6,  Dnn  Ezek.  24:  11  and  perlmjjs  ^:'; 
Gen.  49  :  19,  Hab.  3:  16,  "i^ia^  Ps.  91  :  e.'though  Gesenius  assumes  the  ex- 
istence of  I'l^i  and  lllIJ  as  distinct  roots  from  "T]J  and  Tiiy  . 

2.  The  Niphal  preterite  and  participle:  (l)  With  Hhirik  under  the 
prefixed  5,  nina?  Job  20:  28,  brjD ,  njij ,  rn?.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
prefix,  •'Fi3n3  Jer.  22:23,  cnx;  Mai.  3:9,  o^iriD  Isa.  57:5.  (3)  With 
Kamets  under  the  prefix,  -o: ,  bp3 .  inj,  lia ;  sometimes  the  repetition 
of  like  vowels  in  successive  syllables  is  avoided  by  exchanging  a  of  the 
last  syllable  for  Tsere,  h^_}  and  5;^3.  oi;  and  O^J .  nsop  Ezek.  26:2, 
or  for  Hholem  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  ^i-'hs .  y'~i3  Eccl.  12:6,  ^l-lis  Am. 
3:11,  I'Tiaj  Nah.  1 :  12,  ^ikij  Isa.  34  : 4.  '  ' 

3.  The  Niphal  future  preserves  the  Tsere  of  perfect  verbs  in  one  ex- 
ample, bnjn  Lev.  21  :  9,  but  mostly  compresses  it  to  Pattahh,  bi"],  b^7,  n.:^, 
la"^,  "537.  CB7 ,  ri^7 ,  C]2S<;  like  the  preterite  it  sometimes  has  Hholem, 
Tian  isa.  24  :  3,  pisn  ibid.  If  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  and  incapable 
of  receiving  Daghesh.  the  preceding  Hliirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  in;;, 
bnx  ,  en;; ,  yiin ,  la'i."; .  The  Kal  and  Niphal  futures,  it  will  be  perceived, 
coincide  in  some  of  their  forms  ;  and  as  the  signification  of  these  species 
is  not  always  clearly  distinguishable  in  intransitive  verbs,  it  is  often  a 
matter  of  doubt  or  of  indifference  to  which  a  given  form  should  be  referred. 
Thus,  b'h"; .  "'Sfi  ^"^-1  ^''C  in  the  Niphal  according  to  Gesenius,  while 
Ewald  makes  them  to  be  Kal,  and  Fiirst  the  first  two  Niphal  and  the 
third  Kal. 

4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  :  tian  Isa.  24:  3.  "iin  ibid.,  or  with 
Tsere  in  the  last  syllable,  Dsn  2  Sam.  17:  10.  The  infinitive  construct: 
dan  Ps.  68  :  3,  hWn  Ezek.  20  :  9,  and  once  with  Pattahh  before  a  suflix, 
iSnn  Lev.  21  :4.     The  imperative:   ^-^^T)  Isa.  52:  H,  si^ann  Num.   17  :  10. 

5.  In  the  Hiphil  preterite  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  is  compressed 
to  Tsere,  -On .  nsn  (in  pause  "isn .  so  ;  ^72'^n ,  :  iSPn).  or  even  to  Pat- 
tahh, py}_ .  bp?n ,  nan ,  -y^n ,  rj^n ,  snn ,  ni!:!n ,  iison ,  siaon  .  Both  infini- 
tives have  Tsere.  thus  the  absolute  :  'P'^Ti ,  nan  ,  nsn  ,  nsn  ,  bnn  ;  the 
construct:  "lan,  TjOn ,  --sn  (T'En  Zech.  11:10),  i4n ,  bi^n ,  cnn.  in 
pause  '. "Sn.  pnn.  with  a  final  guttural,  i'ln,  ?in.  The  imperative: 
aon  ,  icn,  ^f?n  ,  bnn ,  sirn  ;  flairn  Job  21  :  5  is  a  Hiphil  and  not  a  Hophal 
form  as  stated  by  Gesenius,  the  first  vowel  being  Kamets  and  not  Kamets 
Hhatuph.  Futures  with  a  short  vowel  before  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical:  rs^  ,  ofj^ ,  ikn,  iins';' ;  with  a  long  vowel,  1??,  ^^2?  •  "Sfi  ^Hr 
or  ^n^jbfi^,  2J'nri  and  S'j;'^,  TjOri ,  I''*!??  (e  expressed  by  the  vowel  letter 
N.  §  11.  1.  a)  Eccles.  12:5.  When  in  this  latter  class  of  futures  the 
accent  is  removed  from  the  ultimate,  whether  by  Vav  Conversive  or  any 
oiher  cause,  Tsere  is  shortened  to  Seghol,  ^5^!;,  P"!;',  "iS^V  1")*;;,  "O';, 
-nn,  and  in  one  instance  to  Hhirik,  ^^W  Judg.  9:53(7"irii  would  be 
from  ]'1*i)  before  a  guttural  it  becomes  Pattahh,  J^"]^;;,  in'i,  ~1SV  Par- 
ticiples: aoa.  "1659,  bna,  b:ia  Ezek.  31:3,  Sia  Prov.  17:4.     In  a  very 


174  KTYMOl.OCV.  §  141 

few  instanros  the  Hliirik  of  tlic  porfoct  paradigm  is  retained  in  tlie  last 
sylliilde  t>f  this  species  as  in  Ayin  Vuv  verbs.  TfC^  Jiidg.  3:21.  cit'i  Jer. 
49:20,  ctsi  Num.  21:30. 

6.  Hophal  preterites :  bn!in.  nW!|n.!iirn;  futures:  cr!i"'.iNni.  ph^'^ 
•,n^.   -kn.   ni-!)"-,   :gi-'.    rh-^.   r,B^;   panicii.lcs :   iz^.^z ,  liror^'in  some 
copies  li":  2  Sam.  2:j  :  G  ;  inlinitive  with  suffi.x,  nu'i'n  Lev.  2G:34.  with 
prep.,  ns  Jns  ver.  43. 

§141.  1.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  vowel  alTix  and  the  consequent  inser- 
tion of  Dagliesh-forte  in  the  last  radical,  the  preceding  vowel  and  the 
position  oT  the  accent  continue  nnchanged.  13^.  ^'d^  ,  "TS^S  (distinfTuip|K'<l 
from  the  fern.  part,  t^i^'i■:).  l^n^* ;  if  the  last  radical  does  not  admit 
Daghesh-lbrte  a  preceding  Patlahh  sometimes  remains  short  before  n, 
but  it  is  lengthened  to  Kunieis  before  other  gutturals,  nni.  t|yni  (l(iO.  2), 
siian.  nnty  and  iniU.  When  the  first  radical  is  doubled.  Daghesh  is 
omitled  from  the  last  in  the  Kal  Cut.  0.  Ii:'^?.  ^n;??,  'i^P?,  and  occasionally 
elsewhere  1P3^  Hi.  Hit.  Iran  Ho.  {»ret.  Other  cases  are  exceptional, 
whether  of  the  shifting  of  liie  accent.  ^2-j  Ps.  3:2.  ^i"}  Ps.  55:22.  iS;? 
Jer.  4  :  13.  and  consequent  shortening  of  the  vowel,  ''■t:.  Jer.  7  :  29  lor  "p . 
•in,  IZ-i  for  "^sn,  I2n.  !i'iT':J  Jer.  49:  28  (with  the  letter  repeated  instead 
of  being  simply  doubled  by  Daghesh.  so  likewise  in  CiT'i"^  Jer.  5  :  6.  ''3::n 
Ps.  9:  14),  for  ina ;  the  omission  of  Daghesh.  nj'dj  1  Sam.  14:36,  njrn 
Prov.  7:  13,  is:n  Cant.  6:  11.  7  :  13.  :  ^ipn^  Job  19 :  23.  "n:;?  Num.22:'llj 
17  (Kal  imper.  with  n^  parag.  for  "na;?  shortened  by  Makkeph  from  "Sp, 
so  "n-x  ora  Num.  23:7).  or  in  addition,  the  rejection  of  the  vowel.  t'CT"' 
K.  futVoen.  11:6  lor  ^s'^,  n=23  Gen.  11:7  K.  fut.  for  nV:;.  r;r;:  ls;u 
19:3  Ni.  pret.  for  nj^zj  or  npzj.  rdo:  Ezek.  41:7  Ni.  iut.  for  nac:  ; 
tPT3  Judg.  5:5  according  to  Gcsenius  for  ^ifz  Ni.  pret.  of  bpj  to  shnlcf. 
according  to  others  K.  pret.  of  ^TJ  lofnw;  12?.r)]  Ezek.  36:3  for  'lirPI 
(Ewald)  from  bbr  to  enter,  or  for  'ibrni  Ni.  fut.  of  r.^y  (o  go  vp.  i;n3 
Ezek.  7  :  24  Ni.  pret.  for  ibns ,  -^nn:  Cant.  1:6  Ni.  pret.  for  --l-ns.  Once 
instead  of  doubling  the  last  radical  "^  is  inserted,  1"'^'^  Prov.  26:7  for  'iS'n , 
comp.  dr-^.n  Ezr.  10:  16  for  ai'ri'i . 

2.  Upon  the  insertion  of  a  vowel  before  affixes  beginning  with  a  con- 
sonant, the  accent  is  shifted  and  the  previous  part  of  the  word  shortened 
if  possible;  thus,  with  0  in  the  preterite,  ri'Sp .  ''r'i^X^  (Kamels  before  "i 
which  caimot  be  doubled).  cr"OS  .  flJ'Ta  .  T"lp3 .  crp-cj .  r'pnn  .  "'rnsn 
(the  vowel  remaining  long  before  ").  rPinn  (Pattahh  instead  of  compound 
Sh'va  on  account  of  the  following  guttural.  §00.  3.  r).  "'r'snn  .  once  with 
fi.  13^  1*3  Mic.  2:4  ;  with  e  in  the  luture,  nricn,  n:-5::n.  nr|nn.  If  the 
first  radical  be  doubled.  Daghesh  is  omitted  from  the  last,  and  the  cus- 
tomary vowel  is  in  consequence  not  inserted.  n;prri ,  njbsn  ;  other  cases 
are  rare  and  exceptional,  nn-icn.  ribns .  "^nifis.  nribrs ,  sisrpi  which  is 
first  plur.  pret.  for  !i:atl  not  third  plur.  lor  latn  (EwaJd),  §54.3;  ''T]^V^ 
Deut.  32:41,  "'niari  Jpa.  44:16,  •'tn'S-n  Ps.  116:6,  have  the  accent  upon 
the  ultimate  instead  of  the  penult. 

3.  Before  snflixes  the  accent  is  always  shifted,  and  if  possible  the 
vowels  shortened,  ■'sio-',  sinio-'  from  ZO'^,  120^,  TAt^^  from  ifeir^,  IJfein 


§141 


REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS. 


17i 


from  cnn.  Cnsn  from  "Sn  ;  in  T;:n-^  Gen.  43:29,  Isa.  30:19,  from  "jn^, 
CD"isn  Lev.  26:  15  from  "^EH ,  the  original  vowels  have  been  not  only  ab- 
breviated but  rejected,  and  the  requisite  short  vowel  given  to  the  first  of  the 
concurring  consonants.  §61.  1.  In  a  very  i'ew  instances  a  form  resembling 
that  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  is  assumed,  Dagliesh  being  omitted  from  the  last 
radical  and  the  preceding  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  ipW  Prov. 
8:29  lor  ipn  ver.  27.  ^^"^nn.  Isa.  33:  I  for  Vi^ann  .  ^in-^pi^rn  Ezek.  14:8 
for  wnijsrn  ,  n^iy^-Tn  Laiii.  1:8  for  ni^-TH  Hi.  pret.  of  bbiT ,  ',r^^n'<  Hab. 
2:  17  for  -inn^  Hi.  fut.  of  nnn  with  3  fern.  plur.  suf,  cps'ix^  2  Sam.' 22:  43 
in  a  few  editions  for  -15"iX  .  Nun  is  once  inserted  before  the  suffix  in  place 
of  doubling  the  radical,  "iDapj  Num.  23:  13  for  -i3|5  . 

§  141.  1.  Of  the  verbs  which  occur  in  Piel,  Pual,  or  Hithpael,  the  fol- 
lowing adopt  the  forms  of  perfect  verbs,  viz.  : 

'TIS  to  curse.  -^1  to  cry.  "ii?  to  make  a  nest. 

na  to  plunder.  rns  to  smite,  break.  Y^'^r  fo  cut  off. 

"i-na  to  purify.  Dab  to  take   away  the  22'^  to  he  many. 

L'iia  to  grope.  heart.  T)?^  '"  ^^  lender. 

ppT  to  refine.  pp^  to  lick.  Tib  to  harroxo. 

DTcn  to  warm.  'C'd'o  to  feel,  to  grope.  "I'^b  to  rule. 

■j'^n  to  divide.  ns  to  leap.  "|5T2i  to  sharpen. 

pinn  to  be  broken.  b^s  to  judge,  to  inter-  Drn  to  he  perfect. 
bba  to  cover.                                 cede. 

2.  The   following,  which  are  mostly  suggestive  of  a  short,  quick,  re- 
peated motion,  reduplicate  the  radical  syllable,  viz.  : 


-I'ln  to  burn. 
^"13  to  dance. 
{nfib  to  be  mad. 


rin'2  to  linger. 
T|3D  to  e.rcite. 
qsa  to  chirp. 


SSlU  to  sport,  delight. 
pf?T^  to  run. 
vz"r\  to  mock. 


3.  The  following  insert  Hholem  after  the  first  radical,  viz. 


"IJX  /o  complain. 

bba  to  mix. 
pp3  to  empty. 

Tia  to  cut. 

^na  to  sweep  away. 

cr-n  to  be  still. 
rrn  to  break  loose 


tHj  lofiy.  rsn  to  break. 

C03  to  lift  up.  f^h''^  lo  sink. 

CjED  to  occupy  the  thres-   bbd  to  spoil. 

hold.  cair  to  be  desolate  or 

"ins  to  hind.  amazed. 

cb;5  to  cut  off.  C]En  to  beat. 
Tacj?  to  gather. 


4.  The  following  employ  two  forms,  commonly  in  different  senses,  viz. : 

^5^5  and  bBl'a  to  roll.  ysn  to  make  gracious,    "ibiri    to  be 

''.r'1  ^0  praise,  bbin  to  make  mad.  gracious. 

''^'n  to  profane,  '.^in  to  wound.  h'^'o  to  speak,  bHia  to  mow. 


176  ETYMOLOGY.  ^142,143 

ZZ'O  la  chnn^p.  -i"'0  to  surround.  b's'jT  tn  curse.  ^^T^P  to  whet. 

)iy  to  ffiilher  clouds,  *|bl5  to  prac-  yk"^  :ui(l  "I'ii'i"!  to  cricsh. 

tisp  sorcery.  Tn'j  and    T^UJ    to    treat    icith   vio- 
"^'I'lS  to  burst,  ^•li'm  to  shake  to  pieces.               lence. 

5.  The  following  use  different  forms  in  dilferent  species,  viz. : 

pf?'n  Pi.  to  decree.  Pu.  p^sn .  '(p  Pi.  to  shout,  Hith.  "ii^rn.* 

*ini2  Pi.  to  measure.  Hitli.  Tii:nn .  lyon  Pi.  to  break.  Pu.  uitn  . 

'^yzViJomakelntler,H\i\\.^rrrc.rn.  '.rir  Pi.  to  inculcate,  Hith.   "liinw'n 

bobo  Pi.  /o  e.ralt.  Hith.  bb'-npn  .  <o  pierce. 
bSiS  Pi.  /o  maltreat,   Hitli.   bh:?nn 
and  ^^-i-rri. 

6.  The  following  examples  exhibit  the  cfTcct  of  gutturals  upon  redu- 
plicMfed  tbrnis :  Preterite.  5UJ?.d  Isa.  11:8;  Infinitive,  "*n";nb  Prov. 
26: 21.  rrTsn^rn  Ex.  12: 39;  Future,  riiirnax  Ps.  119:47,  isirr'i':  Ps. 
94:19;  Imperative,  irbrnrn  Isa.  29:9;  Participle,  ?nrn«  Gen.  27  :  12, 
rr^nbra  Prov.  26:  18.        '    ' 

§142.  1.  The  Pual  species  adheres  to  the  nnalouy  of  perfect  verbs 
with  the  exception  of  the  preterites,  Tiis  Nah.  3:  17.  bbis  Lam.  1 :  12.  the 
future  :!iriariari  Isa.  66:12,  and  the  particij>Ios,  n^b-i^ia  Isa.  9:4,  b^na 
Isa.  53 :  5. 

2.  !  fns'.r"':  Isa.  15  :  5  is  for  :  '^y^^V.  P'-  Tut.  of  i^5  .  §57.  1.  "irt^in  2  Sam. 
22  : 7  is  contracted  for  "i^ann  Ps.  18  :  27.  probably  with  the  view  of  as- 
similating it  in  form  to  the  preceding  !  aann  ;  in  regard  to  :bsnn  in  the 
same  verse,  Nordheimer  adopts  the  explanation  of  Alting  that  it  is  a  simi- 
lar contraction  of  the  Hithpael  of  bps  tlum  u-ill  show  thyself  ajudtre.  itut  as 
it  anf^wers  to  ibrSPP.  Ps.  18:27.  the  best  authorities  are  almost  unanimous 
in  supposing  a  transposition  of  the  second  radical  with  the  first  and  its 
union  with  n  of  the  prefix. 

3.  brn  and  bbn .  The  prefixed  n  remains  in  the  Hiphil  future  of  b^n, 
e.g.  bpn^ ,  ibrn^ ,  ''-^nn  and  in  the  derivative  nouns  c^brn.  r'^rn^, 
whence  these  forms  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  the  secondary  root  brrt  . 


Pe  Yoph  C^'s)  Verbs. 

§  143.  In  quiescent  verbs  one  of  the  original  radicals  is 
N ,  1  or  "^ ,  Avhich  in  certain  forms  is  converted  into  or  ex- 
changed for  a  vowel.  As  i5  preserves  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter when  occupying  the  second  place  in  the  root,  and  also 

*  'Si^rp    Ps.   78:65   is   not   from  "jli  (Gesenius)   but   from   *(3T,  see 
Alexander  in  loc. 


§144  PE    YODH    VERBS.  177 

(with  the  exception  of  the  Pe  Aleph  future,  §110.  3,  and  a 
few  occasional  forms,  §111.  2)  when  it  stands  in  the  first 
place,  verbs  having  this  letter  as  a  first  or  second  radical  be- 
long to  the  guttural  class  ;  those  only  in  which  it  is  the  third 
radical  (Lamedh  Aleph)  are  properly  reckoned  quiescent.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  first,  second,  or  third  radical  be  either 
Yodh  or  Vav,  the  verb  is  classed  as  quiescent.  All  verbs 
into  which  either  1  or  "^  enter  as  a  first  radical  are  promiscu- 
ously called  Pe  Yodh,  as  the  modes  of  inflection  arising  from 
these  tAvo  letters  have  been  blended,  and  Yodh  in  either  case 
appears  in  the  Kal  preterite  from  which  roots  are  ordinarily 
named,  §  83.  «.  In  the  second  radical  the  Vav  forms  (Ayin 
Vav)  preponderate  greatly  over  those  w4th  Yodh  (Ayin 
Yodh).  In  the  third  radical  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost 
entirely  superseded  those  with  Vav,  though  the  current  de- 
nomination of  the  verbs  is  derived  from  neither  of  these 
letters  but  from  He  (Lamedh  He),  which  is  used  to  express 
the  final  vowel  of  the  root  in  the  Kal  preterite  after  the 
proper  radical  has  been  rejected. 

a.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  the  consonant  rt  belong  to  the  guttural 
class,  e.  g.  Snia ,  froPi,  and  are  quite  distinct  irom  the  quiescent  verbs  tnb 
in  which  n  always  represents  a  vowel,  e.  g.  ri55  ,  HSQ  . 

§144.  1.  In  Pe  Yodh  verbs  the  first  radical  is  mostly 
Yodh  at  the  beginning,  §  56.  2,  and  Vav  at  the  close  of  a 
syllable.  It  is  accordingly  Yodh  in  the  Kal,  Piel,  and  Pual 
species,  and  commonly  in  the  Hithpael,  ^V'^ ,  m|;i,  n"|^, 
a'iDllinn .  It  is  Vav  in  the  Niphal  and  commonly  in  the 
Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  niris ,  n-'ijj-n ,  nc^n . 

2.  In  the  Kal  future,  if  Yodh  be  retained,  it  will  quiesce 

in  and  prolong  the  previous  Hhirik,  and  the  second  radical 

will  take  Pattahh,  e.  g.  tJi"'? ;  if  the  first  radical  be  rejected 

the  previous  Hhirik  is  commonly  lengthened  to  Tsere,  ^p."? , 

the  Pattahh  of  the  second  syllable  being  sometimes  changed 

to  Tsere  to  correspond  wdth  it,  §  63.  2.  c,  e.  g.  ^V":! ;  in  a  few 

instances  Hhirik  is  preserved  by  giving  Daghesh-forte  to  the 
12 


178  ETYMOLOGY.  ^145,140 

second  rndiral  as  in  Pc  Nun  verbs,  the  following  vowel  being 
either  rattahli  or  llholeni,  r^" ,  ps:> . 

3.  Those  verbs  which  reject  Yodh  in  the  Kal  fiitiue,  re- 
ject it  likewise  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive  construct, 
where  it  would  be  accompanied  by  Sli'va  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  §  53.  2.  a,  the  infinitive  being  prolongctl  as  in 
Pe  Nun  verbs  l)y  the  feminine  termination,  niD,  n:;fc. 

§  145.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle  Vav 
quiesces  in  its  homogeneous  vowel  liholem,  afci: ,  nir"2 ;  in 
the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative,  wliere  it  is  doubled  by 
Daghesh-forte,  it  retains  its    consonantal   character,   -»C'n, 

2.  In  the  Iliphil  Vav  quiesces  in  Ilholem,  siirin,  n'^oi"'; 
a  few  verbs  have  Yodh  quiescing  in  Tsere,  S'^'j-'n ,  z^i:'^"' ; 
more  rarely  still,  the  first  radical  is  dropped  and  the  preced- 
ing short  vowel  is  presei-ved,  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  by  doubling 
the  second  radical,  S'^sn ,  r'^k;; . 

3.  In  the  Hophal  Yav  quiesces  in  Shurek,  2Tr-n,  ni"^"'; 
occasionally  the  short  vowel  is  preserved  and  Daghesh-forte 
inserted  in  the  second  radical,  ^4^ . 

a.  The  Hliolem  or  T.^ere  of  tlio  Hipliil  arises  from  the  combination  of 
a.  the  primary  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  in  this  species.  §82.  5.  6.  (3), 
with  u  or  J,  into  wliich  the  letters  1  and  •>  are  readily  softened,  §57.  2.  (5). 
The  Hholem  of  the  Niphal  is  to  be  similarly  explained  :  the  Hliirik  of 
this  species,  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  cannot  combine  with  Vav, 
is  exclianged  for  the  simplest  of  tlie  vowels  a  (comp.  -03.  Cip:).  and  the 
union  of  this  with  1  forms  0.  The  Hophal  retains  the  passive  vowel  u, 
which  is  occasionally  found  in  perfect  verbs,  §95.  a. 

§146.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  those  of  st';'  to  sit  or  ihcvll.  The  Piel,  Pnal, 
and  llithpael  are  omitted  from  the  paradigm,  as  they  do  not 
differ  from  perfect  verbs.  The  alternate  form  of  the  Kal 
future  is  shown  by  the  example  of  ci^  to  he  dry. 


Paradigm  of 

Pe  Yodh 

Verbs. 

. 

KAL. 

NIPIIAL. 

niPniL. 

HOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Peet.  3  w. 

—  r 

niri] 

n^uJin 

n^^n 

"T 

3/ 

^T^',' 

T    :     1 

r        • 

T    :       1 

h->a.;_>  a. 

T   :  IT 

2  m. 

T    ;    — r 

ni-uTiD 

T    ;    — 

rin^r^n 

T    ;  — T 

2/. 

nn-^- 

niiriD 

riZiT'n 

nzir^n 

n'i;n- 

1  c. 

•    :   — T 

"n2-i;iD 

"nz'iin 

"r:2"»r-n 

^Pl"C2" 

Plur.  3  c. 

;  IT 

:     1 

^--irin 

d-i^n 

^■^-- 

2  m. 

t^riniT": 

nra-iiJiD 

Qnnuiin 

Dnn"::^n 

ori'uJ?" 

2/ 

l'^^"^: 

li|}?'^"i3 

inzirin 

tR-^ 

1 

W^^: 

1  c. 

iirnir; 

^;n'i;i3 

^izojin 

:  — T 

Infin.  ^JsoZ, 

ni'ij"' 

mziin 

1 

T 

Constr. 

J^T^' 

-^^r' 

n^irin 

1 

1Z±'^ 

FuT.  3  m. 

=1^!! 

••T   • 

n^-iji-^ 

2-i:v 

^n^^ 

3/ 

nibn 

n-irin 

nu;?,n 

^•n^n 

2  m. 

-^^ 

••T     • 

n^idin 

n-ij^n 

iiii^-ri 

2/ 

.     :  1"* 

•     :rT    • 

^n-irin 

•  :  1 

^'iTii'r^ 

1  c. 

^■^^ 

"T     • 

n^-^ii^ 

^mni, 

•u:i\s5 

PZwr.  3  m. 

:  !•• 

;iT  • 

^H^'^V 

:     1 

^•i-i"^ 

3/ 

T   :   —  ■• 

T   :    "T    • 

nrn^zj^n 

nri-n-ri 

2ot. 

^n-irn 

u^-Gin 

:       1 

;      r 

2/ 

T   :    —  •• 

T    ;     "T    • 

nrniT^in 

n:m-n 

Ic. 

niTD 

nirjp 

n^iTiD 

mb'^3 

iri-D 

Impee.  2  m. 

^^ 

nir^n 

n^in 

■ojz: 

2/ 
Phir.  2  m. 

wanting 

2/ 

T    :     •• 

r    ;     "T    ' 

nj^jirin 

"."^^" 

Paet.  Act. 

n-ij^ 

n^^tj 

tn-^ 

Pass. 

T 

n-JDiD 

T 

T 

179 


ISO  ETYMOLOGY.  ^147 


Remarks  on  Pe  Yodii  Verbs. 

§147.  1.  The  following  verbs  retain  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  viz. : 

iri"  lo  he  dry.  TjO^  to  he  poured.  X"i^  to  fear. 

yi^  to  toil.  1?^  to  appoint.  ."177  to  cast. 

nn^  to  delay.  w)?^  to  he  weary.  ci^  to  possess. 

ni»  to  oppress.  ys"^  to  counsel.  cir;  to  put. 

pi"'  to  suck.  HE^  to  he  heauliful.  yi^  to  sleep. 

The  concurrence  of  Yodhs  in  the  third  porsnii  of  the  future  is  some- 
times prevented  by  omitting  the  quiescent  '^t:'^,  .  l5<"iV  ''^r"!?-  the  long 
vowel  receiving  Methegh  before  vocal  Sh'va,  and  thus  distinguishing  the 
last  two  words  from  tlie  Lamedii  He  I'ornis,  iX'i';'  from  nxn  and  Tj'C^^  from 
njd,  §45.  2. 

2.  The  following  have  Tsere  under  the  preformative ;  those  in  wliich 
the  second  vowel  is  likewise  Tsere  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk : 

rn-'  to  know.  *  1^7  to  hear.  rj;^  to  he  dislocated. 

In;  to  he  joined.  *  X^^  to  go  out.  *  1^^  to  go  down. 

on;  to  conceive.  is;  to  he  straitened.     *  zb"^  to  sit,  dwell. 

The  second  syllable  has  Pattahh  in  inn  Jer.  13:  17.  Lam.  3:48.  and 
in  the  feminine  plurals,  njl^n,  ninnn;  njx^n  has  Seghol  after  the 
analogy  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs;  ns^O-'n  (with  the  vowel-letter  "^  for  e) 
occurs  only  in  the  K'thibh,  Ezek.  35 :  9.  and  of  course  has  not  its  proper 
vowels,  in  : -i;?"?  Ps.  138  -.6  the  radical  Yodh  remains  and  has  attracted 
to  itself  the  Tsere  of  the  preformative.     Comp.  §  60.  3.  c. 

3.  The  following  insert  Daghesh-forte  in  the  second  radical,  viz. :  lO; 
to  chastise,  instruct,  rii;  to  hum.  In  ^nin  Isa.  44  :  8  short  Hhirik  re- 
mains before  a  letter  witii  Sh'va;  "^3^-17  Job  16:  11  is  explained  by  some 
as  a  Kal  future,  by  others  as  a  Piel  preterite. 

4.  The  following  have  more  than  one  form  :  Sa;  to  he  good  fut.  SO''^  > 
once  "^i'-i'ri  Nah.  3:8;  pk;  to  pour  pS"".  once  puJ^^i  1  Kin.  22:35;  "'i; 
to  form. -il-]  and  iS'^i'l;  "ip;  to  hum.  ip;;  Isa.  10:16,  and  "ip^n  Deut. 
32:22;  vp;  to  awake,  ■j'p''7  once  "I'p;  1  Kin.  3:15;  "ip;  to  he  precious, 
ip''7  and  "P"; ,  or  with  a  vowel  letter  for  e.  "p^;] ;  t:ir;  to  be  desolate,  cujn 
once  Ji:p'^-n  Ezek.  6:6;  ito;  to  be  right. '^b'^-},  once  nj-it-^  (3  fem.plur., 
§88)  1  Sam.  6  :  12.     Some  copies  have  ^Vi")  Isa.  40  :  30  for  ^sp, . 

5.  In  futures  having  Tsere  imder  the  preformative,  the  accent  is  shifted 
to  the  penult  after  Vav  Conversive  in  the  persons  liable  to  such  a  change, 
viz. :  3  sing.,  2  masc.  sing.,  and  1  plur.,  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  being  in  con- 
sequence shortened  to  Seghol.  rn^;^ .  l^nT ,  lisn .  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate 
bi'cnmcs  Seghol  in  "'^I'V  i^"*"!;  (with  a  postpositive  accent)  Gen.  2:7,  19, 
fw;-^]  Gen.  o0:26;  but  -ij'^V  t'T" ! ,  V-."'??)   '|T"''5  >   only  once  before  a 


I 


^148-150    REMARKS  ON  PE  YODH  VERBS.  181 

monosyllable,  §35.  1,  y'^:"^'^  Gen.  9:24.  The  accent  remains  on  the  ulti- 
mate in  the  Lamedh  Aleph  form  Ni[*l ,  unless  the  following  word  begins 
with  an  accented  syllable,  e.  g.  Nli^l  Gen.  4 :  16,  8:  18.  The  pause  re- 
stores the  accent  in  all  these  cases  to  its  original  position,  '• -'>V.'^  Ruth 

4:  1,  Jr^ni  Ps.  139:  1,  n^;»i  Ps.  18  :  10,  §35.  2.  " 

§148.  1.  Kal  construct  infinitives  with  Yodh  :  1253';'  and  with  a  feminine 
ending  n'^n^,  r^b^ !  ^''^'^  with  suf.  "''ip^ ,  once  with  prep.  l'iD''b  2  Chron. 
31  :  7,  Dagliesh  conservative  ai'ter  z,  §14.  a/  HN'n'i,  §87,  once  X"!"^  Josh. 
22:25  and  with  prep.  Nib  1  Sam.  18:29  from  »^_y,  niA^  once  xin^  2  Chron. 
26:  15  from  rrn; ,  -pav 

2.  Infinitives  without  Yodh  :  ns'n  (with  suf.  "'m"n),  nr'n  Ex.  2  :  4,  and 
without  the  feminine  termination  y"n ,  nn^  (with  suf  "Ti")!:)  andnnb,  once 
rb  1  Sam.  4:19,  §54.  2,  nxk  (with  suf  "'rxs),  np.k,  nnn  (with  suf. 
in'i-i)  once  nn")  Gen.  46:3,  nirn  (with  suf  PTno-ij,'n30  (nnd  ,  with 
6uf  ''t^^p  once  ""n^iy  Ps.  23 : 6).  Yodh  is  perhaps  dropped  from  the  ab- 
solute infinitive  SilU  Jer.  42:  10,  which  is  usually  explained  to  be  for  -iij^  ; 
it  may,  however,  be  derived  from  the  Ayin  Vav  verb  --TJ  , 

3.  Imperatives  with  Yodh:  inv  xn^  ,  nA"]! .  Without  Yodh:  S'n  (with 
n  parag.  ny'n  Prov.  24:  14),  2n  (with  n  parag.  nrn;  for  ^i-in  Hos.  4:18, 
see  §92.  a),  xi  (nxs,  fern.  plur.  nrx:i  Cant.  3:11),  'b  (-2Tli ,  ndd). 
With  both  forms:  pi  and  pi")  (1pi?7),  1^  (nnn),  twice  Ti^  Judg.5:13,  13"|] 
'JJn  and  i^iy*^"?. 

§  149.  1.  The  Niphal  of  ni';  has  u  instead  of  0,  ''513  Zeph.  3  :  IS,  niJsiJ 
Lam.  1:4;  il^^^i:  1  Chron.  3  :  5,  20  :  8  has  u  followed  by  Daghesh.  na: , 
which  according  to  Gesenius  is  from  r'S'^ .  has  i;  Ewald  assumes  the  root 
to  be  rir:i ,  and  refers  to  it  likewise  the  Kal  future  and  the  Hiphil  ascribed 
to  rkv  §147.3.  and  §150.4.  In  that  case  the  Daghesh  in  WS"]  Isa.  33: 12, 
Jer.  51  :  58.  will  not  require  the  explanation  suggested  in  §24.  c,  but  the 
K'thihh  nTi^:!:'n  2  Sam.  14:30  will  be  unexplained,  uipis  Ps.  9:17  is 
not  the  Niphal  preterite  or  participle  of  Cp^,  but.  the  Kal  participleof  CpD . 

2.  Yodh  appears  in  the  Niphal  future  of  two  verbs  instead  of  Vav, 
bn^'i  Gen.  8  :  12.  1  Sam.  13:8  K'ri,  nn*-;  Ex.  19  :  13.  In  the  first  person 
smgularX  always  has  Hhirik,  y"i!js,lrtx.  ^C-ix,  iT^jx,  ?il.;j5< ,  "irjx  . 

§  l.')0.  1.  In  the  Hiphil  the  following  verbs  have  Yodh  preceded  by 
Tsere.  viz.  :  ~t2^  to  be  good,  bb^  (o  howl,  '^^  to  go  to  the  right,  "'a'^  to 
change,  p3^  to  suck.  Yodh  is  likewise  found  in  ''311'ia^n  Judg.  16:26 
K'tiiibh.  and  in  the  following  instances  in  which  the  prefix  has  Pattahh  as 
in  perfect  verbs,  Cn-ip-^S  Hos.  7 :  12,  ^li'^UJ'::  Prov.  4  :  25,  "ir-^n  Ps.  5:9 
K'ri  (K'thibh  loin),  Ni^n  Gen.  8:17  K'ri  (K'thibh  KSin),  cr^?'^^ 
1  Chron.  12  :  2.  ' 

2.  In  3*^13;]":  Job  24  :  21  (elsewhere  S'^a"';:)  and  ^"""^T:  (once  i^b-'b'^N  Mic 
1:8),  the  radical  Yodh  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel  of  the  preformalive, 
comp.  §  147.  2.  He  remains  after  the  prelbrmative  in  ^ib'^p'^ri^  Isa.  52  :  5, 
nni.T;  Neh.  11:17,  Ps.  28:7,  5^ii;in^  1  Sam.  17:47,  Ps.  116:6.  Both 
Yodh  and  Vav.  quieecing  in  their  appropriate  vowels,  are  liable  to  omis- 
sion, "pan ,  lp"'3fi,  T^^H ,  !iiy''~n,  and  once  the  vowel  Tsere  is  dropped 
before  a  suffix,  vnJ2i3Pi  Ex.  2 :  9  for  ^inj^^rn . 


182  ETYMOLOGY.  §150,151 

3.  Vav  convcrsive  draws  the  accent  bark  to  the  peiuiltimate  Tsere  or 
Hlioleni  of  the  Ilipliil  I'uture  in  the  persons  liable  to  be  aliected  by  it, 
§147.5.  and  shortens  the  final  vowel,  rc:*'!] ,  prR^,  -^i'i*?  ,  ~r.SV  ?Eni ; 
but  with  a  pause  accent  !~rni  Rutli  2:  li. 

4.  The  ((allowing  verbs  insert  Daghesli  in  the  second  radical  in  the 
Hiphil,  viz.:  5^^  to  fiet.  })l(ice.  r:i^  to  spreail.  "p'S^  to  pour,  except  !  rrr::".a 
2  Kin.  4:5  K'ri  (K'thibh  r^^i'^z),  rii;  to  bum,  except  n-'n-'Xin  2  Sam. 
14:30  K'thibh. 

5.  In  the  Hophal  a  few  examples  occur  of  u  followed  by  Daghesh,  Sa"* 
Ex.  10:24,  rk;^  Isa.  14:  II,  Esth.  4:3,  ifen-a  Isa.  28:1G,  pk"2  Job  11  :  15- 
and  a  few  of  Hholem,  snin  Lev.  4  :23,  28.  N^i-*  Prov.  11  :  25  for  n^i-"  from 
n'^"'  .  The  construct  infinitive  :  ib^in  Ezr.  3  :  11,  and  with  the  feminine 
termination  nnssin  Ezek.  16:4,  nn^ri  Gen.  40:20,  Ezek.  16:5. 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  Yodh  is  once  dropped,  I'l  Judg.  19:11  for 
^^^  .  Hliirik  occurs  with  the  second  radical  of  lb^  and  \1''^"J  in  the  first 
and  second  persons  singular  with  sufiixes,  and  in  the  second  person  plural, 
which  is  perhaps  due  to  the  assimilating  power  of  the  antecedent  Yodh, 
e.  g.  ■'?ni^^,  P'nii;-i'j,  oncnv 

2.  In  the  Piel  future  the  prefix  Yodh  of  the  third  person  is  contracted 
with  the  radical  after  Vav  conversive.  'inillr!'!  Nah.  1:4  for  in'rs-v.  ns^l 
Lam.   3:33,    1^!}    Lam.   3:53,    c^r^i")    2    Chron.    32:30   K'ri    (k'thibh 

Bid"' •'I). 

3.  Three  verbs  have  Vav  in  the  Hithpael.  !^^:rn .  r^.'rn .  ns'rn;  n 
is  assimilated  to  the  following  i  and  contracted  with  it  in  1">B?D  Ezek. 
23:48  for  I'IB't:  a  peculiar  Niphal  formed  on  the  basis  of  a  Hithpael, 
§83.  c.  (2).  In  akrn  Ex.  2:4  for  -k^rri  Yodh  is  rejected  and  its  vowel 
given  to  the  preceding  letter,  §53.  3.  b. 

§151.  1.  ~rr?  and~rr-  T^^'"; /o  o-o  in  the  Hipliil  and  for  the  most  part  ia 
the  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative  Kal  follows  the  analogy  of  Pe 
Yodh  verbs,  as  though  the  root  were  ~^^  .  Thus.  Kal  inf  const.  P^?  (~^» 
with  suf  ■'nsl?)  rarely  "T^^n;  fut.  T^H;^  (once  with  the  vowel  letter  "^  lor  t?, 
nDV^*  Mic.  1:8.  fem.  pi.  nDsilpi),  occasionally  in  poetry  T[^n,^  (3  fern.  sing. 
Tj^nri);  im})er.  "^  (with  n^  parag.  nbb ,  or  without  the  vowel  letter  v^ , 
fem.  pi.  mzS  and  /pS)  once  ^ibn  Jer.  51:50.  Hiphil:  ""'r''"  once  in 
the  im|)pr.  "'^''^'^n  Ex.  2:9,  and  once  in  the  participle  cbbnia  Zech.  3:7 
for  c-'i-'brn?  ,  §94.  e. 

2.  obx  to  gather  and  Cio^  to  add  are  liable  to  be  confounded  in  certain 
forms.  In  the  Hiphil  future  of  ~CV  0  is  twice  represented  by  the  vowel 
letter  wS,  SC.S'i  1  Sam.  18:29.  ■('ispxn  Ex.  5:7;  "bx  drops  its  X  in  the 
Kal  future,  when  it  follows  the  Pe  Aieph  inflection.  §  110.  3.  which  it  does 
only  in  the  fi)llowing  instances,  ro'l  2  Sam.  6:  1,  rcpi  Ps.l04  :  29.  nboK 
Mic.  4  :  6,  ^|30X  1  Sam.  15:6,  where  the  Hliirik.  bemg  abbreviated  fron\ 
Tsere.  is  short.  notwithst;inding  the  Mcthegh  in  the  intermediate  syllable, 
§4.5.  2.  a.  The  apoc.  Hiph.  fut.  of  rb;  when  joined  with  the  negative 
particle  bx  is  accented  on  the  penult.  "Din-bs  Dent.  3:26.  and  in  one  in- 
stance the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  dropped  entirely,  roin'bit  Prov.  30:6. 


§152,153     AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODH    VERBS.  183 

3.  c^r.n's'iin  Zech.  10:6  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Gesenius  and 
Henirsieiiberg,  for  Dinsain  from  :b;  lo  dwell,  though  Ewald  derives  it 
from  -liu  to  return,  as  if  for  cnizTrn  .  and  Kimclii  supposes  it  to  be  a 
comhiuation  of  both  words  suggesting  the  sense  of  both,  in  which  he  is 
(Ijllowed  by  the  English  translators.  I  will  bring  them  again  to  place  them. 

'r^xi'n  Isa.  30:  5  ''is  regarded  by  Gesenius  as  an  incorrect  orthography 
llir  •::""'2'n ;  but  Maurer  and  Kiiobel  read  it  ^"^xan  and  assume  a  root  ^S3 
synonymous  with  la'ia  ".     Alexander  in  loc. 

rpain  Ps.  16:5,  see  §90. 


Atin  Vav  {^v)  and  Ayin  Yodh  ('•'S')  Veubs. 

§152.  Yodli  and  Vav,  as  the  second  radical  of  verbs, 
have  the  following  peculiarities,  viz  : 

1.  They  may  be  converted  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  i  and  u. 

2.  They  may  be  rejected  when  accompanied  by  a  hetero- 
geneous vowel,  which  is  characteristic  of  the  form.  Yodh 
forms  are  confined  to  the  Kal  of  a  few  verbs ;  in  the  other 
species  Vav  forms  are  universal. 

a.  Yodh  is  never  found  as  a  quiescent  middle  radical  in  any  species 
but  Kal:  it  enters  as  a  consonant  into  the  Piel  of  two  verbs,  and  tlie  Hith- 
pael  of  two,  §  161.  1,  the  Niphai  of  ^1"!}  to  be,  and  the  Hijjliil  of  n'jn  to  live. 

§153.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  and  active  participle  and 
in  the  Iliphil  and  Hophal  species,  the  quiescent  is  rejected 
and  its  vowel  given  to  the  preceding  radical.     Thus, 

Kal  preterite :  0)5  for  oilp  where  a,  which  arises  from 
blending  a  with  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §62.  1,  is  in  partial 
compensation  for  the  contraction,  rra  for  ni'a ,  ri  for  12J13 , 
S"i  for  3'il'n  .     Yov  an  exceptional  formation,  see  §158.  1. 

Active  participle  :  0)5  for  cjp  ,  ria  for  ni)3  ,  m  for  r^a , 
^7  for  3'jn ,  the  ordinary  participial  form  being  superseded 
by  that  of  another  verbal  derivative,  as  is  the  case  in  some 
perfect  verbs  of  a  neuter  signification,  §  90. 


184  ETYMOLOGY.  §154 

Hiphil  and  Iloplial :  Q'^pn  for  D^^ipn,  uy"^  for  c^ip:, 
Djpin  for  D^I?\i,  the  short  vowel  of  the  prefix  being  pro- 
longed in  a  simple  syllable,  ^od. 

2.  In  the  Kal  construct  infinitive,  future,  imperative  and 
passive  participle,  the  (piicscent  is  softened  into  its  homo- 
geneous vowel,  D^p ,  n*^") ;  ill  the  future  the  preformative 
commonly  takes  the  simplest  of  the  long  vowels  il,  D'p;' , 
n^\\  comp.  no;*. 

3.  In  the  Kal  absolute  infinitive  and  in  the  Niphal 
species  a  similar  softening  of  1  occurs,  which,  with  the 
accompanying  or  preceding  a,  forms  0,  ^57.  2.  (5),  D'p  (koni= 
kaum)  for  ni"i.p  ;  nip:  for  nip: ,  the  prefix  usually  taking  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a ;  D'p?  for  DTp;* . 

4.  In  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Niphal  and 
Hiphil  preterites  u  (i)  is  inserted  before  the  affixed  termina- 
tion in  order  to  preserve  the  long  vowel  of  the  root  from  the 
compression  incident  to  standing  before  two  consonants, 
§G1.4;  in  the  feminine  plurals  of  the  Kal  future  c  CJ  is 
sometimes  inserted  for  a  similar  reason,  this  prolongation  of 
the  word  being  attended  by  a  shifting  of  the  accent  and  a 
consefjuent  rejection  of  the  pretonic  vowel  of  the  first  sylla- 
ble, oniisipp,  ni^^pn,  nr^ipn.  In  the  Niphal  preterite, 
when  the  inserted  i  receives  the  accent,  the  preceding  i  is  for 
euphony  changed  to  'i ,  e.  g.  ''niT2^p3 . 

5.  In  the  Kal  and  Hiphil  species  the  apocopated  future 
takes  the  diphthongal  vowels  0  and  e  in  distinction  from  the 
ordinary  future,  which  has  the  pure  vowels  u  and  I,  ^60. '2.5, 
thus  3ir^ ,  nir^ .  With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 
back  to  the  simple  penult,  and  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable 
is  shortened,  st^^t  ,  ^t^^V 

§154.  1.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  the  form  of 
perfect  verbs  is  rarely  adopted,  the  second  radical  appearing 
as  1 ,  e.  g.  1!!?,  or  as  "^ ,  e.  g.  D'lp . 

2.  CommoJily  the  third  radical  is  reduplicated  instead 


§155       AYIN  VAV  AND  AYIN  YODH  VERBS.         185 

of  the  second,  wliicli  then  quiesces  in  Hholem,  Pi.  D^V, 
Pu.  nioip ,  Hith.  obipnn . 

a.  In  the  Pual  o  is  the  passive  vowel  here  adopted  in  preference  to  u: 
in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael  it  arises  from  the  combination  of  u,  to  which  1  is 
softened,  with  the  antecedent  a,  ciaip  for  0^115 :  §82.  5.  b  (3). 

3.  Sometimes  the  quiescent  letter  is  omitted  from  the 
root,  and  the  resulting  bihteral  is  reduplicated,  Pi.  ^?'52, 
Pu.  b3b3 . 

a.  The  two  forms  of  the  intensive  species,  which  depart  from  the  regu 
lar  paradigm,  precisely  resemble  in  appearance  those  of  Ayin  doubled 
verbs,  though  constructed  upon  a  different  principle,  as  already  explained. 

§155.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  are  shown  in 
those  of  D^p  to  stand  or  rise,  in  the  following  paradigm ;  the 
divergent  forms  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  in  the  Kal  species  are 
exhibited  by  l"^"!  to  contend. 

a.  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  are  named  not  from  the  Kal 
preterite,  in  which  the  quicBcent  is  rejected,  but  Irom  the  construct  infini- 
tive, the  simplest  form  in  wliich  all  the  radicals  appear. 

b.  No  Hophal  forms  occur  in  those  persons  in  which  the  inflective  ter- 
minations begin  with  a  consonant.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Ayin  Yodh 
imperative. 


1     Paradigm  of 

Ayin  Vav 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Pbkt.  3  m. 

Ci? 

Dp: 

C'^ip 

D-rp 

8/ 

^•ri? 

•^r'Pf 

^m 

2  m. 

r-^i2 

mr-p: 

T             1     ; 

^r^P 

I^T^'P 

2/ 

?t2 

n"«p: 

n-;-bp 

^T="P 

Ic. 

'^tP 

^ri-^p: 

■r-:^p 

'ri'f=V 

Plur.  3  c. 

^-I^ 

^-T= 

^■-'f'i? 

r2':p 

2  m. 

^rir)2 

Dr-i-p; 

DFi-.p 

V    :    -    'i 

^W='ir 

2/. 

I^Tl2 

in^'-t? 

|J?T^"'I? 

lP'r="^P 

1  c. 

^•-tP 

?i:Tbp3 

^:-:-bp 

^:-f:p 

Infix.  Absol. 

Dip 

D-pn 

Const  r. 

D^p 

D^pn 

DrV 

FuT,  3  VI. 

dp: 

Dip^ 

J^'^T: 

t]=p: 

3/ 

D^pn 

Dipn 

D-bpn 

D-rpn 

2m 

Dt>n 

Dpn 

DTP^ 

D'rpn 

2/ 

-;^pn 

^a-pn 

^'^^pn 

1  c. 

Dpi< 

D'p^ 

D'r'P^ 

c='P^ 

Plur.  3  OT. 

^-•■p: 

^-Ti?: 

^'-TP' 

3/ 

^''r'^'^^ 

^"fP^ 

M!-*-pn 

ri!'^"-''pri 

2  »i. 

vrpln 

^'rpn 

^•^r?!? 

r^rpn 

2/ 

np9pn 

nrrpn 

T    :    ••    1      : 

n:-f:pn 

1  c. 

Dp3 

Dp] 

DV?t? 

D-rp? 

Imper.  2  7?l. 

Dp 

Dpn 

QV:^ 

2/. 

-;ip 

'•;'pn 

rb^ip 

wanting 

PZur.  2  w. 

T^p 

r;ip- 

^^•:p 

2/ 

-:-;p 

-■rpn 

n:-:v:p 

Part.  -ic^. 

t^I^ 

D-bip-J 

Pass. 

Dp 

D-;p: 

D-r:p53 

r     1       : 

1S6 


AND  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs. 


HIPIIIL. 

HOPHAL. 

HITHPAEI.. 

KAL. 

t2"pn 

Dp^n 

D-bipnn 

T 

^■fj?" 

n-^p^n 

M^r^ipnn 

T    :     1,    :    • 

T    T 

C^^'^-pq 

(n-jp^n) 

n-fbipnri 

T    ;  — 

T                 • 

rtj'pn 

(n-jp^n) 

■rrf^-^prn 

^T^ 

^ni-j'pn 

(^ri-2f.^n) 

^r-fjipnn 

^nnn 

^nii^n 

^-"P'.i 

^■jp^ri  . 

rjt:ipnri 

T 

^i^n 

onrrr^n 

(Dn^^p^n) 

Dn-fj^pnn 

S5??:^ 

inr^'ipn 

imp-V) 

"|p}^:a^prri 

1^^- 

ii2i-i^^n 

{t»j2in) 

^;-fbipnn 

r.un 

spn 

nin 

r 

D'pri 

d-iiipnn 

n^n 

D-p; 

Dp^^ 

i^'^T^r 

•  r 

Q^pn 

■    dp^n 

t^rT^?^ 

.    n^nn 

t]-p,n 

npin 

D"bipnn 

•     T 

'■^•pJ^' 

rr^iprn 

•         •     T 

^'P^ 

tlpjli< 

C3'^Tr^^ 

•    r 

^-"p: 

^■jpr 

•rrr,pn^ 

^2^n^ 

nr^ippn 

(r::52p^n) 

nrr^ipnn 

T    ;    ••   T 

^•rpn 

>:       1 

rj-fi):rn 

^j"nn 

^'tP^ 

(nr^ib^n) 

nritiprn 

nrn^n 

t3-p3 

np^D 

Q-bipnj 

•   T 

DP.0 

Q"bipnri 

L") 

f      ^^-pn 

wanting 

rb^piprn 

^n-1 

^■^■P- 

irii'^ilijnr; 

^2^n 

^^■^P" 

nrfbipnri 

(-P^^l) 

r    Q'pv? 

D'bipn-^ 

.in 

T 

np^-j 

lln 

187 


188  ETYMOLOGY.  §156,157 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs, 

5156.  1.  Medial  Yodli  and  V^av  remain  without  quioRcence  or  rejection 
in  a  few  V(!rl)!J.  wliose  root  contains  anollier  feeble  consonant  by  contrast 
with  which  tliese  letters  acquire  new  strength.  Thi.s  is  always  the  case 
in  Lanieilh  He  verbs,  e.  g.  <"i^n.  nnj  ;  so  likcwi.se  in  the  following  guttural 
verba  and  forms,  sija  to  expire,  '^''^^2  ^^'•^-  2f*:22.  !  ims-"  Jsa.  42:11, 
a'-^St  to  be  an  enemy,  '(7.1?  1  Sam.  IS:  9  K'ri  (K'thibh  yv\  T^t-_:s  Jer. 
4:  31.  which  are  confined  to  the  Kal  species,  and  in  nnn  to  be  airy  or  re- 
freshing, which  is  besides  Ibund  in  the  Pual  participle. 

2.  The  Kal  preterite  has  Pattahh  in  two  instances  as  in  Ayin  Vav 
verbs.  T2  Zech.  4  :  10,  ni  Isa.  44  :  18  but  nia  Lev.  14:  42.  It  has  Tsere 
in  ro  to  die,  ^3  Isa.  17:11  but  'n?  .ler.  50  :  3,  and  Hholem  in  i"ii<  to  shine, 
ttjia  to  he  ashamed,  aib  to  be  good.  §82.  1.  a.  and  in  IxS  Jer.  27:  18,  else- 
where isin.  i~t  Isa.  1  : 6,  Ps.  58:4.  elsewhere  lij.  Hhirik  once  occurs 
instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  second  person  ))lural.  npirs  Mai.  3  :  20.  The 
followi;;<x  participles  have  Tsere.  c^:b  .  y 5  ,  yc  .  r72  ,  ir  ;  the  following 
have  liholem,  D^oia.  cr'S  .  c^rip  2  Kin.  1G:7  (conip.  crr'^p  Ex.  32:25 
in  the  Samaritan  copy),  eisewiiere  C"'^p3  . 

3.  The  vowel  letter  S  is  written  for  a,  §  11.  I.  a.  once  in  the  preterite, 
ni<|5  Hns.  10:11,  and  occasionally  in  the  participle,  D.sB  Judij.  4:21, 
p-irsn  Prov.  21:7,  T::X"j  2  Sam.  12:1,  4.  Prov.  10:4.  ^13  :  23.  n^axd 
despising  Ezek.  16:57,  28:24.  26,  to  be  distinguished  li-om  C"'i;J  nncing 
Ezek.  27:8,  26.  The  consonant  x  is  once  introduced  in  place  of  the 
omitted  1,  "^^5*.^  Zech.  14:  10  for  ■r^'^ ;  the  ancient  versions  favour  the 
assnrnplioii.  that  '^"^X3  Ps.  22:  17  is  in  like  manner  for  cns  piercing, 
though  tlie  most  recent  and  aliiest  exi)ositors  take  it  to  be  a  preposition 
and  noun  like  the  lion.     AlexaiuLer  in  loc. 

4.  The  accent  regularly  remains  upon  the  radical  syllable  before 
affixes  consisting  of  a  vowel  or  a  simple  syllable,  thoucrh  with  occasional 
exceptions,  e.g.  HKJ?  Lev,  18:28,  !i=n  Gen.  26 :  22,  siiib  Gen.  40:1.5.  ^nn 
Num.  13  :  32.  In  a  lew  instanct's  it  is  shifted  by  Vav  conversive  preterite, 
§100.2.  !i?5i  Obad.  ver.  16.  iiSDi  Am.  3:15,  nhi";  Isa.  11  : 2.  !in:i  Isa.  7:  19 
but  ixri  ibid.,  nx;!!  Zecii.  5:  4,  n:"5i  ibid.,  where  the  feminine  ending  is 
n  ^  instead  of  n  ^ ;  so  in  the  passive  participle,  nnlT  Isa.  59:5  for  nnii . 

§157.  1.  Hholem  is  in  a  few  instances  found  instead  of  Shurek  in  the 
construct  inhnitive.  xiij ,  t'i  Jndg.  3:25,  Dili,  nn:  and  nn: .  y-j  Isa,  7:2, 
elsewhere  5^3,  tir  Isa.  30:  2,  which  is  not  from  tjr.  ri*  Josh.  2:  16,  eise- 
wiiere -vij,  and  with  suf.  crii  Rzek.  10:  17.  "^lia  Ps.  71  : 6.  which  is  not 
th(!  participle  from  Hn  (Gcsenius).  "^nJ  viy  breaking  forth,  i.  e.  the  cause 
nf  it  Ps.  22:  10,  sec  Alexander  in  loc;  Gesenius  explains  this  form  as  a 
participle,  but  is  obliged  in  consequence  to  assume  a  transitive  sense 
which  nowhere  else  belongs  to  the  verb. 

2.  The  following  imperatives  have  Hholem,  "'"I'ix  Isa.  60:  1,  Ni2 ,  ttiia, 


§158  AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODH    VERBS.  ISO 

Tia   Mic.   4:10,    "idi^  Mic.  4:13.      With  parago^ic  n.    iriiip    or    nr^ip, 
nsn'j  or  nzV^.     Examples  of  the  feminine  plural,  nj^ap,  nj^i;. 

3.  The  ibilowing  futures  have  Hholem.  H"^^"^,  I'i'i^  Gen.  6 :  3,  elsewhere 
•Jin*;.  5103  Ps.  80:19,  Din^  and  O^n^ ,  ^''^^'!  where  the  Hhirilc  of  the  per- 
fect paradigm  is  lengthened  to  Tsere  under  the  preformative.  Examples 
of  the  feminine  plural  :  npxhn  and  naxnn .  nrbiiari.  nrkiirn  and  Zech. 
1  :  17  n:k^2ri  (in  some  editions  without  Daghesh),  nrilfn  and  n:ncn, 
ns-ixri .  Pirsnan  Ezek.  13:19.  The  accent  is  shifted  and  Kamets  rejected 
from  the  preformative  upon  the  addition  of  a  suffix  or  paragogic  Nun,  the 
latter  of  which  is  particularly  frequent  in  this  class  of  verbs  both  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  future,  ■^321•:i^  'T^"^^^?. ,  ^''^.^^n,  D^-O?  -  r^''~^  ^r^l^n, 
nrsSFi  Ezek.  4:  12,  with  Daghesh  euphonic  in  the  i  which  is  omitted  in 
some  copies.  Apocopated  iuture :  ria^  .  mb^  and  "^'4?  •  '^^^-  YPk}-  ^''r'^^ 
cpi  with  the  accent  thrown  back  to  the  penult  np^  .  Future  with  Vav 
conversive:  n^fl  (in  pause  nt^]).  -uj^i  (::i!3^T).  ^^9^] ,  npfi ,  ypfv  ciri^i 
the  last  vowel  is  changed  to  Pattahh  belbre  a  final  guttural,  rs'i'l .  ni'jl, 
and  sometimes  before  "i  or  after  an  initial  guttural  iT^i  but  iJ^i.  wj^^^  he 
was  wearij.  7\S'^1  hejlfw,  Oni?!!  j  the  vowel  of  the  prelbrmative  is  likewise 
changed  to  Pattahh  in  WFi:  Job  31  :  5,  ar^l  I  Sam.  14:  32,  'Ji'JT}",  1  Sam. 
15  :  19  but  ::?);t  1  Sam.  25  :  14. 

§158.  1.  The  verbs  which  exhibit  peculiar  Ayin  Yodh  forms  in  Kal, 
with  unimportant  exceptions,  either  do  not  occur  in  the  Hiphil  or  retain 
the  same  signification  in  both  these  species.  This  has  led  some  gram- 
marians to  entertain  the  opinion  that  these  are  not  Kal  but  abbreviated 
Hiphil  forms,  while  others  suppose  that  the  Hiphil  in  these  verbs  is  a 
secondary  formation,  and  has  arisen  from  the  Kal  future  having  the  form 
of  the  Hiphil.  Only  three  examples  occur  of  quiescent  Yodh  in  the  Kal 
preterite,  rii-'"i  Job  33:  13  (nrn  Lam.  3:58),  Tira  Dan.  9:2  ('in:?  Ps. 
139  :  2)  ci-^'-^n  Jer.  16  :  16.         '  " 

2.  The  following  verbs  have  "^  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative.  '^3 
to  understand,  Ty'i  (once  "'Ha  Mic.  4:  10)  to  break  forth,  b'ri  (once  h^T* 
Prov.  23  :  24  K'thibh)  to  exult,  V^  (once  ■ii^  Gen.  6  :  3)  to  judge,  "f^  to 
lodge,  S""n  to  contend,  n-^iu  to  muse,  D-iib  (once  clib^  Ex.  4:11)  to  pid, 
iyb  (once  csiira^  Isa.  35  :  1)  to  rejoice,  "i"'U:  (once  ^c;;  Job  33  :  27)  to  sing, 
T-^'li  to  place;  hm  or  b"in  to  twist,  writhe,  has  both  Yodh  and  Vav.  To 
these  are  to  be  added  'n'^i  Jer.  4  :  3,  Hos.  10:  12,  na-;n  Ps.  71  :  12  K'thibh, 
K'ri  iTiin  as  always  elsewhere  ;  y^i^"^  to  iirge,  Y''^'^  to  flourish,  T''^^  to 
wander,  are  in  the  Hiphil  according  to  Gesenius  :  but  as  the  corresponding 
preterites  are  not  Hiphil  but  Kal,  and  there  are  no  other  forms  of  the  Kal 
future,  they  might  with  equal  propriety  be  regarded  as  Kal  futures  of 
Ayin  Yodh  roots  ;  the  second  of  them  is  so  regarded  by  Ewald.  Apoco- 
pated futures:  ',4v  hi'^  and  h^'l,  3'^; ,  cib"; ,  ri;^.  ^bn  and  :i^n.  With 
Vav  conversive  :  ba^l ,  "jb^i .  nb^T ,  -,30]  ,  bnpl ,  nsp"; ,  irni .  With  para- 
gogic Nun  and  suffixes  :  "(l^"'?'^,  T'l'"'nf?;  B'5''*^?-     Feminine  plural :  njbin. 

3.  The  infinitives  show  a  stronger  disposition  to  adopt  Vav  forms. 
Yodh  is  only  retained  in  the  following  absolute  infinitives:  ')"'3  Prov. 23:  1, 
r^i  and  na,  b^a  Prov.  23:24  K'ri  (b-.a  K'thibh),  a^n   Jer.  50:34,  else- 


190  ETYMOLOGY.  §159,100 

wIhtc  ~"i  .  Coiistriict  infinitives:  '^"h .  ''b  Gen.  21:23.  olseulicre  'lb', 
r-'n  once  =11  Jndjr.  21  :  22  K'tliil.li.  rrb  and  nri.  n-ib  Job  2n  :  4.  2  Sani. 
]A:7  K'ri.  eUewliere  wa,  "rii:  1  Sain.*18:(j  K'ri  (K'tliihfi  -.-r),  n-'U; , 
also  will)  sill"  •b'^n  Dcut.  25:4,  elsewhere  Cl^ .  In  the  difficult  verse 
Hos.  7:4  "^"SO  has  been  varioiiPJy  explained,  as  llie  Kal  infinitive  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  "(13  or  as  the  Hi|)liil  participle.  The  only  certain 
in.-jtitnce  ol"  a  Kal  passive  participle  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  i.s  nrsb  2  Sam. 
13:32  K'ri  (K'tliibh  m:^u;)  ;  some  explain  C'C  Num.  24 :  21.  Obad.  ver.4, 
as  u  passive  ])articiple.  others  as  an  inlinitive. 

4.  Ayin  Yodli  verbs  adopt  the  Vav  forms  in  nfl  the  derivative  species, 
e.g.  ^ri:23.  lii:.  "-"lir^^.  V^i^rn,  rirr ;  t^tj  cooked,  \.  e.  pottage,  is  the 
only  instance  of  u  Ni])lial  j)arliciple  with  Yodh. 

§159.  1.  Examples  of  the  Niphal  preterite:  5i^: .  aid;,  ')'"'C2 .  nis:; 
the  accidental  HhiriU  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  preserved  in  5":23  by 
means  of  Uagliesh-lbrte  in  the  first  radical  ;  in  "ii".3  it  is  lengthened  to 
Tsere  belbre  the  guttural;  iti  :  ""c:  Jer.  48:  11  the  radical  1  is  rejectetl, 
which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  an  Ayin  doubled  verb.  Iidlected  forms  : 
nj-iz:  (part.  lem.  niia:).  Ji=:3 ,  iis^j ,  ^'^^■'^},  ^ibisD,  ■'rJ^o: .  'rhz: ,  cr-::-E: , 

2.  Infinitive  absolute:  bi^n .  Construct:  bl^sn,  niibn ,  with  n  re- 
jecft  d  after  the  preposition  ~'N5  Job  33:  30,  §91.  b;  once  it  has  Shurek, 
t"1^n  Isa.  25:  10.     Imperative,  "pin    >V-)zn. 

3.  Future:  •'iSV  "Jia^,  h'.'n'! ,  ",1:7  Ps.  72 :  17  K'ri  (K'thibh  y:^),  ^r.'h . 
r-p.   -i<;;i,  iirit;:,  nisv    Participle:  "lirp,   Tiisj ,  n-i-ED.  n-.rc: ,   n-'-:^: , 

§  160.  1.  The  short  vowel  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  in  a  ivw  instances 
preserved  in  the  IIii)liil  by  doubling  the  first  radical,  thus  T7i"':n  and  n-:.n. 
n-'cn  and  rfbn ,  V-i-Tn ,  r^': ,  v^. )  '""^  T-l !  "'"'b'^  ''^''J  "J!!"  2  Sam. 
22 :  33. 

2.  Hiphil  preterite  inflected:  n;r-i:n,  >i:^=n.  I""^"  and  ^f-ri.  with 
syllabic  affixes :  r'rrn  .  riir-'^n ,  ri^-'ini  and  n":'" .  ^^-i.-'-i^n^  and 
crr~ri. .  cr'"''^;H,  ■'ria-EnV  or  when  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural. 
^mn'^rn,  rn'rn  and  nnnrn,  or  without  the  inserted  Hholem.  PEin. 
Tinrn  and  ""rii^-'in  .  iirzn  and  sj-ii'rn .  cjnxrtTi^  and  crifrn.  "prn  and 
cn^n,  §G1.  4.  a.    With  suffixes,  li'^n.  t^7"0\),  '^v^^^J,  '-^"'^^..^  "inxi^n^ . 

3.  Tliphil  future  inflected:  t:''=V  'i-'^n,  feminine  plural  nirfcpi , 
n:r"'pn,  n:i:Tin.  With  Nvui  parairoLric  and  suffixes:  •,rti"'r'^.  cr'rv 
Apocopated  future  :  "I'l:';  .  =::";.  rkl .  n-/;  .  With  Vav  conversive  : 
r-^'l,  r:»V  c;?'|>i,  irsi  and  'I'rXI.  if  the  last  radical  be  a  guttural.  S'T^V 
Pi:'i.  r.n^^,  or  X,  NZ^"  once  N*-']  and  once  X^il- ^ ;  upon  the  reception 
of  a  suffix  the  vowel  is  restored  to  its  original  length.  C^'^'CT]  ,   IHEfr^. 

4.  Pliphil  infinitive  absolute:  ::in .  rrn.  rfrn  once  cpn  Jer.  44  :  25 ; 
ronstru<-t.  b-in  .  n^in,  Z"brj .  z^pr, ,  with  suffix  "'^■'-in.  T^-i-'on,  Cr."!:"^"?,, 
CrC'^rn  and  once  with  a  feminine  termination  nD:ri.  Isa.  30:  28. 


§161,162  LAMEDH    ALEPH    VERBS.  191 

5.  In  a  few  instances  ii  is  found  in  the  Hophal  before  Daghesh- forte  or 
Sh'va,  nn-^:n  Zech.  5:11.  n:72  Ezek.  -11:9,  11  but  nbiin  Lam.  5:5,  and 
in  some  eilii'ions  C]?."!  2  Sam.'  23:1.  '.h'O'j  Job  41:1,  ^ifirn  2  Sam.  21:9 
thoufili  otiiers  read  cpn  ,  ;  bi:"!,  iih'an  . 

§  161.  1.  Tlie  following  verb.?,  which  are  only  found  in  one  or  more  of 
the  three  reduplicated  species,  double  the  middle  radical  either  as  Vav  or 
as  Yodh,  viz. :  3;^n  to.render  liable.  h'l'S  to  do  wickedly.  ifis  to  blind,  ris 
to  pervert,  vkv  to  cnj  for  help,  ^^If^^r}  Josh.  9:12,  ^T^^^-i  Josh.  9:4  ;  so 
also  c^p  fut.  D^p^  and  n^i'p^  iny  fut.  'nnisJ'^ ,  which  have  quiescent  Vav 
in  other  species,  and  nin ,  which  has  consonantal  Vav  likewise  in  the  Kal. 

2.  The  following  omit  the  quiescent  in  the  Piel  and  double  the  result- 
ing biliteral,  bsbs  to  sustain,  r^-'huznx:  Isa.  14:23.  r\b'ch-ji-o  ]^n.  22:17 
T?!^!^  Hab.  2:7,  ''iisifS':  Job  16:  12  but  j'ib':  Jer.  23:29,^  -pnp  Nuni! 
24:17  and  "ip"ip^  Isa.  22:5.  ""Sirvcri  Isa.  17:]' I;  : 'i^yi'^  Isa.  15:5  is  (or 
'^P^-IV:,  §57.  i;  \ibt^  Job  39:  3  is  perhaps  for  ^bsbi'^  'from  bqj.  comp. 
"DX  Ps.  139:8  for  p?05< .  §SS.  though  Gesenius  conjectures  that  it  is  an 
erroneous  reading  for  =ii>'b:;b  from  rsiis .  The  only  Hit!i()ael  Ibrmed  by  a 
like  reduplication  is  bnbrtrn  Esth.  4  ;  4,  elsewhere  bSinpn  . 

3.  Other  verbs  double  the  third  radical  in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael.  Ex- 
amples of  the  feminine  plural :  n:"7"i"i:jn.  nsbipn,  '.njajiTsm.  n::;i:rrrpi. 
Hliolem  is  ciianged  to  u  before  the  doubled  letter  in  the  contracted  form, 
^S^i2^1  Job  31 :  15  for^  'I2.:?i'="::' ,  §61.3.  Fiirst  explains  >i3^rrin  Isa.  6  1  :  6  as 
in  like  manner  for  iDWT^ni .  while  Gesenius  makes  it  a  Kal  future,  used  in 
this  single  instance  in  a  transitive  sense,  cbo^ia  Am.  5  :  11  is  probably  a 
variant  orthography  for  DDCOia  ,  §  92.  6. 

4.  The  following  are  the  only  examples  of  the  Pual  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs, 
viz.:  With  1  doubled,  nb'ri  Eccles.  1:  15,  cififinia  Jer.  22:  14.  Redupli- 
cated biliteral,  1^=b3  1  kin.  20:27.  The  third  radical  reduplicated,  h^'Tl 
to  be  born,  :!i::i3  Ezek.  28  :  13.  Ps.  37  :  23,  n3:!:i:i-ri  Ps.  75:  1 1  and  c'-ci':i2 
Neh.  9:5,  VV~^-;  Isa.  16:  10,  ^lESi^^  Job  26:  ll',  rsriir^i  Ezek.  3S  :  8.    ' 

5.  trsTiiiiisn  Jer.  25  :  34  is  an  anomalous  preterite  from  ]"1D  to  scatter, 
with  n  prefixed  and  inflected  after  the  analogy  of  Niphal ;  some  copies 
have  the  noun  CD/'niuiEn  your  dispersions. 

In  ■'naan*.  Ezek.  36:  11  for  "^nb-jni  from  ma,  Tsere  is  retained  under 
the  prefix  as  though  the  word  were  from  the  related  Pe  Yodh  verb  -W"^ , 
e.  g.  •'Fia-J'^ri'l .  On  the  other  hand,  in  inp^sni  Ex.  2:  9  from  pi;  ,  Tsere 
is  rejected  as  though  it  were  from  an  Ayin  Vav  verb. 


Lamedh  Aleph    (Kb)  Verbs. 

§162.  1.  Alepli,  as  the  third  radical  of  verbs,  retains  its 
consonantal  character  only  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  n^2f^ ,  is^i^n . 


192  ETYMOLOGY.  ^ 1C3 

2.  At  the  end  of  the  word  it  invariably  quiesccs  in  tlic 
l)receding  vowel,  §57.2.(2),  N'rs  ,  i^k-Q ,  s-^iian  .  If  this 
vowil  be  Pattahh,  as  in  the  Ival  and  Niphal  preterites  and 
in  the  Pual  and  llophal  speeies,  it  is  in  the  simple  syllable 
lengthened  into  Kamets,  §  59,  Nil?  for  xi^a ,  siis:  for  si^:: ; 
so  likewise  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative,  where  55  as 
a  guttural  requires  a,  si's?  for  xi^;' ,  a^^  for  si^  .  A  like 
prolongation  of  Pattahh  to  Kamets  occurs  before  medial  s 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  C'J^^f'a, 

3.  AYith  the  single  exception  just  stated,  medial  s?  quiesces 
in  the  diphthongal  vowel  e  before  syllabic  affixes  ;  thus,  in  the 
first  and  second  persons  of  the  preterites  of  the  derivative 
species  in  Tsere,  risi'a? ,  insSTan ,  in  the  feminine  plurals  of 
all  the  futures  and  imperatives  in  Seghol,  r.:s^72r\ ,  ":ssia . 

a.  This  I?  may  firise  from  the  diphthongal  preferences  ofx,  §60.  l.rt(5). 
or  it  may  he  horrowcd  I'rom  the  corresponding  forms  of  Mb  verbs,  between 
which  and  sb  verbs  there  is  a  close  alTinity  and  a  strong  tendency  to 
mutual  assiiuihilion.  In  Chaldee  and  Syriac  no  distinction  is  made  be- 
tween them. 

§103.  This  class  of  verbs  is  represented  in  the  follow- 
ing paradigm  by  S5S12  to  find ;  the  Piel  and  Ilithpael,  though 
wanting  in  this  verb,  are  supplied  from  analogy.  The  Pual 
and  1  lophal  are  omitted  because  they  are  of  rare  occurrence, 
and  they  present  no  peculiarities  but  such  as  are  common  to 
the  other  species. 

a.  In  their  ordinary  inflection  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  differ  from  the 
perfect  paradigm  in  the  vowels  only. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedii  Aleph  Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

niPHiL. 

llITIii'AKL. 

Pret.  3  m. 

T     T 

jii.:: 

^k'2 

^•i";n 

s^ii'^rn 

3/ 

T    :    IT 

T   :    :  • 

r^^-i'^ 

T      ■    ;     • 

rikTzT- 

2  m. 

T        T    r 

T        *■    :  • 

T              ••      • 

rsk^zT^n 

2/ 

T    r 

r.si'^D 

r^ll'n 

r.^'4i2n 

n^-s^^nn 

Ic. 

T     T 

-n^r;: 

'T}^k'2 

^n^^r^n 

■rv^:?^'^nn 

Phir.  3  c. 

:   IT 

^i^r::: 

^i^:i12 

^^':^i2ri 

^ikscrn 

2  m. 

T    : 

nt)^--^'2: 

nn^rj 

Dnj^r^n 

sn^^S'^nn 

2/ 

t^i 

-r)^5rJ3 

1^)^^^ 

■jsni^r^ri 

'p^^r'^r* 

1  c. 

r.^k-2 

r    T 

r.^'k'p. 

r,^k-2 

^:^r;n 

^rj5S°;nri 

Inpin.  ^JsoZ 

.     J^ii-^ 

^^^•22 

ikk'2 

^r^riri 

1 

C(??is'r 

^'i'j 

^ii'i2n 

•'     T      • 

«^'^ 

^■r;n 

s^^-^nri 

FuT.  3  m. 

T    :  • 

"     T  ' 

^^'i^": 

i^-r;: 

ti^'zn' 

3/. 

^^ii'^n 

^'4=^ 

t^-r^n 

^TzrT) 

2  TO. 

T    :     • 

••     T      • 

^!;^=^n 

t<^-:^:2n 

j^-S'^nr. 

2/ 

\^r2n 

■^iki^/sn 

-^:2»Pi 

-^-r^n 

^^^i^^nn 

Ic. 

T    :    V 

«::^^ 

L^r;^ 

^5-::^::^ 

^5S".:r.^ 

PZwr.  3  7?^. 

^wsrj;' 

^5^'J:"/3^ 

^kTT 

^^■^:^°r 

^xs'^n-' 

3/ 

T        V    ;      • 

T             V     T        • 

rr.i^^rTi 

rz^Tzn 

n:j^.iStirn 

2  TO. 

^j?r;n 

^^^i2r\ 

^ik-2'2V) 

^i^-r^n 

'^kiS'::^^ 

2/ 

T        V    :    • 

iri:^5i:-2n 

n:^T2r\ 

1 

r;:^5r^rip 

1  c. 

T     ;  • 

••     T  • 

«^"^? 

!^'-?'-23 

.^^■^ra 

Impee.  2  TO. 

^t2 

••     T      • 

mi2 

^r;n 

m-T^r^i 

2/ 

^5<rj 

•:i^:i:'/2n 

^k-1'2 

"i'^^L! 

'k^'zrri 

Plur.  2  TO. 

^kT2 

:   IT  • 

^k^T2 

^^•"k-^Ti 

^m-2vn 

2/ 

T        V    ; 

T             V     T      • 

r;:^^-^ 

M:xr;n 

ri:^T2Tri 

T       ■.•—:• 

Part.  Act. 

^^*^. 

i^-r2'2 

!j5"rr5 

i!^k-2T'2 

Pass. 

^^irj 

^-?^? 

13 


193 


191  ETYMOLOGY.  §164,165 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs. 

§161.  1.  Vorbs  having;  Tsfro  ns  their  prrniul  vn\v(>I.  §8:2.  1.  n.  rrlnin  it 
in  the  firat  uiitl  secoiui  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite.  rs<^^,  rS'::; .  Tx':b. 

2.  Quiescent  K  is  ocrasionally  oiin'tlet]  frnm  the  body  of  llie  word, 
e.  g.  Kal  |)ret.  ■'r^^  Job  1  :21  ibr  Txi;,  "^rs":  Num.  11:11.  -'rrs  Judg. 
4:  19.  T"]?^  Job  32:  18.  !i:3  1  Sam.  25:8  Ibr  !i:x2:  fut.  n:-£n  and  nj^ibn  ; 
rk^  Deut.  28:57  part.  feiu.  sing,  for  rxk^  ;  rrrq-q  Job  41:17  for  "rx"^'^ 
const,  inf.  with  prep,  and  suf.  from  KwJ .  Niph.  pret.  crrn:  Josh.  2:  16. 
cnraa  Lev.  11:43.  Oiiant  K,  §16.  1,  may  in  like,  manner  lie  drojiped 
from  the  end  of  the  word  after  quiescent  Vav  or  Yodh.  e.  g.  ""::n  Gen. 
20:6  for  NVJn  .  isji  1  Kin.  12:12  lor  N•ii^^  ^-jnn  2  Kin.  13:6.  "i^n" 
Jer.  32:35,  ":;  Ps.'l41:5.  "U:  Ps.  55:16,  "ix  1  Kin.  21:29,  Mic.  Irls" 
"2'2  2  Sam.  5:2.  and  in  three  other  passages;  "^rin  Ruth  3:15  is  Hiph. 
imj)er.  fern,  for  "^Jf^n.  §62.2. 

3.  The  vowel  following  X  is  in  a  few  instances  given  to  a  preceding 
voweUess  consonant,  and  the  X  becomes  otiant  or  quiescent.  §57.  2  (3), 
xri"3  Ps.  139:20  for  ^^C}.  xrir  Jer.  10:5  for  ^x':;:"',  ix-i^  imp.  for  ^ix-;":, 
XS''  Eccles.  10:5  Kal  part.  fern,  for  J^XSV  cxin  1  Sam.  14:33  for 
c-x'jH,  cx-ita  Neh.  6:8  Kal  part,  with  suf  for  cx'7'3,  JiXQ-j?  Ezeiv.  47:8 
for  *X3*3;  and.  on  the  contrary,  quiescent  X  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel 
of  the  preceding  consonant  in  "X^p  Ex.  2:20  Kal  imp.  lor  r;s~;?  and 
nrxs   Cant.  3:11  for  n:xk    from   xi; . 

4.  Finnl  X  resumes  its  consonantal  cliaracter  upon  the  addition  of 
pufll.ves  "X"^*3.  receiving  (_)  before  Tj,  nr  and  "2.  in  consequence  of  which 
a  pn^'ious  Tsere  or  Sh'va  is  converted  into  Pattahh.  §60.  ].  ^xr: .  ~x_;"vU, 
T^s-in.  Tjxnan,  tixni?  Pi.  inf.  crx"?::,  nrx:it  Kal  inf  for  c:x^:i-2.  §61.  I.e. 

5.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  mostly  retained  before  sufTixes  and  para- 
gogic  n,  Tjs-.i':'^,  nxE-i  Ps.  41:5.  i^X~rr^^,  I  Sam.  28:  1'),  but  nxic:  Isa. 
56:  12.  Tsere,  is  rcjerted  f^XSX  Neh.  2:13,  2  Chron.  1:10,  or  retained 
only  in  pause  !  nx^  Judg.  9:29. 

§165.  1.  He  is,  in  a  few  instances,  substituted  for  X,  ficn  Ps.  60:4  for 
XD"^,  !"'t:"v!  Jer.  19:  11  (^ir  XE-n.  nc;  Ps.  4:7  Ibr  xii'? .  §3.  1.  a,  rirj  Jer. 
49:10  for'xinj,  ninri  l  Kin.  22:25,  2  Kin.  7:12  Ibr  xirin  ns^'i  Job 
8:21  for  x'^tdv' 

2.  Sometimes  x  remains,  but  the  vowels  are  those  of  tib  firms,  "rxps 
Ps.   119:101   fijf  T^^S,  ^~P   Eccl.  8:  12,  9:  18.  Isa.  05:20  Ibr  X'j'n ,  XC3 

1  Sam.  22:2.  Isa.  24:' 2,  Nii-a  Eccl.  7 :  26,  xi*3  1  Kin.  9:11,  Am.  4:2  Pi. 
pret.  for  XU53,    X2^  Ps.    113:3  fir  X2T  .  XS-2    Jer.  5I:;;4   for  xf-?,  "'PXB'l 

2  Kin.  2:21  for  T5<B"} .  i:xE-)  Jer.  51:0  for  >i:xB-i.  "xra"'  Job  39:24  for 
-xr57.  x^sn  Deut.  28:59  Hiph.  pret.  fjr  X'VrH ,  ^V''^  Ps.  135:7  Hiph. 
part,  const,  for  X'^i'i'O  from  xri^  ;  to  wiiich  maybe  added  rt:''X«n  Ezck. 
23  :  49    nrxSfin  Jer.  50  :  20,  with  "^  inserted  as  in  n"b  verbs. 


§  1C6-168  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  195 

3.  Sometimes  the  nb  form  is  adopted  both  in  consonants  and  vowels. 
S15T3  Ezek.  28:16   for  ^ixb^.  ^i^  1    Sam.    6:10,  ^h    Ezek.  39:26,  ■':r;3 

1  Sam.  25:  33  for  "'Dnxbs/nri^'Ruth  2:9  for  r.xiri ,  n^D-^  Gen.  23:6  Ibr 
NB37,  ns'^B-in  Job  5:  IS  lor  n:.XEnri  comp.  Jer.  8:11,  51:9,  2  Kin.  2:22, 
■'Vi"?  Ps.  32:1  for  nw: ,  r-'a;  Jer.  26  :  9  for  PX33 .  n"'a3nn  1  Sam.  10:6, 
riainn  l  Sam.  10:13,  Tin-^^fon  2  Sam.  3:8,  n^a:i'lsa.'29 :  7  for  n^Nas; 
nijTTa  Ezek.  8  :  3  is  by  some  interpreters  tjiought  to  be  for  S<''ip^  pruroh- 
ing  lo  jealousy,  and  by  others  explained  in  the  sense  of  the  fi'b  verb  selling' 
(Israel  to  their  foes). 

§166.  1.  The  3  fern,  preterite  has  the  old  ending  Pi^,  §86.  b,  in  nxin 
Ex.  5:  16  Ibr  nx'jn,  nxn;^  Deut.  31  :  29.  Isa.  7:  14.  Jer.  44:23,  nxin  Ge'n^ 
33:11  Hopb.  froni  Nia'  nx^DD  Ps.  118:23  (rxBsD  Deut.  30  :  ll' 'is  the 
feminine  participle),  to  which  the  customary  ending  tn^  is  further  added 
in  nnxbsj  2  Sam.  1 :  26.  nnsann  Josh.  6:  17  for  nxiann. 

2.  A  feminine  termination  n^,  n,  or  as  in  fib  verbs  ni,  is  occasionally 
added  to  the  construi^t  infinitive,  e.  g.  Kal,  nx'a::.  nx'i'^,  niib,  vn'^p  from 
Nnj3  ?o  wee^  distinguished  from  iA->p_  and  n'lxnp  Judg.  8:1  from  N'';;?  to 
call,  ns^ia  and  rM<i-q  never  xlJri.  rxib  Prov.  8:13,  with  suf  inii-jn 
Ezek.  33:12.  Niphal,  irxasn  Zech.  13:4.  Piel,  nix^ia  and  i<'^^", 
itixsp  2  Sam.  21  : 2;  nis^-a  Ezek.  17 :  9  is  a  Kal  inf  const.,  formed  as  in 
Chaldee  by  prefixing  a. 

3.  There   are  two  examples  of  the   Niphal   infinitive   absolute,  N"ip3 

2  Sam.  1  :  6  and  xi^an  Ex.  22  :  3:  the  analogy  of  the  former  has  been  re- 
tained in  the  paradigm  for  the  sake  of  distinction  from  the  construct.  Piel 
infinitive  absolute:  N2p,  xsn,  sna.     Hiphil  inf.  abs. :  X^sn  ,  xtji"! . 

4.  The  Hiphil  future  with  Vav  conversive  commonly  has  Tsere  in  the 
ultimate,  thougli  Hhirik  also  occurs  N^prnv  xjr'1 ,  xan^l ,  Nanni.  N3T1 
and  xii':;,  wSa^i,  once  ifa;;!  Ezek.  40  :  3,  and  once  X-^a^T  Neh.'S:2. 

5.  Kamets  sometimes  occurs  in  the  ultimate  of  the  Hithpael  future, 
X">gDni  Num.  23:24  but  s'^^a^rn  Ezek.  29:  15,  so  N-Jnn^ ,  Naa^ ,  w\^Qnn, 
;"px^^n7;  more  rarely  in  the  preterite,  nxaan, 

§167.  1.  The  following  are  the  only  Pual   forms  which  occur.  Pret. : 

Jixa -I ,  si.xan ,  xVp .  Fut. :  ni"}-; .  Part. :  xs-na ,  nxri-j^ ,  o-^xbTsia ,  nik^pri. , 
nixS-jia,' with  suf  ■^s-ibo  . 

2.  The  following  are  the  only  Hophal  forms:  Pret.  ^ixann,  nxrinn, 
Na^in,  nsan,  nnxan,  ^ixain,    Fut.:  Na*i-',  ixaii.    Part.:   xaiii,  nx^sia . 

3  For  the  anomalous  forms,  nnxiaPi  Deut.  33:  16,  Tinxiatn  Job  22:  21, 
nxan  1  Sam.  25  :  34  (K'thibh  -^nxan),  see  §88  (sing.  3  fern.)  ' 


Lamedh  He  (nb)  Verbs. 

§  168.  In  these  verbs  the  third  radical,  which  is  Yodh  or 
Vav,  does  not  appear  at  the  end  of  the  word  except  in  the 


19G  ETYMOLOGY.  §169 

Kal  passive  participle,  e.  g.  "'^^5 ;  in  all  other  cases  it  is  re- 
jected or  softened,  the  resulting  vowel  termination  being 
usually  expressed  by  the  letter  n,   §11.  1.  «. 

In  the  various  preterites  n  stands  for  the  vowel  a,  and 
is  hence  pointed  n  ^  . 

In  the  futures  and  participles  it  stands  for  t-,  and  is 
pouited  n   . 

In  the  imperatives  it  stands  for  t,  and  is  pointed  n_ . 

In  the  absolute  infinitives  it  stands  for  o  ore;  in  the 
Kal  it  is  pointed  ri ,  in  the  lliphil  and  llophal  n  „ ,  in  the 
Niphal  and  Piel  n'  or  n_ .  There  are  no  examples  in  Pual 
and  Ilithpael. 

The  construct  infinitives  have  the  feminine  ending  ni . 

a.  \\\  this  class  of  verbs  tlie  Yodh  (brms  have  almost  entirely  siiper- 
scdeil  those  witii  Vav.  The  latter  are  coiifinet]  to  the  construct  infinitive 
where  ri,  occurrinsr  in  all  the  species,  is  best  explained  by  assuming  1  to 
be  radical  (comp.  nixn  Ezek.  28:  17  as  an  alternate  ol'  riin)  and  to  a  few 
other  sporadic  cases,  viz. :  a  single  Kal  preterite,  Ti'bd  Job  3  :  25.  the 
reduplicated  forms  of  three  verbs,  i^^x^ ,  ^ina^,  n^inndn,  and  the  pecu- 
liar form,  -.'f'^x  Isa.  16:  9. 

h.  In  the  Kal  preterite,  Yodh  is  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous 
vowel  Pattahh,  §57.  2.  (5).  which  is  then  prolonged  to  Kamets  in  the  sim- 
ple syllable,  "ba  for  "'b?. .  As  Pattahh  is  likcAvise  the  regular  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  in  the  preterites  of  Niphal  and  llophal,  and  occasionally  appears 
in  Piel.  §  92.  c.  and  Hitlipael,  §96.  6.  tiie  final  Karnetsof  these  species  may 
be  similarly  explained.  The  ending,  thus  made  uniform  in  the  other 
species,  passed  over  likewise  into  the  Hiphii  preterite,  which  it  did  the 
more  readily  since  a  belongs  at  least  to  some  of  its  persons  in  the  perfect 
verb.  Yodh  is  in  like  manner  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous  Hholem 
of  certain  infinitives,  while  it  leaves  the  homogeneous  Tsere  of  others  un- 
modified. 

c.  The  futures,  imperatives,  and  participles  nf  certain  of  the  ispecies 
have  (?  as  the  normal  vowel  of  their  ultimate;  in  this  Yodh  can  quiesce, 
leaving  it  unchanged.  Those  of  the  other  species  (except  the  Hiphii, 
which  is  once  more  attracted  into  conformity  with  the  rest)  have  or  may 
have  a  in  the  ultimate  ;  this,  r^jmbined  with  the  ?  latent  in  "',  will  again 
form  e..  In  the  future  this  becomes  e  (..)  in  distinction  from  the  ending  e(..) 
of  the  more  energetic  imperative  ;  and  the  absolute  is  distinguished  from 
the  construct  state  of  the  participle  in  the  same  way. 

§169.  1.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a 
vowel  the  last  radical  is  occasionally  retained  as  "^ ,  particu- 


§  170  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  197 

larly  in  prolonged  or  pausal  forms,  n^^cn ,  ^'^cn ,  :  'jl'^crii .  ^ 
is,  however,  commonly  rejected  and  its  vowel  given  to  the 
antecedent  consonant,  ^^5  for  'i^ba ,  'i^>n  for  "'^.^^^ ;  in  like 
manner  the  preterite  3  fem.,  which  in  these  verbs  retains  the 
primary  characteristic  ri^ ,  §86.  d,  tri'js,  for  rrjbs ,  to  which  is 
fnrther  appended  the  softened  ending  n  ^ ,  thus  nnbs ,  in 
pause  "rta . 

a.  The  n^  of  the  3  fern.  pret.  is  frequently  explained  as  a  second  fem- 
inine ending  added  after  the  first  liad  lost  its  significance  in  the  popular 
consciousness.  It  might,  perhaps  with  equal  propriety,  be  regarded  as 
paragogically  appended.  §61.6,  comp.  such  nouns  as  nr^'iiC"',  nnV? , 
np7;"<x ,  in  order  to  produce  a  eol'ter  termination  and  one  more  conformed 
to  that  which  obtains  in  the  generality  of  verba.  Nordheimer's  explanation 
of  the  n  as  hardened  from  n,  nnby  for  l^«7^^.  labours  under  the  double 
difficulty  that  there  is  neither  proof  nor  probability  for  the  assumption  that 
the  consonant  n  could  be  exchanged  for  n,  and  that  n  in  the  preterite  of 
these  verbs  is  not  a  radical  nor  even  a  consonant,  but  simply  the  represen- 
tative of  the  vowel  a. 

2.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a  consonant 
the  third  radical  "^  remains  but  is  softened  to  a  vowel,  so 
that  in  the  Kal  preterite  it  quiesces  in  Hhirik,  in  the  Pual 
and  Ilophal  preterites  in  Tsere,  in  the  Niphal,  Piel,  Hiphil, 
and  liithpael  preterites  in  either  Hhirik  or  Tsere,  and  in  the 
futures  and  imperatives  of  all  the  species  in  Segliol,  ri^?a, 

3.  Forms  not  augmented  by  personal  endings  lose  their 
final  vowel  before  suffixes,  e.  g.  ^3^^ ,  ^^5  from  ^55 ,  ^b;^i 
from  ru;^:" ,  *^f^n  from  ^i^^n.  The  preterite  3  fem.  takes  its 
sim{)le  form,  e.  g.  '=inri^a  or  w^5 ,  and  in  pause  ^ribs  . 

§170.  The  Lamedh  He  verbs  will  be  represented  by 
nSa  to  uncover,  reveal,  which  is  used  in  all  the  species. 


Paradigm 

OF  Lamedh 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PitL. 

Pjjet.  3  m. 

T    T 

nb'ro 

T  :  • 

T    • 

3/ 

|-ihbs 

T  :  IT 

T  ;  • 

2  7ft. 

r-bii 

T       •     T 

n-b'3: 

T    ••  :  • 

r?? 

2/ 

•    r 

J^'^f? 

r-bs 

Ic 

-n-ba 

•     •    r 

T"!?r'? 

T"?? 

PZwr.  3  c. 

^ba 

T 

^b:o 

^bs 

2  w. 

Cir!">S 

t^rj'bro 

t3i:"b? 

2/ 

■|n-b^ 

IT^f? 

)i:1? 

1  e. 

•     T 

^2'l?f? 

^:-b'^ 

Infix.  ^&wZ. 

nba 

T 

nb;o 

Con*^?*. 

nib's 

nibsn 

nibs 

Fdt.  3  7ft. 

nb'r 

nbr 

V     T    • 

^'h". 

3/ 

M.br^n 

nbi»n 

1  i.f^n 

2  7». 

nbrin 

V    T      • 

•^.r-'V^ 

2/. 

^l^fi^ 

^ban 

•    T      • 

^fer^ 

Ic. 

^b:<^5 

1  i^iAJS 

Mb:.s^ 

PZwr.  3  7». 

■^: 

T  • 

^b:r 

3/ 

nrb^n 

nrb'sn 

T    V  r    • 

J^rl^^ 

2  7?J. 

^"b:n 

Jib'nn 

T      • 

^b:.ri 

2/ 

M:"b:.n 

nrb'sn 

T      V    T     • 

ri-"_fr'n 

1  c. 

-.^5? 

»^K9 

ImPER.  2  7ft. 

nba 

•^jPi^^I 

•  1 

2/ 

4ii 

^ban 

•    T     • 

"fe 

Plur.  2  7n. 

^b5 

iibr-M 

T      • 

^h 

2/ 

T      •.-   T     • 

^i'% 

Part.  Act. 

nbii 

•  1 

Pass. 

^65 

r 

V  :  • 

198 


He  Verbs. 

PUAL. 

HIPHIL. 

nOPHAL. 

HITIIPAEL. 

-5? 

nb>:i 

T  ;    T 

nn^a 

nribrn 

T  :  ; 

nhbr^n 

nnbann 

T  :  —  :    • 

K-'n 

n-b':- 

r    ••  :    r 

^^y^rn 

n-:?3 

n^b'rv 

n^bbn 

••  :    T 

ri"i!r»pn 

■n-J? 

T^Sv 

-n^b':- 

•    •    :    T 

^n^^srn 

^, 

^H:<r; 

^b:- 

^bann 

ar;M 

tirj'b:" 

nn-b:.n 

cn^bsnn 

m^. 

ir)"^"»" 

10'??'^0 

■n^bsrn 

i;-5a 

^rbbn 

^:'fe«^n 

(ri^5) 

b-v — 

t  \^M  1 
••  :    T 

(n%r-) 

niia 

nib:<ri 

(nib';,r) 

nibarr; 

-.??: 

« 1 

nb':.- 

!^)^^r 

nV;n 

nb':<n 

Mb',-n 

V  :    r 

inbiirn   i 

n&ri 

5^.)'"*^ 

nb;«n  ■ 

V  :    r 

nb^rn 

'??i? 

^b':.n 

^b'3n 

^'ii^'^ 

"??? 

♦^.)';*^ 

nb':»^ 

V  :   T 

5^.V^'^^^ 

'% 

ii)T 

^br 

:  T 

%: 

~i^^ 

nrb'r.n 

nrb'^-n 

T     V  ;    T 

^r)'^^^ 

^%v\ 

'^b^n 

^b:*n 

^br>rn 

~}i^^ 

rirbb'n 

rirb;*n 

T     V  ;     T 

nrb'arn 

T    V  —  :    • 

~^?i 

^-^^ 

nb'ra 

•^.)'|r?v 

ji-'^n 

^%^^ 

wanting 

^fe 

wanting 

^y^^r^ 

iib'ann 

f^r.?''?^! 

j^.y^f"'^ 

^^ 

199 


200  ETYMOLOGY.  ^171,172 


enORTENED  FUTURE  AND  IMPERATIVE. 

§  171.  1.  The  final  vowd  !i ..  is  rejected  from  the  futures 
uhcn  aj)oco})ate(l  or  when  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  The 
concurrence  of  final  consonants  thence  resultmg  in  the  Kal 
and  Iliphil  is  commonly  relieved  by  inserting  an  unaccented 
Seghol  between  them,  §01.2,  to  whicli  the  preceding  Pat- 
tahh  is  asshnilated  in  the  Iliphil,  ^G3.  2. «,  the  Ilhirik  of 
the  Kal  either  remaining  michanged  or  being  lengthened  to 


Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable. 


KAL. 

NIPDAL. 

PIEL. 

HirniL. 

niTUPAEL. 

Future. 

^i^l 

nSr 

nxo 

!^?;0 

5^^^^"' 

Apoc.  Fut. 

^^"^ 

or    b;\^ 

^' 

i^ 

"^i 

k^-! 

Vav.  Conv. 

'i^^T 

or   ''^'^h 

b^T 

^^T 

^?^T 

biin^i 

2.  The  final  vowel  n  is  sometimes  rejected  from  the  im- 
perative in  the  Piel,  Iliphil,  and  Hithpael  species,  e.  g.  Pi.  % 
for  f.^a,  Iliph.  b.)n  for  nhn,  Hith.  b^nn  for  n?5nn. 

Remarks  on  Lamedh  He  Verbs. 

§172.  1.  Kal  preterite  :  The  third  person  feminine  rarely  occurs  with 
the  simjilo  ending  n^ ,  nbs  Lev.  25  :  21,  rfn  2  Kin.  9 :  37  K'tliibh  ;  so  in 
the  Hiphil,  :2^hn  Ezek."24  :  12,  nk-in  Lev.  26:34,  and  Hophui,  r^jn 
Jer.  13:19.  Yodh  is  occasionally  retained  before  asyllabic  atlixcs.  '""^on 
Ps.  57  : 2,  the  only  instance  in  which  tiie  feminine  has  the  cndinir  usual  in 
other  verbs,  rcn  Deut.  32  :  37,  siiij  Ps.  73  :  2  K'ri ;  so  in  the  imperative, 
9irix,  sfra  Isa.  21:12;  future,  "I'l'^S^": ,  *i'''^;3"',  "P'^'J!!;,!! .  "(l'"'or!,"!  •  "''''n^"?, 
?"'^Ci,v'  .■^''^■7^-  "i.\?7"';  '\'VT^  ^"'rr^  ^■'nx;,  Niphai' preterite'.' r-JJ.  p'icl 
future,  ■p'lann,  sna-JoD^,  Hiphil  future,  "(V-'an,  imperative,  rrn  for  rpxn  . 

2.  Infinitive:  Vav  is  sometimes  written  for  the  final  vowel  of  the  infini- 
tive absolute  instead  of  n,  "133.  i?5,  lan,  "inn,  inio .  id?.  ":;r .  ixn.  in'r, 
and  in  a  few  instances  the  feminine  termination  is  added.  ri5X .  nix^, 
nind.  There  are  also  examples  of  the  omission  of  this  ternn'nation  from 
the  construct  infinitive,  ntJ?  and  id?,,  nip,  nx"?,  irniJ ;  once  it  has  the 
form  ni.Ntn  Ezek.  28  :  17. 

3.  Future  :  There  are  a  very  (^w  examples  of  Tsere  as  the  last  vowel 
of  the  fiiti!r(\  nx-in  Dan.  1:13.  nirrn  Josh.  7:9.  nirri  .losh.  9:24, 
"'"■rvv?  J^'""-  17:  17;  eo  in  the  Piel,  nb;n  Lev.  18:7  11'.;  and,  on  the  other 


§173        REMARKS  ON  LAMEDH  HE  VERBS.         .'201 

hand,  tliere  is  one  instance  of  an  imperative  ending  in  Seghol,  viz.,  the 
Piel,  n?";  Judg.  9:29.  The  radical  "^  remains  and  rests  in  Hhirik  in 
i-iTni  (3  fern.)  Jer.  3:6,  in  the  Hiphil,  "^riTsn  (2  masc.)  Jer.  18:23,  and  in 
the  Kal  imperative,  "'pn  (2  masc.)  Isa.  26:20.  Yodh  appears  once  as  a 
consonant  hefore  a  suffix,  ''?1'.rj)^,!!!!)  Job  3 :  25,  and  once  beibre  n  paragogic, 
n^Tsnx  Ps.  77:4,  which  is  very  rare  in  these  verb.s,  but  perhaps  displaces 
the  final  vowel  in  ni'UN  Ps.  119  :  117,  and  the  Hithpael,  ri'JP^q:  Isa.  41:23. 
In  a  few  instances  '^  is  restored  as  a  quiescent  betbre  suffixes.  iS'^^'ri^  Hos, 
6:2,  ■'p'sn  1  Kin.  20:35,  "i^^fe?";  Ps.  140:10K'ri.  cn^NSX  Deut.  32  :  26. 
Examples  of  the  feminine  plural:  nrs^n  ,  njSnn ,  ^T'>';R] ,  nr]??.!!)! , 
nj-'i?:?)  and  n|?.?;fD  • 

4.  The  future  of  a  few  verbs  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  con- 
versive  simply  drops  its  last  vowel,  either  retaining  Hhirik  under  the  per- 
sonal prefix  or  lengthening  it  to  Tsere,  t^C'^]  ,  2^'?],  T\^'!'.^  ■  '^~'?^  •  ^'■^'^  j 
rid;fT ;  so  in  the  Pe  Nun  forms,  T^;;  and  fsi  ,  u^  ,  and  Pe  Yodli  rii'l ,  with 
Pattahh-furtive  under  the  first  radical  of  the  Pe  guttural,  'nn'-;,  §  17.  .  or 
the  vowel  of  the  personal  prefix  changed  to  Pattaiih.  §60.  1.  PN^l,  X"i;;T 
but  X'l'i; ,  Xinv  Most  commonly  Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concur- 
ring consonants,  TD^I,  ■d'^,  bs^.  -inv  bD-i  and  bsn,  yc}^,  '?'!!  and  lEni, 

^i^}.-  "r.'V  "'1^'?!))  ^H!'!'!!;  ""i^!  •'^fd  '~}'^1,  ^H.V -,  y^kj -,  ^'7.J.2^  ^''rXll-  ^^.i,  or 
Pattahh  if  one  of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  §61.  2;  thus,  in  Ayin  gut- 
tural verbs,  ^113*1,  «^?r] .  -"]!]  ,  -rn,  in  Pe  guttural  "|n'i  from  nin'i , 
§60.  1.  a.  (3),  in';i  from  frinv  or  with  the  additional  change  of  tlie  vowel 
of  the  prefix  to  Pattahh,  inni ,  tnn  fi-om  nTnn ,  "j^n;;!;  Irom  n^n;; ,  -irn]  , 
::r^l  Isa.  59:  17  (in  1  Sam.  15:  19.  14:32  K'ri,  this  same  form'  is  from 
Ws  or  a-ij,  §157.  3),  br^n ,  )y^_*,,  br*i.  The  rejection  of  the  final  vowel 
takes  place  frequently  even  in  the  first  person  singular,  which  in  other 
Verbs  is  commonly  exempt  from  shortening.  §99.  3.  a.  "EN; .  ^t'^NT  and 
ns-sx;;,  t^-M"",,  Tnx,  bi^NT,  "^xi.  brxi  and  f^ib2:i<V  In  a  few  instances 
the  final  vowel  is  retained  in  other  persons  alter  Vav  conversive,  e.  g. 
niijs-^l  I  Kin.  16 :  25,  t^ZT^I  2  Kin.  1:10,  nb^l  Josh.  19 :  50.  ns2n-,  1  Sam. 
1  :9,'  .-i^;"*1  1  Kin.  16:17,  i^it.T.1  1  Sam.  17:  42.  nns'l  2  Kin.  6:23,  •'Zt^ 
Deut.  32":  18  is  fut.  apoc.  of  n^^L'  as  "Ti^^  or  •^n^  of  n^n . 

5.  The  passive  participle  drops  the  final  "^  in  >1C2  Job  15:22  for  '^^h'S^ 
!liL"S  Job  41:25  for  ■stil'?,  and  fern.  plur.  nirjD  Isa,'  3:16  K'thibh  (K'ri 
ni'ii:?),  r\'i'i'o-S  l  Sam.  25:  18  K'thibh. 

§173.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  Yodh  may  quiesce  in  either  Tsere  or 
Hhirik.  though  the  former  is  more  frequent,  ri'^fs?  and  ''n''|53 ,  ri"_^53  and 
!ir'i5;3,  ^rrc-Ji:  and  'i:"''?::;,  ■'n-y-ra  and  ^3"'J:e3  . 

2.  Examples  of  the  infinitive  absolute  :  n'b53 ,  nb"i3 ,  i^frsri .  Construct : 
ni^sn  and  n-iiias ,  niisn,  nixnn  and  r\ik-}7i_;  with  suffixes,  ■in^'brn,  inibs-n, 
once  as  though  it  were  a  plural  noun,  cb">rjinTii  Ezek.  6:8,  so  the  Kal 
infin.,  "^r^isSl  Ezek.  16:  31,  once  with  a  preposition,  Tihh  Ex.  10:3. 

3.  Future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive:  ^>ri,  nbjini,  TEXi  , 
Vnri,  irrn,  X"i]^l.  "fs'.l,  and  in  one  verb  with  Pattahh  before  n,  n52';>] 
Gen.  7:23,  Ps.  109: 13,  though  some  editions  omit  the  Daghesh-forte  in  tlie 
former  passage,  thus  making  it  a  Kal  future. 


202  ETYMOLOGY.  ^74, 175 

§174.  1.  Pic'I :  Two  verbs,  PiS3  to  hf  hecomiiig-  n.nd  nn::  to  dr  a  to  {the 
bow).  h;iviii<^  u  iriittiiral  lor  their  secoml  riulifal.  d()ul)le  llie  third  instead, 
which  ill  tl\e  ro(iu[)licatioii  appears  as  Vav,  thoiigli  tlie  general  law  is  ad- 
hered to  rcqiiiriiig  its  rejection  from  tiie  end  of  the  word  and  the  substitu- 
tion of  tiie  vowel  letter  n.  The  only  forms  wiiich  occur  are,  of  the 
former,  the  preterite  nns:  Ps.  93:5,  V.x:  Cant.  1  :  10,  Isa.  52:7,  and  of 
the  latter  the  particijjle  plur.  constr.  ''in^'?  Gen.  21  :  16.  There  are 
three  examples  of  Hholem  inserted  after  the  first  radical,  §92.  6,  ^roid 
Isa.  10:  13  from  nod,  the  b  beinir  an  orthotrraphic  equivalent  for  O, 
§3.  1.  a,  and  in  the  infinitive,  ian,  Tin  Isa.  59:  13. 

2.  Ill  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite  ^  sometimes  qiiiesces 
in  Teere  ;  in  ail  the  other  persons,  however,  and  even  in  the  fir.-^t  sint;:u- 
lar.  when  a  eufiix  is  added,  it  invariably  quiesces  in  Hliirik,  ''r""2a  and 
•'n-'iJa,  ■'•T^p,  once  •'ri"'.-ip,  ''^n''^^  imil  "'^'''.7?  j  T^""^?)  ^''r'"'^?- 

3.  Infinitive  absolute:  rinp^  and  n'^p^.  n^S .  nisj ,  nb.  ian,  i-in.  The 
construct  always  ends  in  ni  witii  tiie  exception  of  n^3  also  ri'33 ,  and 
•'Sn  Hos.  6 :  9. 

4.  Future:  in  ""^"^X  Isa.  16:9  from  '"^"7,  the  second  radical  is  doubled 
as  '^,  §153.  1,  and  the  third  appears  as  1,  §56.  3.  aj  T^bax^  Ex.  33:  3  is 
for  Tj^sx,  §63.1.6.  With  Vav  conversive  :  hy^"^,  bb-ii ,  Gb']}.  ikii, 
^'pl\']  ■  "'?^^  ■  so  in  the  first  person  singular.  ^3XV  i^Si  ;  once  Pattahh  is 
lengthened  to  Kamets,  in^i  1  Sam.  21:  14;  so  in  pause,  iban  Prov.  25:  9. 

5.  The  imperative  has  Seghol  in  a  single  instance,  nsn  Judg.  9:29 
and  sometimes  drops  its  final  vowel  ba .  bn,  )-q  ^  D3 ,  i:i  and  n'lS . 

6.  Pual  infinitive  construct  with  suffix :  iriss  Ps.  132:1. 

§175.  1.  Hiphil  preterite:  The  prefixed  n  has  occasionally  Soghol, 
nbian  and  nb':n,  riihn.  J^-hsr\.  nxin.  r,-f-5<nn,  Yodh  may  quie.-^ce  in 
Hhiril{  or  Tsere.  n^'San,  "'n^san .  niiyn,  ^n'i:n .  Yodh  once  remains  as 
a  quiescent  in  the  3  niasc.  sing.,  ""bnn  I.^a.  53:  10,  and  once  in  the  3  masc. 
plur.,  ''"'h-cr}  Josh.  14:  8  for  ro'cn ,  §62.2. 

2.  Tlie  infinitive  absolute  has  Kamets  in  ■^2"i'1  by  way  of  distinction 
from  nain  and  ni-.n  Jer.  42:2,  which  are  always  used  advtMbially. 
Construct:  Tlie  prefixed  n  ha.s  Hliiril<  in  one  instance,  niipn  Lev. 
14:43  ;  nirnb  2  Kin.  19:  25  K'thihh  is  for  riNrnb  . 

3.  Tlic  future,  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  some- 
times siniply  rejects  its  final  vowel.  PE^  ,  X"!?!,  "^"jj.  h"i;!!>  ""l'^  from 
nn;;,  1'1  iiom  H^},  a*1  from  nbp,  r,^^  from  nil;  commonly,  however, 
Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concurring  consonants,  bs']  from  J^^x, 
§111.2.  a.  b.V'l,  •,t''»1,  Dian:,  irni,  "?!^  ="!!.^  ^''M-  "r  Pattahh  if  one 
of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  ~n^T,  m;n.  br'fl .  rr^V  Occasionally  the 
final  vowel  remains,  nbi^^l  i  Kin.  16:17.  18:42,  ns-n;)  Ezelc.  23:19; 
once  the  radical  ^  appears  quiescing  in  Hiiirik,  Tirn  (2  masc.  apoc,  for 
nrn)  Jer.  18:23.  The  retention  or  rejection  of  the  vowel  is  optional  in 
the  first  person  singular,  niiN"'  ,  nprsi  ,  nbxi  and  ~|X"i  from  n=3,  brxi, 
ax  from  n-J3. 


$176,177       REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  203 

4.  The  imperative  is  sometimes  abbreviated,  "a^n  and  -"ifi ,  nb'in 
and  Cjin ,  hvf}  for  n^J'ri ,  ~bn  and  'cr\ .  nsn  and  T\T}  ;  '^T}  (accent  on 
the  ultimate)  Ps.  39:14  is  lor  nyrn ,  the  same  word  Isa.  6 :  9  is  from 
SSW,  §  140.  5. 

5.  Hophal  infinitive  absolute:  rrnsn  Lev.  19:20. 

§176.  1.  Hithpael:  One  verb  nn'a  reduplicates  its  third  radical,  which 
appears  as  i,  ninndn  to  worship,  fut.  n'irin'r%  with  Vav  conv.  Jirntt:'''! 
for  ^nrrr^l,  §61.  2,  plur.  I'nnc';'] ,  infin.  ninndn ,  and  once  with  suf. 
T'^f".'i^^9  2  Kin.  5:18,  the  accent  being  thrown  back  by  a  following 
monosyllable.  For  the  inflected  participle,  cni^nnii;^  Ezek.  8:16,  see 
§90,  page  120. 

2.  In  the  preterite  "^  mostly  quiesces  in  Tsere  in  the  first  person  singu- 
lar, and  in  Hhirik  in  the  other  persons.  ■'ri''!ii<rn ,  "^n-'inBirn ,  n'>';nn'rn, 
cn^inncn.  n-irrnn.  n-'Qinn,  r-^nspn,  rr^rncn. 

3.  The  future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive :  ^5r>5 ,  CSr'^  , 
^nnn,  '?'!'1,  '"Iir'ri.  'iDirr';  or  with  Kamcts  in  the  accented  syllable, 
I'J^'!!.  "i-^'^P,  so  always  in  pause,  ^Hr'si,  :D2rn'i  Gen.  24:65. 

4.  Tlie  shortened  imperative  :  "lyr^Hj  ^'^T'l  • 

§  177.  1.  n*n  to  be,  fut.  '^'^p.^,  .  Hhirik  being  retained  before  the  guttural 
under  the  influence  of  the  following  Yodh,  whence  the  Sh'va.  thouo-h 
vocal,  remains  simple ;  so  in  the  inf  const,  with  prep.  n'i'''i"}3.  ni'^nls.  rTinra, 
though  without  a  prefix  it  is  rlTn .  once  n."^!!  Ezek.  21:15.  The  apoco- 
pated future  "^h-^  (in  pause  Ti^^)  and  with  Vav  conversive  ""Hi^i,  is  lor 
7<"i7 ,  the  vowel  of  the  prefix  returning  to  the  Sh'va  from  which  it  arose, 
§85.  2.  a  (1),  page  116.  when  the  quiescence  of  the  middle  radical  gives  a 
vowel  to  the  first.  The  same  thing  occurs  in  the  peculiar  form  of  the 
future  x!1!t;  Eccl.  11:3,  where  the  second  radical  appears  as  i ,  which  it 
sometimes  does  in  the  imperative,  n^n  and  nyn  Gen.  27 :  29  or  N'n  Job 
37:6.  and  in  the  participle  nSn  Neh.  6--6,  Eccl.  2:22,  fem.  n'^'^n  Ex  9:3. 

2.  trjn  to  live.  The  root  "^in  is  usually  inflected  as  a  Lamedh  He 
verb  pre t.  iT^H,  fut.  •^^^^,  apoc.  ■'H'^ ,  with  Vav  conversive  "'H'p,  though 
in  the  preterite  3  masc.  it  occasionally  takes  an  Ayin  doubled  form.  "H, 
e.  g.  Gen.  3:22,  5:5,  and  once  in  the  3  fem.  an  Ayin  Yodh  form  :  n';'n  Ex. 
1:  16,  or  it  may  be  explained  as  an  Ayin  doubled  form  with  Daghesli-lbrte 
omitted,  §25. 

3.  In  a  few  instances  N  is  substituted  for  the  third  radical  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  "^rsjcn  Ezek.  43:27,  xnx  Isa.  21:12.  sir;  Jer.  23:39,  Nin'i 
2Chron.  26:  15,  xsh  Prov.  1  :  10  from'nix  .  Nn*1  Deut.' 33:21  from  npjj', 
^^V.V-  2  Chron.  16:12,  Xj'd^  Lam.  4 :  L  N^Tl'  2  Kin.  25:29.  SSir^  Eccl. 
8:  l,"c^xbn  2  Sam.  21  :  12  K'ri  for  W^n.  W^k^hv)  Hos.  11:7,  Deut;'2S:  66 
for  C'^nbn,"  §56.  4,  D-'SniTsn.  !|.S'^*1  2  Sam.  ]l:'2i  from  rn"!  ;  the  vowels 
are  those  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  in  >i:rs  .Ter.  3  :  22  for  ^irrx  ,  ri3zr\  1  Kin. 
17:  14  for  nBrri,  nnp'i  Dan.  10:  14  for  n%p";  ;  and  the  full  Lamedh  Aleph 
form  is  adopted  in  N^ns^  Hos.  13 :  15  for  nns'] . 


CJi  ETYMOLOGY.  ^178,179 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs. 

§  17S.  A'crl)s  wliicli  have  two  weak  letters  in  the  root,  or 
which  arc  so  constitutetl  as  to  belong  to  two  different  classes 
of  iini)erfcct  verl)s,  commonly  exhibit  the  peculiarities  of 
both,  unless  they  interfere  with  or  limit  one  another.  Thus, 
a  verb  which  is  both  xb  and  n"^  will  follow  the  analogy  of 
both  paradigms,  the  former  in  its  initial  and  the  latter  in  its 
second  syllabic.  But  in  verbs  which  are  both  lb  and  nb 
the  1  is  invariably  treated  as  a  })erfect  consonant,  and  the  n? 
peculiarities  alone  preserved.  All  such  cases  have  been  re- 
marked u})on  individually  under  the  several  classes  of  verbs 
to  which  they  respectively  belong. 


Defective  Verbs. 

^179.  1.  It  has  been  seen  in  repeated  instances  in  the 
foregoing  pages  that  verbs  belonging  to  one  class  of  imper- 
fect verbs  may  occasionally  adopt  forms  from  another  and 
closely  related  class.  Thus  a  N5  verb  may  appear  with  a 
Tib  form,  or  an  I'y  verb  with  an  TJ  form  or  vice  versu.  The 
occurrence  of  an  individual  example,  or  of  a  few  examples 
of  such  divergent  forms,  may  be  explained  in  the  manner 
just  suggested  without  the  assumption  of  an  additional  verb 
as  their  source.  Sometimes,  however,  the  number  of  diver- 
gent forms  is  so  considerable,  or  the  divergence  itself  so  wide, 
that  it  is  simpler  to  assume  two  co-existent  roots  of  the  same 
signification,  and  differing  only  in  the  weak  letter  which  they 
contain,  than  to  refer  all  to  a  single  root. 

a.  Thus.  Nbs  means  to  shut  vp  or  rps/rain,  ami  mHs  to  be  Jinifihed: 
yet  a  few  n"?  forms  occur  in  tlie  sense  not  of  tlie  laUer  hut  of  the  Ibrmer 
verb.  Tliey  arc  accordingly  held  to  he  from  N^3 ,  but  assimilated  in  inflec- 
tion to  the  rib  paradigm.  On  the  other  hand,  N'^;?  means  to  call,  and 
rr^;?  to  meet;  but  so  many  ii'b  forms  are  found  witli  tiiis  latter  sifjnifica- 
tion  that  it  seems  necessary  to  assume  a  second  root  X"i;^  having  tiiat 


§180  QUADRILITERAL    VERBS.  205 

meaning.  The  verb  to  run  is  ordinarily  y'l'i  ;  but  X'ik'n  Ezek.  1:  14  is  too 
remote  from  an  IS  form  to  be  referred  to  tliat  root ;  hence  it  is  traced  to 
another  verb  NiST  of  the  same  sense.  No  clear  line  of  distinction  can  be 
drawn  between  the  cases  in  which  divergent  forms  are  to  be  traced  to  ii 
single  root,  and  those  in  whicii  tlie  assumption  of  a  second  is  admissible  or 
necessary.  This  must  be  decided  in  detail,  and  the  best  authorities  not 
infrequently  differ  in  their  judgment  ol"  particular  examples. 

2.  Where  two  verbs  exist  which  are  thus  radically  con- 
nected and  identical  in  signification,  it  not  infrequently  hap- 
pens that  they  are  defective  or  mutually  supplementary,  that 
is  to  say,  that  one  of  them  is  in  usage  restricted  to  certain 
parts  or  species,  the  remainder  being  supplied  by  the  other. 

a.  The  following  are  ex  iiiiplos  of  defective  verbs:  2i:3  /o  6e  ^oof/,  used 
in  the  Kal  species  only  in  the  preterite,  the  corresponding  future  is  irom 
-^^  ;  "^^  ^^^  pret.  to  fear,  the  fut.  and  imper.  from  ^li ;  p'i";  Kal  pret. 
and  inf.  to  spit,  fut.  from  pjrn  ;  "J'SJ  Kal  pret.  and  inf  to  break  or  disperse, 
fut.  and  imp.  from  yJiQ;  ?p53  Kal  pret.  to  be  alienated,  fut.  from  "p^ ;  irnb 
K.  pret.  to  be  a  prince,  fut.  from  ~lb  ;  23 n  Kal  pret.  and  inf  to  be  many, 
fut.  from  ri::^  which  is  used  throughout  the  species  ;  CJi^  Kal  fut.  to  be  hot, 
pret.  and  inf  from  CKn ,  which  is  also  used  in  the  iuture  ;  ybjl  to  counsel, 
borrows  its  Kal  imper.  ii-om  y^V  ;  y]?^  Kal  fut.  to  arcake,  pret.  from  the 
Hiphil  of  y^p,  which  is  also  used  in  inf  imper.  and  fut.;  2S3  to  place,  the 
reflexive  is  expressed  by  -S^rn  from  -^l"  ;  nnu  to  drink,  the  causative 
is  njTVlJri  from  f^j^^;  IK^iin  from  '6'2'^  is  used  as  the  causative  of  ri3  to 
be  ashamed,  as  well  as  ''^'''Zy} ;  "bn  to  go,  derives  many  of  its  forms  from 
T\?1 ;  *n'^  to  give,  is  only  used  in  the  Kal  imperative,  it  is  supplemented 
by  "(ri3  of  totally  distinct  radicals. 


QUADRILITERAL    VeRBS. 

§180.  Quadriliteral  verbs  are  either  primitives  formed 
from  quadriliteral  roots,  whose  origin  is  explained,  §  G8.  «, 
or  denominatives,  the  formative  letter  of  the  noun  or  adjective 
being  admitted  into  the  stem  along  with  the  three  original 
radicals.  The  former  class  adopt  the  vowels  and  inflections 
of  the  Piel  and  Pual  species,  while  the  latter  follow  the 
Hiphil. 

a.  The  only  examples  of  quadriliteral  verbs  are  the  following,  viz. :  Piel 
pret.  tir"iQ  he  spread..  Job  26 :  9,  where  the  original  Pattahh  of  the  initial 
syllable  of  the  Piel,  §82.  5.  b  (3),  is  preserved;  fut.  with  suf.  nsro'nr"  he 


iJOG  ETYMOLOGY.  §  181 

shall  mt.^te  it^Vs.  80:14.  Piial  prot.  'i^k'-^^  il  freshened,  3oh  33:25.  the 
Metlu'gli  and  tlie  Hhateph  Pattalili  IxMiiijr  used  to  iiiiiicate  tliat  the  Sh'va 
is  vocal,  arul  tliat  tlie  form  is  cquivaliMit  to  lis^l;  part.  CEOnxJ  scaled  njf 
or  resembling  scales.  Ex.  16:  14,  ii37-?  clothed.  1  Chron.  \d:27.  Hipliil 
pret.  1""'?Txn  '/"'//  *"/""/i'-  Isa.  19:Glbr  sin-'ijTsn  as  !1"1T:"3  for  'I'irrs.  de- 
rivL'd  iVoiii  n:'X  putrescent,  wliicli  is  simpler  tiian  to  make  it  with  Gesenius 
a  iloiil)li' or  anomalous  Hipliil  from  n:T .  §94.  a,  comp.  Alexander  in  loc. ; 
fut.  nb-x'crx  /  If///  turn  to  the  left.  Gen.  13:9;  '.b^xrin  Isa.  30  :  21.  part, 
cirx'sr'C  1  Chron.  12  :  2  from  bx^sb  the  left  hand,  elsewhere  reduced  to  a 
triliteral  hy  the  rejection  of  X ,  ^^^wnb  2  Sam.  14:19,  ■'b-'r'^^^ri  Ezek. 
21  :21.  To  these  may  be  added  the  form,  which  occurs  several  times  ia 
the  K'thii)h  ci-ssn^a  1  Chron.  15:24.  etc..  and  D''-n:ina  2  Chron.  5:12, 
for  which  the  K'ri  substitutes  c""isnT3  or  cnsnia.  As  it  is  a  denomina- 
tive from  n^sbin  a  trumpet,  it  has  been  suspected  that  the  form  first  men- 
tioned .should  he  pointed  ci-isisn'a  ;  the  other,  if  a  genuine  reading,  is 
probably  to  be  read  Cin-i:in'3  . 

Nouns. 

THEIR      FORMATION. 

§181.  Nouns,  embracing  adjectives  and  participles  as 
well  as  substantives,  may  be  primitive,  i.  e.  formed  directly 
from  their  ultimate  roots,  or  derivative,  i.  e.  formed  from  pre- 
existing words.  Those  which  are  derived  from  verbs  are 
called  verbals;  those  which  are  derived  from  nouns  are 
called  denominatives.  The  vast  multiplicity  of  objects  to 
which  names  were  to  be  applied  and  the  diversity  of  aspects 
under  which  they  are  capable  of  being  contemplated,  have  led 
to  a  variety  in  the  constitution  of  nouns  greatly  exceeding 
that  of  verbs,  and  also  to  considerable  laxity  in  the  significa- 
tions attached  to  individual  forms.  But  whatever  complexity 
may  beset  the  details  of  this  subject,  its  main  outlines  are 
sufficiently  plain.  All  nouns  arc,  in  respect  to  their  forma- 
tion, reducible  to  certain  leading  types  or  classes  of  forms, 
each  having  a  primary  and  proper  im])ort  of  its  own.  The 
derivation  of  nouns,  as  of  the  verbal  species,  from  their 
respective  roots  and  themes  calls  into  requisition  all  the  expe- 
dients, whether  of  internal  or  external  changes,  known  to  the 
language,  §  09.  Hence  arise  four  classes  of  nouns  according 
as  they  are  formed  by  internal  changes,  viz.  : 


§182,183  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  207 

1.  The  introduction  of  one  or  more  vowels. 

2.  The  rednplication  of  one  or  more  of  the  letters  of  the 
root.     Or  by  external  changes,  viz. : 

3.  The  prefixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  root. 

4.  The  affixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  end. 

a.  The  mass  of  nouns  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitives  and  not  as  de- 
rived from  their  cognate  verbs.  Many  roots  are  represented  by  nouns 
alone,  without  any  verbs  from  which  they  could  have  sprung,  e.  g.  ax 
father,  y},^,  earth.  And  where  verbs  of  kindred  meaning  do  exist,  it  is 
probable  that  they  are  not  tlie  source  or  theme  of  the  nouns,  but  that 
both  spring  alike  directly  from  their  common  root,  as  T|^^  to  reign,  and 
T)^^  kivg  from  the  root  ~^^ .  Since,  however,  these  roots  or  elemental 
themes  are  destitute  of  vowels,  and  consequently  are  incapable  of  being 
pronounced  in  their  primitive  or  abstract  state,  it  is  customary  and  con- 
venient in  referring  to  them  to  name  the  verb  which  though  a  derivative 
form  has  the  advantage  of  simplicily  and  regularity  of  structure,  and  is 
often  the  best  representative  of  the  radical  signification.  Accordingly, 
Tj^.o  king  may  be  said  to  be  derived  from  the  root  ~r"?  io  reign,  tliat  is,  it 
is  derived  from  the  root  "j^^  of  wiiich  that  verbal  form  is  the  conven- 
tional designation,  §68. 

b.  Infinitives,  participles,  nouns  which  follow  the  forms  of  the  secondary 
or  derived  species,  §  187.  2.  a,  and  some  others,  are  evidently  verbals. 
Most  nouns  of  the  fourth  class,  as  well  as  some  others,  are  denominatives. 

Class  I. — Ko^ins  formed  hj  the  insertion  oftotcels. 

§182.  The  first  class  of  nouns,  or  those  which  are 
formed  by  means  of  vowels  given  to  the  root,  embraces  three 
distinct  forms,  viz. : 

1.  Monosyllables,  or  those  in  which  the  triliteral  root 
receives  but  one  vowel. 

2.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  second  is  the  principal 
vowel  and  the  first  a  pre  tonic  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

3.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  first  is  the  principal  vowel 
and  the  second  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

1.   Triliteral  Monosyllables. 

§183.  The  formative  vowel  may  be  given  either  to  the 
second  radical  'jpp ,  b^bp ,  bibp ,  brop ,  or  to  the  first,  'ptfp , 


20S  ETYMOLOGY.  §181 

b'j^ ,  TC'p;  in  tlio  latter  case  an  unaccented  Segliol  is  coni- 
inonly  interposed  between  the  concurring  consonants,  §G1.  2, 
to  wliicli  a  i)receding  Pattahh  is  assimilated,  §63.  2.  a,  Vjp , 
b-jp,  b-jp.  Forms  thus  augmented  by  the  introduction  of 
an  auxiliary  voavcI  are  termed  Segliolates. 

a.  In  this  and  the  following  sections  ^::p  is  used  as  a  representative 
root  in  onlor  more  conveni(>ntly  to  indicate  to  the  eye  the  formation  of  the 
ditVerent  classes  of  nouns.  No  root  could  be  selected  which  would  alford 
examples  in  actual  use  of  the  entire  series  of  derivative  forms;  bap  has 
but  one  derivative  b::p  slaitghler.  and  this  only  occurs  in  Obad.  vcr.  9. 

b.  As  i  6.  and  u  rarely  or  never  occur  in  mixed  accented  syllables.  §  19, 
they  are  excluded  from  monosyllabic  nouns.  Every  other  vowel  is,  how- 
ever, found  with  the  second  radic-al,  thus  a.  '^V'O  a  little  prop,  paucity, 
tiz'^  lioiiei/.  "23  man;  a,  b'X  strength.  iri3  tcrilini^,  iNiIJ  residue;  e.  cid 
shoulder.  n:o  bush;  e.  bb^  hoirliug,  ~X3  grifj'.  -XT  a  wolf;  especially  f. 
0,  and  u.  uliioh  occur  with  greater  frequency  than  any  others.  When  the 
first  radical  receives  the  vowel.  I  and  u  are  likewise  excluded,  inasmuch  as 
they  rarely  or  never  stand  before  concurrent  consonants,  §61.4.  Few  of 
these  nouns  remain  without  the  auxiliary  Seghol  X'^5  a  valley.  Nyr 
vanity.  NL:n  sin,  "nnb  spikenard,  M'l'p  truth.  Kamels  is  only  found  before 
Vav,  §63.  2.  a,  rna,'  and  in  pause,  §65,  irs,  on3. 

c.  When  the  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  there  is  a  concurrence 
of  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  is  sometimes  relieved 
by  prefixing  X,  §53.  1.  a,  with  a  short  vowel,  mostly  e,  §60.  1.  a  (5).  but 
occasionally  «,  y'z:iit.,  finger  for  ris .  23'rx  lattice,  a:3X  belt,  Sinyx  and 
?i'^t  arm,  birnx  and  bi"2n  yesterday. 

§184.  These  nouns,  standing  at  the  first  remove  from 
the  root,  express  as  nearly  as  possible  its  simple  idea 
either  abstractly,  e.  g.  b-ibs  emptiness,  biDtc  bercavemeuf,  T^ry 
strencjih,  p'J^  righteousness,  "iti?  help,  ^y^  greatness,  or  as  it 
is  realized  in  some  person  or  object  which  may  be  regarded 
as  its  embodiment  or  representative,  ^"^ia  lord  from  ^ia  to  he 
inightg,  tl"":^,  man  from  tJisj  to  he  sick,  b^ia  houndarg,  tfc: 
libation  pro}),  jjouring  out,  p''??  vatleg  prop,  depth,  y^n  vine- 
gar  prop,  sourness. 

a.  That  the  position  of  the  formative  vowel  befiire  or  after  the  second 
radical  does  not  materially  affect  the  character  of  the  form,  appeans  from 
the  following  considerations:  (1.)  The  sameness  of  signification  already 
exhibited,  and  which  may  be  verified  in  detail.  (2.)  The  occasional  ap- 
pearance of  the  same  word  in  both  form.s,  e.  g.  "^i^  and  "^2a  man.  vqi 


§185  FORMATION    OP    NOUNS.  209 

and  yi23  plaJit,  n\k  and  N-iHs  prison,  ina  and  'ina  i/mmb,  r\yi  and  inniSJ 
brightness.  (3.)  The  concurrence  of  l)otli  forms  in  the  Kal  construct  infi- 
nitive VJp  and  n^aj?,  §87,  ''S::]^  and  cisb-jp .  (4.)  The  fact  that  Segho- 
lates  may  arise  aliive  from  bip  and  b::p ,  §61.1.6.  (5.)  The  cognate 
languages ;  monosyllables  in  Arabic,  whose  vowel  precedes  the  second  radi- 
cal, answer  to  those  whose  vowel  succeeds  the  same  radical  in  Aramsean, 
and  both  to  the  Hebrew  Segholates,  e.  g.  "inr  servant,  Aram.  "i??. ,  Arab. 

5   0^ 

b.  The  presence  of  imperfect  letters  in  the  root  may  occasion  the  fol- 
lowing modifications: 

ji's  roots.  Aleph.as  a  first  radical,  sometimes  receives  a  long  vowel  (  _) 
instead  of  Sh'va  (J,  §60.  3.  c,  )^^^  fidelity  for  '{^iz^f. ,  niis  girdle  for  lilN  . 

5  Guttural  and  b  Gidlural.  If  the  third  radical  be  a  guttural,  Pat- 
tahh  is  substituted  for  the  auxiliary  Seghol.  §61.  2,  nab  confidence.  ?^0 
hearing,  "^a  height ;  if  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural,  the  preceding 
vowel  if  Hholem  remains  unchanged,  otherwise  it  also  commonly  becomes 
Pattahh  "i'i  young  man,  IJ'J  youth,  ins  y^ar  but  ini<  tent,  cnp  bread. 

''S  and  fs  roots.  A  vowelless  "^  or  3  is  in  a  ^ew  instances  rejected 
from  the  beffiiming  of  a  word,  §53.  2.  a,  b^ia  produce  for  bJin*;!,  1i^  famil- 
iarity for  Tib^ ,  Niib  elevation  for  N"*^"?,  "'H  lamentation  {or  ''hz .  particu- 
larly in  feminines  and  secondary  derivatives;  thus,  n7:n  ,  JTIjJ  ,  n:Ji; ,  Pt""] 
drop  an  initial  Yodh,  and  ^'2p ,  "'^"'3  an  initial  Nun.  Nun  may  also  ex- 
perience assimilation  when  it  is  a  second  radical,  v|X  anger  for  r)3j<,  0i3 
cup  for  0313 . 

IS  and  "^'J  roots.  In  Segholates  1  is  preceded  by  Kamets  b*?  (accord- 
ing to  Kimchi  bis  in  Ezek.  28  :  18)  wickedness,  ""in  midst,  unless  the  last 
radical  is  a  guttural,  ni-|  space;  "^  is  preceded  by  Pattahh  and  followed 
byHhirik,  b'^b  night,  'CV  eye.  These  letters  frequently  give  up  their  con- 
sonantal character  and  become  quiescent,  §57.  2.  Vav  is  rejected  in  a  few 
words  as  "^3  brand  for  "^^3 ,  ""X  island  for  ''^x ,  "i")  watering  for  ''IT,  §53.  3. 

rTb  roo/s.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  proper  final  radical  is  rejected, 
as  it  is  in  verbs,  and  the  final  vowel  written  rt,  as  rtJD  bush,  ri32  weep- 
'"oi  "^rSn  thought.  When  "^  appears  as  the  radical,  it  prefers  the  form 
•'33  weeping,  '^^'B  fruit,  "'bs  ve.isel;  1  retains  its  consonantal  character  in 
irD  winter,  ibb  quail,  or  it  may  be  changed  to  its  cognate  vowel  u, 
which  combines  with  the  preceding  «  to  form  o,  §62.  1,  1"''^  (for  d^ydu) 
ink,  ixn  antelope.  In  Segholates  1  quiesces  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (4),  ^iniu 
swimming  ibv  inia,  sina  emptiness;  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius  contains  the 
forms  Tib  garment,  iSp.  em/,  ibd  security,  but  these  words  only  occur  in 
the  plural  or  with  suffixes,  and  the  absolute  singular  is  quite  as  likely  to 
have  been  ^n^a ,  Ji:if3  ,  Jibu  . 

2.   TTie  main  vowel  in  the  ultimate. 

§185.  1.  The  second  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
with  one  of  the  long  vowels  in  the  second  which  is  its  prin- 
14 


210  ETYMOLOGY.  ^185 

cipal  syllable,  and  in  the  first  a  pretonic  Kamets,  for  which 
Tsere  is  occasionally  substituted  when  the  second  vowel  is 
Kamets,  thus  bbjp  or  b-jp  ,  rbp ,  b^b;: ,  b^i:;? ,  brjp .  • 

'2.  These  are  properly  adjectives,  and  have  for  the  most 
part  an  intransitive  signification  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  a,  B,  or  o,  and  a  passive  signification  when  it  is 
I  or  II ,  l^p  and  ftip  small,  )ir:'^/af,  t-h:  made  of  brass,  "T^na 
c/iosra.  Tliose  with  a  and  I  in  the  ultimate  are,  however, 
prevailingly  and  the  others  occasionally  used  as  substantives, 
and  designate  objects  distinguished  by  the  quality  which 
they  primarily  denote,  P^^  herbs  prop,  (/rcen,  lii?  sfro7i(/ 
drink  prop,  intoxicating,  lisp  leopard  prop,  spotted,  ^"'i^  and 
q^Dj:  f urban  prop,  wound  around,  T^is  gforg,  that  tchich  is 
fflorious. 

a.  Tlie  intransitive  adjectives  supply  the  place  of  Kal  active  partici- 
ples fo  neuter  verbs,  §90.  and  in  ^'S  verbs  they  have  superseded  the  regu- 
lar formation.  §153.  1.  CJ3  for  n*^;?.  Kal  passive  participles  are  verbals 
with  U.  This  formation  with  I  in  the  ultimate  is  adopted  in  several  names 
of  season.s.  -"'SX  Ahib.  the.  time  of  ears  of  corn,  Cj^px  ingathering  prop. 
the  being  gathered,  i^sa  vintage,  ^'n:^  pruning-time,  UJ"'nn  ploughing- 
time.  "i-^sj^  harvest,  Comp.  §  201.  1.  b. 

b.  Adjectives  with  0  commonly  express  permanent  qualities,  those 
with  e  variable  ones,  bi'ia  great,  bnj  growing  great ;  pjn  strong,  pin  be- 
coming strong ;  si"!)?  7!ear.  'y^p  approaching ;  pinn /rw/o/e,  pn^  receding. 
Hence  the  former  are  used  of  those  physical  and  moral  conditions  which 
are  fixed  and  constant,  such  as  ficrure,  colour,  character,  etc.,  Tpx  long, 
bss  ro7«»f/.  piss  deep,  !n-5  high;  cHit  red,  Tia  spotted,  "^pz  speckled.  pi~^ 
green,  "ip?  striped,  in^  white,  p"iia  baij.^TiV  black;  piriia  sweet,  iiha 
pure,  ttjinp  holy.  And  the  latter  are  employed  of  shifting  and  evanescent 
states  of  body  and  of  mind,  Nrs  thirsty,  zb"^  hungry,  y^b  sated,  C)?^ 
weary,  ^Zii  grieving,  ytn  desiring,  '^^n  fearing,  ^bv  e.rutting. 

c.  Tile  active  signification  asserted  for  the  form  Sil^r?  in  a  few  instances 
cannot  be  certainly  established;  t'V^  or  f  ip^  ybir/er.  is  intransitive  in 
Hebrew  conception  as  is  shown  by  the  construction  of  the  corresponding 
verb,  comp.  Lat.  ancupari,  aucupatus.  Other  alleged  cases  are  probably 
not  nouns  but  absolute  infinitives  of  Kal.  'jina  Jcr.  6  :  27  may  as  well  be 
rendered  1  have  set  thee  to  try  nsfor  a  trier  (of  metals)  ;  y^n  Isa.  1  :  17  is 
not  oppressor  nor  oppressed,  but  wrong-doing,  to  dStKcti',  see  Alexander  in 
loc. ;  and  even  p^bs  Jer.  22:  3  may  in  like  manner  be  oppression  instead 
ol'  oppressor. 

rf.  nb  roots  are  restricted  to  forms  with  i.  in  which  the  radical  "* 
quiesces,  "^"^'^  fresh,  ""is  ajfticted,  "'pz  or  X'pj  with  otiant  X,  §16.  ],pure; 


§186  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  211 

or  with  a  which  combines  with  it  to  form  e,  n  _,  ^"io  and  i'i'ya  Jield.  ns'j 
fair,  nxa  high;  in  a  few  nouns  this  final  vowel  is  dropped,  i"!  Jish  for 
tiii,  "iPi  mark  tor  nin,  y'v  trte  for  nks ,  *|2  son  for  n33 ,  ne  moutk  lor  n;;Q, 
unless,  indeed,  these  and  the  like  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitive  bilit- 
erals.  Vav,  as  a  final  radical,  may  be  preceded  by  a.  ^'iV  meek,  or  e.  ibd 
secure. 

3.   Ttie  main  'vowel  in  the  penult. 

§186.  1.  The  third  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
having  an  immutable  vowel,  mostly  Hholem,  though  occa- 
sionally Shurek  or  Tsere  in  the  first,  which  is  its  principal 
syllable,  and  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  second,  thus 
b'jip,  bbip,  yjip,  btjip,  bb^p. 

2.  These  indicate  the  agent,  and  are  either  active  par- 
ticiples, buip  hilling,  or  substantives,  Dnin  signet-ring  prop. 
sealer,  I'llisf  enemy,  one  practising  hostility,  b:?^tj  fox  prop. 
digger,  tj^"'?  hammer  prop,  pounder,  bpTi  morning  star  prop. 
shining  one. 

a.  A  number  of  nouns,  indicative  of  occupation,  follow  the  participial 
form,  which  thus  serves  to  express  permanent  and  professional  activity, 
*i)3ia  herdsman,  i^h  sailor  ])rop.  rope-handler,  ^"Ijin  ploughman,  "isi"'  potter 
prop,  former,  oiis  fuller.  )h'2  priest,  C"i3  vine-dresser,  ""nio  merchant, 
"ibio  scribe,  bbii  trafficker,  n^H  shepherd,  xbl  physician,  nj^n  dealer  in 
iingui-nts,  ^^'\  embroiderer,  "isitJ  watchman,  ^si^  porter  prop,  gate-keeper, 
BE"ii:J  judge. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  ?{  in  the  first  syllable  is  shortened  and  fol- 
lowed by  Daghesh-forte  conservative,  2aiS  and  353  pipe,  y'bia  /ji7. 

c.  5S  roo^s.  The  contraction  of  SS  and  the  quiescence  of  IS  roots,  by 
reducing  them  to  biliteral  monosyllables,  obliterates  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent the  distinctions  which  have  been  described  and  which  are  possible 
only  in  triliterals.  The  contracted  forms  which  arise  from  SS  roots  are 
2D,  20,  20,  20,  §183.6.  Of  these  20^220  belongs  to  the  monosylla- 
bic formation,  and  is  chiefly  used  of  abstracts,  "i2  purity,  21  nndlitude,  on 
integrity,  Vs  yoke  ;  and  20  =  220  to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables,  em- 
bracing adjectives  and  concrete  nouns,  Cn  perfect,  ^n  feast ;  while  20 
and  20  may  arise  indiff'erently  from  either,  po  rottenness  is  an  abstract 
noun  for  pp^ ,  but  Tj"]  tender  is  an  adjective  for  ~3^  ,  Kamets  being  com- 

•^ssed  to  Pattahh  before  the  doubled  letter,  comp.  §135.  3;  2b  heart  is 

he  dissyllable  22b,  but  "jn /araz/r  for  the  monosyllable  ."n. 

l"i"    and   "'"s    roots.     Nouns'  from   quiescent    15   and  "'J'  roots   may  be 

divided  into  three  pairs  of  forms.  r|^  ,  2"^  ;  C'p  ,  2"'"i  ;  nip.  2"'")  .     Of  these 

the  hist  pair  (with  the  exception  of  Kal  passive  participles)  belong  to  the 

primitive  monosyllabic  formation,   2"''l   strife,  2113  ^oof/?iess;  the  first  pair 


212  ETYMOLOGY.  §187 

to  tlir  first  pporios  of  dissylhihlcs.  ^"^  poor.  IT  proiid.  bs  God  prop,  the 
vii'jhtij  luif;  and  the  second  p;iir  niiiy  hclonir  to  cither.  ui''T  :=  tU'^T  poverty, 
p'>n  =  p;-i  eni-plij,  "px  =^'\]k  •'^''C^^A,  -^li  =  zr^  good. 

Class  II. — Nouns  with  reduplicated  radicals. 

§187.  1.  The  simple  form  proper  to  adjectives  is  ex- 
plained §185;  it  may  be  converted  into  an  intensive  by 
doubling  tlie  middle  radical,  retaining  the  long  vowel  of  the 
second  syllable  and  giving  a  short  7  or  ti  to  the  first.  This 
reduplicated  or  intensive  form  denotes  what  is  characteristic, 
habitual,  or  possessed  in  a  high  degree.  Adjectives  of  this 
nature  are  sometimes  used  as  descriptive  epithets  of  persons 
or  things  distinguished  by  the  quality,  which  they  denote, 
t^n  very  weak,  HJ^S  seeing  prop,  (having  eyes)  icide  open, 
Y^S%  righteous,  ^isa  viigJitg  man,  lisn  full  of  grace,  Q^nn 
merciful. 

a.  As  a  general  though  not  an  invariable  rule,  the  first  syllable  has 
Pattahh  when  a  pure  vowel  a.  I.  or  u  stan.ls  in  the  ultimate,  but  Hhirik 
when  the  ultimate  has  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  or  o.  Several 
nouns  with  0,  in  the  second  syllable  are  descriptive  of  occupations  or 
modes  of  life,  comp.  §186.  2.  a,  "lirN  htisbcmdman,  V^"^  Jisherinaiu  '\\'^  judge, 
dnn  (=:  w'nn)  workman,  na::  cook.  ri^73  seaman  (from  vib'O  sail),  bsD 
bearer  of  burdens,  ^^S  hunter,  rt'p  bowman.  2:^  thief,  not  a  mere  equiva- 
lent to  2:"ij  one  who  steals,  but  one  who  steals  habitually,  who  makes  steal- 
ing his  occupation. 

6.  Since  the  idea  of  intensity  easily  passes  into  that  of  excess,  the 
form  bap  is  applied  to  deformities  and  defects,  physical  or  moral,  c^X 
dumb,  "(Sa  hump-backed,  ^^n  (:=C'^n)  deaf,  "iJS  blind,  nsQ  lame,  vr\X> 
bald,  UJiSi"  perverse. 

c.  In  a  few  instances  instead  of  doubling  the  second  radical,  the  pre- 
vious Hhirik  is  prolonged,  §59.  a.  ilJiap  and  ^■172'^p  nettle  prop,  badly 
pricking,  "ni:"'P  smoke,  '^"ih''^::  the  Nile  prop,  very  black,  pib''^  prison, 
')"i'i''3  spark,  li'H"'3  battle,  f'ii"'?  spark. 

d.  The  following  double  the  third  radical  in  place  of  the  second,  nnns 
brood,  "|3>n  green,  "ijs.'d  (piiet.  n;iS3  comely  from  nx;,  the  last  radical 
appearing  as  1 ,  §  169.  b^iax.  feeble,  where  the  long  vowel  Tsere  is  in- 
serted to  prevent  the  concurrence  of  consonants. 

e.  SS  and  more  rarely  is  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  formed  by  their 
contraction,  bjba  and  bjbs  wheel  prop,  roller,  nnnn  frightful.  I""?"!!  girt, 
1pT;5  crown  of  the  head  prop,  dividing  (the  hair) ;  so  fem.  nbnbn  severe  jxiin, 
n?:jba  casting  down,  nbaba  skull,  ami  plur,  riyobo  baskets,  C^b^S  turning 


§  188  FORMATION  OF  NOUNS.  213 

■upside  down  from  nis  =:  1]S,  nixb^ib  (sing.  "^Hlb)  loops  and  ta'^Vlb  (sing, 
probably  nbnb  =:  iBjb)  winding  stairs  from  fl^b  =  lib  ;  a  root  bib  is  need- 
lessly assumed  by  Geseiiius,  Sometimes  tiie  harsh  concurrence  of  con- 
sonants is  prevented  by  the  insertion  of  a  long  vowel,  b:sbs  (const,  bsbs) 
cymbal  prop,  tinkling,  "li'i?  and  "i?!"'?.  slaik  naked,  totally  destitute.  b)?5|5 
despicable,  or  ihe  softening  of  the  former  of  the  two  consonants  to  a  vowel, 
§57.  1,  -^"is  star  for  3323,  niSwia  bands  worn  on  the  forehead  for 
msiiE;: ,  'J'lb'f?^]?  (with  tlie  ending  "ji  added)  ignominy  for  'pbirbp,  bra 
Babylon  for  bsba ,  or  its  assimilation  to  the  succeeding  consonant,  "23 
something  circular,  a  circuit  for  "'3"}3.  The  second  member  of  the  redu- 
plication suiTers  contraction  or  change  in  ni^l^J  chain  for  rTniU^lU  and 
^\rip.  floor  for  ^J?"}??. 

2.  Abstracts  are  formed  with  a  doubled  middle  radical 
by  giving  u  to  the  second  syllable  and  i  to  the  first,  pin 
folding  the  hands,  D^bizj  retribution,  yip©  abomination,  and 
in  the  plural  D"^i23  atonement,  D"^"7ips  commandments,  "S^Ty^ii 
divorce. 

a.  These  may  be  regarded  as  verbals  formed  from  the  Piel.  A  like 
formation  is  in  a  few  instances  based  upon  other  species,  e.  g.  Hiphil  ~lnn 
melting  from  ~r3 ,  ri^Er?.  cessation  from  the  is  root  51Q ,  Niphal  cbinSD 
wrestlings :  ccinp  when  derived  from  the  Niphal  means  repentings,  when 
from  tlie  Piel  consolations. 

c.  s':!  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  to  which  they  are  contracted,  "innn 
inflammation,  cirtisd  delight. 

c.  A  few  roots,  which  are  either  l"i'  or  i  <>uttural,  or  have  a  liquid  for 
their  third  letter,  double  the  last  radical  with  u  in  the  final  syllable, 
•(•i:i?.3  thorn-hedge,  "I^NS  (  =  -i!i-ind)  ruddy  glow,  C'^'naFi  upright  columns 
designed  for  way-marks,  nnnsd  horror,  n''E1EX3  adulteiies,  W^spzs.  ridges, 
also  with  o  or  I  in  the  last  syllable,  nrr^J  acquiescence,  b"bnp_  pasture, 
-ii'^JO  shower,  ■"^^^3  obscuration.  "i^"}Ba  (K'lhibh  miEO)  tapestry,  b"'"p''2n 
whence  "^b'bsn  dark.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  is  relieved  in  blbao 
(in  some  editions)  snail  by  Daghesh-forte  separative. 

§188.  A  few  words  reduplicate  the  two  last  radicals. 
These  may  express  intensity  in  general,  nip'nps  complete 
oj)ening,  n^£~nD^  very  beautiful,  or  more  particularly  repeti- 
tion, tfEOSri  twisted  prop,  turning  again  and  again,  p^p^t| 
slippery,  ^p'pp?  crooked,  ^'rbriii  perverse,  JlOSDS:  wicved  multi- 
tude prop,  gathered  here  and  there,  riinan^n  spots  or  stripes, 
tiins'isn  moles  prop,  incessant  diggers.  As  energy  is  con- 
sumed by  repeated  acts   or   exhibitions  and  so  gradually 


"214  ETYMOLOGY.  §189,190 

^vc'akcncd,  this  form  bccoincs  a  diuiiinitive  w  licii  applied  to 
udjc'i'tives  of  colour,  ffjianx  reddlah,  'p'^'^T,  (/reenish,  nnnnc 
blackish. 

(I.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  poflened  to  a  vowel  in 
nViiin  trumpet  for  nn^nsn,   and  probiibly  ^.!XJ<  Lev.  16:8  for  bTbtr  . 

b.  ■'S  roots  drop  tlieir  initial  radical,  Czn^n  gifts  from  -H^,  C">i<^s^ 
offspring,  issue  from  xk^ . 

Class  III. — Xouns  formed  by  prefixes. 

§  189.  The  third  class  of  nouns  is  formed  by  prefixing 
either  a  vowel  or  a  consonant  to  the  root.  In  the  following 
instances  the  vowel  a  is  prefixed  with  cl  in  the  ultimate  to 
form  adjectives  of  an  intensive  signification,  3T2S5  utterlij  de- 
ceitful, "^TDS  violent,  "jr^s  (in'jn-s)  jjerejuiial,  nits  (only 
represented  by  a  derivative,  §  91.  a)  very  foul,  fetid,  "pacs 
exceedi)i(jli)  (jvoss  or  thick  (applied  to  darkness,  Isa.  59  :  10), 
or  verbal  nouns  borrowing  their  meaning  from  the  Hiphil 
species,  ^^^T^5  memorial,  ^"Onx  declaration. 

a.  This  form  corresponds  with  JJ^il  the  Arabic  comparative  or  super- 
lative. Its  adoption  for  Hiphil  derivatives  corroborates  the  suggestion, 
§82  5.  6  (2).  respecting  the  formation  of  the  Hiphil  species  and  the  origin 
of  its  causal  idea. 

ft.  The  letter  K  is  merely  the  bearer  of  the  initial  vowel  and  has  no 
significance  of  its  own  in  these  forms;  n  is  substituted  for  it  in  '2"ii 
(^bs-^x)  palace,  temple  prop,  veiy  capacious  from  bi'^  in  the  sense  of  its 
cognate  bl3  to  contain.  So,  likewise,  in  a  few  verbals  with  feminine  ter- 
minations, rnyiaqn  Ezek.  24:26  cajising  tohenr  used  for  the  Hiph.  infin„ 
§128,  nban   deliverance  from  bs3,   S^nsn  grant  of  rest  (i=nn^:n)  from 

c.  The  siiort  vowel  prefixed  with  X  to  monosyllables  of  the  first 
species,  as  explained  §  183.  c.  has  no  elTect  upon  the  meaning,  and  does  not 
properly  enter  into  the  constitution  of  the  form. 

§190.  The  consonants  prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nomis 
are  "a ,  n ,  and  "^ .  They  are  sometimes  ])refixcd  without  a 
vowel,  the  stem  letters  constituting  a  dissyllable  of  them- 
selves, ^b)?^  ,  ^i^CQ ,  bb'nn ,  n^sn ;  more  conmionly  they 
receive  li  or  1  followed  by  a  long  vowel  in  the  ultimate,  e.  g. 


§191  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  215 

a.  Pattahh  commonly  stands  before  e,  I,  and  u.  and  Hhirik  before  d  and 
0,  unless  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  or  an  assimilated  Nun.  when  Pattahb 
is  again  preferred,  ^^X'Q  food,  "i:^  planting,  ~iW'q  saip,  D^nn  a  species 
of  bird,  cbn|^  a  kind  of  gem.  Seghol  is  occasionally  employed  belbre  a 
guttural  or  liquid  followed  by  a.  §63.  1.6,  "il^nri  depth,  33*?'9  chariot, 
chj^hT2  pair  of  tongs.  These  rules  are  not  invariable,  however,  as  will 
appear  from  such  forms  as  n2T?a  .  13013  ,  ibp^  .  ^ip^^  ,  vj'ipr''?  .  A  few 
words  have  d  in  the  ultimate,  rVnia  harp,  p:no  strangling.  The  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-lbrte  separative  in  the  first  radical  is  exceptional,  "on^-q 
Ex.  15 :  17,  cV-iap  Job  9 :  18,  ninaa^  Joel  1 :  17. 

b.  "^"s  roots.  The  first  radical  appears  as  "^  resting  in  Hhirik  or  Tsere, 
"liia^^  and  "i'"^"^^  rectitude,  lUiTT)  new  wine,  "^"'n  south,  or  as  l  renting 
in  Hholem  or  Shurek,  "i^?!^  appointed  time,  ^O^na  correction,  ""vUin  sojourner, 
njiin  sorrow.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  rejected,  ^iPl  world,  or  assimilated 
to  the  following  radical,  J"2^  bed,  yn^  knowledge. 

•^S  and  ''S  roots.  The  root  is  reduced  to  a  monosyllabic  biliteral  by 
the  quiescence  or  rejection  of  the  second  radical,  the  prefix  receiving 
Sh'va.  "isia  citadel,  ch73  sound  place,  ciiin  ocean.  Cip7  living  thing,  or 
more  commonly  a  pretnnic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  lix^  luminary,  ")i"i^  ,  T^"}^ 
and  '(TO  strife,  7'i^'3  race,  -"'S^  adversary.  The  feminine  form  is  almost 
always  adopted  after  n,  nsvan  salvation,  nia!l".Pi  oblation. 

SS  roots.  The  root  is  mostly  contracted  to  a  biliteral  and  the  vowel 
compressed  to  a,  a,  e  or  o,  §61.  4.  the  prefix  sometimes  receiving  Sli'va 
which  gives  rise  to  a  Segholate  form,  §61.  1.  b.  DSTa  tribute  for  OS'S,  iria 
bitterness  for  "i^^a,  bsF)  defilement  for  ^SR,  "1^  ^ear  for  ~i^ ,  ""in  ?»as^ 
for  ")~in ;  more  frequently  it  receives  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  "0^ 
covering,  '.;i^  shield,  fivo  fortress,  "i^'Q  anguish.  In  pt"^  running,  the 
short  vowel  of  the  perfect  root  is  preserved  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte  in 
the  first  radical,  n  is  almost  always  followed  by  the  feminine  ending, 
nbnn  yb/Zy,  n^nn  beginning,  nbsn  prayer. 

nb  roots.  The  ultimate  has  n  ,  fiinia  disease.  n>"n3  pasture,  which 
is  apocopated  in  a  few  words,  hvjo  lifting  up.  bria  higher  part,  '"h  and 
■jS^  on  Gcco?/«f  q/^  and  always  disappears  before  the  feminine  ending  n^, 
§62.  2.  c,  f^^?,'?  ascent,  <"iillT3  commandment,  t^"pFl  /jope,  <^x^n  weari  less. 
Before  the  feminine  termination  n  the  final  radical  appears  as  quiescent 
"I  or  1 ,  n^a^Pi  interest,  r>i:TO  whoredom,  m^nri  encamjnng,  T\'^'S')'q  padure. 
Yodh  is  retained  as  a  consonant  after  u,  D^^briTD  diseases. 

§191.  The  letter  'a  is  a  fragment  of  the  prononn  '''a 
who  or  n^  ichat.     Nouns,  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  denote 

1.  The  agent  who  does  what  is  indicated  by  the  root,  as 
the  participles,  §84.  5,  formed  by  an  initial  'a,  and  a  few 
substantives,  ^''iuJia  didactic  psalm  prop,  instructor,  ^^ 
(from  bs:)  <?//«/*  prop,  tohat  falls  off. 

2.  The  instrument  bi/  ichich  it  is  done,  nj??'?  /-ey  from 


i21G  ETYMOLOGY.  §192 

nnD  to  open,  *Tabtt  ^oad  from  "TO^  to  learn,  "^^  saw  from 
"ir:  to  saw. 

3.  The  place  or  time  in  Schick  it  is  done,  f]%YQ  altar 
from  nsT  to  sacrifice,  V?7^  lair,  "{3^^  brick-kiln,  ^Tt""^  period 
of  residence . 

4.  The  action  or  tlic  quality  tchich  is  expressed  by  the 
root,  TOrcii  slaughter,  "lEC''?  nioiirniny,  •''^7'?  sickness,  "H'P 
e/vo/-,  "iTi""'^  straif/lttness.  Verbals  of  this  nature  sometimes 
approximate  the  infinitive  in  signification  and  construction, 
as  re sn^  ovcrturmuf/,  rr^tB'q  Ezek.  17:9,  §16G.  2.  In 
Chaldee  the  infinitive  regularly  takes  this  form,  e.  g.  ^'^p'Q 
to  kill. 

5.  The  object  upon  tchich  the  action  is  directed  or  the 
subject  in  lohich  the  quality  inheres,  -ix^^  food  from  bis  to 
eat,  'yy'n'12  psalm  from  "Tsat  to  sing,  n-p^^  /^oo/y  from  npb  /o 
/«X-e,  DiTarTa/-//  ///%.s  from  "J^TZJ  /o  <5(?/«/,  ny^^  that  tchich 
is  small,  pn^^  that  which  is  remote. 

a.  These  difTerent  significations  blend  into  one  another  in  siicli  a  man- 
ner that  it  is  not  always  easy  to  distinguisli  tlie  precise  siiade  of  meaning 
oriffinally  attaclied  to  a  word:  and  not  inlrequently  more  timn  one  of  these 
senses  co-exist  in  tlie  same  word.  Tlius,  "ixia  luminary,  may  suggest  the 
idea  of  agency,  dispenser  of  light,  or  of  place,  reservoir  of  light ;  rbzs'2 
knife,  may  be  so  called  as  an  agent,  a  devoiirer,  or  as  an  instrument.  2ised  in 
eating  J  ^"^"^"O  means  both  n  holy  thing  and  n  holy  place ;  "'2'2'Q  sale  and 
something  sold  or  for  sale  ;  nzb'Q'q  7-oyal  authority  and  kingdom  ;  SltTa  the 
act. place,  and  time  of  going  forth  und  that  vhich  goes  forth  ;  -C'i'C  the  place 
and  time  (f  sitting  or  dwelling  as  well  as  they  w/io  sit  or  dicell. 

§  192.  Nouns  formed  by  prefixing  "^  or  n  denote  persons 
or  thino:s  to  which  the  idea  of  the  root  is  attached. 

1.  "I  is  identical  in  origin  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  masc. 
future  in  verbs,  and  is  largely  nsed  in  the  formation  of  names 
of  ])crsons,  pn^if!'  Isaac,  nns;'  Jephtha,  but  rarely  in  forming 
apj)ellatives,  3"^"i;^  adcer'sari/  prop,  contender,  *y^^1  apostate 
prop,  departer,  '^y?*'.  bag  ])r()]).  gatherer,  D-p!*  living  thing 
J)!*)}),  that  {which)  stands,  "ins;*  fresh  oil  prop,  that  {tchich) 
ahines. 


^193  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  217 

2.  fi ,  probably  the  same  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  fern, 
future  of  verbs,  which  is  here  used  in  a  neuter  sense,  is  em- 
ployed in  the  formation  of  a  few  concrete  nouns,  "in'ip  oak 
prop,  that  {which)  endures,  ^"'"isn  cloak  prop,  that  {ichich) 
loraps  up,  "iian  furnace  prop,  that  {which)  burns,  n^sn  apple 
prop,  that  {which)  exhales  fragrance.  But  it  more  frequently 
appears  in  abstract  terms  like  the  feminine  ending  in  other 
forms,  ^inn  understanding ,  l^i^l?  bitterness,  ^^3?r)  delight. 
It  is  very  rarely  found  in  designations  of  persons,  and  only 
when  they  occupy  a  relation  of  dependence  and  subordina- 
tion, and  may  consequently  be  viewed  as  things,  T^^^i? 
learner,  lOin  07ie  dwelling  on  another's  lands,  tenant,  vassal. 

a.  The  great  majority  of  nouns  with  n  prefixed  have  likewise'  a 
feminine  ending,  n^~"ir]  dee})  sleep^  ni-'l-'n  salvation^  fT^XSn  beauty^ 
^''''Si')7\  fraud. 

Class  IV. — Kouns formed  hy  affixes. 

§193.  The  nouns  formed  by  means  of  an  affixed  letter 
or  vowel  are  chiefly  denominatives.  The  consonant  "}  ap- 
pended by  means  of  the  vowel  o,  or  less  frequently  a,  forms 

1.  Adjectives,  "linns  last  from  nns  after,  liirs-i/r^/  from 
©5?^  head,  'jis'^n  middle  from  ^^li?  midst,  l^t^l^?  brazen  from 
ntn;  brass.  A  very  few  are  formed  directly  from  the  root, 
')i"'3S  poor,  I'i"''''?  most  high,  'J^'pi?  widowed. 

2.  Abstract  substantives,  the  most  common  form  of 
which  is  'ji'si^p ,  e.  g.  't^'^'p.  blindness,  linisn  confidence,  1"ii^y 
pain,  lip7,!)  paleness,  though  various  other  forms  likewise 
occur,  e.  g.  'J'i'^^s  and  l^^s  destruction,  "jiinQ  dominion,  "ji^tis 
success,  'jS'^p  offering. 

a.  In  a  few  words  the  termination  '(i  has  been  thouglit  to  be  intensive, 
PSt:  sabbalh,  Vns^  a  ^reat  sabbath.  IT  proud,  ■pT'l  exceedingly  protcd, 
and  once  diminutive  i:J"^X  man.  "liiyx  liltle  man,  i.  e.  the  pupil  of  the  eye, 
so  called  from  the  image  reflected  in  it.  fhe  word  "(l^i^?  Jeslmrun  from 
'nb';  upright,  is  by  some  explained  as  a  diminutive  or  term  of  endearment, 
while  others  think  that  the  termination  '|1  has  no  further  meaning  than 
to  make  of  the  word  a  proper  name,  comp.  "I'l^-T .  See  Alexander  on 
Isaiah  44:  2. 


218  ETYMOLOGY.  §194,195 

b.  ")  is  occasionally  alfixcd  witli  tlie  vowel  e.  '(T^a  a.ve,  "j^QS  7?«/7. 

c.  A  few  words  are  formed  by  appenditiir  n,  e.  g.  O"!"!!?  and  "("'"ip  ran- 
som, C^O  ladder  ^rom  b^O  to  lift  tip,  C'J'in  sucred  scribe  from  a"in  stylus, 
D"^nn  ,s-f(////i  Iroin  nnn  to  shine;  or  b,  e.g.  bT2"i3  garden  from  C"i3  i?/ne- 
ya/Y/.  bi*^3  calyx  or  cup  of  a  Jlower  from  ""^25  r?<;j,  ^btp  rt«A7^  from  D";!? 
joint,  ^i"!^  IdCiist  from  a"in  iiuiicative  of  tremulous  motion,  ^£"13  //jjc/c 
darkness  from  C)"'"!^  child,  bna  i/'o/i  probably  from  Tna  /o  pierce. 

§194.  The  vowel  "^ .  forms  adjectives  indicating  relation 
or  derivation. 

1,  It  is  added  to  proper  names  to  denote  nationality  or 
family  descent,  V^'J  JMrcic,  "^c^n;'  Jedttsife,  ^n'^rbs  F/tiiisii/ie, 
''ians  Aramean,  ''l^'O  Egyptian,  "^psiTiJ';'  Israelitish,  an  Israel- 
ite, "'Ji  Banite,  Tni?  Kohathite,  ''s  1^7,3  Gershonite. 

2.  It  is  also  added  to  other  substantives,  "^^S^  northerner, 
"^"y^^  foreigner,,  ''Hb  villa f/er,  "'P^'i  footman,  '^PS)  timeli/,  "''b'^:© 
2;/ we;*  from  the  plural  Q"'?B;  to  a  few  adjectives,  "'"^jps?  and 
ITDX  violent,  "''p'X  and  ^'^']^.  foolish,  and  even  to  prepositions, 
Tinn  lowest  from  rinn  ,  "^y^:),  front  from  ''i;sb4-''.  ,  §62.  2. 

a.  The  feminine  ending  ii^  is  dropped  before  this  ending.  "'"''''"'?  '^''W' 
from  nniin"'.  '^~"'"i3  Beiiite  from  n?">"ia .  or  the  old  ending  n^  takes  its 
place,  '''P'ZV^  Maachalhite  from  '"id?^  ,  or  3  is  inserted  between  the  vowels, 
•^sbo  Shelduile  li-om  nbd.  Final  ^.  combines  with  the  appended  "'.  into 
«,  §62.  2,  ■''b  Levite  and  Lect.  "'irj  Shunite  and  Shuiii. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  ^,  takes  the  place  of  ^  .  ,  e.  g.  ^"lin  tr//i7e 
stuffs,  "^n^i  basket,  ^?^b  /woyj.  and  perhaps  "'jii^n ,  in  a  collective  sense 
windows,  "^E^jn  uncovered,  "'b^s  which  Gesenius  derives  from  bss  and 
takes  to  mean  cunning ;  if  however,  it  is  derived  from  n^S ,  §  1S7.  1.  c, 
and  meana  spendthrift,  the  final  Yodh  will  be  a  radical. 


MULTILITERALS. 

§195.  1.  Quadriliteral  nouns  are  for  the  most  part 
evenly  divided  into  two  syllables,  anp?  scorpion,  "i3Ta  treas- 
urer,  TZ^'b'in  sickle,  ^l^^ba  barren.  Sometimes  the  second  rad- 
ical receives  a  vowel,  that  of  the  first  radical  being  either 
rejected,  pT?^^  damask,  b^zn  frost,  li^ao  vine  blossom,  or  ])re- 
served  by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte,  ©"•abn  fint,  t'^k^'P 


^196        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         219 

spider,  1^?>S  and  tjib-is  concuhine.     Occasionally   the   third 
radical  has  Daghesh-forte,  vlVu?  bat,  '\'^h2Dji/i. 

2.  Words  of  five  or  more  letters  are  of  rare  occurrence 
and  appear  to  be  chiefly  of  foreign  origin,  l^sns  purple,  ?'il"iS32 
fror/,  Trj?©  clot/i,  r,r>T?nx  muie,  is-i^icnx  satrap. 

3.  Compound  words  are  few  and  of  doubtful  character, 
niiabs  shadow  of  death,  rra^sia  anything  prop,  what  and  what, 
n)3i'52  nothing  prop,  no  what,  by^ba  worthlessness  prop,  no 
proft,  n'jbsN'a  darkness  of  Jehovah,  TViT)'2rbw  fame  of  Jeho- 
vah, except  in  proper  names,  p'ii"'^3b'a  Melchizedeh,  king  of 
righteousness,  Ts^^^'S  Obadiah,  serving  Jehovah,  D'^p^in'^  Je- 
hoiakim,  Jehovah  shall  establish. 


Gender  and  Number. 

§196.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  other  Semitic 
languages,  but  two  genders,  the  masculine  ("i^T)  and  the 
feminine  (nips).  The  masculine,  as  the  primary  form,  has 
no  characteristic  termination  ;  the  feminine  ends  in  Si^  or  n , 
e.  g.  btDp  masc,  nbi:p  or  nbt2p  fem. 

a.  The  only  trace  of  the  neuter  in  Hebrew  is  in  the  interrogative,  tia 
what  being  used  of  things  as  ""^  who  of  persons.  The  function  assigned 
to  the  neuter  in  other  laiiguages  is  divided  between  the  masculine  and  the 
feminine,  being  principally  committed. to  the  latter. 

b.  The  original  feminine  ending  in  nouns  as  in  verbs,  §85.  1.  a  (1),  ap- 
pears to  have  been  r,  which  was  either  attached  directly  to  the  word, 
P\b::'p  which,  by  §61.  2.  becomes  ri^tJp,  or  added  by  means  of  the  vowel  a. 
nblJp  or  rbup,  which  by  the  rejection  of  the  consonant  from  the  end  of 
the  word,  §55.  2.  c,  becomes  nbup.  The  termination  n  or  n  is  still 
found  in  a  very  few  words,  rp"i3  emerald,  rxj?  pelican,  T^ssp  company 
2  Kin.  9:  17,  n"^n^  morrow,  nz-q  portion^  rkpend.  ror^  Josh.  13:  K?,  and 
the  poetic  forms,  rintit  song;  ^^n?.  inheritance,  ri'i'ts  help,  nn's  fruitful, 
niir  sleep.  Two  other  words,  r?n  Ps.  74  :  19  and  Pras  Ps.  61  :  1,  have 
been  cited  as  additional  examples,  but  these  are  in  the  construct  state, 
which  always  preserves  the  original  n  final;  it  is  likewise  always  re- 
tained before  suffixes  and  paragogic  letters,  §61.  6.  a.  ?]ny>iir7,  nry!na7, 
in'?"  • 

c.  The  feminine  ending  n^  receives  the  accent  and  is  thus  readily  dis- 


2-0  .     ETYMOLOGY.  ^197 

tiiiguislied  from  the  unaccented  piiragogic  n  .  In  a  few  instances  crram- 
marians  have  suspected  that  forms  may  perhaps  be  feminine,  though 
the  punctuators  have  decided  otiierwise  by  phicing  tlie  accent  on  the 
penult,  e.g.  ""jja  burning-  Hos.  7  : 4.  nb-«^5  Galilee  2  Kin.  15:20,  nnbpj 
destnaiiun  Ezek.  7:25.  n7:nn  ruUure  Dcut.  14:17,  n^Ci:)  Ivic  E/eV. 
21  :3I. 

(/.  Tiie  vowel  letter  x,  which  is  llie  usual  sign  of  the  feminine  in 
Chaldce  and  Syriac.  takes  the  place  of  n  in  N'r':j  /hie.s/iiiifr  Jer.  50  :  11, 
Njn  terror  Isa.  ID:  17.  srn  u-rath  Dan.  11  :44.  X^zb  //o»f.s\s-  Exek.  19:2, 
Nna^  viark  Lam.  3:12.  S^io  bitter  Ruth  1:20,  i<n"^i^  baldness  Ezek. 
27:31.  n'y:i  sleep  Ps.  127:2.  No  such  form  is  found  in  the  Pentateuch 
unless  it  be  xnj  loathing  Num.  1 1 :  20,  where,  however,  as  Ewald  sug- 
gests. X  may  be  a  radical  since  it  is  easy  to  assume  a  root  S"iJ  cognate  to 
"lit.  The  feminine  ending  in  pronouiisof  the  second  and  third  persons,  and 
in  verbal  Allures  is  I  "^ . ;  an  intermediate  Ibrm  in  e  appears  in  H^IT  Isa. 
59  :5  and  nni:;?  the  numeral  len^  or  rather  teen,  as  it  oidy  occurs  in  num- 
bers comj)oiind('d  with  the  units.  For  like  unusual  forms  in  verbs  see 
§S6.  b.  and  §156.4. 

e.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  in  the  Irido-Enropean  languages  is  a  final 
vowel,  corre«!ponding  to  the  vowel-ending  in  Hebrew;  tlie  Latin  has  a.  the 
Greek  a  or  •>;,  the  Sanskrit  i.  And  inasmuch  as  the  feminine  in  Hebrew 
covers,  in  part  at  least,  the  territory  of  the  neuter,  its  consonantal  ending 
ri  may  be  compared  with  t.  the  sign  of  the  neuter  in  certain  Saii.skrit  pro- 
nouns, represented  by  d  in  Latin,  n/,  illnd,  istud,  qnid;  in  English  it. 
ufiiil.  tlitit.  Tliis  distinctive  neuter  sign  has,  however,  been  largely  super- 
seded in  Indo-European  tongues  by  m  or  v,  which  is  properly  the  sign  of 
the  accusative,  bonuin,  koKov,  the  passivity  of  the  personal  object  being 
allied  to  the  lifeless  non-personality  of  the  neuter.  Bopp  Vergleich. 
Gramm.  §152.  In  curious  coinciiience  with  this,  the  Hebrew  sign  of  the 
definite  objed  is  rx  prefixed  to  nouns;  and  its  principal  consonant  is 
affixed  to  form  the  inferior  gender,  the  neuter  being  comprehended  in  the 
feminine. 

§197.  It  is  obvious  that  this  transfer  to  all  existing 
thinn;s,  and  even  to  abstract  ideas,  of  the  distinction  of  sex 
found  in  hving  beings,  must  often  be  purely  arbitrary.  For 
although  some  things  have  marked  characteristics  or  associa- 
tions in  virtue  of  -which  they  might  readily  be  classed  with 
a  particular  sex,  a  far  greater  number  hold  an  indeterminate 
position,  and  might  with  quite  as  much  or  quite  as  little 
reason  be  assigned  to  either.  It  hence  happens  that  there  is 
no  general  rule  other  than  usage  for  the  gender  of  Hebrew 
words,  and  that  there  is  a  great  want  of  uniformity  in  usage 
itself. 


§197 


GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS. 


221 


a.  The  following  names  of  females  are  without  the  proper  distinctive 
feminine  termination : 

cx  mother.  linx  she-ass.        ^sl?"^!?  concubine.       1=5^5  queen. 

So  the  names  of  double  members  of  the  body,  whether  of  men  or  ani' 
mals.  which  are  feminine  with  rare  exceptions : 


'tx  ear. 
saSN  finger. 
■jrii  thumb. 
T^'iS  knee. 


SiiT  arm. 
1^  hand. 
T{}^  thigh. 
C)3  3  wing. 


v)3  palm. 
tins  shoulder. 

V^:s.  side. 


■jll?  horn. 
^5"?.  foot. 
■jb  toolh. 
pio  leg. 


The  followinor  nouns  are  also  feminine 


ns  brazier.  Gi3  cup.  'O'l'S  Great  Dear.  ^rii:  light. 

~vrx  footstep.  "i33  circuit.  b"i5  couch.  'sh'S.  side. 

"iN3  7te//.  1^53  brightness,  n^i?  workmanship,  xiai  myriad. 

•|B3  6e//y.  ^y?  s/toe.  riQ  morsel.  b3Pi  world. 

a^n  sword.  "1*^5  cjVy. 

6.  The  following  nouns  are  of  doubtful  gender,  being  sometimes  con- 
strued as  masculine  and  sometimes  as  feminine.  Those  which  are  com- 
monly masculine  are  distinguished  thus  (J^) ;  those  which  are  commonly 
feminine  are  distinguished  tiius  (f). 

Tp.'i!  way.  *  ^^?ri  fortress. 

*!53ir)  temple.        *  naT^a  altar. 


t  'jax  stone. 

*  -lix  Z/^/iL 
rix  sign. 

'p'-ix  ark. 
nnx  ;3a^A. 
t  I'nx  earth. 
t  dx  /re. 

*  153  garment. 

*  n^a  house. 
ina  waZZ. 
X"^:*  valley. 

•ja  garden. 
t  "Sa  rme. 


■ji^t  beard. 
')i^n  window. 
"i^n  court. 
bai"'  jubilee. 


ii2n72  camp. 

*  nipia  place. 
ndns  brass. 
t  u:£3  so2t;. 


t  T'?^  ^''o'^^  ^and.     "i"^©  po^ 


*  nias  glory. 

13  pait. 
*  C"i3  vineyard. 

*  ab  heart. 

cnb  bread. 


f  "nhp  four. 
aij  cloud. 
*  cv  people. 

a"!?  evening. 


f  D>D  ZiH;e  (^repe- 
tition). 
')iss  north. 

1 1*'"'  spirit. 
t  ani  street. 

*  onn  womb. 

*  cnn  juniper. 

*uatt3  sceptre. 
nad  sabbath. 

■i?a  g-aZe. 


t  ns  time{d.ura-    Dl'nn  ocean, 
lion).         *  'fe'^ri  soz^^A. 
■  ni3Q  ^ace.  *  "i?R  razor. 


*  )"}}>  threshing-  f  I'ibb  tongue, 
floor.         *  i3=X;^  /oocZ. 

Gesenius  ascribes  only  one  gender  to  a  few  of  these  words,  but  ab  is 
once  fern.  Prov.  12:25;  so  bbs^^  fem.  Hab.  1:16,  ikaia  fern.  Hab.  1:10, 
nata  fern.  Ezek.  43  :  13,  n^.s  masc.  Ezek.  24  :  10.     The  list  might  be  re- 


2'2'2  ETYMOLOGY.  §198 

duced  by  referring  the  vacillation  in  gender,  wherever  it  is  possible,  to  the 
syntax  rather  than  the  noun.  Verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns,  which  be- 
k)ng  to  I'eminiMc  nouns  may  in  certain  cases,  as  will  be  shown  herealtcr,  be 
put  in  iht^  niascuHiic  as  the  more  indefinite  and  primary  form.  While,  on 
the  other  iiand,  those  wliiih  belong  to  masculine  names  of  inanimate  ob- 
jects are  sometimes  put  in  the  feminine  as  a  substitute  for  the  neuter. 

c.  Some  species  of  animals  exhibit  a  distinct  name  for  each  sex,  the 
feminine  being  formed  from  the  masculine  by  the  apj)ropriate  termination, 
"IB  bullock,  nns  heifer,  b?  calf,  fem.  n^55,  t'SS  lamb,  lem.  nibss.  or 
being  represented  by  a  word  of  different  radicals,  "li^n  ass.  fem.  "(irx . 
When  this  is  not  the  case,  the  name  of  the  species  may  be  construed  in 
either  gender  according  to  the  sex  of  the  individual  spoken  of  as  bsa 
camel.  ~p^^  cattle,  "i"is^  bird,  or  it  may  have  a  fixed  gender  of  its  own 
irrespective  of  the  sex  of  the  individual;  thus.  "Iss  dog,  -XT  wolf,  li'iJ  ox, 
are  masculine,  r^33"ii<  hare,  nji^  dove,  bn^  sheep,  are  feminine. 

d.  The  names  of  nations,  rivers,  and  mountains  are  commonly  mascu- 
line, those  of  countries  and  cities  feminine.  Accordingly,  such  words  as 
Dinx  Edam,  Sxi^  Moab,  n^^n'i  Judah,  ninsia  Egypt,  E'^t:J3  Chaldees, 
are  construed  in  the  masculine  when  the  people  is  meant,  and  in  the  fem- 
inine when  the  country  is  meant. 

§>198.  The  feminine  ending  is  frequently  employed  in 
the  formation  of  abstract  nouns,  and  is  sometimes  extended 
to  the  formation  of  official  designations  (comp.  his  Honour, 
his  Excellency,  his  Reverence),  "ns  (governor,  ri:3  colleague, 
f^^r^P  preacher,  and  of  collectives  (comp.  humanity  for  man- 
kind),  3*'^  afsh,  T\:i<'^  Jish,  "j:?  a  cloud,  ^'-}Z  clouds,  V?  a  tree, 
ns?  timber,  rf\^  a  traveller,  nnns?  caravan,  nyVs  Zeph.  3:19 
the  halting,  nu-^bs  the  escajped. 

a.  (1)  The  feminine  ending  added  to  Segholates  gives  new  prominence 
to  the  originally  abstract  character  of  this  formation,  ^C")  and  nj"U;n 
wickedness,  distinguished  by  Ewald  as  to  aSi/cov  and  dSiKta,  HE^n  shame, 
n^ar  slothfulness. 

i^i)  So  to  monosyllables  whose  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  '^|^"7S 
righteoKsuess.  wiiirh  is  more  abstract  and  at  the  same  time  used  more  ex- 
clusively in  a  moral  sense  than  the  Segholate,  p"ii:  right i/e.-i.-i,  nbsx  daj'k- 
ness,  equivalent  to  bex,  nnhs  (=:r\i:)  brightness,  nrl".r7  (  =  r\r';;)  salra- 
tion.  Or  nouns  of  this  description  mitjht  be  supposed  to  have  sprung  from 
the  adjectives  belonging  to  the  second  form  of  Class  I.,  the  pretonic  vowel 
falling  away  upon  the  adilition  of  the  feminine  ending,  bex  dark.  n^EX 
the  dark,  to  a-Kontvov,  ii'v^^"^  the  being  saved  from  y^U-'^,  ri^'^^B  justice 
from  h'b^  judge.  The  following  nouns.  de.«rriptivc  of  the  station  or  func- 
tions of  a  particular  cla.^s.  thllow  this  form.  ~br  king,  nz^hiz  kingly  office 
or  sway.  X'23  prophet,  nx^ir:  prophecy,  "ns  priest^  nsns  priesthood  or 
priestly  duty,  ban  merchant,  nbr-i  traffic. 


§198  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  223 

(3)  The  feminine  ending  occasionally  gives  an  abstract  signification  to 
redu{)licated  forms,  I^S  blind,  rii^i:*'  blindness,  nsa  having  a  bald  fore- 
head, rnina  baldness  in  front,  SZjn  sinner,  rxiin  and  HKI^n  sin,  nnba 
terror,  no^p  scoffing,  nbnbn  anguish,  or  to  tliose  which  have  a  prefixed 
letter  a,  nion'g  overthrow,  nbw'rp  dominion,  nririTS  confusion,  or  particu- 
larly n,  njrdri  salvation,  nn^i^n  teslinwni/,  fi^pn   Aope,   nkbpi  weariness. 

(4)  It  is  likewise  added  to  forms  in  '^.,  iTjib^^o  judgment^  T^^h^h'S^  work- 
ing, rr^bxT  beginning,  ri"<nnx.  e?id,  rr^'^xu  remnant,  the  termination  ri!| 
being  often  found  in  place  of  n">.,  n-icsn  2  Chron.  26:21  K'ri,  nicsn 
K'tliibh.  disease  prop,  freedom  from  duty,  "'lysn  yree,  r^ibbsn  redness, 
ii;^bDn  re(/,  nn"'-ii3  bitterness,  '"i-'-in  bitter  '  Tnz^'3  heaviness,  Mirbx 
■wj/c/o7';/ioo(/,  and  occasionally  rii,  ni'C^n  wisdom,  TSh^i'n  folly,  though  the 
latter  may  perhaps  be  a  plural  as  it  is  explained  by  Gesenius.  Ewald 
suggests  a  connection  between  the  final  "^  of  the  relative  adjective,  which 
thus  passes  into  1  and  even  to  i  in  this  abstract  formation,  and  the  old 
construct  ending  ^_  and  i.  The  further  suggestion  is  here  offered  that 
both  may  not  improbably  be  derived  from  the  pronoun  Sin,  which  was 
originally  of  common  gender,  §71.  o  (3).  Thus,  ^^■]'*~'i^"'r'  Gen.  1:24 
beast  of  earth  is  equivalent  to  yiN  N1!i  n^Tl  beast  viz.  that  of  earth,  and 
pn^'^'sb^  (whichmaybe  for  13^73  as  the  plural  ending  f.  for  t:>i ,  §199.  e), 
is  equivalent  to  p'l^  X^n  T\^p2  king  viz.  that  of  righteousness.  The  ap- 
pended pronominal  vowel  thus  became  indicative  of  the  genitive  relation; 
and  its  employment  in  adjectives,  involving  this  relation,  is  but  an  exten- 
sion of  this  same  use,  "'pX'ib';'  of  or  belonging  to  Israel,  hraelitish.  The 
further  addition  of  the  feminine  ending  in  its  abstract  sense,  has  mostly 
preserved  the  vowel  from  that  attenuation  to  I  which  it  has  experienced  at 
the  end  of  the  word,  comp.  §101.  1.  a.  riJ^bx  widowhood  prop,  the  slate 
of  a  icidow  '|'9^5< ,  ni^sn  wisdom  prop,  the  quality  belonging  to  the  wise 
DDn.  The  rare  instances  in  which  the  termination  n^l  is  superimposed 
upon  "^ _  viz.:  n!i''"iT3X  .  nsi'^aTiip,  may  belong  to  a  time  when  the  origin 
of  the  ending  was  no  longer  retained  in  the  popular  consciousness.  The 
termination  n^_  or  ri^l  in  abstracts  derived  from  fib  roots  is  of  a  different 
origin  from  that  just  explai.ied  and  must  not  be  confounded  with  it;  "^  or  1 
is  there  the  final  radical  softened  to  a  vowel,  §  168,  as  Ts'^'Z'C  or  n*l-iy  cap- 
tivity from  nid  to  lead  captive. 

b.  In  Arabic,  nouns  of  unity,  or  those  which  designate  an  individual, 
are  often  formed  by  appending  the  feminine  termination  to  masculines 
which  have  a  generic  or  collective  signification.  This  has  been  thought 
to  be  the  case  in  a  few  words  in  Hebrew,  ^'it^fieet.^  "^J?^.  ship,  "isb  hair, 

MnrUJ  a  hair,    %^  swarm,  rriizn  a  bee. 

c.  Some  names  of  inanimate  objects  are  formed  from  those  of  ani- 
mated beings  or  parts  of  living  bodies,  which  they  were  conceived  to 
resemble,  by  means  of  the  feminine  ending,  taken  in  a  neuter  sense,  CX 
mother,  nsx  metropolis,  "^y^,  thigh,  nsi^  hinder  part,  extremity,  ^^  palm 
of  the  hand,  riB3  palm-branch,  n:i5a  forehead,  nnsa  greave,  HE  mouth, 
n^Q  edge. 


2:24  ETYMOLOGY.  §  199 

§  1 1)0.  Tlicrn  arc  three  nnm])ers  in  Hebrew,  the  singular 
(Tn;*  yz)),  dual  (D"::td  liinb),  and  plural  (D^an  yitb),  Tiie 
])]ur!il  of  masculine  nouns  is  formed  by  adding  D"".  ,  or  de- 
fcftively  written  D . ,  to  the  singular,  C-o  /torse,  cp^D  horses, 
"p^si  ru/htcom  {man),  O'^p^'ir  or  Cp"'":?  r'lyhieous  {men).  The 
plural  of  feminine  nouns  is  formed  by  the  addition  of  rii , 
also  written  ri',  the  feminine  ending  of  the  singular,  if  it 
has  one,  being  dropped  as  superfluous,  since  the  plural  ter- 
mination of  itself  distinguishes  the  gender,  C"i3  ci'p,  T^'H^ 
cups,  nS^ra  virgin,  riiS^na  and  n'b^na  virgins,  rsisn  sin, 
n""'sc!n  sins;  in  two  instances  the  vowel-letter  N  takes  the 
place  of  T ,  §11.1.  a,  nsns  Ezek.  31 :  S,  nssn  Ezek.  47  :  11. 

a.  The  mnsnilinc  plural  pomctimes  has  "|^.  instead  of  C^  .  e.  g.  "p2ia 
ofiener  than  c^^ia  in  the  book-  of  Job,  Vr'^^  P^ov.  31 : 3,  •|-'^n  2  Kin.  11:13, 
V!S  Mic.  3:12,  T^"^^^^  Lam.  1:4,  'f-jn"  Ezek.  4:9,  ■)"''a;;  Dan.  12:13. 
This  enclintTj  which  is  the  common  one  in  Chaldee,  is  chiefly  found  in 
poetry  or  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible. 

h.  Some  grammarians  have  contended  for  the  existence  of  a  few  plurals 
in  "^  williout  the  final  D,  but  the  instances  alleged  are  capable  of  another 
and  more  satisfactory  explanation.  Thus.  "^"73  2  Kin.  11:4,  ^ri"i3 ,  ^ris 
2  Sam.  8:  IS,  "^'b-V^  2  Sam.  23:8,  and  ■':£n  1  Sam.  20:  38  K'thibh  (K'ri 
can),  are  singulars  used  collectively;  """STJ  2  Sam.  22:44,  Ps.  144:2, 
Lam.  3  :  14.  and  "^iia^  Cant.  8  :  2,  are  in  the  singular  with  the  suffix  of  the 
first  person;  "'Sia  Ps.  45  :  9  is  not  for  C"^i53  stringed  insirumenls.  but  is  the 
poetic  form  of  the  preposition  '{O  from ;  "^1X3  Ps.  22:17  is  not  for  C^ns 
piercing,  but  is  the  noun  "^"^X.  with  the  preposition  3  like  the  lion.  §156.  3. 

c.  There  are  also  a  few  words  which  have  been  regarded  as  plurals  in 
■'. .  But  •'"i^n  Zech.  14  :  5  and  "'nb  Judg.  5:  15.  are  plurals  with  the  suffix 
of  the  first  person.  In  :  ^Jin  2  Chron.  33:  19.  which  is  probably  a  proper 
name,  and  "'ia  Am.  7:  1,  Nah.  3:  17,  which  is  a  singular  used  collectively, 
final  ^  is  a  radical  as  in  "^yj  =  T^nv .  t'^iin  Isa.  19  :  9  is  a  singular  with 
the  formative  ending  '',,  §194.&;  •'bi^rn  Jcr.  22:  14  and  "'SVi'n  Isa.  20:4. 
might  be  explained  in  the  same  way,  though  Ewald  prefers  to  regard  the 
former  as  an  abbreviated  dual  liir  c^blbn  rhnible  (i.  e.  liirge  and  showy) 
windowft.  and  the  latter  as  a  construct  plural  for  "'Slbn  ,  the  diphthongal  S 
being  resolved  into  ay.  comp.  §57,  2  (5),  "''ni'  Ezek.  13:  IS  is  probably  a 
dual  for  C"^"^ .  fiiongh  it  might  be  for  the  unahridijed  singular  nnv  which, 
however,  never  occurs.  The  divine  name  "''^'J  Almighty  is  best  explained 
as  a  singular;  the  name  "'Jix  Lord  is  a  plural  of  excellence.  §201.2, 
with  the  sulRx  of  the  first  person,  the  original  signification  being  my 
Lord. 

d.  In  a  few  words  the  sign  of  the  feminine  singular  is  retained  before 
the  plural  termination,  as  though  it  were  one  of  the  radicals,  instead  of 


§  200  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  225 

being  dropped  agreeably  to  tlie  ordinary  rule,  rb'n  dnor  pi.  ninb'n.  So, 
no?  pillow,  ncj?  bow.  Pfsii:  trough,  n'^in  s/iear.  rwhii  widoivhuod.  nsini-s 
divorce,  ndm  ^ohoredom,  nsb  ///j  pi.  nipEb.  To  these  must  be  added 
rrinb,  provided  it  be  derived  from  Mnb  in  the  sense  oC pit  j  it  may,  how- 
ever, signify  f/es<ri<c/JO?z,  from  the  root  nno,  when  the  final  n  will  be  a 
radical.     See  Alexander  on  Psalm  107  :  20. 

e.  The  original  ending  of  the  plural  in  nouns,  verbs,  and  pronouns, 
seems  to  have  been  CI,  §71.6.  (2).  In  verbs  the  vowel  lias  been  pre- 
served, but  the  final  nasal  has  been  changed  or  lost,  "i''5^P7  oi"  '''^i??  > 
§85.  1.  a.  (1).  In  masculine  nouns  and  pronouns  the  final  nasal  has  been 
retained,  but  the  vowel  has  been  attenuated  to  2  ore,  D"'p!iO,  Csri,  cnx  : 
the  Arabic  has  una  for  the  nominative  and  Ina  for  the  oblique  case.  If 
we  suppose  n,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  to  be  added  to  ni ,  the  sign  of  the 
plural,  the  vowel  will  regularly  be  changed  to  i  before  the  two  con- 
sonants, §61.4;  then  if  the  nasal  be  rejected  before  the  final  consonant, 
agreeably  to  the  analogy  of  ra  for  ri:3  and  Dis  for  p3i3.  the  resulting 
form  will  he  rv  the  actual  ending  of  the  feminine  plural.  If  the  sign  of 
the  plural,  like  all  the  other  inflective  letters  and  syllables,  is  of  pronom- 
inal origin,  this  n,  which  is  joined  to  words  by  the  connecting  vowel  1, 
may  perhaps  be  related  to  ni  taUen  indefinitely  in  the  quantitative  or 
numerical  sense  of  quot  or  aliquot,  comp.  Zech.  7:3;  and  the  adverbial  or 
adjective  ending  a  or  n'  may  in  like  marmer  be  referred  to  the  same  in 
its  qualitative  sense,  comp.  Ps.  8 :  5.  so  that  cj^-'n  vacue,  would  strictly  be 
qud  vacuus.  The  pronoun  seems  in  fact  to  be  preserved  without  abbrevia- 
tion in  the  Syriac  ^ViVi«i  =  cii">  interdiu. 

§  200.  The  gender  of  adjectives  and  participles  is  care- 
fully discriminated,  both  in  the  singular  and  in  the  plural,  by 
means  of  the  appropriate  terminations.  But  the  same  want 
of  precision  or  uniformity  which  has  been  remarked  in  the 
singular,  '^197,  characterizes  likewise  the  use  of  the  plural 
terminations  of  substantives.  Some  masculine  substantives 
take  ri  in  the  plural,  some  feminines  take  Di.  ,  and  some 
of  each  gender  take  indifferently  D"' .   or  ni . 

a.  The  following  masculine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  m' : 
those  which  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  are  sometimes  construed  as 
feminine. 

ZiVi  father.  *  n'^ik  path.  *  yi  threshing-     ';\^^n  vision 

■Iax  howl.  ■|'i'3"?5<  palace.                    Jioor.  Ki^n  dream. 

2^'i<  familiar  bsbx  cluster.  li"^^  goad.  '("ii^'n  invention. 

spirit.  "lii  pit.                 -ij  tail.  nsia  handbreadlh. 

"liix  treasure.  Ss  roof.  yin  street.  N33  throne. 

♦nix  sign.  bnia  lot.  "tpi  breast.  r:^H>  tablet. 
15 


L';>'(3 

ETYMOLOGY. 

§2( 

b"?  night. 

1X3  /^o///e. 

-r::i  ^»/^e. 

pini  chain. 

*  nSTX?  (illar. 

1.3  lamp. 

*-iC^  i/rf/. 

inbd  /a6/<.. 

iw'a  /v//«. 

I'is  «/fj'n. 

"liia  bundle. 

CUJ  name. 

nir;?  /j7/ie. 

"C5  rf?w^ 

b'lp  rojce. 

"Eii  trumpet. 

*  nk^o  summit. 

2"^;;  /ier6. 

"i"'P    1/V///. 

r\y  pillar. 

*  C"p'2  place. 

?~G  leader. 

r'^^p  wr/r. 

*  crnn  r/ee/). 

b;?-D  ../a/. 

*  xiri  //rts^ 

*:-nn  street. 

1 

!>.  The  following  foniiiiiiie  nonns  fjrm  their  j)lural  by  adding  C   :  those 
marlvcd.thus  (f)  are  eometiines  niascuhiu': 

t  ",~x  stone.  t  ""^  '"'«y- 

M^X  terebinth.  r'n  /aic. 


riimx  widowhood,  miwl  branch. 


ncx  woman. 
rbna  coaZ. 

rib  IT  Jig-cake. 


ri:T  whoredom. 
nan  wheat. 
nstrti  darkness. 

1 13  pitcher. 


rrc3  .fyWL 
ri:^b  brick. 

n^ic3  a??/!. 

iiX3  measure. 
Tl"  she- goat. 

^■""J  city. 
ii"5rD  concubine. 


ro  morsel. 
bni  sheep. 
nira  barley. 
rbaj  ear  of  corn. 
na  J  acacia. 
nixn  ^o-. 


Also   C'^^'^S  e^^.?  which  is  not  found  in  the  singular, 

c.  The  following  nouns  form  their  plural  hy  adding  either  C"^    or  Pi: 


.  r 

1-1 

■'?'^ 

i"i'3 
lib 


nib:^ 


■j»'nQ  breach. 
im||:£  7ia-A-. 

i:p  grave. 

Tilp^  reed. 
Cnij?  o.re. 

nnb  /f /a', 
S12'J  week. 
ii:rn  delight. 


MASCULINE     N  O  IT  N  8  . 

porch.  ;;b  heart.  ')1"-'9  delicacy, 

lion.  lixo  //V^^  )'yQ  fountain, 

generation.  b'n5"3  tower.  -|'r''9  ^^f^- 

sacrifice.  ^"OTO  foundation.   "(S'^^  dwelling, 

memorial.  I0i''3  6ont/.  i!i3  7-/t;er. 

(/ay.  S'i'i^  sea^  CD  basin, 

forest.  p^!"3  ftoic/.  *)1>   iniquity, 

lacer.  six:"!?  pazjz.  Sjr5  /jee/. 

/jrtr/j.  ''^P^  nail. 

FEMININE     NOUNS. 

terror.        n^a'^ax  grape-cake.     b:"3  sAw.  f^DiO  /<f)o/^ 

.^heaf  '11^!^.  .i.s/aWe.         nc";!?.  //('wyj.  T^i'd  year, 

people.  '^"'r'n  spear. 

NOUNS     CONSTRUED     IN     EITIIEIt     O  ENDKR. 

,  ribnx.  aloes,    "pbn  window.         nb'?  rod.  CSS  ioTie. 
garment.           ~in  ro»<//.               cr3  .w»/.  r?  time, 

rim.  "33  circle.  i"'p  thorn.  crc  /oo<. 

temple.  "'^^"^  fortress.  ■       ZV  cloud.  rb'at  s/Je. 

ar/«.  '^.•'1')?  camp.  fzv  cord. 


§  201        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         227 

d.  The  two  forms  of  the  plural,  though  mostly  synonymous,  occasion- 
ally (liii'er  ill  sense  as  in  Latin  loci,  and  lova.  Thus  Di"i33  is  used  of 
round  masses  of  money,  talejits,  ni^33  of  bread,  round  loaces ;  C'^n'^O 
thorns^  nin^O  hooks;  O'^i??.  heels,  riiz^v_  fool-prints ;  W^^v^  footsteps  of 
men,  ni'irs^ee^  of  articles  of  furniture.  Comp.  §198.  c.  Sometimes  they 
differ  in  usaire  or  frequency  of  employment:  thus  ma^  days,  nijd  years, 
are  poetical  and  rare,  the  customary  forms  being  ciTO^,  C^id, 

e.  Nouns  mostly  preserve  their  proper  gender  in  the  plural  irrespective 
of  the  termination  which  they  adopt;  though  there  are  occasional  excep- 
tions, in  which  feminine  nouns  in  C^  are  construed  as  masculines,  e.  g. 
Qiibj  women  Gen.  7:  13,  w-^-o  words  Job  4:4,  c-^jri::  ants  Prov.  30:25, 
and  masculine  nouns  in  ni  are  construed  as  feminines,  e.  g.  niisca  dwell- 
ings Ps.  84 : 2. 

f.  In  explanation  of  the  apparently  promiscuous  or  capricious  use  of  the 
masculine  and  feminine  endings,  it  may  be  remarked  that  the  termination 
D"^  in  strictness  simply  indicates  the  plural  number,  and  is  indeterminate 
as  to  gender,  §199.  e,  though  the  existence  of  a  distinct  form  for  the  fem- 
inine left  it  to  be  appropriated  by  the  masculine.  The  occurrence  of  C"'  in 
feminine  nouns,  and  even  in  the  names  of  females,  as  o^ds  women.  f'-tS 
sAe-g-0(;/s,  may  therefore,  like  the  absence  of  the  distinctive  feminine  ending 
from  the  singular,  be  esteemed  a  mere  neglect  to  distinguish  the  gender  by 
the  outward  form.  The  occurrence  of  the  ieminine  ending  in  a  masculine 
noun,  whether  singular  or  plural,  is  less  easily  accounted  for.  Such  words 
may  perhaps,  at  one  period  of  the  language,  have  been  regarded  as  fem- 
inine, the  subsequent  change  of  conception,  by  which  they  are  construed 
as  masculine,  failing  to  obliterate  their  original  form.  Such  a  change  is 
readily  supposable  in  words,  which  there  is  no  natural  or  evident  reason 
fur  assigning  to  one  sex  rather  than  the  other;  but  not  in  rt'izii  fathers, 
which  can  never  have  been  a  feminine.  One  might  be  tempted  in  this 
case  to  suspect  that  m'  was  not  the  sign  of  the  plural,  comp.  rrinx  sister, 
ricn  mother-in-law,  but  that  "l  belonged  to  the  radical  portion  of  the 
word,  and  that  n  was  appended  to  form  a  collective,ya^/ier/ioofZ,  §  198, 
which  has  in  usage  taken  the  place  of  the  proper  plural.  More  probably, 
however,  the  idea  of  official  dignity,  which  was  so  prominently  attached 
to  the  paternal  relation  in  patriarchal  timef^,  is  the  secret  of  the  feminine 
form  which  -X  assumes  in  the  plural,  comp.  nir'^2  leaders.  ^''^T}j:>  preacher, 
while  its  construction  as  a  masculine  springs  so  directly  out  ot  its  significa- 
tion as  to  remain  unalTected.  And  this  suggests  the  idea  that  the  like  may 
have  happened  to  names  of  inanimate  objects.  They  may  receive  the 
feminine  ending  in  its  neuter  sense  to  designate  them  as  things.  §  198.  c, 
while  at  the  same  time  they  are  so  conceived  that  the  masculine  construc- 
tion is  maintained. 

§201.  1.  Some  substantives  are,  hy  their  signification  or 
by  usage,  limited  to  tlie  singular,  such  as  material  nouns 
taken  in  a  universal  or  indefinite  sense,  t^  /ire,  2'n'j  ^old, 
rra'^s  ^roic?idj  collectives,  ?l'J  children,  '^v  fowl,  "^y.  birds  of 


228  ETYMOLOGY.  §  202 

prey,  "ijpa  large  cattle  (noun  of  unity  liizJ  an  ox),  "i^i  small 
cattle  (noun  of  unity  ni/  a  sheep  or  goat) ;  many  abstracts, 
yci)  salratiuii,  rin^y  blindness.  On  the  other  hand  some  are 
found  only  in  the  phu'al,  such  as  nouns,  whose  singular,  if  it 
ever  existed,  is  obsolete,  D"''b  water,  Wl^  face  ov  faces,  ^^^"0 
heaven,  a''?^  bowels,  DT'a  men,  rrf^'&'syz  adjacent  to  the  head, 
and  abstracts,  Avhich  have  a  plural  form,  0''*n  Ifc  C^ns? 
love,  D^^nn  mercij,  rilS^ann  government. 

a.  The  intimate  connection  between  a  collective  and  an  abstract  is 
shown  by  the  use  of  the  feminine  singuhir  to  express  both,  §198.  In  like 
manner  the  plural,  wiiose  office  it  is  to  gather  separate  units  into  one  ex- 
pression, is  used  to  denote  in  its  totality  or  abstract  form  that  common 
quality  which  pervades  them  all  and  renders  such  a  summation  possible, 
comp.  Ta  StVaia  right,  to.  aSixa  wrong.  Some  abstracts  adopt  inditrerently 
the  feminine  or  the  plural  form.  i^fi'^X  and  c^r^i^x  fidelity,  n^xs  and 
f^nxa  redemption.  n*n  and  t^'fn  life.,  ■^^''rir?.  and  n"'i'in.  darkness,  nx^^ 
and  c'xkia  setting  of  gems. 

6.  The  form  ^^31::^  is  adopted  by  certain  words  which  denote  periods 
of  human  life.  C^niira  childhood.  C'tstbr  youth,  c-^nna  adolescence,  C'B'ira 
rirginily.  rib'l-S  period  of  et^ponsal'^,  tS'^jpT  old  age. 

c.  Abstracts,  which  are  properly  singular,  are  sometimes  used  in  the 
plural  to  denote  a  higl\  degree  of  the  quality  which  they  represent,  or  re- 
peated exhibitions  and  embodiments  of  it,  nniina  might,  niisina  deeds  of 
might. 

2.  There  are  a  fevr  examples  of  the  employment  of  the 
plural  form  when  a  single  individual  is  spoken  of,  to  suggest 
the  idea  of  exaltation  or  greatness.  It  is  thus  intimated  that 
the  individual  embraces  a  plurality,  or  contains  within  itself 
what  is  elsewhere  divided  amongst  many.  Such  plmals  of 
majesty  are  D'^nbs?  God  the  supreme  object  of  worship,  ''Jix 
Supreme  Lord  prop,  mg  Lord,  §  199.  c,  and  some  other  terms 
referring  to  the  divine  being,  ^"'S'^is  Eccles.  12:1,  D^niza 
Eccles.  5:7,  ^^o  Isa.  54  :  5,  n-^ri-iip  Hos.  12:1;  also,  D"':^i« 
(rarely  with  a  plural  sense)  lord,  D^^':?3  (when  followed  by  a 
singular  suffix)  master,  iri^na  Behemoth,  great  beast,  and 
possibly  D'^Dnn  Teraphim,  which  seems  to  be  used  of  a  single 
image,  1  Sam.  19  :  13,  16. 

§202.  The  dual  is  formed  by  adding  c.  to  the  singular 


§203  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  229 

of  both  genders,  ri  as  the  sign  of  the  femmine  remaining 
unchanged,  and  ri^  reverting  to  its  original  form  fi,,  §  196.(5, 

":)  hand  du.  Q'i: ,  nb"H  door  du.  D:'Jhb'i ,  r>£is  /?jy  du.  n>^?i^  . 

a.  The  dual  ending  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  Indo-European  languages, 
Boj)p  Vergleich.  Gramin.  §206.  is  a  modified  and  strengthened  form  of  the 
plural  ending.  The  Arabic  goes  beyond  the  Hebrew  in  extending  the 
dual  to  verbs  and  pronouns.  The  Chaldee  and  Syriac  scarcely  retain  a 
trace  of  it  except  in  the  numeral  two  and  its  compounds. 

§  203.  The  dual  in  Hebrew  expresses  not  merely  two,  but 
a  couple  or  a  pair.  Hence  it  is  not  employed  with  the  same 
latitude  as  in  Greek  of  any  t^vo  objects  of  the  same  kind, 
but  only  of  two  which  belong  together  and  complete  each 
other.     It  is  hence  restricted  to 

1.  Double  organs  of  men  or  animals,  D"?jTi5  ears,  0"??^? 
nostrils,  D'?'?7P  horns,  Q^?23  loinfjs. 

2.  Objects  of  art  which  are  made  double  or  which  con- 
sist of  two  corresponding  parts,  U^yS},  pair  of  shoes ^  Q!*?]"^^ 
pair  of  scales,  ^^^"^^^  pair  of  tongs,  'uy^'^  folding  doors. 

3.  Objects  which  are  conceived  of  as  constituting  to- 
gether a  complete  whole,  particularly  measures  of  time  or 
quantity,  uyyr*  period  of  two  dags,  bidtiiim,  D''?^'C  two  weeJcs, 
fortnight,  O'rrij  two  years,  bien7iium,  'OT^'^^'O  two  measures, 
D''n33  two  talents,  D^if"?  Prov.  28  :  6,  IS  double  wag  (comp. 
in  English  double  dealing),  D"''!!r!3  pair  of  rivers,  i.  e.  the 
Tigris  and  Euphrates  viewed  in  combination. 

4.  The  numerals  D"'?''"^  ttco,  D'??S3  double,  'uyy&'q  two  hun- 
dred, D'E^s?  two  thousand,  D^riis*!  two  myriads,  DT^l^nTlJ  seven- 
fold, D^^xbs  of  two  sorts. 

5.  A  few  abstracts,  in  which  it  expresses  intensity,  D'^i?^?? 
double-slothful ness,  '^Tl'S^  double-rebellion,  Cr^v?^  double-light, 
i.  e.  7ioon,  'ny\y^'\  double-wickedness. 

a.  Names  of  objects  occurring  in  pairs  take  the  dual  form  even  when  a 
higher  number  than  two  is  spoken  of,  C^ft'n  'i'licJ  1  Sam.  2  :  13  the  three 
teeth,  o?SJ3  sa^ix  Ezek.   1  :  6 /owr  wings,  0*033  iui:  Isa.  G :  2  six  wings, 


:230  ETYMOLOGY.  §  204, 205 

D''3''S  nya-'  Zech.  3  :  9  aevfu  eyes.  O^i^S'bDI  D7~;n"5S  (ill  the  hands  and 
all  knees  E/ek.  7:17.  Several  names  ol"  double  orgiiiis  of  tlie  ImtTian  or 
aiiiaial  botiy  have  a  plural  lorin  likewise,  which  is  used  of  artifieial  iiiiita- 
lioiis  or  of  inanimate  objects,  to  wliicli  these  names  are  applied  by  a  figure 
of  speech.  §  198.  c,  n"'in;5  hums,  mi^p?  horns  of  the  altar,  C"'£:s  -wings, 
riErS  extremities.  C^EPS  shoulders,  nsrs  shoulder-pieces  of  a  garment, 
ci"?  eyes,  rii:^5  fountains.  Cibsn  ftel,  O"'?!']  times  prop,  beats  of  the 
foot.  In  a  few  instani;es  this  distinction  is  neglected,  n";rE\:3  and  rirEd 
lips,  cn"^  and  rin''^  sides,  c^rsn^  extremities. 

b.  The  dual  endintj  is  in  a  very  few  words  superadded  to  that  of 
the  plural,  ni^iin  ii-alls  of  a  city.  C"'rrn  double  vails,  rrintb  boards, 
C"'nnb  double  boarding  of  a  ship,  DTita  name  of  a  town  in  Judah,  Josh. 

•   -      \  i  •  «     I- : 

15:36. 

c.  The  words  c^ia  water  and  C'^d  heaven  have  the  appearance  of 
dual  forms,  and  might  possibly  be  so  explained  by  the  conception  of  the 
element  of  water  as  exi-sting  in  two  localities,  viz.  under  at\d  above  the 
firmament.  Gen.  1 :7,  and  heaven  as  consisting  of  two  hcmi.«i)hcres.  They 
are,  however,  commoidy  regarded  as  plurals,  and  compared  with  such 
plural  forms  in  Chaldee  as  "iV?'^  Dan.  5:9  from  the  singular  5<*d .  In 
C^bdli"^  Jerusalem,  or  as  it  is  commonly  written  without  the  Yodh  cb:|*-i^^ 
the  final  Mem  is  not  a  dual  ending  but  a  radical,  and  the  pronunciation  is 
simply  prolonged  from  cbr^n^  comp.  Gen.  14:18.  Ps.  76:3,  though  in 
this  assimilation  to  a  dual  form  some  have  suspected  an  allusion  to  the 
current  division  into  the  upper  and  the  lower  city. 

§  204.  It  remains  to  consider  the  changes  in  the  nonns 
themselves,  which  result  from  attaching  to  them  the  various 
endings  for  gender  and  number  that  have  now  been  recited. 
These  depend  upon  the  structure  of  tlie  nouns,  that  is  to  say, 
upon  the  character  of  their  letters  and  syllables,  and  are  gov- 
erned by  the  laws  of  Hebrew  orthography  already  unfolded. 
These  endings  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  ri,  Avhich,  consisting  of  a  single  con- 
sonant, ctmscs  no  removal  of  the  accent  and  produces  changes 
in  the  ultimate  only. 

2.  The  feminine  S"*^ ,  the  plural  C.  and  ri,  and  tlie 
dual  D\ ,  which  remove  the  accent  to  tlunr  own  initial 
vowel,  and  may  occasion  changes  in  both  the  ultimate  and 
the  penult. 

§205.  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  vowel  undergo  no 
change    on   receiving    the   feminine    characteristic  n ,  '^3N"Q 


§  206  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  231 

3Ioabife,  n^naji^  Moabitess,  ^%ra  finding  fern,  nsib ,  xisn 
sinner,  ir.^hn  sin,  §198.  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  con- 
sonant experience  a  compression  of  their  final  syllable,  which, 
upon  the  addition  of  n ,  ends  in  two  consonants  instead  of 
one,  §G0.  2,  and  an  auxiliary  Segliol  is  introduced  to  relieve 
the  harshness  of  the  combination,  §01.2.  In  consequence 
of  this  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  changed  from  a  or  a  to 
c,  §63.  2.  a,  from  8  or  i  to  c,  or  in  a  few  words  to  B,  and 
from  o  or  u  to  o,  §61.  4.  i3TLi:  broken  fem.  nnsir: ,  n-rq-]^, 
reddish  fem.  n^iTStis^* ,  ^"pn  yo/;;y  fem.  f^^'^n,  ">^i3  ma><ter, 
rriis  mistress,  ^^n  y?i?^  fem.  rii^'bri ,  ©•'S  wfty'^  pttn  ivoman, 
§214.  1.  ^,  tis3  scattered  iem.  nci^: ,  nirins  and  nirns  ^/rm. 
When  the  final  consonant  is  a  guttural,  there  is  the  usual 
substitution  of  Pattahli  for  Seghol,  Tizti  hearing  fem.  n^is'iT , 
?'^5'0  touching  fem.  tr^lsy^  . 

a.  In  many  cases  the,  feminine  is  formed  indifferently  by  n  or  by  n^ ; 
in  others  usage  inclines  in  favor  of  one  or  of  the  other  ending,  though  no 
absolute  rule  can  be  given  upon  the  subject.  It  may  be  said,  however, 
that  adjectives  in  "'.  almost  always  receive  H;  active  participles,  except 
those  of  3."i" ,  ^^S  and  nb  verbs,  oftener  take  n  than  n^ ;  n  is  also  found, 
though  less  frequently,  with  the  passive  participles  except  that  of  Kal, 
from  which  it  is  excluded. 

6.  A  final  ") ,  *i  or  n  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  the  feminine  charac- 
teristic n  and  contracted  with  it.  §54,  na  for  r:3  daughter,  rn"?  for 
risns  gift,  rrx  for  rjrx  tndh.  nhx  for  rnnx  one.  rr\-c'q  \  Kin.  1  : 1.5 
for  nnn'^'O  vu'nistering,  nnil"73  Mai.  1  :  14  for  rnnr^  corrupt,  riin?3  for 
nn^n'a  pan.  The  changes  of  tlie  ultimate  vowel  are  due  to  its  compres- 
eion  betbre  concurring  consonants. 

c.  The  vowel  u  remains  in  ni2!iii;ri  Lev.  5:  21  deposit,  and  the  proper 
name  n'cnrn  Tanhuuieth.  From  nx  brother,  ^71  father-in-laiv  nrc  formed 
nins  sister,  ni^Dri  mother-in-lnw,  the  radical  i ,  which  has  been  dropped 
from  the  masculine,  retaining  its  place  before  the  sign  of  the  feminine, 
comp.  §  101.  \.a;  rx^B?  difficult  Deut.  30:  11  is  for  nxJiES  from  nHss. 

§206.  The  changes  which  result  from  appending  the 
feminine  termination  n^ ,  the  plural  terminations  Di.  and  rii, 
and  the  dual  termination  D"'. ,  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
mixed  syllable. 


232  ETYMOLOGY.  §  207 

2.  Those  which  take  place  m  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
simple  syllable. 

3.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  penult. 

§207.  When  the  ulthuate  is  a  mixed  syllable  bearing 
the  accent,  it  is  affected  as  follows,  viz. : 

] .  Tscre  remains  unchanged,  if  the  word  is  a  monosylla- 
ble or  the  preceding  vowel  is  Kanicts,  otherwise  it  is  rejected ; 
other  vowels  suffer  no  change,  ria  dead  fern.  "C''??  ph  °T^; 
ir^  ih'n/h  du.  D^?:?;',  'd}t  complete  fern,  "rbo,  pi.  D^^bc , 
f.  pi.  rryi-it ;  ?jSn  yo/;?y  fem.  rqir^ ,  pi.  c^ibn ,  f.  pi.  n-^rbh . 

a.  The  rejoctioii  of  Tsere  is  due  to  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  words 
which  are  increased  by  additions  at  the  end,  §66.  1.  It  is  only  retained 
as  a  pretonic  vowel,  $64.  2,  when  the  word  is  otherwise  sufficiently  abbre- 
viated, or  its  rejection  would  shorten  the  word  unduly.  Tsere  is  retained 
contrary  to  the  rule  by  cB^'r,  cysn  children  of  I  he  third  and  fourth 
generalioiis,  by  a  few  exceptional  forms,  e.g.  n"iS2  Jer.  3 : 8.  11.  nys'l'ia 
Ex.  23:26.  Tv-d;:  Cant.  1:6.  ^r:-zi\Q  Isa.  54:1.  and  frequently  with  the 
pause  accents.  §65.  e.g.  t^^J^'i^  Isa.  21:3.  C^rrio  Lam.  1 :  16,  :rii3T:-id 
Isa.  49 :  S,  C-'-Jiax  Ex.  28  :  40.  =^';j':d  Gen.  19:11.2  Kin.  6:18  (once  with 
Tiphhha).  :  c-^D^'J?,  Isa.  2  :  20.  n^D--Q  Eccles.  2  :  5.  ni'-irT??  Isa.  2  :  4.  It 
also  appears  in  several  feminine  substantives,  both  singular  and  j)lural.  e.  g. 
nbon^  overthrow.  ri'i:i^;'i^  counsels,  nsrip  abomination.  n:ru."r  staff'.  riEirz^ 
witch.  On  the  other  hand,  the  following  feminines  reject  it  though  j)re- 
ceded  by  Kamets,  br"^  wild-goat,  fern,  nb?"  .  '^T'^  ostrich,  fem.  n:r^  .  ~n^ 
thigh,  fem.  •^b';i'?.  It  is  also  drojiped  from  the  plural  of  the  monosyllable 
"2  son,  and  it.s  place  supplied  by  a  pretonic  Kamet.s,  c^rs  sons,  r'2.2  daugh- 
ters, the  singular  of  the  feminine  being  PS  for  r:s,  §205.6;  so  sbiTa 
ybrArpl.  niibtra. 

b.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel,  'zb  white, 
fem,  ninb.  pi.  n-'i^b,  f.  pi.  nibb;  'i^z-o  fortress,  pi.  c^-i:::^  and  n-i^2i2, 
only  disappearing  in  a  few  exceptional  cases,  "iJb  hair.  fem.  n^""j;j,  'ibb 
qjiail.y)].  c^bb.  c-ijia  pasture.pl.  ob-na^  once  niii-isr.  ninryp  and  ri-iar-a 
fords.  123  talent  i\(\.  n'i'^122  but  in  pau.'se  D'^"i22,  "h:  ?'Ji"erdu.  c^'^n:  .  The 
x"b  participles,  V.Z}  prophesying  pX.  C-'Xa:.  Nr::5  polluted  \)\.  C"i<":u: .  sirJ 
found  pi.  C''X:it:3  adopt  the  vowels  of  nb  forms,  §  165.  2 ;  but  with  the 
pause  accents  Kamets  returns,  n^X25  Ezek.  13:2,  ;  c-x:ir:  E/.r.  8:25. 
The  foreign  word  "^a"!!?  sithurbs  forms  its  plural  irregularly  C"'"ii"^c. 

c.  Hliolem  and  HhiriU  commonly  suffer  no  change;  but  in  a  few  words 
ShureU  takes  the  place  of  the  former,  and  in  one  Tsere  is  substituted  (or 
the  latter,  §66.2(3).  "lii^  terror  pi.  c-'niaTn,  Tijia  habitation  pi.  c^iin: , 
pin^  .sweet  (i'm.  np^^vo  pi.  c-'pJinTa,  pis  distress  i'cm.  MJriS,  'lib's  lodging 
fem.  n:!ib^.  D"i:r^j>/ii!  fem.  nbl3^ .  niba  r^A-Mem.  nnii^a ,  •^'id'2  fortifica- 
tion  fim.  nniaia ,  p^s    detp   fem.    njrn-:?  Prov.   23:27   and  nf?-:r  .  p-n-i 


§  207  GENDER   AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  233 

chain  pi.  nipsinn  1  Kin.  6:21  K'ri;  D-i^Q  escaped  pi.  tD-i-J-ibs  or  C^bbs 
fem.  nb'ibs  or  nibs. 

(Z.  Hholem  is  dropped  from  tlie  plural  of  "lib^  bird  pi.  cnsij .  as  well 
as  from  the  plural  of  nouns  having  the  feminine  characteristic  n  in  the 
singular;  thus  nbsba  skidl^  by  the  substitution  of  the  plural  ending 
ni  lor  n. ,  §199,  becomes  niBsba ,  np;bn.T3  course,  pi.  ripbn^  ,  or  with 
Hhateph-Kamets  under  a  doubled  letter,  §16.  3.6,  r:ri3  cuat  pi.  rinD, 
nbad  ear  of  corn,  pi.  cbad  ;  in  two  instances  a  pre  tonic  Kaniets  is  inserted, 
n-i'sa  drought  ^l  ninaa,  n-incs  AsiarteY>\.  ninnd?, 

e.  Seghol  in  nouns  with  the  feminine  characteristic  n  affixed  mostly  fol- 
lows the  law  of  the  vowel  from  which  it  has  sprung,  §205;  if  it  has  been 
derived  from  Tsere  it  is  rejected,  if  from  any  other  vowel  it  is  still  in  some 
instances  rejected,  though  more  commonly  it  reverts  to  its  original  form 


scale  pi.  n""vapbp  and  nibpbp  .     Pattahh,  which  has  arisen  from  a  Seghol 

so  situated  under  the  influence  of  a  guttural,  follows  the  same  rule.  n:J2L3 

.1  I.  ■.  I  .  '      

ring  p\.  mra:: ,  nrs:  (from  v^i)  touching  pi.  ni'ro. 

f.  A  kw  nouns  with  quiescents  in  the  ultimate  present  apparent  ex- 
ceptions, which  are,  however,  readily  explained  by  the  contractions  which 
they  have  undergone.  Thus  nin  for  rnn,  §57.2(5).  lho7'n,  has  its 
plural  c-'Hin  or  n-^n;n ;  ci"^  (d;^)  day,  pi.  C^i^  (c^'i,'!) ;  "(Ti^  ('0"!^)  strife, 
pi.  ciin?:;  ^ib  (-ivb)  o.r,  pi.  C'^'^TO  ;  n^T  for  y_^  or''l-;-i,  §186.  2.'c,  yjo/,  pi. 
n-^hn  or  C^ni^,  §208.  3;  pW  (plir  or  p^ib)  street,  phCp^b-,  n-^r  (yb  or 
l^y)  city.  pi.  once  C^^?,  Judg.  10:4  usually  contracted  to  t;"'^y  ;  bxn 
(iTwSn)  head,  pi.  c-'axn  (cirx-i).  So  nxo  meamre  becomes  in  the  dual 
D'l'nXD  for  ClinNp  and  nST2  one  hundred,  du.  n'^PXTS  for  D^nNic  ;  riixba 
(nixbia  ,  §57.2(3)),  w'0/7c.  probably  had  in  the  absolute  plural  niisbo', 
whence  the  construct  is  nisNb^  . 

2.  The  final  consonant  sometimes  receives  Daghesli-forte 
before  tlie  added  termination,  causing  the  preceding  vowel 
to  be  shortened  from  a  to  a,  from  e  or  z  to  i,  and  from  o  or 
u  io  u,  §01.  5.  This  takes  place  regularly  in  nouns  wliicli 
are  derived  from  contracted  TJ  roots,  Dri  2^€rfcct  fem.  !"ii2n  , 
^1  sea  pi.  n-^^i;  "ji^a  (from  lb)  sJiield,  pi.  ^^irq  and  tr^irq , 
fem.  ^2.^12 ;  pn  statute  pi.  D"'pri ,  fem.  nj?n ,  pi.  nipn  ,  or  in 
whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have  coalesced,  ^s  for  trips 
du.  Q^ss?  nose ;  ty  for  T3y  sUe-goat  pi.  D^-t^  ;  ny  for  ni?  time 
pi.  D'^ny  and  nin? ;  ©"^s  for  Tr:x  man,  ni^s  woman,  and  it 
not  infrequently  occurs  in  other  cases. 

a.  Nouns  with  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  with  few  exceptions  double  their 
final  letter,  being  either  contracted  forms,  hh  weak  pi.  Q"'i'n  fem.  n^^  pi. 


234  ETYMOLOGY.  §>207 

ri'sn,  or  receiving  Dagheeh-forte  conservative  in  onJer  to  preserve  the 
eliort  vowel.  cJx  /iOol  pi.  crsx^ ;  so  "(EIX  ulnil.  D^n  mi/ille.  -r^/t-ir,  rnrn 
frighlfnl.  P'bh'^^  grtenitsh.  "'ix^  desire.  Bel'oro  gutrurals  Pattahh  may 
be  retained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  rh  fiesli  pi.  n'^nb,  or  lengthened 
to  Kainetr-',  §60.4.  "ili  prince  pi.  Cino  leni.  nV'^  5  ^o  ^"i^^^^tx  Jingers, 
nrzix  /(j//r.  C''S3i3  helmets.  cn^Iia  strails  and  CXiin  baskets.  rxVs  /oo/;s, 

»»:-./  -Ti  •»:  ■»!  t|\^/3 

which  do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  but  are  comtnorily  referred  to  "'"^l^, 
■'b'lb.  §194.  b,  ■•  being  changed  to  X  as  in  §2ll8.  3.  (/;  also  lO  breast, 
■\vhirh  omits  Da<rliesh  du.  n7"iC"  .  Pattahh  is  in  the  rnllowinir  examples 
chaiigfil  to  Uliirik  before  tiie  doubled  letter,  §58.  2.  t2  prey  I'cin.  nj3 ,  rn 
Jear  i'tm.  nnil,  rj  wine-press  pi.  r'^PS .  "fQ  garment  pi.  C^^  and  C'nr: , 
Dp  tribute,  r;b  basin,  rb  morsel.  l:i  s/V/^,  bjsa  ivheel.  r"'ic5D  baskets. 
CSO:©  palm- branches,  a"ii^  threshing-sledge  pi.  n^2"ii?3  or  by  the  resolu- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte,  §59.  a.  C^5"'"i"n3 .  It  is  rejected  from  bs^a  cymbal 
pi.  cb'^bs.  -,1  6'oW  pi.  crT  ,  B"''n3i-}3  berries,  probably  from  liij  and  cria 
we?J,  from  the  obsolete  singular,  r^ .  The  plural  of  cy  people  is  C"r? 
and  in  a  very  few  instances  with  the  doubled  letter  repeated.  C^rrs  ;  so 
*in  mnnnlain  pi.  cnn  and  C^nnrj  Deut.  8:9.  -k  shadow  pi.  Ci^b:!  .  pn 
statute  pi.  C'jsn.  and  twice  in  the  construct,  "T!"'?  Judg.  5 :  15.  Isa.  10:  1, 
which  implies  the  absolute  form  n"'pf;n  . 

b.  The  final  letter  is  doubled  after  Kamcts  in  the  following  words  be- 
sides those  from  55  roots,  dBsix  porch  pi.  C"'J:3X  ;  so  "jipN  hire,  bra  camel. 
*(T:t  time.  Ti'^'n"?  darkness,  pni^a  distance.  "Kj^  small.  ")i>.j^  green,  '-i<'^ 
quiet.  )i£i'd  lily.  "jEd  coney,  to  which  should  perhaps  be  added  -^P"  Deut. 
8:  15  scorpion,  though  as  it  has  a  pause  accent  in  this  place  which  is  tlie 
only  one  where  it  is  found  with  Kamets.  its  proper  form  may  perhaps  have 
been  -"^k5  .  §65.  The  Niplial  participle  1223  honored  has  in  the  plural 
both  ^"333  and  D"''n333 .  Several  other  words,  which  only  occur  in  the 
plural,  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  singulars  with  Kamets  in  the  ulti- 
mate;  but  the  vowel  may,  with  equal  if  not  greater  probability,  be  sup- 
posed to  have  been  Pattahh.  Kamcts  is  shortened  to  Pattahh  belbre  n, 
wliich  does  not  admit  Daghesli-lorte,  in  the  plurals  of  nx  brother  j)l.  3^nx, 
nn  hook,  nijD^  confidence,  §00.  4.  a. 

c.  The  fillowing  noons  witli  Hholem  in  the  ultimate  fill  under  this 
rule,  in  addition  to  those  derived  from  53  roots,  'ZZ^  j)eak  pi.  CJirj,  ca~n 
sacred  scribe.  3i:in  band,  ciib  nation,  CTr  naked,  and  several  adjectives 
of  the  form  bb;?.  which  are  mostly  written  without  the  vowel-letter  i. 
§14.3,  e.g.  cnx  7ed  fem.  nr"ix  ,  crnx,  c^'x  terrible,  TpiJ  lutig,  etc.; 
pb'lJX  dunghill  takes  the  form  mriEll'X  in  the  plural. 

d.  There  are  only  two  examples  of  doubling  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  Shurek.  B^^Ti  Prov.  24:31  nettles  or  brambles  from  bl^n , 
ri'X")  Esth.  2  :  9  from  "^ixn  Kal  pass,  part  of  nxT  . 

e.  UJ"'X  (Z^Vi)  man  is  not  contracted  in  the  plural  C^ir:x  men;  in  the 
feminine,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  the  initial  weak  letter  is  dropped.  C""w'3 
women,  which  is  used  as  the  plural  of  n^i'X  woman  ;  n"'a"'X  men  and  rf  X 
women  are  rare  and  poetic,  rx  ploughshare  has  cither  C'^nx  or  C^nx  in 
the  plural. 


§208        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         235 

§208.  1.  Segliolate  nouns,  or  those  which  have  an  unac- 
cented vowel  in  the  ultimate,  drop  it  when  any  addition  is 
made  to  them,  ^66.  2.  (1).  As  this  vowel  arose  from  the 
concurrence  of  voweUess  consonants  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
the  necessity  for  its  presence  ceases  when  that  condition  no 
longer  exists.  Segholates  thus  revert  to  their  original  form 
of  a  monosyllable  ending  in  concurrent  consonants,  §183. 

2.  Monosyllables  of  this  description  receive  the  feminine 
ending  with  no  further  clmnge  than  the  shortening  due  to  the 
removal  of  the  accent,  in  consequence  of  which  o  becomes  u 
or  more  rarely  ii,  €  becomes  l  or  more  rarely  c  ;  u  may  be 
restored  to  a  from  which  it  has  commonly  arisen,  §183,  or 
like  8  it  may  become  t  or  v,  D^i>  (P^2>)  strength  fem.  «'i'?^^, 
tJ?n  (rsri)  fern,  rwzn  freedom,  ^'4^.  C?'?^)  saying  fem.  nn^sfi? 
and  nnTSS ,  ^bia  (tjb'a)  ling  t-^'^^'q  queen,  'n'yQ  slaughter  ie,n\. 

a.  Nouns  having  either  of  the  forms  nb::|?,  rib::^,  uh'Sp .  !n!:::p , 
Sib^p,  are  consequently  to  be  regarded  as  sprung  I'rom  monosyiiabk^s  with 
the  vowel  given  to  the  first  radical. 

3.  Before  the  plural  terminations  a  pretonic  Kamets  is 
inserted,  and  the  original  vowel  of  the  monosyllable  falls 
aAvay,  ?jb^  ( i^q )  king  pi.  D^ibia ,  tiib-Q  queen  pi.  rriib^ ,  n^ax 
(nrk)  saging  pi.  n^-^^S;: ,  nn^N  id.  pi.  nin^x ,  b?2  (b:j?s)  ivork, 
pi.  D^b':^3 ,  s'upn  sin  pi.  D^'^n . 

a.  Pretonic  Kamets  is  not  admitted  by  the  numerals  C^Cl^  txcenti) 
from  "ibi;  ten,  D"'53d  seventy  from  vz^_  seven,  c^yrri  vinelij  from  J'Cn 
nine.  The  words  C^Dl^a  pis/achiu-niits.  D^3::ri  ebony,  cb.x^  Job  40:21.22, 
d"'rrin  mercies.  3"'73pd  and  niopo  sycamores,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
sinfTular,  have  been  regarded  as  examples  of  a  like  omission.  But  there 
need  be  no  assumption  of  irregularity  if  the  first  is  taken  with  Fiirst  from 
r!3::2  ,  the  second  with  Gesenius  from  ''J^'^  i  '"^"d  the  others  are  explained 
after  a  like  analogy.  Gluadriiiteral  Segholates  also  receive  pretonic  Ka- 
mets in  the  plural  "533  pi.  Di:":3  merchants,  unless  the  new  letter  creates 
an  additional  syllable,  in  which  case  the  introduction  of  Kamets  would 
proionfT  the  word  too  much,  'J5iS  cancnbine  pi.  t!ii."5|Q  ,  )'iB^  nail  D":"ie:I  . 

6.  The  superior  tenacity  of  Hholem.  §60.  1.  o  (4).  is  shown  by  the  occa- 
sional retention  of  o.  not  only  as  a  compound  Sh'va  under  guttural.s.  nn'x 
wayi>\.  T^'.r<'^i<_^  so  C'ln  month,  i"";h  thicket,  "n:ii>  sheaf,  "tb  fawn ;  but  as 


ilSG  ETYMOLOGY.  §  209 

Kiimcis  Hliatiiph  in  rnp  holiiii'iis  pi.  C'i'n;?  ami  ^''^p^,  ^yh  roof  |)1. 
fi'-fr,  ^  19. 2.  orusa  liMi<r  vowel  in  bnx  u-ui  ul.  c^b'nx  .  n'^nx  stall  pi.  PliK  . 
jGO.  3.  c,  or  Khilled  to  tiie  following  letlrr  t-o  as  to  take  llio  place  of  tlie 
pretonic.  Kamele  in  "ni  thumb  pi.  rijinS ,  n33  brightness  pi.  nipiM , 
§  184.  a.  Cornp.  boD  (^DD)  graven  inid'je  pi.  cp^'DD.  In  otiier  nouns  it  is 
rejected,  "^jra  morning  |)l.  Cij^a  ;  so  l";a  thnshing-Jioor.  "iB3  cypress,  yep 
hand/lilt.  n?3">  sjiear.  cnh  juniper,    brii*  hollow  of  the  hand. 

c.  Middle  Vav  qiiiesces  in  the  i)lural  of  the  lollowint;  nouns:  r*T3  death 
pi.  C'lrna  ,  nH-r  iniquili/  pi.  nbis" .  Ge.senius  regards  CpS  Prov.  11:7, 
Hos.  9:  4,  as  tiie  plural  of  "i"^ ,  while  others  derive  it  from  "px.  translating 
it  riche.-i  in  the  former  passage  and  sorrow  in  the  latter,  the  primary  idea 
out  of  which  both  senses  spring  being  that  of  toil.  Middle  Yodh  quiesces 
in  the  plural  ofb^K  rum  pi.  c^.B^X ;  ri-'i  olice  pi.  c-'p-'T .  b"'^  ni'jht  jil.  n'ib-'b , 
but  not  in  h-^'n  strength  pi.  C^b^n ,  'i"^?  fountain  pi.  PiJ"?. ,  "i""!?  a.^s-colt  pi. 
D'^V?  ,  ir^n  o-oa^  pi.  n"'b^ri.  The  plural  of  x^a  valley  is  rri'ijj  hy  irans- 
posilion  from  the  regular  form  n"'X"'a  which  is  twice  found  in  the  K'thibh 
2  Kin.  2:  16.  Ezek.  6:3;  n^?  hou.'ie  has  as  its  plural  C"'r;3.  whether  this 
be  explaineil  as  for  cn^^  from  n23  to  build  or  for  cnna  from  ri3  to 
lodge.  Mitldle  Yodh  always  quiesces  before  the  feminine  and  dual  endings, 
n^k  provision  fem.  <"iys,  "i^?  eye  du.  C^'V'J. 

d.  Monosyllables  in  '^.  from  rib  roots  belong  properly  to  this  forma- 
tion, §57.  2  (4)  and  §184.  6.  and  follow  the  rules  given  above  both  in  the 
feminine  "'j^n  (^bn)  necklace,  fern,  •^'jbn,  and  the  plural  """iX  (7";i<)  lion 
pi.  c'^-ix  and  i^'i^'^X  ,  ■'■ia  /r('r/ pi.  c:"'^73  ,  or  with  the  change  of"'  to  X, 
§56.  4,  which  also  occurs  in  verb.s  §177,3.  "'bri  necklace  pi.  cxbri ,  ^rs 
simple  j)I.  D"'^v^'  ^^.K'^  "'"'  ^"'^"53 ,  ''b.^  gazelle  pi.  n"'^^:£  .  c^s:::!  and 
mx3:i ;  in  like  manner  CiXS?  branches,  CX^b  lions  are  referred  to  "'53 
and  "^ib  though  these  siniruhirs  do  not  occur;  ''bs  ('bs)  utensil  does  not 
receive  Kamets  in  the  plural  C'bs. 

4.  The  dual  sometimes  takes  a  pretonic  Kamets  like  the 
plural,  but  more  frequently  follows  the  feminine  in  not  re- 
quiring its  insertion,  n'^t  (rift)  <:/oo/'  du.  D'rb-^  ^  rQ~  {Tf^) 
wai/  du.  D'?77,  T^.  (rp)  horn  du.  0^=7)5  and  n'l^p ,  -^rh 
check  du.  Dl^^nb ,  i\-\k  (^-13)  kucc  du.  D''?';^ ,  so  Ol^in^a ,  Q!'??:, 


§209.  When  the  ultimate  is  a  simple  syllable,  the  follow- 
ing ca.ses  occur,  viz  : 

1.  Final  n.  is  rejected  before   the  feminine   and  ])lural 
endings,  "£;»  beautiful  fem.  he^  f.  pi.  m's;",  "^'4"?^  ""^^■'^*  pl- 

D^Tb??'^ ;  SO  nina  camp  du.  a'"n^  . 

a.  The  last  radical  in  word.-  of  this  descrii)tion  is  properly  "^ .  which  is 
rejected  after  a  vowelless  letter,   §62.  2.  c,  so   that  HE^  is  lor  n'|lE"'  and 


§  209        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         237 

Cirs^  for  B'^'^irya .  in  a  very  few  instances  the  ra(]ical  "^  remains,  e.g. 
n'-i-ji;;' Cant.  1:7  from  rth'S  (■^isS')  O'^n^n  Isa.  25:  6  from  nh^-o  (^n?T2) 
and  is  even  strengthened  by  Daghesh-tbrte,  §207.2,  n^Di3  Lam.  1:1b 
from  HDia.  n;^-is  and  nnb.  §196.  b.   fern,  of  n^Q.  rri'-.n  Hos.   14:  1,  else- 


ver.  10.     See  Alexander  in  loc. 

2.  Final  "i.  may  combine  with  the  feminine  and  plural 
endings,  so  as  to  form  n^  ,  Q"^'' . ,  rri" . ,  or  it  may  in  the 
masculine  plural  be  contracted  to  Q"'.  ,  §02.  2,  "^l^y  Ilehreiu 
pi.  D^nny  and  n'^h^5?  fem.  n'^^ns?  f.  pi.  ni^nny ;  ^i  5//;^  pi. 
D^i  and  D^^2£,  ^irsn/r^<?  pi.  D^iiJEn,  ^pa^j^^r^  pi.  n-'^p:.  So 
nouns  in  sr*.  upon  the  exchange  of  the  feminine  singular  for 
the  plural  termination  ir?\yi^v  Ammonitess  pi.  rii'^Di732?,  rr^pn 
Hittifess  n^'pn. 

a.  In  B'^X"'::"!?  2  Chron.  17:  11  Arabians  from  "'i"iy  an  X  is  interposed, 
elsewhere  ci"!?  ;  rii^bn  brcniclte.s,  rii*jT  corners  and  ri'|3373  boivls^  which 
do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  are  assumed  to  be   from  rr^b^  ,    n'^'ij    and 

b.  A  kw  monosyllables  in  "^^  form  their  feminines  in  this  manner, 
thouirh  in  the  masculine  plural  they  follow  the  rule  before  given,  §208. 3.  d, 
ina  A-/VZ  fem.  iri^ns ,  ""hb  Uo7i,  X^nb  lioness.  §196.  (/,  "^^^  gazelle  i'em.  n*a:s 
(iriiaiJ  and  x'jsa  are  used  as  proper  names),  "'rd  drinking  fem.  i^^nd  . 

3.  There  are  few  examples  of  final  i  or  i  with  added 
endings.  The  following  are  the  forms  which  they  assume : 
ipt?  drhd  pi  n^ij^Tl? ,  t^-^bb^  kingdom  pi.  ni^Db^ ,  §  G2.  2, 
n^^y  testimony  pi.  n'i'iy ,  nihij  ^/^^'er  pi.  ninx  and  rii'-^rii?  for 
ninns ,  is-i  and  i^inn  myriad  pi.  ninn ,  mscni  and  nixian ; 
the  dual  D^fila"!  inserts  the  sign  of  the  feminine. 

a.  ni'sri.  or  Wpn  Jer.  37  :  16  cells  is  referred  to  the  assumed  singular 
M2n;  mvj3  Isa.  3:16  K'thibh  and  mros  1  Sam.  25:18  K'thibh  are 
formed  from  ^i; ,  1b3  abbreviated  Kal  passive  participles.  §  172.  5,  but  in 
the  absence  of  the  appropriate  vowel  points  their  precise  pronunciation 
cannot  be  determined. 

h.  Nouns  ending  in  a  quiescent  radical  X  may  be  regarded  as  termina- 
ting in  a  consonant,  since  this  letter  resumes  its  consonantal  power  upon 
an  addition  being  made  to  the  word.  Comp.  §162.  xiriD  found  fem. 
nx:si23,  x-iQ  wild  ass  ^\.  n"'5<'7Q. 


238  ETYMOLOGY.  §210 

§210.  The  changes,  \vhicli  occur  in  the  penult,  arise 
from  tlie  disposition  to  shorten  the  former  part  of  a  word, 
\vhen  its  accent  has  been  carried  forward  by  accessions  at  the 
end,  §()().  1.  They  consist  in  the  rejection  of  Kamets  or 
Tsere,  b-,ia  great  fcm.  npii;i  pi.  □^5:--ia  f.  pi.  n-bi-a,  ^i"? 
icord  pi.  D"'n3i ,  "n:T  memorial  pi.  ri^i'iDT ,  qbs  winy  du. 
D'?:3,  ^•'Z-q  resforivy  pi.  C'^i'^Ti:^  fem.  ^u-^ria,  ni^a  distress 
pi.  D''"^V''2 ,  "^l-?  Levite  pi.  D"'"''';'^  ,  except  from  nouns  in  n_  in 
which  the  place  of  the  accent  is  not  changed  by  the  addition 
of  the  terminations  for  gender  and  number,  §209.  1,  "e^ 
beautiful  fem.  nb  pi.  tri'^ ,  rrfq  fidd  pi.  rrr^ ,  nir]?  hard 
pi.  c-^irp,  n:i:T3  pi.  D^yia  and  n-^i?T3  3o?tT/5,  ni;  smitten  pi. 
C"'i: .  Other  penultimate  vowels  are  mostly  exempt  from 
change. 

a.  Kamets,  Avliirh  has  arisen  Irom  Pattalih  in  consequence  of  the  suc- 
ceedins^  letter  not  being  able  to  receive  Daghesh-forte.  as  the  form  properly 
requires,  is  incapable  of  rejection.  Such  a  Kamets  is  accordingly  retained 
without  change  before  l,  e.  g.  bnn  for  TT'^n,  §  187. 1,  workvian  pi.  Cd'nn, 
so  il'TS  horseman,  Tr'-^'Z  fugilice,  C^^O  (const.  C"'")p)  e«MMf/i,  }^''~?  teni- 
ble.  y".^  violent,  yiin  diligent,  or  shortened  to  Pattahli  before  n, 
§60.  1.  a  (4),  "lira  yotnig  man  p\.  Ci'na .  Kamets  is  al.<o  retained  in 
certain  ys  and  nb  deriv'atives  as  a  sort  of  compensation  for  the  reduetion 
of  the  root  by  contraction  or  quiescence,  e.  g.  'i'O  shield  ])\.  C^rs^a  and 
nibi3.  vv-o  fortress  pi.  f'-Tr'a,  n^bn  branch  pi.  r"i"sbn .  n-^'T  corner  pi.  ri''T  . 
Otlier  instances  of  its  retention  are  rare  and  exceptional,  1133  treacherous 
fem.  nni:3 .  rnid  (const.  r:a)  n-ee/c  pi.  C";'=^"  and  mi'rj  but  du.  c^r^-r , 
tti'^ila  if«rr/()rpl.  C'^b-'bc. 

6.  When  Kamets  following  a  doubled  letter  is  rejected,  and  Dagheeh- 
(brte  is  omitted  in  consequence,  §25.  the  antepenultimate  vowel  is  in  a  few 
instances  changed  from  Hhirik  to  Seghol.  §61.  5.  *i'i"''Tn  vision  i>\.  nir>Tn, 
liiiar  atentk])\.  C^i'icr,  but  V"^^:  vieniorial  y>\.  rii'nzT . 

c.  Tsere  is  not  rejected  if  it  has  arisen  from  Hhirik  before  a  guttural 
in  a  f)rni  which  properly  requires  Daghe.^h-forte,  d^n  |br  ttifr")  §  '87.  1.6, 
deaf  \A.  C'C'^n ,  or  if  it  is  commonly  re]>resented  by  '',  §14.  .S,  rVs  or 
rb'^S,  §  1S6,  ^f/)H7wyr  pi.  ris^''3.  or  a  radical  "^  quiesces  in  it.  'r'X  or  "PX 
(from  ".r^,  h\^^^)  perennial  ))l.  C"':r"'X  or  ::'^:rx.  bi^n  temple,  pi.  n-Bz-n 
and  ri5=-n,  z.'^^t''-Ox\v.(\try::-Oreclttiide,  C'i't-T  (from  *inf  ov -i-^))  proud. 
Other  cases  are  rare  and  e.xceptional,  e.  g.  C^b'^S  Neli.  3  :3ifeeble. 

d.  Hholem  is  almost  invariably  retained  in  the  penult,  yet  it  yields  to 
the  strong  tendency  to  abbreviation  in  the  following  trisyllables  :  n"'"ii^"r5< 
Ashdo'litess  y\.  r'^Tlix  Neh.  1:^:2.3  K'ri  (K'thibh  PT^TiTrx).  D'^i'ias  Ain- 
vionitess  pi.  ni'rrs  id.  (K'thibh   r^-viv .    l   Kin.  11:   1  priiar),  *p"2t 


§211  GENDER   AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  239 

Sidonian  f.  pi.  r*:"i:£  where  long  Hliirik  becomes  Tsere  before  concurrent 
consonants,  §61.  4. 

e.  When  the  penult  is  a  mixed  syllable  containing  a  short  vowel,  it  is 
ordinarily  not  subject  to  ciuinge,  §58.2.  The  tendency  to  the  greatest 
possible  abbreviation  is  betrayed,  however,  in  a  few  examples  by  the  re- 
duction of  the  diphthongal  Seghol  to  Pattahh.  comp.  §60.  3.  6,  ^3'-'X 
clmier  pi.  ni33"::N:  Cant.  7  :  8.  =3-}^.  chariot  fern.  nis-iTS  pi.  niisna  ,  pn"i73 
distance  pi.  n"^]5n-ig  and  Cj^nn^,  or  of  Pattahh  to  the  briefest  of  the 
short  vowels  Hhirik,  comp,  §207.  2.  n.  rihvh'i  fury  pi.  niSirbT  ,  iih-qfork 
pi.  niibTi:,  §190.  a,  nns::  dish  pi.  riin^^.  by  the  resolution  of  Dagiiesh- 
forte  for  rnn^S,  §59. a;  ~nx  for  nrnx  o/,^er' has  in  the  plural  c^^™  ,  mnnx. 
as  if  from  nnx ,  rbm  coal  has  pi.  C^pm  by  §63.  1. 

§211.  In  forming  the  plural  of  nonns,  wliicli  have  a 
feminine  ending  in  the  singular,  the  latter  nuist  first  be 
omitted  before  the  rules  already  given  are  applied.  Thus, 
nbb'cia  I'lngdom  by  the  omission  of  the  feminine  ending  be- 
comes tf^ia^ ,  hence,  by  §  207.  l,its  plural  is  mrti^ ;  so  nib^ 
queen  becomes  tfbia ,  and  by  §  208.  3.  its  plural  is  rrii^''? ; 
'^i'^^  ejjistlc  becomes  lax,  and  by  §207.1.  its  plural  is 
Miiai? .  As  precisely  the  same  changes  result  from  append- 
ing the  feminine  n^  and  the  plural  endings,  except  in  the 
single  case  of  Segholate  nouns  or  monosyllables  terminating 
in  concurrent  consonants,  §208,  nouns  in  n^  become  plural 
with  no  further  change  than  that  of  their  termination ;  only 
in  the  exceptional  case  referred  to  a  pretonic  Kamets  must 
be  inserted.  Nouns  in  t\ ,  after  omitting  the  feminine  end- 
ing, arc  liable  to  the  rejection  or  modification  of  the  vowel 
of  the  ultimate  in  forming  the  plural,  as  explained  §  207. 1.  ^. 
and  e.  On  the  other  hand,  as  the  dual  ending  is  not  substi- 
tuted for  that  of  the  feminine  singular,  but  added  to  it,  no 
such  omission  is  necessary  in  applying  the  rules  for  the 
formation  of  the  dual,  it  being  simply  necessary  to  observe 
that  the  old  ending  t\^  takes  the  place  of  n^ ,  §  202.  Thus 
r\vtb  (nbir)  year,  by  §210,  becomes  in  the  dual  D^ripir,  tby^ 
door,  by  §  208. 4,  du.  D'nb'i ,  n^ns  brass  du.  ni^nrnp . 

a.  In  the  following  examples  a  radical,  which  has  been  rejected  from 
the  singular,  is  restored  in  the  plural,  max  (for  rin^x)  maid-servant,  pi. 


240  ETYMOLOGY.  ^212-214 

pinrx ,  r:"c  (n)r  r.^j'o  froin  !^3"2)  pmiian  pi.  ri-'i'c  niid  rix:'a ,  comp. 
§208.  3.  r/,  rsp  (ibr  n;up  froin  nk;:?)  j»l.  n'ap ;  in  Iil<(;  iiuinruT  ni:3  fo/- 
hnenes  \(i  rv\'crTVi\  to  the  assiiimul  siiiiruhir  r23.  nns  (nina)  governor 
has  in  the  plural  both  niinc  (const,  niins)  and  rino. 


The  Construct  State. 

§212.  AYhcn  one  noun  stands  in  a  relation  of  depend- 
ence on  another,  the  second  or  specifying  noun  is,  in  occi- 
dental languages,  put  in  the  genitive  case  ;  in  Hebrew,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  second  noun  undergoes  no  change,  but  the 
first  is  ])ut  into  what  is  connuonly  called  the  construct  state 
C^JTCO  or  ^^v?  supported).  A  noun  which  is  not  so  related 
to  a  following  one  is  said  to  be  in  the  absolute  state  (rinD-^a 
cut  off).  Thus,  lii  icord  is  in  the  absolute  state  ;  but  in  the 
expression  'tt^^  "^kl  verbum  regis,  the  word  of  the  Icing,  '^2'n 
is  in  the  construct  state.  By  the  juxtaposition  of  the  two 
nouns  a  sort  of  compound  expression  is  formed,  and  the 
speaker  hastens  forward  from  the  first  noun  to  the  second, 
which  is  necessary  to  complete  the  idea.  Hence  results  the 
abbreviation,  which  characterizes  the  construct  state. 

a.  The  term  ohsolute  state  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin;  he  called  the 
construct  the  state  of  regimen. 

§213.  The  changes,  which  take  place  in  the  formation 
of  the  construct,  affect 

1.  The  endings  for  gender  and  number. 

2.  The  final  syllable  of  nouns,  which  are  without  these 
endings. 

3.  The  syllable  preceding  the  accent. 

§214.  The  following  changes  occur  in  the  endings  for 
gender  and  number,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminhie  endincf  n  is  changed  to  T\  nnco 
handmaid  const.  rinstJ ;  the  ending  n  remains  unchanged, 
nn'OTTia  observance  const.  ri'iBTCTO . 


§215  THfi    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF   NOUNS.  241 

a.  The  explanation  of  this  appears  to  be  that  the  conptruct  state  re- 
tains the  old  consonantal  entliiig  n_.  the  close  connection  with  the  follow- 
ing noun  preserving  it  as  if  in  the  centre  of  a  compound  word.  §55.  2.  c ; 
whereas  in  the  isolation  of  the  absolute  state,  the  end  of  the  word  is  more 
liable  to  attrition  and  tlie  consonant  talis  away. 

b.  Some  nouns  in.  n^  preceded  by  Kamets  adopt  a  Segholate  form  in 
the  construct,  nsb^p  kingdom  const.  rsBp??  instead  of  robiTTO,  §61.  1.6, 
nsiT'S'a  (loiiiiiiion  const.  r'~cr"3.  nisb'^  wirk  const.  n=xbl3  ,  •^2X~a  chariot 
const.  rz3-i^,  nn:j:v'  cnnra  const.  rrr^'J,,  ninb  y7a;;;e  const,  rrnb,  rrnb? 
ten  const,  mi::?  or  with  the  Seghols  chantred  to  Paitahhs  under  the  itiflu- 
ence  of  a  guttural,  mi'S^'Q  fa  mill/  const,  rrsria  ,  T^V'Z'^.ii  four  const,  ini'2'^x  ; 
so  f^h'iy}  fg-cake  const,  ribin ;  nrx  woman,  though  it  occurs  in  the  abso- 
lute, Deut.  21 :  11,  1  !Sam.  28  :  7.  Ps.  58 :  9,  is  mostly  used  as  the  construct 
of  nii'X  .  On  the  other  hand,  van  bottle  has  in  the  construct  nrn  Gen. 
21 :  14  (tlie  accent  thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  as  if  from  "^^H. 

2.  The  ending  C.  of  the  masculine  pluml  and  D''.  of  the 
dual  are  alike  changed  to  ''.. ,  D"^^?  natiojis  const,  ""i?? ,  D!'i"ip 
horns  const,  '^b'^j? ;  ni  of  the  feminine  plural  suffers  no  change 

fTi^P  voices  const,  ni^p  . 

a.  The  compression  of  e  to  e  regularly  takes  place  upon  its  being  fol- 
lowed by  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  This  is  here  suggested  as  the 
explanation  of  the  change  of  vowel  in  the  plural.  It  results  from  the 
close  connection  of  the  construct  state,  which  as  it  were,  unites  the  two 
words  into  one  compound  term;  thus,  HTia  houses  joined  to  n^U  hewn 
stone  would  become  r'^Tjcna.  and  by  the  dropping  of  the  nasal,  accord- 
ing to  §55.  2.  &,  rr^Ta  •'na  houses  of  hewn  stone.  Comp.  §199.  e.  In  the 
dual  the  final  nasal  is  likewise  rejected,  and  ay  combines  to  form  the  diph- 
thongal e.  §  57.  2  (5). 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  vowel  ending  of  the  masculine  plural 
construct  is  added  to  feminine  nouns  ''ri'23  (the  accent  invariably  thrown 
back  by  §35.1),  commonly  in  the  K'thibh  Tii73'3  const,  of  W/ca  high- 
places.  '^nilJS'n^  1  Sam.  26:12;  this  takes  place  regularly  before  suf- 
fixes, §220. 2.' 

§  215.  1.  In  a  mixed  final  syllable  Kamets  is  commonly 
shortened  to  Pattahli :  so  is  Tsere  when  preceded  by  Kamets ; 
other  vowels  remain  without  change,  1^  hand  const.  TJI , 
nini^  seat  const,  nfei^ ,  ns^^  nech  const,  ^.s^a,  ipT  o/^  const. 
IpT ,  ^?  heart  const,  sl? ,  Tisa  mighty  man  const.  "^^33 . 

a.  Kamets  remains  in  the  construct  of  cbiix  porch,  ~n3  writing.  'Pi^ 
gift,  "zv  cloud  (once  const,  zb  Ex.  19:9),  D.^ria  decree  and  n^  sea.  e.  "•. 
•^^^H'^.T  ^^(i  of  salt,  except  in  the  phrase  C)1D  n^  sea  of  weed,  i.  e.  Red 
Sea;  -^n  milk  becomes  -^n ,  and  "jib  white  "(zb  Gen.  49:12  in  the  con- 
struct. 

16 


i^lC  ETYMOLOGY.  §215 

6.  Tsoro  roninin5?  in  ^•cnfce  const,  thn,  "ii^  mire  const,  ''il ,  ric'^ 
bredthiii'j  const,,  np^ ,  sfrr  /jfv/  const,  a^?, ,  in  the  55  derivative  "ibia 
«/j/t7(/  const.  iJia  and  in  bzx  found  in  several  proper  names.  It  is  occa- 
sionally sliorlened  to  Sci^liol  before  Makkepli  in  bix  mourning  const, 
"bax  ,  PS  /ime  const.  PIT,  "n?  and  "PS.  C'iJ  yiame  const.  O'J.  ~cb  and  "C'J: 
^a  .soH,  which  in  the  absolute  retains  Tsere  before  Makkeph,  Gen.  30:  H), 
Esct'k.  18:  10,  has  in  the  construct  ",3,  — ,3  or  ""|2 .  Tsere  is  shortened  to 
Pattalih  in  a  few  cases  not  cinbracfd  in  tiie  rule,  viz.:  'ij?  nesl  con.*t.  "Ip, 
h^-2  rod  const.  b;5T3  and  biS'S  ,  lix  Deut.  32  :  28  per/s/jJ»o' const,  of  lix. 
the  Kal  participles  of  Lamcdii  guttural  verbs,  §  126.  1,  and  the  following 
nouns  with  prefixed  "0  in  several  of  which  a  precediiiLT  Pattalih  i.s  likewise 
changed  to  Hliirik.  §190.  a.  ^'i;?^  tilhe  const,  li'rp .  ~IEC^  mourning  const, 
iBop,  nnE?a  key  const,  nns'^a  and  nr.s^,  l'?";^  /"'>  const.  -72-0,  ni^ia 
r/(;//(o«r  const,  nnia,  "isrig  7//(f//-/.r  const,  i?'-;^ ,  PP'^!^  corruption  const. 
rnc?3,  n2TT3  a//ar  const.  P?^^. 

c.  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Kamets-IIhatuph  before  Makkeph  in  th« 
con.struct  of  monosyllabli-s  from  1"3  roots,  pP  slalule  const.  pP  and  "pP  , 
rarely  in  other  words  -572  Prov.  19 :  19,  Ps.  145  :  8,  Nah.  1  :  3  (in  the  last 
two  pa.^s;ijTes  the  K'thibh'has  b-nj),  -^P'j  Job  17:  10.  Prov.  22:  11,  "l^sp 
Ex.  30  :  23.  -cbc  Ex.  21  :  11  ;  tiiis  becomes  Paltahli  before  the  guttural  in 
"inaa  for  naj  construct  of  naa  high,  ba  kOl  construct  of  bs  all  occurs 
twice,  viz.  :  Ps.  35  :  10.  Prov.  19  :  7,  without  a  Makkeph  following.  §  19.  2.  a; 
it  must  not  be  confounded  with  bs  kal  Isa.  40  :  12  he  comprehended  pret. 
ofb^ii. 

d.  Tlie  termination  ^_  becomes  "'..  in  the  construct,  ^57.  2  (5),  "'"n 
eno^/g-Zt  const.  "^^  ,  "P  life  cowst.  "'P. 

e.  Three  monosyllabic  nouns  Ibrm  the  construct  by  adding  a  vowel,  aX 
father  const,  ax  Gen.  17  :  4,  5,  elsewhere  ''ax,  PX  6ro//i^r  const.  Tix  ,  ?") 
frii.'ud  const.  Pyn  2  Sam.  15 :  37,  1  Kin.  4 : 5,  or  Prn  2  Sam.  16  :  16.  Prov. 
27  :  10  K'thibh.  These  may  be  relics  of  the  archaic  form  of  the  construct, 
§218,  or  the  monosyllables  may  be  abridged  from  Pb  roots,  ^185.  2.  c. 

2.  In  a  simple  final  syllable  n .  is  changed  to  n  ,  TW 
s/ierjj  const.  "TO  ,  m:^!  shepherd  const,  nyh ,  xrfSi  field  const. 
niiT  ;  other  vowels  remain  unchanged. 

a.  This  is  an  exception  fo  the  general  law  of  shortening,  which  obtains 
in  the  construct.  It  has.  perhaps,  arisen  from  the  increased  emphasis 
thrown  upon  the  end  of  the  word,  as  the  voice  hastens  forward  to  that 
which  is  to  follow.  In  like  manner  the  brief  and  energetic  imperative 
enils  in  Tsere  in  p"b  verbs,  wliiie  the  future  has  Seghol.  ^  168.  c.  An 
analogous  fact  is  found  in  the  Sanskrit  vocative.  The  language  of  address 
calls  for  a  quick  and  emphatic  utterance  ;  and  this  end  is  sometimes  at- 
tained by  shortening  the  final  vowel,  and  sometimes  by  the  directly  oppo- 
Bite  method  of  lengthening  it.     Bopp  Vergleich.  Gramm.  §205. 

b.  PQ  mouth  has  "'Q  in  the  construct. 

c.  Nouns  ending  in  quiescent  X  preserve  tlieir  final  vowel  unchanged 
in  the  construct,  Xn'^Av;/-/«L'- const,  xn"* ,  xa:!8  host  const.  Xa:i . 


§216       THE  CONSTRUCT  STATE  OF  NOUNS.         243 

§216.  1.  Kamets  and  Tsere  are  commonly  rejected  from 
the  syllable  preceding  the  accent,  Dipr)  jplace  const.  Dip 'a , 
r(vq  year  const,  riir,  D"^bt&  years  const,  ^^t ,  ninsix  treas- 
ures const.  riin22ix ,  wn"^  hands  const.  ■'T,  '2'2^_  heart  const. 
sib ,  nrin  ?6t«M  const,  nbn . 

a.  Kamets  preceding  the  accented  syllable  is  retained  (1)  when  it  has 
arisen  from  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  in  consequence  of  the  omission  of 
Daghesh-forte,  CJnn  (for  T^'^n)  workman  const.  ll"'in,  UJ'^S  (^"JQ)  horse- 
man const.  12J']Q,  risis  (nDTie)  vaiL  const,  rsis,  nn:j  ('^t'^)  distress  const. 
nns  ;  (2)  in  words  from  is  and  "'S  roots,  cns  (from  "i"*?)  ci7/es  const.  ''nS, 
C"k3  (from  Nia)  coming  const.  "'KS;  (3)  under  a  prefixed  to  SS  roots, 
"C^  (from  Tp_0)  covering  const.  "0^,  'i'O  (from  '|J5)  shield  const.  *313, 
Ti^TD  (from  ^^3)  fortress  const.  tiyi3;  (4)  in  nb  derivatives  of  the  form 
P'ibj  (from  nbj)  e.rj7e  const,  ruiba,  nisn  meditation  const,  niari.  (5)  in  the 
construct  dual  and  plural  of  triliteral  monosyllables  or  Segholates  from 
Nb  and  nb  roots,  C'l^'inb  (from  "'nb)  cheeks  const. ''^nh,  O-^^na  (from  "^na) 
fr/rfs  const. ''■^'13,  c^x::n  (from  Nwn)  sms  const,  "^xijn  ;  (6)  in  the  follow- 
ing nouns  in  most  of  which  it  stands  immediately  before  or  after  a  guttural, 
§60.  3.  c,  nbx  curse,  Hnya  car^e.  nb"ri  conduit,  and  the  plurals,  ''X'Tl'n , 
■'ii'nn,  •'JS-ii?  Lev.7:38.  •'N:ix^,  "^^^iia',  •'i;";ii^,  '^k'^'O,  •>n3T3  2  Kin.  12:8, 
^n^^i  Ezek."27:9,  •'■i3>'i3  Job  34  :  25^  "^kip-o,  '^nsr 'EccIbs'.  9:  1,  ''idin . 

6.  Tsere  is  retained  in  words  in  which  it  is  commonly  represented  by 
the  vowel-letter  "^ ,  or  has  "^  quiescing  in  it,  hb^ti  temple  const,  bs"!!!,  and 
in  addition  in  the  following,  D12X  crib  const.  0^2X  ,  so  "lii's  girdle,  "liss 
thread,  "^o^  foreign  land  const.  — 33 .  <T^3X  loss  const.  Pnax  .  so  i^-EX  Isa. 
58:10  darkness,  nin3  pool,  nin  Ex.  22:2  theft,  nE:.T3  plague^  nz^riyi 
overthrow,  rinD-Q  Gen.  A9  :  5  sword,  T^ztp/q  molten-image,  nnnia  Job  16:13 
gall,  n^ns.  heap,  nxs  excrement,  i'i^v.V}  fg-tree,  '^^'^"^0  deep  sleep,  and  the 
plurals  "^bax  mourning  from  c^^ax  (bax),  so  "'StEn  desiring,  "i'l""^  sleep- 
ing, "'Hiab  and  ""'n'aiy  rejoicing,  "'naiy  forgetting,  "^axT  wolres  from  cixT 
(axT) ;  C"^y57  weary  becomes  "'ipS'^   in  the  construct,  and  D'^abs  escaped 

c.  Hholem  is  rejected  from  the  syllable  before  the  accent  in  nijTO'^X 
const,  pi.  of  "|ii'^x  palace,  rib'sux  and  n'bsOK  const,  pi.  of  b'scix  cluster, 
•irixn  Cant.  4:5  and  ''Bxn  Cant.  7:4  twins,  ''nra  from  piiia  high- 
places,  see  §214.  2.  b ;  it  is  changed  to  u  in  ''.?^i3?a  from  C^TawTD  treasures, 
comp.  §88. 

/  d.  Medial  Vav  and  Yodh,  though  they  may  retain  their  consonantal 
power  in  ttie  absolute,  quiesce  in  Hholem  and  Tsere  in  the  construct,  ~!!n 
midst  const.  Tpn,  J^'iiwp  cups  const,  nibp,  rria  house  const,  r"^?.  riis^S 
fountains  const,  nirs .  X^a  valley  const.  X"'? ,  pi.  Ti-'xa  ,  §208.  3.  c.  const. 
P''X"'a  Ezek.  35:8.  Exceptions  are  rare,  bis  (according  to  Kimchi  bis) 
Ezek.  28:18  iniquity,  •'.3"i'a  Prov.  19:13  contentions  "ixi:£  neck  const. 
"1x53  and  •'^xfis  . 

e.  A  few  nouns  of  the  forms  bt2|5,  bc:|5,  bap  have  bap  or  bap  in  the 
construct  instead  of  bap,  §61.  1.  6,  "i^a  wall  const.  "I'lij.  bp  robbery  const. 


244  ETYMOLOGY.  §216 

bil .  "■}■;  ///J>/t  const.  T\'':Z,  ^r:'^  hravij  cor\M.  123  and  *i^3  ,  trs  shotilder 
const.  rPS,  "(wS  sH/o^'f?  const.  "|w?  and  ')w?)  "V"^  side  const.  yb:i  and  ?^S; 
""iX  /o»^  is  only  fonnd  in  llie  construct,  tlie  corresponding  absolute  was 
probably  ""iX ;  53i3  helmet  simply  sliifts  its  accent  in  tbe  construct,  rais. 
On  tiie  otiier  liand,  while  most  Scghohite  nouns  eufier  no  change  in  tlie 
construct,  a  i'ew  adopt  the  form  '^r?,  "i"!D  chamber  const,  ■^^n ,  ""IJ  s^efZ 
const,  once  """iT  Num.  11:7  elsewhere  y*^' ,  r::j  i)/«?i<  const.  yw3 .  "^sfc 
foeliia  const,  "ISO  ,  r^ia  serene  const,  rso ,  y\ypi  «t;!e  const,  riun  ;  in  like 
manner  ban  vanity  const,  brn. . 

2.  When  this  rejection  occasions  an  inadmissible  concur- 
rence of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a  sylhible, 
§  01. 1,  it  is  remedied  by  inserting  a  short  vowel  between 
them,  commonly  lihirik,  unless  it  is  modified  by  the  presence 
of  gutturals,  H'ps:  tinlding  const.  ^:?^2  for  bibi  ,  D-^nn^  words 
const,  ''^y^  for  "^"^^y ,  nj:"i:  rifjMcousness  const.  J"j?7^  >  P^- 
nip-is  const.  tT'p"2:,  nTsna  ^e^^y^  const,  r.rra,  c^iaDn  ?t75^ 
const,  '^'ir^n  .  In  the  construct  plural  and  dual  of  Segholates, 
hoAvever,  the  vowel  is  frequently  regulated  by  the  character- 
istic vowel  of  the  singular  which  has  been  di'opped,  comp. 
§208.2,  n^ip^a  from  i;^  ("'""C)  Myif/s  const,  '^i':^,  D^i:ni? 
(•jri;)  tribes  const,  "''i^tc,  M":73  ("j":!]*)  ihresldng-Jloors  const. 
niina,  nicnn  (nE-in)  reproaches  const,  i^i^-in,  D:nn  (n^'i 
or  P't )  folding  doors  const,  '^r'p'^ ,  yet  not  invariably  cpyo 
( b^^u ) //«/ir^///5  const,  "'ki? ,  ^i^tz'  //wy/i  (pi.  n'rpiu)  const. 

a.  When  in  the  construct  plural  the  introduction  of  a  new  vowel  is 
demanded  by  the  concurrence  of  consonants,  the  syllable  so  formed  is  an 
intermediate  one,  so  theit  the  following  Sh'va  is  vocal,  and  the  next  letter, 
if  an  as))irate.  does  not  receive  Daghesh-lene.  thus.  ''"ib'i.  "'rb^a ,  W'pb'n, 
riiin  not  "'^^i.  ■'bbia,  rinb'n,  P"ii";rt,  §22.  a.  3.  Exceptions  are  infre- 
quent', as  n'nrx  Deut.  3:  17,  "^ncn  Lam.  3:22  but  "'^Dn  Ps.  S9:2,  ms-jn 
Ps.  69:10,  •E— J  Ezek.  17:9,  "'CDS  Gen.  42:25.  35",  ■'3D3  Lev.  23:18^ 
-itir^  Isa.  5  :  10,  nnrn"  Neh.  4:7,  "^S'r-i  Cant.  8  :  6  but  "''E^-i  Ps.  76 :  4.  In 
a  few  instances  Daghesh-lbrte  separative  is  inserted  to  indicate  more  dis- 
tinctly the  vocal  nature  of  the  Sh'va,  §24.5.  "'ir'sn  Isa.  57:6.  "^iss  Lev. 
25:5,  •'ias  Isa.  58:3.  "^ris^  Gen.  49:17.  ni;?^  Ps.  89 :  52,  n-rrs  Prov. 
27  :  25.  or  compound  Sh'va  is  taken  instead  of  simple  for  the  same  reason, 
rirpd  Gen.  30 :  38.  The  presence  or  absence  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the 
dual  construct  depends  upon  the  form  of  the  absolute,  thus  ''rsb  from 
n-PEb  //;)s  but  "'r"^3  from  C';'r"^3  hnees.  When  the  concurring  con- 
sonants belong  to  different  syllables  a  new  vowel  is  not  needed  between 


§217 


DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS. 


245 


them;  one  is  sometimes  inserted,  however,  after  a  guttural,  '^a'lSTa, 
riD-iS^  but  nizirJn?? .  In  the  opinion  of  Ewald  ''IU'71^0  Ezek.  7  :  24  is  for 
•"inp^  from  n^iifVpri,  and  nj'::f30  Ex.  26:23,  36:' 28  for  ni;::pa  ;  they 
may  be  better  explained,  however,  as  Pie!  and  Pual  participles. 

6.  The  second  syllable  before  the  accent  rarely  undergoes  any  change. 
In  a  very  few  instances  Seghol  becomes  Hliirik  or  Pattahh,  the  pure 
vowels  being  reckoned  shorter  than  the  diphthongal,  comp.  §210.  e. 
ili3"i^  chariot  const.  n23"ii3.  The  changes  in  ninb  flame  const.  rsHb 
pi.  nianb  const,  ninnb,  cipna  coals  const.  "^Ipna  are  due  to  the  influence 
of  the  proximate  vowels,  §63.  1;  tho.se  in  '|i"';n"i  vision  const,  "(i'^tn  ,  rjns 
coals  const.  rJps  are  consequent  upon  the  dropping  of  Daghesh-forte, 
§61.  5;  that  in  D'^VriX  (Irom  bnx)  tents  const.  ''.^'7.^  arises  from  the  con- 
version of  a  simple  into  an  intermediate  syllable,  §59. 

§217.  The  followino;  table  of  the  declension  of  nouns 
will  sufficiently  exemplify  the  rules  which  have  been  given. 

Declej^sion  of  Kouns. 

I.  Nouns  wliiGh  mifftr  a  cliange  hi  the  vowels  only. 
i.     With  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  penult. 

Sa-».    Ahs.       "lily;  master  Const.     "llniJ?       PL-  ^'bs.  Q''5l5S:  Const,  ij^i^ 

"jinST  memorial  "jilpT 

"fS??  interpreter  V"'-'? 

Masc.  biT!^  great  Fern,  nbll^ 

T  T 

b^tOp^  Kal.  pass.  part.        Hb^tDp 

ii.     With  Tsere  in  the  ultimate. 
a.     Monosyllables. 

SixG.    Ahs.  y^  tree.  Const.      ^3?        Pl.  Ahs.    S^ij?  Const    '''^.^^ 

h.     Polysyllables  having  pretonic  Kamets  in  the  penult. 

I  r  I  I  I 

Sing.    Ahs.       1  _;3 3  heavy  Cons f.  1:23  or  "^^ 3      Pl.  ^6s. 'Q'^'llS         Const. '^y^.'^ 
Mase.  "©ni  dry       Fern.   rTd^l  ^^^^-  ^^^*5''        -^^''"-  ^"^'^iJ'?^. 

c.     Polysyllables  having  any  other  vowel  than  Kamets  iu  the 

penult. 

I  III 

SixG.     Ahs.    "DSilli  judge.  Const.    tOSlUlJ    Pi--    ^^s.  tD^pSiD        Const.  ipSlp 

Masc.  btpp  KaL  Act.  part.  Fem.  tlbtpp  or  Dbpp  ^asc.  D'^b'pp       -f'<^'«-  i'll^'Pp 

bip^Pielpart.         nb'tDp)?  or  Jlb^p)?         Q^'ptpp^  t^l'^tSp?? 


Masc.  Q^bilS      Fem-  i^ibll -i 


DECLKNSIUN    OF 

NOU>S. 

iii.     AVitli  Kj 

niets  in 

the  ultimate. 

Skq.     Abs.            :\1  fish 

Coha7.        ^i"^ 

PL.  Abs.     C^T 

Cons^.     i^iT 

^1p!^  sancluary 

^IpTp 

D'^'lp^ 

■"^'"r?^ 

"1^*^  word 

T      T 

^?1 

ti^-in^ 

"^l^ll 

r^y  cloud 

P? 

t^?T?. 

-^rD:? 

'2'2b  lieart 

nnb 

C'^^b 

^??> 

Masc.     CDn  'v^30 

Fern. 

Masc 

t]-':23n 

/•<?/».  ni^yn 

bt3pD  Niph.  part. 

n 

bppporrib:;:^ 

^'^^I?^. 

s^i'^^R? 

iv.     With  final  n... 
I  11' 

Sijjo.    Abs.    r[5<"173    appearance   Const.  n5<"l)2    I*i*    ^*s-  D"'i^"l73        Const.  15$*)2 


^^?r   roed 

Jfasc. 

nS"^    fair 

V    T 

iSINO,     Abs. 

^bp  king 

^iJnO  covert 

'Q'^^  strength 

b3?3  lord 

m)3  death 

V    T 

•11 5  eye 

b:\-i  foot 

Fern.     nS"^  -^"sc-  Q''S'' 

T    T  •    T 

V.     Segholates. 

Const,    tlb^    Pii-    ^bs.  D"'Db?2 


Dp 

b:pn 

'!■';?   Dual. 

b:ii 


1t^ 


1t^ 


D''b:?a 


I'm.  riis^ 

T 

Const.    i~b^ 


"    :  T 


"1^ 


II.     Nouns'  which  double  their  final  consonant. 


%ao.    Abs. 


b^5  camel 
•^3  garden 
p5n  statute 
I®  tooth 

'^IZJ'  Hebrew 


Const.      b)2!l     Pl^   -4&S.    Cb^ptl 

pn 

y^'    Dual. 


^-inr  PL.  Q-^i-inj^ort^-in:? 


Const   ■'Z':3 


246 


DECLENSION   OF   NOUNS. 


Fern.  n3pp     Pl.  Maxc.  D"^5pp 

i?'em.  Jnistpp 

rij?>35;            t:^)?^?, 

nij?^:?^ 

n^nt:              di^nto 

ni^-it) 

Jfo^c.       1*^?  small 
p?22?  deep 
l-l'O  fresh 

III.     Other  nouns  suffer  no  change. 

Sixa.     ^&s. 'ffi)'^Sb)5  garment      Const.  t2J^Sb)2  Pl- ^^'s-  D^12)^3b)3  Const  ^IlJ^SbJ^ 

I  I  I 

Masc.   nits  good  Fern.    H^ltO  ^««<^'-   Q^lltO     J^''^'"-     illlltD 

b^pjD72  Hiph.  part.  nD^pj:^^  or  jibip?)?    Q^^'^pp^    tiib''pp)3 
Nouns  ivith  the  feminine  ending  n^. 

i.     With  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  j^enult. 

I  III 

Sing.    Ahs.        Htil  fish         Const.  Jnti'l    Pi"  ^&«-        fllTil       Const.     JTlltll 

HTOpi  vengeance  ^1)2^5  i^l'^p?  S^i^p? 

ni^  counsel  jni^.  riii?  niii?. 

nsb  lip  nstp  ^^^^     s^.C^ip  ^^sip 

ii.     From   Segholates. 
I  III 

Sing.     ^5.?.     fl^bTp  queen       Const.        il3b)3    Pl-  ^fe-    niDb>2    Const.     illDb?? 

nntip  covert  riinp  niinp         ni-irip 

n?i:j3>  strength  n^^s:?  nii2[3?         ni^:25? 

T     ;     T  -     ;     T  T   t:  ;     t 

iii.     All  others. 

1  III 

Sing.     Ahs.         n55  garden        Const.  p3^    Pl.  Ahs.         t\'\V^        Const.     iniS!^ 

n^^ffli  salvation  tii'tij^  nii^t25\        nli^iiT^. 

Nouns  ivitJi  the  feminine  ending  Jn. 
I  I    .  I   .  I      . 

Sing.  ^&s.ri"'i^Ip?2  observance  Co ?i5^.n"l?2l2J'0  Pi- ^^'S-  nll^tp??  t;<'"'S'  i1'i~l/2t2J^ 
tipilT  sucker  npP.i^  ^ip^i'',  ^^^P?"'^i 

nbVD3  skull  inb'ib^  nib^b3  tii^^b-i 

I  "  '  '  I     '  I 

n^"ll3^  Hebrew-woman       ^^"1.^3?  ril'^l^^  ^1''^.^? 

ti^.Db72  kingdom  ]n^Db?3  ni^Db73         t^l^Db?: 


247 


248  ETYMOLOGY.  ^218,219 


Paragogic  Vowels. 

^218.  The  termination  "'.  or  i  is  sometimes  added  to 
nomis  in  the  construct  singular,  §G1.  G,  ""ia  Gen.  49  :  11  for 
■}3 ,  ■'nsb)3  Isa.  1:21  for  risbia ,  %'^an  Lam.  1  :  1  for  nan , 
'^b-'Ecri  Ps.  113:0  for  ^^Eiria ,  in^n  Gen.  1:24  for  n^n. 
This  occurs  chiclly  in  poetry  and  is  regarded  as  an  archaism. 
Tlicse  vowels  for  the  most  part  receive  the  accent,  and  com- 
monly occasion  the  rejection  of  Pattahh  or  Tsere  from  the 
ultimate. 

a.  Examjilos  of  this  antique  formation  of  the  construct  are  likewise 
preservcil  ii>  jji-oper  names,  as  pnk""'3!?Ta  Mekhizedek,  Tibc'^r'q  Methuselah. 
Respecting  the  origin  of  these  vowel  endings,  see  §  19S.  a  (4). 

§219.  1.  The  unaccented  vowel  n^  added  to  nouns  in- 
dicates motion  or  direction  towards  a  place,  npss  norf/iward, 
nzij?  southward,  n'a'^'aiO  Ueavemoard,  nn^sn  to  the  house, 
oUovBe,  "Onn  to  the  mountain,  vAxawce,  it  is  called  He  directive 
or  He  local.  The  subsidiary  vowel  of  Segholates  is  rejected 
before  this  ending,  §00.  2  (1),  but  other  vowels  are  mostly 
unaffected,  n^na  from  X)^ ,  ninx  from  T'^i? ,  ^iTP^  from  "i3-i^ , 
TTprpz  1  Kin.  19  :  15  from  the  construct  state  ^"i^. 

a.  He  directive  is  appended  to  the  adverb  db  iheri\  n:2iy  thifher,  and 
to  tiie  adjective  l3''^n  profane  in  the  peculiar  phrase  '^^''7"  Q'i  profanum 
i.e.  be  it  far  from,  etc.  It  is  rarely  used  to  indicate  relations  of  time, 
n^-iiQ^  Qiaja  1  Sam.  1 :  3  from  days  to  days  i.  e.  yearly,  nnuj^bd  Ezek. 
21  :  19  for  the  third  time,  nn?  71010  prop,  at  (this)  time.  For  the  sake  of 
greater  force  and  definiteness  a  preposition  denoting  direction  is  some- 
tunes  prefi.xed  to  words,  wliich  receive  tiiis  ending,  so  that  the  latter 
becomes  in  a  measure  superfluous,  i^^^fr!:  tipwards.  nu'i's  doirmcards, 
nnntsb  2  Chron.  31 :  14  to  the  east,  nbnxclJ  Ps.  9:  IS  to  Sheol,  comp.  oltto 
fiaKpuSa; 

b.  The  ending  M^  rarely  receives  the  accent  nnnta  Deut.  4:41;  in 
C"^x  nj^Q  it  receives  in  some  editions  an  alternate  accent,  §42.  a,  in 
others  the  secondary  accent  Metliegh,  §33.  1.  a.  In  Hnn  Gen.  14:  10  and 
n:^Q  a  is  ciianged  to  e  before  this  ending,  §63.  1,  in  nin^i  Ezek.  25:  13, 
nsb  1  Sam.  21:2  the  vowel  of  the  ending  is  itself  changed  to  e. 

c.  He  directive  is  prohal)ly  to  be  traced  to  the  same  origin  with 
the  definite  article  n,   whose  demonstrative  force  it  shares.      The  syl- 


§220  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  249 

lable  rt  is  prefixed  to  a  noun  to  single  out  a  particular  tiling  from  all 
others  ol'  like  Uind  as  the  object  ol"  attention.  Ap[)endetl  to  a  word  its 
weaic  guttural  would  be  rejected  and  its  vowel  prolonged  to  n^ .  §53.3; 
and  in  this  form  it  is  added  to  nouns  to  point  out  the  object  or  direction  ol 
motion,  and  to  verbs  to  indicate  the  object  of  desire,  §97.  1.  In  Chaldee 
this  appended  vowel  forms  what  is  called  the  emphatic  slate,  and  has  the 
sense  of  the  definite  article,  Ti^o  king,  nsb??  or  NS^'?  the  king. 

2.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  nouns,  par- 
ticularly in  poetry,  for  the  purpose  of  softening  the  termina- 
tion without  affecting  the  sense,  §  61.  6. 


Nouns  with  Suffixes. 

§  220.  The  pronominal  suffixes,  whose  forms  are  given 
§  72,  are  appended  to  nouns  in  the  sense  of  possessive  pro- 
nouns, "i)  hand,  ^^l  my  hand,  etc.  They  suffer,  in  conse- 
quence, the  following  changes,  viz  : 

1.  Of  the  suffixes,  which  begin  with  a  consonant,  ^  ,  CD , 
19  of  the  second  person  are  connected  with  nouns  in  the  sin- 
gular by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  "3  of  the  first  person  plural  and  ?f 
of  the  second  fem.  singular  by  Tsere,  and  ^n ,  n ,  D ,  "}  of 
the  third  person  by  Kamets ;  ^n^  is  invariably  contracted  to 
i ,  rarely  written  re,  §  G2. 1,  and  n^  to  ?^, ,   -^S 101.  2. 

a.  There  is  one  example  of  a  noun  in  the  construct  before  the  full  form 
of  the  pronoun,  N-^h  "-'xri  her  days  Nah.  2  :  9. 

h.  First  person:  >13  is  in  a  few  instances  preceded  by  Kamets,  !i:ny']ia 
Ruth  3:2.  Wr^p  Job  22: 20. 

Second  person.  The  final  vowel  of  Tj  is  occasionally  expressed  by  the 
vowel  letter  n,  nbl^  Ex.  13  :  16,  nirrn  Jer.  29:25.  In  pause  the  Sh'va 
before  V^  becomes  Seghol.  §65,  t  r,.i2r  Gen.  33:5,  :"=!?  ?«•  139:5,  or 
Kamets  may  be  inserted  as  a  connecting  vowel,  particularly  after  nouns 
in  n^,  whereupon  the  final  Kamets  is  dropped  to  prevent  the  recurrence 
of  like  sounds,  T\'i'n  Ps.  53:6.  \n  the  feminine  the  connecting  vowel  e 
is  rarely  written  "^ ,  ti'^rdbd  Ezek.  5:  12;  "i.,  which  belongs  ta  the  full 
form  of  the  pronoun,  §71.  a  (2),  is  sometimes  added  lo  the  suffix,  ''5rrn 
Jer.  11:15,  ''Mina  Ps.  116:  19,  ■'D-'UiS  2  Kin.  4  : 7  K'thibh,  where  the  K'n 
has  T\\'0'i .  Sometimes  the  distinction  of  gender  is  neglected  in  the  plural 
and  C3  is  used  in  place  of  the  feminine  "3,  Qs'^SX  Gen.  31:9,  C3;tx, 
cb'^rba  Jer.  9:  19;  n^  is  sometimes  added  to  the  feminine  suffix  as  to  the 
full  pronoun,  n:in^T  Ezek.  23:49. 


250  ETYMOLOGY.  §220 

Third  /u'ison.  The  connecting  vowel  before  in  and  fi  is  occapionally 
p.  iinj-'rb  CitMi.  1:12.  inir;b-'D  Judir.  9:24.  inub  Nah.  1:13.  innix  J„b 
25:3.  so  inr"}  from  51)  and  inyn'O  from  5^^  and  frequently  witli  nouns  in 
•">...  '1^^"?'?  ii"J  f^^'J'^  'ronj  nx"ja.  iin-^b  from  nnta,  iniri^,  inisftT;  e  docs 
not  occur  Itcfore  the  plural  D  unless  it  is  represented  by  the  vowel-letter 
•^  in  CTinzTO  2  Cliron.  34:5  K'thihh.  where  the  K'ri  has  cninaiia  ;  it  js 
once  Ibund  in  the  fern,  plural  '"i;2"ip  Gen.  41:21.  The  Ibrm  n'  in  the 
niasc.  sing,  is  conunoidy  reckoned  an  archaism.  Tbnj^  Gen.  12:8,  n"i"'CJ 
Ps.  42:9.  nS3  Jcr.  2:21.  so  several  times  in  the  K'thibh  ni"'? .  nn'D  Gen. 
49:11,  nPN^^n  E.\.  22:4,  nrx'CD  Ex.  22:26.  nro:  Lev.  23:13.  n\rbc 
2  Kin.  9:25,  nnxiSP  Ezek.  48:  18,  where  the  K'ri  in  each  instance  suh- 
slilutes  i.  In  a  few  instances  the  consonant  is  rejected  from  the  femi- 
nine, n  being  retained  simply  as  a  vowel-letter;  where  this  occurs  it  is 
conunonly  indicated  in  n)odern  editions  of  the  Bible  by  Raphe,  •^■^y'>y  Lev. 
13:4.  nx:;n  Num.  15:28,  or  by  a  Masoretic  note  in  the  margin,  MilPS 
Isa.  23:17.  IS  for  Pi::Pi< ;  once  x  is  substituted  for  n,  w\^3  Ezek.  36:5. 
The  longer  lornit;  of  ihe  plural  sulli.xes  cn .  "jn  are  rarely  alhxed  to  nouns 
in  the  singular,  in-i^b  Gen.  21:28,  inabTa  Ezek.  13:17,  inriiUJ  Ezek. 
16:53,  or  with  the  connecting  vowel  Kamets,  cnfe3  2  Sam.  23:0.  or  with 
n    appended,  nrn^s  i  Kin.  7:37,  nariDin  Ezek.  16:53.     The  vowel  n    is 

T^l  't:i\  't:,  _  ^T 

also  sometimes  added  to  the  briefer  Ibrm  of  the  fem.  plural,  nj'nrb  Gen. 
21:29.  ri:^3  Gen.  42:36.  The  distinction  of  gender  is  sometimes  ne- 
glected  in  the  jdural,  D  or  Cfl  being  used  for  the  feminine,  C23  Cant. 
4:2,  6:6  for  "j^s .  cfr'T^  Job  1  :  14  Ibr  •.rr^T^. 

c.  The  nouns  3X  father,  nx  brother.  MB  month  take  the  ending  "^  be- 
fore sulTixes.  as  tliey  do  likewise  in  the  construct  state.  ~|'2X  .  c:''rx  ;  "^  ol' 
the  first  person  coalesces  with  this  vowel,  ""J*,  T'^fi  "?  ""'l  '''"'  of  the 
third  per.'^on,  commonly  becomes  1  §62.2.  i''2X,  iTis .  1"C  more  frequent 
than  tniix,  ^in-'Pix,  wh .  In  ra  Zeph.  2:9  the  vowel-letter  ^  of  the 
first  person  suffix  is  dropped  after  the  final  ^  of  the  noun. 

2.  The  masculine  plural  teriuination  D"^.  and  the  dual 
13''  are  clian"ed  to  "<  before  suffi.xcs  as  in  the  construct  state  : 
the  same  vowel  is  likewise  inserted  as  a  connective  between 
suffixes  and  feminine  plural  nouns,  §214.  2.  6.  This  "'_  re- 
mains unchanged  before  the  plural  suffixes  ;  but  before  ^  the 
second  masc.  sinijrular  and  n  third  fem.  sin2;ular  it  becomes 
''.. ,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  the  diphthongal  vowel 
is  resolved  into  ''. ,  which  combined  with  ''.  the  first  singular 
forms  "'. ,  with  tf  the  second  feminine  T.  >  ^nd  with  in  the 
third  masculine  l''^ ,   §02.2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instam-es  sufilxcs  are  appended  to  feminine  plurals 
without  the  vowel  \  or  its  modifications,  "'rbnFi  2  Kin.  6:8  Ibr  "'rjnn, 
••nns  Ps.  132: 12  for  ""nn?,  T^nsia  Deuf.  28:59  for  :]"'n3a ,  Tinrnx  EzeL 


§  221  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  251 

16:52  for  Tfnvnx.  Dnisx  and  cn^pinx  ,  crrnx  Ps.  74:4,  onxisn  ,  Dninnn, 
cnn2TTa,  erne's.  On  the' oilier  liaiul,  suffixes  proper  to  plural  nouns  are 
occasionally  appended  to  fetninine  nouns  in  the  lingular,  perhaps  to  indi- 
cate that  they  are  used  in  a  plural  or  collective  sense,  linoiiri  Lev.  5:  24, 
rjin^nn  Ps.  9:  15,  TT^nXDb  EzeU.  35:  11,  rpr^ir  Isa.  47  :  13. 

b.  The  vowel-letter  "^  is  not  infrequently  omitted  after  plural  and  dual 
nouns,  rpnn  Ex.  33:13  for  ^^k":! ,  ^?.T.  Ps.  134:2  for  zi-'T.,  I'^'^'a  Ex. 
32:19  K't'hibh  (K'ri  i^-i^^).  pzy  ]  Sam.  18:22  K'thibh  (K'ri  T'n^y), 
cn::i3  Gen.  10:5  for  nn-^i^-ia,  inabn  Gen.  4:4  for  •|n"'3^n. 

c.  Second  person.  The  vowel  "^  remains  unchanged  before  the  fern, 
sing.  T|  in  TpT^?  Eccl.  10 :  17  and  with  n.  appended  :  nsaxb^  Nah.  2:14. 
Sometimes,  as  in  the  full  pronoun,  "^  is  appended  to  the  fern.  sing,  suffix 
and  n^  to  the  plural,  :  "^i-^ssibpiPi  Ps.  103:3,  !''=7*n  ver.  4,  nji^ninos 
Ezek.'l3:20. 

Third  person.  The  uncontracted  form  of  the  masc.  sing.  *n^  occurs 
in  iin^niaa  Nah.  2:4  for  I'^^aa ,  ^in-'n^  Hab.  3:10,  ^n'^'pv  Job  24:23; 
ehu  =  aihii  by  transposition  of  the  vowels  becomes  auhi  =  ohi  "^tni  which 
is  found  once  Tnblisjn  Ps.  116:  12.  and  is  the  ordinary  form  of  this  suffix 
in  Chaldee.  The  final  a  of  the  fem.  sing,  is  once  represented  by  X, 
xn"^f?^nx  Ezek.  41:  15.  In  a  few  instances  n^  is  appended  to  the  plural 
of  either  gender,  nisn-'^K  Ezek.  40:16,  f^sn-^r^ia  Ezek.  1:11,  and  i  to 
the  abbreviated  masc.  D,'  i^'^n^x  Deut.  32  :'37,  W-'nat  ver.  38,  iO'^Q?  Job 
27:23,  iii^.?Q  Ps.  11:7. 

3.  The  suffixes  thus  modified  are  as  follows,  viz.  : 


Appended  to 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

\c.    2  m.    2/   5  m.    3/ 

Ic. 

2w.     2/       3  m. 

8/. 

Sing.  Nouns 

\        ^:        %.         ^      K 

^3.. 

0?,    1?,     °, 

I 

Dual  and 
Plur.  Nouns 

}  \  T-  ^:.  '^\  r... 

^r.. 

D3'..  -(5'..  DH'.. 

N'.. 

§  221.  Certain  changes  likewise  take  place  in  nouns  re- 
ceiving suffixes,  which  arise  from  the  disposition  to  shorten 
words,  which  are  increased  at  the  end,  ^QQ.  1.  These  are 
as  follows,  viz.  : 

1.  The  grave  suffixes,  §72,  C3,  )^,  Qn,  in  shorten  the 
nouns,  to  which  they  are  attached,  to  the  greatest  possible 
extent.  Before  them,  therefore,  nouns  of  both  genders  and 
all  numbers  take  the  form  of  the  construct,  3i^  /tcarf,  03^3^ 
i/our  heart ,  innab  their  hearts;  rsTO  U^  du.  onil^pi^  pi. 
on^ninsir  their  lips. 

a.  Cn  6/ood  becomes  Dsoii  and  *i^  hand  Bb^*^. 


252  ETYMOLOGY.  ^221 

2.  PcMiiiiiinc  nouns,  botli  singnlar  and  plural,  take  the 
construct  iorni  before  the  lig'lit  suttixes  likewise,  with  the  ex- 
ception that  in  the  singular  the  ending  n_  becomes  n^  in 
conse(pience  of  the  change  i'roni  a  mixed  to  a  simple  syllable, 
§  50,  nE">r  Vij),  in?Ti)  U>s  lip,  Dnsb  their  //>,  ?i^nirET»  thy  lipsy 
vn-^rsb  his  lips. 

o.  If  the  construct  has  a  Scghohite  form  it  will  cxporicncp,  the  change 
indicated  in  5,  nbd^sa  const,  rbcisa  suf.  iPibirria  .  If  two  consonants 
have  coalesced  in  the  final  letter,  it  will  receive  Daghe.sh-(()rte  agreeably 
to  6,  "ins  from  r? ,  "inrx  from  nix.  :7iPi'n^  1  Sam.  IG:  15  from  the  fem. 
of  rr:;^  ,  §  205.  b. 

b.  In  a  few  excej)tional  instances  the  absolute  form  is  preserved  before 
BufR.xes,  ■'rbrj  Lsa.  26:19  from  n^=?  but  ^~2r?<  "i^'^r^;  "'rs;^  Cant.  2:10 
fi-om  nbi  const.  TE"' ;  so  "^rhu ,  rnnnj  ,  i-irnr"! ,  Db-ri^-'na  but  const. 
ni'sd,  comp.  cn-^rp^  const.  •'Sia. 

3.  ]\Iascuhne  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  on  receiv- 
ing light  suffixes  take  the  form  which  they  assume  before  the 
absolute  plural  termination,  32b  heart,  ''i^b  rnij  heart,  ^^ab 
thij  heart,  ^.:;''2nb  oar  hearts. 

a.  Tsere  in  tlie  ultimate  is  shortened  to  Hiiirik  or  Seghol  before  Tj , 
C3.  -,3,  e.  g.  r|3a,  n^-itjir^,  trsj?!?,  or  with  a  guttural  to  Pattahh,  r,=ni< , 
cbbsa ,  though  with  occasional  exceptions,  ?1^5^'?  Isa.  22:21,  TitT'^O 
1  Sam.  21:1?,  '^xpiS  from  XC3.  Before  other  euliixes  it  is  rejected  from 
some  monosyllables,  which  retain  it  in  the  piin-al.  "irO  from  CO  plur. 
mBd,  133  from  •,?  plur.  c^:3  but  "'^a ,  r\'^,  ""b-^,  'j^i;^. 

4.  Dual  nouns  retain  before  light  suffixes  the  form  which 
they  have  before  the  absolute  dual  termination,  ''riE't!?  vn/  lips, 
^rnsir  our  lips,  "'bjs  wi/  ears,  '^•'''-.'[^  our  cars;  o;';"}^  and 
Q^5';p  horns,  vbn,5  and  I^J^p  his  horns. 

5.  Segholate  nouns  in  the  dual  and  plural  follow  the 
preceding  rules,  but  in  the  singular  they  assume  before  all 
suffixes,  whether  light  or  grave,  their  original  monosyllabic 
form  as  before  the  feminine  ending  n^  ,  ^208,  ^b'a  kint/, 
"r"73  wj/  kiuf/,  D^sb"'?  1/our  king;  ITS?  car,  "'^ts  my  ear;  in 
like  manner  ripbi"'  sucker,  inp^i^  his  sucl-er. 

a.  "When  the  first  radical  has  Iliiolcm  in  the  absolute.  Hhateph-Kamets 
or  Kamets-Hliaiuph  i.s  sometimes  given  to  the  second  radical  before  sul- 


§222  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  253 


fixes,    i^^Q    and    i'^'JQ  from  b^Q,  ^^'-j;;?  Hos.  13:14,  with  Daghesli-forte 
separative!  i^p^  Eze'k.  26:9.  ^?'Jf?  ^"  1  "Kin.  12:10,    1^30  ^Isa.   9:3,  1=30 


rte 

:30 

Jer.  4:7;  n53  garment  has  "''nsn ,  i"ia3  instead  of  ■''H:a  ,  Tnr'3 . 

6.  Middle  Yodh  and  Vav  mostly  quiesce  in  e  and  o  before  suffixes,  '^;"'3 
from  '\ys_  eye,  "'ni'a  from  ria  deiilh ;  but  nn'S  Gen.  49:11  from  "i';'? 
_V0M»o-  ass,  in-^a  Isa.  10:  17  from  nyii  Mor/i,  i^"?  Ezelt.  18:26,  33: 13  from 
bis  iniqnily. 

c.  Triliteral  monosyllables  sometimes  shift  their  vowel  from  the  second 
radical  to  the  first,  tlms  assuming  the  same  form  with  Segholafes,  comp. 
§184.  a.  ■'bn'n  from  ffiZ'n ,  "^rs'^  from  cid .  but  'iC'^3  from  t"^.3 ;  T^-^bs  from 
■'^3  ;  ■»^,1S  ,  Tj-^-iQ  ,  ca^TQ  .  n'^-is  but  t:n"i-iQ  from  '^-no  ;  'i"''3«  ,  Ti^ru  but 
ci">a'r  Irom  "^3'^.  By  a  like  transposition  ciess  Ezek.  36:8  is  for  nisJ?. 
from  1)33 . 

(/.  The  noun  lil^X  blessedness,  which  only  occurs  in  the  plural  con- 
struct and  with  suffixes,  preserves  before  all  suffixes  the  construct  form, 
Vj^Vrs,  T^Vrx  not  "fT^x,  '^''^'^,^.- 

6.  Nouns  in  whose  final  letter  tw^o  consonants  have 
coalesced,  or  which  double  their  final  letter  in  the  plural, 
§207.  2,  receive  Daghesh-forte  likewise  before  suffixes,  the 
vowel  of  the  ultimate  being  modified  accordingly,  ^t^  and 
^•iy  from  i^  (root  try),  ddp3  from  na  (n:a),  rii:n»  from 
■jinx  (pi.  D"'3:nx). 

a.  si'ir'X  lattice,  b'2"}3  garden,  3SC^  refuge,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
plural,  take  Daghesh-forte  before  suffixes;  ri3d  has  in  the  plural  ri'PSd 
but  before  suffixes  ina^,  cbrisd;    "3  (root    "i?:)  6ase  has  ''i3,   "i:?, 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  final  liquid  is  repeated  instead  of  being 
doubled  by  Daghesh,  comp.  §207.  2.  a.  i-inn  Jer.  17:3,  ''^r^r\  Ps.  30:8, 
D-inn  Gen.  14:  6  from  nh;  llib^  Job  40:22  and  '.^S  fi-om  bk';  Tj^u:  Ezek. 
16:4  and  ""iiu:  Cant.  7:3.  Once  Daghesh-forte  is  resolved  by  the  in- 
sertion of  3,  niin':a  Isa.  23:  11  for  H"':^^'^,  §54.  3. 

7.  Nouns  ending  in  n.  drop  this  vowel  before  suffixes 
as  before  the  plural  terminations,  §209,1,  Tr^  field  ''l^, 
7|7Tl) ,  niiy  ;  nbjpTp  cattle  ?15J?13 . 

a.  The  vowel  e  commonly  remains  as  a  connecting  vowel  before  suf- 
fixes of  the  third  person  singular.  §2'20.  1.  h ;  and  in  a  few  instances  the 
radical  "^  is  restored,  giving  to  singular  nouns  the  appearance  of  being 
plural,  n-'li;:''  Isa.  22:11,  n-^ns^  Hos.  2:16,  finiaip  Isa.  42:5,  nib  shee-p 
becomes  'i"'b  or  in^O. 

§  222.  The  following  examples  of  nouns  with  suffixes 
will  sufficiently  illustrate  the  preceding  rules  : 


Paradigm  of 

N 

OUNS    WITH 

Suffixes. 

Sin 

G  U  L  AE. 

heart       lib 

kin; 

^          ^^^ 

queeu     mS^'^ 

liand     ^^ 

T 

Const. 

-nb 

t^^ 

i^^r"^ 

i: 

■^iitg. 

1  c.    my 

(1 

i^-^ 

(1 

^b±'2 

11 

•T 

2  m.  thy 

i~^ 

ii. 

1T?^ 

(i 

^^ 

11 

'n: 

2/.    thy 

^?Ti 

" 

^^'^ 

11 

'^^ 

11 

^t 

3  m.  his 

r  ; 

u 

iib-j 

(( 

ih2b-j 

11 

T 

3/    her 

niib 

T  T  : 

u 

n^b-j 

T  :   — 

u 

nnsb'j 

11 

XT 

Plur 

1  c.    our 

^;i-b 

a 

^:5'?-5 

11 

^^r^rr"^ 

u 

•■T 

2  /n.  your 

°^T^i 

u 

Dirb-j 

11 

ni2n|b-3 

11 

^57v 

2/    your 

lr^4 

u 

lifi^ 

(1 

•insba 

a 

i?7: 

3  TO.  their 

Dizb 

u 

nib-j 

T  ;   — 

u 

Dh3b-j 

T  T  :   — 

It 

1 

TT 

3/.    their 

)T^^ 

P 

LUR  A  L. 

u 

■ihsb-j 

I  T  T  :  - 

11 

D 

TT  A  L. 

hearts   D"ilb 

•    T  ; 

kings  D^ib'j 

queens  HlDb'J 

hands  D"i^ 

•   — T 

Const. 

-tzb 

"5^^ 

rrbb'2 

"1? 

Sing 

1  c.  my 

^nnb 

a 

^ib-j 

(I 

^Tfdb'2 

11 

—  T 

2  w.  thy 

T^T^ 

" 

T5^-^ 

11 

Tj-hi-b-j 

u 

ni: 

2/    thy 

Mr^r? 

u 

m:?''? 

11 

T^"'-^^ 

11 

Tt 

3  TO.  his 

T   r  : 

a 

rib-j 

11 

rhi-b'j 

T         ;   — 

11 

xr 

3/.   her 

M-rib 

T       V    T   : 

u 

n-ib-j 

T        V  T     ; 

11 

V't)-f  = 

11 

r     VT 

Plur 

.  1  c.   our 

r.izb 

•■  T  ; 

u 

^"=?^-9 

11 

^rrirb-^ 

11 

-T 

2  TO. your 

Di-zib 

u 

DD"ba 

11 

Di-nirb-j 

11 

oi'i" 

2/.   your 

"r-T> 

u 

■=■5^^ 

11 

■;D"nirba 

11 

■5--: 

3  TO.  their 

'^'^"^T^ 

it 

cirj^b-^ 

11 

DHTirb-j 

11 

Dm"- 

3/.    their 

"Tr:f^ 

u 

i\!"r'r^ 

u 

■jr^-nirb-j 

11 

IvT 

254 


§223 


NUMERALS. 


255 


Numerals. 

§223.  1.  The  Hebrew  numerals  (nsOTSn  ni"bTD)  are  of 
two  kinds,  cardinals  and  ordinals.  The  cardinals  from  one 
to  ten  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Absol, 

Constr 

^ftsoZ. 

Constr. 

One 

T    V 

111« 

th^ 

nnx 

Two 

W/l'^ 

^Dia 

D:r!"^ 

^n'^ 

Three 

T       : 

nujSuJ 

T 

tb'^ 

Four 

T  T  :  — 

n^s-i^ 

ynni^ 

"^>^ 

Five 

T    •  -: 

... .... 

••    T 

lij/bn 

Six 

T      • 

... .. 

^■i)' 

iriij 

Seven 

T   :    • 

J^?^^ 

ynir 

ri'^ 

Eight 

T         : 

nibir 

^Ii'!a^ 

nbb^ 

Nine 

T     ;     • 

n^irn 

r^rn 

j'irn 

Ten 

nnir:? 

mib:? 

'liri? 

nirj 

o.  inx    is  for   "inx.    5  63.  \.  a ;   the   Se^hol  returns  to  Pattahh  from 

TV  T    -  -J  '  ^ 

which  it  lias  arisen,  upon  the  shortening  of  the  following  Kaniets  in  the 
construct  and  in  the  fetninine,  rnx  for  nins,  i^54.  2,  hut  in  pause  rnx; 
ini?  occurs  in  the  ahsolute  in  Gen.  48 -'22.  2  Sam.  17:22,  Isa.  27  M^, 
Ezek.  33  :  30,  Zech.  11:7,  and  once  in  Ezek.  33  :  30.  The  plural  D-^"nnx^ 
is  also  in  use  in  the  sense  of  one,  Gen.  11:1,  Ezek.  37  :  17,  or  some.  Gen. 
27  :  44,  29  :  20.     Comp.  Span.  unos. 

Crnr  is  for  C^nJC;    for  the  Daghesh  in  P  see    §22.  h;   this  is  once 
omitted  after  Daghesh-forte,  "^rATp  Judg.  16 :  28. 

A  dual  form  is  given  to  some  of  the  units  to  denote  repetition,  t'^riSa'iN 
fourfold^  Conrad  sevenfold. 

nynir  occurs  once  with  a  paragogic  syllable,  M3S2ia  Job  42:  13,  and 
once  with  a  suffix  in  the  form  cnrau^  2  Sam.  21 :  9  K'ri. 

2.  In  all. the  Semitic  languages  the  cardinals  from  three 
to  fen  are  in  form  of  the  singular  number,  and  have  a  femi- 
nine termination  when  joined  to  masculine  nouns,  but  omit 
it  when  joined  to  feminine  nouns.     The  explanation  of  this 


25G  ETYMOLOGY.  §224,225 

curious  plicuomenou  appears  to  be  that  they  are  properly  col- 
lective nouns  like  triad,  dccail,  and  as  such  of  the  feminine 
gender.  AVith  masculine  nouns  they  appear  in  their  primary 
form,  with  feminine  nouns,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  they 
undergo  a  change  of  termination. 

a.  An  analogous  anomaly  meets  us  in  this  same  class  of  words  in  Indo- 
European  tongues.  Tiie  Sanskrit  cardinals  from^re  to  /ct?,  though  they 
agree  in  case  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  helong.  are  in  form  of  the 
neuter  gender  and  in  the  nominative,  accusative  and  vocative  they  are  of 
the  singular  number.     In  Greek  and  Latin  they  are  not  declined. 

§221.  The  cardinals  from  eleven  to  mnetecn  are  formed 
by  combining  "lO  or  rnir:?  modifications  of  the  numeral 
ten  with  the  several  units,  those  which  end  in  n^  preserving 
the  absolute  form  and  the  remainder  the  construct.     Thus, 


Masotline. 

TTlpTTAll 

(     1^?. 

^f:^5 

.£jiC  VC-Ll 

(     "^? 

^nz^ 

^^i 

n^r^p 

Twelve 

^^P. 

"DTT 

Thirteen 

^•b5 

Mu.*5up 

Fourteen 

T  r 

T   T  ;  — 

Fifteen 

T    T 

T  •  -: 

Sixteen 

T   T 

T        • 

Seventeen 

T  r 

ft    i^^^ 

T   :    ' 

Eighteen 

T   T 

T        : 

Nineteen 

^V 

T^tV\ 

Feminine. 

rriir^ 

rr:« 

•^T^? 

■P)^? 

•^T^'t; 

D'nir 

»^T^'? 

^n'jj 

•^?^? 

x^ 

»^^'^'? 

"i^j< 

^^'^'? 

-^ 

♦^T*^'^ 

^■"^ 

rinTr:; 

1 

M^ir:^ 

nrrd 

nn'^:? 

yiin 

a.  The  oriixin  of  "'P' r'"  •  ^''^  alternate  of  "inx  in  the  number  eleven,  is 
obscure.  R.  .Tona  thinks  it.  to  be  an  abbreviation  for  "I'C?  ''PC  iy  next  to 
twi'li-e.  Comp.  Lat.  jindeviginti.  niuefeen.  Kimchi  derives  it  from  ruis 
to  think,  ten  being  reckoned  upon  the  fingers,  and  eleven  the  first  number 
which  is  montally  conceived  beyond. 

-irs  rtrin  fifteen  occurs  Judg.  8:10,  2  Sam.  19 :  18,  and  "^t"?  r:i:iy 
eighteen  Judg.  20  :  25. 

§225.  1.  The  tens  are  formed  by  adding  the  masculine 


^226,227 


NUMERALS. 


257 


plural  termination  to  the  units,  D"'1tiy  twenty  being,  however, 
derived  not  from  two  but  from  ten  "^tpi? . 


Twenty 
Tliirty 
Forty 
Fifty 


'    T  ;  — 


Sixty 
Seventy 
EigLty 
Ninety 


a.  These  numbers  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  feminine,  and  are  used 
indifferently  with  nouns  of  either  gender.  nH'b?.  Ex.  18  :  21,  25,  Deut.  1 :  15 
means  not  twenty  but  tens. 

2.  The  units  are  added  to  the  tens  by  means  of  the  con- 
junction 1  and ;  the  order  of  precedence  is  not  invariable, 
though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  earhest  writers  of  the 
Old  Testament  commonly  place  the  units  first,  e.  g.  n'?Pn2? 
Q-vcJiDT  two  and  sixty  Gen.  5:18,  while  the  latest  writers  as 
commonly  place  the  tens  first,  D^^i^^'n  tr%i:  sixty  and  two 
Dan.  9:25. 

§  226.  Numerals  of  a  higher  grade  are  TO-a  one  hundred, 
^^s  one  thousayid,  nnnn ,  inn  or  i?iiin  ten  thousand.  These 
are  duplicated  by  affixing  the  dual  termination  D*nsT2  two 
hundred,  D":sbs  two  thousand,  D^'Jhian  or  riiiin  "ipTO  twenty 
thousand.  Higher  multiples  are  formed  by  prefixing  the 
appropriate  units  trk^  iHt  three  hundred,  D^sbi?  T\iht^ 
three  thousand,  niiinn  ©irj  sixty  thousand,  0■'Sb^{  qbx  one 
million. 

§227.  1.  The  ordinals  are  formed  by  adding  ^,  to  the 
corresponding  cardinals,  the  same  vowel  being  likewise  in- 
serted in  several  instances  before  the  final  consonant ;  "jiizJK'i 
first  is  derived  from  TlJs^n  head. 

"izj^'^n  or  ^ifl^sn 


First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

Fifth 


Sixth 

^\a"^ 

Seventh 

^r-ir 

Eighth 

^T'Z'^ 

Ninth 

^b^-m 

Tenth 

^n^irs? 

17 


258  ETYxMOLOGY.  §  228, 229 

The  fciiiiuiiic  commonly  ends  in  r*"  ,  occasionally  in  n^. . 

a.  Tlierti  arc  two  examples  of  tlie  orthography  •pO'^xn  Josh.  21  :  10, 
Job  15  :  7.  and  one  of  •pO"''?  J"^'  S :  8.  in  all  of  which  the  K'ri  restores  the 
customary  tbriii. 

2.  There  are  no  distinct  forms  for  ordinals  above  ten, 
the  cardinal  lumibers  being  used  instead. 

3.  Fractional  numbers  are  expressed  l)y  the  feminine 
ordinals,  rriiribo  one  third,  ri'^y'^^n  one  fourth,  etc.,  and  by 
the  following  additional  terms,  ""Sn  one  half,  'S'2r\  and  3?3i  o?ie 
quarter,  t'cp  one  fifth,  X^^V  one  tenth. 

Prefixed  Particles. 

§228.  The  rem.aining  parts  of  speech  are  indeclinable, 
and  may  be  comprehended  under  the  general  name  of  par- 
ticles.    Tliese  may  be  divided  into 

1.  Prefixed  particles,  which  arc  only  found  in  combina- 
tion with  a  following  Avord,  viz.  the  article,  He  interrogative, 
the  inseparable  prepositions,  and  A^av  conjunctive. 

2.  Those  particles,  which  are  written  as  separate  words, 
and  which  comprise  the  great  majority  of  adverbs,  preposi- 
tions, conjunctions,  and  interjections. 

a.  No  word  in  Hebrew  has  less  than  two  letters;  all  particles  of  one 
letter  are  consequently  prefixes.  There  is  one  example  of  two  prefixes 
combined  constituting  a  word  bn  Deut.  32 :  6,  though  editions  vary. 

The  Article. 

§229.  1.  The  Definite  Article  (nrn^n  xn)  consists  of 
n  with  Pattahh  followed  by  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  letter 
of  the  word  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  ^'^^  a  king,  ?T?^n  the 
king. 

a.  As  the  Arabic  article  jt  ia  in  certain  cases  Hillowcd  by  a  like 
doubling  of  the  initial  letter,  some  have  imagined  that  the  original  form  of 


§229  THE    ARTICLE.  259 

the  Hebrew  article  Avas  ^n  and  tliat  the  Daghesh-forte  has  arisen  from 
the  assimilation  of  b  and  its  contraction  with  the  succeeding  letter.  Since, 
however,  there  is  no  trace  of  such  a  form,  it  seems  better  to  acquiesce  in 
the  old  opinion,  which  has  in  its  favour  the  analogy  of  other  languages, 
tliat  the  article  H  is  related  to  the  personal  pronoun  Nin ,  whose  princijial 
consonant  it  retains,  and  that  the  following  Daghesh  is  conservative.  §24.  3  ; 
comp.  the  demonstrative  particle  Nil  and  xn  behold!  In  Slinn  Jer.  29:23 
K'thibh  (if  read  <"|'^^!^)  the  article  may  perhajis  be  found  in  an  unabridged 
form;  the  K'ri  has  ?T'<"] .  The  Arabic  article  is  supposed  to  be  found  in 
the  proper  name  nnil^N  Gen.  10:  26,  li"^SJ^N  hail,  the  equivalent  of  liJ^i:', 
and  possibly  in  CJipbx  Prov.  30:31. 

b.  There  is,  properly  speaking,  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew,  al- 
though the  numeral  "inx  one  is  so  employed  in  a  few  instances,  as  S"'33 
nns  a  prophet  1  Kin.  20:  13. 

2.  If  the  first  letter  of  the  word  have  ShVa,  Daghesh- 
forte  may  be  omitted  except  from  the  aspirates,  §25,  "is^^n, 
^kycn  but  nbnnn,  nahsn. 

3.  Before  gutturals,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh-forte, 
§  GO.  4,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets ;  the  short  vowel 
Pattahh  is,  however,  commonly  retained  before  H  and  ri ,  and 
sometimes  before  y ,  the  syllable  being  converted  into  an  inter- 
mediate, §20.  2.  a,  instead  of  a  simple  one,  "iniiin ,  nnn ,  t3*i?n 
Gen.  15  :  11,  ^xo'^7^  but  ^tjnn,  sinn,  u^yn  Jer.  12  :  9. 

a.  The  article  very  rarely  has  Kamets  before  n,  inn  Gen.  6:19, 
Ciann  Isa.  17  :  8  ;  in  a  very  few  instances  initial  K  quiesces  in  the  vowel 
of  the  article,  ClOSDSfi  Num.  11  :4. 

4.  Before  n  with  Kamets  or  Hhateph-Kamets,  Pattahh 
is  changed  to  Seghol :  before  n  or  ^  with  Kamets,  it  is 
likewise  changed  to  Seghol  if  it  stands  in  the  second  syllable 
before  the  accent,  and  consequently  receives  the  secondary 
accent  Methegh,  r^nn ,  oinn ,  D^ir-nn ,  n^nnn ,  D^nyn . 

a.  This  change  very  rarely  occurs  before  X,  ""'I'aN'i  Mic.  2:7.  When 
n  is  followed  by  Kamets-Hhatuph,  Pattahh  remains  nisnn. 

b.  The  article  does  not  usually  affect  the  vowels  of  the  word  before 
which  it  stands;  in  "in  viountain  and  CS  people,  however,  Pattahh  is 
changed  to  Kamets  to  correspond  with  the  vowel  of  the  article  "'n^ ,  cyn. 
S3  I'-ix  earth  but  y}^'r^ .  The  plurals  of  hrrk  tent  and  C"ip  holiness  with- 
out the  article  are  c-'Bnx  Gen.  25:27,  C-'irn;?  Ex.  29  :  37.  but  with  the 
article  C-^Bnx2  (for  D^ynxna)  Judg.  8 :  11,  C"'cnV,n  E.x.  26:33,  §208.3  6 


2G0  ETYMOLOGY.  §  230,  231 

TNp^  pelican  Isa.  34  :  11,  Zepli.  2  :  M.  is  pointed  rx;?r!  Lev.  11  :  IS,  Deut. 
14  :  17  upon  receiving  tiie  urticlo. 

5.  When  preceded  by  the  inseparable  prepositions  the 
letter  n  of  the  article  is  mostly  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given 
to  the  preposition,  §  53.  3,  D^'bi&a  for  D^Tbirna,  see  §231.5. 


He  Interrogative. 

^230.  1.  The  letter  n  (rib's;L-n  mh)  may  also  be  pre- 
fixed to  words  to  indicate  an  interrogation ;  it  is  then  pointed 
with  Ilhatepli-Pattahh,  tj?:n  s/iall  ice  (jo?  ^''rr^r^^  is  he  not? 

2.  Before  avowellcss  letter  this  becomes  Pattahh,  §61.  1, 
n:iTDn  Gen.  34  :  31,  -syz^y^r^.  Job  18  :  4,  ""isn  Jcr.  8  :  22. 

a.  The  new  syllable  thus  formed  is  an  intermediate  one,  §22,  and  the 
succeeding  Sli'va  remains  vocal,  as  is  shown  by  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  such  forms  as  cnyn'n  Gen.  29:5.  In  order  to  render  this  still 
more  evident  recourse  is  frequently  had  to  Daghesh-forte  separative, 
§24.5,  lirn  Gen.  17:17.  nr;?:;^rn  IS  :21,  Metiiegh.  §45.2,  bcrn  Judg. 
9  :  2.  ny-::rn  .Tob  38:  35,  or  compound  Sh'va.  §  16.  3.  h.  nr^sn  Gen!  27 :  38. 

h.  He  interrogative  has  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  one  instance 
before  a  letter  with  a  vowel  of  its  own,  S^'^'^n  Lev.  10:  19. 

3.  Before  gutturals  it  likewise  usually  becomes  Pattahh, 
^?sn  Ex.  2  :  7,  ni?s?n  2  Kin.  C  :  22,  n-'ia'^nn  Jer.  2:11,  rirn 
Hag.  1  :  4. 

a.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  He  interrogative  with  Kamets  be- 
fore X,  nrxn  Judg.  6:31,  '^n'^Exn  Judg.  12:5.  tti-'xn  Neh.  6:11. 

4.  Before  gutturals  with  Kamets  it  is  changed  to  Seghol, 
n^sn  Ezek.  28  :  9,  nn;'nn  Joel  1  :  2,  D=nn  Eccles.  2:19. 


Inseparable  Prepositions. 

§231.  1.  The  prepositions  n  in,  3  according  to,  ^  to,  are 
regularly  prefixed  with  Sli'va,  ri^csnn  in  the  beginning, 


Wi, 


03 


according  to  all,  Drnnsb  to  Abraham. 


§  232  INSEPARABLE    PREPOSITIONS.  261 

2.  Before  vowelless  letters  this  Sli'va  is  changed  to 
Hhiiik,  y-'pna  for  Tp"}^ ,  ^izJ^^  for  Vizj^b ,  nn^s  for  in";^ . 

3.  Before  gutturals  with  compound  Sh'va  it  is  changed 
to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  '^^^^. ,  b5sb ,  inns . 

a.  Initial  S  qniesces  in  the  following  words  after  the  inseparable  pre- 
positions. §57.  2.  (2)  a,  "p'nx  viasttr  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
•'inx  Lord.  D\'i'bx  God,  and  also  in  the  inf  const,  "itx  to  say  after  b, 
•liixa,  I'inss,  n'^pxb,  \nNl;,  c-^frb.xa  for  tD^n'bxa  the  Seghol  lengthened 
to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable,  in;:xb  but  Ri^x^,  "I'ixb  but  "i^N^,  "i^NS. 
Before  the  divine  name  mni  the  insej)arable  prepositions  are  pointed  as 
they  would  be  before  "'px  or  nTiPN ,  whose  vowels  it  receives,  §47,  tnh^b 
Gen.  4:3,  nih^b  Ps.  68:21. 

6.  In  a  very  Cew  instances  X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up 
their  vowel  to  the  preposition  and  become  quiescent,  "i''2X3  Isa.  10:  13  for 

ni2N3,  '(i-in-^S  Eccles.  2:  13  for  •)i"in':3 . 

4.  Before  monosyllables  and  before  dissyllables,  accented 
upon  the  penult,  these  prepositions  frequently  receive  a  pre- 
tonic  Karaets,  ^64.  2,  n^^a,  ntib,  m:b , 

a.  This  regularly  occurs  with  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  of  fs  ,  "'S  ,  y">» 
l"s  and  "''i?  verbs  when  preceded  byb,  e.g.  nc?^i  5^^!^;  ^"H"!!^;  ^"^^  i  ^"''^^  j 
also  with  difierent  forms  of  the  demonstrative  n.T  and  with  personal  suf- 
fixes; and  with  monosyllabic  or  Segholate  nouns  when  accompanied  by 
disjunctive  and  especially  pause  accents.  Belbre  the  pronoun  iin  what 
they  are  commonly  pointed  na2  ,  nss,  nsb'  or  followed  by  a  guttural, 
nib.  '■       "       " 

'  5.  Before  the  article  its  n  is  rejected  and  the  vowel 
given  to  the  preposition,  W?  for  "ii"^n| ,  7"^i?^  for  V'lijnb , 
D'^nnii  for  D^"^nn2 . 

a.  n  not  infrequently  remains  after  3,  Di'ns  Gen.  39:  11,  more  rarely 
after  the  other  prepositions,  crnb  2  Chron.  10:7.  The  initial  M  of  the 
Hiphil  and  Niphal    infinitives   is   occasionally  rejected   in   like   manner, 

pi^arb  Am.  8  :  4  for  n-^icfib,  iBcsa  Prov.  24 :  17  for  ibcrsns. 

§  232.  The  preposition  "^from,  though  used  in  its  sep- 
arate form,  may  also  be  abbreviated  to  a  prefix  by  the  assim- 
ilation and  contraction  of  its  final  Nun  with  the  initial  letter 
of  the  following  word,  which  accordingly  receives  Daghesh- 
forte,  tyn^p  for  tf'n'n  "jb .     Before  n  Hhirik  is  commonly  re- 


202  ETYMOj.ocY.  §  233, 23-i. 

taincd  in  an  iiitcrniediatc  syllabic,  but  before  other  gutturals 
it  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  y^n-q  for  pn  ]73  ,  >'nj{)2,  q'^niQ  ,  cr^. 

a.  't'O  is  sometimes   j)oeliciilly   iengllR-necl   to  '^t'O ,  and   once   has   tiie 
form  of  a  construct  plural,  ''I'O  Isa.  3U  :  11. 

§  233.  These  prepositions  are  combined  with  the  pro- 
nominal sufiLxes  in  the  following  manner : 


Singular. 

Ic. 

^3 

^b 

•               T 

i^' 

"^"rl 

2  m. 

^B' 

'i? 

-fe.^^ 

siiis 

^?^' 

'^T'? 

2/ 

^^ 

^? 

M^^ 

3  m. 

13 

13 

T 

^"?'9' 

i  ^f^f.'^  > 

,  ^rr-j 

3/. 

T 

Pib' 

T 

T              T 

T    V    • 

P 

LTJE  AL. 

1  c. 

5:^ 

T 

r.5 

T 

^:i7J5 

'^llQ-; 

2  TO. 

V    T 

V  T 

05?. 

DSI"-? 

K'tI 

2/ 

1?? 

!?> 

■S-^ 

3  m. 

Da, 

Dna 

V   r 

i-3 ,  nrb 

T                       V  T 

V  T 

,  D'j'i"-? 

^^il^ 

,Qt^-; 

3/ 

i^a. 

t"5 

# 

)^lv? 

fl.  The  syllable  'ia  inserted  between  3  and  the  suffixes,  and  which  is 
in  poetry  sometimes  added  to  3.  3  and  b  Avithout  suffixes  to  convert  them 
into  independent  words,  i-3 ,  "i^S.  l>:b  ,  is  conmioidy  tliought  to  be  re- 
lated in  its  origin  to  the  pronoun  n"3  what^  so  that  "^p^S  would  in  strict- 
ness denote  like  what  I  am,  i.  e.  like  me.  The  preposition  ■|T3,  with  the 
exception  of  some  poetical  forms,  reduplicates  itself  be((ire  the  light  suf^ 
fixes,  ''Sr'S  =  "'S^?^  •  Comp.  a  similar  reduplication  of  a  short  word,  ''h'^'o 
or  ''O  construct  of  D"'7a  water. 


Vav  Conjunctive. 

§  234.  The  conjunction  a?/d  is  expressed  by  1  prefixed 
with  Sh'va,  '^rn'i ,  'jnijnn .  Before  one  of  the  labials  3 ,  "a , 
B,   §  57.  2  (1),  or  before  a  vowelless  letter  Vav  quiesces  in 


§235  SEPARATE    PARTICLES.  263 

Shurek,  1"i^,  ^^^i,  D^:2'=i,  H^nb-^ .  Before  a  vowelless 
Yodli  it  receives  Plhirik,  in  wliicli  the  Yodli  quiesces,  Dnfp:*'i , 
X^"^"} .  Before  a  guttural  with  compound  Sh'va  it  receives  the 
corresponding  short  vowel,  "'3^^,  '^^^},  ^^^}-  Before  mono- 
syllables and  dissyllables  accented  on  the  penult  it  frequently 
receives  a  pretonic  Kamets,  ^"hi ,  <"'^!'r') ,  2?7i . 

a.  After  Vav  with  Shurek.  compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  substi- 
tuted for  simple  Sli'va  in  order  to  indicate  more  distinctly  its  vocal 
character,  nnn  Gen.  2:12,  "''^TSr^li  Ezek.  26:21,  nn^D-i  1  Kin.  13:7, 
•'pb:i_^  Jer.  22':'20. 

b.  Vav  receives  Hhirik  before  He  followed  by  Yodh  in  the  forms 
Cpi^'n';,  il'^ni ,  cni'ini,  !l"n'i  2  plur.  ])reterite  and  imperative  of  the  verbs 
n^n  to  be  and  iT^n  to  live;  before  the  2  masc.  sing,  imperative  of  the 
same  verbs  it  has  Seghol,  ni:ni. ,  n2n^  for  ri^.^^^,  n'^ri'i. 

c.  X  quiesces  after  Vav  conjunctive  as  after  the  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, §231.  3.  a.  in  '|i^^{  masler  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
-px^  Lord  and  n'ln'bx  God,  "^nxi ,  "^nxi ,  "^h^xi ,  ^rii'^xi  the  Seghol 
being  lengthened  to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable.  Hence  also  i^y^''^ 
when  mni  has  the  vowels  of  "'i'lN  .  A  very  i'tw  instances  occur  in  which 
X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up  their  vowel  to  Vav  conjunctive 
and  become  quiescent,  ">«?:?!!<]  Zech.  11:5  for  "lijsxi,  nyb-^T  Jer.  25  :  36 
for  rb?^l. 


Separate  Particles. 

ADVERBS. 

§  235,  1.  A  few  adverbs  of  negation,  place  and  time,  are 
commonly  classed  as  primitive,  although  they  are  probably 
related  to  pronominal  roots,  as  bx  and  ii''  not,  Dt^  there, 
TS  then. 

a.  It  is  natural  to  suspect  that  the  pronominal  root  b,  which  gave  rise 
fo  the  near  demonstrative  bs ,  ri|x  these  and  to  the  prepositions  indicative 
of  nearness  or  approach,  b  to,  bx  unto,  and  which  has  a  remote  demon- 
strative force  in  '^Xr''7  yonder,  beyond^  may  also  be  the  basis  of  N'b  and  bx 
the  idea  of  remoteness  taken  absohitely  forming  a  negation.  The  same 
idea,  in  a  less  absolute  sense,  may  be  traced  in  the  conditional  conjunction 
13  if.  The  pronoun  HT,  of  wliich  probably  U3  is  originally  only  a  modi- 
fication (comp.  the  relative  use  of  IT,  §73.  1),  is  plainly  connected  with  TSJ 
at  that  time  and  DO  in  that  place. 


264  ETYMOLOGY.  §  236 

2.  Derivative  adverbs  are  formed 

(1.)  By  affixing  the  terminations  0^  or  D*,  ciisx  and 
u':i2i<  tridij  from  'i'^i?  truth,  Qsn  gratuitouxly  from  ''^.  grace ^ 
D'bi"'  by  day  from  □i'''  d/«y,  Djjin  in  vain  from  p'^'n  empty,  DsirD 
suddenly  from  yns  momeiit,  DTZJb©  //f<?  f/«y  ^^ore  yesterday 
from  TlJ'J'iC  ////x'^. 

(2.)  By  abbreviation,  as  ^x  surely,  only  from  "iix. 
(3.)  By  composition,  as  VpTiti  ivhy  /  from  T^"!^  n^  ^«/^ 
edoctus,  T^v^^'Tifrom  above  from  I'D ,  Ip  and  nbya . 

3.  Besides  those  adverbs,  which  are  such  originally  and 
properly,  other  parts  of  speech  are  sometimes  used  as  ad- 
verbs.    Thus 

(1.)  Nouns,  'is.'q  miyJitiJy,  exceedinyly  prop,  miylit,  S'^io 
around  prop,  circuit,  I'S?  again  prop,  repetition,  ess  no  more 
prop,  cessation;  with  a  preposition,  lS5)3a  exceedingly,  liV 
tz^«;'^  prop,  /o  separation,  or  a  suffix  Ivr"!)  together  prop,  m  //.y 
firweo;?.  Compare  the  adverbial  accusative  and  adverbial 
phrases  of  Greek  and  other  languages. 

(2.)  Absolute  infinitives,  which  are  really  verbal  nouns, 
nu'^n  loell  prop,  rectefaciendo,  ninn  much,  ^Tyq  quickly. 

(3.)  Adjectives,  particularly  in  the  feminine,  which  is 
used  as  a  neuter,  3i"j  qvell,  nicN-i  at  first,  fr*?!?  the  second 
time,  nan  and  nin  much,  rr^nin^  in  Jewish  i.  e.  Hebrew,  rr^^^i^ 
2*;^  Aramaic,  f^is<^S3  wonderfully. 

(4.)  Pronouns,  nr  /^tTt*,  ?/oz^  prop.  M/5  place,  this  time, 
n:n  hither  prop,  /o  //<6^5e  places,  with  a  preposition  nis  /////^ 
prop,  according  to  it,  1?  50  perhaps  for  "jHS  according  to  these 
things,  though  others  explain  it  as  an  adverbial  use  of  the 
particijjlc  "J?  right,  true,  HE  here  probably  for  ia  in  this 
(place). 

^236.  A  few  adverbs  are  capable  of  receiving  pronom- 
inal suffixes,  as  "ir;  or  risn  behold,  ^"^3  get,  ^^  where,  to  which 
may  be  added  "}■?«  there  is  not  prop,  non-existence  and  C^ 


§237  PREPOSITIONS.  265 

there  is  prop,  existence.  As  the  idea  of  action  or  of  exis- 
tence is  suggested  by  them,  they  take  the  verbal  suffixes, 
frequently  with  5  epenthetic.     Thus 

1.  r\ir\ ,  First  person  ''bfn,  ''ssn  and  "^ajH;  i;:n,  ^asn 
and  'ilsn.  Second  person  masc.  ^?n  once  nisn;  DDsn,  fern. 
'^\'^.     Third  person  iin  and  ^T^\y);  Dsn. 

2.  Tiy .  i^/r^^f  person  ^i^^'S  and  ''T3!' ;  once  with  ptlur. 
"^vhys  Lam.  4:17  K'ri.  Second  jierson  masc.  ^7'^y  fern,  ^'liy . 
Third  person  masc.  isiiy ,  DiiS'  fern,  nsiiy  . 

3.  "^i?.  Second  person  ns^x  ,     Third  person 'y^  ,  n^s  . 

4.  ^■'5? .  First  person  ''l^'^sj? .  Second  person  masc,  ?|:"'i? , 
oirx,  fern.  ^^N.  Third  person  masc.  ^si^x ,  n^^  and 
i^-^rs  fem.  n^rx . 

5.  '©::'.  Second  person  ^©;:,  DitJ;;'  and  D3TC? .  Third 
person  i:t^^ . 

Prepositions. 

§237.  1.  The  simple  prepositions  in  most  common  use, 
besides  the  inseparable  prefixes,  §231,  are  chiefly  "ins 
behind,  after,  'bx  to,  unto,  b^ix  beside,  Jns  loith^  'J''S  between, 
ipbs  without,  1273  through,  ri^^T  except,  "J?!)  o^  account  of, 
bi73  or  ^^'a  oy^r  against,  '1^*3  ?;«  presence  of,  riDb  m  /ro;^^  o/", 
before,  1?  z^;2?'o,  b:?  ?/joo;/,  D?  ?d5z'M,  ninri  under.  Most  of  these 
appear  to  have  been  originally  nouns  ;  and  some  of  them  are 
still  used  both  as  nouns  and  as  prepositions. 

2.  Other  prepositions  are  compound,  and  consist  of 
(1.)  Two  prepositions,  as  '^^yy^y^  from  after,  t^K)?  and  DS'Ta 

from  icith,  ^TQfrom  upon,  t^nhpz  from  under,  "^  from,  l^b'? 

and  HDbb  before.,  bi'a-bj<  toward. 

(2.)  A  preposition  and  a  noun   li'?   and   li^^  besides 

from  13  separation,  "^SS^  before  and  "^is^,  '^'l^^t^  from  before 

from  D^DS/ttce,  b^^3  and  n^i?3/or  ^/^^  ^^/f-^  o/;  1^3  fy  prop. 


266  ETYMOLOGY.  §  238, 239 

hy  the  hand  of,  'iny-bx  bei/ond,  b  ^2^12  from  beyond,  ri?:*'?  in 
CON j  unci  ion  with,  'j?^^  and  ^"^7''"^  on  account  of,  ''ES ,  "'E^ 
and  '^k'^y  according  to  pro}),  at  the  mouth  of. 

(3.)  A  preposition  and  an  infinitive,  risnjpb  toward  prop. 
to  meet. 

(4.)  A  preposition  and  an  adverb,  '^"T"'?3  and  '^""'pa'a 
without  from  ^3  //6»^  1?  ?^;//o,  b  r.xbrna  beyond,  "^'523  without. 

^238.  1.  The  prepositions  take  sutfixes  in  the  same 
manner  as  singular  nouns,  e.  g.  ''^ix  beside  me,  T^^" ,  "'"'>: , 
"•isy,  cxcei)t  "ini«  after,  "-S  /o,  "^^  /////o,  ^V  upon  and  rnn 
iinder,  whicli  before  suffixes  assume  the  form  of  nouns  in  the 
masculine  plural,  c.  g.  "'"inx ,  ^"^^ns ,  T^jns ;  y%  between 
adopts  sometimes  a  singular,  sometimes  a  masculine  plural, 
and  sometimes  a  feminine  plural  form,  e.  g.  Ti ,  '^^''i  and 
vi'^3  ,  ^s-^ra  and  ^rhiD^a  . 

a.  The  plural  form  '^'^iHX  occurs  without  suffixes  more  frequently  than 
"'H^  >  "*;"?<  1  ''I'X.i  "'^^J  ^'^0  occur  in  poetry, 

6.  rnn  in  a  very  few  instances  takes  a  verbal  suffix,  "^srinri  2  Sam. 
22:37,  40,48;  with   the   3   muse.   plur.   suffix   it   is    crnn    oftener   than 

2.  The  preposition  ns  with  is  to  be  distinguished  from 
ris  the  sign  of  the  definite  object,  which  is  prefixed  to  a  pro- 
noun or  definite  noun,  to  indicate  that  it  is  the  object  of  an 
active  verb.  AVith  pronominal  suffixes  the  ri  of  the  prepo- 
sition is  doubled  and  its  vowel  shortened  to  Hhirik,  thus 
•^ris ,  T^Hi? ,  Di^>^i! ;  the  sign  of  the  accusative  becomes  rrs 
before  suffixes  or  before  grave  suffixes  commonly  nx ,  thus, 
•^ni? ,    T^rs!! ,    DDPS    rarely    obnis ,    cnk    rarely    D^iri^'s?    and 

a.  Sometimes,  particularly  in  the  books  of  Kings,  Jeremiah,  and  Eze- 
kiei,  the  preposition  takes  the  form  ''riix,  i^ri'ist. 

Conjunctions. 

§239.  1.  In  addition  to  the  prefixed  copulative  1 ,  §234, 
the  following  are  the  simple  conjunctions  in  most  common 


§240  INTERJECTIONS.  267 

use,  is  or,  Sji?  also,  di?  and  ^'^  if,  nics  and  ''S  that,  because^ 

2.  Compound  conjunctions  are  formed  by  combining 

(1.)  Two  conjunctions  ex  ^3  but,  '^3  vjs?  hoiv  much  more 
prop,  also  that. 

(2.)  The  conjunction  "^3  or  'icx  with  a  preposition,  as 
"iTTNS  as,  ^ii:N  V.^.  in  order  that,  "iil:«  '\Ti  and  nirx  np?  ^e- 
cause,  ^3  ^?  ?<5;z^'27,  "^3  t^nn  because. 

(3.)  An  adverb  with  a  preposition  or  conjunction,  D';!t23 
before,  "j?^  or  13~5?  therefore,  "'^1^  unless  from  i^  z/"  i^b  ^^o^. 

Interjections. 

§240.  The  Hebrew  interjections,  like  those  of  other  lan- 
guages, are  of  two  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Natural  sounds  expressive  of  various  emotions,  as 
n5?,  r^n,  r^ns  ah!  oh!  r^^r\aha!  ^^n  ho!  woe!''^i<,  n^ix, 
"^iisi!,  ^s  tcoe!  ^'i)i^  alas!  en  hush! 

2.  Words  originally  belonging  to  other  parts  of  speech, 
which  by  frequent  use  were  converted  into  interjections, 
nnn  come!  prop,  give,  nsb  come!  prop,  go,  t^l.n  behold! 
prop,  a  demonstrative  adverb,  nbibn  far  be  it !  *%  pray  I 
from  "^ya  entreaty,  i?3  now!  I  pray  thee  I 


PART   THIRD. 
SYNTAX. 

§241.  1.  Syntax  treats  of  sentences  or  of  the  manner 
in  which  words  arc  Gm})lo}  cd  in  the  utterance  of  thought. 
Its  oftice,  therefore,  is  to  exhibit  the  several  functions  of  the 
different  parts  of  speech  in  the  mechanism  of  the  sentence, 
the  rekitions  which  they  sustain  to  cacli  other,  and  how  those 
rekitions  are  outwardly  expressed. 

2.  Every  sentence  must  embrace  first  a  subject  or  the 
thing  spoken  of,  and  secondly,  a  predicate  or  that  which  is 
said  about  it.  Upon  these  two  simple  elements  is  built  the 
euih'Q  structm-e  of  human  speech. 

The  Subject. 

§  242.  The  subject  of  every  sentence  must  be  either  a 
noun,  as  Q^nbx  snn  God  created  Gen.  1  :  1,  or  a  pronoun, 
as  '':5J  iriip  /(am)  /lo/j/  Lev.  11  :  44.  This  includes  infini- 
tives, which  are  verbal  nouns,  niib'sib  p'"^^^  ©ib?  to  punish 
the  just  is  not  good  Prov.  17  :  20,  and  adjectives  and  partici- 
ples when  used  substantively,  fi^'b-J  sinii'sb  an  nncJean  (per- 
son) shall  not  enter  2  Chron.  23  :  19,  y^r^^r";^  DV-^ri  sib  the 
dead  shall  not  praise  the  Lord  Ps.  115  :  17. 

a.  The  Piibjectofa  ppntonre  mny  1)0  a  noun  preceded  by  the  preposition 
IP  in  a  parlitive  sense,  cyr.— (■a  !ix:j^  there  went  out  (some)  of  the  people 
Ex.  16:27.  or  by  the  particle  of  coniparisoii  3,  nx"i:  riJS  (something) 
like  a  plagtie  has  appeared  Lev.  14  :  35. 


^  243  THE    SUBJECT.  2G9 

b.  Whon  tlie  subject  is  an  infinitive,  it  is  mostly,  as  in  English,  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  b  to,  miinb  zr^  (it  is)  good  to  give  thanks  Ps. 
92:2.  unless  it  is  in  the  construct  before  a  following  noun  ni-in  S'ii-xb 
i'nsb  Cisn  mail's  being  alone  (is)  not  good  Gen.  2:  IS. 

c.  The  subject  is  very  rarely  an  adverb,  cyn",^_  b£3  ii2-ri  many 
(prop,  much)  of  the  people  have  fallen  2  Sam.  1:4. 

§  243.  The  subject  may  be  omitted  in  the  following  cases, 


VIZ. 


1.  When  it  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection, 
t)72y  liyn  is  there  yd  wUh  tliee  (a  corpse)  ?  Am.  6  :  10,  or  is 
obvious  in  itself,  nib;;  ins5  (his  mother)  hare  Mm  1  Kin.  1 : 6. 
The  personal  pronouns  are  for  this  reason  rarely  used  before 
verbal  forms,  which  of  themselves  indicate  the  person,  ''riiiax 
I  said,  VrfQ^  thou  saidst,  unless  with  the  view  of  expressing 
emphasis  or  opposition,  'is'ajp  ^snixi  ^bspi  ^y-is  nisn  they  are 
brought  down  and  fallen,  but  we  are  risen  Ps.  20  :  9. 

2.  When  it  is  indefinite ;  thus,  if  an  action  is  spoken  of 
and  it  is  not  known  or  is  not  stated  by  whom  it  is  performed. 
The  third  person  plural  may  be  so  employed,  bisirb  'Hl'^^  and 
they  told  Said  1  Sam.  18  :  20,  or  third  person  singular,  comp. 
the  French  on  and  German  man,  bna  nTsir  snj?  one  called  its 
name  Babel  i.  e.  its  name  was  called  Babel,  or  the  second 
person  singular,  particularly  in  laws  or  in  proverbs,  the  lan- 
guage of  direct  address  being  employed  while  every  one  who 
hears  is  intended,  bcs  T;b-niri?n~sib  thou,  shalt  7iot  make  unto 
thee  a  graven  image  Ex.  20  : 4,  ^\^  "iDi'ab  nx'^in  apply  thine 
heart  unto  instruction  Prov.  23  :12. 

a.  Sometimes  the  word  TiJ'^X  man  is  used  as  an  indefinite  subject, 
*''5i  iW3^3  ''^'^^'7  ^^9^  "^3  (^  man  said  tints,  ivhen  he  went,  etc.  1  Sam.  9:  9, 
and  sometimes  the  participle  of  the  following  verb,  ^p'^Uii  y^bi  and  the 
hearer  shall  hear  2  Sam.  17  : 9,  c^ii-^h  fillJ-in  ploughers  ploughed  Ps.  129  : 3. 

b.  The  third  person  plural  indefinite  seems  to  be  used  sometimes  with- 
out any  thought  of  the  real  agency  concerned  in  the  action  spoUen  of,  and 
where  the  English  would  require  a  passive  construction,  ''^"^i'3  brs  nibib 
wearisome  nights  are  appointed  to  me  lit.  they  have  appointed  Job  7 : 3. 

*  151  is  an  abbreviation  for  "I'Siai  et  completio,  and  so/orth,  §9.  1. 


270  SYNTAX.  §. CI  1,215 

3.  When  tlic  construction  is  impersonal;  in  tliis  case 
the  third  person  singular  masculine  is  the  form  commonly 
adopted,  Tr??  5n;;'-bs  Jet  it  vol  he  yrievom  in  thj  sicjht  Gen. 
21:12,  'H^n  TS  then  it  was  hcgini  i.e.  men  bet/an,  though 
the  feminine  is  also  employed  on  account  of  its  special  affinity 
Avith  tiie  neuter,  '!^7i^""5  "^s^n  and  Israel  was  distressed  lit.  it 
was  strait  to  Israel  Jndg.  10:9. 

§244.  1.  The  subject  maybe  extended  by  connecting  two 
or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  and  thus  forming  what  is  called 
a  compound  subject,  cxn::-'-:;',  '^1^^')  '^''^V^  ^^'^^^  and  the 
heavens  and  the  earth  and  all  their  host  were  finished  Gen. 
2:1,  nibs  nyinn  ^:xi  and  I  and  the  lad  will  go  Gen.  22:5. 

2.  Or  it  may  be  extended  by  adding  to  the  noun  an 
article,  adjective,  demonstrative  pronoun,  pronominal  suffix, 
or  another  noun  with  which  it  may  be  either  in  apposition 
or  in  construction.  When  thus  united  with  other  qualifying 
words  the  noun  alone  is  called  the  grammatical  subject,  the 
noun,  together  with  its  adjuncts,  is  called  the  logical  subject. 


The  Article. 

§  245.  The  definite  article  is  used  in  Hebrew  as  in  other 
languages  to  particularize  the  object  spoken  of,  and  distin- 
guish it  from  all  others.  It  is  accordingly  prefixed  in  the 
followinn;  cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  thing  referred  to  is  one  which  has  been 
mentioned  before,  and  God  said,  Let  there  be  T^'p'}  a  firma- 
ment, etc.,  and  God  made  T'VT}^  the  firmament  Gen.  1  :  6,  7. 

2.  AVhen  it  is  defined  by  accompanying  words,  as  a  rela- 
tive clause,  i:^T  ^?n  iiS  nrx  r-'sn  ■'nrx  blessed  is  the  man 
who  has  not  walked,  etc.,  Ps.  1:1,  an  adjective,  b"an  niNrn 
the  greater  light,  p)?n  ^'^^trr]  the  lesser  light  Gen.  1  :  10,  or 
a  demoustnitive  pronoun,  "^n  a  mountain,  HTn  nnn  this  moun- 
tain, N""n  "inn   that  mountain,    or   by   being    directly  ad- 


§245  THE    ARTICLE.  271 

dressed,  tibsn    0  hug  1    Sam.  17:55,  Q'^'a-.^^n    0  heavens, 
•f^-ixn  0  earth  Deut.  32  : 1. 

3.  When  it  is  obviously  suggested  by  the  circumstances, 
or  may  be  presumed  to  be  well  known :  she  ewjjtied  her 
pitcher  into  riiptb'n  the  trough  Gen  24  :  20,  viz.,  the  one  which 
must  have  been  by  a  well  used  for  watering  cattle  ;  jihime- 
lech  looked  through  r^nn  the  windoto  Gen.  26  :8,  i.  e.  of  the 
house  in  which  it  is  taken  for  granted  that  he  was ;  let  us  go 
to  Hi^^hn  the  (well-known)  seer  1  Sam.  9  :  9. 

a.  The  article  is  accordingly  used  as  in  Greek  and  in  eonne  modern  lan- 
guages in  place  of  an  unemphatie  possessive  pronoun :  she  took  Cl^rjjn  the 
^^eil  Gen.  24:65,  i.e.  the  one  wliich  she  had,  or.  according  to  the  English 
idiom,  her  veil ;  David  took  ^^^^r^  the  harp  i.  e.  his  harp  1  Sam.  16  :  23,  so 
tlie  LXX.   eXdixjSave  AautS  rrjv  KLVvpav. 

b.  With  words  denoting  time  it  expresses  the  present  as  that  which 
would  most  readily  occur  to  the  mind,  ci'n  the  day  i.  e.  that  which  is  now 
passing,  to-day  Gen.  4: 14,  nb^^n  the  night  i.  e.  to-night  Gen.  30: 15.  niirn 
the  year  i.  e.  this  year  Jer.  28 :  16.  nrbrt  the  time  i.  e.  this  time  Gen.  29 :  35, 
unless  another  idea  is  more  naturally  suggested  by  the  context,  ci'n  "^'H'n 
and  it  cavie  to  pass  on  the  day  i.  e.  at  the  period  before  spoken  of  at  that 
lime  1  Sam.  1 : 4,  Job  1 :  6. 

4.  When  it  is  distinguished  above  all  others  of  like  kind 
or  is  tlie  only  one  of  its  class,  iT'Sn  the  house  viz.  of  God,  the 
temple  ]\Iic.  3  :  12,  linN^n  the  Lord  Isa.  1  :  24,  D"^n'bsn  the 
(true)  God,  Q^t^^n  the  heavens,  ^'\^r\  the  earth  Gen.  1:1, 
©■a'ln  the  sun  Gen.  15:12. 

5.  When  it  is  an  appellative  noun  used  in  a  generic  or 
universal  sense,  ^"^nn  the  sword  devoureth  one  as  ivell  as 
another  2  Sam.  11  :  25  ;  they  shall  mount  up  with  lolngs 
D'l'it's?  as  the  eagles  Isa.  40  :  31,  and  sometimes  when  it  is  a 
material  or  abstract  noun,  in  which  case  the  English  idiom  does 
not  admit  the  article,  ichere  there  is  'zryiT) gold  Gen.  2  :  11 
LXX.  TO  %/?i;cr('oi;;  thymine  mived  D?'SS  loith  loater  Isa.  1 :  22, 
lohere  shall  n^apnn  wisdom  be  found?  Job  28  :  12  LXX.  ^  8e 
cro<\>ia  KTk;  they  smote  the  men  D'^'^i:©?  with  blindness  Gen. 
19:11. 


272  SYNTAX.  §24G 

a.  Tlio  nrlirlo  is  tluii5  used  witli  ruljortivos  to  denote  the  claPS.  which 
they  des(rril)e,  God  shall  judge  ui^riTN"  p-'nan-rs  the  righteous  and  (he 
wicked  Eccl.  3:17;  the  proverb  of  ''ztnjan  the  ancients  1  Sam.  24:14; 
and  witii  Gentile  nouns,  which  are  properly  adjectives,  §194.  1,  •'niaxn  the 
Amorite,  iDr:sn  the  Canaanite,  Gen.  15:21. 

b.  The  Ilehrcw  infinitive  does  not  receive  the  article;  rrn ,  wliich  is 
the  only  exception,  see  Gen.  2  : 9  and  elsewhere,  may  be  regarded  as  a 
noun.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  article  is  prcfi.xed  to  finite  tenses  of  the 
vcrl)  witii  the  Ibrce  of  a  relative  pronoun.  Xlibnn  who  went  Josh.  10:24, 
»^h»n  thill,  xhdll  be  born  Judg.  13:8,  i:J"'^p^)n  iclhch  he  sanctified  1  Cliron. 
20:28,  1i<:iT?n  who  are  jiresent  1  Cliron.  29:17,  "fina  into  (the  place) 
which  he  jircjuired  2  Cliron.  1:4;  so  also  2  Cliron.  29:36,  Ezr.  8:25. 
10 :  14.  17.  Isa.  56  :  3.  Jer.  5 :  13,  Dan.  8:1.  It  is  once  prefixed  to  a  prepo- 
sition. fi"'r>i|]  what  (was)  tipon  it  1  Sam.  9:24. 

c.  In  the  uses  of  the  article,  as  stated  above,  Nos.  4  and  5  are  really 
varieties  of  No.  3,  since  the  prominent  member  of  a  class  is  the  best  known 
and  most  readily  suggested,  and  when  a  word  is  used  generically  it 
(iesigiiates  a  definite  and  well-known  class  of  objects  which  is  to  be  distin- 
guished from  every  other  class. 

d.  The  Hebrew  article  is  sometimes  found  where  the  English  requires 
the  indefinite  article  or  none  at  all ;  but  it  must  not  on  that  account  be  sup- 
posed that  it  ever  loses  its  proper  force  or  becomes  equivalent  to  an  in- 
definite article.  The  difference  of  idiom  is  due  to  a  difference  in  the  mode 
of  conception.  Thus,  in  comparisons  the  Hebrew  commonly  conceived  of 
the  whole  class  of  objects  of  which  he  spoke,  while  we  mostly  think  of 
one  or  more  individuals  belonging  to  the  class,  ",;33  as  (ihe)  a  nest.  Isa. 
10:  14,  -IEE3  as  (the)  a  scroll  Isa.  34:4.  like  rending  "'nsn  (the)  a  kid 
Judg.  14:6.  as  DiV^-nn  (the)  bees  do  Deut.  1  :  44.  CJTTS  as  (the)  scarlet, 
abt;?  as  (the)  snow.  i'SinS  as  (the)  crimson.  ipS3  as  (the)  wool  Isa.  1 :  18. 
Cases  also  not  infrequently  occur  in  wliii-ii  the  article  may  either  be  in- 
serted or  omitted  with  equal  propriety  and  without  any  material  change 
of  sense,  according  as  the  noun  is  to  the  mind  of  the  speaker  definite  or 
indefinite.  In  speaking  of  the  invasion  of  his  father's  flocks.  David  says, 
•'^xn  the  lion  and  ninn  the  bear  came  1  Sam.  17  :  34,  because  he  thinks 
of  these  as  the  enemies  to  be  expected  under  the  circumstances;  had  he 
thought  of  them  indefinitely  as  beasts  of  prey  he  would  have  said,  without 
the  article,  a  lion  and  a  bear.  It  is  said.  Gen.  13:2,  that  Abram  was  very 
rich  -n??^  N^??  '^P.p^?  in  (the)  cattle,  in  (the)  sillier,  and  in  (the)  gold, 
since  these  are  viewed  as  definite  and  well-known  species  of  property; 
but  in  Gen.  24:  35 /le /ia//i  o-/t;e« /tj"»i  2riji  ~02i  "if^2!i  "si^  flocks  and  herds 
and  silver  ami  gold,  these  are  viewed  indefinitely  in  Hebrew  as  in  English. 

§  2-16.  Nonns  are  definite  without  the  article  in  the  fol- 
lowing cases,  viz.  : 

1.  Proper   nouns,  which   are   definite   by  signification, 
DH'ins  Abraham,  "j^jS  Canaan,  P^to^n^  Jerusalem. 


§246  THE    ARTICLE.  273 

a.  Proper  names,  originally  applied  in  an  appellative  sense,  sometimes 
retain  tlie  definite  article.  ^"?n  the  lord,  Baal.  "i:bn  (lie  adceTsaiy,  Satan, 
nriin  the  rh-er,  the  Euphrates,  "(^itH  <f>e  descending  (stream),  the  Jor- 
dan. Tii::^"  the  while  (mountain).  Lebanon,  ^^birn  the  garden,  Carinel, 
^issn  the  circuit  of  the.  Jordan,  nQ:i:!2n  the  walch-loicer,  Mizpah,  nn>;n 
and  cnx  the  (first)  man,  Adam,  c-'nlsxrj  and  c'^n'bx  the  (true)  God.  In 
nt-J^sn  -jsir  ■'kri  i:Ae  half  tribe  of  Manus.'ieh  Dent. "3:13  and  often  else- 
where, the  article  makes  more  prominent  the  definiteness  ol'the  entire  ex- 
pression: it  also  occurs  without  the  article,  e.  g.  Num.  32:33. 

2.  Nouns  with  suffixes,  which  are  rendered  definite  by 
the  appended  pronoun,  ^3"'i«  our  father,  i'QTC  Us  name,  but 

in  Greek  6  irarrip  rjjiwv,  TO  ovofxa  avrov. 

a.  There  are  a  few  instances  in  which,  for  special  reasons,  the  article 
is  prefixed  to  nouns  having  suffixt's.  It  is  emphatic  in  'i''^nn  the  (other) 
half  of  them  Josh.  8:  33,  opposed  to  a  preceding  'i"':£n  one  half  of  them  ;  so 
in  inpi"i2S3  Isa.  24:2.  In  ^jS"!??]!  nbsia  the  worth  of  thy  estimation  Lev. 
27:23.  it  serves  to  indicate  more  clearly  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression ;  so  "'r'l^f'ij  m""'^"?  "'  ^^*^  midst  of  my  tent  Josh.  7  :  21,  "ii^'^n  "pna 
in  the  midst  of  its  fold  Mic.  2  :  12.  fi'^r'innn-bs  the  whole  of  the  women  with 
child  2  Kin.  15  :  16;  in  ^n:".'ab  Prov.  16:4  it  distinguishes  the  noun  n.??-'.^ 
from  the  preposjition  "j^'^^. 

b.  A  suffix  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  participle  does  not  supersede 
the  necessity  of  the  article,  liisan  the  (one)  smiting  him,  Isa.  9 :  12, 
^Y-i"^^  Ihe  (one)  bringing  thee  up  Ps.  SI :  11,  "'S'nayTiri  the  (one)  crowning 
thee  Ps.  103  :  4. 

3.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  definite  noun, 
whether  this  has  the  article  0^''?%"^'  "'5?'^?  ffi-s  stars  of  heaven 
Gen.  26  :  4,  n^?n?^^  ''%']  the  feet  of  the  priests  Josh.  3:13, 
is  a  proper  name,  ^^^"^f]  "''^^ip  the  tribes  of  Israel  Ex.  24 : 4, 
nin^  nin  the  ivord  of  Jehovah  Gen.  15  :  1,  has  a  pronominal 
suffix,  ^^iv^  ^^^"2^  the  first  fruits  of  thy  labours,  ^"^sn-^rs  the 
wives  cf  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  or  is  itself  definite  by  construc- 
tion, n^ED^Gn  nito  my^  the  cave  of  the  field  of  Machijielah 
Gen.  23  :  19,  nih^i-n^na  pi^:  the  ark  of  the  covenatit  of  Je- 
hovah Josh.  3:3. 

a.  Nouns   in  the  construct   are  occasionally   found  with  the  article, 
rryq  T\hrrAr^  to  the  tent  of  Sarah  Gen.  24  :  67.  bx-n-^a  bsn  the  God  nf^ 
Bethel  Gen.' 31 :  13.  lisn  nn':n  the  pin  of  the  web  Judg.  16:  14.  ririnn  -J 
n^isn  all  the  abominations  of  the  nations  1  Kin.  14  :  24,  c"^nbsn-d^X  ">2i5n 
!        the  grave  of  the  man  of  God  2  Kin.  23  :  17,  ^nxrj  riDbrrn-bs  all  the  king- 
18 


21  [  SYNTAX.  ^247  248 

(loms  of  (hf  earth  Jer.  25 :  26.  f^JP-H  "EGH  the  bill  of  the  purchase,  Jer. 
32:12,  nrz'J  -EJn  Jer.  48:32;  see  Josh.  3:11,  8:11.  1  Cliro.i.  15:27, 
2  CInon.  S  ':  16,  15  :  8,  Ezr.  8  :  29,  Is^:  36  :  8.  Ezck.  45  :  16,  47  :  15.  Zeph. 
3:  19.  Zech.  4:7.  Ps.  123  :  4 ;  also  1  Sam.  26:22  K'thibh,  2  Kin.  7:13 
K'iliil)li.  where  the  K'ri  omits  ilie  article. 

b.  Gentile  nouns,  derived  (loin  a  rnmponnd  proper  name,  frequently  re- 
ceive the  article  before  the  second  ineinher  of  the  compound,  ''"■^"n""^ 
the  B,-iij(nnite  Judg.  3:15,  ''■!:;rt-n-r''2  the  BrihKhemile  1  Sam.  6:14, 
""Xir^Ti  n-'a  the  Dethlehemite  1  Sam.  16:18.  "'-t""  ■'i''<.  the  Ahiezrile 
JudiT.  6 :  1 1.  thouixh  this  last  word  also  appears  in  the  abbreviated  Ibrm 
inT^ivxri  Num.  26:30. 

§  2  i7.  The  article  is  frequently  omitted  in  the  brief  and 
emphatic  language  of  poetry,  where  it  would  be  required  in 
prose,  V"?!?""'?'?^  ^'in(/s  of  (the)  earth  Ps.  2  :  2,  C^iD  "lisb  in 
the  presence  o/ (the)  mn  Ps.  72  :  17,  ^"^i  Krs  n-aw  Tbs  (the) 
icatchmaa  says,  (the)  mornhig  comes  Isa.  21 :  12  ;  to  give 
N32n  tnpi  Jjoth  sanctuary  aud  host  to  be  tra?)fjjled  Dan.  S  :  13. 

a.  Occasional  instances  occur  of  its  beincr  dropped  from  familiar  or  fre- 
quently repeated  expressions  in  prose,  nrJ  H'^'nns  is  to  yearns  end  Deut. 
11:  12,  ivixi  bnsa  in  (the)  tabei-nade  of  (the)  congregation  Kx.  27:21 
(coMip.  English  in  church).  Nr^~"ib  (the)  captain  of  (the)  host  I  Kin. 
16:16,  ~^p  ^'<*'^^  king  Lenuiel  Prov.  31:1;  also  in  geographical  and 
architectural  details,  such  technical  terms  as  h^z:'^  and  (the)  border  Josh. 
13  :  23,  =nni  and  (the)  breadth  2  Chron.  3:3. 

b.  When  two  definite  nouns  are  connected  by  and  the  article  is  com- 
monly repeated  ;  it  may,  however,  particularly  in  poetry,  stand  only  before 
the  first  and  be  understood  with  the  second,  t/^oe  nnto  Cpirnri  the  (persons) 
decreeing  unrighteous  decrees  C^tiz^l  and  writing,  etc.  Isa.  10:1.  '^rn 
"liszT  O  j).-^(dlenj  and  harp  Ps.  57  :  9.  Still  more  rarely  a  pronominal  .-uffix 
may  be  attached  to  the  first  only  of  two  words  to  which  it  belongs^  "^^5 
nnian  viij  strength  and  song  Ex.  15:2. 

§  248.  There  is  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew ;  indefinite 
nouns  are  sufficiently  characterized  as  such  by  the  absence 
of  the  article.  Thus,  nna  a  river  Gen.  2:10,  DT:d-°?  =^rT°^ 
both  chariots  and  horsemen  Gen.  50  :  9,  cn'li  abn  milk  and 
honey  Ex.  3  :  8,  D-'is;'  b^b  an  infant  of  days  Isa.  65  :  20. 

a.  The  numeral  "inx  one  is  occasionally  employed  in  the  sense  of  an 
indefinite  article,  inx  bo  a  basket  Ex.  29:3.  inx  t'-'X  a  man  Judg.  13:2. 
or  in  the  construct  belore  a  plural  noun,  nib2:n  rrix  otie  of  the  foolish 
itomen  i.  e.  a  foolish  voman  Job  2:  10. 


§249  ADJECTIVES    AND    DEMONSTRATIVES.  275 


Adjectives  and  Demonstratives. 

§249.  1.  Adjectives  and  participles,  qualifying  a  noun, 
are  commonly  placed  after  it  and  agree  with  it  not  only  in 
gender  and  number  but  in  definiteness,  that  is  to  say,  if  the 
noun  is  indefinite  they  remain  without  the  article,  but  if  the 
noun  is  made  definite,  whether  by  the  article  or  in  any  of  the 
ways  specified  in  §  240,  they  receive  the  article.  Din  )i  a 
loise  son  Prov.  10  :  11,  i??""'  l^n  a  hridegroom  going  out  Ps. 
19  :  6,  niiDn  fiNn  f he  good  land  Dtwi,  1 :35,  Q-'inn  T^nn 
thg  manifold  mercies  Neh.  9:19.  If  more  than  one  adjec- 
tive accompany  a  definite  noun,  the  article  is  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  SJ^isn)  ^ssan  oi'n  the  glorious  and  fearful 
name  Deut.  28  :  58. 

a.  The  adjective  C"'a'n  7nany  is  in  a  few  instances,  for  the  sake  of 
greater  emphasis,  prefixed  to  tlie  noun  which  it  qualifies,  n-ija  D"'2"i  inamj 
sons  1  Chron.  28:  5.  en:?  nian  nimvj  times  Neh.  9  :  28,  so  Ps.  32  :  10,  89:  51. 
Jer.  16:  16.  Other  instances  are  rare,  inibsia  it  his  strange  work,  D'^rs 
in"ib5  his  strange  task  Isa.  28:21,  '^'nn^  p^^^  '>ny  righteous  servant  Isa.. 
53:11,  Pininx.  iriisa  her  treacherous  sister  Jer.  3:7,  10. 

b.  Some  exceptional  cases  occur,  in  which  an  adjective  qualifying  a 
definite  noun  does  not  receive  the  article,  niy'in  n^arn  the  new  cart 
2  Sam.  6:3,  n^-i=3  -(Sr.n  the  strange  vine  Jer.  2:21,  Ezek.  39:27,  Dan. 
8:13,  11:31,  or  when  tlie  noun  is  made  definite  by  a  suffix,  "inx  nsTiit 
i/onr  other  brother  Gen.  43  :  14,  inx  bz3!i  the  one  Iamb  Num.  28 : 4,  Ezek. 
34  :  12.  Hag.  1  :4.  In  nrn  ons'n  a/i  evil  report  respecting  them  Gen.  37  : 2, 
the  suffix  denotes  the  object  and  the  noun  is  really  indefinite.  Comp. 
§  246.  2.  6. 

c.  On  the  other  hand,  the  article  is  sometimes  dropped  from  the  noun, 
but  retained  before  the  adjective,  n^iisn  nitn  the  great  court  1  Kin.  7: 12, 
"iibrn  ir-'X  the  rich  man  2  Sam.  12:4,  ii"ijn  nii  the  great  well  1  Sam. 
19 :  22,  Neh.  9 :  35,  Ps.  104  :  1 8,  Jer.  27 :  3,  32':  1 4.  40  : 3  KHhibh,  Ezek.  9 : 2, 
Zecii.  4:7;  so  with  the  ordinal  numbers.  •'Tl'Tl'n  ci^  the  sixth  day  Gen. 
1:31,  2:3,  Ex.  20:10,  Deut.  5:  14,  Judg.  6:25J  Jer.  38:14. 

2.  Demonstrative  pronouns  follow  the  same  rule  of  posi- 
tion and  agreement,  only  the  nouns  which  they  qualify  are 
invariably  definite,  §245.  2,  nin  oi^n  this  dag  Gen.  7  :  13, 
n^sn  D^nnnn  these  things  Gen.  15:1,  mann  o^irp^rj  those 
men  Num.  9:7.     If  both  an  adjective  and  a  demonstrative 


276  SYNTAX.  §250 

qualify  tlic  snmc  noun,  tlie  dcnionstrative  is  placed  last,  V")>^*n 
rsTH  rc-'jn  Dcut.  9  :  0,  nb>fn  rican  mnbn  u^'■:'^:^  these  (/ood 
years  that  (arc)  coining  Gen.  41  :  35. 

a.  Tlu^  demonstrative  HT  occasionally  stands  emphatically  before  its 
noun,  nbia  nt  /Ajs  Moses  Ex.  32:1,  wiiore  it  is  probably  contemptuous 
like  the  Latin  isie,  ll^nb  nt  //t/s  our  bread  Josh.  9:  12.  Judg.  5:5.  1  San:. 
17:55.  5i).  c?n  nt  this  people  Isa.  23:  13.  Hab.  1:11.  The  demonstrative 
both  follows  the  noun  and  is  repeated  after  the  adjective  in  n^NH  C")i;ii 
nbxn  C'-X'i;::!  these  7iatio)is  these  that  remain  Josh.  23  :  7.  12. 

6.  The  article  is  sometimes  oniiited  from  the  demonstrative,  siT  "'i'nn 
this  gemralinn  Ps.  12:8.  xnri  nb-^2  f?i  /Aa/  vight  Gen.  i9:33,  30:16. 
32:23.  1  Sam.  19:10,  particularly  if  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  means 
of  a  suffix,  rxT  "^ni'^d  this  my  oath  Gen.  24:8,  nVx  "^rrx  these  my  signs 
Ex.  10:1.  11:8.  Dent.  11:18.  Josh.  2:14,  20,  Judg.  6:14,  1  Kin.  22:23, 
2Chron.  18:22.  24:18,  Jer.  31:21. 

c.  The  article  is  still  more  rarely  dropped  from  the  noun.  n?ri  CS^  aso 
this  small  quantity  of  honey  1  Sam.  14:  29,  n-T.n  in"^SX  d-ix  that  Ephrathite 
17: 12,  nt  ■'bn  this  sickness  2  Kin.  1  :  2,  8  :  8. 


Numerals. 

Cardinal  Numbers. 

§250.  1.  The  numeral  "ins  one  is  treated  like  other  ad- 
jectives, and  follows  the  rules  of  position  and  agreement 
already  given,  "liix  Dip^  one  j^lace  Gen.  1  :  9,  riiisn  ny^n^n 
the  one  curtain  Ex.  26  :  2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  noun  is  in  the  construct  before  the  nu- 
meral one.  Iin5<  '^k^'O  one  law  Lev.  24:22,  inx  'ii"^^:  '^  ^^^^^  2  Kin.  12: 10, 
^^^  ^^^  one  governor  Isa.  36  :  9,  comp.  §254.  6.  b. 

2.  The  other  cardinal  numbers  are  joined  to  nouns  as 
follows,  viz. : 

(1.)  They  commonly  stand  before  the  noun  to  which 
they  belong  and  in  the  absolute  state,  0"'P'^''9  s^^^"!^  foxr 
l-inr/s  Gen.  14  :  9,  n-'i?  D^iriiJ  si,vfi/  cities  Dent.  3  : 4,  nsjia 
D"p*r:2  a  hundred  cakes  of  raisins  2  Sam.  16  : 1,  D^ibx  ncin 
n"*ir'^B  si.v  thousand  horsemen  1  Sam.  13:5. 

(2.)  Such  as  have  a  distinct  form  for  the  construct  (viz. 


^  251  NUMERALS.  277 

2-10,  ni?T2  liimdred,  "^sbx  tliousmids)  may  also  stand  before 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  D^'in  "ibir  two  sons  prop.  ^?6-o 
of  sons  Gen.  10  :  25,  D^ia;'  rynns  four  days  Judg.  11  :  40, 
D-ib-si:  rJs'Ta  <2  hundred  sockets  Ex.  38 :  27,  n^piaa  ''Ebt?  n^SttJ 
/i^ree  thousand  camels  Job  1:3. 

a.  The  numbers  ^wo.  three,  four,  and  seven,  occur  witli  the  suffixes  of 
pronouns  which  are  in  apposition  with  them.  IJn'rx  'J-id  we,  both  of  iis 
1  Sam.  20  :  42.  "(H^r}!^  ^Ae;/  two  or  6o///  of  them  1  Sam.  25  :  43.  cinuba  ye 
three,  tDn'w'bt'  ;/te?/  ///vee  Num.  12:  4.  cnraiN  they  four  Dan.  1 :  i?.  Cnrsd 
they  seven  2  Sam.  21:9  K'ri.  The  following  numerals  occur  with  pro- 
nominal suffixes  having  a  possessive  sense.  r|i'iaTan  thy  ffly,  lifeTsn  his 
ffty  2  Kin.  1:  10.  Dh'^ir^:n.  their  fifties  ver.  14,  "'bbx  wy  thousand  Judg. 
6:15.  cb'^sbx  rjour  thousands  1  Sam.  10:19,  I'^nhnn  his  ten  thousands 
1  Sam.  18:7.  ^    ' " 

(3.)  Less  frequently  the  numerals  stand  after  the  noun 
in  the  absolute  state,  y:nis  fri'i^'a  seven  stejjs  Ezek.  40 :  22, 
D^nir:^  r:hN  tiventy  she-asses  Gen.  32:1G,  q'^N-ns^  D-^nis  a 
hundred  thousand  talents  1  Chron.  22  :  14. 

§251.  1.  The  units  (including  ten),  whether  they  stand 
singly  or  are  compounded  with  other  numbers,  agree  with 
their  nouns  in  gender,  ri^nb"!  rb'iT  three  leaves  Jer.  36 :  23, 
inn  "130  nicbT^  three  baskets  of  bread  Gen.  40:16,  nya-ii? 
D-i'iJzs  "ib'^^  fourteen  lambs  Num.  29  :  15  ;  the  other  numerals 
observe  no  distinction  of  gender. 

a.  When  the  units  qualify  niXT?  hundreds  or  C^E^S  thousands,  their 
arender  is  determined  by  that  of  these  words  respectively.  In  T^jn'^iCS  nc^CJ 
the  three  wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  the  masculine  adjective  is  probably 
to  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  noun,  though  in  reality  feminine,  has 
a  masculine  termination. 

2.  Nouns  accompanied  by  the  units  (2-10)  are  almost 
invariably  plural,  while  those  which  are  preceded  by  the  tens 
(20-90)  or  numbers  compounded  with  them  (21,  etc.),  are 
commonly  put  in  the  singular,  nb-'b  o'liJansi  Di^  Q'^;b3"nsyb?Yy 
days  and  forty  nights  Gen.  7  :  4,  r\it  o-^fcbir^  ^%'y&  four  and 
thirty  years  Gen.  11 :  16,  D^bTS  yni^n  nbia  Qintc?  twenty  years 
and  seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1. 


27S  SYNTAX.  §  251 

a.  Tliis  phenomenon  is  prob;ibly  to  be  accounted  for  upon  a  principle 
analogous  to  that  by  wiiich  the  anomalous  terminations  for  gender  in  the 
numiT.ils  has  been  explained,  §223.  2.  Wiien  the  numeral  has  itBell"  a 
plural  form,  as  it  has  in  tiie  tens,  the  plurality  of  the  entire  expres.sioii  is 
suHi'-ieiitly  indicated  without  giviu",'  a  plural  eiidini»  to  the  noun  likewise. 
But  with  the  units  wliicli  have  a  singular  lerniination,  the  noun  must  take 
a  plural  form.  It  may  he  observed,  however,  that  this  peculiarity  chiefly 
affects  a  certain  class  of  nouns,  viz.  those  which  are  most  frequently 
numbered,  and  in  which,  consequently,  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  the 
expression  by  retrenching  the  plural  ending  is  most  strongly  manifested. 
These  arc  such  as  ii"'X  man.  and  various  meair^ures  of  time,  space,  weight, 
etc.,  e.  g.  H3'J  year,  Dl"'  (/ay.  nax  cubil.  bpo  shekel.  These  nouns  are 
also  found,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  singular  with  hundreds  and 
thoit.tan'h,  n:':J  '^^5*'?  -^'^  '""^  hundred  yenr.'s  Gen.  5:5.  hex  rbx  a 
(houmnd.  cubil.-i  Num.  35:4,  and  with  the  numbers  Irom  11  to  19,  nirrn 
ii?b  libi'  Jifleen  shekels  Lev.  27:  7.  Comp.  in  German  hunderl  Puss  lang, 
funfzig  Pfund  schwer,  and  in  English  twenty  head  of  cattle,  a  ten  foot 
pole. 

b.  The  numbers  from  2  to  10  are  very  rarely  found  with  singular  nouns. 
r;3'j  nif::  eight  years  2  Kin.  22:  1,  max  cba  three  a(bits2r>:  17  K'thihh 
where  the  K'ri  has  pias .  The  tens  are  occasionally  followed  by  the 
plural  O-'Ho  ccb-:J  thirty  companions  Judg.  14:11.  b"n— ':a  C":"r'j 
eighty  sons  of  valour  2  Chron.  26:  17,  cnb';'  "bc!!  c'VZ'jH  forty-two  chil- 
dren 2  Kin.  2:24.  When  the  noun  precedes  tlie  numeral  it  is  always  put 
in  the  plural. 

c.  In  enumerations  of  Himiliar  objects  the  noun  is  sometimes  omitted, 
when  the  meaning  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection,  -nj  iT^'^ij'S^  tm 
(shekels)  of  gold  Gen.  24:22,  r;D3  nixri  cbj  three  hundred  (shekels)  of 
silver  Gen.  45:22,  cnS-^no  tiro  (loaves)  of  bread  1  Sam.  10:4,  C^ni't-Ci^ 
six  (epiiahs)  of  barley  Ruth  3:  15.  In  measurements,  the  word  nax  cubit 
is  occasionally  preceded  by  the  preposition  3.  thus  nsx3  V'Z']i<  four  by 
the  cubit  i.  e.  four  cubits. 

3.  Compound  numbers  may  either  proceed  from  the 
liigher  to  the  lower  denomination,  nyansi  D^irrn  D^nxTa  ?bi« 
a  thoumnd  ftco  hundred  Jiffy  audfottr  Neh.  7  :  34,  or  the  re- 
verse, n:iD  rN)3n  D^'cbiri  ynis  seven  and  thirtij  and  a  hundred 
years  Ex.  G  :  IG.  The  noun  sometimes  stands  at  the  begin- 
ning or  end  of  the  entire  series  as  in  preceding  examples, 
and  sometimes  it  is  repeated  after  each  numeral,  n:c  Tk*Ci 
D"':Tn  ^?'?}  •^?''?'  0"'"'^^''?'!'  «  hundred  years  and  ttceniy  years  and 
seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1. 

4.  Numeral  adjectives  may  receive  the  article  when  they 
represent  an  absolute  number,  or  the  noun  is  not  expressed ; 


\ 


§  252  ORDINAL    NUMBERS,    ETC.  279 

but  when  they  are  joined  to  a  definite  noun  the  latter  alone 
receives  the  article,  Q'^iiE'r;  (f/ie)  two  are  better  than  ^ns^vJ 
{the)  one  Eccles.  4  :  9,  D^yans^n  the  forty  Gen.  18  :  29,  D"^#^r; 
Dp"^"2?n  the  fifty  righteom  ver.  28,  T'ribn  ''Pnr  his  two  daugh- 
ters 19  :  30,  Di^n  D^ya-is  the  forty  days  Deut.  9  :  25. 

a.  When  compound  numbers  11,  12,  etc.,  receive  the  article,  it  may  "be 
given  to  the  first  member  of  the  compound,  I'i^  C'St'n  the  twelve  1  Chron. 
25;  19.  27:15,  1  Kin.  6:38,  or  to  the  second,  ly-'X  ~iib"n  Diid  the  twelve 
me/i  Josh.  4:  4,  1  Kin.  19:  19.  In  the  example  just  cited  the  article  is  given 
to  the  numeral  instead  of  to  the  noun,  but  in  "ii!Ji'"c"':i:3  if:?3ri  the  twelve 
oxen  1  Kin.  7 :  44,  the  general  rule  is  observed.  In  cn"3"ij<  nbxrt  n"''ib'^n 
these  four  children  Dan.  1 :  17.  the  numeral  following  a  definite  noun  re- 
ceives a  pronominal  suffix  referring  to  it. 


Ordinal  Numhers,  etc. 

§252.  1.  The  ordinal  numbers  follow  the  general  law 
of  adjectives  in  position  and  agreement  with  the  substantive, 
to  which  they  belong,  "^ii?  "ji  a  second  son  Gen.  30  :7,  nbTra 
ni©-'bT|n  in  the  third  year  1  Kin.  18:1. 

2.  The  lack  of  ordinals  above  ten  is  supplied  by  using 
the  cardinals  instead,  which  are  then  commonly  preceded  by 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  ynirn  D"^nilJ?  ni®  the  tiventy- 
sevenfh  year  1  Kin.  16:10,  although  this  order  is  not  always 
observed,  ni©  n-iiD^-ffibic  thirteenth  year  Gen.  14  :  4. 

a.  A  fuller  form  of  expression  is  sometimes  employed,  e.  g.  r:C3 
nio  inst'JI  D'^'ijbd  in  the  thirly-eighth  year  prop,  in  the  year  of  thirty-eight 
years  1  Kin.  16:29,  2  Kin.  15:  1. 

h.  In  dates  the  cardinals  are  used  for  the  day  of  the  month  and  some- 
times for  the  year,  even  though  the  number  is  below  ten;  the  words  day 
and  month  are  also  frequently  omitted,  vys  PJd  the  seventh  year  2  Kin. 
12: 1,  ■'riljnn  UJl'ril:  f^ranx  the  fmrlh  (day)  of  the  7iinlh  month  Zech.  7  :\, 
1S12T25S  in  the  seventh  (month)  ver.  5. 

3.  When  the  ordinals  are  used  to  express  fractional  parts, 
§  227.  3,  they  stand  before  the  noun,  rnn  mbxo  the  third 
of  a  hin  Num.  1 5  :  G. 

4.  Distributive  numbers  are  formed  by  repeating  the  car- 
dinals, n^i©   n^i©  tico  by  two   Gen.   7:9,  n:^3T»    n^nc  by 


2 so  SYNTAX.  §  253 

seve/is  ver.  2.  The  numeral  adverbs  ouce,  twice,  etc.,  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  feminine  of  the  cardinals,  nns  ojice,  D"!?© 
ttvice  2  Kin.  0: 10,  Ps.  C2:12,  or  by  means  of  the  noun 
D?B  sfrol:e  or  deaf,  a^-c^'D  twice  Gen.  27  :  3G,  D^b^D  no 
ten  times  Job  19:3  or  D"'^rn  6-tej)s,  D"^?^"i  tSo  t/tree  times 
Ex.  23 :  14. 

a.  This  use  of  those  nouns  lias  arisen  from  the  method  of  counting  by 
beats  or  taps  with  the  liaiul  or  loot. 


Apposition. 

^253.  When  one  noun  serves  to  define  or  to  describe 
another  it  may  be  put  in  apposition  with  it.  This  construc- 
tion, of  which  a  more  extended  use  is  made  in  Hebrew  than 
in  occidental  languages,  may  be  employed  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  both  nouns  denote  the  same  person  or  thing, 
"^^^  '^Y^^  2  Sam.  6:16,  or  less  commonly,  1])tn  ^h-r,  13  .  39 
hn^   David,    •^5^'r^    S^^^    a   tvomau    (who   was)    a   tcidow 

1  Kin.  7  :  14. 

2.  When  the  second  specifies  the  first  by  stating  the 
material  of  which  it  consists,  its  quantity,  character  or  the 
like,  rnrnsn  njbnr.  t/ie  Ocvcn  the  brass  i.  e.  the  hra::cn  oxen 

2  Kin.  16:17,  nT2]b  q-'ND  i:it  three  measures  (consisting  of) 
meal  Gen.  18:6,  n^n  n"^3ir-r3tD  seven  years  {oi)  famine 
2  Sam.  24  :  13,  Q^'op  a^^^Tilj  ^t^'^,  three  weeks  (of)  dai/s  Dan. 
10:3,  nscp  D"'Tb^  days  (which  are)  a  number,  i.  e.  such  as  can 
be  readily  numbered,  a  few  Num.  9 :  20,  rrcs  D^nrs*  words 
(which  are)  tritth  Prov.  22  :  21. 

a.  In  this  latter  case  the  closer  connection  of  the  construct  state 
mii^ht.  with  equal  propriety,  be  employed,  §254.  4.  etc.  The  lollowing 
examples  will  show  with  what  latitude  ihe  rule  of  apposition  is  occasion- 
ally ap|)lied,  'j'nH  D^b  water  (which  is)  affliction  i.  e.  identified  with  it  or 
characterized  by  it  1  Kin.  22:27.  n^;-in  '{^'l  wme  (which  '\s)  intoxication 
1.  e.  produces  it  Ps.  60:5.  "'Si  "pra  pastiire-cntlle  i.  e.  those  whose  charac- 
teristic it  is  that  they  have  been  in  the  pastures  1  Kin.  5:3;  bearing 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  281 

rT^^art  •'i'^X'^  the  ark  viz.  the  covenant,  which  was  the  thing  of  chief  con- 
sequence iibout  the  ark  Josh.  3: 14,  a  hundred  thousand  "i'?::^  c"'p'N  2  Kin. 
3:4,  which  is  by  some  understood  to  mean  wool-bearing  rams  i.  e.  crharac- 
terized  by  tlie  production  of  wool ;  according  to  others,  the  first  word  de- 
notes the  quantity  and  the  second  the  material,  rams  (of)  xcool  i.  e.  as 
much  as  rams  have,^eeces. 

h.  Proper  nouns,  which  have  no  construct  state,  may  be  followed  by 
qualifying  nouns  in  a  loose  sort  of  apposition,  rtnin^  onb  rr'a  Dttklehetn 
(^in)  Judah  1  Sam.  17:12,  compare  in  English,  Princeton,  New  Jersey; 
n'^nns  onx^  "lira  Pet h or  (in)  Mesopotamia  Deut.  23:5,  D-^Piffibc-ra  Gath 
(of)  the  Philistines  Am.  6:2;  the  destined  possessor  of  my  house  is  p^"53i} 
niyibx  Damascus  (in  the  person  of  its  citizen)  Eliezer  Gen.  15:2.  nTi'^X 
nixaiS  God  (of)  Hosts  Ps.  80:5,  8,  15,  20;  when  c^nbx  is  regarded  as  an 
appellative  noun  instead  of  a  proper  name,  this  divine  title  becomes 
nixns  -^riba.  Ps.  89 : 9. 


The  Construct  State  and  Suffixes. 

§254.  When  one  noun  is  limited  or  restricted  in  its 
meaning  by  another,  the  first  is  put  in  the  construct  state ; 
if  the  hmiting  word  be  a  personal  pronoun  it  is  suffixed  to 
the  noun.  The  relation  thus  expressed  corresponds,  for  the 
most  part,  to  the  occidental  genitive  or  to  that  denoted  in 
English  by  the  preposition  of.  The  primary  notion  of  the 
grammatical  form  is  simply  the  juxtaposition  of  two  nouns, 
or  the  union  of  a  noun  and  a  pronoun,  to  represent  the  sub- 
ordination of  one  to  the  other  in  the  expression  of  a  single 
idea,  §212.  The  particular  relation,  which  it  suggests,  is 
consequently  dependent  on  the  meanings  of  the  words  them- 
selves, and  is  in  each  case  that  which  is  most  naturally  sug- 
gested by  their  combination.  Thus,  the  second  noun  or  the 
pronominal  suffix  may  denote 

1 .  The  possessor  of  that  which  is  represented  by  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  nih^  bi^'n  t/ie  temple  of  Jehovah  1  Sam.  1  :  0, 
oi'^D"!  tUeir  substance  Gen.  12:5.  This  embraces  the  various 
degrees  of  relationship,  Dnnns-]^  son  of  Abraham  Gen. 
25  :  12,  ^inirsi!  thy  wfe  Gen.  12:5. 

2.  The  whohy  of  which  the  preceding  word  denotes  a  part, 


282  SYNTAX.  ^54 

?|i?y  •'i'-^nx  the  poor  of  thy  people  Ex.  23  :  11,  f-ix-^'iSD;  the 
honourable  of  the  earth  Isa.  23  :  9. 

a.  The  construct  relation,  when  thus  employed,  indicates  that  the  part 
singled  out  from  the  whole  possesses  the  quality  referred  to  in  an  eniineiil 
degree.  The  first  word  is  sometimes  an  abstract  noun,  I^T^x  riip  iht 
height  of  his  cedars  i.e.  his  highest  cellars  2  Km.  19:23.  Here  too  be- 
long the  superlative  expressioM.s.  D^'^J^i!?  ^"^'P  ^'^'^V  of  holies.  C''n-^r\  •^'^;r 
the  song  (f  songs,  Z'''f^7  iny  sercant  of  servtmls^  one  that  is  a  servant  by 
way  of  eminence  when  compared  with  all  others. 

3.  An  individual  of  the  class  denoted  by  the  preceding 
noun,  thus  serving  the  purpose  of  a  more  exact  designation, 
D":nrp  f-is  the  Jand  of  Egypt  Gen.  41  :  19,  nSs-nns  the  river 
(of)  Euphrates  Gen.  15:18,  D^ni?  "iv  cedar  trees,  2  Chron. 
2:7,  np?;i  ryrn  worm  (of)  Jacob  Isa.  41:14,  wnr^n  %« 
men  (who  are)  merchants  1  Kin.  10  :  15. 

4.  The  material  of  which  the  preceding  noun  is  com- 
posed, sriT  DTD  a  ring  of  gold  Gen.  24:22,  V?"''??  vessel  of 
icood  Lev.  11 :  32,  n"'-T?vJ  "i^3?  the  flock  of  goats  Cant.  4:1. 

5.  The  measure  of  its  extent,  value,  duration,  etc.,  ^^n^ 
D-^'a;'  T\iht_  a  journey  of  three  days  Jon.  3  :  3,  ~133  bj^ra  the 
iceight  of  a  talent  1  Chron.  20  :  2,  "^SC"'?  T''9  men  of  number 
i.  e.  readily  numbered,  few,  Gen.  34  :  30,  dt:?  f^inx  a  pos- 
session of  pjcrjjetuity  Gen.  17:8. 

6.  An  attribute,  by  which  it  is  characterized,  ^"n  niiia 
mighty  man  of  valour  Judg.  11:1,  "i^S  7?  ^ree  of  fruit  Gen. 
1:11,  Ti"*;"!!  i?'']i  valley  of  vision  i.  c.  distinguished  as  the  one 
wdiere  visions  are  received  Isa.  22  :  1,  ninr.n  "jsi  thefock  of 
slaughter  i.e.  which  is  to  be  slaughtered  Zech,  11  :  4. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  Hebrew  uses  nouns  to  express  many  of 
the  ideas  (or  which  adjectives  are  employed  in  other  laiitruages ;  thus,  in 
the  examples  under  Nos.  4,  5,  and  6,  vessel  of  wood  for  wooden  vessel,  posses- 
sion of  perpetuity  for  perpetual  possession,  viighlij  man  ofxmlour  for  valiant 
viighly  ))ian.Jlock  of  slaughter  (or  g  rex  mactiinda.  This  both  arises  from 
and  explains  the  comparative  paucity  of  adjectives  in  Hebrew:  though 
even  where  corresponding  adjectives  exist  the  other  construction  is  fre^ 
quently  preferred,  ^""ip  ■'"]53  garments  (f  holiness  Ex.  2S  :  2.  p"ii>:"''n^> 
sacrifices  if  righteousness,  ^""'"'i^  1>-'>1>J  i'"J  F^'^?  righteous  being  used  with 


^254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  283 

less  latitude  and  with  a  stricter  regard  to  the  ethical  idea  which  they  in- 
volve. Attributives  are  frequently  Ibnned  by  ])refixuig  such  words  as 
1IJ"'X  ma7i.  bra  lord^  '3  son,  ra  daughter^  to  abstract  nouns  or  other  sub- 
stantives, thus,  ixih  ^■'X  a  man  of  form  i.  e.  comely  1  Sam.  16 :  18,  UJ'X 
D'^'a^  ma7i  of  words  i.  e.  eloquent  Ex.  4  :  10.  ri^'bnli  bra  the  possessor  of 
dreams  i.  e.  dreamer  Gen.  37  :  19,  CB^  r3i2"j~"|a  son  of  eight  days  i.e.  eight 
days  old  Gen.  17:12,  r'lia""!?  son  of  death  i.e.  deserving  to  die  1  Sam. 
20  -.31,  br^ba—'ja  sons  of  worthlessness  i.  e.  wicked.  Deut.  13  :  14,  airrriTS 
nblT!  daughter  of  ninety  years  i.  e.  ninety  years  old  Gen.  17  :  17. 

b.  Occasionally  in  poetry  an  adjective  instead  of  agreeing  with  its  sub- 
stantive is  treated  as  though  it  were  an  abstract  noun,  "|B|3n  ^bs  vessels 
of  small  (capacity)  Isa.  22  :  24,  vA-o  ^ts  waters  of  fulness  Ps.  73  :  in.  n^S-ba 
bnjn  perhaps  every  house  of  great  (size),  though  others  render  every  great 
(man's)  house  .ler.  52:13.  So  sometimes  an  adverb,  isr^  '"n^  few  men 
Deut.  26:5.  'T^'an  nSr  continual  burnt- offering  'Num.  28:6,  c:n  'h.-^  blood 
(shed)  causelessly  1  Kin.  2:31.  C^i"'  "i"]:!  enemies  in  the  day  time  Ezek. 
30:  16,  ci^n  -ax  dumb  stone  Hab.  2:  19.  or  adverbial  phrase,  a'-f)?^  "^n'bx 
a  God  nigh  at  hand,  p'nn^  inbx  a  God  afar  off  Jer.  23  :  23. 

7.  The  so/tree  from  wliicli  the  preceding  noun  is  derived, 
r\\r\^  rnir\  t/ie  law  of  Jehovah  Ex.  13  : 9,  nictt  nsb  the  hook 
of  Moses  2  Chron.  25:4,  "ins  n^in  sick  from  love  Cant.  2 : 5. 

8.  The  subject  by  which  an  action  is  performed,  or  in 
which  an  attribute  inheres,  n-.rT;!  f^^H^?  the  love  of  God  i.  e. 
exercised  by  him  1  Kin.  10:9,  n^'bi^  tiy^n  the  wisdom  of 
Solomon  1  Kin.  5  :10. 

9.  The  object,  upon  which  an  action  is  directed,  'n^y} 
D-'n'bx  the  fear  of  God  Gen.  20  :  11,  oi'^n  nbic^^  the  rule  of 
the  day  Gen.  1  :  16. 

a.  After  nouns,  which  express  or  imply  action,  the  following  noun  or 
suffix  denotes  the  subject  or  the  object  as  the  sense  or  the  connection  may 
demand.  nVn^  nsip  thezeal  of  Jehovah,  which  he  feels  Isa.  37:32,  oi-rxjp 
zeal  of  the  people,  which  is  felt  for  them  Isa.  26:  11  ;  cno  rf^n  the  cry 
against  Sodom  Gen,  18:20,  b^-np?^T.  the  cry  of  the  poor  Prov.  21:13; 
ibian  his  wrong  i.  e.  done  by  him  Ps.  7:  17,  "'O'^n  my  wrong  i.  e.  done  to 
me  Gen.  16:5;  n^---i'n  the  looy  of  the  sea  i.e.  leading  to  it  1  Kin.  18:43, 
nsa"!"'   TP'H  the  way  of  Jeroboam  i.  e.  in  which  he  walked  1  Kin.  16:  26. 

b.  Active  participles  are  frequently  put  in  the  construct  state  before 
their  object,  dS3  r^-^XD-q  restoring  the  soul  Vs.  \^'.S.  T;i'r  "'anx  loving  thy 
wame  Ps.  5: 12,  i?a  ■'Xa  entering  the  gate  Gen.  23:10.  So  even  before 
an  infinitive  which  they  govern.  Dip  ■^"aaTa  being  early  to  rise  Ps.  127:  2. 
Passive  participles  may  be  in  the  construct  beibre  the  subject  of  the  ac- 
tion, c^ribx   nap  smitten  of  God  Isa.  53:4,  ni^x  1^3^  born   of  a  woman 


284  SYNTAX.  ^253 

Job  11:1,  or  before  tlie  eeronJary  objoct,  if  the  verb  is  capable  in  the 
aclivi>  orh;»viiitr  a  ciovible  object.  pb"n"ian  girded  with  sarkclolk  Joel  1 :  8, 
Qirrzn  -lib  clothed,  with  linen  E/.el<.  9:11.  When  a  noun  ioliow-s  the  in- 
finitive it  ni:iy  be  in  construction  with  it  a.s  its  subject.  Tir.^  ^"1^3  on  the 
kini^\'i  leading  2  Kin.  5  :  7.  "C-in  his  driving  out  ISuin.  3iJ  :21.  or  bo  gov- 
erned by  it  a.s  its  object.  bxi^C-x-jip  to  call  Samuel  1  Sam.  3:8,  ncinin 
to  drive  them  out  Ueut.  7:17. 

10.  The  respect  in  wliich  a  preceding  attribute  holds,  so 
that  it  answers  the  purpose  of  sjjcciji cation,  D":rEir-Nr'j  un- 
clean  as  to  lijjs  Isa.  G  :  5,  25-'r]5  hard  hearted  Ezek.  3  :  7, 
un'y'2.  "^i^np  rent  as  to  (jarments,  2  Sam.  13  :  81. 

a.  This  answers  to  what  is  known  as  the  Greek  accusative.  7rd8as  wkl's  ; 
the  Enirlish  has  in  certain  cases  adopted  the  Hebrew  idiom,  so  that  we 
can  say  swift  of  foot,  blind  of  an  eye,  etc. 

§  255.  1.  AVhen  the  relation  between  two  nouns  is  ex- 
pressed by  an  intervening  preposition,  the  first  coinnionly 
remains  in  the  al)solute  state :  it  may,  however,  particularly 
in  poetry,  be  put  in  the  construct,  ?2''p5n  ^nn  mountains  in 
Gilboa  2  Sara.  1  :  21,  D3?^  '^^,-^'2':  prophets  out  of  their  oion 
heart  Ezek.  13:2,  ^:^  "lis  accordinf/  to  the  abilifj/  in  m 
Neh.  5  : 8. 

2.  A  noun  is  sometimes  ])ut  in  the  construct  before  a 
succeeding  clause  with  which  it  is  closely  connected :  thus, 
before  a  relative  clause,  ii:^x  D'pc  the  place  ichere,  etc.,  Gen. 
39:20,  TCi*  ^i-^p'Jfor  the  reason  that  Deut.  22:24,  par- 
ticularly when  the  relative  is  itself  omitted,  nbirn~i^3  <5y  the 
hand  of  (him  Avhom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  nih^-12'i  n'inn 
the  t)('(i'nining  of  (what)  Jehovah  spake  Hos.  1  :  2,  or  before 
the  conjunction  "}  and,  riy~T  J^^^n  qcisdom  and  knowledge  Isa. 
33  :  0,  r,t^  5!^'5)  f^i=^  drunken  and  not  with  wine  Isa.  51:21. 

3.  Tiiree,  four,  or  even  five  nouns  are  sometimes  joined 
to2:ether  in  the  relation  of  the  construct  state,  CPhXT'^n  "^irsn 
the  heads  of  the  houses  of  their  fathers  Ex.  G  :  14,  '^i;>2V  "lECp 
biknuj"^""^:^  the  numJ)er  of  the  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel 
Josh.  4  :  5,  ■i^i?-^'=Ta  2nb  b-ir-^-is  the  fruit  of  the  greatness 
of  heart  (f  the  king  of  Assyria  Isa.  10  :  12. 


§  256  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  2S5 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  two  words  of  like 
meaning  are  united  in  the  construct  before  tiie  same  noun,  dni  ''.^ns  inna 
risers,  brooks  of  honey  Job  20  :  17,  Prir-ipin  "^lijaip  Ps.  78  :  9,  if  rendered 
as  it  is  by  some  armed  with,  shooting  the  bow,  though  "^i^i^iji  may  be  ir,  ron- 
struction  not  with  ri^i^^  but  with  "^^si-i  armed  ones  of  those  who  shoot  the, 
bow,  armed  bowmen.     See  Alexander  ??i  loc. 

§250.  When  two  words  are  in  the  construct  relation 
they  must  stand  in  immediate  conjunction,  and  no  other 
word  can  be  suffered  to  come  between  them  as  it  would  ob- 
scure the  sense.  Hence  an  adjective,  participle  or  demon- 
strative, qualifying  a  noun  in  the  construct  state,  cannot 
stand  immediately  after  it,  but  nuist  be  placed  after  the  gov- 
erned noun,  binun  nih;!  nh^,'Q  the  great  ivork  of  Jehovah 
Judg.  2  :  7,  n'pinii  nnj  riTJ?  a  great  crown  of  gold  Esth. 
8: 15.  So  an  article  or  suffix,  belonging  to  a  noun  in  the 
construct,  must  be  attached  not  to  it  but  to  the  governed 
noun,  ^fnn  iniaa  the  mighty  men  of  valour  Josh.  1  :  14,  ''l?"''?s 
inr.T  his  idols  of  gold  Isa.  2  :  20,  ''i?'!)?  ni??  my  name  of  holi- 
ness i.  e.  my  holy  name  Lev.  20  :  3. 

a.  When  the  governing  and  the  governed  noun  are  of  the  same  gender 
and  number  it  may  be  doubtful  to  whicli  of  them  the  following  adjective 
is  to  be  referred,  thus  i'l'isn  td^.  "^nx  Gen.  10:21  may  either  mean  if^e 
elder  brother  of  Japheth  or  the  brother  of  Japheth  the  elder. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  a  noun  with  a  suf- 
fix stands  in  the  construct  before  a  following  word.  nrVCJii  T^^fn-S-.n  thy 
chariots  of  salvation  H'dh.  3:8.  ti!— 'Ori^  my  refuge  of  strength  Ps.  71 :  7, 
nsT  ~3"i?  thy  way  of  lewdness  Ezek.  16  :  27,  though  these  are  rather  to  be 
regarded  as  instances  of  apposition  in  the  wide  sense,  §253.  2.  Nouns  in 
the  construct  occasionally  receive  the  article,  §246.  3.  a. 

c.  In  the  following  passages  a  brief  word  intervenes  between  b's, 
which,  tliough  properly  a  noun  signifying  totality,  is  in  usage  equivalent 
to  a  pronominal  adjective  all.  every,  and  the  noun  which  it  governs, 
'ps  S'iin-bs  take  away  all  iniquity  Hos.  14 :  3,  so  2  Sam.  1  :  9,  Job  27 :  3, 
and  perhaps  Isa.  38:  16;  but  see  Alexander  ??i /oc.  Like  the  Greek  ttSs, 
when  followed  by  a  definite  noun  bs  means  the  whole  or  alU  crri'bs  all 
the  people,  yiijn-bs  the  whole  earth,  when  followed  by  an  indefinite  noun 
every,  n'^2"b3  every  house;  though  here  as  elsewhere  the  poets  may  omit 
the  article,  which  would  be  necessary  in  prose,  ^lis^'ba  the  whole  head 
Isa.  1:5.  Connected  with  a  negative  adverb  it  forms  a  universal  nega- 
tion no,  or  if  the  words  be  rendered  separately  our  idiom  requires  us  to 
translate  bs  by  any,  nir^fiib  nbxbo-bs  no  work  shall  be  done  Ex.  12 :  16, 


286  SYNTAX.  §257,258 

t;nn-:3  •,"'x  (here  is  no  new  thing  Ei-rl.  1  :  9.  PiiSij-br  ^bn"^  tib  ripither  can 
any  pod  2  Cliroii.  32  :  15.     Comp.  ov  oiKataj.9r/(r£Tai  Tracra  adp$  Rom.  3:  20. 
(I.  Pic   p;irii<jniric   may  he  attarlu'd  to  a  tiouii  in   the  roiistruct  state, 
Cirb  r,n-iT73  touxinl  (he  rising  of  thf  sun  Deut.  4:41,  Gcii.  24  :  G7. 

§257.  The  prei)ositioii  b  (o,  hdonging  to,  with  or  with- 
out a  preceding  relative  pronoun,  may  be  substituted  for  the 
construct  relation  in  its  possessive  sense,  n^^nxb  mrs  fsiiin 
lirr  fdtlicrs  sheep  pro]).  iJie  sheep  ichivU  helovfjed  to  her  pilhcr 
Gen.  29  :  9,  conip.  Dronx  "jsi  (Jen.  37  :  12,  yir-^bxb  n^an  the 
house  of  Elisha  2  Kin.  5  :  9,  comp.  Latin  pater  mihi.  This 
is  particularly  the  case 

1.  When  the  first  noun  is  omitted  "li'nb  (a  psalm)  of 
David  Ps.  11:1,  n?^nsb  -i-i^s  Jmnon  (son)  of  Ahinoam 
2  Sam.  3  :  2. 

2.  AVhen  the  first  noun  is  indefinite  and  the  second 
definite,  •'fclb  )i  a  son  of  Jesse  1  Sam.  16:18  ("^Tr^'-l^  2  Sam. 
20  : 1  is  the  son  of  Jesse,  §  210.  3),  O'^naBn  ntb  ^qv  a  servant 
of  the  captain  of  the  guard  Gen.  41  :  12. 

a.  Hence  the  frequent  use  of  \  {hnmedh  auclnris)  in  tlie  titles  of  the 
Psahiis  and  other  compositions  Tl^b  "I'liT'a  a  psalm  (if  David  \.  e.  belong- 
ing to  him  as  its  author,  pip^rb  ri^sn  a  jirayer  of  Habakkuk. 

3.  When  the  first  noun  is  accompanied  by  a  numeral 
adjective,  especially  in  dates,  T!.'"nb  ai"'  nibr'mrisn  the  fifteenth 
day  of  the  month  1  Kin.  12  :  32,  tfbipb  r-^p^^nn  n:ir2  in  the 
ffthyear  of  the  ling  1  Kin.  14  :  25,  xoxb  ©be  nio  in  the 
third  year  of  Asa  1  Kin.  15  :  33. 

4.  When  several  genitives  are  connected  together,  "i?o 
Thrr^  ^bbiab  D'^'b^n  -iSn"!  the  book  of  the  Chronicles  of  the  kings 
of  Judah  1  Kin.  15:23. 

The  Predicate. 

§258.  1.  The  predicate  of  a  sentence,  if  a  substantive, 
adjective,  or  pronoun,  may  be  connected  with  its  subject 
without  an  intervening  copula,  their  mutual  relation  being 


§  259  THE    PREDICA'KE.  287 

sufficiently  suggested  by  simply  placing  them  together, 
Di^ir  n^nin^•^p^  all  her  paths  (are)  peace  Prov.  3:17,  nii: 
y?n  the  tree  (was)  (jood  Gen.  3  :  6,  tynin  nr  M/s  (is)  the  way 
Isa.  30:21. 

2.  Or  the  pronoun  5<^n  of  the  third  person  may  be  used 
as  a  copula,  rris  s^n  "'i^'^^'in  insn  the  fourth  river  is  Eu- 
phrates prop,  it  (is)  Eujjhrates  Gen.  2  :  14,  nbi?  man-n^ 
luhat  are  these?  Zech.  4:5,  ''5'p'a  i?in~nnx  Mo^/  «r/  my  king 
Ps.  44  :  5,  on  C^abrji  nbxn  n"©pxn  these  men  are  peaceable 
Gen.  34:21. 

3.  Or  the  verb  n^n  to  he  may  be  employed  for  a  like 
purpose,  particularly  if  the  idea  of  past  or  future  time  is  in- 
volved, 'inn  nih'n  "fisn  the  earth  icas  desolate  Gen.  1  :  2, 
niirnh  Tr\  ij^an  the  oxen  loere  ploughing  Job  1  :  14. 

a.  Verbs  which  denote  some  modification  of  being  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  the  same  way;  thus,  fits  eyes  ririD  liinn  began  (to  be)  dim 
1  Sam.  3:2;  ninxn  r-'X  nb  bn'j;?  a^cZ  A'br/.^  began  (to  be)  a  husbandman 
Gen.  9:  20;  T^i^'  T^'^irns  ?r/(e/i  tlioit,  ceasest  spoiling  Isa.  33  :  1,  the  hair 
■jib  ~2n  /jr/s  ittrned  while  Lev.  13:3;  so  /o  fie  called,  to  be  esteemed,  etc. 

6.  Simple  existence  or  non-existence  is  predicated  by  means  of  the 
partich^s  d|^  and  '"X .  the  latter  of  which  retains  its  absolute  form  when 
following  the  noun,  but  takes  the  construct  form  'pX  w'l-^n  it  precedes  the 
noun  either  immediately  or  separated  from  it  by  intervening  words,  bxa  ^'^ 
there  is  a  kinsman  Ruth  3:  12,  "("^X  cnx  there  was  not  a  man  Gen.  2:5, 
M"?.  V'*  there  teas  no  king  in  Israel  Judg.  21  :  25.  These  particles  may 
also  be  used  as  copulas  with  the  personal  pronouns,  when  the  predicate  is 
a  participle,  n^irii  r^^'S.  thou  art  not  letting  go  Ex.  8  ;  17.  S-'Bia  7]^!:;]  thou 
art  saving  Judg.  6  :  36. 

^259.  1.  A  noun  in  the  predicate  may  receive  the  same 
adjmicts  as  in  the  subject,  §  244. 

2.  Adjectives  and  demonstrative  pronouns  in  the  predi- 
cate agree  with  the  nouns  to  Avhich  they  relate  in  gender  and 
number,  but  differ  from  qualifying  adjectives  and  demonstra- 
tives, §  249,  in  standing  before  the  noun  and  in  not  receiv- 
ing the  article,  though  the  noun  be  definite,  "^i^n  3"'J  the 
word  is  good  Y)Q\\.i.  1  :  14,  T'^n^!  '^'^%^  his  mercies  are  great 
1  Chron.  21  :  13,  Q^^i?n  r'^bin  n|x  these  are  the  genera- 
tions  of  the  heavens  Gen.  2  :  4. 


288  SYNTAX.  §  2G0 

a.  A  predicate  adjective  may  also,  llioufjh  loss  frequently.  Btnnd  after 
the  noun,  nr^  '^i'vin  '/'«'  damsel  was  fair  1  Kin.  1:4,  Xinn  '}'";xn  rnn 
Dia  a/»i  lltP.  ^()l(t  of  that  land  is  good  Gen.  2  :  12. 

b.  If  the  pfUise  require  the  predicate  to  be  made  definite,  it  will  receive 
the  article,  "?l"rv!  "^^  ""J  "iouth  is  the  (one)  spfaking  Gen.  45:  12. 


Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

\  200.  1.  Adjectives  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  com- 
parative or  superlative.  Comparison  is  expressed  by  means 
of  the  preposition  ycifrom  placed  after  the  adjective,  nn""J 
nj'i:"^:ET2  nibsn  icisdom  is  better  than  rubies  prop,  is  good  from 
rubies,  differs  from  them  and  by  implication  is  superior  to 
them  in  point  of  goodness,  Prov.  8:11;  ""lis^  nris  p'^'ns 
thou,  art  more  ri(jhteous  than  /,  1  Sam.  24  :  17. 

2.  The  superlative  degree  may  be  expressed 

(1.)  By  adding  bb  all  to  the  comparative  particle  "Jtt, 
C';:^""':2""'2'a  bi^3  great  from  all  the  sons  of  the  east  i.  e.  the 
greatest  of  all,  etc..  Job  1  :  3. 

(2.)  By  an  emphatic  use  of  the  positive,  so  as  to  imply 
the  possession  of  the  attribute  in  an  eminent  degree,  T'ja  "jibp 
the  least  of  his  sons  prop,  the  little  (one)  2  Chron.  21  :  17, 
cirss  HE^n  0  fairest  among  women  Cant.  1  : 8,  IVi^'^  ^^'^ 
least,  ^in^n  the  greatest  1  Chron.  12:14,  nbi-J  the  best  of 
them  Mic.  7:4. 

a.  "When  the  predicate  is  a  verb  instead  of  an  adjective,  comparison 
may  be  expressed  in  the  same  manner.  r(Z-z  b'ns.s  /  xcill  be  greater  than 
thou  ytro]).  great  from  thee  Gen.  41:40,  cnxn-bs^  ^?n."!!  «w^  /'«  «""«  '^'^ 
wisest  of  all  men  1  Kin.  5:11.  In  a  few  passages,  chiefly  occurring  4n  the 
book  of  Ecclesiastes,  comparison  is  made  by  means  of  the  adverb  "iri"' 
more,  ir*'  TX  ■'3S  "^ri^sn  I  was  then  more  wise  Eecl.  2  :  15. 

b.  The  construction  with  "I'a  may  also  be  used  to  denote  excess,  bins 
ttit'iO  •'313  my  iniquity  is  too  great  to  be  forgiven  prop,  greater  than  (it  is 
po.ssible)  to  forgive  Gen.  4:  13,  TjHt?  ajTS  too  little  for  thee  Job  15:  11. 

c.  A  comparative  sense  is  commonly  ascribed  to  *|"a  in  the  following 
passages,  in  which  an  adjective,  suggested  by  the  context,  must  be  supplied, 
nr^DH's  ir;*  the  upright  (is  sharper)  than  a  thorn-hedge  Wcl :  4,  DEXia 
less  than  iwlhing  Isa.  40  :  17.  41 :24,  Ps.  62:10.  Isa.  10:  10,  Job  11  :  17;  in 
some  of  these  cases,  however,  "i^  may  have  the  sense  oi from  or  of  and 
denote  that  from  which  any  thing  is  derived  or  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 


§261,262  THE    PRIMARY    TENSES.  289 

V  i:  R  B  S  . 

^261.  1.  The  doctrine  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  rests  upon 
a  conception  of  time  radically  different  from  that  which  pre- 
vails in  our  own  and  in  other  Indo-European  languages. 
Time  is  conceived  of,  not  as  distributed  into  three  portions, 
viz. :  past,  present,  and  future,  but  as  consisting  of  the  past 
and  future  only.  The  present  is,  in  this  view,  an  inappreciable 
moment,  without  extension  or  cognizable  existence,  the  mere 
point  of  contact  between  two  boundless  periods  of  duration, 
or  the  instant  of  transition  from  one  to  the  other,  and,  as 
such,  not  entitled  to  be  represented  by  a  distinct  verbal  form. 
Every  action  or  state  of  being  is  accordingly  viewed  as  be- 
longing to  the  past  or  to  the  future ;  and  such  as  do  not 
belong  exclusively  to  one,  may  be  referred  indifferently  to 
either. 

2.  Within  these  two  grand  divisions  of  time  no  account 
is  made  of  those  minuter  distinctions,  in  the  expression  of 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  employ  such  a  variety  of  tenses, 
nor  of  those  modal  differences  which  are  with  us  indicated 
by  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  and  potential,  except  to  that 
limited  extent  to  which  these  may  be  regarded  as  covered  by 
the  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures,  §264.  Whatever  is, 
or  is  conceived  of  as  past,  must  be  put  in  the  preterite  ;  the 
future  is  used  for  all  that  is,  or  is  conceived  of  as  future,^ 
while  all  subordinate  modifications  or  shades  of  meaning 
are  either  suggested  by  accompanying  particles,  or,  without 
being  precisely  indicated,  are  left  to  be  inferred  from  the 
connection. 

The  Primary  Tenses. 

§  262.  The  preterite  is  accordingly  used  of 
1.  The  past,  Avhether  our  idiom  would  require  the  abso- 
19 


290  SYNTAX.  ^2G2 

lute  past  tense,  i.  c.  the  historical  imperfect,  in  the  hcgi)uuv(j 
God  N73  created,  etc.,  Gen.  1:1,  God  ~e:  tempted  Abrahua 
Gen.  22:1;  or  one  of  the  relative  tenses,  viz.  the  past  viewed 
in  relation  to  the  present,  i.  e.  the  perfect,  what  is  this  that 
Tpkv  thou  hast  done  Gen.  3:13,  thee  ^^''^')  have  I  seen  ritjhf- 
eotis  Gen.  7:1;  the  past  in  relation  to  another  past,  i.  c.  the 
pluperfect,  God  ended  his  work  tchich  T\bv  he  had  made  Gen. 
2:2;  and  they  did  so  as  the  Lord  n^2  had  commanded  Ex. 
7:10;  or  the  past  in  relation  to  a  future,  i.e.  the  future 
perfect,  lohen  the  Lord  VH"?  shidl  have  ^cashed  awai/,  etc.,  Isa. 
4  :  4,  tintil  the  time  thai  she  u'hich  travaileth  H'lb^  shall  have 
hrought forth  Mic.  5:2;  or  a  conditional  mood,  except  the 
Lord  of  hosts  had  left  unto  us  a  very  small  remnant  ^:"'?n  2ce 
should  have  been  as  Sodom  Isa.  1:9,/  tcould  there  vere  a 
sword  in  mine  hand,  for  now  '^Tii^'in  L  would  have  killed  thee 
Num.  22 :  29  ;  or  an  optative,  denoting  something  which  was 
to  have  been  desired  but  which  nevertheless  did  not  occur, 
^:PTb-^b  0  that  we  had  died  Num.  It :  2,  I'bDn  ^b  Q  that  they 
had  been  wise  that  they  (fut.)  would  consider  this  Dent. 
32  :  29,  or  a  subjunctive  (the  Jordan  was  dried  up),  that 
Dnxn^  ye  miyht  fear  the  Lord,  at  tliat  time  and  thencefor- 
ward/or(?yer  Josh.  4  :24. 

a.  \n  all  these  cases  tlie  verbnl  form  merely  expresses  in  the  general 
that  the  action  belongs  to  tlie  past,  but  vviiethor  tiiis  is  to  be  taken  abso- 
kitely.  relatively,  or  conditionally,  must  be  learned  from  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  or  from  accompanying  words.  The  jiroper  Entrlish  iniperiect 
is  expressed  in  Hebrew  not  by  the  preterite  but  by  the  participle,  aiL"""  Xiini 
and  he  (was)  siLling  Gen.  IS:  1,  §26(3.  3. 

6.  In  promises,  contracts,  etc.,  the  preterite  is  sometimes  employed, 
where  we  might  have  expected  the  future,  because  the  inward  act  or  pur- 
pose is  intended  ratiier  than  its  outward  execution,  unlo  Ihij  sped  Tirj  / 
have  gfren  (his  laud  Gen.  15:  18,  tiie  grant  was  made  thougii  they  were 
not  yet  put  in  possession;  accordingly,  when  the  latter  idea  is  prominent, 
the  future  is  used  of  the  same  transaction,  iniln  thy  spprl  'pit  J  icill  give 
this  land  Gun.  12:7,26:3.     Comp.  Gen.  4 :  14.  23:  11,  13. 

2.  The  present,  regarded  as  the  continuation  or  natural 
sequence  of  a  pre-existing  action  or  condition.     Anything 


§  262  THE    PRIMARY    TENSES.  291 

begun  in  the  past  and  continued  in  the  present  may  be  con- 
sidered to  belong  to  the  past  and  accordingly  spoken  of  in 
the  preterite,  give  me  a  little  icater  fur  '^^'22  /  ahi  thirsty 
Judg.  4:19  prop.  I  have  been  thirsty  and  (it  is  implied)  I 
am  so  still ;  the  earth  !^i?r''a  is  full  of  violence  prop,  has  been 
and  still  is  full  Gen.  6:13;  ttoio  "^ny^^  /  hww  that  Jehovah 
is  the  greatest  of  all  the  gods  Ex.  18  :  11,  prop.  I  have  knoivn, 
the  knowledge  being  in  fact  contemporaneous  with  the  in- 
formation upon  which  it  was  based.  Comp.  in  Latin  noviy 
meminiy  odi. 

a.  It  is  comparatively  a  matter  of  indifference  whether  the  preterite 
or  the  future  be  used  to  designate  the  present.  That  wiiich  now  exists 
may  either  be  regarded  as  continued  from  the  past  or  as  perpetuated  in  the 
future  ;  and  as  it  is  contemplated  under  one  or  the  other  of  these  aspects, 
will  the  tense  be  determined  accordingly.  Thus,  the  question  ■zc/ienfe  cowe 
ye  is  in  Gen.  42:7  crx3  "'^X'?  whence  have  ye  come,  but  in  Josh.  9:8 
sixin  'I'^'X^  whence  are  ye  coining  or  will  ye  come ;  because,  in  the  former 
instance,  the  past  action  of  coming  is  uppermost  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker, 
and  in  the  latter  this  action  is  regarded  as  having  not  yet  ceased. 

3.  Permanent  facts  or  general  truths ;  these,  though  true 
for  all  time,  are  gathered  from  experience  and  observation, 
and  hence  may  be  appropriately  referred  to  the  past,  an  ox 
5n^  knoweth  his  owner  Isa.  1  :  3,  oxen  always  have  done  so 
and  it  is  implied  that  they  always  will ;  the  Lord  DH"'  ^ntieth 
them  that  fear  him  Ps.  103  :  13. 

a.  The  future  is  used  in  this  case  with  the  same  frequency  and  pro- 
priety as  the  preterite,  An  ox  will  know  his  owner  expresses  the  same 
general  truth  as  an  ox  has  knomi  his  oxcner ;  only  in  the  former  case  at- 
tention is  chiefly  drawn  to  its  iuture,  and  in  the  latter  to  its  past  realiza- 
tions, §263.  3. 

4.  The  future,  when  viewed  as  past;  the  prophets,  in 
their  inspired  descriptions  of  events  which  had  not  yet  come 
to  pass,  often  transport  themselves  to  the  time  when  they 
shall  have  been  accomplished  :  and,  surveying  the  future  from 
this  ideal  point  of  view,  they  give  to  their  predictions  the 
form  of  a  recital  of  what  has  already  taken  place,  Babglon 


2d-2  SYNTAX.  ^  2C3 

nSs:  has  fallen  Isa.  21:9,  //."  xt*:  haih  home  our  griefs  Isa. 
53  :  '\:,for  I  "^PSlbri  ]iave  made  Esau  bare  Jcr.  49  :  10. 

a.  Tlio  counterpart  of  this  prophetic  preterite  is  the  use  of  the 
future  ill  vivid  descriptions  of  the  j)iist,  in  whicli  tlie  writer  iippears,  iu 
imagination,  to  Uve  over  again  wliat  has  already  taken  j)hice.  §263.  5. 

^  .203.  The  future  is  used  in  speaking  of 

1 .  The  future,  whetlier  absohitcly,  'h^'"!^.  /  inll  male  of 
thee  a  (jreat  nation  Gen.  12  : 2,  or  relatively  to  something  in 
the  past,  he  took  his  eldest  son  who  ^'^'Q''  qras  to  reign  2  Kin. 
3:  27,  Elisha  teas  fallen  sick  of  his  sickness  ichereof  r.^'Q^  he 
was  to  die  2  Kin.  13:14;  or  conditionally,  (would  that  I 
had  died)  for  I  would  have  lain  down  (pret.)  and  t:iprs 
tcould  be  at  rest  Job  3:13;  but  (if  it  were  my  case)  /  t:'"*^ 
tcould  seek  unto  God  Job  5:8;  or  o})tatively  in  the  various 
grades  of  desire,  determination,  permission,  or  command,  so 
^^ns"^  mag  all  thine  enemies  perish  Judg.  5  :  31 ;  0  that  my 
grief  ^y-^"]  might  be  iceiglwd  Job  G  :2;  all  that  thou  com- 
mandcst  us  tniby?  we  ivill  do  Josh.  1  :  IG;  deeds  that  ^t>"'. 
ought  not  to  bo  done  Gen.  20:9;  of  the  fruit  of  the  trees  of 
the  garden  "33553  we  mag  eat  Gon.  3  : 2,  ^-ssn  siS  ge  shall  not 
eat  ver.  3,  mine  ordinances  ^■i'at''ri  ge  shall  keep  Lev.  18:4; 
or  subjunctively,  especially  after  conjunctions  signifying  that, 
in  order  that,  lest,  etc.,  (bring  the  venison)  ^^Ti^J^  1?''?^  in 
order  that  mg  soid  mag  bless  thee  Gen.  27  :  25,  against  thee 
have  I  sinned  that  p"2n  thou  mightest  be  just  if  ed  Ps.  51  :G. 

o.  Wlien  employed  in  requests,  the  future  is  frequently  accompanied 
by  the  particle  ND .  tlms,  SC3  2"j7  let  lluj  Sfn'cnit  sjjvak.  1  jiiaij  l/ne  Gen. 
44:  IS.  xi""!^!'^  let  the  wickedness  of  the  wicked  cease.  J  pray  Ps.  7:  10. 

b.  The  future  is  idiomatically  used  with  I2";u3  and  C']i;3  7iot  yet,  before, 
whether  tlie  period  referred  to  is  past  or  future,  the  time  denoted  by  the 
particle  being  antecedent  to  the  action  of  the  verb.  Thus?,  referring  to  the 
past.  /  ale  rf  all  N"i3n  c-jia  bifnre  tlmu  cnnieitt  Gen.  27:33.  flie  lamp  of 
God  ni)^7  c"0  had  vol  ypl  pone  out  1  Sam.  3:4;  to  the  future,  that  wy 
!>ovl  way  lile.'^a  Ihpe  rnis  r."i:3  hifore  I  die  Gen.  27:4.  iN-n;?';*  C'b  bpfore 
Ihpy  call.  I  irill  a77.9ijrer  Un.  6r):2i.  Tiure  are  three  examples  of  the  use 
of  the  preterite  with  tliese  particles,  the  relerence  being  to  past  time, 
1  Sam.  3  : 7,  Ps.  90 : 2,  Prov.  8 :  25. 


§  263  THE    PRIMiiRY    TENSES.  293 

2.  The  present,  when  it  is  conceived  of  as  extending 
into  the  future,  comfort  mij  peojjle  "lias?"'  saith  your  God  Isa. 
40  : 1,  the  divine  utterance  though  begun  is  not  yet  finished; 
ly'^in  iiSn  do  ye  not  hioio  ?  ver.  21,  are  you  ignorant,  and 
is  this  ignorance  to  continue  ?  tcliy  ''S^n  iveejjcd  thoa  ? 
1  Sam.  1:8. 

3.  General  truths  or  permanent  facts,  when  the  attention 
is  directed  to  their  vahdity  for  all  time  to  come,  riyhteous/iess 
D"bi"in  cxaltetii  a  nation  Prov.  14  : 3  i,  it  does  so  now  and 
always  will ;  a  son  ^'^^^1  honouretli  his  father  jVIal.  1  :  G, 

4.  Constant  or  habitual  acts  or  states  viewed  as  con- 
tinuing for  an  indefinite  period  from  the  time  spoken  of, 
even  though  they  may  have  ceased  at  the  time  of  speaking, 
and  so  belong  entirely  to  the  past,  a  mist  ri5;n  fiscd  to  go  up 
from  the  earth  Gen.  2  : 6,  i.  e.  not  only  at  the  moment  of  time 
previously  referred  to  but  from  that  onward ;  thus  Job  nib?";; 
did  continually  Job  1:5;  the  dauyhters  of  Israel  nrpbri  tuere 
in  the  hatjlt  of  yolny  from  time  to  time  Judg.  11  :  40  ;  so  Gen. 
29  :  2,  Ex.  13  :  22,  Num.  11 :  5,  1  Sam.  2  :  19. 

5.  The  past,  when  the  speaker  or  writer  assumes  an  ideal 
point  of  vision  prior  to  its  occurrence,  and  so  regards  it  as 
future.  Thus,  a  historian  in  animated  description,  as  we 
might  use  the  present,  "iL;')2""'i"^r;  Tji?  fhni  sinys  Moses  Ex. 
15:1,  Balak  "^wH:;;  brinys  me  from  Aram  Num.  23  :  7  ;  or  a 
poet,  who  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  of  which  he  sings,  ^i^"" 
"a  lb^t{  D".'^  let  the  day  perish  on  ichlch  I  am  to  be  born  Job 
3  :  3,  where  the  speaker,  by  a  bold  figure,  places  himself  be- 
fore his  birth,  and  prays  that  the  day  which  was  to  give  him 
existence  might  be  annihilated,  so  tliat  he  might  be  saved 
from  the  misery  of  living ;  ni"b«  nnn'a  i?'^  n/sb  why  may  I 
not  die  from  the  womb  ?  ver.  11,  where  his  position  is  shifted 
to  the  time  immediately  after  his  birth;  niri2b  vini  ^''Ti"'  he 
makes  knoimi  his  'ways  unto  Moses  Ps.  103  :  7. 

a.  The  intermiii<jling  of  difTerent  tenst's  in  relation  to  the  same  sub- 
ject, vvhicli  is  BO  frequent  in  poetry,  foreign  as  it  may  be  to  our  modes  of 


29-i  SYNTAX.  §;2G4, 2G5 

thought,  does  not  justify  the  conclusion  tiuit  they  are  used  promiscuously 
or  without  regard  to  their  distinctive  signification.  Thus  tiie  preterite 
and  tlie  future  are  frequently  combined  in  order  t3  give  greater  emphasis 
and  compass  to  the  statement  made,  by  asserting  it  at  once  of  both  the 
grand  divisions  of  time,  the  wicked  who  ■';'no  hax'^e  wasted  me,  my  deadly 
enemies  iS'^p^  will  surround,  me  Fs.  \l:^.Jire  nSsx  devoured  before  them, 
and  after  them  aflame  Mnbn  shall  consume  Joel  2:3.  Or  the  writer  may 
phice  himself  in  tlie  midst  of  an  event,  and  regard  part  as  having  already 
taken  place  and  part  as  yet  to  be  performed;  thus,  in  Ex.  15:14,  \5.  the 
nations  ^^^'^  hare  heard  ')1TJ"i"'  they  will  be  afraid;  pangs  tnx  hare 
seized  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Philislia;  then  the  dukes  of  Edom  ^^"^3 
were  troubled,  the  mighty  men  of  Moab  trembling  i-Tnx"'  shall  seize  them, 
all  the  inhabitants  of  Canaan  'la^J  have  melted.  Or  a  verb  may  be  put  in 
the  future  to  show  that  the  action  which  it  denotes,  tliough  in  reality  past, 
is  subsequent  to,  or  a  consequence  of  a  preceding  preterite,  Ihey  were  both 
naked  vrcnn";!  n'Bi  and,  were  not  ashamed  Gen.  2:25.  Deut.  2: 12. 

^  2G4.  The  apocopated  and  paragogic  forms  of  the  future 
are  mostly  used  in  their  respective  persons,  §  97,  to  express 
its  optative,  conditional,  or  subjunctive  senses,  §263. 1.  The 
negative  imperative  is  made  by  prefixing  -i?  not  to  the  apoco- 
pated futiu-e,  ^y^P"5^  Iiarm  not  Ps.  105  :  15  ;  ^rnn  ii'i  would 
mean  i/ou  shall  not  harm. 

a.  Tiiese  modified  forms  of  the  future,  although  they  give  a  noore  dis- 
tinct expression  to  the  modal  senses  just  indicated,  are  not  essential  to  that 
end,  since  the  same  shades  of  meaning  may  be  and  often  are  suggested 
by  the  simple  future.  Instances  are  more  rare,  and  only  found  in  poetry, 
in  which  tlie  apocopated  or  paragogic  forms  are  used,  wijen  simple  futurity 
is  intended,  Job  1 3 :  27.  24  :  25. 


The  Secondary  Tenses. 

§  265.  The  secondary  tenses  agree  in  signification  with 
their  respecti\e  primaries.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive, 
forming  a  secondary  preterite,  §  99.  l,has  tlie  same  variety  of 
senses  with  the  primary  or  proper  preterite,  and  is  in  fact  a 
simple  substitute  for  it.  In  like  manner,  the  secondary 
future  or  the  preterite  with  Vav  conversive,  §100.  1,  is  a 
substitute  for  the  primary  future.  A  narrative  or  a  para- 
graj)h,  which  begins  with  one  of  the  primary  tenses,  is 
mostly  continued  by  means  of  the  corresponding  secondary 


§265  THE    SECONDARY    TENSES.  295 

tense,  provided  tlie  verb  stands  at  the  beginning  of  its  clause, 
so  that  it  can  be  attached  to  the  conjunction,  which  is  an 
essential  part  of  the  secondary  formation.  If,  for  any  reason, 
this  order  of  the  vi^ords  is  interrupted  or  prevented,  the 
primary  tense  must  again  be  used.  Thus,  Gen.  22  : 1,  God 
"33  temjjted  Abraham  "TQii^l  and  said . . .  '^^N^l  and  he  said. . . 
ver.  3,  D?©!'1  and  he  rose  uj}  earJij  . . .  ^'2ri^_'\  and  saddled . . . 
np^^  and  took  . . .  ^^3^1  and  clave  . .  .  Dj^^l  and  rose  up  tf^^l 
ayid  icent  unto  the  place  f5"i^s«-"itji!:  of  tvhich  God  had  told 
him.  Gen.  17:5,  th^  name  Nnjii'^-sb  shall  not  be  ccdled  Abram 
n^ni  and  it  shall  be  . . .  ver.  6,  "'riT'Snn  and  I  loill  make  thee 
fruitfid . . .  ^■'inriai  and  I  will  make  nations  of  thee  D"'i^^^ 
^sa.";!  ^laia  and  kings  shall  come  out  of  thee. 

a.  The  future  with  Vav  coiiversive  describes  an  act  subsequent  to  or 
contemporary  with  the  time  denoted  by  the  words  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected. It  can,  therelbre,  only  relate  to  the  past  wlien  it  is  preceded  by 
a  preterite  with  a  past  signification,  or  by  some  other  word  or  phrase  which 
refers  to  past  time,  in  the  year  of  king  Uzziali's  death  nxnxi  [and)  J  saw 
Isa.  6:  1.  But  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  future  tense,  it  has  a  future  significa- 
tion, pnb";!  he  shall  deride  every  stronghold  '^'2'3.'^_^  and  shall  heap  u})  earth 
Pinsb*;:  and  lake  it  Hab.  1:10.  xoho  rrbv.1  shall  do  evil...  "I'i?,^!]  Ti-.l"!  and 
shall  go  and  serve  other  gods  Deut.  17:2,  3;  unless  a  pause  intervenes  in 
which  a  preterite  is  to  be  supplied,  as  in  Hab.  2: 1.  2.  /  will  watch  to  see 
what  he  will  say  to  me  .  . .  ^^■^7  "'??.?,-?  ^"^  (after  I  had  thus  watched)  the 
Lord  answered  me.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive  occurs  in  a  preterite 
sense  at  the  beginning  of  certain  books,  because  they  were  regarded  by 
their  authors  as  supplements  or  continuations  of  preceding  histories,  "rt'^l 
And  it  came  to  pass  Josh.  1  : 1,  Judg.  1 :  1,  1  Sam.  1 :  I.  etc.,  etc. 

h.  The  preterite  with  Vav  has  a  future  signification  only  alter  a  future 
tense  or  an  expression  suggestive  of  futurity,  e.  g.  in  thy  distress  Tjiix^^!) 
when  there  shall  come  npon  thee  all  these  things  Deut.  4:30;  or  ns  the 
initial  word  of  a  prophecy,  which  is  regarded  as  linked  with  other  dis- 
closures of  the  future  previously  made,  n'^ni  a7id  it  shall  come  to  pass 
Isa.  2:2.  After  an  imperative  it  commonly  has  an  imperative  sense,  this 
being  one  of  the  significations  of  the  future,  §263.  1,  go  unto  Phaiaoh 
P.-i^H."}  and  say  to  him  prop.  a7ul  thoii  shall  say  Ex.  7:26.  When  a 
preterite  precedes,  the  Vav  is  not  conversive.  thy  servant  was  keeping  his 
father\s  sheep  N21  and  there  came  . . .  xi;^  and  took  . . .  T'X^'T  and.  I  went 
o?«^ . ..  T'nsni  and  smote  him.  etc.,  1  Sam.  17:34.  35,  unle.^s  it  involves  a 
reference  to  what  is  to  take  place  hereafter,  /  hare  blessed,  him  (the 
blessing  is  of  course  prospective),  '^n^'isr]^  aiid  I  will  make  him  fruitful., 
■'n'^anni  and  I  will  multiply  him  Gen.  17:20. 


296  SYNTAX.  §  266 

Participles. 

^2GC).  The  participles  being  properly  verbal  nouns,  do 
not  in  strictness  involve  any  detinite  notion  of  time,  and  the 
connection  must  decide  whether  they  are  to  be  referred  to 
the  past,  present,  or  future,  thus  '?:  means  faUiiif/  Num. 
24  :  \,falk',i  Judg.  4  :  22,  or  ahoid  to  fall  Jer.  37  :  14.  Their 
principal  uses  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1 .  They  express  what  is  permanent  or  habitual,  ^  1 SG.  2 .  r/, 
(the  Lord)  2nb5  lovc/h  rif/hfeousness  and  justice  Ps.  33  :  5,  a 
generation  ?fl?n  goeth,  and  a  generation  S3  cometh,  and  the 
earth  ^\pp  ahldeth  for  ever  Eccles.  1 :4.  Passive  participles 
so  used  suggest  not  only  a  constant  experience  of  what  is 
denoted  by  the  verb,  but  in  addition  a  permanent  quality  as 
the  ground  of  it,  N'i"i3  not  only  feared  but  icorthg  to  be 
feared,  ^5\i^  luorthg  to  be  praised,  "T^n:  desirable. 

2.  When  a  particular  time  is  intended  the  active  partici- 
ples most  commonly  rekite  to  the  prcsLUit  or  to  the  proximate 
futm'e,  and  passive  participles  to  the  past,  nij'"!  npx-r.'Q  ivhat 
seest  thoa?  Jer.  1:11,  N'^ii'a  ''b^n  behotd,  I  am  about  to  bring 
the  food  Gen.  G:17,  1^13  giving  "y^'}  given,  ^''i?^  restoring 
aTr^io  restored. 

a.  The  active  participles  of  neuter  verbs,  which  have  no  passive  Hirms, 
are  used  in  both  a  past  and  a  present  sense,  ra  dying  and  (Juid,  '^^Zi  full- 
ing iuu]  f(illi')i;  this  is  k^ss  Irequently  the  case  with  active  verbs,  who  then 
is  he  "fi'ian  ihal  hath  hunted  venison  Gen.  27:33;  these  are  the  gods 
n"'r:2n  that  smote  Egi/pt  1  Sam.  4:8.  Participles  of  passive  form  but 
active  sense  are  ordinarily  used  of  the  present  or  proximate  future,  Dn!:3 
fghting. 

3.  In  narrations  and  predictions  the  time  of  the  partici- 
ples is  reckoned  not  from  the  moment  of  speaking  but  from 
the  period  spoken  of,  the  tiro  angels  came  . . .  2C''  "j"'^';i  and 
Lot  (was)  sitting  in  the  gate  of  Sodom  Gen.  10:1;  he  spake 
to  his  sons-indaio  T'S^'i^  "'•bp''?  loho  (were)  to  marrg  his  daugh- 
ters ver.  11 ;  he  came  to  Shitoh  . .  .  n"'3?"\p  T^'i^i  ivith  his  clothes 


§  2G7  INFINITIVE.  297 

rent  \  Sam.  4:12;  thou  shalt  meet  a  conqjanij  of  prophets 
D'^n"!'^  coininp  doicn  1  Sam.  10:5;  thej/  ^hall  declare  his 
ri(/hteousness  unto  a  people  'i^is  (who  shall  then  be)  honi  Ps. 
22:32,  102:19,  Judg.  13:8. 

a.  The  period  to  wliicli  a  participle  is  to  be  referred  is  sometimes  de- 
termined by  connecting  with  it  the  past  or  future  tense  of  the  substantive 
verb.  Moses  n^'l  n'"^n  n-as  keeping  the  Jlack  of  Jethro  Ex.  3:1,  his  throne 
•(IDJ  ""17^7  shall  be  established/or  ever  1  Chron.  17:4. 


Infinitive. 

^267.  The  mfinitive  is  an  abstract  verbal  noun,  and,  like 
the  participles,  partakes  of  the  character  both  of  a  noun  and 
a  verb.  As  a  noun  it  may  be  the  subject  of  a  proposition, 
§  242,  or  it  may  be  governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition; 
it  may  also  be  put  in  the  construct  state  before  a  nomi  de- 
noting either  its  subject  or  its  object. 

a.  The  Infinitive  as  a  subject:  riXJi  ZDJi  n:sni  TTns'  r'ii^  (there  is) 
cursing  and  lying  and  killing  and  stealing  and  committing  adultery  Hos. 
4:2j   122'^.'^  nib?,  to  do  justice  (is)  a  joy  to  the  righteous  Prov.  21  :  15. 

6.  The  construct  infinitive  is  used  after  verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions, 
and  when  governed  by  a  verb  or  noun  it  is  usually  thonffh  not  invariably 
preceded  as  in  English  by  the  preposition  h  to,  ia  criiinb  bris  /  shall  be 
able  to  fight  with  him  Num.  22:11.  rsi'ib  nirl  n^yb  ri;  a  time  to  be  born 
and  a  time  to  die  Eccl.  3:2;  h  is  seldom  omitted  in  prose  but  often  in 
poetry,  /  know  not  (how)  tiil  rxi  to  go  out  and  to  come  in.  1  Kin.  3:7, 
n^Sn  ^:^^'2  -thou  hast  refused  to  be  ashamed  Jer.  3:3.  "tJt-i  nr'  niEp  rv  a 
time  to  mourn  and  a  time  to  dance  Eccles.  3:  4,  T^y  cn^r?.  ready  to  rouse 
leviathan  Job  3:8.  Various  prepositions  may  precede  the  infinitive,  as  b 
to,  a  ?'??„  3  like,  at,  '"O  from,  "iV  until,  by  upon,  "i?'?^  in  order  to,  ")"7  be- 
cause of,  "^ssb  before,  etc. 

c.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  rarely  governed  by  a  verb.  -^T!  1"i'2b 
learn  to  do  well,  y'l^n  !i"i^;x  redress  wrong  Isa.  1 :  17,  zintil  he  knows 
Dl'x^  to  refuse  the  evil.  ~in^!i  and  to  choose  the  good,  7:15.  I'^s'^'^a  ^ns"x'~7 
Tj-ibn  a7id  they  would  not  walk  in  his  ways.  'i2: 24,  thou  wilt  make  tts  off- 
scouring  DixT;!!  and  refuse  Lam.  3:45. 

d.  The  infinitive  in  the  construct  belbre  its  subject.  cX"i2r73  in  their 
being  created  \.  e.  when  they  were  created;  in  the  day  -'H-X  n^ni  nr:? 
of /he  fjord  God's  making  earth  and  hearen  Gen.  2:4;  there  irn.s-  nn  water 
crn  r'nrb ybr  the  drinking  (fthe  people  Ex.  17:  1  ;  "^ri^dl  and  unj  dwelling 


29S  SYNTAX.  §  2GS,  2G9 

(shall  be)  i.  e.  I  shall  diCfU  Ps.  23:  G.  Before  its  ohject,  r'l'-,— :5  rxu:  //te 
accij)li/iis  of  the  person  of  the  wicked  Pro  v.  IS:  5.  nns-rn  lu  yield  its 
Blrenglh  Gen.  4: 12. 

§  2GS.  The  absolute  infinitive,  expressing  as  it  does  the 
abstract  idea  of  the  verb  irres})ective  of  tense,  number,  or 
person,  may  be  used  instead  of  any  of  the  finite  forms  of  the 
verb,  when  the  sense  is  duly  qualified  by  the  context.  Thus, 
it  may  take  the  place  of 

1.  The  preterite  or  the  future,  -when  one  of  those  tenses 
immediately  precedes,  ^ypn;^]  a/ul  they  blew  ilie  trumpets 
■jnEi:!  and  brake  the  pitchers  prop,  (there  was)  a  breaking  of 
the  2ntchers  Judg.  7:19;  all  this  "'S^Ti?  Xrrj)  ^T\•k'^  I  have 
seen  and  ajjplied  wy  heart  Eccl.  8:9;  ^:p;'  they  shall  buy 
f  elds  for  money  ^iriDl  and  ivrite  the  pajjers  DT^C'?  (^'id  seal 
(them)  "i:^ni  and  take  witnesses  Jer.  32  :  44. 

a.  Tliis  rarely  occurs  when  no  verb  precedes  in   the  same  sentence. 

lio";  '^nir-cr'  2",n  (sliall)  the  fauU-jinder  contend  with  the  Almighty  Job 
40:2.  n-1  Ni::"i  r'Trin  the  living  creatures  ja7i  and  lelumed  Kzck.  I:  \i, 
i;x^  nad  /pra/secZ  Eccl.  4:2. 

2.  The  imperative,  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning  of 
a  sentence,  lioT  remember  the  sabbath-day  prop,  (let  there 
be)  a  remembering  Ex.  20 : 8,  J?75'^)  'I'^r'  !j^  (^'^^  ^('!f 
2  Sam.  24  :  12. 

^  2G9.  The  dependence  of  one  verb  upon  another  is 
most  distinctly  expressed  by  putting  the  second  verb  in  the 
infinitive.  The  second  verb  may,  however,  be  in  form  co- 
ordinated with  the  first  by  being  put  in  the  same  or  an 
equivalent  tense  with  or  without  a  copulative,  the  true  rela- 
tion between  the  verbs  being  left  to  be  inferred  from  their 
obvious  signification,  tj^n  b^xin  he  v^as  willing^  walled  i.  e. 
lie  teas  willing  to  walk  or  walked  willingly  IIos.  5:11, 
Dnnji  ^"iy  vi^'O'^'x  i«5  /  will  no  more  add  to  pity  i.  e.  will  not 
again  pity  llos.  1  :  G,  ^?n  zr2ii:i2  being  early  to  go  or  going 
early  llos.  G  :  4,  how  "'P^sni  bb'S  shall  I  endure  and  see  i.  e. 
endure  to  see  Estli.  S  :  G. 


^270  OBJECT    OF    VERBS.  299 

a.  This  co-ordination  most  frequently  ocnirs  when  the  second  verb  ex- 
presses the  principal  idea  and  the  first  simply  qualifies  it.  so  that  the  latter 
might  he  rendered  by  an  adverb.  Though  even  in  this  case  the  second 
verb  is  olten  put  in  the  infinitive,  n^'i  qc'*^  Gen.  8:  10  (ind  he  added  to 
send  or  nbtt;''i  rjO'^l  1  Sam.  19:  21  atid  he  added  and  sent  lor  he  sent  again. 

b.  In  the  following  instances  the  verbs  thus  co-ordinated  have  different 
subjects.  i2~n33  bs^lX  /  shall  be  able,  we  shall  smite  him  i.  e.  I  shall  with 
your  aid  be  able  to  smite  him,  Num.  22:6.  Ti^"^K"ipi  i£"'pl.-  xb  thou  shall 
not  add,  they  shall  call  thee  i.  e.  thou  shait  no  more  be  called  by  tl;em,  Isa. 
47: 1,  5;  or  are  in  different  tenses,  niDX  ''P"'??  ^  I  know  not  (how)  I  shall 
flatter  i.  e.  how  to  flatter,  Job  32 :  22 ;  O  that  !ini<:273X'i  ""nyn^  /  knew  and 
might  Jind  him  i.  e.  how  to  find  him,  Job  23  : 3. 


Object  OF  Verbs. 

§  270.  The  object  of  a  transitive  verb  ordinarily  stands 
after  both  the  verb  and  its  subject,  and  if  it  is  an  indefinite 
noun  is  distinguished  simply  by  its  position  or  by  its  rela- 
tion to  the  verb  as  determined  by  its  meaning ;  if  a  definite 
noun,  or  a  demonstrative,  relative,  or  interrogative  pronoun, 
it  may,  at  the  pleasure  of  the  Avriter,  be  further  distinguished 
by  prefixing  to  it  nt?  the  sign  of  the  definite  object ;  if  a 
personal  pronoun,  it  is  sufiixed  either  to  ns?  or  to  the  govern- 
ing verb. 

a.  Considerable  liberty  is  allowed  in  respect  to  the  position  of  words, 
particularly  in  poetry  ;  although,  according  to  the  natural  order  in  Hebrew, 
the  verb  stands  first,  its  subject  next,  and  its  object  last,  nk  O'lribx  N-ia 
C^Tiiari  Gnd  created  the  heavens  Gen.  1:1,  this  is  liable  to  any  alteration 
that  emphasis  may  require:  the  subject  may  precede  the  verb,  and  the  ob- 
ject may  stand  between  them  or  belbre  them  both. 

b.  A  noun,  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  may  receive  rx , 
whether  it  is  definite  by  signification,  as  a  proper  noun,  God  tempted 
chnnx-n;!*  Abraham  Gen.  22:1,  or  is  made  so  by  the  article,  God  saw 
'\^^k'rr^~■^_  the  light  G«jn.  1 : 4,  a  pronominal  suffix,  take,  now,  •'nsna^ns  my 
blessing  Gen.  33:11,  or  construction  with  a  definite  noun,  Jacob  called 
cip:sn  n\y-nx  the  name  if  the  place  Gen.  35:15.  The  particle  nx  is  not 
essential  in  any  of  these  cases  and  is  often  omitted,  particularly  in  poetry. 
If  several  definite  nouns  are  connected  together  as  the  object  of  a  verb, 
or  if  a  verb  has  more  than  one  definite  object,  nx  may  be  repeated  belbre 
each  of  them.  /  have  given  nX'ti  yixriTX  this  /a?irf  .. .  ij/'pn-rx  the 
Kenile  '^•'r;pn-nN']  and  the  Kenizzite,  etc.,  etc..  Gen.  15: 18-21 ;  they  stripped 
ClOii-nx  Joseph  ihinsTX  of  his  coat  C^ssBn  n:n3-nx  the  full-length  coat 


300  SYNTAX.  ^27i 

Grn.  37:23;  or  it  niny  etaiid  before  ii  part  of  tlu-m  oiilj-  Doiit.  12:6.  or  it 
niJiy  be  oniitu-d  allogetlicr.  Ut-ut.  11:11.  In  a  veiy  U-w  instances  tiie 
article  is  dropped  after  nx .  which  of  itsidf  indicates  tlie  deflniteness  of  the 
noun,  he  reared  up  for  hiinself  rzk'Z~rit<  /he  pillar  2  Sam.  IS:  18;  and 
career  streiiglhened  C|"]il~nx  gilder  Isa.  41:7.  where  the  omission  ol"  the 
article  is  ])oeiic.  §247. 

c.  Pronouns  with  ^^5 :  Httx  ?///'.s'  yp,  shall  eat  Lev.  11:9;  put  •'^'"'^^ 
this  (fellow)  in  the  prison  1  Kin.  22:27;  "Trx  rx  uhoni  Iheij  hare  cast 
into  the  prison  Jer.  38:9;  he  kneio  n'i"s~"i'Jx  rx  what  his  youngest  son 
had  done  to  him  Gen.  9:21;  'v^'^'^  '''?"^^  whom  hast  thou  reproached? 
Isa.  37:23;  it  does  not  occur  before  the  neuter  r\^.  It  is  al.so  extended 
sometimes  to  the  following  words,  which  partake  to  a  certain  degree  of  the 
pronominal  character,  bb  «//,  erciy.  Gen.  1:29,  lli'^X  any  one.  each  Ex. 
21:28,  nnx  one  1  Sam.  9:3.  With  personal  pronouns,  cnrx  "i"!]  Gen. 
32:  1,  or  'c-:->2-^1  Gen.  48 :  20  and  he  blessed  them. 

>  ••  -:<T  :- 

§271.  Many  verbs,  wliicli  arc  not  properly  transitive,  are 
nevertheless  capable  of  a  transitive  construction ;  thus 

1.  Verbs  signifying  plenty  or  want :  3"'"i':^JvJ  i*?^  ~!^?n  ///<? 
/lOuse  tcas/(i/l  (of)  mcu  Jutlg.  IG  :  27,  D'^r^  r-:b  ^"^<3b  I  am 
sated  (with)  burnt-offerintjs  of  rams  Isa.  1:11,  'b  ^r^.cn  wf? 
lacked  evert/  thing  Jer.  44  :  IS.  Here  belongs  that  peculiar 
Hebrew  idiom,  which  expresses  abundance  by  such  ])hrases 
as  the  following :  the  hlUs  -^n  nispn  shall  run  (with)  milk 
Joel  4: 18,  mine  eye  D"i£  n"°i*''  runneth  duicn  (with)  water 
Lam.  1  :  IG  ;  D-^r'r^p  '\h  r^v  it  had  all  come  uj)  (witli)  thorns 
i.  e.  was  overgrown  with  them,  Prov.  24  :  31.     ' 

2.  Verbs  signifying  luotion  may  have  for  their  object  the 
place  which  it  immediately  concerns,  Avhether  it  be  directed 
upon  it,  to  it,  or  from  it,  is~')2n-b3  ri?  -ybn  and  we  went 
(through)  all  the  loilderness  Dent.  1:19,  and  figuratively, 
vr^yi  ?f?n  loalking  (in)  righteousness  Isa.  33:15,  n-^ir'n  ^s«2;^i 
and  theij  came  into  the  citg  Josh.  8:19,  "I'^yn-r.x  ^si:^  ihcij 
went  out  (of)  the  citg  Gen.  44  : 4. 

3.  Intransitive  verbs  may,  as  in  other  languages,  govern 
their  cognate  noun,  D'bn  "'P^pn  /  hace  dreamed  a  dream 
Gen.  37  :  9  ;  "^Ey'S  nir"^"SD^'i  and  the//  la/nented  there  a  la/nen- 
tation  Gen.  50  :  10  ;  *''3~r\  bnn  //e  will  be  vain  a  vanit/j  i.  e. 
utterly  vain  Job  27  :  12  ;  or  even  one  from  a  diftcrent  root  if 


§272  OBJECT    OF    VERBS.  301 

it  he  related  or  analogous  in  signification,  "^r^^v.p  i"'"^"";-*  r.^r: 
I  have  been  zealous  a  (/rcaf  f/ny  7iGc\\.  8:2,  *T^~  K"'^  / 
shall  sleejj  death  i.  e.  the  sleep  of  death,  Ps.  13  :  4. 

4.  Any  verb  may  take  as  its  object  a  noun  which  defines 
the  extent  of  its  application,  vVj^-px  n'^n  he  luas  diseased  in 
his  feet  \  Kin.  15:23;  o;//y  b'^5X  NS2n  /;z  Hie  throne  wiU  I 
he  greater  than  thou  Gen.  44  :  40  ;  Xf)  '^'~>r-^'^  i/e  perish  as  to 
the  icaij  i.  c.  lose  the  icaij  Ps.  2:12. 

a.  By  an  impersonal  constrnction  ofpassive  verbs  their  snhjert  is  some- 
times converted  ii.'to  the  object,  which  in  fact  it  logically  is,  y;ikn-n>j  'f\'^ 
dandum  est  terram,  let  the  land  be  given 'Num.  32:5,  'i^:;'n~nx  J^P^*^^  '^i'') 
vr^;  and  il  was  told  to  Rebekuh  (i.  e.  some  one  told  her)  tlie  words  of  Esau 
Gen.  27:42.  so  Gen.  17:5.  Ex.  10:8.  Lev.  10:18,  2  Sam.  21:  11.  etc.  This 
construction  is  sometimes  extended  to  neuter  verbs  in  fumilinr  phrases, 
which  have  become  associated  with  an  active  idea.  "^h'nn-pN  T]"':-;*.':  i"^"!  bx 
let  not  be  evil  in  thine  eyes  (i.e.  do  not  regard  as  evil)  the  thing  2  Sam. 
11:25.  1  Sam. 20:  13,  Josh.  22: 17.  Neh.  9:  32.  In2Kin.  18:30  ^■'i'n-rjs;  "(nsn 
the  city  shall  be  given,  the  verb  agrees  witli  'T'S  notwithstanding  its  re- 
ception of  the  sign  of  the  object:  rx  is  omitted  in  the  parallel  passage. 
I.sa.  36:15. 

b.  A  noun,  about  which  a  statement  is  to  be  made,  sometimes  stands 
absolutely  and  is  preceded  by  the  sign  of  the  object,  bs3  ^TiSti-rx  as  for 
the  iron,  it  fell  2  Kin.  6:5;  b"n  "^irrx  n^x-bs-nx  as  for  all  these  (ihey 
were)  men  of  valo^ir  J adg.  20:  ii;  "^nipn-px  as  fur  my  statutes  they  did. 
not  walk  in  them  Ezek.  20:  16.  Some  regard  riN  as  the  sign  of  the  object 
in  such  passages  as  -i"nn-nN"i  I'^xn  n3  1  Sam.  17:31,  and  refer  to  the  fact 
that  the  Arabic  conjunction  is  followed  by  the  accusative  when  it  is  used 
in  the  sense  of  together  with ;  more  ])robably,  however,  rs  is  the  preposi- 
tion with,  §238.  2,  and  the  pa.ssage  is  to  be  rendered  the  lion  came  and  (that 
too)  with  the  bear,  so  Num.  3  :  26.  1  Sam.  26 :  16.  1  Kin.  1 1 :  25,  etc. 

§272.  1.  When  a  noun  or  pronoun  is  regarded  as  the 
indirect  object  of  a  verb,  the  relation  is  indicated  by  means 
of  the  appropriate  preposition. 

2.  Many  verbs  vary  their  construction  without  any  ma- 
terial difference  of  meaning  according  to  the  form  of  the  con- 
ception in  the  mind  of  the  speaker  or  writer,  Ijeing  followed 
by  one  preposition  or  by  another  or  by  none  at  all,  as  he  views 
the  relation  as  direct  or  indirect,  and  if  the  latter,  under  one 
aspect  or  another :  thus,  thej/  went  out  from  the  cittj  may  be 
expressed  by  the  direct  relation,  *i''5'n-n5«  '^s^:';;  Gen.  44  : 4, 


302  SYNTAX.  §-:73 

or  l)y  tlic  indirect,  n^irn-^^  isi::  Josh.  8  :  22  ;  Dnb:  to  fight  is 
followctl  l)y  ny  loitk  Josh.  10:29,  hy  3  in  (na  ?>  earn) 
vcr.  31,  by  -?  ayaimt  ver.  38,  by  ns  Judg.  12:4. 

a.  A  number  of  verbs  are  indifferently  construed  with  a  direct  object  or 
with  b  to.  in  rpfi'vence  to,  thus.  2ns  to  lore  anyone  and  to  have  loce  to 
any  one,  XE^  In  cine  and  to  perform  a  cure  for  any  one.  J'^Cin  to  sure  and 
to  grant,  salralion  to  any  one,  rnd  to  destroy  and  to  bring  destruction  to 
any  one. 

6.  As  the  object  of  an  action  may,  in  certain  cases,  be  regarded  as  the 
instrument  with  which  it  is  performed,  some  transitive  verbs  afso  admit  s\. 
construction  with  3  icilh,  thus  -ifcid  irpn  blow  Ike  trumpet  Hos.  5 :  8, 
nb^'i"3  "pP']  and  he  blew  with  the  tnimpet  Judg.  3 :  27 ;  C^n^n  ii'^Q  to 
spreatl  forth  the  hands  Ps.  143:6,  but  followed  by  3  to  spread  forth  with 
the  hands  Lam.  1 :  17. 

3.  By  a  condensed  style  of  expression  {constructio  praeg- 
nans)  prepositions  are  sometimes  connected  with  verbs,  to 
wliose  meaning  tliey  are  not  strictly  conformed  ;  thus,  motion 
may  be  suggested  by  the  preposition  though  the  verb  of  it- 
self implies  no  such  idea,  f^sb)  nb'jn  thou  hast  profaned  to 
the  (/round  i.  e.  profaned  by  casting  to  the  ground,  Ps.  89  :  40, 
'~?"!'"'S?  T2J"'«  l~ns  thei/  trembled  one  unto  another  i.  e.  one 
turned  tremblingly  to  another,  eTer.  36: 10,  "'rr-^:?  D^ian  "^h)?)? 
thou  hast  answered  (by  saving)  me  from  the  horns  of  the  uni- 
corns Ps.  22  :  22. 

%  273.  Some  verbs  have  more  than  one  object,  viz. : 

1.  The  causatives  of  transitive  verbs:  ?j'':"i^"rx  "inbDxnn 
Dntoa'ns  and  I  will  make  thij  oppressors  eat  their  own  fesh 
Isa.  49  :  20  ;  nbi!:"'~2~nx  ^:xin  iiS  he  would  not  have  caused  us 
to  see  all  these  thinc/s  Judg.  13  :  23  ;  bsnii3;^-rs  niSnr  he  shall 
cause  Israel  to  inherit  it  Deut.  1 :  38. 

2.  Verbs  whose  action  may  be  regarded  under  different 
aspects  as  terminating  upon  different  objects,  or  which,  under 
the  rules  already  given,  may  take  a  direct  object  of  more 
than  one  kind,  all  irii?  T\\'l  "lirx  whieh  God  commanded  him 
Gen.  0:22;  D^nn-bs  nx  bxnir":  "^in-rs  r'vro  to  teach  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  all  the  statutes  Lev.  10:11;  ■^2;>s-;:-rx  r^2r\ 
^Th  thou  hast  smitten  all  my  enemies  on  the  cheek  Ps.  3:8; 


^273  OBJECT    OF    VERBS.  303 

©"ip  C3'i^"^xiO  lift  up  your  hands  to  the  sanctuary  Ps.  134  :  2  ; 
rrairra  obri'i  ayid  he  shall  disconifit  them  a  discomjiture 
Deut.  7  :  23. 

3.  The  instrument  of  an  action,  the  material  used  in  its 
performance,  its  design,  or  its  result,  is  often  regarded  as  its 
secondary  or  remote  object,  px  in«  ^ia^n^n  and  they  over- 
whelmed him  with  stones  IjQY.  24:23;  t:33S?  nns?  ri"i5n'i  and 
thou  shalt  gird  them  with  a  belt  Ex.  29  :  9  ;  thy  seed  ^^^vr'^V^., 
rrb'i^rrni^  witli  which  thou  shall  sotv  the  ground  Isa.  30  :  23  ; 
^%V  D>^rrnN  nr^l  and  he  formed  the  man  of  dust  Gen.  2:7; 
T'rinb©  nfes /or  which  I  have  sent  it  Isa.  55:11;  nin^^ 
nsy^  Qisnsn'nx  and  he  built  the  stones  into  an  altar  1  Kin. 
18:32. 

a.  The  person  affected  by  an  action,  of  which  he  is  not  the  immediate 
object,  is  occasionally  regarded  as  its  remote  object,  though  not  so  fre- 
quently as  in  English,  "'^nn:  assn  y"ix  thou  hast  given  me  the  land  of  the 
south  Jndg.  1:15,  comp.  in  the  same  verse,  "'b  nnnal;  ^Jlbrj  ni"i  they  did 
thee  evil  Gen.  50:  17,  comp.  nin  cnb  ib^oa  Isa.  3:9;  !^=?.^  ~br-rx  >i-i30*] 
ia"^i<  ribx  and  theij  hired  of  the  king  of  Maacah  a  thousand  men  1  Sam.  10:6. 
The  same  thing  occurs  in  a  ^i^w  instances  alter  intransitive  verbs,  "'ibna 
he  grew  up  to  me  as  to  a  father  Job  31 :  18;  '•an'S^  did  ye  fast  unto  me 
Zech.  7:5. 

4.  Some  verbs  may  govern  the  subject  and  predicate  of 
a  subordinate  clause,  bcs  ytn  nyib  to  know  wickedness  (to 
he)  folly  Eccl.  7  :  25,  the  latter,  if  it  be  an  adjective  or  par- 
ticiple, will  remain  without  the  article,  §259.  2,  D^nBX  T^^'^ 
Tjisn^  I  have  heard  Ejjhraim  bemoaning  himself  ^qv.  31  :  18, 
p"^"2;  ■'!n''^'i  ?;nj>?  thee  have  I  seen  righteous  Gen.  7:1. 

5.  If  an  active,  verb  is  capable  of  governing  a  double 
object,  its  passive  may  govern  the  more  remote  of  them, 
D::nb-iy  nira  r^x  of^^^f^  and  ye  shall  be  circumcised  in  the  flesh 
of  your  foreskin  Gen.  17:11,  D.ni?  ^l^T}  N^iGn^  and  the  land 
tvas filed  ivith  them  Ex.  1  :  7,  "irifris  ?^ij5  rent  as  to  his  coat 
i.  e.  ivith  his  coat  rent  2  Sam.  15  :  32,  nirp  n^'iin  sent  (or 
charged)  with  a  painful  message  1  Kin.  14  :  6. 


304  SYNTAX.  §  274 


Adverbial  Expressions. 

§  274.  The  predicate  of  a  proposition  may  he  further 
quahfied 

L  ]3y  adverbs,  which  commonly  stand  after  the  "words  to 
which  they  refer,  *i's5^  nii:-n:n';',  and  behold  (it  was)  vei'i/t/ood 
Gen.  1  :  31 ;  rinnn  C^s^l  and  he  teas  (/reafli/ provoked  y>Q\\. 
3  :  33  ;  /  am.  ^^  nann  ?]iwti  ///y  exceeding  great  rcicard 
prop,  thg  r award  very  much  Gen.  15:1. 

a.  Adjectives  belonging  to  the  subject  may  of  course  be  qualified  in 
the  same  tnatMier  as  though  they  were  found  in  (he  predicate. 

2.  By  nouns  nsed  absolutely  to  express  the  relations  of 
time,  place,  measure,  number,  or  manner. 

a.  TIius  time  when  :  D"^n^i  "i^-"  -~."  evening  and  mnrving  and  noon 
icill  I  pray  Ps.  o5:18;  tarry  here.  ri"5"'in  to-viisht  Num.  22:8;  Gideon 
came  rTi^rxn  irtin  atthebeginnhigoflheuatch.  Time  how  long:  and 
he  shall  shut,  tip  the  house  C'?^  rrad  sfven  dayshev.  14:38;  the  land 
rested  ns^'  cri^'O  eighty  years  Jiuhr.  3:30. 

b.  The  place  where:  the  absolute  use  of  nouns  in  this  sense  is  confined 
almost  entirely  to  the  faniihar  words,  nrs  at  the  door  of  Gen.  18: 1.  Judg. 
9:35,  rr^a  at  the  house  of  Gen.  38:11,  Num.  HO:  11.  and  a  few  proper 
names,  nnb  v.-^i  at  Bethlehem  2  Sam.  2:32.  bx-r-2  at  Bethel  Hos.  12:4. 

c.  Measures  of  space:  ri'ia  PilSX  ^•''^"j  three  cubits  high  Ezek.  41  :22; 
he  went  oi"'  Tpn  a  day's  journey  1  Kin.  19:4. 

d.  Number:  t3"'72S"Q  rso  ~iu  return  seren  times  1  Kin.  IS:  13;  he  of- 
fered sacrifices  cbs  "Bp^   according  to  the  nuuiber  of  liiem  all  Job  1 :  5. 

e.  Manner,  answering  to  the  Greek  adverbial  accusative:  ye  shall 
dwell  n::2  m  security  Dent.  12:10;  ye  shall  not  go  n^i-i  loftily  Mic.  2:3; 
the  tribes  went  np  bxnir"^  riin^  according  to  a  Igw  of  Israel  Ps.  122:  4  ; 
thou  shall  not  go  there  *i"'^'^  T^k"}";  for  fear  ff  briers  Isa.  7:25;  to  serve 
him  inx  cid  with  one  consent  prop,  shoulder  Zeph.  3:  9. 

3.  By  nouns  preceded  by  a  preposition  forming  a  qualify- 
ing phrase. 

a  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  the  several  prepositions  sec  the 
lexicon. 


§275  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  305 


Neglect  of  Agreement. 

§  275.  The  general  rule  that  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  noun  to  which 
they  respectively  relate,  is  subject  to  some  remarkable  excep- 
tions ;  the  principal  of  which  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  predicate  adjective  or  verb  precedes  the 
noun  it  often  prefers  a  primary  to  a  secondary  form,  that  is 
to  say,  the  masculine  may  be  used  instead  of  the  feminine 
and  the  singular  instead  of  the  plural.  The  reason  of  this  is 
that  the  attention  is  not  so  particularly  drawn  to  the  acci- 
dents of  gender  and  number  in  the  subject  until  it  is  uttered, 
and  consequently  the  predicate  is  not  required  to  conform  so' 
precisely  to  it. 

o.  Thus,  the  masculine  for  the  feminine:  y"!]^tf7  Cnk  Nb3"Nb  the  land 
could  not  bear  thou  Gen.  13:6,  ni'si'd';!  D"'jd"i^  p'i'^^  salvation  is  far  f torn 
the  wicked  Ps,  119:  155,  mssNi^  sililn  tremble  ye  careless  women  Isa.  32: 11. 
The  singular  for  the  plural:  T'"!^"?  i<2'^  let  thy  words  come  to  pass  Judg. 
13: 12,  rpziacia  -ic;i  upright  are  I hy  judgments  Ps.  119: 137,  n-iriiST?  nbiisx 
her  wounds  are  incurable, or  the  singular  may  be  understood  distributively, 
each  of  her  wounds  is  incurable  Mic.  1:9.  The  masculine  singular  for  the 
feminine  plural:  fiisbs  537  K?  reproaches  cease  not  Mic.  2:6,  ihy""n3 
m^n  7mtil  calamities  be  overpast  Ps.  57  :  2,  O'^da  'ib""'n';i'i  and  there  were  to 
him  wives  1  Kin.  11:3. 

b.  When  the  predicate  consists  of  several  verbs  or  adjectives,  one  of 
which  precedes  and  the  rest  follow  the  noun,  the  latter  must  agree  with  it, 
while  the  first  may  be  put  in  its  primary  form,  n"iNa  1.17  let  there  be 
lights  , ..  nnxb  l-'nn  and  lei  them  be  for  sig/is  Gen.  1 :  14,  "liJx"  D^uirx  ''h']! 
c^'Kaa  ^Ti  and  there  were  men  who  were  defied  Num.  9:6.  In  1  Kin. 
10  :  12  two  verbs  are  put  in  the  masc.  sing,  with  a  plural  subject. 

c.  The  predicate,  even  when  it  follows  the  subject,  occasionally  departs 
from  it  in  gender  or  number,  retaining  its  primary  form ;  this  takes  place 
with  passive  or  neuter  verbs  of  familiar  occurrence,  and  which  are  proba- 
bly used  impersonally  as  the  same  verbs  are  elsewhere,  §271.4. «.  the  sons 
of  Jacob  ib""!^?  "il^S*.  whom  (his  wives)  had  born  to  him  prop,  tliere  had 
been  born  to  hint  Gen.  35:26,  comp.  Gen.  4:  IS.  46:22,  27,  ''^  n'^n  n-'i-^.sa 
there  was  to  me  (i.  e.  I  had)  house-born  servants  Eccles.  2:7.  comp.  Gen. 
47:24,  Ex.  12:49,  28:7.  Num.  9:  14,  15:29.  Deut.  18:2.  1  Chron.  24:28, 
2  Chron.  17:  13,  n'jn  nbbs'  it  was  dark  prop,  darkness  Gen.  15: 17.  T.:^ 
disposition  to  recur  to  tlieir  primary  form  discovers  itself  in  a  very  few 
instances  in  qualifying  adjectives  when  separated  from  the  noun  to  which 

20 


300  SYNTAX.  §275 


m 


lliey  beloiinr.  pTn"!  nbSia  nsn  a  great  and  strong  wind  1  Kin.  19:11  ; 
Ps.  6o:2,  ^\^.1]  '""^^"I'^J^t  qi^'oiL'd  l)y  NonlliciiiitT  as  an  ad.litioiuil  exam- 
ple tlie  second  adjective  may  agree  not  wiiii  )'~X  but  with  the  pre- 
ceding noun.  "''7'V'?  y^^  ^/'C6  longs  my  Jltsh^  in  a  dry  land,  and  weary. 
Alex,  in  he. 

2.  Collective  nouns  may  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  '^'O.V^^  D^n  inn^i'T 
and  the  peojjle  hasted  and  passed  over  Josh.  4:10,  rii'izs);  "jsi 
lost  sheep  Jer.  50:0,  D'^ii'ip  u}2  niyn-bs  atlthecon(jre(/ation, 
all  of  them  are  holy  Num.  10:3. 

a.  When  a  predicate  consists  of  more  than  one  verb  or  adjective,  the 
first  sometimes  agrees  witii  it  formally  in  tlie  singular  and  the  rest 
logically  in  the  plural,  C^ip-nN  ^liri'l  rrirn-bs  N'in-,  and  all  the  congre- 
gation lifted  up  and  uttered  their  voice  IViura.  14:  1;  iy^-;'»3  crn  '(CX'l 
and  the  people  believed  and  they  heard  Ex.  4  :  31. 

b.  The  noun  ^'"ix  land,  earth,  which  is  properly  a  feminine  singular, 
may,  when  it  is  put  for  its  inhabitants,  be  construed  with  the  masculine 
plural.  2  Sam.  15:23.  Ps.  G6:4.  Names  of  nations  borrowed  from  those 
of  their  progenitors,  as  I.srael,  Edom.  Amalek.  may  be  strictly  construed  in 
the  masculine  singular,  Ex.  17:  1 1.  Am.  1  :  1 1,  or  as  a  collective  in  the  mas- 
culine i)lural,  Hos.  8:2.  Ob.  ver.  6,  2  Sam.  10:  17,  or  again  in  the  feminine 
singular,  whether  this  arises  from  a  prominent  reference  to  the  land  or 
from  the  frequent  personification  of  a  people  as  a  maiden,  2  Sam.  10:  11, 
Jer.  13:19,  49:17;  so  CS  people  in  the  l()llovving  examples,  ~tzV  rxi;n 
thy  people  has  done  wrong  Ex.  5:  16,  r.3'l;"'>  crn  the  people  d welling  Judg. 
18:7.  Ditferent  constructions  may  be  united  in  the  same  passage.  Jer. 
48:15.  Hos.  14:1. 

3.  Nouns,  which  are  plural  in  form  but  singular  in  sig- 
nification, commonly  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns 
agreeing  with  them  in  the  singular,  D^nbx  N-^a  God  created 
Gen.  1:1,  n^^^  rH-jii  its  owner  shall  be  put  to  death  Ex. 
21:29,  nrp  u<i-\'^,  a  hard  master  \%^.  19:4,  ^P^J??  T^-^nnn 
thy  youth  is  renewed  Ps.  103  :  5. 

a.  When  the  word  r"f::x  refers  to  filse  deities,  the  sense  is  plural 
and  it  is  construed  accordingly,  ^i^n'^x  n^N  these  are  thy  gods  Ex.  32:4.  S, 
CTi's.X  ■i!iu:>';;-ns  so  may  the  gods  do  1  Kin.  19:2;  but  wliere  it  refers  to 
the  true  God.  it  is  with  few  exceptions  construed  in  the  singular.  Yet 
see  Gen.  20:13,  35:7.  Ex.  22:8,  Josh.  24:19.  1  Sam.  17:26.  2  Sam. 
7:23.  The  exceptional  construction  in  these  and  similar  passages  may 
have  arisen  from  the  attention  being  directed  to  the  Supreme  Being  in 
general,  and  to  the  fulness  or  variety  of  his  manifestations  without  spe- 


^276  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  307 

cific  reference  to  the  divine  unity,  and  may.  besides,  involve  an  allusion  to 
the  personal  distinction  in  the  Godhead.  See  Alexander  on  Ps.  11:7  and 
58 :  12. 

4.  Plural  names  of  inanimate  or  irrational  objects  of 
either  gender  are  occasionally  joined  with  the  feminine  singu- 
lar, TjiDs  r^ins^n  niir  niTDns  tie  beasts  of  the  field  pant  for 
thee  Joel  1  :  20,  n-'mso  ri'iicn  its  foods  wash  away  Job 
14:19,  nnins?  n'^'j^npan^s  have  taken  her  Jer.  49:24, 
risnn  a^'sn  ivild  beasts,  their  lair  Isa.  35  :  7. 

a.  In  objects  devoid  of  personality  the  individual  is  of  small  account, 
and  may  be  easily  sunk  in  the  mass.  A  jtliiralis  inhumanus  may  conse- 
quently be  regarded  as  equivalent  to  a  collective,  the  proper  form  of  which 
is  the  feminine  singular.  §  198,  and  words  belonging  to  it  may  be  dealt 
with  accordingly.  The  same  principle  prevails  in  the  construction  of  neu- 
ter plurals  in  Greek,  ra  ^oia  Tpi)(€.L. 

5.  Masculine  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  are  some- 
times used  when  females  are  spoken  of  from  a  neglect  to  note 
the  gender,  if  no  stress  is  laid  upon  it,  nibbn'^i  and  they  (queens 
and  concubines)  jn-aised  her  Cant.  6:9;  the  Lord  deal  kindly 
D3^y  with  you  (Ruth  and  Orpah)  as  tih'^ic?  ye  have  dealt 
Ruth  1:8;  T^  my  dead  (Sarah)  Gen.  23:4;  ihtD  ^vk  thou 
art  destroyed  Jer.  4  :  30  ;  this  last  passage  may,  however,  be 
rendered  thou,  it  is  destroyed,  what  wilt  thou  do  ? 

6.  Singular  predicates  and  pronouns  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  a  distributive  sense  of  plural  subjects,  tj^in  '?i"'D"i3'a 
they,  that  bless  thee  shall  each  be  blessed  Num.  24  :  9  ;  'rffirva 
tra^i  ni'b  they  ivhoprofane  it  shall  every  one  be  put  to  death 
Ex.  31 :  14 ;  i2^Ta  ^n^p;*  d^pn?  npn^  they  take  aioay  the  right- 
eousness of  the  righteous  from  each  of  them  Isa.  5  :  23. 

§276.  1.  AVhen  the  subject  consists  of  two  or  more 
words  connected  by  the  conjunction  and,  the  predicate,  if  it 
precedes  its  subject,  may  be  put  in  the  masculine  singular  as 
its  primary  form,  bnpi  min  Drna  sin  and  from  them  shall 
proceed  thanksgiving  and  a  voice  Jer.  30  :  19,  or  it  may  be 
put  in  the  plural,  referring  to  them  ah,  yv^^^   nir-a  Tiji^;]^ 


30S  SYNTAX.  ^  277-279 

and  Moses  and  Aaron  did  so  Ex.  7  :  20,  or  it  may  agree  with 
the  nearest  word,  T^r^^?^  ^IT^  "^kl^^j  and  Miriam  and  Aaron 
spake  Num.  12  : 1  ;  T^)^^?.  ^^^  ^^l?  ^''  ^^^'^^  and  tJii/  fathers 
have  not  hioicn  Deut.  13:7. 

2.  If  the  predicate  follows  a  compomid  subject  it  is 
commonly  put  in  the  plural,  though  it  may  agree  with  the 
principal  word  to  which  the  others  are  subordinate,  "•nh?:"!  "^bx 
Diis  /  ii:ith  my  maidens  will  fast  prop,  and  mij  maidens  Est. 
4:16,  N2  nki"^!  ^TT  "f^^yt  the  servants  of  David  and  Joab 
came  2  Sam.  3  :  22. 

3.  If  a  predicate  refers  ecpially  to  two  words  of  diiferent 
genders,  it  will  be  put  in  the  masculine  in  preference  to  the 
feminine,  Q"'?)!:! -•^T'?'!'  D'7'xr^^  Abraham  and  Sarah  were  old 
Gen.  IS :  11 ;  if  they  are  of  different  persons,  the  predicate 
will  be  put  in  the  second  in  preference  to  the  third,  and  in 
the  tirst  in  preference  to  either  of  the  others,  ''ra  "\T\':^^^  ^:s 
njin?  I  and  Jonathan  mij  son  toill  be  1  Sam.  14:40,  nnx 
Dr?)"?3'7!i  ^■'H^  T^b?'!'  f^''Oi('  <^>id  Aaron  thy  brother  and  ye  shall 
speah  Num.  20  :  8. 

§277.  If  two  or  more  nouns  are  united  in  the  construct 
state  the  predicate  ordinarily  agrees  with  the  first  as  the  lead- 
ing word  in  such  combinations  :  it  may,  however,  agree  with 
the  second,  if  that  is  the  more  important,  or  the  predicate 
might  with  propriety  be  referred  directly  to  it,  liscn  rb^o 
bb'i2X  the  fields  of  Heshbon  lanyuish  Isa.  16  :  8,  niirs?  D-i  ^k2"c3 
n'':i"'3S  is  found  the  blood  of  the  souls  of  the  poor  Jer.  2 :  34. 

a.  The  predicate  agrees  generally  though  not  invariably  with  the 
second  nouii  wlien  the  first  is  bb.  or  an  abstract  expressing  a  quality  of 
that  whi.-h  loliows.  rii-'Ta^-bs  rn;"^  and  all  the  clays  of  Seth  were  Gen. 
5:8.  n-'crn-SD  ;ixinT  ami  all  the  u-owen  vent  out  Ex.  15:20,  I'^oV'i^  ""i?^? 
!isai3  the  choice  of  his  captains  were  drowned  ver.  4. 

§278.  Nouns  in  the  dual  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and 
pronouns,  agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  n-sn  nxb  ''p:? 
the  eyes  of  Leah  were  tender  Gen.  29: 17. 

§  279.  The  abrupt  changes  of  the  person  from  the  third 


§280  REPETITION    or   WORDS.  309 

to  the  first  or  second,  and  vice  versa,  whicli  are  especially 
frequent  with  the  prophets  and  psalmists,  Isa.  1  :  ~9,  Ps. 
81 :  17,  are  due  to  the  boldness  and  vividness  of  their  con- 
ceptions, in  virtue  of  which  they  often  pass  in  the  course  of 
the  same  sentence  from  speaking  of  God  to  speaking  in  his 
name,  and  from  describing  men  to  directly  addressing  them. 

a.  The  occasional  combination  of  the  pronoun  of  the  first  person  with 
a  verb  in  the  third  is  to  be  explained  by  an  ellipsis,  is';'  "^ssn  behold  /(am 
he  who)  has  laid  Isa.  28 :  16,  vjD'i"'  "'bsn  behold  I  (am  he  who)  will  add 
29:14,38:5. 

Repetition  of  AVords. 

§  280.  The  repetition  of  nouns  may  denote 

1.  Distribution,  nb©  ni©  q/ear  hy  year  Deut.  14  :  22, 
npaa  "1^33  in  the  morning,  in  the  morning  i.  e.  every  morning 
2  Sam.  13:4,  t:n'.|b  nrix-Ti3^s5  in5«-T2J-^«  one  man  for  each  tribe 
Josh.  3:12;  so  with  numeral  adjectives,  ^  252. 4,  nibnia  nyniy 
hy  sevens  Gen.  7  :  2,  and  adverbs,  "J?^  'drq  little  by  little 
Ex.  23 :  30. 

2.  Plurality,  l^l"i^  generation  and  generation  i.  e.  many 
generations  Deut.  32 :  7,  ij?^  1)?  lj?^  lp  '^)  1?  ^)  1?  pre- 
cejjt  ujpon  precept,  precept  upon  precept,  line  upon  line,  line 
upon  line  Isa.  28:10,  14  rr^i?^  ^"'^l  P^t^  on  pits  Gen. 
14:10;  or  with  the  implication  of  diversity,  "jsxi  "inN  a 
'weight  and  a  iveight  i.  e.  iveights  of  two  sorts  Deut.  25  :  13, 
il?)  2^  a  double  heart  Ps.  12:3. 

3.  Emphasis  or  intensity,  p'li  p"?^  justice,  justice  i.  e. 
nothing  but  justice  Deut.  16:20,  pbs*  ya3  exceeding  deep 
Eccl.  7  :  24  ;  so  with  adverbs,  'li^'a  ^i^'a  mightily,  mightily 
Gen.  7:19,  and  even  a  conjunction,  'p.^jy^  1?'^  because  even 
because. 

a.  Sometimes  the  second  word  is  put  in  a  different  gender  from  the 
first,  n:rir^!)  it^^  «^^  kinds  of  support  Isa.  3: 1,  comp.  Jer.  48:19,  or  a 
different  number,  Dinntn  "li'^n  a.  heap,  two  heaps  Judg.  15:16.  nniij 
riiiri  Eccl.  2:8.  Or  a  cognate  word  may  be  employed,  n:aa^1  na^Jia 
waste  and  desolate  Ezek.  6 :  14,  'jinsd  na^i  Lev.  23 : 3. 


310  SYNTAX.  ^281,282 

b.  Inslancps  occur  of  triple  ropetition,  fin;?  ^"^"^T-  '>i'''i"'P  holy.  ho/y.  fiah/ 
Isa.  6:  'J,  I'-^s  7-1X  ]^nx  U  tarlh,  taiih,  eu/ih,  Jer.  22  :  29.  Jer.  7  :  4,  EzcL 
21 :  32,  Ex.  25  :  35.       '  ' 

§281.  A  separate  pronoun  may  be  added  to  a  ])ro- 
nominal  suffix  for  the  sake  of  enn)liasis,  "^is  "^n^Ta  ^j/j/  duinn, 
mine  2  Sam.  19:1,  rpli''  nnN  thee,  thee  shall  they  prai.se 
Gen.  49 : 8,  or  to  a  noun  to  which  it  refers,  s^n-na  nicb  to 
Seth,  to  him  also  Gen.  4:26. 

§  282.  In  verbs  the  absolute  infinitive  is  joined  with  the 
finite  forms  to  add  emphasis  or  intensity  to  the  idea,  T(ii2r\ 
1{^12T\  shall  thou  actuallij  reign  over  us?  Gen.  37  :  8,  n^rp  niia 
thou  shall  surely  die  Gen.  2:17.  This  combhiation  some- 
times expresses  continuance  or  repetition,  particularly  when 
two  infinitives  are  connected  together  and  both  follow  the 
finite  verb,  nifcl  X^i;'  si^]  and  it  loent  out  yoiny  out  and  re- 
turniny  i.  e.  it  kept  yoiny  to  and  fro  Gen.  8  : 7,  'iJ'Sil  ^"bn  ^bbn 
they  went  on  lowing  as  they  went  1  Sam.  C  :  12,  D?''l?si>  "'^^^'}, 
"Vn'i'i  Diiyn  ajid  I  spake  to  you  rising  up  early  and  speaking 
Jer.  7:13. 

a.  The  infinitive  is  mostly  of  the  pame  species  with  the  finite  verb  to 
which  it  is  added,  although  this  is  not  always  the  case.  Thus,  the  Kal, 
on  account  of  its  greater  simplicity  of  form,  may  be  joined  with  a  deriva- 
tive species,  e.g.  Niphal  b|r5i  bipD  Ex.  19:13.  Piel  T,in3  T|:i7:  Josh. 
24:10,  Pual  qnb  ri'n-J  Gen. '37  :  33^,  Hiphil  cnr;;  on?  1  Sam.' "23: 22, 
Hophal  n^n""  rin  Ex.  19:  12.  Hithpael  noairrn  -^ro  Isa.  24:19;  or  one 
derivative  species  with  another  of  like  signification,  nrnrs  si?  TntX)  Lev. 
19:20.  n-nn  ns  bnnn  Ezek.  16:4.  Occasionally  the  infinitive  is  hor- 
rowed  from  a  cognate  verb.  ^DX  Clbx  Zepli.  1  : 2  ("CS  and  r,siD),  \r:nx 
^i^n;"  Isa.  28:28  (tt-H'J  and  Ol-^).' 

h.  The  construct  infinitive  is  very  rarely  used  in  such  combinations  in- 
stead of  the  absolute,  is^in  bin  Neh.  1  : 7,  n-'_nN-pi]'n  Ps.  50  :  21  ;  once 
it  is  added  in  a  varied  form  to  a  preceding  construct  infinitive,  nbjns 
mHiS  2  Sam.  6:20.  The  finite  verb  is  repeated,  •'3?'^':  2"'C^  2  Sam.  15:  S 
K'thihh.  A  verbal  noun  takes  the  place  of  the  infinitive,  "lirn  <"i^nr 
Hab.  3:9. 

c.  When  two  verbe  are  connected  together  to  express  continuous  ac- 
tion, a  participle  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  ab.<olute  infinitive  in  the 
case  of  one  or  both.  r\z;.z^  nBi? , . .  r^v  Tin  2  Sam.  15:  30,  T\z;z^  -an  -^h 
Jer.  41:6;  an  adjective  may  even  take  the  place  of  the  second,  Ti^"  T|l?^^ 
"^1^1    Gen.   26:13,    niiji^i   ""^^  ■  •  •  "^'^^^    •'"dg.   4:24;   the    finite   verb   is 


§283,284  INTERROGATIVE    SENTENCES.  311 

pniifteil  ill  ^"'"'S;  ~^i^  ''?'^1'9  Est.  9  :  4.  the  substantive  verb  takes  its  place. 
-i6ni  T(^on  !i-n  Gen.  8 : 5,'  H;!  T^'n  asirin^  -^rjl^  2  Chron.  17:  12.  Tiie 
second  verb  may  also  be  put  in  one  of  the  finite  tenses,  ispnl  Ti'^'TJ  °'^^V'7 
Josh.  6:  13.  ^^P.^.l  ri^^rj  ...  T|^H  2  Sam.  16:  13,  and  in  fact  other  construc- 
tions, begun  with  a  participle  or  infinitive,  are  not  infrequently  continued 
in  the  preterite  or  future,  Job  12  :21. 


Interrogative  Sentences. 

§283.  1.  A  direct  question  is  indicated  by  the  interroga- 
tive particle  n ,  '*i'pf]n  wilt  thou  go  ?  Gen.  24 :  58,  nnnn 
•^SK  n^n'bx  am  I  in  the  place  of  God?  Gen.  50  :19  ;  an  in- 
direct question  by  TS  or  Di?  if,  to  know  D'^DnK  09^'i'n  ivJi ether 
you  love  Deut.  \Z -A,  inquire  nJ;nN-DN  tchether  I  shall  re- 
cover prop,  if  I  shall  2  Kin.  1  :  2. 

a.  The  particle  n  is  in  Job  4 :  2  separated  from  the  proper  interroga- 
tive clause. 

2.  In  a  disjunctive  question  the  first  member  is  commonly 
introduced  by  n  and  the  second  by  DS?  or  Dxn ,  T|:2  ln:h3n 
fciS-DX  xnn  is  this  thy  soih  coat  or  not?  Gen.  37:32;  '^'^y^y^ 
is  it  any  pleasure  to  the  Ahnighty  that  thou  art  righteous 
yiii"DS?l  or  is  it  gain  to  him,  etc.,  Job  22  : 3. 

a.  The  second  member  is  more  rarely  introduced  by  i^t  or.  ivlio  hnow- 
eth  bbo  lit  n'tri''  ci?nn  whether  he  shall  be  a  wise  man  or  afoul  Eccl.  2  :  19, 
or  by  ri  repeated  nsnn  x^in  pjriri  whether  they  be  strong  or  ^veak  Num. 
13:18,  X^n  ijb  Dnx"'p  !lDd'i''bn  have  ye  called  us  to  impoverish  us  ornot? 
Judg.  14  :  15.  The  construction  of  the  second  clause  is  interrupted  and  re- 
sumed again  in  Gen.  17  :  17. 

b.  If  a  question  stand  in  a  disjunctive  relation  to  something  previously 
expressed  or  implied,  it  may  begin  with  CX,  "is^n  "ir'ns'nx  ^2^ar^  ijour 
perversion  !  or  is  the  potter  to  be  reckoned  as  the  clay  7  Isa.  29:  16,  rx^  CS 
''i'lX  or  is  this  thing  from  my  lord  ?  1  Kin.  1 :  27. 

§  284.  A  question  may  also  be  asked  by  means  of  the 
interrogative  pronouns  or  interrogative  adverbs.  Or  it  may, 
without  any  particle  of  interrogation,  be  indicated  simply  by 
the  tone  of  voice  in  which  it  is  uttered,  'rixia  D'bo  thy  coming 
is  peaceful?  1  Sam.  16:4. 


313  SYNTAX.  §285 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§285.  1.  From  simple  we  pass  to  compound  sentences. 
These  arc  made  up  of  distinct  clauses  united  for  the  most 
part  by  the  relative  pronoun  or  by  conjunctions.  As  the  rela- 
tive invariably  occupies  the  first  jilace  in  its  own  clause,  and 
as  the  Hebrew  admits  of  no  inflections  to  represent  case, 
some  special  device  was  necessary  to  indicate  its  relation  to 
the  following  words.  Accordingly,  when  the  relative  "1^:5?  is 
governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition,  this  is  shown  by 
appending  an  appropriate  pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing 
word,  inbiy  nrx  whom  he  has  sent  2  Kin.  19 :4  ;  the  ground 
n-ins?  nirs  ^chich  he  has  cursed  Gen.  5  :  29  ;  '^^y.  itts  %chose 
seed  Gen.  1:11;  houses  of  claij  0710^  nsya  "iirs  whme  foun- 
dation is  in  the  dust  Job  4:19;  the  place  T'^V  . . .  nirs  vjmn 
which  Ex.  3:5;  thou  Tj'^nnna  mrx  ichom  I  have  chosen  Isa. 
41:8. 

a.  When  the  relative  is  the  ohject  of  a  verb  tlie  siifTix  is  frequently 
omitted,  the  sense  being  sufficiently  plain  without  it,  •'nx"n3~iC.)N  whom 
I  have  created  Gen.  6  :  7. 

2.  When  the  relative  "irsit  is  preceded  by  ni?  the  sign 
of  the  definite  object,  or  by  a  preposition,  these  pertain  not 
to  the  relative  but  to  its  antecedent,  which  is  in  this  case 
embraced  with  it  as  in  the  English  compound  relative 
what  =  that  which,  irr^^'by  I'lTXTiX  ^^'^^  and  he  commanded 
him  who  was  over  his  house  Gen.  44  : 1  ;  to  mal'c  thee  under- 
stand  nnp^-iirx  nx  lohat  shall  befall  Dan.  10  :  14. 

a.  The  only  exception  is  "^cx  cs  icilh  whom  Gen.  31 :  32.  Geseniua 
finds  another  in  "ibi<2  Isa.  47 :  12.  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

3.  The  relative  is  frequently  omitted,  not  only  as  in 
English,  when  it  is  the  object  of  its  clause,  '^ty  rnirs  i/ito 
the  pit  (which)  the?/  have  made  Ps.  9  :  10,  but  al>;o  when  it  is 
the  subject,  and  he  forsook  God  ''Tvqv  (who)  made  him  Dcut. 
32:15,  and  even  when  it  would  stand  for  the  compound 


§286,287  CONJUNCTIONS.  313 

relative  and  include  its  antecedent,  nbirr^-'i^a  hy  the  hand  of 
(him  whom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  (so  dotii)  ixt2n  b^KiD 
the  grave  (those  who)  have  sinned  Job  24  :  19. 

§  286.  The  demonstrative  HT  or  'iT  is  frequently  used  in 
poetry  with  the  force  of  a  relative,  and  it  then,  like  the 
English  that,  suffers  no  change  for  gender  or  number,  nip'a 
^^^"l  5^i  the  place  that  thou  hast  founded  Ps.  104  :  8,  t\^Vfl 
imrn  ^t  devices,  which  they  have  contrived  Ps.  10:2. 


Conjunctions. 

§  287.  The  Hebrew  sedulously  avoids  all  involution  of 
sentences.  Consequently,  instead  of  linking  its  clauses  to- 
gether into  a  complex  whole  by  conjunctions  of  various 
power  expressing  their  precise  relation  of  dependence  and 
subordination,  it  prefers,  where  this  is  possible,  to  connect 
them  by  means  of  the  simple  conjunction  1  and,  leaving  the 
exact  nature  of  the  connection  intended  to  be  inferred  from 
the  meanings  of  the  clauses  themselves. 

1.  The  conjunction  "}  may  accordingly  be  employed  not 
only  where  we  would  use  and,  but  before  an  adversative 
clause,  of  every  tree  thou  mayest  eat  V?''?^  l^^l  of  the  tree  of 
the  knowledge,  etc.,  Gen.  2:16,  17,  or  one  expressing  a  rea- 
son, give  us  help  from  trouble  ^y^"}  for  vain  is  the  help  of 
man  Ps,  60  :  13,  an  inference,  I  have  no  pleasure  in  the  death 
of  him  that  dieth  '^n'^iani  loherefore  turn  Ezek.  18  :  32,  design, 
rvr\  lib?  nsT  do  this  and  live  i.  e.  in  order  that  you  may  live. 
Gen.  42 :  18,  a  comparison,  man  is  horn  unto  trouble  viffi"}  ''531 
and  (i.  e.  as)  the  sparks  fy  upward  Job  5  :  7,  or  a  co-existing 
act  or  condition,  Noah  ivas  six  hundred  years  old  b^a'SJ^'i  and 
(i.  e.  when)  the  food  was  upon  the  earth  Gen.  7  :  6. 

2.  It  serves  to  introduce  the  apodosis  or  second  member 


314  SYNTAX.  ^287 

of  a  conditional  sentence,  if  God  will  he  irifh  me  and  keep  me 
T\^r^•^  n^ni  then  shall  Jehovah  be  my  God  Gen.  28 :  20,  21. 

3.  It  may  also  connect  a  statement  of  time  or  a  noun 
placed  absolutely,  with  the  clause  to  which  it  relates,  ni'3 
l^r?-rs  nnnns  K&^n  "'O^^T^'n  on  the  third  day  Abraham  lifted 
vp  his  eyes  Gen.  22:4;  T|"?7  °^')  ^^!;)?^  ^^y  hope,  (is  it  not) 
the  integrity  of  thy  ways  ?  Job  4  : 6.  Both  these  uses, 
which  are  wholly  foreign  from  our  idiom,  are  combined  in 
2  Sam.  15  :  34,  thy  father  s  servant  ''?si  I  have  been  so  hith- 
erto, but  now  ■'is^l  I  icill  be  thy  servant. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  other  conjunctions  see  the  lexicon. 


GPiAMMATICAL  ANALYSIS. 

GENESIS,  CHAPTER   I. 
VERSE  1. 

nirsna  composed  of  the  inseparable  preposition  n, 
^231.  1,  with  Daghesh-lene,  §21.  1,  and  the  feminine  de- 
rivative nomi  ™xn,  §198.  o;.  (4),  without  the  article, 
§248,  comp.  ev  dpxij  John  1  : 1,  Ger.  a/i/an^s,  Eng.  at  frst ; 
position  of  the  accent,  §  32. 1. 

xna,  icb  verb,  §  162.  2,  the  preterite  denoting  past  time 
absolutely,  §262.  1,  lack  of  formal  agreement  with  its  sub- 
ject, §  275.  3,  order  of  words,  §  270.  a^  position  of  accent, 
§32.2. 

Qin'bsi  a  monosyllabic  noun  of  class  I.,  §183,  plm'al, 
§199,  of  majesty,  §201.  2,  without  the  article,  §246. 1. 

ns5  sign  of  the  definite  object,  §  270. 

D":m'n  the  article,  §229.1,  §245.4,  and  noun  of  the 
second  form  of  class  I.,  §185.  2.  ^,  only  used  in  the  plural, 
§201.1,  §203.  5.  c. 

nx'i  the  conjunction  1,   §234,  and  ns. 

•  n^'l  t^i6  article,  §  229.  3,  and  Segholate  noun  of  class  I., 
§  183  ;  Seghol  changed  to  Kamets  by,  §  229.  4.  3,  or  §  65  (1). 

This  verse  is  divided  by  the  accents  into  two  clauses, 
§  36.  1  ;  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha, 
§38.  2  ;  Sillulc  by  Merka  and  Tiphhha,  and  Tiphhha  again 
by  Merka,  §38.1. 


316  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

VERSE  2. 

nn;'n,  nb  verb  r^r\ ,  ^IGO.'l,  with  Metliegli,  ^5.  2, 
Kamets  distinguished  from  Kainets-Hhatuph,  §19.  2. 

''.na ,  ^r\n  Segholate  nouns  of  class  I.  from  nb  roots, 
§184./^,  abstracts  used  instead  of  adjectives,  §254.  G.«, 
assonance  or  paronomasia.     Double  accent,  §  30. 1. 

^:s-^?  Makkeph,  §43,  nisi  noun  of  class  L,  form  2, 
§185.  2.d,  only  used  in  the  plural,  §201.  1,  §209. 1 ;  here 
in  the  construct  state,  §214.  2,  §  21G.  1,  with  its  possessive 
sense,  §254.  1. 

Dinn  noun  of  class  III  from  iy  root  §  190.  b,  article  omitted 
as  if  from  a  proper  noun,  §  24 G.  1,  or  by  a  kind  of  poetic 
brevity,  §247,  the  face  of  ocean. 

rsn-^'a  Piel  participle  of  the  Ayin  Guttural  verb  Tin'^ , 
§11G.  4,  §121.  1,  feminine,  §205,  as  the  predicate  without 
the  article,  §  259.  2,  although  its  subject  is  definite,  §  24G.  3; 
the  participle  expresses  continuous  action,  §2GG.  1,  belong- 
ing to  the  period  before  spoken  of,  §  266.  3. 

J  C^n  noun  used  only  in  the  plural,  §  201.  1,  §  203.  5.  c; 
vowtI  changed  by  the  pause  accent,  §65.  1. 

This  verse  consists  of  two  clauses,  §36.  1  ;  the  clause  of 
Athnahh  is  subdivided  by  Zakepli  Katon  and  R'bliia,  §36.2; 
Zakeph  Katon  is  preceded  by  Pashta,  and  Pashta  by  ]\lerka, 
§38.4,  Athnahh  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha,  §38.2.  The 
clause  of  Silluk  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon ;  this  is 
preceded  by  Munahh,  §  38. 4,  and  Silluk  by  Merka  and 
Tiphhha,  §38.1. 

VERSE  3. 

"i^s^ti  Kal  future  of  Pe  Aleph  verb  n-bx  ,  §110.  3,  with 
Vav  Convcrsive,  §99.  1,  §265,  which  removes  the  accent  to 
the  penult  and  changes  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  §99.  3.  a, 
§111.  2.  a. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER    I.  317 

"^n;*  apocopated  future  of  nb  verb  n'^n,  §171. 1,  §177. 1, 
with  a  jussive  sense,  §  264. 

"■^n*ii  future  with  Vav  Conversive  ;  Daghesh-forte  omitted, 
§99.3,  Methegh,  §45.2. 

VERSE  4. 

S"^^tl^  Kal  future  of  ri's  verb  nkn  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§17L1,  §172.4. 

^it:  the  predicate  adjective  without  the  article,  §259.  2. 

^^^!)^  Hiphil  future  of  b-ia  with  Vav  Conversive,  §  99.  3. 

I'^ni  Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234,  with  the  preposition  V? , 
§237.1. 

VERSE  5. 

ii^lpn  from  the  ^b  verb  N-Jj?,  §162.2. 

iD^n-bx  P'sik,  §38.  l.«. 

"nisb  preposition  b  with  the  vowel  of  the  article,  §  231.  5. 

ni^  noun,  whose  plm-al  is  D^'i;;' ,   §207. 1./ 

N'^l?  the  preterite,  used  rather  than  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  because  the  verb  does  not  begin  the  clause, 
§265,  the  accent  removed  to  the  penult,  §  35. 1. 

^^1^  paragogic  n^ ,  §61.  6,  §219.  2,  with  the  noun  b^^, 
a  Segholate  of  class  I.  from  an  ^y  root,  §184.  d,  having  a 
pause  accent,  §65.  1. 

Jinx  numeral,  §223.1,  agreement  and  position,  §250.1. 

VERSE  6. 

?'^|5n  noun  of  class  I.  form  2,  §185. 1. 

tf-na  preposition  n,  §231. 1,  with  the  construct  of  ?y!in, 
§216.  1.  d,  in  a  partitive  sense,  §254.  2. 


318  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

bi"JTnT2  Iliphil  participle  of  ^^3 ,  §84.5,  denoting  con- 
tinuous action,  §>26G.  1,  and  referred  by  the  tense  of  the  ac- 
companying substantive  verb  to  the  future,  §  2GG.  3.  a. 

TERSE  7. 

to?,-']  s  guttural  and  nb  verb  nte:?  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§109.3,  §171.  1,  §172.4. 

nnr,T2  composed  of  the  prepositions  'J'a  and  rm, 
§237.2(1). 

b?T2  composed  of  the  prepositions  fa  and  by . 

TERSE  8. 

D'^ttO  with  pause  accent,  §65  (1). 

njph,  nny  class  I.  Segholates,  §183. 

J ''(DO  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  agreement  with  noun  and 
position,  §252.  1. 

TERSE  9. 

11J?'' Niphal  futiu-e  of  rb  verb  ni^,  §169.1,  with  an 
imperative  sense,  §263.  1. 

nijJ'Q  noun  of  class  III.  from  an  ^3  root,  §190.  b. 

"^^O  Niphal  future  of  nsn ,   §  109.  4,  §  168. 

TERSE  10. 

nnjp'ob'i  conjunction  T,  §234,  preposition  b,  §231.  1,  and 
noun  of  class  III.  from  nb  root,  §190.  h,  in  the  construct 
state,  §215.  2,  followed  by  the  material  of  which  it  consists, 
§254.4. 

D"'^^  plural,  §207.  2,  of  d';  ,  a  noun  of  class  I.  from  an 
is  root,  §186.  2.  c. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER    I.  319 

VERSE  11. 

»t}^.  apocopated  Hiphil  future  of  mm ,  §  97.  2,  §  264, 
governing  its  cognate  noun  ktC'^,  ^271.3.  Methegh  by 
H5.  2. 

?"'^T'a  the  participle  expresses  what  is  constant  and  habit- 
ual, §266.1. 

f;?  collective  noun,  §201.  1,  probably  abridged  from  a 
'r\b  root,  class  I.  form  2,  §  185.  2.  d,  in  the  construct,  §  215. 1, 
with  the  following  word,  which  denotes  its  quahty,  §254.  6. 

ins  noun  from  "rh  root  class  I.  form  1,  §184.  d. 

TW^  Kal  participle  of  fi^  verb,  §168 ;  the  accent  is  not 
Y'thibh  but  Mahpakh,  as  is  shown  by  its  standing  before 
Pashta  in  the  subdivision  of  Zakeph  Katon,  §30.  2,  §38.  4, 
shifted  to  the  penult  by,  §35.  1,  followed  by  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive  in  the  first  letter  of  the  next  word,  §  24.  a. 

iriab  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  noun  1"''a  from  an  ^'b  root 
class  I,  §186.  2.5,  and  pronominal  sufBx,  §220. 1. 

in-iynr  miJ5«  oblique  case  of  the  relative  pronoun,  §74, 
§285. 1 ;  the  preposition  i  with  a  pronominal  suffix,  §233. 

VERSE  12. 

xiin^  Hiphil  future  of  ''S  and  sb  verb,  §144. 1,  §162, 
with  Vav  Conversive,  the  accent  remaining  on  the  ultimate, 
§147.5,  §166.4. 

^HDiiab  suffix  of  third  person,  §220.  1.  b,  singular  in  dis- 
tributive sense  referring  to  the  preceding  collective,  §275.  6. 

VERSE  13. 

}^ttj''b^J^  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  §252. 1. 


320  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS 

VERSE  14, 

'^T\'^  lack  of  agreement  with  subject,  ^275. 1. 

rinxTa  masculine  noun  in  the  plural,  §  200.  c,  class  III. 
from  an  'i'y  root,  §190.  <5. 

b-^ianb  the  construct  form  of  the  infinitive  used  with  pre- 
positions, §207.  d. 

rni  preterite  with  Vav  Conversive,  §100.1,  §205,  in 
the  plural  because  following  the  noun,  §275. 1.  ^. 

VERSE  15. 

•Tixrib  liiphil  infinitive  construct  of  1^  verb,  §153. 1. 

VERSE  16. 

•"iTS  cardinal  number,  §223.  1,  joined  with  noun, 
§250.  2  (2),  without  the  article,  §251.  4. 

D'^b'iiin  qualifying  adjective  with  the  article  after  the 
noun,  §249.1. 

pjjn  . . .  ^im  class  I.  form  2,  §185. 1,  emphatic  use  of 
the  positive  degree,  §260.  2  (2). 

nbftttt  noun  of  class  III.,  §190,  in  the  construct  state, 
^214. 1.  d,  the  following  noun  denoting  the  object,  §254.  9. 
JD^'Misn  noun  of  class  II.  from  an  y'b  root,  §187.  I.e. 

VERSE  17. 

^n':n  from  :s  verb  Kp,  §129.1. 

DPS  sign  of  the  definite  object  with  a  pronominal  suffix, 
§238.2. 

VERSE  18. 

b'l^anbi . . .  Scpbi  construct  infinitive  with  the  preposi- 
tion, §267.^;  Metheghwith  i,   §45.  2.«. 


GENESIS    CHAPTER    I.  321 

TERSE  20. 

5lBiy;'  Piel  future  of  iV  verb,  §154.  2. 

VERSE  21. 

or-'^^  plural  of  V2P> ,  §  199  ;  the  Hliirik  of  the  ultimate 
is  long,  §  19.  1. 

nto'b'in  Kal  feminine  participle,  §205,  with  the  article, 
§249.1. 

"iirsH  the  object  of  the  verb  ^iniD  though  without  the  ap- 
propriate pronominal  suffix,  §285.  l.<2. 

nnS'^^b  plural  noun  with  plural  suffix,  §220.  2. 3. 

VERSE  22. 

tfnn;':!  Piel  future  of  3  Guttural  verb,  §116.4,  §121.  1, 
with  Vav  conversive,  §99.  3. «,  no  Daghesh-lene  in  n  since 
the  preceding  Sh'va  is  vocal,  §25. 

"ibsb  the  preposition  with  Tsere,  §231.  3.  a,  so  as  to  say 
i.  e.  in  saying. 

^nn,  ^ns  Kal  imperatives  of  nbn,  nns,  §169.1. 

n-j-i  Kal  apocopated  future,  §171.1,  Hhirik  short  though 
accented,  §19. 1. 

VERSE  24. 

"in^ri'i  construct  of  n^n,  §214.1,  with  i  paragogic, 
§218.     Methegh,  §45.  2,  Daghesh-forte  omitted,  §25. 

VERSE  26. 

nte  Kal  future  of  ri^Si ,  §109.1,  §168,  in  the  plural 
number,  §275.  3.  «. 

iD'abaa  preposition,   §231.1,    Segholate   noun,   class  I., 
§183,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §221.5. 
21 


322  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

?iTi:i  from  nil,  §1G9. 1. 

na^n  preposition,  ^231.2,  construct  of  the  collective 
noun  nil,  §19S,  §214. 1,  §:21G.  1 ;  no  Daghcsh-lene  in  3, 
§22.  rt  (5). 

VERSE  27. 

nn;;?;i  nst  predicates,  §273.4,  and  consequently  in- 
definite. 

:  arb?  pronoun,  referring  to  both  genders  put  in  the  mas- 
culine, §276.3. 

VERSE  28. 

nt*npi  conjunction  i,  §234,  imperative  Kal  of  cis, 
§S4. 4,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §101.  Kibbuts  is  long, 
§19.1. 

VERSE  29. 

■'prs  from  "ir? ,  §130.1,  preterite  in  the  sense  of  the 
present,  §262. 1.  b. 

n^n7  singular,  referring  formally  to  the  nearest  collective 
subject,  §276. 1,  or  taken  distributively,  §275.6. 

VERSE  30. 

p-i^bs-nx,  ri«  before  ^3  without  the  article,  §270.  c. 

VERSE  81. 

^ij'a  position  of  adverb,  §274. 1. 

:''iETsn  Di,""  article  omitted  before  the  noun,  §249. 1.  c. 


i:^DEX    I. 

SUBJECTS  TREATED  FULLY  OR  INCIDENTALLY. 


The  numbers  in  this  and  the  following  Indexes  refer  to  the  Sections  of  the  Grammar. 


Abbreviations  9.  1. 

Absolute  infinitive.     See  Infinitive  abso- 
lute. 
Abstract  nouns,  feminine  198,  plural  201. 

1.  a,  c. 

Accents  28,  use  in  cantillation  28.  6,  forms 
and  classes  29,  meaning  of  names  29.  6, 
like  forms  distinguished  30,  position  of 
32-35,  aid  in  distinguishing  words  34, 
change  of  position  35,  effect  of  Vav 
conversive  33.  4,  99.  3,  100.  2,  in  place 
of  Methegh  39.  3.  6,  45.  5,  give  sta- 
bility to  vowels  60.  1.  a,  vowel  changes 
produced  by  64. 

Accents,  consecution  of  in  prose  36-39, 
poetic  31,  consecution  of  40-42. 

Accents  pause  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2. 

Accentuation  double  39.  4.  a,  42.  a. 

Addition  of  letters  50.  3. 

Adjectives  in  place  of  participles  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  185.  1.  a,  formation  of  185.  2, 
expressing  permanent  or  variable  quali- 
ties 185.  2.  a,  intensity  187.  1,  189, 
defects  187.  1.  6,  diminutives  of  color 
188,  declension  of  217,  qualifying  nouns 
249.  1,  qualifying  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct 256,  predicate  259.  2,  compari- 
son of  260,  emphatic  use  with  verbs 
282.  c. 

Adjectives  numeral  223-227,  250-252. 

Adverbial  idea  expressed  by  a  verb  269.  a. 

Adverbial  expressions  274. 

Adverbs  235,  with  suffixes  236,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  c,  numeral  252.  4,  position  of 
274. 

Affixes  33. 

Agreement  neglected  275-279. 

Aleph,  sound  of  3.  4,  used  as  a  vowel-letter 
11.  1,  in  a  few  verbal  forms  120.  2,  122. 

2,  156.  3,  once  in  3  f  s.  suffix  220.  2. 
b,  otiant  16.  1,  with  Mappik  26,  with 
Daghesh  forte  (?)  121.  1,  substituted  for 


He  in  Chaldee  51.  3,  in  Niphal  infini- 
tive 91.  6,  in  Hiphil  94.  a,  6,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a,  in  feminine  ending  of  verbs 
86.  6,  and  nouns  196.  d,  for  Vav  in  fem. 
plur.  of  nouns  199,  prosthesis  of  53.  1. 
a,  183.  c,  omitted  53.  2,  3,  57.  2  (2)  a, 
111.  2.  6,  e,  151.  2,  164.  2,  quiescent 
57.  2,  after  prefixed  prepositions  231.  3. 
a,  b,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c,  pre- 
fers diphthongal  vowels  60.  1.  a,  110.  3, 
111.  2,  previous  vowel  rarely  short  if 
Daghesh  forte  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86  b, 
prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns  189. 

Alphabet  2,  order  of  6,  Lepsius'  theory 
6.  a. 

Animals,  names  of  197.  c. 

Apocopated  future  97.  2,  264,  not  in  pas- 
sive species  97.  2.  6,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh  Guttural  126.  1, 
Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 
3,  158.  2,  160.  3,  Lamedh  He  171.  1, 
172.  4,  173.  3,  174.  4,  175.  3,  176.  3. 

Apocopated  imperative  98.  2,  171.  1. 

Apposition  of  nouns  253. 

Arabic  letters  3.  1.  a,  currently  read  with- 
out vowels  10.  a,  syllables  18.  2.  c, 
Teshdid  23.  3.  i,  accent  33.  4.  a,  Elif 
prosthetic  53.  1.  a,  conjugations  83.  c 
(1),  comparative  or  superlative  189.  a, 
nouns  of  unity  198.  6,  pJural  ending 
199.  c,  dual  202,  article  229.  1.  a,  con- 
junction with  the  accusative  271.  4.  b. 

Article  definite  229,  use  of  245,  with 
verbs,  etc.  245.  5.  6,  with  proper  nouns 
246.  1.  a,  before  nouns  with  suffixes 
246.  2.  a,  before  nouns  in  the  construct 
246.  3.  a,  when  omitted  247,  249.  1.  6, 
c,  249.  2.  6,  c. 

Article  indefinite  229.  1.  6,  248.  a. 

Aspirates  3.  1,  7.  2,  receive  Daghe.«h  lene 
21,  their  original  sound  21.  6,  aflfejeted 


324 


INDLX    I. 


by  concurrence  of  consonants  or  doub- 
liiij;  r>4.  1. 

Atlinalih  (iivides  verse  36.  1,  train  of  38.  2. 

Au{?nient,  (!reek  and  Sanskrit  !"9.  1.  a. 

Aviii,  .MHind  of  3.  l,  riialdee  substilutes 
'for  IVadiie  51.  3,  i  lided  53.  3.  a,  128, 
pieviou.s  vowel  .sonietiaies  short  when 
Dajihesli  omitted  CO.  4.  a. 

Ayin  doubled  verbs,  origin  of  term  70.  3, 
their  peculiaiities  l;;3-137,  paradigm 
138,   remarks   13'.)-142. 

Avin  Guttural  verbs  116,  paradigm  117, 
"remarks  118-122. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of 
term  70.  3,  their  j)cculiarities  152-154, 
paradigm  155,  remarks  156-ltJl. 

Biliteral  roots  68.  b. 

Bohemian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Cardinal  numbers  223-266,  with  dual  end- 
ing 223.  1.  a,  position  and  agreement 
25U,  251,  with  sulHxes  250.  2  (2)  a, 
251.  4.  (I,  with  the  article  251.  4. 

Chaldee  svUables  18.  2.  c,  words  modified 
from  Ik-biew  51.  3,  dual  202. 

Changes  of  person  279. 

Cities  names  of,  feniiuine  197.  d. 

Collective?  with  feminine  ending  198,  con- 
strued with  the  plural  275.  2. 

Commutation  of  letters  50.  1,  Aleph  for 
He  86.  b,  91.  6,  94.  a,  96.  a,  196.  </,  He 
for  Aleph  189.  6,  Aleph  for  Yodh  56. 
4,  or  Vav  56.  4.  a,  199,  Vav  for  Aleph 
57.  2  (2)  a,  111.  2.  b,  d,  Yodh  for  Vav 
56.  2,  Teth  for  Tav  54.  4,  82.  5. 

Compari.-ion,  how  expressed  260. 

Compound  numbers  224,  225.  2,  with 
nouns  251.  3,  with  the  article  251.  4.  a. 

Compound  predicate  275.  1.  b,  275.  2.  a. 

Compound  sentences  285.  1. 

Compound  species  83.  c  (2). 

Compound  subject  244.  1,  276. 

Conjugations  76.  1. 

Conjunctions  239,  287. 

Consecution  of  accents  in  prose  36-39,  in 
poetry,  40-42. 

Consonar.t  changes,  53-56. 

Consonants  changed  to  vowels  57,  vowel 
changes  occasioned  by  contiguous  con- 
sonants 60,  by  concurrent  consonants, 
61. 

Construct  infinitive.  See  Infinitive  con- 
struct. 

Construct  state  of  nouns  212-216,  rela- 
tions denoted  by  254,  resolved  by  pre- 
position Lamedh  257. 

Construe  tio  praegnans  272.  8. 

Contraction  of  two  similar  letters  61.  3, 
134.  1. 

Contracted  verbs  107. 

Copula  2.^8.  2,  3. 

Countries  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Daghesh  meaning  of  word  21.  2.  a. 


Dftghesh-forte  23,  distinguished  from  Da- 
ghesh-lene  23.  2,  from  Shurek  23.  3, 
dill'erent  kinds  of  24,  conjunctive,  in- 
stances of  24.  a,  75.  1,  separative  24.  6, 
190.  a,  216.  2.  a,  221.  5.  «,  230.  2.  <;, 
emphatic  24.  c,  86.  a,  149.  1,  omission 
of  25,  lesolved  bv  tlie  inseition  ol  a 
liquid  54.  3,  221.  6.  b,  or  Yodh  141.  1, 
or  by  prolonging  the  previous  vowel, 
59.  a,  never  in  gutturals  60.  4,  108, 
rarely  in  Rcsh  23.  1,  CO.  4.  a,  omitted 
from  Ilitlipael  96.  a,  in  suflixes  of  verbs 
104.  a,  105.  6. 

Diiglici^h  lenc  21,  22,  omitted  from  Kal 
imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi.),  from 
guttuial  forms  109.  3.  a,  from  coi:,-lruct 
jilural  of  nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  prefixes 
101.  2.  b. 

DakHh  assimilated  to  the  feminine  ending 
Tav  64.  2,  148.  2,  205.  b. 

Day  of  the  month  252.  2.  b. 

Declension  of  noun.s,  adjectives  and  parti- 
ciples 217. 

Demonstrative  pronouns  73,  qualifying 
nouns  249.  2,  qualiiying  nouns  in  the 
construct  256,  predicate  259.  2,  used  for 
relative  286. 

Dental  letters  7.  1. 

Dialects,  eflcct  upon  words  51.  3. 

I)i[^lithongal  vowels  15. 

J)istiihutive  numbers  252.  4. 

Distributive  sense  expressed  by  repetition 
252.  4,  280.  1. 

Division  erroneous,  of  words  43.  b. 

Divisions  of  (Jranmiar  1. 

Dual,  ending  of  202,  signification  of  203, 
superadded  to  the  ])luial  203.  5.  b, 
iiour.s  with  suflixes  221.  4,  joined  with 
the  plural  278. 

Emphasis  expressed  by  repetition  280-282. 

English  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Exccs.s,  how  denoted  260.  2  (2)  b. 

Feminine  endings  196,  how  related  55.  2. 
e,  196.  b,  compaix'd  with  Indo-European 
endings  196.  r,  used  to  form  abstracts, 
collectives,  ofhcial  designations  198,  and 
nouns  of  unity  198.  b,  api)ended  to  in- 
finitive.    Sec  Infinitive  construct. 

Feminine  nouns  without  fem.  ending  in 
the  singular  197.  «,  with  masc.  ending 
in  plural  200.  i,  with  two  plural  forms 
200.  e,  with  suflixes  221.  2. 

Feminine  sign  of,  du])licated  88  (3  f.),  167. 
3,  169.  1.  a  (V),  neglected  88  (2  f.  s, 
3  f.  pi.),  197.  a. 

Final  forms  of  letters  4,  in  middle  of 
words  4.  a. 

Flexibility  various,  of  dififerent  languages 
69.  b. 

Formative  svllables  differ  from  prefixes 
and  suffixes  33,  69.  <-,  101.  2.  b,  123.  4. 

Fractional  numbers  227.  3,  252.  3. 


INDEX    I. 


325 


Future,  formation  of  84.  3,  its  personal 
endings  and  prefixes  85.  1.  a  (2)  with 
suffixes  105,  uses  of  203,  shortened 
form.     Sec  Apocopated  future. 

Galilean  pronunciation  51.  4.  a. 

Grammar,  function  and  divisions  of  1. 

Grammatical  subject  244.  2. 

Grave  suffixes  72,  221.  1. 

Greek  alpliabet  5.  a,  6.  6,  7.  2.  a,  accent 
33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  a,  feminine 
and  neuter  196.  <■,  numerals  223.  2.  a, 
construction  of  neuter  plui-als  275.  4.  a. 

Guttural  letters  7.  1,  their  peculiarities  60, 
108,  attract  or  preserve  vowels  60.  3.  c. 

Guttural  verbs  107. 

He  and  Ilheth  3.  3. 

He  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  57.  2  (2)  J, 
with  Mappik  26,  prosthesis  of  53.  1.  a, 
rejection  of  53.  2,  3,  85.  2.  a  (1),  95.  6, 
211.  a,  229.  5,  231.  5,  preceding  vowel 
often  sliort  when  Daghesh  omitted  60. 

4.  a,  121.  1,  229.  3,"added  to  2  m.  s. 
and  2  f  pi.  preterite  86.  6,  to  2  m.  s. 
suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  to  2  f  s.  suffix 
220.  2.  c,  to  2  and  3  f.  pi.  suffix  104.  </, 
220.  1.  6,  220.  2.  c,  for  3.  m.  s.  suffix 
104.  d,  220.  1.  6,  omitted  from  f.  pi. 
future  88  and  imperative  89,  omitted 
after  prefixes  85.  2.  a  (1),  91.  6,  94.  6, 
95.  6,  113.  2,  229.  5,  retained  in  excep- 
tional cases  95.  e,  142.   3,  150.  2,  231. 

5.  a,  for  Aleph  165.  1,  prefixed  in  the 
formation  of  nouns  189.  h. 

He  directive  219.  1. 

He  interrogative  230. 

He  paragogic,  effect  on  accent  33.  1,  with 
Methegh  33.  1.  «,  examples  of  61.  6.  a, 
219.  2,  distinguished  from  feminine 
ending  196.  c,  added  to  preterite  93.  e, 
to  future.     See  Paragogic  future. 

rihateph  Seghol  in  1  Sing,  future  Piel  92.  a. 

Hheth,  preceding  vowel  mostly  short,  when 
Daghesh  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3. 

Hhirik-,  quantity  of  14,  19.  1,  between 
concurring  consonants  61.  1,  85.  2.  a, 
210.  2,  231.  2,  234,  in  Segholates  61.  2, 
184;  6,  never  in  the  ultimate  of  Kal  ac- 
tive participles  90,  in  1  sing.  Niphal  fu- 
ture 91.  f,  149.  2,  in  Piel  before  suffixes 
104.  A,  in  penult  of  Piel  infinitive  92.  fZ, 
in  Hiphil  infinitive  94.  6,  rejected  from 
Hiphil  future  94.  c,  and  participle  94.  e, 
in  the  inflected  preterite  of  Kal,  Hiphil 
119.  2,  and  Hithpael  96.  6,  retained  in 
Hiphil  before  suffixes  104.  A,  in  the  ul- 
timate of  nouns  207.  1.  c,  209.  2. 

Hliolem,  stability  of  60.  1.  a  (4),  in  in- 
flected verbs  Ayin  doubled  61.  3,  136. 
2,  141.  2,  and  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin 
Yodh  153.  4,  159.  1,  160.  2,  shortened 
to   Kamets   Hhatuph   in  Kal  infinitive 


construct  87,  future  88,  and  imperative 
89,  once  retained  in  Kal  future  before 
Makkeph  88,  in  intensive  species  92.  6, 
rejected  from  Kal  future  before  suffixes 
105.  J,  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1. 
c,  d,  207.  2.  c,  215.  1.  c,  209.  2,  in  the 
penult  210.  (Z,  216.  1.  c. 

Hiphil,  signification  of  79,  relation  to  Piel 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  4,  origin 
of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  6  (2),  nouns  de- 
rived from  187.  2.  a,  189. 

Hithpael,  signification  of  80,  relation  to  Ni- 
phal 80.  2.  a  (2),  formation  of  82.  5, 
origin  of  prefixed  syllable  82.  5.  6(1), 
verbs  having  two  forms  of  122.  2.  141. 

Hophal,  signification  of  79.  3,  formation 
of  82.  4,  origin  of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  6 
(2),  no  imperative  84,  except  in  two  in- 
stances 95.  rf,  in  Ayin  douljled  verbs 
140.  6,  in  Pe  Yodh  veibs  150.  5,  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  160.  5,  in  Lamedh 
Aieph  verbs  167.  2,  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  175.  5. 

Imperative,  formation  of  84.  4,  its  per- 
sonal endings  85.  1.  a  (3),  Kal  with  suf- 
fixes 101,  3.  106.  6,  paragogic  98.  1, 
111.  3.  a,  125.  1,  132.  1,  148.  3,  157.  2, 
apocopated  98.  2,  171.  2,  twice  in  Ho- 
phal 95.  d. 

Imperfect  verbs  classified  107. 

Impersonal  subject  243.  3,  construction  of 
passive  and  neuter  verbs  271.  4.  a,  275. 
1.  c. 

Inanimate  objects,  names  of  198.  <■,  in  plu- 
ral 203.  5.  a,  plural  with  feminine  sin- 
gular 275.  4. 

Indefinite  subject  243.  2,  article  229.  1.  6, 
248.  a 

Indo-European  roots  09.  «,  pronouns  71. 
6,  feminine  and  neuter  196.  c,  dual  202. 
fl,  numerals  223.  2.  a,  conception  of 
time  261. 

Infinitive,  a  verbal  noun  267,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  6,  267.  o,  does  not  admit  the 
article  245.  5.  6,  with  prepositions  242. 
6,  267.  6,  governed  by  verbs  or  nouns 

267.  6,  e,  construction  changed  to  pret- 
erite or  future  282.  c. 

Infinitive  absolute,  formation  of  84.  1, 
with  feminine  ending  160.  4,  for  pret- 
erite or  future  268.   1,    for  imperative 

268.  2,  emphatic  use  of  282. 
Infinitive  construct,  formation  of  84.  2,  iu 

Kal  usually  without  Vav  87,  with  femi- 
nine ending  in  perfect  verbs  87,  in  Pe 
Guttural  111.  3,  a,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
119.  3,  in  Lamedh  Guttural  125.  2,  in 
Pe  Nun  131.  4,  in  Avin  doubled  139.  2, 
in  Pe  Yodh  148,  in  "Piel  92.  d,  in  Ho- 
phal 150.  5,  in  Hiphil  128,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  166.  2,  in  Lamedh  He  168, 
with  suffixes  101.   3,  106.  a,  following 


326 


INDEX    I. 


noun  or  suffix  denote  subject  or  object 
102.  ;$,  '2'>4.  '.».  b,  em|)hiUic  use  of  •IU'l.  b. 

lusepanible  ])iepositi()iw  "J^il-2o3. 

Inteusity  expressed  by  lepetitiou  280.  3, 
282. 

Interjection.s  240. 

Interrogative  and  indefinite  pronouns  75, 
trace  of  neuter  in  1 '.»().  a. 

Interroj^ative  sentences  281},  284. 

Intransitive  verbs  construed  trausitively 
271. 

Irrational  objects,  plural,  with  femiiiine 
siiifjular  275.  4. 

Jews  modern,  use  Rabbinical  letter  2, 
their  pronunciation  of  Ayin  3.  4,  use 
abbreviations  9.  1. 

Kal,  meaning  of  term  76.  2,  formation  in 
perfect  verbs  82.  1,  remarlcs  upon  8()-90. 

Kamets  and  Kamets-llhatuph  distinguished 
19.  2. 

Kamets  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1.  b, 
207.  2.  6,  215.  1,  in  the  penult  210, 
210.  1. 

Kamets-Hhatuph  in  Kal  infin.  constr.  be- 
fore Makkeph  87,  before  suffixes  106, 
in  future  88,  iu  imperative  89,  106,  in 
passive  species  82.  5.  b  (3j,  93.  a,  95.  a. 

Kaph  and  Koph  3.  2. 

Kaph  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  assimilation 
of  54.  2.  a. 

Karne  Phara  38.  10. 

Kibbuts,  quantitv  of  19.  1,  in  passive  spe- 
cies 82.  5.  b  (3),  93.  a,  95.  a,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a. 

K'ri  and  K'thibh  46-48,  number  of  46.  a. 

Kushoi  21.  2.  a. 

Labial  letteis  7.  1. 

Lamedh  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  132.  2, 
medial  rejected  53.  3.  b,  88  (1  c),  assim- 
ilated to  following  consonant  54.  2,  132. 
2,  appended  in  formation  of  nouns  193. 
2.  c. 

Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  162,  paradigm  163, 
remarks  164-167. 

Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  123,  paradigm  124, 

remarks  125-128. 
Lamedh  He  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  168,   169,  paradigm 

170,  shortened  future   and  imperative 

171,  remarks  172-177. 

Latin  alphabet  6.  6,  7.  2.  a,  accent  33.  4.  a, 
feminine  and  neuter  196.  2,  numerals 
223.  2.  a. 

Lazian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Letters,  sounds  of  3,  double  forms  of  4, 
of  unusual  size  or  position  4.  a,  names 
of  6,  order  of  6,  classilication  of  7,  nu- 
merical use  of  9.  2,  commutation  of  60. 
1,  transposition  of  50.  2,  addition  of 
50.  3. 

Lettish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Light  suffixes  72,  221.  2-4. 


Linguals  7.  1,  substituted  for  sibilants  in 
Chaldee  51.  3. 

Liquids  7.  2. 

Logicid  sui)ject,  244.  2. 

Makkeph  43. 

Manner  274.  2.  e. 

Mapi)ik  26,  omitted  from  3  f.  s.  suffix  104. 
f,  220.  1.  b. 

Masculine  for  feminine,  suffixes  104  g, 
220.  1.  6,  future  88  (3  f.  pi.),  105.  e, 
predicate  and  pronouns  275.  1.  a,  275.  5. 

Masculine  nouns  with  suffixes  221.  3,  with 
fern,  ending  in  plural  200.  a,  with  two 
endings  in  ]ihiral  200.  c. 

Matres  lectionis  11.  1. 

Measure  274.  2.  c. 

Medial  letters  for  finals  4.  a. 

Medium  strength,  letters  of  7.  2. 

Mem  dropjjcd  from  Pual  participle  53.  2.  a, 
93.  e,  final  rejected  55.  2,  214.  2,  ap- 
pended to  3  ni.  pi.  future  (V)  88,  j)re- 
fixed  in  formation  of  nouns  193.  2.  c, 
omitted  fiom  pluial  ending  (?)  199.  6. 

Methegh  44,  45,  aid  in  distinguishing 
doubtful  vowels  19,  45.  2.  a,  with  He 
paragogic  33.  1.  a,  in  place  of  an  accent 
sliifted  in  position  35.  1,  or  removed  by 
Makkeph  43,  44.  n,  64.  1.  a,  after  He 
interrogative  230.  2.  a,  its  place  sup- 
plied by  an  accent  39.  3.  6,  45.  5. 

Modern  Hebrew  read  without  vowel  points 
10.  a. 

Monosyllabic  nouns  183. 

Mountains,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 

Multiliteral  nouns  195. 

Mutes  7.  2,  a  p-mute  missing  (?)  7.  2.  a. 

Names  of  letters  5,  their  antiquity  5.  o, 
their  origin  and  signification  5.  6. 

Nations,  names  of  197.  d,  275.  2.  6. 

Neuter  gender,  trace  of  196.  a. 

Neuter  verbs  rarely  have  participles  90, 
with  suffixes  102."  2. 

Niphal,  signification  of  77,  relation  to 
Hithpael  80.  2.  a  (2),  its  formation  82. 
2,  origin  of  the  prefixed  Nun  82.  5.  b 
(1),  participle  from  a  noun  91.  e,  from 
an  adverb  80.  2.  6,  nouns  derived  from 
187.  2.  Of. 

Nouns,  formation  of  181,  Class  1 182-186, 
Chiss  II  187,  188,  Class  III  189-192, 
Class  IV  193,  194,  multilitcrals  195, 
from  imperfect  roots  184.  6,  185.  2.  rf, 
186.  2.  C-,  187.  1.  d,  c,  187.  2.  6,  c,  190. 
6,  plural  from  quiescent  roots  207.  1./, 
208.  3.  e,  with  suffixes  221.  6.  a. 

Nouns,  gender  and  number  of  106-211, 
construct  state  of  212-216,  declension 
of  217,  with  sulUxes  220,  221,  para- 
digm 222. 

Nouns,  feminine,  without  fem.  ending  197. 
a,  with  raasc.  ending  in  plural  200.  6, 
masculine  with  fem.  ending  in  plural 


INDEX    I. 


327 


200.  a,  with  either  ending  200.  c,  of 
doulftful  gender  197.  b,  200.  e,  having 
but  one  number  201.  1,  definite  without 
the  article  24G,  used  lor  adjectives  2.54. 
6.  a,  in  construct  before  adjectives  250. 
1.  a,  254.  6.  6,  in  construct  before  pre- 
positions 255.  1,  in  construct  before  a 
clause  255.  2,  placed  absolutely  271.  4. 
b,  274.  2,  repetition  of  280. 

Nouns,  primitive  181.  a,  derivative  181.  b, 
of  unity  198  b. 

Number,  relations  of  274.  2.  d. 

Numeral  adjectives  223-227,  250-252,  ad- 
verbs 252.  4. 

Numerical  use  of  letters  9.  2. 

Nun,  rejected  53.  2.  a,  b,  55.  2,  from 
verbs  129.  2,  131.  3,  4,  from  nouns  184. 
b,  194.  2.  6,  assimilated  to  a  following 
consonant  54.  2,  in  verbs  129.  1,  131.  2, 
132.  1,  in  nouns  184.  b,  190.  a,  205.  b, 
to  imtial  Mem  (?)  55.  1,  88  (m.  pi.), 
inserted  in  lieu  of  reduplication  54.  3, 
221.  6.  6,  epenthetic  56.  1,  101.  2,  105. 
6,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86.  6,  to  fu- 
ture 88  (2  f.  s.,  m.  pi.),  before  suffixes 
105.  c,  in  Niphal  absolute  infinitive  91.  6, 
131.  5,  166.  3,  173,  2,  in  Niphal  impera- 
tive (?)  91.  d,  appended  in  formation  of 
nouns  193,  in  masc.  plur.  ending  199.  a. 

Object,  definite,  sign  of  238.  2,  270,  of 
transitive  verbs  270,  of  intransitive  verbs 
271,  indirect  272,  multiple  273. 

Occupations  186.  2.  a,   187.  1.  a. 

Office,  names  of  198.  a  (2). 

Official  designations  198. 

Ordinal  numbers  227,  252. 

Orthographic  symbols  1-49,  changes  50- 
66. 

Orthography,  various  11.  1.  b,  51.  4.  a. 

Palatal  letters  7.  1. 

Paradigm,  see  Verbs  paradigms  of,  and 
Nouns. 

Paragogic,  future  97.  1,  264,  not  in  passive 
species  97.  2.  b,  in  Lamedh  He  verbs 
172.  3,  imperative  98,  1. 

Paragogic  letters,  effect  on  accent  33.  1, 
instances  of  61.  6.  a,  218,  219. 

Participles,  formation  of  84.  5,  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  with  personal  inflections  90, 
declined  217,  qualifying  nouns  249.  1, 
qualifying  nouns  in  the  construct  256, 
in  the  construct  before  nouns  and  in- 
finitives 254.  9.  b,  signification  of  2G6, 
emphatic  use  of  282.  c,  construction 
changed  to  preterite  or  future  282.  c. 

Particles  prefixed  228-234,  separate  235- 
240. 

Parts  of  speech  70. 

Passive  species  with  suffixes  102.  2,  of 
doubly  transitive  verbs  273.  5. 

Pattahh  preferred  by  gutturals  60.  1,  108, 
changed  to  Seghol  63.  1,  assimilated  to 


Seghol  61.  1.  b,  63.  2,  to  Kamets  or 
Tsere  63.  2,  in  Segholates  61.  2,  with 
pause  accents  65,  in  Kal  constr.  infin. 
87,  inf.  pi.  future  Niphal  91.  c,  and  Piel 
92.  e,  in  preteiite  and  imperative  Piel 
92.  c,  in  Hithpael  96.  b,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  207.  2.  a. 

Pattahh  furtive  17,  60.  2,  109.  2,  114  (?), 
123. 

Pausal  forms  with  inferior  accents  65.  b. 

Pause  accents  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2, 
occasion  vowel  changes  65,  with  the 
preterite  86.  a,  with  the  future  88,  with 
the  imperative  89  (f  s.  and  m.  pi.),  with 
2  m.  s.  suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  with  Pe 
Guttural  verbs  112.  4,  with  Ayin  Guttu- 
ral 119.  1,  121.  3,  with  Lamedh  Guttu- 
ral 126.  1. 

Pazer,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  7. 

Pe  Aleph  verbs  110.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  verbs,  origin  of  term,  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  108,  109,  paradigm 
110,  remarks  111-115. 

Pe  Nun  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  their 
peculiarities  129,  paradigm  130,  re- 
marks 131,  132. 

Perfect  verbs  81-85,  paradigm  of  85.  2, 
remarks  86-96,  with  suffixes  101,  102, 
paradigm  103,  remarks  104-106. 

Periods  of  human  life  201.  1.  6. 

Persian  construct  state  61.  6.  a. 

Personal  endings  and  prefixes  of  verbs  85. 

1.  a,  before  suffixes  101.  1,  more  closely 
attached  than  suffixes  or  prefixed  prepo- 
sitions 101.  2.  b. 

Personal  pronouns  71,  not  expressed  in 
the  subject  243.  1. 

Pe  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  pe- 
culiarities 143-145,  paradigm  146,  re- 
marks 147-151. 

Piel,  signification  of  78,  relation  to  Hiphil 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  3,  with  the 
active  vowels  82.  5.  b  (3),  unusual  forms 
of  92.  a,  b,  verbs  with  two  forms  of  122. 

2,  141.  4,  nouns  derived  from  187.  2.  a. 
Pilel,  Pilpel,  Poel  not  distinct  species  from 

Piel  83.  c(l). 

Place  where  274.  2.  b. 

Plural  endings  199. 

Plural  for  singular  in  verbs  (?)  88  (3  f.  pi.), 
of  majesty  201.  2,  275.  3. 

Pluralis  inhumanus  275.  4.  a. 

Plurality  expressed  by  repetition  280.  2. 

Points  extraordinary  4.  a. 

Points  Masoretic  10,  accuracy  of  49. 

Polish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Predicate  258,  compound  275.  1.  b,  275. 
2.  a,  agreement  with  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct relation  277. 

Prefixed  particles  228-234,  two  constitut- 
insr  a  word  228.  2.  a. 


INDKX    I. 


Prcposilions  inseparable  231-233,  separate 
2:i7,  witli  suHixes  2;{H. 

PrfteriU',  pmsoiial  eiidiugs  of  85.  1.  «(1), 
with  suUi.xf.s  101.  1,  104,  Kal  before 
pullixes  101.  3,  uses  of  2(>2. 

Prctonic  vowels  64.  2,  in  Kal  preterite 
82.  1,  not  rejected  from  ^■iphal  91.  6, 
106.  a. 

Primary  preferred  to  a  secondary  form 
275. 'l. 

Pronominal  roots  68,  the  basis  of  adverbs, 
prepo.sitions  and  conjunctions  235.  1.  a. 

Pronominal  suffixes  72.     &c  Suffixes. 

Pronouns,  personal  71,  243.  1,  repetition 
of  281,  doinonstrative  73,  249.  2,  25C., 
259.  2,  iclative  74,  285,  interrogative 
and  indefinite  75,  196.  a,  284. 

Proper  nouns  with  the  article  246.  1.  a,  in 
loose  apposition  253.  2.  b. 

Pual,  signification  of  78.  3,  formation  of 
82.  3,  with  the  passive  vowels  82.  5. 
b  (3),  no  imperative  84,  in  perfect  verbs 
03,  Ayin  Guttural  verbs  121.  1,  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  142.  1,  Ayin  Vav  verbs 
161.  4,  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  167.  1, 
Lamedh  He  verbs  174.  6. 

Pure  vowels  15. 

yuadriliteral  roots  68.  a,  verbs  180,  nouns 
195.  1,  Pegholatos  plural  of  208.  3.  a. 

Question,  direct  and  indirect  283.  1,  dis- 
junctive 283.  2. 

Quiescent  letters  11.1,  their  two  uses  dis- 
tinguished 13,  softened  to  vowels  57.  2. 

Quiescent  verbs  107,  143. 

Quin(}ueliteral  roots  68.  «,  nouns  195.  2. 

Iladical  letters  7.  3. 

Kaphe  27. 

K'bhi'*,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  6. 

Ile(;uplication  of  second  radical  in  verbs 
82.  3,  in  nouns  1S7,  of  third  radical  in 
verbs  92.  <i,  115,  122.  1,  154.  2,  161.  3, 
174.  1,  176.  1,  in  nouns  187.  1.  d,  187. 
2.  c,  of  two  radicals  in  verbs  92.  a,  115, 
122.  1,  137,  141.  2,  154.  3,  161.  2,  in 
nouns  187.  1.  e,  187.  2.  6,  188,  of  a 
short  word  132.  1,   233.  a. 

Relative  pronoun  74,  285. 

Repetition  of  nouns  280,  pronouns  281, 
verbs  282. 

Resh,  sound  of  3.  3,  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing consonant  54.  2,  inserted  in  lieu 
of  reduplication  54.  3,  preference  for 
Pattuhh  60.  1.  a,  with  Pattahh  furtive  (?) 
60.  2.  a,  114,  with  simi)le  or  compound 
Sh'va  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with  Daghesh- 
forte  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  previous  vowel 
length(?ned  on  the  omission  of  Daghesh, 
60.  4.  a,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs  114, 
as  the  second  radical  118.  1,  120.  3,  as 
the  third  radical  125.  3,   126.  2,  127.  2. 

Rivers,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 


Roots  of  woi-ds  67,  68. 

Rui<hokh  21.  2.  a. 

Samaritan  rentateuch,  its  negligent  or- 
thography, 51.  4.  fl,  99.  1.  a,  and  va- 
riant foin)s  15t).  2. 

Saniekh,  Shin  and  Sin  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Sanskrit  laws  of  euphony  21.  2.  b,  55.  1.  a, 
accent  33.  4.  «,  augment  99.  1.  a,  femi- 
nine and  neuter  196.  e,  numerals  223. 
2.  a. 

Scriptio  plena,  defeetiva  14. 

Seasons,  names  of  185.  2.  a. 

Seghol  inserted  between  concui-ring  con- 
sonants 61.  2,  171.  1,  in  Avin  doubled 
verbs  61.  3,  136.  2,  141. "2,  in  Avin 
Vav  verbs  153.  4,  157.  3,  100.  3,  final 
rejected  66.  1  (1),  171.  1,  with  pause 
accents  65,  in  Kal  active  particijtle  90, 
in  Niphal  91.  a,  b,  in  Piel  92.  c.  d,  126. 

2,  before  suffixes  104.  /i,  in  Hiphil  94. 
a,  b,  in  Hithpael  96.  i,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  208,  209.  1,  215.  2,  in  the 
penult  of  feminine  nouns  207.  1.  e. 

Segliolate  forms  from  triliteial  monosylla- 
bles or  final  syllables  61.  1.  b,  183,  184. 
a,  in  feminine  205,  construct  214.  1.  6. 

Segholate  nouns  183,  signification  of  184, 
their  feminine  208.  2,  plural  208.  3, 
dual  208.  4,  construct  216.  2,  with  lie 
paragogic  219.  1,  with  suffixes  221.  5. 

Sogliolta,  verse  divided  by  36.  1,  train  of 
38.  3. 

Sentence,  elements  of  241.  2,  subject  of 
242,  predicate  of  258.  1. 

Separate  particles  235-240. 

Scptuagint,  equivalents  for  Ayin  3.  4, 
mode  of  wiiting  Hebrew  words  49.  2,  3. 

Servile  letters  7.  3,  anagrams  oi'  7.  3.  a. 

Flialsheleth,  when  used  38.  9. 

Siiin,  Sin,  and  Smnckh  3.  1,    3.  1.  «. 

Shurck,  quantity  of  14.  19.  1,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  Segholatcs  61.  2,  in  the  penult 
of  Scgholates  61.  4.  a,  205.  <•,  in  Kal 
future  of  perfect  verbs  88,  before  suffix- 
es 105.  d,  in  Kal  active  participle  90,  in 
the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  2.  d,  209.  3. 

Sh'va  16,  silent  and  vocal  16.  2,  20.  1, 
simple  and  compound  16.  3. 

Sh'va  compound,  with  gutturals  16.  3,  60. 

3,  108,  with  Resh  60.  3.  a,  120.  3.  with 
strong  letters  16.  3.  6,  before  gutturals 
120.  2,  127.  3,  in  construct  jdurnl  of 
nouns  216.  2.  o,  after  He  inteirogative 
230.  2.  «,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  a, 
which  is  selected  60.  S.'b.  109.  8,  112, 
changed  to  a  short  vowel  60.  3.  c,  with 
pause  accent  to  a  long  vowel  65. 

Sh'va  simple  with  gutturals  60.  3.  a,  in 
Pe  (Juttural  verbs  112.  2,  5,  in  Lamedh 
Guttural  verbs  123.  4,  127.  1,  changed 
to  Seghol  by  pause  accent  65. 

Sibilants  7.  2. 


INDEX   I. 


329 


Silluk,  position  of  36.  1,  train  of  38.  1. 
Singular  piediuale  or  pronoun  with  plural 

subject  275.  1.  a,  275.  6. 
Sounds  of  the  letters  3. 
Species  of  verbs  76-80,  mutually  supple- 
mentary 80.   2.  a  (3),  what  number  in 
use  in  different  verbs  80.  2.  a  (4),  forma- 
tion of  82,  with  double  forms  in  distinct 
senses  83.  c  (1),    122.  2,    141.  4,  com- 
pound 83.  c  (2). 
Strong  letters  7.  2. 

Subject  242,  omitted  243,  indefinite  243. 
2,  impersonal  243.  3,  compound  244.  1, 
276,  grammatical  and  logical  244.  2. 
Suffixes,  pronominal  72,  of  verbs  101.  2, 
of  nouns  220.   3,  relation  denoted  by 
254,  more  loosely  attached  than  affixes 
101.  2.  b,  with  neuter  verbs  and  passive 
species  102.  2,  with  infinitives  and  parti- 
ciples 102.  3,  with  cardinal  numbers  223. 
1.  a,  250.  2  (2)  a,  omitted  247.  6,  with 
nouns  in  the  construct  256. 
Superlative  degree  260. 
Syllables  18,  inteimediate  20.  2,  mutations 

in,  a  source  of  vowel  c'/ianges  59. 
Syriac  currently  read  without  vowels  10. 
a,  aspirates  21.  a,  doubling  of  letters 
23.  3.  6,  words  modified  from  Hebrew 
51.  3,  dual  20.  2. 
Svstema  morarum  18.  b. 
Tav  and  Teth  '3.  2. 

Tav   unites  with  Tav  of  personal  affixes 
86.  b  (2  m.),  or  feminine  ending  54.  1, 
205.    b,   prefixed   in    anomalous   verbal 
forms  94.  a,  115,  161.  5,  in  the  Ibrma- 
tion  of  nouns  190,   192.  2,  in  Hithpael 
assimilated  54.  2,  54.  4.  a,  82.  5,  131.  6, 
transposed  54.  4,   82.  5. 
Tav  of  feminine  ending  rejected  55.  2.  c, 
196.  b,  origiii  of  196.  e,  added  to  verbs 
86.  6,   166.   1,  169.  1,  172.  1,  in  nouns 
196.  6,  205. 
Tenses,  primary  84,  262-264,  secondary 
99,  265,  past  and  future  not  promiscu- 
ously used  263.  5.  a. 
Time,  conception  of  261. 
Time,  when  and  how  long  274.  2.  a. 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  clause  divided  by  30.  2, 

train  of  38.  8. 
Transitive     construction    of    intransitive 

verbs  271. 
Transposition  of  letters  50.  2,  54.  4,  82.  5. 
Tsere  rejected  from  the  ultimate  of  verbs 
66.  1  (1),  171.  2,  in  Kal  preterite  86.  o, 
164.  1,  in  fem.  plur.  future  Niphal  91.  <\ 
and  Piel  92.  e,  in  Piel  inf.  abs.  92.  d,  in 
Hiphil  94.  b,  e,  in  Hophal  inf  abs.  95.  c, 
with  Aleph  in  place  of  Sh'va  60.  3.  c, 
92.  e,  112.  1,  184.  b,  as  union  vowel 
with  the  preterite  104.  a,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  verbs  before  suffixes  104.  h, 
of  Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  126.   1,  of 


Lamedh  Aleph  veibs  164.  5,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  nouns  207,  215.  1,  in  the  penult 
of  nouns  210,  216.  1. 
Vav  rejected  after  vovvelless  consonants 
53.  3.  a,  184.  6,  initial  clianged  to  Yodh 
56.  2,  144.  1,  rarely  reduplicated  56.  3, 
in  verbs  154.  1,   161.  1,  or  nouns  187. 

2.  c,  softened  or  rejected  57.  2,  152, 
184.  b,  186.  2.  c,  190.6,  207.  1./,  208. 

3.  c,  211.  a,  216.  1.  d,  preceding  a  vow- 
elless  consonant  61.  1.  «,  234,  paragogic 
61.  6.  rt,  218,  omitted  from  3.  pi.  pre- 
terite 86.  b,  in  Kal  infinitive  87,  in  Kal 
future  88,  in  Kal  imperative  89,  in  Kal 
passive  participle  90,  in  Pual  93.  6, 
added  to  3.  m.  pi.  suffix  104./. 

Vav  in  K'thibh,  where  K'ri  has  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  13.  a,  88,  105.  d,  215.  1.  c, 
Pattahh  125.  1,  or  Hhateph-Kamets  13. 
a,  214.  2.  6,  89  (f.  s.). 

Vav  Conjunctive  234,  287. 

Vav  Conversive  of  the  future  33.  4,  99, 
with  Avin  (Juttural  verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh' 
Guttural  126.  1,  Avin  doubled  140.  1.  5, 
Pe  Yodh  147.  5,  150.  3,  150.  2  (p.  182), 
Ayin  Vav  and  Avin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 
3,"  158.  2,  160.  3,"Lamedh  Aleph  166.4, 
Lamedh  He  171.  1,  172.  4,  173.  3,  174. 

4.  175.  3,  176.  3,  time  denoted  by  265.  a. 
Vav  Conversive  of  the  preterite  33.  4,  99, 

with  Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  3,  time  de- 
noted by  265.  b. 

Verbs,  their  species  76-80,  occurring  in 
all  the  species  80.  2.  a  (4),  denomina- 
tives 80.  2.  6,  perfect  81-100,  with  suifix- 
es  101-106,  imperfect  107-177,  doubly 
imperfect  178,  defective  179,  quadrilite- 
ral  180,  syntax  of  261-269,  coordinated 
269,  object  of  270-272,  with  more  tlian 
one  object  273,  passive,  object  of  273.  5, 
repetition  of  282. 

Verbs,  paradigms  of,  perfect  85.  2,  with 
sutfixes  103,  Pe  Guttur;;!  110,  Ayin  Gut- 
tural 117,  Lamedh  (iuttural  124,  Pe 
Nun  130,  Ayin  doubled  138,  Pe  Yodh 
146,  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  155, 
Lamedh  Aleph  163,  Lamedh  He  170. 

Verbs,  personal  endings  and  prefixes  of 

85.  1.  a,  85.  2.  a,  suffixes  of  101-106. 
Verks,  middle  e  and  d  82.  1.  «,  have  Pat- 
tahh in  Kal  future  84.  8.  a  (1),  inflected 

86.  a,  before  suffixes  104.  h. 

Verbs  with  Pattahh  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a, 
111.  1,  116.  1,  123.  1,  140.  1,  144.  2, 
with  Tsere  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  b,  130, 
144.  2,   147,   172.  3. 

Vowel  changes  58-66,  significant  58.  1, 
euphonic  58.  2,  causes  of  59,  due  to 
mutations  of  syllables  59,  to  contiguous 
gutturals  60,  to  concurrent  consonants 
61,  to  concurring  vowels  63,  to  the  ac- 
cent 64,  to   pause   accents   65,  to  the 


330 


INDEX    I. 


shortening  or  Icnpthcniiig  of  words  Of>, 
of  short  vowels  in  mixed  penult  58.  2, 
210.  e,   216.  2.  b. 

Towel  letters  7.  2,  ii.se  of  11.  1,  distin- 
guished from  their  euiisoiiaiital  use  115. 

Vowels  111-17,  Mii-soretie  signs  for  12, 
dilferenl  modes  of  dividing  them  12.  a, 
meanings  of  their  names  12.  b,  mutual 
relations  of  their  notation  h\  letters  and 
by  points  13,  14,  mutable  and  imnmta- 
ble  14,  58.  2,  j)ure  and  diphthongal  15, 
ambiguity  of  certain  signs  19,  2(»,  o  and 
M  moie  stable  than  i  and  e  00.  1.  n,  in- 
serted between  eoneurrent  consonants 
61.  1,  2,  e  and  0  preferred  before  eon- 
current  eonsonants  61.  4,  I  and  u  before 
doubled  letters  61.  5,  paragogic  61.  6, 
218,  219,  concurring  62,  proximity  of, 
a  source  of  changes  63,  pretonic  64.  2, 
rejected  or  shortened  t)6.  1,  2,  of  union 
before  suffixes  101.  2,  twice  e  with  pre- 
terite 104.  a,  sometimes  a  with  future 
105.  a,  final  of  verbs  before  suffixes 
104.  it,  I,  vowel  a  retained  in  ultimate 
before  suffixes  105.  d,  118.  3,  164.  5. 

Weak  letters  7.  2,  effect  of  upon  syllables 
18.  2.  c. 


Words  not  divided  in  writing  8,  ambiguity 
when  un])ointed  lo.  a,  sources  of  change 
in  51,  three  stages  in  the  formation  of  67, 
eiianges  in  formation  and  inflection  69. 

Written  synibols  of  two  sorts  2. 

Yodli  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  in  Kal  active 
participle  9o,  in  Niphal  future  113.  1, 
before  suffix  105.  a,  220.  1.  b,  initial  re- 
jected 63.  2.  a,  b,  144.  3,  148,  150.  1, 
184.  b,  188.  6,  medial  rejected  53.  3. 
a,  6,  160.  3,  168,  169,  softened  or  re- 
jected 57.  2,  152,  184.  b,  186.  2.  c, 
190.  b,  207.  1./,  208.  3.  <•,  211.  a, 
216.  1.  (/,  changed  to  Ale|)h  5().  4,  para- 
gogic 61.  6.  a,  218,  added  to  2  f.  s.  pre- 
terite 86.  b,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix  104.  c,  220. 
1.  b,  220.  2.  c,  omitted  fiom  1  sing, 
pietcrite  86.  b,  from  Ili|)hil  94,  in 
Laniedh  He  veibs  169,  172.  1,  jirefixed 
in  formation  of  nouns  190,  192.  1,  ap- 
jx'nded  in  formation  of  nouns  194, 
quiescent  after  prefixed  j)repositions 
231.  3.  b,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c. 

Zakejih  (iadhol,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
when  used  38.  5. 

Zakeph  Katon,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
train  of  38.  4. 


i:^DEX    II. 


TEXTS  OF  SCRIPTURE  EXPLAINED  OR  REFERRED  TO. 


GENESIS. 


1:    1 


...  §  21.  1,  36.  1, 

242,  245.  4,  262. 

1,  270.  a,  275.  3 
.  .  .  21.  1,  258.  3 
.  .  .  270.  b 
...  31.  1 
,  7  .  .  .  245.  1 
...,36. 1,203.  5.  c 
.  .  .  2.50.  1 
. . .  4o.  2,  254.  6, 

285.  1 

.  .  .  220.  1.  h 

.  .  .  275.  1.  f> 

.  245.  2,  254.  9 
...  45.  2.  a 

.  .  38.  1.  a 

..198.  « (4),  218 

26 .  . .  38.  1.  a 

.  .  270.  c 
.  ..249.1.c,274. 1 
244.  1 
262.  1 
.  .  .  249.  1.  c 
...  4.  a,  259.  2. 
267.  d 
.  . .  258.  3.  b 
.  .  .  263.  4 
.  .  .  147.  5,  273.  3 
.  . .  245.  5.  b 
.  .  .  248 
.  .  .  245.  5 
...  16.  3.  b,  234. 
a,  259.  2.  a 
.  .  .  258.  2 
,  17  . .  .  287.  1 
. . .  106.  a,  282 
.  .  .  242.  b 
. .  .  147.  5 
.  .  .  16.  3.  b,  24. 
a,  127.  3 
.  .  .  263.  5.  a 
,  3 .  .  .  263.  1 
.  .  .  106.  a 
. .  .  258.  1 
.  .  .  262.  1 
...  30.  2 
...  53.  3.  a 
...  21.  1,  177.  2 
.  .  .  231.  3.  a 
.  .  .  220.  2.  b 
.  .  .  267.  d 
.  .  .  260.  2  (2)  b 
.  .  .  245,  3.  b,  262. 
1.  b 
. .  .  147.  5 


4:  17 
18 
23 


26 
5:    5 


10: 


13 

19 

23 

8:    5 

7 

10 

12 

17 

18 

9:  14 

20 

24 


...  §  35.  1 

. . .  276.  1.  c 

...  88  (f.  pi.),  89 

(f.   pi.),    98.    2, 

127.  1 
. . .  281 
...177.    2,    251. 

2.  a 

.  .  .  277.  a 
. . .  38.  1.  a 
. . .  225.  2 
, . .  39. 4.  a,  285. 1 
...  74.  «,  139.  2, 
157.  3,  158.  2 
, .  .  285.  1.  a 
. . .  96.  6 
.  262.  2 
. .  .  266.  2 
.  .  .  100.  2.  a  (1) 
.  .  .  45.  2.  a,  229. 

3.  a 

.  .  .  273.  2 

. . .  262.  1,  273.  4 

. .  .  252.  4,  280.  1 

.  .  .  251.  2 

.  . .  287.  1 

.  .  .  252.  4 

.  .  .  200.  p,  246.  3, 

249.  2,  251.  1.  a 

. .  .  280.  3 

. . .  173.  3 

.  .  .  282.  c 

.  .  .  282 

.  .  .  269.  a 

.  .  .  149.  2 

.  .  .  150.  1 

.  .  .  147.  5 

.  .  .  139.  1 

.  .  .  258.  3.  a 

.  . .  147.  5,  270.  c 

.  .  .  220.  2.  b 

...  56.  4,  126.  2 

.  .  .  256.  a 

.  .  .  250.  2  (2) 

.  .  .  229.  1.  a 

.  .  .  223.  1.  a 

,  7  .  .  .  141.  1 

...  86.  a 

...  57.  1 

.  .  .  251.  2 

...  56.  2 

. .  .  22.  b 

.  .  .  263.  1 

...  10.  a 

. .  .  254.  1  bis 

.  .  .  262.  1.  ft 

...  19. 1, 220. 1.  b 


12 

12...  §243.  3 

19 

33 

20 ...  43 

33, 

13 

2  .  .  .  245.  5.  d 

35 

4 ...  4.  a 

20 

5 

6...  275.  1.  a 

6 

9 . .  .  119.  1,  ISO.  a 

9 

14 

2  ...  71.  a  (3) 

4 . . .  252.  2 

11 

6  . . .  221.  6.  6 

13 

8  . . .  203.  5.  c 

18 

9  .  .  .  250.  2  (1) 

21 

6 

10...  63.  1.  a,   219. 

8 

1.  b,  280.  2 

14 

19 ...  10.  a 

16 

15 

1 .  .  .  246.  3,  249.  2, 

17 

274.  1 

28, 

2 ...  47,  253.  2.  6 

22 

1 

8 . . .  262.  1.  b 

11 .  .  .  229.  3 

3 

12  .  . .  245.  4 

4 

17  . . .  275.  1.  c 

5 

18  .  .  .  254.  3 

8 

18-21 . .  .  270.  6 

14 

22 . . .  245.  5.  a 

23 

1 

16 

5  ...  4.  a,  254.  9.  a 

4 

11.  ..90(2f.  s.) 

6 

13,  15  ...  43.  a 

10 

30  . . .  60.  3.  b  (2) 

11 

17 

4  ...  65.  a 

11, 

4,  5  .  .  .  215.  1.  e 

16 

5  ...  271 .  4.  a 

19 

5,  6 ...  265 

24 

1 

8  ...  30.  2,  254.  5 

8 

11 .  .  .  273.  5 

14 

12  .  .  .  254.  6.  a 

15 

17  .  .  .  24.  b,   230.  2. 

20 

a,  254.  6.  a,  283. 

22 

19.".'.90(f.  8.) 

23 

20 .  .  .  265.  ft 

30 

18 

1 . . .  262. 1.  a,  274. 

33 

2.  b 

35 

6 . .  .  253.  2 

42 

11 .  .  .  276.  3 

42, 

20 .  .  .  254.  9.  a 

48 

21 .  .  .  24.  ft,  39.  3.  6, 

58 

230.  2.  a 

65 

28,  29 . .  .  251.  4 

19 

1,  4  .  .  .  266.  3 
9...  131.  3 

67 

11 .  .  .  207. 1.  a,  245. 

25 

5 

5 

8 

12  .  .  .  38.  1.  a 

12 

14 ...  24.  a 

27 

19 ...  86.  6  (2m  ), 

31 

105.  ri,  105.  d 

34 

30...  251.  4 

26 

3 

...  §  249.  2.  b 

,  35  .  .  .  10b.  a 

...  38.  1.  a 

...  71.  a  (3) 
; ...  164.  2 

...22.   6,   75.   1, 
263. 1 

. . .  254.  9 

.  . .  275.  3.  a 

. . .  127.  1 

...  60.  2.  a,  120. 2 
! .  .  .  65.  o 

. .  .  214.  1.  h 

. . .  119.  1,  174.  1 
r ...  39.  3.  ft 

,  29 .  .  .  220,  1.  6 

.  .  .  262.    1,    265, 

270.  ft 
.  265 
[..  .  2S-.  3 

...  244.  1 
) ...  44 
I.  .  .  1-26.  2 

.  251.  2,  3 
I.  .  .  275.  5 
i .  .  .  165.  3 

.  .  .  254.  9.  b 

.  .  .  125.  1 

,  13 . .  .  262.  1.  b 

...  36.  1 

.  .  .  246.  3 

...119.  1 

.  .  .  249.  2.  6 

...  39.  4 

...  39.  3.  a 

.  .  .  245.  3 

...251.  2.C,  254 

4 
,  158.  3 
) ...  .30.  1 

.  .  .  111.  2.  b 

.  . .  245.  5.  d 

...  21.  1 

,  48,  65  .  . .  39.  4 

.  .  .  131.  1 

.  .  .  283.  1 

...  73.  2.  a,  176. 

3,  245.  3.  a 
J .  .  .  246.  3.  a,  256. 

d 

...43 

...  38.  1.  a 

.  .  .  254.  1 
r .  .  .  229.  4.  h 

...98. 1.  a,  125.1 

.  .  .  65.  a 

.  .  .  262.  1.  b 


33; 


INDEX    II. 


2C;    4....f  30.  2,  046.  3 

G 30.  1 

...•J46.  3 
...■10-2.  <■ 

IS 104.  g- 

...16U.  4 
...30.  1 

00.  3.  a 

..VSCC.  pi.) 
.  .JOS.  1.  0 

,.iiy.  I 

.141.  6 


8. 
13 
15, 

28, 

29 

27:     1 

4 

9 

12. 

10. 

19 

23, 

26 

26, 

27. 

29 

S3 

36, 

38, 

42. 

44. 

28:    2, 

9. 

12. 

20, 

29:    2. 

3. 

5. 

C. 


80 


7, 
15, 
16, 
19, 
27 
31, 
32, 
S3, 
38, 

39 
81:    4 


13 


30, 

39 

32:     1 

5. 
10 
20. 

22. 

23. 
£3:    5 


84:  17 
21 


...105.  b 
,...270.  i 

...203.  1 

...131.  3 

...120.  3 
,...177.  1 
,...263.1.  6,266, 

2.  « 

...252.  4 
...16.  3.  6,230. 
•2.  a 

...271.4.  a 
...223.  1.  a 

5, 6,  7.... 33.1.  a 
...39.  4 
...56.  1 
21.... 287.  2 
...263.4 
...139.  1 
...22.  a,  230.  2.  a 
...34 
...139.  1 
...34,  257 
...10.  (t 
...278 
...223.  1.  a 
...ID.  a 

...105.  a,  lis.  3 
...245.  3  b 

...;u 

...127.  1 
...104.  a 
...252.  1 
. .  .245.  3.  b 
...249.  2.  b 
...215.  1.  b 
...131.  3 
...43 
. . .44.  a 
...24.  a 

...45.   2,   88  (f. 
pl.)l>i^,  216.  2.  a 
...60.  3.  6(2) 
...45.  2.  a 
...71.  "(2) 
...220.  1.  6 
...19.  2.  a,  246. 

3.  a 

. .  .1:0.  1 
...86.  6  (2ni.), 
91.  6 
...104.     I,    285. 


...7.5.1 
...01.  6.  a 
...270.  c 
...111.  2.  6 
...250.  2(3) 
...01.    1.    <■,   88 
(pi.),  65.  2.  a 
...45.  3 
...249.  2.  6 
...220.  1.  6 
...88  (f.  pi.) 
...43,      166.     1, 
270.  6 

...100.  2.  a(l) 
. .  .258.  2 


34  :  30.... I  2.14.  5 

■61 2;,(i.  2 

36  :     7.. .  .275.  3.  a 

15 270.  6 

1.S....34 

22.... U9.  4.  a 

■^C 275.  1.  c 

::y 22.  6 

37:    2....24».  1.  6 
8....i:S2 
9.... 271.  3 

12.... 257 

14 10.  a 

19 73.  2.  u,  254. 

(i.u 

20.... 104.  1 

22.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

32.... 24.  6,  283.  2 

33 105.  a,  282.  a 

38:    9.... 131.  4 

11.... 274.  2.  6 

25 71.  a  (3) 

39:    4....11'J.  1 
7,  12.... 98.  1 

11.... 231.  6.  a 

12.... 22.  6 

14.... 119.  1 

14,  17.... 92.  d 

20 255.  2 

40:  15.... 93.  d,  156.4 

16.... 251.  1 

20 1,50.  5 

41:    8....119.  1 

11. ...99.  3 

12. ...257  2 

19....2.'i4.  3 

21.... 220.  1.  6 

33.... 35.  2 

35.... 249.  2 

40 260.  2  (2)  a 

4.S 94,  6 

51.... 92.  r 
42:     7....202.  2.  n 

11. ...71.  (Hi) 

13.... 38.  1.  a 

18.... 287.  1 

21.  ...39.  4 

2;-..  35.... 216.  2.  a 
3f5....220.  1.  6 
43;    7. ...45.1 
8.... 125.  1 
14.... 65.  (7,  82.  I.  a 

(3).  249.  1.  6 
20.... 26 
29.... 141.  3 
44:    1....285.  2 

4.... 114,     271.    2, 

17.r.r30.  2 

18 203.  1.  a 

40.... 271.  4 
45:  22.... 251.  2.  c 

25.... 45.  3 

28 45.  5.  a 

46:    2.....3S.  1.  a 
8. ...148.  2 

22,  27.... 275.  1.  c 
28.... 22.  b 

47:  24.... 275.  1.  c 
48  :  20.... 270.  c 
22.... 223.  1.  a 

49:    3 65.  a 

5.... 210.  1.  6 
8.... 281 
10.... 24.  6 
11....53.  2.  n,61.  6. 
n,  218,  220.  1.  6, 
221.  5.  6 
12....216.  1.  a,259. 

2.  6 
17.... 216.  2.  a 


19.. 

23.. 
9.. 
10.. 
17.. 
19.. 


.?  140.  1 
.139.  1 
.248 
.271.3 
.273.  3.  a 
.283.  1 


EXODUS. 

1:    1....521.1 
7.... 273.  5 

111 Sh(3r.  pi.) 

!(..... 177.  2 
2:    3....24. /(,  104.  e 

4 53.  3.  /.,  148. 

2,  150.  3  (p.  182) 
7.... 230.  3 
9.... 150.  2.151.1, 
101.  5 
10. ...104.  k 
17.... 104.  i',  105.  a 
20....60.  3.  c,  98.2, 

104.  3 
23.... 51.  2 
3:    1....266.  3.  a 
2.... .53.  2.  a 

4 30.  1.  a 

5....i:;i.  3,  285.  1 
8.... 248 
13....75.  1 
4:    2....24.  «,  75.  1 

10 254.  6.  a 

11.... 158.  2 
13.... 255.  2,  285.  3 
2;'.....  126.  1 
29....  112.  3 

31 275.  2.  a 

5:    5.... 86.  6  (2m.) 
7. ...151.  2 
8.... 39.  1.  a 

16 160.    1.    276. 

2.6 
6:  14.... 255.  3 
16.... 251.  3 

29 10.  a 

7:  10.... 202.  1 
11....5;j.  2.  a 
20....  276.  1 
22.... 53.  2.  a 

20 265.  6 

8:    1....131.  3 
17.... 258.  3.  6 
23. ...100.  2.  «(1) 
9:     ".....10.  n,  177.  1 
15....  119.  1 
1.S....27.  1('4.  e 
25.... 126.  2 
29.... 88  (pi.) 
10:     1....249.  2.  6 
3.... 173.  2 
8.... 271.  4.  a 
24....  1.50.  5 
11:    8....249.  2.  6 
12:    7..'.  .4.5.  2 
10.... 250.  c 
21.... 89    (f.    s.    & 

in.  pi.) 
39.... 141.  6 
49.... 275.  1.  c 
10:    1....24.  a 
2.... 92.  c 
9.... 254.  7 
16.... 220.  1.  6 
22.... 263.  4 
14:    4.... 22.  6,  01.  c 
14.... 119.  1 
17.... 22.  6,  01.  r 
15:     1.... 22.  6,  263.  5 


15:    2....?  50.  1,  105. 
6, 131.  1,  247.  6 
4.... 277.  a 

5 01.  0,  104./ 

C....00.  3.  a,  01. 

6.  II 
9.... 104./ 
10.... 11.  1.6,01.0, 

139.  1 
11,  13.... 22.  6 
14.  16.. .  .203.  5.  a 
10.... 22.  6,01.  6.0 
17.... 24.  6,190.  a 
20.... 277.  o 
21.... 22.  6 
20....  112.  3 
16:    5....38.  1.  a 

7,  8.... 71.  a(l) 
14....1fi0.  « 
15.. .  .39.  3.  6 
23.... 08.  I.u,  112.1 
27.... 242.  a 

17:    1....2.i7.  rf 

8,  10.... 119.  1 
11.... 275.  2.6 

18:    8 104.  J 

10.... 216.  1.  6 
11.... 262.  2 
21,  25.... 225.  1.  a 
20.... 88 
19:    6.... 44.  a 

9.... 215.  1.  a 
12.... 282.  u 
13.... 149.  2.  282.  a 
21.  24. ...111.  1 
20:    2-17....39.  4.  a 
4.... 27,  243.  2 
5. ...111.  3.  a 

8 208.  2 

10.... 249.  1.  c 

11 43 

13.... 27 
21:    7....98.  1.  q 
9.... 275.  3 
11.  ...215.  1.  c 
19.... 92.  il 
22....  19.  2.  o,  39. 

3.  It 
28.... 270.  c 
30....  55.  1 

35 19.  2.   a,  39. 

3.  6 

36.... 92.  <! 

22:    2....210.  1.  6 

3 100.  3 

4.... 220.  1.  6 
8.... 43,  275.  8.  a 
CO.... 220.  1.  6 
23:  11.... 254.  2 
14.... 252.  4 

20 207.  1.  a 

30 280.  1 

31.... 104./ 
24:  4.... 246.  3 
25:  31... .11. 1.6,113.1 

35.... 280.  3.  6 
26:    2....  2.50.  1 
23.... 210.  2.  a 

24 :'.3.  3.  a 

33 100.  2.  n(l), 

loo.    2.    a   (2), 
229.  4.  6 
27  :  21.... 247.  a 
28:    1....119.  1 
2.... 254.  6.  a 

7 275.  1.  c 

40 207.  1.  a 

29:    3.... 248.  a 
9.... 273.  3 
20....;-,S  4.  a 
SO 108.  a 


INDEX    II. 


33:3 


29:  .?5....§65.  a           | 

23:  17. ...§26 

22:  33 §105.  a           \ 

7:    2.. 

..5119.  1 

37.... 2-9.  4.  b 

IS.... 216.  2.  a 

37.... 141.  1 

5.. 

..126.  1 

30:  18....1U9.  3 

22 106  a 

23:    7.... 19.  2,  119.3, 

10. 

.  .92.  c 

23 -15.  1.  c 

30.... 112.  3 

141.  1,  263.  5 

13. 

.  .104.  h 

34 3S.  1.  a 

39.... 22.  a 

13.... 141.  3 

15. 

..106.  (/ 

31:  13.... 104.  h 

24:    5 100.2.0(1) 

18 61.  6.  a 

17. 

..:.64.  'J.  V 

U....Mla.  ti 

22 250,  1.  a 

19. ...121.  3 

23. 

.  .'-Vu.    L 

32:    1....75.  1,  119.  1, 

23 273.  3 

24.... 166.  5 

24. 

..94,  ft,  H2.  3 

24y.  2.  a 

25:     5.... 216.  2.  a 

25 139,  1,  2 

8:    3. 

..86.  ft  (3  \>\.) 

4,  8.... 275.  3.  a 

21.... 172.  1 

27.... 104. 7 

9. 

.  .207.  2.  a 

19 220.  2.  b 

46.... 39.  3.  6 

24:    3 61,  6.  a 

16. 

..55.   2.   0,  86. 

25....1U4.  d,  156.2 

26:    9 100.  2.  a  (1) 

4 266 

ft  (3  pi.) 

33:    3 tj:i.  1.  6, 174. 4 

b:s. 

7....19,  2.  6,131.6 

9:    3. 

.  .112.  3 

13....2i;0.  2.  b 

15. ...141.  3 

9 275.  6 

6. 

..38.4.0,249.2 

20 105.  a 

IS.... 92.  d 

11.... 127.  2 

14. 

.  .98.  2 

24.... 111.  3.  a 

25.... 132.  1 

15.... 61.  6.  a 

25. 

...261.  4 

36:    3 38.  1.  a 

33 92.  c 

17.... 101.  2 

20. 

..119,  1 

28 216.  2.  a 

34.... 172.  1 

21.... 158.  3 

10:  16. 

..119.  3 

38:  27.... 250.  2(2) 

34,  o5 65.  a 

22.... 35.  1 

17. 

.  .30.  2 

39:  30 105.  d 

34,  43. ...140.  6 

25:  13.... 24.  a 

11 :  12. 

..247.  a 

40:    3 160.4 

27:    7....201.  2.  a 

26:  30.... 246.  3.  b 

14. 

..270.  6 

8.... 112.  3 

f.2 96.  a 

18. 

..249.  2.  6 

23...  .246,  2.  a 

28:    4.... 249.  1.  b 

22. 

..87.  88  (pi.) 

LEVITICUS. 

6.... 254.  6.  b 

12:    0. 

. .  .270.  6 

S....104.  d 

10. 

...274.  2.  e 

2:  15....5  71.  a(3) 

NUMBERS. 

26.... 39.  3.  b 

31. 

...45.  5 

4:  13 60.  3.  a 

29:  15.... 261.  1 

13:    ;<• 

...111.  3.  a 

23,  2S 150.  5 

1:  10....5  13.  6 

SO:  11.... 274.  2.  ft 

4. 

. . .283.  1 

5:  21.... 61.  4.  a, 

47 96.  a 

31:    2.... 131.  3 

5. 

...65.  ft 

205.  c 

2:  33.... 96.  a 

12.... 45.  5.  a 

7. 

...276.  1 

22.... 119.  1 

3:  26.... 271.  4.  6 

32:    5....271.  4.  a 

14. 

...254.  6.  a 

24.... 220.  2.  a 

49 55.  1 

7... .113.  1 

14:    5. 

...57.  2  (3)  a 

6:  14.... 114 

4:  23.... 22.  a 

21.... 254.  9.  ft 

7. 

...196.  c 

15 95.  a 

5:  13,  14.... 71.  a  (3) 

S3....  71.  a  (1),  246. 

17. 

. .  .229.  4.  & 

7:  38 -.^16.  1.  a 

22 131.  2 

1.  a 

22. 

...280.  1 

8:    3....119.  1 

6:  23.... 120.  3 

42.... 27 

15:  16. 

...119.  1 

9:    7....98.  1.  a 

8:    7.... 121.  3 

33:  SO.... 111.  2.  d 

IS. 

...126,  1 

10:    4 39.  4.  a 

24. ...22.  a 

34:    5 61.  6.  a 

16:    1. 

...22.  6 

11.... 273.  2 

9:    6....275.  1.  6 

6,  7,  9.... 24.  a 

3. 

...30.  2 

12.... 39.  3.  6 

7.... 249.  2 

IS. ...131.  1 

20. 

...280.3 

18.... 271.  4.  a 

14.... 275.  1.  c 

28 57.  2(2)6 

17:    2, 

3.... 20.5.  a 

19.... 230.  2.  6 

20.... 263.  2 

35:    4....251.  2.  a 

18:    2. 

...276.1.  c 

11:    7....126.  1 

10:  23.... 45.  5 

19.... 125.  2 

19:    6. 

...114 

9 270.  c 

29.... 21.  1 

20 105.  o! 

15. 

. .  .43 

18.... 229.  4.  b 

35.... 4.  a 

20:    2. 

...19.  2,119.  3 

32....3S.  1.0,254.4 

11:    4.... 57.    2  (2)  a, 

...119,  1 

39 71.  a  (3) 

229.  3.  a 

DEUTERONOMY. 

21:    7'. 

...13.    6,   86.    ft 

42.... 4.  a 

.'^....203.  4 

(3]>1.) 

43.... 164.  2 

11. ...164.  2 

1:    2 §  38.  1.  a 

8. 

...83.  c.  (2) 

44.... 96.  b,  242 

l."i 71,  a(2) 

14.... 259.  2 

11. 

. .  .214.  1.  6 

13:    3....258.  3.  a 

16.... Ill,  3.  a 

15.... 225.  1.  a 

22:    7. 

. .  .126.  1 

4.... 27,  57.  2  (2) 

20 196.  d 

19.... 271.  2 

24. 

...255.  2 

b.  220.  1.  b 

25.... 111.  2.  c 

22....99.  3.  a 

23:    5. 

...253.2.6 

10, 21.... 71.  a  (3) 

12:    1....276.  1 

2S....38.  1.  a 

11. 

...24.6 

51,  52.... 139.  3 

4 250.  2(2)  a 

35.... 38,1.  a,  249.1 

24:    3. 

...104,  h 

55,  56 96.  a 

13:  18.... 283.  2.  a 

3S....273.  1 

4. 

...96.  a 

14:    8....126.  1 

32.... 156. 4 

44.... 245,  5.  d 

25:    4. 

...158.  3 

13 175.  2 

14:    1 21b.  2.  a 

45. ...112.  3 

7. 

...60.  3.  a 

35 242.  a 

2.... 262,  1 

2:    9....60.  4.  a 

13. 

...280.  2 

38 274.  2.  a 

15:    6.... 262.  3 

12.... 203.  5.  a 

26:    2. 

...39.  4 

42 156.  2 

21.  ...39.  3.  b 

24.... 131.  3 

5. 

...254.  6.  6 

43 92.  rf,  94.  b 

2S....27,  220.  1.  6 

35.... 139.  1 

12. 

...94.  6,  113.  2 

15:  24.... 87 

29.... 275.  1.  c 

3:    4.... 250.  2(1) 

27:    4. 

...106.  a 

29 100.  2.  a  (2) 

16:    3.... 275.  2 

13.... 246.  1.  a 

7. 

...24.  a 

32 87 

17:    3,  4.... 104.  g- 

17 216.  2.  a 

28  :  24. 

...104.  b 

16:    4 104. /i 

10.... 140.  4 

26.... 21.  1,151.  2 

45. 

. .  .104.  b 

8 11.1.  n,188.a 

28....12.5.  2 

4:  10.... 119.  1 

48. 

.  .  .94.  6 

31 71.  a  (3; 

20:    3.... 125.  2 

11.... 99.  3.  a 

52. 

...126.  1 

18:    4 263.1 

5. ...104.  I 

26.... 44.  ft,  91.  & 

57. 

...164.  2 

7  ff 172.  3 

8.... 276.  3 

30.... 265.  6 

58. 

...249.  1 

28.... 156.  4 

14.... 104.  i 

33.... 35.  1 

59. 

...165.    2,    220. 

19:  20 175.  5,  282.  a 

21.... 131.  4 

41.... 219.      1.      6, 

2.  a 

20:    3 256 

21:    5.... 104.  I 

256.  d 

66. 

...177.  3 

7 96.  ft 

30 105,  a,  140.  5 

5:    6-21.... 39.  4.  a 

29:  11. 

...106.  a 

21:    1 96.  n 

33,  35 44.  a 

8. ...27 

30:    3 

...92.  c 

4 140.  4 

22:    6 2R9.  6 

9.... 111.  3.  a 

3, 

4 104.  h 

5 97   1.  n 

8.... 274.  2.  a 

14.... 249.  1.  c 

11. 

...166. 1,205.  C 

9.... 71.  a  (3), 
140.  3 

11....  19.  2,  141.  1, 

17. ...27 

20. 

...39.  4,  87 

267.  b 

24.... 71.  a (2) 

31 :  28. 

...22,  ft 

23:    3 280.  3.  a 

25.... 119.  1 

6:    4. ...4.  n 

29. 

...166.  1 

13.... 220.  1.  b 

29.... 262.  1 

1         25....45.  1 

32:    1. 

...245.  2 

331 


INDEX    II. 


S2:    fi....5  228.  2.  n 

12:  21.... 5  55.  2.  o 

9:  11.... §  53.     2.     &, 

2:    8....§88,88(2f.), 

7....  104.  A,  280.  2 

13:  13.... 196.  b 

95.  b 

127.  1 

8.... 11.  1.  A,  94.  6 

23.... 247.  n 

12.... 89    (f.   B.    & 

9....88(pl.),  16aL 

10 03.  <•,  105.  b 

14:    8.... 62.  2,  175.  1 

III.  1.1.) 

3 

U 13.  11 

15;  36....203.  6.  6 

13 95.  b 

14.... 150.  3 

la....2S.'>.  3 

38.... 22.  a 

14.... 89 

16.... 139.  2 

18.... 172.  4 

66.... 22. a 

24.... 220.  1.  b 

3:    3.... 86.  ft(2f.) 

21.... 111.  2.  b 

17:     1....30.  2 

25.... 174.  5 

4....16  1,55.  2.  a, 

22.... 147.  4 

18;  12,  14.... 86.   b    (3 

29....  1*34.  .5,  172.3 

88(2  f.),  106.  a 

26.... 104.  f,Vl2.  3 

pl.) 

35.... 274.  2.  b 

12.... 258.  3.  6 

28....215.  i.  & 

20.... 88 

38.... 91.  b 

13.... 119.  3 

29.... 252.1 

19:  43.... 01.  6.  a 

48.... 75.  1 

15 60.  3.   h  (2), 

32 i;4.   0,    57.   2 

50.... 172.  4 

63.... 140.  5 

120.    1,   164.    i 

(2)rt 

51.... 39.  1.  a 

10:    2.... 60.  3.  6(1) 

251.  2.  r 

34....9i)(p:i8r..) 

21:  10.... 227.  1.  a 

4 207.  1./ 

20.... 220.  1.  ft 

36.... 35.  1,  86.  b 

22:     5.... 87 

9.... 243.  3 

4:     1... .147.5 

37. ...172.  1 

12.... 45.  5 

14.  ...119.  4 

15.... 104.  c,  t 

37,  38 220.  2.  c 

16. ...119.  3 

11:    1....254.  6 

41.... 141.  2 

17....271.  4.  a 

18.... 99.  3.  a 

'»3:  10.... 61.   6.   a,  88 

25.... 148.  1 

25.... 91.  &,  119.  1 

1  SAMUEL. 

(3  f.).  167.  3 

27.... 44.  b 

37.... 98.  2 

21.... 177.  3 

23:    7,  12.... 249.  2.  a 

40.... 250.     2    (2), 

1:    1....5  265.  a 

24:  10.... 92.  d,  282.  a 

263.  4 

3.... 219.  1.  a 

15....S8(pl.) 

12:    4.... 272.  2 

4.... 245.  3.  6 

JOSHUA. 

19.... 275.  3.  a 

5.... 2.30.  3.  a 

6.... 24.  ft,  104.  / 

6.... 3.  1.  a 

8.... 263.  2 

1:    1....5  265.  a 

13:    2.... 248.  a 

9....  104.  t/,  172.  4, 

8.... 36.  2 

JUDGES. 

3.... 16.  1 

254.  1 

14.... 250 

6,  7.... 90  (2f.  B.) 

14.... 88  (2  f.) 

16.... 2*33.  1 

1:    l....§265.n 

6.... 119.  2 

17.... 5:5.  2.  a 

2:    8.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 273.  3.  a 

8.... 93.  b,  245.5. 

20.... 119.  2 

14.... 249.  2.  h 

2:    7.... 256 

6,  266.  3 

24.... 104.  I 

16.... 157.  1,  164.  2 

3:  15.... 246.  3.  6 

12.... 27.5.  1.  a 

28.... 119.  2 

17,  18,  20 104.  k 

24.... 140.  5 

23.... 273.  1 

2:    5....24.  c 

18....  112.  3 

25.... 157.  1 

14:     1....61.  6.  a 

10.... 119.  1 

20.... 249.  2.  6 

27.... 272.  2.  & 

6.... 245  5.  d 

13.... 203.  5.  a 

3:    3.... 246.  3 

30.... 274.  2.  a 

11.... 251.  2.  b 

22....88(pl.) 

9.... 131.  3 

4:  19.... 164.  2,  262.  2 

15.... 283.  2.  a 

27. ...91.  ft 

11 246.  3.  a 

20.... 104.  a,  127.  2 

18.... 61.  6.  a 

3:    2.... 2,58.  3.  a 

12.... 280.  1 

21....n.l.a,156.3 

15:  16.... 280.  3.  a 

4....26,3.  1.  6 

13.... 246.  3 

22 206 

16:    5....l:50.  1.  & 

7.... 26,3.  1.  6 

14.... 253.  2.  a 

23.... 126.  1 

13.... 112.  3 

8.... 2,54.  9.  ft 

4:    4.... 251.  4.  a 

24.... 282.  c 

14.... 246.  3.  a 

19.... 263  4 

5.... 255.  3 

5:    6.... 86.  a,  141.  1, 

16.... 27 

4:    8....260.  2.  a 

6.  ...88  (pi.) 

249.  2.  a 

26. ...."il.  2 

12.... 266.  3 

8....104.  ^ 

7....24.  r,74,74.  a 

26.... 150.  1 

14.... 75.  1 

10.... 275.  2 

8....92.  </,  121.  1 

27.... 271.  1 

19.... 148.  2 

13.... 45.  5.  a 

12.... 45.  2.  a 

28....22.&,  27,223. 

6:  10.... 104.  e-,  165.  3 

23.... 127.  2 

13.... 148.  3 

1.  a 

12.... 88  (3f.  pl.), 

24....  262.  1 

15 199.     c,    207. 

17:    2....71.  a.  2 

147.  4,  282 

6.    5.... 125.  2 

2.  a 

18:     7.... 94.     a,    275. 

14.... 246.  3.  ft 

7.... 46 

26.... 88  (3  f.  pl.), 

2.  b 

15.... 119.  1 

13....2S2.  c 

105.  b 

29.... 93.  ft 

7:    8. ...119.1 

17.... 166.  1 

28.... 60.  3.  b  (2), 

30 4.  a 

8:  19.... 24.  a 

7:    7.... 60.   3.  h  (2), 

121.  2 

19:    5.... 19.  2.  a,  89 

9:    3....270.  c 

94.  h,  112.  2 

31.... 203.  1 

11. ...1.^0.  1(2) 

9.... 243.  2.  a, 

9.... 172.  3 

6:    9....99.  3.  6 

22 82.  5.  a 

245.  3 

21.... 246.  2.  a 

11.... 246.  3.  b 

20:  13.... 46 

24.... 24.5.  5.  ft 

8:  11.... 246.  3.  a 

14.... 249.  2.  b 

15,  17.... 96.  a 

10:    1-8. ...100.1 

19.... 271.  2 

15.... 250.  2(2)  a 

25.... 224.  a 

4.... 251.  2.  c 

22.... 272.  2 

17.... 74,  74.  a 

31.... 131.  2 

5.... 266.  3 

24.... 22.  6 

20.... 73.  2.  a 

32.... 24.  ft 

6.... 105.    3,    273. 

33 246.  2.  a 

25.... 249.  1.  c 

.■)9....1.".l.  5 

3.  a 

9:    4. ...161.  1 

31.... 230.  3.  a 

4;!.... 24.  ft 

13.... 165.  3 

6. ...119.  4 

34.... 119.  1 

44.... 271.  4.  b 

19 250.  2  (2)  a 

8.... 262.  2.  a 

36.... 2.58.  3.  b 

21:    9....E6.  n 

24.... 24.  ft 

12.... 161.    1,    249. 

7:    6.... 22.  a 

21.... 39.  3.  A 

12:    3....38.  l.a 

2.  n 

12.... 74.  a 

22.... 158.  3 

7. ...91.  c 

13.... 126.  1 

19.... 268.  1 

25.... 258.  3.  6 

13.... 119.  2 

24.... 95.  r,  172.  3 

8:     1....166.  2 

24.... 94.  a 

10:  11.... ."iS.  4.  a,  39. 

2.... 25 

13:    5.... 250.  2(1) 

1.  a 

10.... 224.  a 

RUTH. 

8.... 149.  2 

20.... 22.  6 

11.... 229.  4.  b 

19.... SO.  ft(8pl.) 

24 86.  ?>(3  pi.), 

19. ...111.  3.  b 

1:    8....<;  27,5.  5 

21.... 19.  2.  ft,  65.  a 

245.  5.  h 

26.... 74.  a 

9....89(f.  pl.) 

14:     1....73.  2.  a 

26.... 56.  4 

9:    2....230.  2.  a 

11.... 45.  4 

22.... 94.  r 

29.... 272.  2 

8.... 98.  1.  a 

13.... 25,  71.  n(3). 

24. ...111.  2.  d 

30.... 21.  I 

9....53.  2.^,63. 1. 

88  (f.  pl.),  91.  c 

29 249.  2.  c 

31,3S....272.  2 

«,  95.  h 

19 104.  ^ 

32....  157.  3,  172.4 

11:    8. ...21.  1 

10.... 89    (f.     B.    &. 

20 60.  3.  c,  196. 

33.... 57.   2  (3)   o, 

14.... 94.  b 

m.  pl.) 

d 

164.  3 

INDEX   II. 


335 


14:  36.. ..§141.1 

28.24... 

.§111.2.6 

21:11... 

.§271.  4.  a 

16  :  26. 

...§254.  9.  a 

40.... 276.  3 

30:    1... 

.14.  a 

12... 

.177.  3 

29. 

...262.  2.  a 

15:    1....125.  2 

31:    2... 

.94.  c 

22;    7... 

.142.  2 

17;    3. 

. .  .100.  1 

5. ...111.  2.  c 

24... 

.45.  1 

14. 

...177.3 

6. ...151.  2 

33... 

.160.  1 

21. 

...43 

9 91.  e 

2  SAMUEL. 

37,  40.... 238.  1.  6 

18:    1. 

...262.  1 

19....  157.  3,   172.4 

40... 

.53.  3.  a.  111. 

12. 

...100.  2.  a(l) 

30 100.2.  a(l) 

1:   4... 

.§242.  c 

2 

c 

13. 

. . .  104.  £■ 

16  :    4. ...284 

6... 

.91.  6,  166.  3 

41..'. 

.53.  2.  6,  132. 

30. 

...131.  3 

12.... 214.  2.  b 

9... 

.256.  c 

1 

32. 

...273.  3 

15.... 221.  2.  a 

10... 

.99.3.6,106.0 

43... 

.118.  3,  141.  3 

42. 

...175.  3 

18....246.  3.  6,254. 

15... 

.131.  3 

44... 

.199.  6 

43. 

...254.  9.  a, 

6.  a,  -Ibl,  2 

21... 

.265.  1 

48.. 

.238.  1.  6 

274.  2  d 

23.... 245.  3.  a 

26... 

.166.  1 

23:    1... 

.160.  5 

44. 

...104.  6 

17  :12....249.  2.  c,253. 

2:  19... 

.13.  6 

6... 

.33.  3,  140.  6, 

19;    2. 

..276.  3.  a 

2.  b 

27... 

.65.  a 

221.  6 

4. 

...274.  2,  c 

25.... 24.  6,104,  h 

32... 

.274.  2.  6 

8... 

.199.  6 

7. 

...38.  1.  a 

26.... 73.  2.  a,  275, 

3:    2... 

.257.  1 

27.. 

.24.  6 

10. 

...92.  d 

3.  a 

8... 

.165.  3 

24:12... 

.268.  2 

11. 

...215.1.  c 

34.... 245.  5.  d, 265. 

22... 

.276.  2 

13.. 

.253.  2 

15. 

...66.  2(2)6, 

6,  271.  4.  h 

4:    6... 

.71.  a  (3) 

219.1 

35....  14.  a,  112.3, 

5:    2... 

.164.  2 

19. 

...251.4.  a 

265.  b 

6:    1... 

.151.  2 

1  KINGS. 

20. 

...98.  1.  a 

42.... 172.  4 

3... 

.249.  1.  b 

20:    9. 

...39.4 

47.... 150.  2 

5... 

.16.  3.  6 

1:    6.. 

.§243.1 

13. 

...229.  1.  6 

65.... 245.    2,    249. 

13... 

.282.  c 

14.. 

.259.  2.  a 

27. 

...96.  a.  161.  4 

2.  a 

16... 

.253.  1 

15.. 

.54.  1,  205.  6 

36. 

...172.3 

66.... 249.  2.  a 

20... 

.282.  6 

21.. 

.87 

39. 

...91.  6 

18:    1....105.  a 

23... 

.56.  2 

27. . 

.283.  2.  6 

21  :    1. 

...45.  1 

6. ...158.  3 

7:10... 

.114 

2:24.. 

.105.  a 

8. 

...46 

7.... 250.  2 (2)  a 

8  :  18... 

.199.  6 

31.. 

.254.  6.  b 

29. 

...164.2 

9.... 156.  1 

10:    3... 

.263.  2 

3:    3.. 

.126.  1 

22  :  12. 

...126.  1 

17.... 119.  1 

11,17 

....275.  2.  6 

7.. 

.267.  6 

23. 

...249.  2.  6 

20.... 243.  2 

11:    1... 

.11.  1.  6 

15.. 

.147.  4 

26. 

...166.  1 

22 220.  2.  b 

24... 

.177.  3 

4:    5.. 

.150.    4,    215. 

27. 

...253.  2.  a, 

28.... 104.  i 

25... 

.245.   5,    271. 

1. 

e 

270.  c 

29.... 148.  1,  151.2 

4. 

a 

5:    3.. 

.263.  2.  a 

35. 

...147.  4 

19  :  10 249.  2.  b 

12:    1,4 

...156.  3 

10.. 

.254.  8 

54. 

...119.  1 

13, 16.... 201.  2 

4... 

.249.  1.  c 

11.. 

.260.  2  (2)  a 

17. ...104.  k 

14... 

.92.  d 

20.. 

.119.  1 

21 269.  a 

13:    4... 

.280.  1 

25.. 

.53.  2.  a 

2 

KINGS. 

22.... 249,  1.  c 

31... 

.254.  10 

6:  16.. 

.10.  a 

20:    6.... 119.  1 

32... 

.158. 3 

19.. 

.132.  1 

1:    2. 

...§249.2.  c, 

13....271.  4.  a 

39... 

.263.  1 

21.. 

.207.  1.  c 

283.  1 

21.... 39. 4 

14  :    2,  3 

...16.  1 

38.. 

.251.  4.  a 

6. 

. .  .36.  2,  39.  4 

28.... 119.  1 

7... 

.38.  4.  a,  158.  3 

7:12.. 

.249.  1.  c 

7. 

...76.  1 

31 254.  6.  a 

10... 

.104.  k 

14.. 

.132.  1,  253.  1 

10. 

...172.4 

38.... 199.  h 

19... 

.57.2(1), 

37.. 

.220.  1.  6 

10, 

14.... 250.  2 

42.... 250.  2 (2) a 

180.  a 

44.. 

.251.  4.  a 

(2)fl 

21:    2.... 219.  1.  A 

30... 

.149.  1,  150.  4 

8:    1.. 

.119.  1 

16. 

...39.  4 

3....92.6,221.3.a 

15;    8... 

.282.  6 

48.. 

.86.  6  (1  c.) 

2:    1. 

...16.  3.  6 

7.. ..44 

12... 

.125.  2 

9:  11.. 

.165.  2 

10. 

...93.  c 

12.... 44.  a 

23... 

.276.  2.  b 

10:    3.. 

.112.  3 

11. 

. .  .16.  3.  b 

14....66.  ia),105. 

30... 

.282.  c 

9.. 

.254.  8 

16. 

...208.3.  C 

a,  174.  4 

32... 

.273.  6 

12.. 

.275.  1.  6 

21. 

...165.  2 

15.... 126.  1 

34... 

.287.  3 

15.. 

.254.  3 

22. 

...165.  3 

22:    2.... 166.  2 

37... 

.215.  1.  e 

11:    1.. 

.210.  d 

24. 

...251.  2.  b 

23:  11.... 94.  d 

16:    1... 

.250.  2 (1) 

3.. 

.275.  1.  a 

3:    4. 

...263.  2.  a 

22.... 282.  a 

16... 

.215.  1.  e 

13.. 

.16.  1 

23. 

...119.  1 

24:  14.... 245.  5.  a 

17:    9... 

.243.  2.  a 

22.. 

.24.  a 

25. 

...66.  6,111.1 

17.... 260.  1 

10... 

.140.  4 

25.. 

.271.  4.  6 

27. 

. . .263.  1 

19.... 71.  a (2) 

12... 

.71.  ad) 

39.. 

.57.  2  (2)  a 

4:    7. 

. .  .220.  1.  6 

25:    7 94.  a 

22... 

.223.  1.  a 

12:10.. 

.221.  5.  a 

16, 

23....71.  a.  2 

8...  .164.  2 

23... 

.113.    1,    275. 

12.. 

.164.  2 

24. 

...131.  1 

14.... 157.  3 

3. 

a 

32.. 

.257.  3 

25. 

...73.  2.  a 

18....  172.    5,    209. 

18:    3... 

.113.  2 

13:    7.. 

.234.  a 

32. 

...95.  a 

3.  a 

18... 

.270.  6 

12.. 

.75.  2 

5:    1. 

...39.  1.  a 

33.... 165.  3 

19:    1... 

.281 

20.. 

.60.  3.  6  (2) 

3. 

...112.  3 

34....88(3f.),  167. 

14... 

.111.  2.  6 

14:    2.. 

.71.  fi(2) 

6. 

...10i.j 

3 

18... 

.224.  a 

3.. 

.60.  2.  a,  127.1 

7. 

. .  .2»4.  9.  6 

43.... 250.  2 (2) a 

19... 

.113.  2 

6.. 

.273.  5 

9. 

...267 

J6:16....271.  4.  b 

20:    1... 

.257.  2 

24.. 

.246.  3.  a 

18. 

...46,176.1 

22....246.  3. a 

4.. 

.119.  1 

25.. 

.257.  3 

6:    5. 

...271.4.  b 

27:  12.... 119.  1 

5.. 

.111.  2.  d 

15;  16.. 

.60.  3.  a 

8. 

...220.  2.  a 

28:    7. ...214.  1.  b 

9.. 

.111.  2.6 

23.. 

.in.  4 

10. 

...252.  4 

8 89(f.  B.  &m. 

21.. 

.95.  a 

29.. 

.94.  6 

11. 

...74.  a 

pi.) 

21;    2... 

.166.  2. 

33.. 

.257.  3,  4 

18. 

...98.  2,207. 

10.... 24.  b 

6.. 

.60.  3.  a,  127. 

16:10.. 

.252.  2 

1.  a 

14.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

2 

16.. 

.247.  a 

19. 

...88  (pi.) 

15.... 63.  1.  c,   97. 

9.. 

.160.5,223.1. 

17.. 

All.  4,  175.  3 

22. 

...2.30.  3 

L  6,  164.  6 

a 

250.  2  (2)  a 

25.. 

.172.  4 

23. 

...172.  4 

336 


INDEX    II. 


6:32... 

.5  24.6              1 

3:    3. ...5247.  a 

6;  11. ...52.3.-5. /I            1 

9:18... 

.§24.6,105.0, 

7  :  1-'... 

.16;,.  1 

5  •    2.... 119.  1 

7  :  :i4....251.  3 

190.  n. 

13... 

.■.'4ii.  3.  11           1 

12.... 180.  a 

8:    2.... 166.  4               1 

30... 

.121.1 

8:    1... 

.71.  "  (2) 

6.  42.... 98.  1 

5.... 100.  n,  125.  2 

31... 

.105.  6 

8... 

.■:iO.  2.  c 

7  ;    6.... 94.  c 

9:    0... .161.4 

10:12... 

.19.  2 

12... 

.I2ii.  1 

8:  16.... 240.  3,  a 

6....71.  a(2) 

22... 

.61.  6.  a 

13... 

.76   1 

18.... 13.  a 

IS. ...63.  1.  a 

11:    3... 

.94.  a 

21.. 

.11.  1.  6,90 

10:    7.... 231.  5.  a 

19.... 249.  1 

12... 

.139.  3 

9:  17... 

.196.  I> 

10.... 19.  2 

2i; — 'i;;.  i.  a 

15... 

.100.  5 

2.'). . 

.220.  1.  b 

15:    8.... 246.  3.  a 

2S....249.  1.  a 

17... 

.97.  1.  a,  260. 

37... 

.172.  1 

16:    7.  8... .119.  1 

32. ...271.  4.  a 

2 

C2)c 

10:  14... 

.lis.  3 

12.... 177.  3 

35.... 249.  1.  c 

12:14... 

.111.  1 

30... 

.:».  4 

17:  11.... 62.  2.  6,  209. 

10:  39.... 94.  b.  113.  2 

21... 

.282.  c 

11:   4... 

.199.  b 

2.rf 

11  :  17.... 1.50.  2 

13:    9... 

.24.  c 

13... 

.199.  a 

12.... 282.  c 

12:44....;i9.  3.  b 

15... 

.83.6 

12:    1... 

.2J2.  2.  b 

13.... 275.  1.  c 

13  ;  13.... 111.  2.  d 

21... 

.119.  1 

8.. 

.■.'16.  1.  a 

IS:  22....  249.  2.  b 

16.  ...11.  1.  a 

27... 

.264.  a 

9... 

.n).;!.r,  132.2 

23.... 38.  4.  a 

23.... 210.  d 

14:    1... 

.254.  9.  b 

10... 

.Jn  1.  1.  a 

19:    2.. ..112.  5.  c 

19... 

.112.3,  275.4 

13:    6... 

AiA.  -2 

20:    7 105.  a 

15:    7... 

.227.  1.  « 

14.. 
15:    1... 

.26;!.  1 
.252.  2.  a 

35.... 96.  a 
21:  17.... 125.    1,    260. 

E.STnER. 

n... 

.200.  2  (2)  6 
.121.  2 

10.. 
16.. 

.19.  2 
.240.  2.  a 

2^2) 
22:    5. ...53.  2.  a 

2:    8. ...5120.1 

9.... 207.  2.  d 
4:    3.... 150.  5 
4.... 101.  2 

14.... 127.  1 

16.... 276.  2 
7  :    5....S2.  1.  a(l) 
8:    6.... 269 

15.... 256 
9:    4.... 282.  c 

27.... 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

16:  'E'.'.'. 

.172.  5 
.104.  h 

16:    7.. 

.150.  2 

ll....:>9.  1.  a 

11... 

.147.  3 

17.. 

.25:i.  2 

23:  19.... 242 

12... 

.101.  2 

17:13... 

.:;9.  4.  a 

24  :  18.... 249.  2.  b 

13... 

.126.   1,  216. 

30.. 

.:VJ.  4 

25:    4.... 254.  7 

1. 

b 

IS:  23.. 

.119.  1 

26;  15.... 148.  1,  177.3 

16... 

.60.  3.  6  (2) 

30.. 

.IJO.    1,   271. 

17.... 2.51.  2.  b 

19... 

.19.  2 

4. 

„ 

19.... 119.  3 

17:    2... 

.24.  6 

19;    4.. 

.2S5.  1 

21.... 198.  a.  4 

3.. 

.126.  1 

23.. 

.254.  2.  a 

28:  23.... 94.  e 

10.. 

.215.  1.  c 

25.. 

.175.  2 

29:  31.  ...65.  b 

16.. 

.88  (3  f.  pi.) 

29.. 

.131.  3 

36.... 24.5.  5.  b 

18:    2... 

.54.3 

22:  19.. 

.100.  a 

31:    7....14S.  1 

4.. 

.91.  6,  230.  2 

23:   1.. 

.251.  2.  6 

14.... 219.  1.  a 

JOB. 

19:    2.. 

.105.  c 

17.. 

.73.  2.  a,  246. 

32:  15.... 256.  c 

3.. 

.04.  r,  252.  4 

a 

30....  150.  2  (p. 

1  :    3. ...5  250.    2  (2), 

7.. 

.113.  1 

25  :  17. r 

.251.  2.  b 

182) 

200.  2.  (1) 

15.. 

.105.  e 

29.. 

.177.  3 

33:  19.... 199.  c 

5.... 263.  4,  274. 

16.. 

.45.4 

34:    4. ...120.  1 

2.  d 

17.. 

.139.  2 

5.... 220.  1.  6 

6....245.  3.  6 

23.. 

.88  (pi.),  14L 

1  CnRON-ICLES. 

6.... 43.  b 

7.... 45.  1 

1 

35  :  13.... 57. 1 

10.... 71.  n(2) 

29.. 

.74,  74.  a 

2  :13.. 

.5  57.  2(1) 

11....45.  4.  131.  3 

20:   4.. 

.158.  3 

16.. 
3:    5.. 

.13.  h 
.149.  1 

EZRA. 

14.... 220. 1.6,258. 
3 

8.. 
17.. 

.139.  3 
.255.  3.  a 

4:10.. 
5:20.. 

.100.  2.  n(l) 
.74.  a 

3:  11.... 5  95.  c,  150.  5 
7  :  25.... 39.  4 
8:  18.... 26 

23 99.  3 

25.... 98.  1.  a,  207. 
1.  h,  245.  5.  b 

26.... 98.  1.  a 

29.... 246.  3.  a 

31.... 09.  3 
10:  14.... 245.  5.  b 

16....  122.  2,  141.  1 

17.... 245.  5.  b 

21.... 104.  2 
2:    3.... 36.  1.  a 

24.. 
26.. 

.112.  5.  c 
.00.  3.  c,  93.  0, 

12:    1.. 

.14.  a 

5 45.  4 

111.  2.  e 

2.. 

.150.  1,  180.  o 

7. ...46 

28.. 

.140.  2 

14.. 

.260.  2  (2) 

10 248.  a 

21:    5.. 

.140.  5 

20.. 

.14.  a 

3:    3 263.  5 

13.. 

.24.  c 

13:   3.. 

.10.1.  I 

8.... 207.  6 

18.. 

.104.  I 

12.. 

.51.  2 

11.... 203.  5 

24.. 

.88  (pi.) 

15:24.. 

.94.  e,  180.  (I 

13.... 203.  1 

22:    3.. 

.283.  2 

27.. 

.180.    a,   246. 

25. ...108.  a,  172.  3 

20.. 

.220.  1.  6 

3 

a 

4:    2.... 28.3.  1.  a 

21.. 

.SS(3.f.),  94 

17:   4.. 

.265.  3.  a 

4.... 200.  fi 

ct 

,  107.  3 

20:    2.. 

.254.  6 

6.... 287.  3 

23:    3.. 

.209.  6 

8.. 

,.73.  «,  149.  1 

19.... 285.  1 

9.. 

..34 

21:13.. 

.259.  2 

NEHEMIAH. 

5:    7.... 93.  b,  287.  1 

11.. 

..79  ,3.  a 

22:14.. 

.250.  2  (3) 

8.... 263.  1 

17.. 

..SO  6  (2ra.) 

23:    6.. 

..59.  a 

1:    4. ...5125.  2 

10 61.  6.  a 

24:14.. 

.83.  b 

24:    3.. 

..59.  n,  113.  1 

7 282.  b 

18.... 105.  3 

19.. 

. .285.  3 

28.. 

.27.5.  1.  c 

2:    4. ...111.  2.  e 

0:    2....26;?.  1 

21.. 

..150.  2 

25:19.. 

.251.  4.  a 

7. ...HI.  2.  b 

16.... 96.  b 

24.. 

.  .139.  1 

26:28.. 

.24.5.  5.  6 

12.... 39.  4 

22.... 60.  3.   b  (2), 

25.. 

..264.  a 

27:15.. 

..251.4.  a 

13.... 4.  rt,  164.  5 

119.  4 

33.. 

.  .220.  2.  c 

28:    1.. 

..36.1 

3:  13.... 53.  2.  6,62.1 

26 126.  1 

25:    3.. 

..220.  1.  6 

5.. 

..249.  1.  rt 

20.... 94.  a 

7:    3....243.  2. /. 

26;    9.. 

..ISO.  a 

29:17.. 

..245.  .5.  6 

S3.... 274.  1 

5.... 119.  1,  139.  3 

11.. 

..161.4 

18.. 

..125.1 

34.... 210.  c 

14.... 104.  /,  105.  b 

27:    3.. 

.  .256.  c 

4:    7....216.  2.  a 

18 105.7; 

1           *■• 

.  .92.  e 

5:    8.... 2.5.5.  1 

8  :    8.... .57.  2  (2)  a, 

12.. 

..271.3 

2  CHRONICLES. 

14.... 6.5.  a 

227.  1.  (I 

3;!.. 

.  .220.  2.  c 

16. ...112.  3 

21.... 165.  1 

28  :  12. . 

.  .245.  5 

1  :    4.. 

.5  24.5.  5.  b 

6:    6. ...177.  1 

9  :    2.... 22.  b 

29:    3.. 

..1.39.  2 

10.. 

..164.  /; 

8.... .57.   2  (3)   a, 

O....S8(pl.) 
1         15. ...92.  6 

0.. 

.  .53.  3.  6 

2:    7.. 

.14.  a,  254.  3 

164.  3. 

U.. 

..105.  d 

INDEX    II. 

337 

29  :  21... .§24.  e              | 

9:17... 

.§149.1 

45:    3... 

.5  92.  a             f 

78:63... 

.?9.T  b 

SO:    S....24.  b 

18... 

.219.  1.  a 

9... 

.199.  b 

65... 

.141.  5* 

26.... 99.  3.  b 

19... 

.120.  1 

10... 

.14.  a,  24,  b 

80:    3... 

.01.  0.  a 

31:    5. ...157.  3 

10:    2... 

.31.  a,  286 

47;    0... 

.43.  a 

5,8 

...253.  2.  b 

15s... 01.  3,  105.  6, 

5... 

.31.  b 

10... 

.112.  5.  c 

6... 

.112.  3 

161.  3. 

8,  IC 

....209.  1.  a 

49;    9... 

.55,  1 

11... 

.<JS.  a 

18.... 273.  3.  a 

12... 

.131.  3 

50:21... 

.112.  3,  282.  b 

14... 

.4.  o,  180.  a 

22.... 27 

13,  14 

....31.  b 

23... 

.105.  b 

15... 

.253.  V.  /j 

24.... 60.  1.  a 

11:    1... 

.257.  1 

51:   6... 

.263.  1 

16... 

.4.  o,  ISO,  2 

32:    2.... 269.  b 

7... 

.220.  2.  c,  275. 

7.. . 

.121.  2 

19... 

.1.57.  3 

10....1i:.5.  1 

3. 

a 

53;    6... 

.220.  1.  6 

20... 

.253.  2.  b 

11.... 53.  2.  a,  111. 

12:    3... 

.280.  2 

55:  10... 

.02.  c 

81  :    3... 

.45.  5.  a 

2.  c 

4... 

.119.  1 

10... 

.164,  2 

11... 

.119.   1,   246. 

18.... 164.  2 

S... 

.73.1,  249.2,  & 

IS.. 

.274.  2.  a 

2 

b 

33:    5.... 111.  3.  a 

13:    4... 

.271.  3 

19,  2 

2.... 19.  2.  a 

17..'. 

.279 

9. ...71.  a(l) 

5.. . 

.104.  h 

22.. 

.141.  1 

84:    2... 

.2:!0,  e 

13.... 158.  1 

16:    5... 

.19.  2.   a,   90, 

87  :  1" 

.172.  1,  275. 

86:    2... 

.19.  2,  126.  1 

21.... 26,  121.  1 

151.  3 

1. 

a 

88:17... 

.24.  b,  92.  a 

25 180.  a 

17;    3... 

.139.  2 

9.. 

.247.  6 

89:   2... 

.216.  2.  a 

27.... 158.  2 

9... 

.203.  5.  a 

68;    2.. 

.88  (pl.) 

8... 

.111.  3.  & 

30. ...159.  2 

18:    C... 

.104.  / 

4.. 

.150.  2 

9... 

.253.  2.  6 

34:    5 65.  a 

10... 

.147.  5 

7.. 

.131.  3 

10... 

.1.-1.  4 

13.... 01.  6.  a 

15... 

.82.  1.  a  (3) 

8.. 

.139.  3 

40... 

.272.  3 

18.... 112.  1 

21... 

.21.  1 

9.. 

.24.    b,  214. 

44... 

.104,  j 

22.... 91.  b 

27... 

.142.  2 

1 

b 

45... 

.24.  b,  86.  b 

25.... 216.  1.  a 

41... 

.132.  1 

12.. 

.275.  3.  a 

(2 

m.) 

35:  11.... 53.  3.  o,  111. 

19:    6... 

.249.  1 

60:    2.. 

.43,  a 

51... 

.219.  1. a 

2.  c 

8... 

.254.  9.  h 

4.. 

.165.  1 

52... 

.24.  &,  215. 

87:    6.... 177.  1 

14... 

.11.  1.  b 

5.. 

.253.  2.  a 

2. 

a 

12.... 61.  6.  a 

20:    4... 

.63.  1.  c,   97. 

13.. 

.287.  1 

90:   2.7. 

.263.  1.  6 

24.... 104.  h 

1. 

a,b 

61:    1.. 

.196.  b 

10... 

.22.  a 

38:    1....4.  a 

9... 

.243.  1 

62;    4.. 

.93,  o.  bis 

91:   6... 

.140.  1 

12.... 86.  6  (2  m.) 

22  ■    2 . . . 

.104.  j 

10.. 

.260.  2  (2)  c 

12... 

.105.  c 

24.... 60. 4.0,113.1 

9.'.! 

A2 

12.. 

.252.  4 

92:    2.. 

.242.  b 

35.... 2.30.  2.  a 

10... 

.157.  1 

63:    2.. 

.275.  1.  c 

16... 

.01.  6.  a 

39:    2....104.  .5- 

17... 

.156.  3.  199.  b 

4.. 

..105.  c 

93:    1... 

.126.  2 

3.... 161.  2 

22... 

.272.  3 

8.. 

.61.  6.  a 

5.. 

.174.  1 

4.... 112.  5.  c 

32.. . 

.206.  3 

64  ;    7.. 

.54.  3 

94:    1... 

.94.  d 

24.... 16.5.  2 

23:    I'.'.'. 

.148.  2,  267.  d 

65:    7.. 

.112.  5.  c 

9... 

.126.  1 

40:    2.... 268.  1.  a 

24:14... 

.131.  3 

10.. 

.104.  /;,  105.  b 

17.. 

.61.  6.  a 

21,  22.... 208.  3.  a 

25  :      ... 

.6,  7.  2.  a 

65;    4.. 

.275.  2.  6 

19... 

.141.  6 

22.... 221.  6.  b 

:  27.. . 

.71.  a.  2 

12.. 

.114 

20.. 

.93.    a,    111. 

41:    1....160.  5 

26:    2... 

.08.  1.  a 

68:    3.. 

.91.  b,  131.  2, 

2 

e 

2.... 105.  b 

4... 

.112.  3 

5 

140,  4 

101;    5..' 

.92.  5,  93.  a 

17....  131.  4,  164.2 

27: -10... 

.112.  3 

5.. 

.111.  3.  a 

102:    5... 

.14.  a 

25.... 172.  5 

13... 

.4.  a 

8.. 

.119.  3 

14.. 

.l."9.  2 

26.... 43,  4.3.  a 

28:    7... 

.150.  2 

18.. 

..21.1 

19.. 

.266.  3 

42:    2.... 86.  5(lc.) 

29:    9... 

.111.  1 

21.. 

. .231.  3.  a 

103:    3,4 

....220.2.  c 

13.... 223.  1.  a 

30:    4.. 

.13.  a 

69;  10.. 

.22.  a,  104.  I, 

4.. 

.104.  c,  246. 

8.. 

.221.  6.  b 

2 

16.  2.  a 

2. 

& 

13.. 

.105.  b 

19.. 

.  .98.  1.  a 

5.. 

.275,  3 

PSALMS. 

31  :10.. 

.31.  a 

24.. 

..119.  1 

7.. 

.203,  5 

14.. 

.31.  b 

70;    6.. 

.71.  a.  2 

13.. 

.119.1,262.3 

1:    1....5245.  2 

24.. 

.119.  4 

71:    6.. 

..157.  1 

104:    8.. 

.280 

2:    2.... 247 

32:    1.. 

.165.  3 

7.. 

..256.  b 

18.. 

.249.  1.  c 

3.... 45.  4,97.  1 

10.. 

.249.  1.  a 

12.. 

.  .158.  2 

26.. 

.119.1 

7.. ..71.  a  (2) 

33:    5.. 

.266.  1 

23.. 

..88.  (f.  pi.) 

28.. 

.88  (pi) 

12.... 35.  1,271.4 

34;      .. 

.6,  7.  2.  a 

72-15.. 

.105.  6 

29.. 

.111.  2.  b. 

3:    2.... 1-11.  1 

35:    8.. 

.105.  a 

17.. 

..159.3,247 

151.  2 

3.... 61.  6.  a 

10.. 

.19.  2.  a,  22. 

20.. 

.  .93.  a 

105    15.. 

.264 

8. ...273.  2 

b 

21.5.  1.  c 

73;    2.. 

.  .172.  1 

28.. 

.99.  3 

4:    3.... 111.  2.  e 

19.. 

.102.  3 

10.. 

..254.  6.  6 

106:25.. 

.114 

7....3.  l.a,131.3, 

25.. 

.127.  2 

16.. 

..99.  3.  b 

47.. 

.126.  1 

165.  1 

36:13.. 

.121.  1 

27.. 

..86.  b  (2  m.) 

107  ;20.. 

.199.  d 

6:    9.... 31.  b,  150.  1 

37:      .. 

.6 

74:    4.. 

..220.  2.  a 

27.. 

.126.  1 

11.... 42 

9.. 

.91.  b 

5.. 

.  .19.  2.  a 

109:13.. 

.173.  3 

12.... 112.  5.  c,  254. 

15.. 

.24.  b 

8.. 

..105.  a 

23.. 

.112.  5.  c 

9.  6 

23.. 

..101.4 

10.. 

..119.  1 

110;    4.. 

.61.  6.  a 

13.... 31.  b 

38:    3.. 

.131.  1 

17.. 

..11.  1.  b 

Ill  ;      .. 

.6 

6:    3.... 42 

11.. 

..92.  a 

19.. 

.  .196.  h 

112-      .. 

.6 

4.... 71.  a.  2 

21.. 

..19.  2.  a 

75  :  11 . . 

..161.4 

113:    6-9 

...61.  6.  a 

7-.    6.... 31.  &,  60.  2.  a. 

39-    2.. 

..97.  1 

76;    3.. 

.  .203.  5.  c 

6.. 

.218 

114 

5.. 

..75.1 

4.. 

..22.  n,  126.  2, 

114;    8.. 

.61.  6.  a 

10.... 263.  1.  a 

14.. 

..35.2,175.  4 

216.  2.  a 

115:17.. 

..242 

17.... 254.  9.  a 

40:18.. 

..71.  o(2l 

6.. 

..9B.  a 

116:    6.. 

.141.2,150.3 

8:    2....132.  1 

41:    5.. 

..119.  3,  164.  5 

77  :    2.. 

..112,3 

12.. 

.220.  2.  c 

3.... 94.  b 

42:    9.. 

.  .220.  1.  b 

4.. 

..172.  3 

15.. 

..61,  6.  r, 

6.... 199.  e 

10.. 

..111.  2.  6 

10.. 

..139.  2 

19.. 

..2ro.  1.  Z/ 

9: 14.... 141.  1 

44:    5.. 

..258.  2 

18.. 

..92.  6 

118:10.. 

.105.  a 

15.... 220.  2.  a 

18,  21. ...127.  2 

,          20.. 

..24.  6 

11.. 

..1.-9.1 

16.... 285  3 

27.. 

..61.  6.  a 

'  78;   9.. 

.  .255.  3.  a 

18,. 

.92.  d,  104.  a 

33 

8 

INDEX 

II. 

118 

23.... 5  169.  1 

6:  11... 

.HI   1.  a 

30 

25.... 5 200.  e 

6:    3....5105.  <f 

119 

0 

21... 

.104.  ff 

31.... 229.  1.  a 

9. ...104.  k 

18.... 98.  2 

27... 

.118.  4 

31 

3.... 199.  a 

12.... 67.  2 (3) a 

22 139.  2 

7:13... 

.141.  1 

10-31.... 6 

6:    6.... 45.  5.  a 

43.... 60.  4.  a 

14... 

.53.  2.  a 

12.... 104.  I 

6.... 220.  1.  b 

47. ...141.  6 

8  ;    3... 

.31.  «,  97.  1.  a 

31.... 247.  a 

9....  10.5.  r,  275.  i 

71....  126.  1 

11... 

.260.  1 

11. ...141.  1 

101.... M5.  2 

13... 

.166.  2 

7:    3.... 221.  6.  6 

117.... 172.  3 

15... 

.88 

ECCLESIA8TE8. 

4.... 210.  1.  c 

129.... 104.  i 

17... 

.53.  2.  a,  111. 

8.... 210.  e 

133.... 97.  2 

2. 

h 

1 

4....?  266.  1 

13. ...141.  1 

137 275.  1.  a 

25... 

.263.  1.  b 

9.... 256.  c 

8:    2....  199.  6 

139.... 24.  /> 

27,  29.... 141.  3 

15.... 161.  4 

6.... 104.  I 

155.... 275.  1.  a 

10:    3... 

.111.  1 

17.... 3.  1.  a 

C... 22.0,216.2.  a 

122- 

124:     ....74.  a 

4... 

.11.  l.«,  156.3 

18. ...90 

122 

4.... 274.  2.  6 

11... 

.249.  1 

2 

6.... 207.  1.  a 

123 

1....61.  0.  a 

11:    7... 

.208.  3.  c 

7.... 275.  1.  c 

LSAI.\n. 

4.... 246.  3.  a 

25... 

.150.  5 

8 280.  3.  a 

124 

4.... 61.  6.  a 

12:25... 

.197.  b 

13.... 57.   2  (3)  a, 

1:    3.... §262.  3 

125 

3 61.  6.  a 

13:23... 

.156.  3 

231.  3.  6 

5.... 256.  c 

5....7!».  3.  a 

14:    3... 

.105.  d 

15.... 260.  2  (2)  a 

6.... 60. 2. 0,156.2 

127 

2....  196.  d,  254. 

10... 

.60  4.  a,  119. 1 

19.... 230.  4,  283. 

9.... 262.  1 

9.  1, 

34... 

.263.  3 

2.  a 

11. ...271.1 

129 

....74.  a 

15:    1... 

.24.  (I,  60.  4.  a 

22.... 74,  177.  1 

15.... KM.  A,  119.  1 

3.... 243.  2.  a 

9... 

.112.  5.  c 

3 

2,  4.... 267.  6 

16.... 54,  4.  o,  82. 

86. ...114 

16:    4... 

.246.  2.  a 

17.... 245.  5.  a 

5.  a 

132 

1....174.  6 

17  :    4... 

.111.  2.  c,  140. 

18.... 74,  1.39.  2 

17.... 185.    2.    c, 

6.... 127.  2 

5 

4 

2.... 268.  1.  a 

267.  c 

12 65.   a,  220. 

10... 

.131.  1 

9.... 251.  4 

18.... 245,  5.  d 

2.  a 

14... 

.126.  1,131.  3 

12....  105.  a 

21.... 33. 1,61. 6.  o, 

133 

1....24.  a 

26... 

.■242 

14....53.  2.  a,  111. 

218 

134-137.... 74.  a 

18:    6... 

.267  d 

2.  f 

22.... 245.  5 

134 

2.... 220.   2.    b, 

19:    7... 

.19.  2.  a,  215. 

5 

5.... 113.  2 

24.... 245.  4 

273.  2 

1. 

c 

7....38. 1.0,201.2 

29.... 279 

135 

7.... 94.  e,  165.  2 

13... 

.216.  1.  d 

8.... 112.  5.  c 

31.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

1;57 

6 104.  c 

19... 

.215.  1.  c 

7 

16.... 82.  5.  a 

2:    2.... 265.  6 

138 

6.... 147.  2 

24... 

.51.  1 

22.... 71,  a  (2) 

4.... 207.  1.  a 

139 

1....104.  ;.147.  5 

25... 

.94.  d 

24.... 280.  3 

20. . .  .43.  6,  207.  1. 

2....1.iS.'l 

20:  16... 

.111.  3.  a 

25.... 273.  4 

a,  256 

6.... 220.  1.  b 

21:    8... 

.56.  2 

26.... 91.  6,165.2 

3:    1....2S0.  3.  a 

8.... 53.  3.  /),   88 

13... 

.25f  9.  a 

8 

1....177.  3 

9....2T3.  3.  a 

(1.  C),  161.  2 

15... 

.267.  a 

9 268.  1 

15.... 24.  o,  75.  1 

19....S.3.  b 

22... 

.&}.  1.  a 

12.... 165.  2 

16 172.5,209.3.0 

20.... 57.  2  (3)  a, 

22:11... 

.215.  1.  c 

9 

1....139.  2,  216. 

24.... 53.  3.  a 

86.   b  (3  pi.), 

21... 

.253.  2 

1.  a 

4:    4.... 262.  1 

164.  3 

24... 

.60.  4.  a 

12.... 59.  a,  93.  e 

5:  10.... 22.  0,216.2.0 

140 

10.... 172.  3 

23:    1... 

.158.  3 

18.... 165.  2 

19.... 97.  1,97.1.0 

13.... 86.  6(lc.) 

12... 

.243.  2 

10 

5. ...164.  3 

20.... 10.  a 

141 

3.... 24.6,98.  l.a 

24... 

.158.2,3 

10.... 121.  2 

23.... 275.  6 

5. ...111. 1,164.2 

27... 

.207.  1.  c 

17.... 220.  2.  c 

28.... 24.  6 

8 60.  4.  a 

24:    2... 

.92.  e 

11 

3.... 177.  1 

6:    1....265.  a 

143 

3.... 165.  2 

7... 

.156.  3 

6.... 75.  2 

2.... 203.  5.  a 

6. . .  .272.  2.  6 

14... 

.97.1.6,148.3 

12 

1....201.  2 

5.... 254.  10 

144 

74  ft 

17... 

.91  b,  231.  5.  a 

4. ...87 

9.... ,56.  3.0,175.4 

2.... 199.  b 

23... 

.94.  6 

5.... 11.  1.  a,  122. 

12. ...119.  1 

145 

....6 

31... 

.9.;.  a,  207.  2. 

2,  140.  5 

13.... 92.  d 

8.... 215.  1.  c 

d 

271.  1 

6. ...140.  1,2 

7:    2.... 1.57.  1 

10 104.  b 

25:    6.. 

.126.  2 

11.... 19.  2.  6,  65.  a 

4. ...91.  6 

147 

1....92.  d 

7... 

.60.  3.  b  (1) 

11.... 119.  3,  126.  1 

149 

5....112.  5.  c 

9... 

.174.  4 

14... 166.  1 

11... 

.10.  a 

SONG  OF  SOLOMON. 

15,    ..267.  c 

17... 

.127.  2 

19. ...156,  4 

PR0VERR8. 

19... 

.90 

1 

6.... 5 105.  e,  141. 

25.... 274.  2.  e 

26:    7... 

.141.  1 

1,  207.  1.  a 

8:    2.... 22.  6 

1 

:  10.... §111.  2.  b, 

18.. 

.141.  6 

7.... 45.  5.  a,  74, 

11.... 104.  a 

177.3 

21... 

.141.  6 

209.  1.  a 

17.... 100.  2.  a  a) 

20.... 97.  1.  (I 

27:10... 

.215.  1.  c 

8.... 24.  6,260.2(2) 

23.... 61.  6.  n 

22.... 31.  b.  60.3. 

15.. 

.83.  r  (2) 

10.... 174.  1 

9:    3....24.6,221.6.a 

c,  111.  2.  e 

17.. 

.140.  1 

2 

5.... 2,54.  7 

4.... 142.  1 

28.... 105.  r 

25.. 

.24.6,216,2.0 

10.... 221,  2.  b 

6.... 4.  o 

2 

:  11.... 104.  6 

28:    6.  IS.... 203.  3. 

15.... 60.   3.   6  (2), 

12.... 246.  2.6 

3 

:     3....125.  1 

21.. 

.94.  6 

119.4 

17.... 45.  2 

12.... 43.  a 

29:    6.. 

.140.  1 

3 

1 . . .  .45.  5.  a 

10:    1....207.  2.  o, 

17.... 258.  1 

30:    4.. 

.65.  6 

11.... 14,8.  3,  164.3 

247.  6 

4 

:     6 118.3 

6.. 

.22.6.66.1(2) 

4 

1....2.54   4 

9.... 22.  6 

13....-24.  6,  106.  6 

a 

1.51.  2 

2.... 220.  1.  6 

10.... 260.  2(2)e 

16.... 88 

8.. 

.11.  1.  a 

6.... 216.  1.  c 

12.... 2.55.  3 

25.... 150.  1 

».. 

.65.  (I 

9.... 104.  k 

13....  11.  1.  6,  67.  t 

5 

:  22. ...105.  c 

17.. 

.14.   n,  24.  6, 

6 

2.... .57.  2  (3)  a, 

(3>  n.  92.  6,  174. 

e 

•     3.... 49 

67.  2  i3)  o 

60.4.0 

1,  231.  3.  6 

INDEX   II. 

339 

10: 14.... §245.  5.  d 

28  :  10. . 

..5  280.2 

44:    8. ...5147.3           ;  &*  :    8. ...194.  rf 

16.... 147.  4 

12.. 

..86.  A  (3  pi.) 

13.... 19.  2,60.3.5 

10.... 139.  1 

17.... 221.  5.  b 

13.. 

..280.  2 

(2),  120.  1 

65:  20 165.  2,  248 

27.... C*  b 

16.. 

..150.  5,279.  a 

16.... 141.  2 

24.... 263.  1,  b 

34.... 19.  1,45.  2 

21.. 

.  .249.  1.  a 

17.... 13.  a 

66: 12.... 142.  1 

11  :    2. . .  .100.  2.  a  (2), 

27.. 

..113.  1 

18.... 156.  2 

13.... 45.  5 

156.  4 

28.. 

..282.  a 

21.... 102.  2 

20.... 39.  1.  a 

8.... 141.  6 

29:    1.. 

.131.  2 

27. ...111.  3.  a 

15.... 60.  3.  a 

7.. 

..165.  3 

45      1....139.  2 

13:    8. ...65.  6 

9.. 

..141.6 

11.  ...118.  3 

JEREMIAH. 

16.... 91.  c 

14.. 

.90,  279.  a 

47      1....209.  6 

18....92.  e 

16.. 

.283.  2.  b 

2 88(f.  8.  &m. 

1:    5....5105.  d 

20.... 53.  a  a,  111. 

21.. 

.86.  /)(3pl.) 

pi.).  111.  3.  a 

11.... 266.  2 

2.  c 

22.. 

.156.  1 

5.... 269.  6 

2:  11.... 11.  1.6,230.3 

14:   6.... 114 

30:    2.. 

.157.  1 

10.... 102.  3,  104.  C 

12....111.  3.  o 

11.... 150.  5 

5.. 

.157.3 

12.... 285.  2.  a 

19.... 105.  e 

19.... 95.  a 

11.. 

.79.  3.  a,  232  a 

13 220.  2.  a 

21....220. 1.6,249. 

23.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

12.. 

.19.  2,  119.  3 

14.... 104.  i 

1.  6 

94.  &,  161.  2 

IS.. 

.106.0,119.1, 

48:    7....104.  £• 

24.... 105.  c 

31.... 119.  4 

139.  2 

8. ...87 

27.... 104.  k 

15;    5.... 142.  2,  161.  2 

19.. 

.104.6,106.0, 

11.  ...39.  1.  a 

34.... 277 

16:    8.... 277 

141.  3 

49:    8.... 207.  1.  a 

36. ...111.  2.  b 

9....168.  a,  174.  4 

21.. 

.180.  a,  258.  1 

18 65.  b 

3:   3.. ..267.  6 

10.... 86.  6  (2m.), 

23.. 

.273.  3 

26.... 112.  3,  273.  1 

6.... 86.  6  (2  f), 

161.4 

28.. 

.160.  4 

51:  14.... 126.  1 

131.  2 

17:    8.... 229.  3.  a 

29.. 

.96.  h 

15.... 126.  1 

6.... 172.  3 

11....  156.  2,  161.2 

31:   4.. 

.22.  a,  43 

20.... 57.  2(3)0 

7.... 249.  1.  a 

14.... 139.  2 

32:    1.. 

.88 

21.... 255.  2 

8.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

18:    2.... 139.  3 

11.. 

.275.  1.  a 

52:    5.... 96.  o,  b,  122. 

207.  1.  o 

4.... 98.  1.  a 

33:    1.. 

.24.  A,  87, 131. 

2,  131.  6,  150.  2 

10.... 249.  1.  a 

5.... 65.  a 

2 

141.3,258.3.0 

7.... 174.  1 

11.... 207.  1.  a 

19:    3. ...141.  1 

6.. 

.255.  2 

11.... 140.  4 

22.... 177.  3 

4.... 275.  3 

7.. 

.24.  a 

14.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

4:    3.... 158.  2 

6.... 24.  c,  94.  a, 

9.. 

.82.  1.  a(l) 

53:    2.... 111.  1 

7.... 24.  6,221.5.0 

180.  a 

10.. 

.82.  5.  a 

3.... 94.  e 

13.... 141.  1 

9 199.  c 

12.. 

.24.  c,  149.  1 

4.... 254.9. 6,262.4 

19.... 86.  6(2f.) 

17.... 11.1.  a,  196.  d 

15.. 

.271.  2 

5.... 60.  2.  a,  142.1 

30... 71.  a  (2), 

21.  ...92.  c 

21.. 

.56.  1 

10.... 175.  1 

275.5 

20  :    4. . .  .199.  c 

34:    4.. 

.140.    2,    245. 

11.... 249.  1.  o 

31.... 156.  1 

21:    3.... 207.  1.  a 

5 

d 

54:    1....207.  1.  a 

5:    6.... 141.  1 

9.... 262.  4 

6.. 

.96.  a 

6.... 201.  2 

7.... 75.  2,  125.  1 

12....112. 1,172. 1, 

11.. 

.21.1,229.4.6 

6.... 104.  c 

13.... 245.  5.  6 

177.  3,  247 

17.. 

.104.  r 

9. ...125.  2 

22.... 56. 1,105.  6, e 

14.... 111.  2.  c 

35:    1... 

.55.  1,88  (pi.), 

12.... 22.  6 

26.... 139.  2 

22:    1....254.  6 

158.  2    ■ 

55:    5.... 104.  6 

6:  27.... 185.  2.  c 

5.... 161.  2 

7.. 

.275.  4 

11.... 273.  3 

7  :    4.... 280.  3.  6 

10. ...25 

36:    8.. 

.35.1,246.3.0 

56:    3.... 105.  o,  245. 

10..,. 65.  a 

11.... 221.  7.  a 

9.. 

.250.  1.  a 

5.6 

13.... 282 

17.... 161.  2 

15.. 

.271.  4.  a 

12. ...164.  5 

27.... 104. 6 

19.... 45.  3,  111.  1 

37:23... 

.270.  c 

57:    5.... 140.  2 

29.... 141.1 

21.... 221.  3.  a 

32.. 

.254.  9.  a 

6.... 24.  6 

8  :  11.  ...165.  3 

24.... 254.  6.  b 

38:    5.. 

.90,  279.  a 

8....S8(2f.) 

22 230.  2 

23:   9.... 254.  2 

14.. 

.19.2 

13.... 119.  3 

9  ;    2 94.  <J 

11.... 54.  3,  94.  b, 

16.. 

.256.  c 

68:    3.... 24.  6,  131.  2 

17.... 118.  4 

221.  6.  b 

40:    1.. 

.263.  2 

216.  2.  a 

19.... 220.  1.  6 

13.... 249.  2.  a 

7.. 

.22.  h,  35.  1 

9.... 125.  2 

10:   6.... 67.  2(3)0,86. 

17,  18.... 220.  1.  & 

12.. 

.215.  1.  c 

10.... 216.  1.  6 

&(3pl.),  164.  3 

18.... 113.  1 

17..' 

.200.  2  (2)  c 

59:    3.... 83.  c.  (2), 

12.... 88 

24:    2.... 165.    2,    246. 

21.. 

.263.  2 

122  2 

17....89(f.  8.  &m. 

2.  a 

24.. 

.92.  b 

6.... 112. 3, 156.4, 

pl.) 

3.... 140.  3,4 

30.. 

.147.  4 

196.  d 

11:15....220.  1.  6 

19....  139.  2,282.  a 

31.. 

.245.  5 

10....1S9 

12;    6.... 94.  a 

20.... 82.  1.  a(l) 

41:    7... 

.90,  270.  b 

12.... 127.  2 

9 229.  3 

25:    1....104.  h 

8.. 

.285.  1 

13.... 92.  6, d,  174.1 

10.... 121.  2 

6.... 209.  1.  a 

14.. 

.254.  3 

16.... 104.  i 

17.... 92.  d 

10.... 159.  2 

23.. 

.97.2.0,172.3 

17.... 172.  4 

13:    5.... 127.  1 

11.... 119.  1 

24.. 

.260.  2(2)c 

60:    1....157.  2 

7. ...147.  2 

26:    5.... 105.  a,b 

42:    4... 

.140.  1 

4....88(f.  pi.) 

13.... ."6.  1 

11.... 254.  9.  a 

5.. 

.126.   1,   221. 

7. ...105.  c 

19.... 172.    1,    275. 

16.... 86.  6(3pl.> 

7. 

b 

9.... 104.  c 

2.  6 

19....221.  2.  6 

6.. 

.97.  2.  a 

10.... 105.  c 

21.... 60.  3.  b  (1), 

20.... 172.  3 

11.. 

.156.  1 

61;    1....43.  6 

86.  6  (2  f.) 

27:    3.... 105.  d 

22.. 

.65.  a 

62:    2....105.  d 

25.... 60.  2.  a 

4.. ..127.  3 

24.. 

.267.  C 

3.... 16.  1 

15:    3....119.  1 

8. ...24.  a 

43:   5... 

.105.  b 

63:    3.... 94.  o,  119.  1 

10.... 93  (pl.),  104. 

11....R8  (3f.pl.) 

8.. 

.94.  d 

16.... 105.  a 

k 

12.... 223.  1.  a 

9.. 

.91.  d 

19.... 86.  a 

15.... 106.  h 

28:    3.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

23.. 

.112.  3 

64;    2.... 86.  a 

17.... 112.  5.  c 

91.  r 

44:    2.. 

.105.   6,  193. 

5.... 132.  3 

16:  16.... 158.  1,249. 

6,... 60.  3.  a 

2. 

b                       1 

6.... 161.  3 

1.  o 

340 

INDEX    II. 

17:    3... 

.'■11\.  6.  h 

44:  18.... §271.1 

4  :  14.... « 83.  f. 2,  123. 

17:  15. ...565.  6 

4... 

.&ii.  (I  a  in.), 

19.... 104.  f 

2 

23 88  (f.  pi.) 

11 

2.  ;! 

23....  166.  1 

17. T. .236.  2 

18  :  26.... 221.  5.  b 

17... 

Ml.  3 

25.... 160.  4 

5:    5 lUU.  5 

32.... 287.  1 

18... 

.94.  ./ 

46:    7,8.... 122.  2 

19:    2....196.  d 

18:  23... 

.41),  172.  3, 

8....96.</.  111.2.d 

20:    9.... 140.  4 

n 

5.  3 

11.... 86.  6(2.  f.) 

EZEKIEL. 

16.... 271.  4.  b 

19:11... 

.165.  1 

20.... 43.  6 

21.... 6.5.  ft 

20:    9... 

.22.  h 

48:  11. ...159.  1 

1:    4.... §53.  2.  a 

27.... 119. 3 

21:    3... 

.88  (pi.) 

19 280.  3.  u 

6.... 203.  5.  a 

36.... 91.  c 

4... 

.:;9.  4 

32.... 246.  3.  a 

11.... 220.  2.  c 

37 53.  2.  n 

13... 

.131.  1 

49:    3.... 54.  4.  a,  82. 

14....179.  1.  a,268. 

21:15....24c,  177.  1 

22:    3... 

.1^6.  2.  c 

5.  a 

1.  a 

15,  16.... 93.  e 

6... 

.i:!.  h 

8.... 95.  d 

2:10....53.2.n,53.3.a 

18.... 121.  1 

14... 

.161.  4,  199.  c 

10....  165.  1,  262.  4 

3:    7.... 254.  10 

19....219.  1.  a 

15... 

.94.  n 

11.... S8  (3  f.  pi.), 

15. ...139.  8 

21.... 180.  (J 

20... 

.234.  a 

9.S.  1 

20 88  (t".  pi.) 

26,  28.... 87 

23... 

j)\.  6.  a,  86. 

15,  17.... 275.  2.  b 

4:    3.... .54  1 

29.... 91.  ft,  106.  a 

b  VI  f.)  90  (2  1-. 

18.... 45.  4 

9.... 199,  a 

31.... 94.  ft,  196.  c 

B. 

,  140.  2    • 

20 140.  5 

12. ...1.57.  3 

S2....280.  3.  6 

24... 

.10.").  b 

24 104.  ;,  275.  4 

5:  12.... 220.  1.  6 

33.... 111.  2.  c 

20... 

.104.  i 

28.... 141.  1 

13.... 121.  3,  131.  6 

34. ...87 

29... 

.280  i.b 

o7 S6.  b  (2  m.), 

16. ...119.  1 

22:  20.... 131.  2 

23  :1.'5... 

.i:n.  6 

112.  a,  5.  c,  139.3 

6:    3.... 208.  3.  c 

23:    5.. ..111.  1 

23... 

.iU.  6.  6 

50:    3.... 150.  2 

6.... 147.  4 

16.  20.... 97.  1.  a 

29... 

.161.  2 

5.... 71.    a    (3), 

8. ...173.  2 

19.... 175.  3 

37... 

.1  14.  b 

91.  <l 

9.... 24.  c 

42....21.  1 

39... 

.177.3 

6.... 275.  2 

11. ...9S.  2 

48....83.  c(2),15a 

24:    2... 

.91.  c 

11.... 196.  d 

14.... 280.  3.  a 

3  (p.  182) 

25  :    3... 

.94.6 

20....  1 '5.5.  2 

16.... 118.  4 

49.... 165.  2,  220. 

16... 

.06.  a 

23 01.  a 

7  :  17.... 203.  5.  a 

1.6 

26... 

.•24t).  3.  a 

27. ...III.  3.  a 

24....  141.  1,   216. 

24:  10.... 197.  6 

34... 

.Itil,  5 

34.... 94.  6,  114, 

2.  a 

11.... 140.  1 

36... 

.57.   2  (3)  o, 

15S.  ;i 

25.... 196.  c 

12.... 172.  1 

234.  '• 

44... .105.  b 

27. ...118.  4 

26.... 128,  189.  6 

26:    9... 

.16.5.  3 

51:    3.... 46 

8:    2.... 66.  2  (2)  a 

25:    6. ...57.   2  (3)  a, 

21... 

.44.  h 

9.... 165.  2,3 

3.... 165.  3 

106.  n,  125.  2 

27:    3... 

.249.  1.  c 

13 90  (2  f.  8.) 

6.... 75.  1,119.3 

13.... 219.  1.  6 

18... 

.156.  2 

30.... 24.  c 

16.... 90. (2m.  pi.), 

15.... .57.  2  (3)  a 

20... 

.13.  a 

33.... 94.  b 

176.  1 

26:    2.... 140.  2 

2S:16... 

.245.  3.  ft 

34.... 165.  2 

9:    2.. ..249.1.  c 

9.... 19.  2.  c,  22L 

23:    8... 

.94.  p,  112.  5.  c 

50. ...151.  1 

8.... 120.  2 

5.  a 

23... 

.229.  1.  a 

58.... 24.  c,  149.  1 

10 254.  9.  6 

15....113. 1, 2 

25... 

.•:20.  1.  b 

52:  13.... 254.  0.  6 

10:  17.... 157.  1 

18.... 112.  5.  c 

27.. . 

.24.  ft 

13:    2....207.1.  6,  255. 

21.... 234.  a 

30:16... 

.139.  3 

1 

27:    3.... 90  (2.  f.  8.) 

19... 

.276.  1 

LAMENTATIONS. 

8.... 199.  c 

8.... 156.  3 

31:12... 

.S7,  119.  3 

11.... 71.  fl(2) 

9.... 24.  c,  216.1.  a 

18... 

.273.  4 

1:      ....§6 

17.... 220.  1.  6 

12.... 22.  a 

21... 

.249.  2.  b 

1:    l....:53.1,61.  6.<7, 

19.... 157.  3 

15. ...13.  a 

32... 

.112.  3 

218 

20.... 24.    ft,   71.  a 

19.... 93.  6 

33... 

.16.3.&,105.d 

4.... 149.  1.199.  a 

(2),  220.  2.  c 

23.... 54.  2 

38... 

.46 

8... .141.  3 

14:    3.... 53.  1.   fl,  91. 

26.... 156.  3 

32:    4... 

.91.  ft,  131.  5 

12.... 142.  1 

ft,  c,  119.  1 

30.... 96.  ft 

9... 

.98.  1.  a 

16....207.  1.  a,209. 

8.... 141.  3 

31....11.  l.n,196.d 

12... 

.246.  3.  a 

1.  u,  271.  1 

15:    5.... 104.  I 

28  :    8 86.  ft  (2  in.) 

14... 

.249.  1.  c 

17.... 272.  2.  6 

16:    4 60.  4.  a,  93. 

9.... 230.  4 

33... 

.92.  d 

20.... 60.  3.  b  (2), 

a,  95.  c,  121.  1, 
1^6.    1,    127.   1, 

13. ...19.  2.6,161. 4 

35... 

.164.  2 

92.  a 

14. ...71.  a(2> 

37... 

.10.  (I 

2:      ....6 

150.  5,  221.  6.  6, 

15.... 61.  6.  n,  104. 6 

44... 

.268.  1 

2:    8....126.  1 

282.  n 

16.... 53.  2.  n,  111. 

33:    8... 

.1:5.  a 

11.... 92.  a,  113.  1, 

5.... 87,  95.  a,  HI. 

2.  c,  165.  3 

24... 

.45.  1 

2,  115 

3.  (1,  150.  5 

17.... 108   n,  172.  2 

26... 

.11.  1.  6 

15, 16.... 74.  a 

8,  10.... 99.  3.  6 

18.... 104.  (,  184.6, 

34:    1... 

.44.  n 

3:      ....6 

22.... S6.  6(2f.) 

216.  1.  d 

36.16... 

.272.  3 

3  ;  12....  196.  d 

27.... 256.  6 

23.... 92.  a 

23... 

.251.  1 

14.... 199.  b 

28.... 127.  1 

24.... 139.  3 

37.12... 

.113.  2 

22.... 54.    3,   216. 

31.  ...173.  2 

24,  26.... 156.  3 

14... 

.266 

2.  a 

33.... 60.   3.  6  (2), 

29:    3.... 102.  1.  a 

16... 

.209.  3.  a 

33....150.2(p.l82) 

120.  1 

15.... 166.  5 

38:    0.. 

.270.  c 

42 71.  «(1) 

34.... 14.  n,  19.  ft 

18.... 95.  a 

12... 

..v..  4 

45.... 267.  c 

36.... 91.  6 

30:16....2.54.  6.  6 

14.. 

.249.  1.  c 

48. ...147.  2 

50.... 128 

25.... 112.  3 

39:18... 

.92.  rf 

63.... 53.  3.  a,  150. 

52 92.  f/,  220. 2.  a 

31:    3.... 140.  5 

40:    1... 

.57.  2 (2)  a 

2  (p.  182) 

53.... 220.  1.  ft 

5.... 11.  1.  n,  86.  A 

3... 

.249.  1.  c 

58.... 158.  1 

57 1.56.  3 

8. ...11.  1   n,  199 

41:    6... 

.2S2.  c 

4:      ....6 

59 S6.  ft  (Ic.) 

15....9:{.  r 

42:    2.. 

.175.  2 

4:    1....96.  6,177.3 

17:    5.... 132.  2 

32  :16....88(f.  pi.) 
18. ...11.  1.  h 

6... 

.46.  71.  o  (1) 

3.... 43.  ft 

9....166.  2,  191.4, 

10... 

..5.3.2.6,148.2 

9....39.3.ft,46.5.a 

216.  2.  a 

19.... 95.  a,  d 

INDEX   II. 

341 

82:  20.... §89  (f.  8.  & 

10:14....§177.3,285.2 

AMOS. 

2:   9....§89(f.  e.  & 

m.  pi.) 

17.... 51.  2 

m.  pi.)  220. 1.  a 

32.... 95.  a 

11  :    6.... 11.  1.  6 

1:11 §104.6,275. 

14 220.  2.  c 

S3:  12....1C6.  2 

12....  19.  2.  a 

2.  h 

3  :    6 114 

I0....221.  5.  & 

I4....I0I.  6 

13 125.  2 

7 93.  a 

30.... 53.  2.  6,  223. 

30.... 11.  1.6 

2:    4 119.3 

8  .  .  . .  147.  4 

1.  a  bis 

31.... 249.  1.  b 

3  :  11 86.  a,  140.  2 

11 ...  .  112.  3 

34:  12.. ..249.  1.  6 

34.... 91.  b 

15 156.  4 

17  ....  24.  6,  142. 

17. ...71.  a (2) 

35.... 94.  6 

4  :    2 .  . . .  165.  2 

1,  199.  c 

31 71.  a(2) 

36 S2.  5.  a 

3 86.  6  (2  pi.) 

S6:    6...  .106.  d 

40....  126.  1 

5:11 92.  6,  161.  3 

8.... 216.  \.d 

44....196.  <i 

15 189.  3 

9.... 147.  2 

12: 13.... 199.  a 

21,  25  ...  .  24.  b 

HABAKKUK. 

11.... 220.  2.  a 

6  :    2 64.  2,  253. 

12.... 63.  1.  a 

2.6 

1:    8....  §100.  2.  a 

36:    3.... 139.  2,  141.  1 

HOSEA. 

10 243.  1 

(2)  bis 

5.... 220.  1.  6 

7  :    1 199.  c 

10 197.  6, 265.  a 

8 221.  5.  c 

1:    2.. ..§255.  2 

8  ;    4 ....  94.   6,  231. 

11....  73.  1,   249. 

11.... 161.  5 

6.... 269 

5.  a 

2.  a 

13.... 71.  a (2) 

2  :  14.... 104.  5- 

8 53.  2.  a,  53. 

12....  104.  i 

28 71.  n(l) 

16.... 221.  7.  a 

3.  0,  128 

13 126.  1 

35.... 73.  2.  a 

3:    2.... 24.  A 

9  :    1 125.  1 

15 112.  2 

37:    7....88  (2f.pl.) 

4  :    2 207.  a 

8....  94.  6 

16 197.  6 

9. ...131.  3 

6.... 11.  1.  a,  104. 

2  :    1,  2 265.  a 

10.... 131.  6 

b 

7  .  . . .  161.  2 

17. ...119.  1,  223. 

13.... 118.  4 

OBADIAH. 

17 104.^^,141.3 

1.  a 

18.... 43.  A,   92.  a, 

19 254.6.  6 

38:    8.... 161.  4 

122.  1, 148.  3 

ver.  4 §  158.  3 

3  :    6 99.  3.  a 

23.... 96.  b 

5:    2.... 119.  3 

9 183.  a 

8 256.  6 

S9:26....165.  3 

8.... 272.  2.  6 

11 45.  2,  106.  0 

9 .  . .  .  282.  6 

27.... 249.  1.  b 

11.... 269 

13 105.  6 

10....  220.  2.  e 

40  :    4. . .  .65.  h 

6:    2. ...172.  3 

16 156.  4 

16 140.  1 

16 220.  2.  c 

4.... 269 

19.... 47 

22 250.  2(3) 

9.... 174.  3 

43.... 19.  2.  6 

7:   4....106.  a,  111.3. 

JONAH. 

41:    7. ...141.  1 

n,  158.  3 

9,  11.... 160.  5 

6 22.  a 

1:    5 §114 

ZEPHANIAH. 

15.... 220.  2.  c 

12.... 150.  1 

2  :   1 . . . .  126.  2 

22.... 274.  2.  c 

8:    2.... 60.  3.  a,  275. 

10 61.  6.  a 

1  :    2  ....  §  282.  a 

25.... 19.  2.  a 

2.6 

3  :    3 254.  5 

17  ....  100.  2.  0  (1) 

42:    5.... 45.  1,  57.  2 

3.... 105.  a 

4  :  11 ....  22.  6 

2  :    4 126.  2 

(2)  a.  111.  2.  5 

6.... 275.  2.  6 

9 220.  1.  c 

43: 13.... 197.  b 

12.... 88 

14 ... .  229.  4.  6 

18. ...113.1 

9:    2....119.  1 

MICAH. 

15 39.  4.  a 

20.... 104.  j 

4.... 208.  Z.c 

3  :    9 274.  2.  e 

24.... 100.  2.  a  (2) 

10.... 119.  3 

1:    7....§92.  c 

11 ... .  126.  2 

27.... 177.  3 

10:  10.... 105.  d 

9 275.  1.  a 

14 89  (f.  B.  & 

45:  16.... 246.  3.  a 

11.... 61.  6.  a 

10 53. 3.  a,  96.6 

m.  pi),  111.  3.  a 

46  :  17.... 86.  6 

12.... 158.  2 

15 164.  2 

18  ... .  149.  1 

22.... 95.  e 

13 61.  6.  a 

16 89  (f.  8.  &. 

19 198,246.3.a 

47:    7.... 102.  3.  a 

14.... 11.  1.  a,  156. 

IR.  pi.) 

8.... 164.  3 

3 

2  :    3  . . . .  274.  2.  e 

11....11.  1.  a,  199 

11:    3.... 94.  a,  115, 

4  . . .  .  141.  2 

15.... 246.  3.  a 

132.  2 

6 275.  1.  a 

HAGGAL 

48:  10.... 39.  4.  a 

4.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

7 229.  4.  a 

16.... 46 

111.  2.  d 

8 88  (pi.) 

1:  4....  §230.3,249. 

18.... 220.  1.  b 

7.... 177.  3 

12 92.  d,    246. 

1.6 

7,  8.... 56.  4 

2.  a 

12:    1....104.  /,  201.  2 

3  :  12 199.  a,  245.4 

4.... 274.  2.  b 

4:    6 151.  2 

ZECHARIAH. 

DANIEL. 

5....i05.  b 

8 111.  2.  6 

13:    3.... 92.  b 

10 168.  2 

1 :    9 ....  §  75.  1 

1:    8. ...5119.1 

14.... 19  2,  221.5. 

10,  13 ...  .  167.  2 

17 157.  3 

13.... 172.  3 

a,  275.  2.  b 

5  :    2 262.  1 

2  :    8 73.  2.  a 

17.... 250.  2  (2)  a, 

15.... 177.  3 

6  :  10 57.  2  (1) 

3  :    1 106.  a 

251.  4.  a 

14:    1....88(3.  f.  pi.), 

13 139.  3 

7 94.  e,  151.  1 

2:    1.... 99.  3.  a,  119.1 

209.  1.  a 

7  :    4 260.  2  (2), 

9... .203.  b.a 

3:    3.... 22.  b 

3.. ..256c 

260.  2  (2)  c 

4  :    5 258.  2 

25.... 94.  e 

10 35.  2 

7 246.  3.  a, 

6:    9. ...203.  5.  c 

249.  1.  c 

11.... 2-2.  b 

JOEL. 

10 156.  2 

8  :    1 . . .  .245.  5.  6 

NAHTJM. 

12 24.  6 

11.... 9.5.  a 

1:    2.  ...§230.  4 

5:    4 l.'ia  4 

13.... 98.  1.  a,  247, 

8 254.  9.  h 

1:   3....  §13.  a,  215. 

11 160.  5 

249.  1.  b 

17 24.  b,  190.  a 

1.  c 

6  :    7 96.  ft 

16. ...73.  2.  a 

20 275.  4 

4 150.   2  (p. 

7  :    1 252.  2.  6 

22.... 88  (3.  f.  pi.) 

2  :    5 60.  3.  ft  (1) 

182) 

3 199.  e 

9:    2.... 1,18.  1 

3  :    3 263.  5.  a 

12 ...  .  140.  2 

5 102.  2,  104. 

19.... 119.  3,  125.  1 

4  :  11. .  .  .91.  rf,  131.  1 

13 220.  1.  b 

I,  252.  2.  6,  273. 

25.... 97.  2,225.  2 

18.  . .  .271.  1 

2:    4....  220.  2.  e 

a.a 

342 


INDEX   II. 


14... 

3. 

8 

2... 

14,15 

17... 

9 

6... 

10 

6... 

11 

4... 

.  «  89  (f. 

B.   U 

pl.) 

.45. 

6> 

60. 

r,  y2 

e 

.271 

3 

139 

1 

'.  iii 

2. 

e 

.35. 

2 

.151 

3 

.264 

6 

11  :    6 §57.  2  (3)  a, 

111.  2.  r,  i;34.  c 

7 223.  1.  a 

8 119.  1 

10 140.  5 

17 61.  6.  a 

12  :  11 55.  2.  a 

13  :    4 166.  2 

14  :    2 45.  2,  91.  c 

6 199.  c 

10 156.  3 


1 

MA 
6.. 

7.. 

2 

11.. 

13.. 

14.. 

b 

2 

14.. 

3 

9.. 

LACIII. 

.  .  §  263.  3 

.  .  106.  a,  127. 

3 

19 §  119.  1 

20 156.  2 

MATTHEW. 

.  .  95.  a 

.  .  24.  a,  75.  1 

. .  54.  1,  205. 

26 

73 §  51.  4.  o 

.  .  86.  &  (2  m.) 
.  .  140.  2 

3 

ROMAXa 
20 5  256.  0 

II^DEX    III 

HEBREW  WORDS  ADDUCED  OR  REMARKED  UPON. 


"Words  preceded  by  Yav  Conjunctive  or  Vav  Conversive  will  be  found  is 
their  proper  place  irrespective  of  these  prefixes.  A  few  abbreviations  ara 
employed,  which  are  mostly  of  such  a  nature  as  to  explain  themselves  as  ». 
verb,  n.  noun,  pron.  pronoun,  adj.  adjective,  adv.  adverb,  int.  interjection, 
inf.  infinitive,  imp.  imperative,  pret.  preterite.  The  numbers  refer  to  the 
sections  of  the  Grammar. 


DDir^Siil  104.  h 

nS  68.  b,  200.  a,   215. 

1.  c,  220.  1.  c 
*inX  78.  2,  110.  3 
^35?  215.  1.  b 
nax  92.  d 

nafi?  92.  c 

nnai?  216. 1.  b 
•ji-nn&j  193.  2 
?;n2i?n  53.  2.  a,  111. 

2.  c 

llli?  22.  a,  193.  2 

DP^n«  112. 1 
na«  110.  3 

T     T 

K13K  86.  b  (3  pi.) 

■'inx  240. 1 

DinX  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  b 

QiD^nsi  112.  1 


Dn'^ninx  220.  2.  a 
nnins  220.  2.  a 
D-'nanii:  53.  1.  a 
■'nx  (xia)  164.  2 
inx  61.  6.  a 
n'^nX  185.  2.  a 
HTns  in.2.d 

"^nrs^n  inx  246.  3.  6 
•ji-ias  193. 1 
nrns?  220. 1.  b 
bnfij  84.  3.  a  (2) 

bnX  185.  2.  i,  215.  1.  6 
bnS5  (pr.  n.)  215.  1.  6 

''bnx  216.  1.  6 

■jns  197.  6,  200.  6 
•jnx  183.  6 

tisnx  183.  c 
D''t::ns  207. 1.  a 


^DSas?  221.  3.  a 

•jnns  94.  b 

l^'Vbia^^  94.  a,  119.  1 

naxi  99.  3 
T^si  99.  3 

D5i5  207.  2.  a 
"laX  200.  a 
D^S?iS  53.  1.  a 
©njijin  99.  3.  b 

nnas5  207. 1.  e,  211 

■13^X1  99.  3 

mansi  99.  3 

Di"IX60.3.6(l),  197.i 
■}ilN  231.  3.  a 
D^TIS  11.  1.  0 
nnsj  112.  5.  a 
D^X  185.  2.  6,207.2.* 
D^ttlX  188 


344 


INDEX   III. 


riTE-^TS-X  207.  1.  € 

r72'i'a'7s«  205 
manx  201.  1 

'^XnS.^  60.  3,  6  (1) 
■"nx    199.    c,    201.    2, 

231.  3.  a 
•'ShK^  234.  c 
■"i-lX^  234.  c 
U2  ■'p'lS?  21.  1 
CDhiiJ  201.  2 
□pis  ,  DjJlN  141.  3 
niS112.  5.  a 
D-'SbniS  53.  1.  a 
OnlK  11.  1.  ^ 

cn-is  91.  c 

ffinnK53.1.a,91.&,119.1 

nnx  82. 1.  a  (2),  no. 

3,  112.  5.  c 

jnnx  119. 1 

nnX  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.  5 

nnns?  87,  ii9.  3 
nnris  iis.  3 
inns  119.  4 
!Qri  inns  43.  6,  92.  a, 

122.  1 
o'lnnsj!  201.  1 

?|nns  101.  3.  a,  104.  h, 
119.  1 

onnns  221.  3.  a 
onns  119.  3 
vinnns  104. « 
''nnns  ci.  6.  a 
?fnnns  104.  e 
nns  240. 1 


■^nsn  99. 3,  a 
bns  01.  2.  a,  18t.  6, 
208.  3.  b 

n'bns  220.  1.  b 
nibns  200.  c 
"•briS  216.  2. 6 
D'^bns  60.  3.  c 
D^bns  200.  c 
n'rns  172.  3 

is  239.  1,  283.  2.  a 

nis  200.  a 

*fliS  105.  6 
yilS  149.  2 
"lis  240.  1 

a::is  186. 2 

b-i-IS  194.  2 
■ibilS  194.  2 

b^nis  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 

2.  d 
n'^^^S  149.  2 
CblS   207.    2.    5,    215. 

1.  a 

niais  111.  2.  6 
■jns  63.  2.  a 
■jiS  186.  2.  c 

ni*:is  13,  a 

Q-'riS  208.  3.  c 
nOIS  149.  2 
lyiS  56.  3 
]SiS  207.  2.  o 
"!2"iS  200.  a,  216.  1 

nn^is  111.  2.  d 

nis  (V.)  82.   1,  c.   (3), 
156.  2 


nis  (n.)  197.  b 

innis  220.  i.  6 
■'nii^  157.  2 

CVS  149.  2 
?C1S  149.  2 
nis  197.  6,  200.  a 

nn^-s  140.  2 

OnhiS  220.  2.  a 

TS  235.  1 

"liTS  60.   3.   c,    184.  6, 

216.  1.  b 
'j'^TS  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.  ? 

nnsTS  189 

"^DnSTS  104.  c 

nbTS  86.  b 

^t  ^^T^  35.  1 

fTS  197.  a,  217,221.  6 

n:TS  189 
•^rrs  221.  4 

D'STS  203.  1 
ir:TS  221.  4 
DD:TS  220.  1.  6 
□""jpTS  53.  1.  a 
ITS  112.  5.  c 

nnrs  eo.    3.    6   (1), 

92.  e 
yilTS  53.  1.  o,  183.  c 
ns  (n.)  68.  b,    197.  a, 

207.  2.  i,  215.  1.  e, 

220.  1.  r 
ns  (int.)  240.  1 
ins    223.    1,  248.  Of 

250.  1. 
D'^inS  223.  1.  a 


INDEX    III. 


345 


nwx  189 

T^riiJ  90  pass. 
ninij  205.  c,  209.  3 
THiJ  34,  110.  3,  118.  2 
Tn«  34,  172.  4 

ms,  Ths  112. 1 

^TriS5  60.  3.  i  (2),  119.  4 
iTHi?  60.  3.  h  (2),  120.  1 
pms?  97.  2.  a 

nnrniii  io4.  i 

■^nX  61.  6.  a 

?jni^ni?  220-  2.  a 

D^nS  60.  1.  a 

bns  140.  3 

ins?  237.  1,  238.  1 
"iHi?  210.  e 
-ins  60.  4,  111.  2. 6 
^ini?  60.  3.  h  (2),  121.  2 

•ji-ins  193.  1 

inns?  238.  1.  a 

rri-ins^  19 8.  a  (4) 
nnms]  99.  3.  h 

■jBincns?  195.  2 

■jnrnL'ns  195.  2 

nn«  54.  2,  205.  6,  223. 

1.  a 
nnx  223.  1.  a 
IDS?  175.  3 
■J1i:S  216.  1.  6 
DUiJ  112.  5.  a 
TJX  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 
■'K  61.  6,  236 
■^fi?  (n.)  184.  h 
^X  (int.)  240.  1 


n^S  156.  1 
n)^X  61.  6 
nbn^NI   99.  3.  b 

nr  ^s  75.  2 
•y^s  51.  2 

b^«   208.  3.  c 
b^'«»  183.  h 
n^b^^^  60.  3.  6  (1) 
nsTb  iji  75.  2 

nbib^i?  150.  2 

tIDbiX  151.  1 
CbiS  200.  c 
D'^^SJ  207.  2.  c 

n'o'^i?  200.  c 

nntJiS   61.  6.  a 
■J^'S   236,  258.  3.  b 

dn^D^'S  150.  1 

llj-'i?  207.  2,  243.  2.  a 
•jitJ-'S  193.  2.  a 
*<T»-'S  67.  2  (1) 
on^i?  11.  l.b 
DH'^S  140.  1 
in-'S  189,  210.  c 
•fj?   (adv.)  235.  2  (2) 
tfS^l   (v.)  175.  3 

nnnss  91.  c 
nssin  175.  3 

Dps  189 
njDS  189 
•'nrpS  194.  2 
ni'^npSC   198.  a  (4) 
nnDSI   119.  1 
bDN  110.  3 

bbs,  bbs  112.  1 


bDX^  (nb)  174.  4 

bDS  111.  2.  6 
bDi51   99.  3.  a 

n'bps  104.  c/ 

^bDK  (nb)  63.  1.  6, 

174.  4 
^bssc   106.  a 
QDbDJ?  106.  a 

^innbDii:  io4.  i 
^nnbss  104.  i 
^nbss  65.  a 
^Th^at.,  104.  e 

Dnbps  112.  1 
•^inbDS  104.  t 

ncrSI  99.  3.  b 
-iDDSn  99.  3.  h 
ClSS  140.  3 
"\2N  187.  1.  a 
nn2J?  24.  6 

rss  140.  1 

nsnPpX  16.  3.  b,  105.  ci 

-niriDS  88 

bs  235.  1,  264 

bS  (pron.)  58.  1,  73.  1 

bS  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

"bS  237.  1,  238.  1 

©•'nabs  229.  1.  a 

Dil2^5bs  14.  a,  51.  4 

nbs  216.  1.  a 

nbS  200.  b 

nbS  58.  1,  61.  6,  73.  1 

in'bsi  234.  c 

D^nbs  11.  1.  ft 

D^n'bS  201.  2,  231.  3.  a 


34G 


INDEX   III. 


i^a^n'bx  220.  2.  c 
iD-intsxT  2;u.  c 
mbx  11.  1.  6 
mbx  (v.)  172.  2 

■"bx  2:?  8.   1.  a 

npn-ibx  220.  2.  c 

b"«bS   184 
^bXT   90.  3 

nsbx  HDbs  45.  5.  a 
"'bbx  20.  2,  240.  1 
Obs?  187.  1.  6 
D^a?2bX  51.  4 
n73bs   200.  c 
"Iliiabj?  229.    \.  a 
bll2-bii5  237.  2  (1) 

"j^abs  193.  1 

ni3pbs5     198.    a   (4), 

199.  rf,  200.  h 
nnr^55  237.  2  (2) 
vjbs  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
qbx  226 

■"Dbs  250.  2  (2)  a 
DD^sbX  250.  2.  (2)  a 
D-'Sbs  203.   4,  226 
D^pbs?  229.   \.a 
■'nbsj  221.  2.  6 
DS  68.  6,  197.  a 
DS  239.  1,  283 
TSDST2>{  11.  La 
TlSOXipit   104.  b 
nriS!  53.   3.  6,  211.  a 
nriS?   198.  c 
mSS    200.  c 


■jliaX   184.  b 

njTOX    60.    3.    b    (1), 

201.  1.  a 
D'^p^'aS  201.  1.  a 
Db^iaX   105.  a 

n-jb^xn  99.  3 
bbTay:  187.  i.  d 

bb73X  92.  a,  115 

•'SN  bbris  42 
D"'bb'afi5  210.  c 

DlttK  235.  2  (1) 

D313«  235.  2  (1) 

y^SJ  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

f^aS  112.  1 

n)2S5  110.  3,  125.  3 

'IMS  65 

•1T3»  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

T50S?  208.  3 

"li3X60.  3.  ft(l),  112.  1 

"l)3i5   60    3.  6  (1) 

nniax  208.  3 

Ti^TaX  60.  3. 5  (1) 
DDn^iJ  106.  a,  127.  2 

niiaij  127.  2 

nn^X^   33.  4 
^T»)3S5  157.  3 
nttX   60  3.  b  (1),  205.  J 
inttit  60.  3.  b  (1),  221. 
2.  a 

^nnnbxi  99.  3.  b 

Tj-^nsx  101.  3.  a 
nssj^  n3N  63.  1.  c 
^:S5  71.  a  (1) 
13»  46 


^ni3x  131. 1 

CilN   184 

■^rs  197.  6 

■'^Sl!   71 

'':S  65,  71.  a  (1) 

•ipS  65.  b 

rv^Z^fi,  198.  6 

■"SbS  71 

■JSX  141.  3  (p.  175) 

513 X  84.  3.  a  (2) 

pbx  112.  1 

p3S  50.  1 

n-^TTSX  207.  2.  e 
vl"^PN   185.  2.  a 
-mbCN   125.  1 
Dn?CNn  60.  3.  c,  92.  <r 
?:]C«  110.  3,    112.  5.  c, 

115,  151.  2 
qbS  112.  1 
nSCS   111.  3.  a,  112.  1 

nscb?  151.  2 

''SCSil  89  (f.  s.) 

^£C«  151.  2 

51CBDX  188 

iPBCX  104.  j 

'^'O^^,   53.  3.  6,  88  (1  c.) 

^C»   112.  5.  6 

'ICN  60.  3.  c 

nCX  60.  3.  c 

1'^c■^^  61.  6.  a 

D"ICK  105.  d 

lysn,  Tysi  160.  3 
bs^xi  172.  4,  175.  3 
•}?«;)  172.  4 


INDEX    III. 


347 


royi?  113.  1 
n2y«n  57. 2  (2)  a 
teyxn  172.  4 
nicysT  172.  4     - 
mrysi  57. 2  (3)  a, 

111.  2.  c,   234.  c 
qK  (n.)  184.  6,   207.  2 
t|S?  (conj.)  239.  1 
nn^«2S  104.  f.,  172.  3 
"IBSJ  112.  5.  a 
nSiJ  110.  3 
1SX  112.  1 
n:'SX  203.  1 
niSiJT   100.  2.  a  (1) 
13  qS  239.  2  (1) 
nbSi5    198.   a  (2),  216. 

1.  b 
ISSI   172.  4 
DSS5  235.  3  (1) 

nyiasx  127.  3 
nssi  173. 3 

nSSS?  164.  5 
3?32rS   183.  c,  197.  a 

niyass  207.  2.  a 

12X1  174.  4 

?;"n^sf  105.  d 

bSX  237.  1 
n2«  50.  3 
^^n^s  101.  3.  a 
nsn^s?  105.  cZ 

^Saj^ij!   105.  b 
D1p«1  99.  3.  a 
Diaips  56.  3 
n^pxi  99. 3.  a 


D?p«  56.  3 
DJ5N1   99.  3.  a 
nX'^j?i?1   63.  1.  c,  97.  1. 

b,  164.  5 
KnSI  99.  3.  a,  172.  4 

nsnsi  172.  4 

DbxnX  24.  a 

na-iNi  175.  3 

OnniJ  22.  a 

ny2-15?  207.  2.  a,  214. 

1.  6,  223.  1 
D^y3"li5  225.  1 
d?^31S?  223.  1 
DPya-lK  250.  2  (2)  a 
■Jia-IK  51.  4 
"{IQiinS  51.  4,  195.  2 
-n-is  141.  1 
^b-nnx  19.  2 

nniS5  208.  3.  6 
DUini?  82.  5.  a 

t^ia^ains  104.  h 
■}i-ii<  197. 6 
niiK  139.  2 
•^ninxi  141.  2 

n"155  197.  b,  200.  a, 
208.  3.  b 

nni5  198 
nnni?  i98 
i^nhni?  eo.  3.  c 

•^njil  200.  c.  208.  3.  d 
'^'1'^'^^,  56.  3.  a,  168.  a, 

174.  4 
?jnx  79.  2,  118.  1 
•j'lX  185.  2.  6,207.2.  c 


•jnx  216.  1.  e 
■ji'Q-lS  200.  a 
■^IGnS  194.  1 
n-i^nX  235.  3  (3) 

inpuiahs  56. 1,  105. 6 
nisianx  21 6.  1.  c 
nnns  197.  <• 

ynx  51.   3,     63.  2.   a, 

197.  b 
n^  65 
ms  61.  6.  a,   219.  1 

•{©a  nsnx  22.  b 
■jy;3  nanx  22.  b 
nnx  141.  1  (p.  175) 
tjnx  119.  1 

nb^X^tJX  180.  a 
T»X  197.  5,  201.  1 

m  57. 2  (1) 

^bSTTX  101.  3.  a 
SttJSI  99.  3.  a 

ni^ininx  210.  d 

rr^m  216.  2.  a 
m^X  200.  b,  e,  207.  3 
ni©N  197.  a 
DpnOX  118.  3 

myiiijx  200  c 

CSPX  94.  J 
biST&X  200.  a,  210.  < 

nibscx  216. 1.  c 

nibsBJN  216.  1.  c 
nb©X  60.  2.  a 
trtbirx  60.  2.  a 

^jnbrx  126.  1 
iTibirxi  99.  3 

•     •    :    -  T 


us 


INDEX   III. 


riD'^boxn  99.  3 

OrS   82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
T'OCSn  99.  3 
])3TrS  189 
ny^lTNl  98.  1.  a 

nnprs  97.  1 

3:t'X   183.  c,  221.  6.  a 
nyCX  172.  3 
"JD^rS  91.  c 
TDCS  207.  2.  c 
n^^JX  98.  1.  a 
nptSl   175.  3 
n"^ip:cs  98.  1.  a 
>^)'^'^^^'}  98.  1.  a 
nbpTTi?^  98.  1.  a 
IffiS?  74,  285 
"n^JS?  (conj.)  239.  1 

nnt'ij;  200.  c 
TntJs  221.  5.  d 

1\'>'\tl<  220.  2.  c 

?i">nos  221.  5.  rf 

rnrX  205,  214.  1.  6 

ncsn  172.  4 
^bbinirs  96.  a 
ymr\Wii  141.  6 

nx  (n.)  207.  2.  e 
rx,  ni?  58.  2.  a,  238. 

2,  270 
-n«  43.  a 
nX  43.  a 
rx    (prep.)    237.    1, 

238.  2 

-nx  61.  5 


nx,  r^x  71.  a  (2) 

PS  71.  rt  (2) 
Sns  177.  3 

nrs  11.  1.  a 

npN  71 

nnx,  r.nx  71.  a  (2) 
■jinx  197. «,  c 
nannx  96.  a 

•^nX  71.  a  (2) 
•^rX  61.  5 

^^nx  112. 1,  172. 1 
xn"^pnx  220.  2.  c 

tjnX  65.  a 

nsnx  65. « 
biianx  53.  1.  a,  i83.  c 
•jnx  210.  c 
1J!>i?,  Ii?*?  VI.  o  (2) 
riDnx,  n-nx  71.0  (2) 
i:nx  177.  3 
■jinx  207. 2.  6 
in|:nx  220. 1.  b,  221.  6 
^:pnx  105.  6 

:3  231.  1,  233,  267.  b, 

272.  2.  6 
X2  157.  2 

nija  34 

nx|  34 

nxn^  156.  4 

D'^bnxa  229.  4.  b 
1X3  156.  2 
^X3  (pret.)  156.  2 
ixil   156.  4 
D-'pSTXa  57.  2  (2)  a 


''Xa  216.  1.  a. 
D3DCX2  22.  a 
1X2   121.  1 
"1X2  60.  3.  c,  197.  a 
CX2  60.  3.  c 

nx2%  nx2i  16.  1 
■ir^^ii,  C^^'i  it)0.  2. 

a(l) 
baa  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 

ibaa  237. 2  (4) 

Ta  84.  3.  a  (3) 
^p  90 

^aa  22.  a,  197.  6,  200.  c, 
221.  5.  a 

nha  87 

riTa  207.  1.  a 

nn";.n2  86.  ^  (2  m.) 

"li:2  87,  210.  a 
bb52  237.  2  (2) 

wa  61. 1 

b'la  80.  2.  ff  (3) 

DXnana  4.  a 

^na  57.  2  (4),  184,  6 

ni'^n2  177. 1 

Y^r^:^  245.  5.  b 

DbTr|n2  91.  6 
bna  121. 1 
n^ri2  216.  2 
niT2n2  201.  2 

]n2  61.  2.    a,   184.    0, 
197.  a,  208.  3.  6 

anna  ii3.  i,  2 
msirn2  i4o.  6 

Xi2  79.  1,  157.  1 


INDEX   III. 


349 


npsia  104.  g 
^5iia  90 

DSTa  57.    2    (3)  a, 
164.  3 

n^pin  209. 1.  a 

bl3  53.  2.  a,  184.  h 

D"'pi3  156.  2 

"ipia  186.  2.  a 

"1^3  139.  2 

112  200.  a 

?]^X"li3  201.  2 

tJia  82.  1.  a  (3),  156. 

2,  157.  1,  2. 
D^TSin  156.  2 
DDOtD^'n  92.  b,  161.  3 
n  (n.)  207.  2.  a 
n  (from  T^a)  156.  2 
T3  139.  2 
ISTS  139.  3 
IDiia  141.  2 
Tta  141.  1  (p.  175) 

^:TTa  139. 1 
•jina  185.  2.  c 
n^na  210. « 
D"^n^na  60.  3.  c 
mpna  27 
Tna  185.  2 
■jna  50. 1 
ina  121. 1 
nna  50. 1 
Dn-^na  nna  43. 6 
"'ina  19. 2 
D^ina  201. 1.  b 

n^TDa  90.  j5as5. 


nt:a  is4.  6 
npa  126.  1 
■jiniaa  193.  2 

T^a  197.  a 

Qip'ja  208.  3.  a 

DTja  239.  2  (3),  263. 

1.6 
"•a  (for  ^^,^)  53.   3.  a, 

240.  2 
Ta  237.  2  (2) 
Ta  16.  2.  a 

n^in^a  57,  2  (2) 
l^a  158.  2,  3 
•j^a  237. 1,  238. 1 

^■"^pia^  4.  a 

'^rib-'a  158. 1 
ap?:a  16. 2.  a 

D'^r^a  2U0.  6 
Ti^ni-|JI)^a  14.  a,  24.  6 
n^a  61.    2,    63.   2.    a, 
197.  5.  208.  3.  c 

n^a  57.  2  (5),  62.  1, 

216.  1.  d 

'^''pn^n-n^a  246. 3. 6 
iTT^'iL^n-n^a  246. 3. 6 
^n^a'65 

tfa  65.  a 

nsa  184. 6 

iDa  172.  2 

iba  (for  isya?)  53. 

3.  a 

niDa  50. 1 
n^sa  50. 1 

■"Da  184.  h 


ibtpsa  91.  6,  231.  5.  a 

airpa  22.  a,  101.  2. 6 
ba  53.  3.  a 
nnba  i98.  a  (3) 
''xiba  56.  4 
n^XTiJ'jba  18.  2.  c 
ma^ba  195.  3 
by^ba  195.  3 
bba  141.  3  (p.  175) 
yba,  ?ba  126. 1 
'''lyba  237. 2  (4) 
ini:yba  127.  2 

•'Pba  61.  6.  a,  237.  1 

^■y;t!a  235.  3  (1) 
maa  231.  4.  a 

iiaa  233.  a 

iriTaa  13.  a,  214.  2. 6 
i:?tia  45.  4 
np^Tsa  45.  3 
nibnpm  16.  2.  a 
"^n^a  19.  2, 216. 1.  c 

ia  51.  3,  185.  2.  (/,  215. 

1.  6 
^S^^^n-ia  246.  3.  b 

nij?  nsa  35. 1 

V    J 

^Da  (from  5?ia)  164.  2 
?3a  34 

T 

^:a  34 

isa  (suf.)  221.  3.  a 
isa  (parag.)  61.  6.  a 

ni3a  207. 1.  a. 
tf^nisa  (v.)  173.  2 
DD^"1iDa  220. 1.  b 

tSa  61.  6.  a,  218 


350 


INDEX    III. 


D'^ia  207.  1.  a 

n-'pa  80.  b  (1  c.) 

T;3a  221.  3.  a 

yb:3  4.  a 

bb:3  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 

nn:a  132.  1,  i58.  1 

nSSSC3  24.  a 

rTiys3,n7yD2ii6. 3. 6 

1^n?3  23V.  2  (2) 
"T^S  237.  1 

q-j:?3,  q-jya  113. 1. 2 
i"':?^  172. 1 

W^V^  GO.  3.  a 
D^byn  201.  2 

nyn  ui.  1 
nnya  196.  c 
wa  113. 2 

1510^3  60.  3.  a 

ny2  121. 1 

nska  199 

inS23  11.  1.  a 
TSa  185.  2.  a 
yith  42.  a 
D?23  125.  1 
pSa  82.  1.  o  (2) 

nnka  207.  1. «? 

ypa  80.  2.  a  (4) 
Oypa  125.  2 
pp3  141.  3  (p.  175) 
np3  197.  c,  201.  1 
npia  50.  1,  208.  3.  b 
n3  186.  2.  c 
Kna  78.  1 
N"Q  166.  8 


TIX'12  164.  4 
'l"'^,3   185.  2.  6 

•jina  92.  d 
oina  51. 1 
nina  51.  1 
bna  193.  2.  c 
nna  50.  1 
n^na  210.  a 

■^y'^na  194.  2.  a 
tj'^a  80.  2.  a   (1),   80. 
2.  «  (2),  120.  3 

^na,  TO  119.  1 

TO  197.  a 
HTO  16.  2.  a 

riDna  21 6.  1.  6 
iana  60.  3.  a,  120.  3 
''ana  22.  a,  216.  2.  a 

on-'D-ia  22.  a 
D;"3"ia  20s.  4 

Ona  139.  2 

np-ia  19.  2.  J,  196.  b 

TO  i-^i-  1  (p-  1^5) 

Dam  74.  a,  139.  2 

•'Da^ica  102.  3.  a 

bca  80.  2.  a  (1) 

HDiam  220.  1.  6 
ninpca  45.  2 
na  205.  b 
ina  221.  2.  a 
■^DDina  220. 1.  b 
D^bina  201.  1.  b 
''na  58.  2 

DTa  208.  3.  c 

Dana  221.  6 


nsa  ni5a  22.  b 
n«a  185. 2.  <f 
D^b'isa  201. 1.  a 
ni-'sa  208.  3.  c 
bsa  117 
bxa  lie.  4 
nbxa  201. 1.  a 
•jbsa  119. 3 
DDbsa  221.  3.  a 
aa  200.  c 
rnaa  143.  a 
-naa  215. 1.  c 
riaa  185. 2.  b 
naa  i84.  & 
Kna:\  11.  1.  a 
s^naa  86. 6 
nnaa  125. 2 
pnaa  60.  3.  a 
D^niaa  201.  2 
b^aa  184 
niniaa  201.  1. c 
nnaa  i98. « (3) 
y-'aa  50.  1 
niaa  i87.  1,  215. 1 
'in^niaa  220.  2.  e 
''aa  199.  c 
n^aa  i84 
baa  50.  1 

-    T 

nbaa  11.  1.  6 
•jaa  187. 1.  b 
■jbaa  207. 2.  c 
D^spaa  187. 2.  c 
Vyaa  193. 2.  c 
naa  82.  1.  a  (2) 


INDEX    III. 


351 


nn5  183.  6,  184.  a 

nna  i84.  « 
bx^-ina  61.  6.  a 
nnaa  205 

53  200.  rt 

^^a  141.  3  (p.  175) 
bi^a  58. 1, 185.  2. 6, 

210,  217 
-bl'ia  215.  1.  c 

nb-bi'i^^  13.  a 

I'la  208.  3.  d 

n^^ia  209. 2.  b 

i.'^'ia  216.  1.  a 

b'la  82.  1.  «  (2) 
b^a  (v.)  58. 1 

bna  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 

bna  58.  1,  184 

-b'la  215.  1.  c 
b'la,  b^a  92.  c 
y^a  126. 1 

-  tr  • 

-l^ra  197.  b,  216.  1.  e, 
217 

nn^a  217 
i-^nhna  221. 2.  i 
D'in'-i"a  203.  5.  & 

T^a  50.  3,  68.  b 

iTia  157. 1 
'^'la  221. 3.  a 
^ia  220. 1.  c 
Dn::ia  220. 2  6 
n3n'>ni'>^a  220. 2.  c 

Tj^a  221.  3.  a 
bia  158.  3 

bbia  141.  4 


faia  186.  2.  b 
yna   125.  2,  156.  1 
n^a  (v.)  179.  2.  a 

bnia  200.  a 

Ta  139.  2 

"lata  195. 1 
nra  68. 6 

m  50.  3,  68.  b 
m  139.  2 

t-Ta  141. 1 
n^Ta  50.  3 

bra  50.  3,  68.  b 
bn  216.  1.  e 

nra  50. 1, 3, 68.  b,  84. 

3.  a  (3),  125.  3 

na  158. 3 
•fim  4.  a 
"^na  157. 1 
■"na  157. 2, 158. 2 
D'^bna  216. 2. 6 
rbna  200. 6, 210.  e 

K^a    183.     b,    197.    b, 

208.  3.  c 
X^a  216.  1.  d 

nia  158. 2, 3 
bia  158. 2, 3 
ba  (rib)  98.  2, 174.  5 
ba,  ba  (s^'i?)  139.  2 

baba  187.  1.  e,  207.  2.  a 

baba  187. 1.  e 

baba  141.  4 

nbaba  i87.  1.  e,  207. 

1.  c?,  217 

nba  11.  1. « 


nba  57. 2  (5),  80. 2.  a 

(4),  143.  a,  170 
n^ba  216.  1.  a 

nba  126. 1 
nb^b^  196.  c 
D^b^ba  16.  2.  a 
•^n^ba,  "^n^ba  174.  2 
ibba  139.  1 
'Tiinba  195. 1 
rinba  61.  6 

bt)a  197.  c,  207.  2.  6 

^bTsa  101.  3.  a 
^innb^aa  104.  i 
wbiaa  104.  i 

■ja  197.  b,  217 

nsa  77. 1 
nsa  187. 1.  a 
nsa  93.  f/ 
nssa  216. 1.  6 
'inn: a  104.  i 

•ipnsa  65.  a 

■^nnpa  ei.  6. « 
nnnpa  104. « 
nsa  217 
pa  139. 2 

CTSa  50.  1 

ya  131. 3 
iya  172.  2 
"lya  125. 2 
n?a  131.  4 
isa  197. 6. 200.  b 
nana  207. 2.  a 

na  50.  3,  68.  b 

■}na  193. 2. 6 


352 


INDEX  III. 


pa   197.  h,  200.  a,  208. 

3.  h 
nph  219.  1 

ni:ia  21 6.  2 

nn.n  14 1.  ;?  (p.  175) 

•'Spia  194.  1 

i^anirna  10  4./. 
oa,  -o  131. 3 
irija,  ^o  131.  3 

Ti*a  65.  h 

oca  141.  1  (p.  175) 

ms.n  131.  4 
inra  131.  4 

ra  207.  2.  a 

nnx"!  87,  119.  3 
asi  11. 1.  a 
ax^  51.  4 

rnin"!  i98.  6,  200.  b 
nbn^  200.  6,  214.  1.  b 

pn^  82.  1.  a  (2) 

npa"!  87 
nnn  10.  a 
nn^  210 
nn-i  80.  2.  a  (2) 

—13'^  92.  d 

na-^ ,  na'i  92.  c,  126. 2 

^ns^  Go 

^nnT  Gi.  1,  216.  2 

nnSl  65.  a 

nn3"j1  100.  2.  a  (1) 

•ip-^ai  SG.  b  (2  f.) 
''nnnT  gi.  g.  a 

ttJni  183.  6 


■'Trn'i  221.  5.  c 

y^   185.  2.  f/,  198, 

nrn  i98,  217 
r^:y\  219. 1.  6 
"m  207.  1./. 
iX^^n  21  G.  1.  a 
Q-^Sn^'l  56.  4,  207. 
•''j^l   194.  2.  6 

yfr\  51.  4 

Tl"!  11.  \.b 

ni'^  139. 2 
li'i  200.  c 
^rnini"!  44.  6 
tr\  158.  3 
^ii;i^  157.  2 
^m  121. 1 
■'"n  215.  1.  d 

y^^  187.  1.  a 
^'^y'^  158.  1 
ii^   184.  b 
yi   158.  2,  3 
i;^'^_    187.  1.  a 
iOi'l   158.  3 
NSn   165.  2 
^X2'^  1G7.  1 
b^  207.  2.  a 
nb"!  50.  1 
'^tfb^_   141.  2 

'I'lb'i  141.  1 
yfs"^  19. 2.  J 

ni^b-l  209.  2.  a 

rr^b'^  210.  o 

r.b'l  107.  b,  199.  (/, 

ninbT  216,  2.  a 


^'^^•^  21G.  2 

217    D'^nb'l  203.  2,  208.  4 

Dl    139;  2 

^•a^  57.  2  (4) 

DDTa"!  58.  2,  221.  1.  a 

Uiy^  141.  3  (p.  175) 
2.  a  pirrn  51.  2 

pTT'G-   195.  1 

^:"i  194. 1 

"^i:"!   104.  a 

yn  148.  3 

yn  148.  2 

ni^'l  53.  2.  «,  148.  2 
J^?"7,n2?'7  97.  1.^,148. 3 
^:?'l  16.  2.  a 
iBXny'^  45.  4 

^y'v  50. 1 
ny'^  148.  2 
'lp.:^"^  i48.  2 

inn'l  19.2.6,  65. rt,  200.  a 

nishn-T  19.  2.  i,  65.  a 

Din^  193.  2.  c 

©i^-i'i  122.  2,  141. 1 
tjn'n  197.  6,  200.  b 

D'^D'^^  203.  3,  208.  4 
^D'}'!  220.  2.  6 
pb'an'l  51.  2,  54.  3 

^n:tn^  io4.  i 

NTT'l   196.  d 
NCT  18.  2.  c 
■JC^  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (2) 
211   ITT^  (adj.)  185.  2 
ni  200.  b 


INDEX   III. 


353 


.n,  n,  n  229, 245 
n,  n,  n  230, 283 
p-insn  112.  3 
nnnsni  112.  3 
ir>"i3xn  60.  3.  h  (1) 
•'misni  60.  3.  h  (1) 

Onsn  246.  1.  a 
"hry&T}  246.  2.  a 
■J^Sn  80.  2.  &,  112.  3 

yi^r^-)  112.  3 
f^lTsn  88  (pi.  f.) 

^n'^DTSn  94.  a,  180.  a 
PDTXnn   112.  3 
n^T)  240.  1 

OD'^nsn  60.  3.  c 

"'"Itrfi^n  246.  3.  h 
©isn  230.  3.  a 

inbDxni  112.  3 
n^^^^n  112.  3 

irn'bsn  246.  1.  a 

?fbs5n  60.  3.  c 

n^^Sn  229.  4.  a 

ibi|;n  112. 1 
n;sn  126.  1 

ClCSDSn  51.    2  (2)  a, 
229.  3.  a 

^n■^Bi5^  230.  3.  a 
ynsn  63. 2. 6, 229. 4. 6 
Dpsn  230.  3.  a 
in  148. 3 
TC'^i^nn  151.  3 
man  119. 1 
nsnn  166. 1,  i67.  2 
nsnriT  100.  2.  a  (1) 

23 


nnsjan  i67.  2 
insnn  104. ;?; 
orixnn  160.  2 
nbi-inn^  100.  2.  «  (2) 
b-^nn  94.  6 
nnn  i48.  3,  240.  2 
D^nnnn  188.  6 
^nn  148.  3 
Tian  140.  4 
pian  140.  4 
-t23n  94.  c? 

•inn  (from  Sia)  164.  2 

^?''nn  (imp.)  94.  d 
ns{"i3nT  100.  2.  a  (2) 
ons^nn  leo.  2 
ffi^nn  179. 2.  a 
^tj^nh  150.  2 
nic^an  160.  2 
nn-'an  219. 1 
bin  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

ban  216. 1.  e 
^inban  111.  z.a 
ni:an  173.  2 

b?an  246.  1.  a 

J  nan  140.  5 
^s"ian  104. 6 
T^iiinan  i64.  4 
iian  140.  4, 141. 1 
nanan  16. 3.6, 230. 2.  a 
D^nan  45.  2 
n^a."\n  126. 1 
-^^n  94.  d 
^5n  95.  c 


b'^;\n  94.  a 
n.;n  112.  5.  a 
n^n  18.  2.  c,  184.  6 
i3n  172.  2 
ir^h  92.  ft,  174. 1,  3 
n^;\n  216. 1. « 
nb^n,  nb^n  175. 1 
niban  173.  2 
n^b^n  175. 1. 
^tyh':yr\  175. 1 
inb.)n  172.  1 
wan  127. 1 
pa'in  82.  5 
ina'^n  246.  2.  a 
©^"nn  159.  2 
'li^in  141.  3 

Cin  207.  2.  a 
n^'in  245.  5.  h 

!qnn  112. 5.  a 
Ptin  140.  5 

piri  (pret.)  140.  5 
pnn  (inf.)  140.  5 

nipin  141. 2 

Tin  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

nrnin  (inf.)  94.  b 

npTC'in  96.  a 

nn  240..  1 
x^abnn  245.  5.  6 

tj^'lpnn  245.  5.  h 
"inn  63.  2.  6,  229.  4.  6 

n"inn  219. 1 
n'iniinn  246.  2.  a 
Dinnn  63.  1.  «.  229.  4 
sin  177. 1 


354 


INDEX    III. 


S*,n  47,  11.  a  (3) 
Xin  58.  1,  71,    73.    3, 

258.  2 
S'n  30.  2 
xn^n  1G7.  2 
^ss^n  1G7.  2 
'i'lnin  i79.  2.  a 

3-»pnin  13.  a,  208.  3.  a 

v'lir^  150.  5 

nnn  57.  2  (5)o,  177.  1 

nin  177.  1 
n-nnin  uo.  6 
bn^n  140.  6 
^in  240.  1 

yn^in  229.  1.  a 

T]fn  177.  1 

nTn  (inf.)  126.  1 
WT~  (imp.)  94.  c? 

nnjin  iso.  5 
tjibin  151.  1 
bbin  141.  4 
ibj^n  93.  6 
nibbin  i98.  a  (4) 
abin  90 

nsm  IGO.  5 
IDin  95.  r,  150.  5 

n-D^n  27,  104.  <? 
;  r-'D'^n  (imp.)  94.  (? 

X2'n   150.  1 

n5<2"',n  u;V.  2 
nxs-'n  iG.  1 
x-isin  (imp.  ?)  94.  d 
n-^n^sm  149. 1, 150. 4 
p:i^n  57.  2.  ^5) 


D;5^n  153.  1 
ni::;?]5SnGo.  3. «,  127.2 
n-^.^n  57.  2.  (2) 
^;r\'7"iin  104.  k 
nir^n  gg.  1  (2)  h 
D^nimrin  151.  3 
n-^'jfin  57.  2  (5) 
^z^mn  Gl.  G.  a 
yrin  126.  1 
"it?in  150. 1 
D^nn-7n  24.  b 
b^-n  iGO.  1 
n^bi-TH  141.  3 

12-7n  .54.  2,  4.  a,  82.  5.  a 
DDnDjn  91.  6,  106.  a 
n-'DTH  175.  1 
-p?Tn  119.  1 

DD%ni-'"n  173.  2 
^x^nn  1G7.  2 
nrsann  igg.  1 
nnnn  i65.  1 

ynr}  63.  1.  a,  229.  4 

"ipb-inn  53.  2.  6,  63. 

1.  r/,  95.  b 
D'^'p'^nn  63.  l.a,  229.  4 
V^IT}^  (inf.)  112.  3 

•^nprnn  112.  3 
■'r^pjnr'i  n2.  3 
•^nprnn';*.  112.  3 
■'•jnn  164.  2 
•^•ijnn  164.  2 

''nn  229.  3.  a 

Dn^nn  1 1 1 .  3.  6 

DDnn  63.  1.  a,    229.  4 


p.'crnn  229.  4.  a 
bnn  140.  5 
bnn  140.  4 
ibnn  i40.  4 
•'bnn  17.5.  1 
•'r'bnn  i4i.  2 

D^'pTZrin  229.  .3.  a 
'^''^liT^T^  24G.  2.  a 

nnnn  119.  1 
D^nn  119.  1 
■^rninnn  go.  3.  b  (i) 
'''^''T'^nr?'!'  60.  3.  b  (1) 
"ipirnnni  112.  3 
bpnn  95.  c 
nhnn  hi.  2 
•ir^nnnn  se.  b  (2  m.), 

112.  3,  139.  3 

t:n  175.  4 
^';^hI:n•l  161.  5 
nisn  175.  4 
nnon  82.  5 
^nn^n  63.  1.  «,  121.  3 
nicn  159.  2 
*^:b"ii:n  160.  2 
\-i^i?n  175. 1 

nST£I2n  96.  a,  166.  5 
■in  53.  2.  fl,  184.  b 
N-^n  71.  fl  (3) 
DPrn'^n  230.  2.  a 

n^n  11.  l.a 

n^^nso.  1,  77.  3,  112.  5. 

a,   152.   2.   a,   156.   1, 

177.  1,  258.  2 
n^n  86.  6  (3  pi.) 


INDEX    III.  355 

n":n(unp.)ii2. 1,177. 1  pn  159.  2  tf'bn  151. 1 

n^n  (iuf.)  177.  1  b-'pn  c'b)  16O.  4  '^Dbn  151.  1 

n^ni  61.  1.  a,  234.  6  b^^T\  (rDSH)  111.  2.  c   S^Dbn  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

n^HT   61.  1.  «,  234.  b  mT\  160.  2  '^-^'i;":'   l^^.  2.  a  (l) 

!i^n^.i  46  ^:^3n  160.  2  jnpbn;^  loo.  2.  a  (1) 

:73-i''n  245.  5.  b  ^sis^pn  I60.  2  nsbh  205 

DPn  245.  3.  b  rii3"'3n  160.  2  bbn  137,  hi.  4 

ni^n  112.  1,  177.  1  "i33n  246. 1.  a  b>n  137 

I'j^n  235.  3  (2)  ^^bpn  95.  a  ^bbn  20.  2,  45.  2 

n-i-j^n  145.  2  D^2T2bpn  94.  a  n^bbn  139.  1 

n-jil^n  230.  2.  6  i3pn  leo.  2  obn  111.  1 

n^-^ni,  n-<'}r\'\  16.  1  nnjpyssn  24.  b,  230.  730  4.  a 

oni^'H  60.  3.  6  (1),       2.  a  Dn,  n^an  ei.  6 

112.  1  npn  112.  5.  a  "JW  197.  6 

Dn^:'ni   112.  2,  234.  6  ~l3n  94.  b  bi^GH  159.  2.  bis 

?f^n  51.  2  b)2*i5r;  246.  i.  a  ^biisn  159.  2 

bD^n  189.  5,   197.  b,  nhsn  24.  6  n^xniisn  177.  3 

200.  c,  210.  c,  216.  nsfbn  172. 1,  175. 1  "jirn  150.  2 

1.  b  )^^r\  24.  6,  230.  2.  a      n^lpn  160.  4 

*'D''b^n  151.  1  TObn  246.  i.  a  I'^ri^^nn  u.  a 

b^b^n  57.  2  (5)  ttJabn  94.  6  ^f^'^'cn  160.  2 

bb^n  186.  2  rri^n  150.  5  in3i?n  246.  2.  b 

T'a^n  11.  1.  6  ibn  139.  2  ^Dtin  i40.  6,  i4i.  1 

iSTua^n  150.  1  fifi^'ibn  44.  a  nb^n  126. 1 

iisr^n  150.  1  tbn  58.  1,  73.  2  nb)2n  80.  2. 6 

nbsrin  65.  j  nrbn  58.  1,  73.  2  nnb^n  127. 1 

liniTi  246.  1.  a  irbn  58. 1,  73.  2  ?ib^n  95.  « 

•TLjJ;in  150.  1  Dtibn  119.  1  mbb^rin  246.  3.  a 

^^r\  172. 1  Dnbn  91.  6  ^t^i^'^  246.  1.  a 

"in^TI  246.  3.  a        .  n^bn  150.  2  CT2n  140.  4 

^n  98.  2,  175.  4  nb^bn  245.  3.  b  ^s^n  i4o.  5 

"I3pn  94.  6  -fbn  84.    3.  a  (3),    112.    VD)2n  62.  2,  175.  1 

Casn  96.  a  5.  c,  115,  151.  1,  179.   '-I^jan  119.  1 

npn  175.  4                            2.  a  ipnp?T2ni04.c,  246.  2.5 


356 


INDEX   III. 


an  24G.  2.  b 

Nisn  iGG.  :^ 

r^n'^TQT}  165.  3 
nsSTSn  L'4G.  I.  a 

n^an  i4o.  5 
n^n  140.  5 

Dni-IBH  24.  b 

bizjian  45.  2,  230.  2 

blljpn  94.  b 

nan  ico.  4 
^rran,  ^n^n  leo.  5 

'>'C\'Qr\  160.  2 

DriTDn  160.  2 

■jn  (pron.)  71.  a  (3) 
■jn  (adv.)  236 

?iX3:n  54.  2 
ini53:n  i66.  2 
insiasn  131.  6 

Cl^2n  91.  6,  131.  5 

nan  236,  240.  2 
nan  (pron.)  11.  a  (3) 
nan  (adv.)  235.  3  (4) 
"isnan  131. 1 
nnsn  246.  1.  a 
nnan  iso.  6 
bn:n  04.  b 
"irMamn  g3.  1,  a,  121. 

3,  131.  6 

nron  i3i.  1 

■'pmn  iGo.  2 

rfpri.  n-»2n  83.  c  (1), 

160.  1 

nn-^in  160.  5 
•^nin-irn  leo.  2 


DDB^pn  160.  4 

^p'^:ri  150.  2 

^SSTpsn  245.  5.  b 

nern  160.  4 
nsan  160.  2 

lS3n  141.  1 

npsn  173.  2 
■I^p:n  131.  2 
]h3n  91.  b,  131.  5 
^pnpn  131.  2 

en  240.  1 

non  140.  5 

ncn61.4,  135.3,140.5 
^apn  61.  4.  a,  140.  5 
■iSDn  61.  4 
nhpn  61.  5,  136.  2 

D'»n^Dri  (n-^niDiiin)  53. 

2.  a,  111.  2.  c 

rnn'tpn  160.  2 
v^n^pn  iGo.  4 
rr^pn,  rr^pn  leo.  1 
?jpn  140.  5 
•json  94.  b 
-"json  94.  (^ 
banpn  82.  5 
bbinon  i4i.  5 
nnpn  91.  6 
r\nn?n  63.  3,  b  (2) 
T^-'n^nsn  112.  3 
^''mn?ni  112.  3 
n^nyn  (inf.  abs.)  94.  b 
p-ins^n  112.  2 
nn'iyn  leo.  2 
nryn  i4i.  1 


n^^yn  160.2 

TjT^n  60.  3.  c 

'■•ni^'n  44.  b 
tJl^yn,  i:;'5n  229.  3 
•'nii'^yn  160.  2 
byn  (v.)  175.  4 
f^;^;^!,  ^r?r}  112.  2 
nb?h  60.3. 6(2),  112.2 
nbyn  63.  1.  a 
n-'bj'n  2 15.  5.  b 
'irn^bs^n  104.  i 
inbi^n  173.  2 

Oyn  63.  2.  b,  229.  4.  b 
"T^'ayn  GO.  3.  6  (2) 
T'525^n  94.  6 
i"5-»'525;nn   112.  3 

nnsyn  104.  e 
^''■??!r'"}  112.  3 

D^iyn  229.  4 
?13"iyn  246.  2.  a 

iniiuyn  173.  2 
iniir^n  113. 1 
nyn  18.  2.  c 
ni5£n  1S7.  2.  a 
msn  175. 1 
rr^pn  175.  4 
npn  140.  5 
npn  80.  2.  6 
•'nis'^pni  160.  2 

•TiEn  140.  5 

-Tpn  112.  5.  6 

''Pph  61.  6 
^EDpn  188 
NbEn  166.  3 


INDEX    III. 


357 


sbsn  165,  2 
n:sn  95.  d 

n?3n  245.  3.  b 
"Tpsn  (inf.  abs.)  91.  6 
"rpsn  93.  ff,  95.  a 
nsn  229.  4.  6 

ncn  140.  5 

:"lBn  65.  a,  140.  5 

nsn  140.  5 
insn  119.  1 
■'n^iDnn  loo.  2.  a  (1) 

DDlSn  141.  3 

onsn  141.  3 
nrinsn  ui.  2 
nnsn  126.  1 

pl'JSin  82.  5 
T^P^Zn  80.  2. 6 

^ii^'jrn  161.  1 
^n^-jin  161.  1 
rsrn  145.  2 
np-'i^sn  160.  2 
nb^n  189.  6 
nb::n  126.  1 
nr\T2i?n  S6.  b  (2  m.) 
irs^zn  24.  6 
nin  140.  5 
i2n  140.  5 
'^rh^l7^^  100.  2.  a  (1), 

141.  2 
rSpn  229.  4.  b 
ini^pn  16O.  2 
izji-ipn  94.  b 
m-pn  94.  6 

D^CIpn  229.  4.  6 


hri'^n  119. 1 
-bnpn  119. 1 
"iippn  94.  6 
n-'pn  160,  4 
cipn  160.  4 
D-'pn  57.  2  (5),  59, 

153.  1 

nii2ipn  66.  2  (2)  c 
bpn  140.  5 
bpn  140.  5 

Dpn  160.  4 
D|?\»,  D|5n  160.  5 

^;bpn  66.  2  (2)  c 
inbpn  104.  y 
niarpn  94.  b,  175.  2 
nnpn  119.  1 
na-^opn  98.  1 
nn  207.  2.  a 
ns-in,  ns-in  114, 

175.  1 

ni^nn  173.  2 
niacin  173.  2 
•'n^Nini  114 
^^ri^xnn  175. 
Dn^s"nn  24.  b 
nnn,  nain  175.  4 
nsnn  175.  2 
nann,  nsnn  175.  2, 

235.  3  (2) 

n^nnni  100.  2.  a  (1) 
in^snn'i  100.  2.  «  (1) 

'^^Si'^n  (inf.)  94.  6,  114 
?^5nn  (inf)  114 
inS-'THn  24.  b 


mn  63.  1.  a,  219.  1.  i 

inn  172.  2 
inn  92. 6, 174, 1,  3 
?y5iin  53.  3.  a 
■nnnn  119,  1 
pnnn,  •p'n'^n  119,  1 

*iin  199.  c 

ni'^nn  209.  1. « 
n-^nn  59 

•       T 

sni'a'^nn  160.  2 
i^'^nn  160.  4 

DSr'^in  160.  4 

^■^nn  160,  2 
Dni>^nn  160.  2 
ri^nni  le,  1 
?ynn  140.  5 
msnn  114 
^ahn  140.  4 
n''i2nn  (o^taniin)  53 

2.  a 

nbnn  160.  2 
cnn  111.  1 
T}^,  ?nn  140.  5 
ynn  140.  5 
^:?nn  leo.  2 
n'as'nn  24. 6 
oni^nrj  160.  2 
cinn  66.  1  (1),  98.  2, 

175.  4 

nenn  175.  4 
nipnn  165.  1 
m-in  172. 1 
■innn  221.  6.  6 
•'"inn  221.  6.  6 


358 


INDEX    III. 


a"'"i7n  iiu7.  2.  a 

"Jl^n  24(j.   1.  a 

bs'cn,  b^sTpn  94.  6 
ib-iiaicn  i8u.  « 
annian  82.  5 

Nffin  IGG.  3 

^in^nbSiDn  119.  2 

5  men  65.  a 

ntJn  160.  4 
nDn:73">»n  104.  k 
'>rapn  86.  b  (2.  111.) 
\-ihT2Jnn  100.  2.  a  (1) 
n^-at[J.-n  10.  a 
nirn  uo.  5 
S">©n  160.  4 
■h-'Tpn  60.  3.  6  (2) 
in^Tpn  60.  3. 6  (2) 
^^ia1^2j^^  33.  4 
^n^ffin  101.  3.  a 
nnh^irn  igo.  2 
nsujn  94.  6 
nstJn  95.  a 
nnsTZJn  95.  «,  (/ 
Dsirn,  D-isinn  94.  6 
a^bcn  80.  2.  6 
^^bisn  94.  b 
^3ibon]  100.  2.  a  (2) 
rjbiijn  (inf.)  94.  6 

?[bon  (imp.)  94.  c/ 

■^birn  95.  a 
HDb^n  9,5.  a 
nDPDbcn  86.  b  (2  pi.) 
mabcn  95.  a 


"iTairn  94.  b 

'^ZT}  (inf.  abs.)  91.  6 
Ti-I^prn  (inf)  94.  b 

^jTiirn  1U4.  b 
n-Q^r}  140.  6 

^IZXT)  140.  5 

nricn  140.  5 
^n\n';')3TSn  141.  3 
n^cn  139.  3 
r^\^n  126.  1 

n^yprn  128,  189.  6 

h'j  yi2t3n  35.  1 
'\mn  64.  1,  91.  6 
niirn  245.  3. 6 
nir^  n^3irn  251.  4.  « 
pen  (S'y)  140.  5 
yen  (rib)  35.  2,  i75.  4 
nisen  (ni'sirxn)  53. 

2.  b,  62.  1 
b^Srn  (inf  abs.)  94.  b 
?fSen  91.  b 

nipirn  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 
•jpt'n  94.  (^^ 
nnrnrn  126.  1 
1.Dinrn  141.  5 
n^,nrn2Jn  les.  a 
n'';innTrn  i76. 2 
T?^ni?^r'  iV6.  1 
v.-iinpirn  i76.  2 
T^!inrit'pi  100.2.0(1) 
Qf^'^inncn  i76.  2 
ninncn  i7g.  1 
rr'sncn  i76.  2 
^lyornrn  i4i.  g 


^Ei:Tiifn  82.  5 
^r>^-fi?r?n  176.  2 
njsnn  126.  2 
\:"3rn  158.  4 
^yj^zrn  126.  1 

nbsnn  126.  1 
^cyarn  96.  a 
nann  17  6.  4 
r/^"(:rn  i76.  2 
^jbnrn  96.  b 
-?fbnrn  96.  b 
■"PD^nrn^  100.  2.a(i) 
bb-r.n  137 

^'V-'rn  150.  3  (p.  182) 

y^:inn  150.  3  (p.  182) 
?jnnn  187.  2.  a 
TOirn  150.  3  (p.  182) 
rh?inn  246.  3.  a 
:Trn  65.  a 
bbinr-n  161.  2 
pTnrn  96.  ft 
bnrn  i76.  4 
nn^rn  m.  2.  ft 
'^''rT}  111.  2.  c,  172.  1 
^irn^nn  60.  3.  a 
?iT3"^nn  141.  3 
n^^rn  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 
^3?nn  96.  ft 
brn  115 
D-'brn  142.  3 
Drn  1 40.  5 
TiTirn  141.  5 
n^niarn  141.  6 


INDEX    III. 


359 


ni2nn  i40.  5 
DBrin  82.  5 
"i72"i^nn  141.  5 
ni2;rin  los.  3. 
n^3"nn  i65.  3 
Vris'nn  141.  5 
bb?nn  141.  5 
ni3:?nn  i76.  2 
nnynn  ii9.  i 
rtJ^Jsrin  96.  5 

1*IJ?Snn  59.  a,  96.  a 

'npsnn  96.  a 
tJnpnn  96.  b 
-«^j?nn  96.  b 
TO-Tpnn  96.  6 
inir'^pnn'i  96.  b 
Dri®^;5nn  6i.  4.  «, 

96.  b 

^p^pr^r'  137 
Ci^pnn  96.  6 
pinn  141.  5 
inannnn  121.  1 
ri'is-inn  i76.  2 
n:i:DiT2Jnn  54.  4.  a, 

82.  5.  a 

nVicnn  45. 2, 230. 2. 
nnn  141.  3  (p.  175) 

^  100.  1,  234,  287 

•1  99. 1 
^^  56.  2 

in  56. 2 

i}"}   56.  2 
1^1   56.  2 


2i<1  183.  &,  197.  c 
"'niJT  216.  1.  6 
nXT  11.  1.  a 
Ti^f  39.  4.  a 

nnr  50. 1 

-T 

n3T  200.  c 
insT  125.  2 
i^^nnr  220.  2.  c 
^:nnn  100.  2.  «  (1) 

■JlblT  193.  2.  a 

IT  186.  2.  c 

r.T  73.   1,  235.    3    (4), 

249.  2.  a 
;V  39.  4.  a 
r.T,  IT  11.  1.  b 
HT,  iT  73.  1 
DHT  50.  1,  51.  3,  201.  1 

nnn  i6. 3. 5,  ei.  i.a, 

234.  a 
^T   73.  1 
IT  53.  3.  a 

x^ibs^a  ^T  22.  b 

ni'^IT  209,  2.  a 

rr^^T  210.  a 
nb^T  237.  1 

a  "^nb^T  61.  6.  a 
ns^T  14.  a,  93.  6 
nn'lT  156.  4,  196.  c^ 
■jiTT  193.  2.  a 
D'':iTT  210.  c 
tl^l  208.  3.  c 
13T  141.  1 
I^DT  90.  pass. 
niDT  98.  1 


lilpT  25 

"jiniT  200.  c,  210,  210. 

b,  217 
''inDT   106.  b 
■^niDT  86.  i  (2  f.) 
fjybT  €8.  a 
nSybT  210.  e 

nnit:T  200. 6 

1'1'aT   185.  2.  a 
•^niirT   139.  1 
I^T  207.  2.  b 
rniQT  92.  d 
nn'QT   196.  b 
^ri'BI  139.  2 

npDn73T  220.  1.  b 

)1  207.  2.  a 
S;T  200.  a 
ni3T  200.  b 

■yyT  51.  1 

D?T  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  2 

m3?T   119.  3 

iS^T  119.  3 

P?T  51.  1 

p3>T   119.  1 

^p5T  60.  1.  a,  119.  4 

^P?T  119.  4 

•JpyT  119.  3 

IPT  (v.)  79.  2,  82.  1.  o 

0) 
IpT  (adj.)  90,  215.  1 

D^SpT  201.  1.  b 

ppT   141.  1  (p.  175) 

i<-|T   19G.  d 


3G0 


INDEX    III. 


^-IT,  niT  156.  2 

?i-|T   183.   c,    197.   a, 

200.  c 
TinT  187.  1.  e 
^tt-lT  92.  b 

anr  go.  3.  c,  216.  1.  e 

ynr  216.  1.  e 
pnT  80.  2.  a  (3) 

K3n  112.  5.  a 

isan  167.  1 

nnian,  nnnn  eo.  2.  a 

t2nri  112.  5.  a 

•'an  172.  3 

bnn  50. 1, 112.  5.  b 

ban  186.  2.  a 

""bnii  61. 1 

^inban  104.  i 

pan  187.  2 

nan  112.  5.  a 

ninanan  188 

tt?an  84.  3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.  b 
an  186.  2.  c 

xr^n  11. 1.  a 
Kan  196.  rf 
n^n  112.  5.  a 

^n  53.  2.  b,  223.  1.  a 
IW-J  100.  2.  a  (2) 
b'lri  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

ibnn  24.  c 

"inn  216.  1.  e 

tjnn  208.  3.  6 


D'^Trnn  go.  3. 6  (2) 
:'^T"in  190.  c 
n-in  207.  1./ 
nam  14.  a 
bin  158.  2 
bbin  iGi.  4 
bbin  141.  4 
■jsin  141.  4 
pn  200.  a 
ipin  59.  a,  141.  3 

•ipin  14.  a 
"l^n  125.  3 

■^nin  194.  2.  6 
:''nin  199.  c 
©"lin  186.  2.  a 

ncin  158.  2 
nnin  isg.  2 
nrn  200.  a 
•jiijn  200.  a,  210. 6, 

216.  2.  6 
prn  84.  3.  a  (2),  110. 

2,  112.  5.  b 
'pm  185.  2.  b 
pm  185.  2.  6 
p-Tn  92.  c 

ipm  61.  1 

'I'^rPT" ,  n^'prn  57.  2 

(2)5 

nn  207.  2.  b 

Xpn  183.  ft,  208.  3 
KUn  165.  2 

nsun  220.  1.  b 

n»E)n  198.  a  (3) 
''Klfn  60.  3.  c,  216.  l.a 


D-^Xpn   57.    2    (3)   o, 
164.  3 

nx-jn  166. 1 

nXKn  198.  a  (3),  205, 
217 

rx^n  57. 2  (3)  a 
ir.Kbn  166.  2 
orsbn  220.  2.  a 
at:n  50. 1, 112.  5.  a 

HL^n  200.  b 

i-cn  164.  2 

I^L^n   199.  a 
•^n  (v.)  177.  2 
"in  (11.)  215.  1.  d 

a.^n  161. 1 

n'^n  50. 1, 112.  6.  a, 

152.  2.  a,  177.  2 

:n;in  i77.  2 
n-^nn  234.  6 
n^n  201.  1.  a 

Vm  234.  b 

PD'^^n  220.  2.  c 

D'^^n  201.  1,  201.  1.  a 

on-i^nn  234. 6 
b''n  158.  2 
b^n  208.  3.  c 
ntJ-'n  158.  2 
n^n  196.  b 
in^n  61.  6,  218 
''an  174.  3 
ir?n  172.  3 
''n-'ani  100.  2.  a  (1) 
''b"»ban  i87.  2.  c 
nibban  i98.  a  (4) 


INDEX   III. 


361 


DDn  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2), 

112.  5.  a 
nilSDn  198.  a.  4 
*iapn  216.  2 

bn  174.  5 

nbn  215.  1.  a 

■jnnbn  220.  2.  6 
nbn  80.  2.  a  (4),  112. 

5.  h 
n?n  80.  1 
Dibn  200.  a 
X^r\  197. 6,  200.  c 

^bf^n  194.  2.  6,  199.  c 

T  -  ' 

nbnbn  i87.  1.  e,  i98. 

a  (3) 

ubn  112.  5.  a 

■•bn  208.  3.  d 

"ibh  65 

nbibn  219.  1.  a,  240.  2 
D^SDbn  209.  1.  a 
HDbn  209.  1.  a 

bbn  141.  4 

Dbn  112.  5.  c 

©■')abn  195.  1 

Clbn  80.  2.  a  (1),  112. 
5.  c 

fbn  92.  c? 

pbn   112.  5.  h 

npbn  51.  3 

•'pbn  24.  6,  216.  2.  a 

pbjpbn  188 
nr>i5bn  104.  i 

TZJbn  84.  3.  a  (3) 

tJbn  187. 1 


Xttn  196.  d 

^tlT)  111.  1,  112.  5.  a 

ntin  (n«^n)  53.  3.  h 

ni3n  184.  6,  216.  1 

yittn  185. 2.  c 
"liun  197.  c 
niian  205.  c 
iniian  141.  2 

"iffiW  59.  a,  227.  1 
bl2n  112.  5.  a 

nb^n  87,  111.  3.  a 

fflDH  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175),  179.  2.  a 
O^n  112.  5.  a 
yian  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
fm  184 
in^^n  106.  a,  111.  3.  a 

"nan  112.  5.  « 
^"nanian,  ^n^i^n  60. 

3.  h  (2) 

in'aniDn  92.  a,  115 

©Tan  46 

Trian  205, 215. 1. 1 

•tm  227. 3 
nisian  223.  1 

iirpn  59.  a,  227.  1 
Cn'^TBttn  250.  2  (2)  a 
'T'TETan  250.  2  (2)  a 
iqiiDtin  250.  2  (2)  a 
D^^ian  225.  1 

T'ntj'on  220.  2.  a 
"itoy  mrttn  224.  a 
nttn  214. 1. 6 


Di^niah  203.  5.  6 

■jn  186.  2.  c 

pn  139.  2 

1^3n  187.  1 

nisn  139.  2 

ni^:n,  ni^Dn  209.  3.  a 

n^pn  199.  rf,  200.  c 

tj:n  112.  5.  a 

■ijh  220.  1.  h 

'at 

Din  235.  2  (1) 

biapn  195. 1 

■j:n  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (3) 

•jsn  141.  4 
nsrn  139. 2 
■^rin  61. 5 

ODpSn  106.  o,  139.  2 

^25?n  141.  1 

tlpn  82.  1.  a  (2) 

yT^  50.  1 

"•^Cn,  ''^Cn  216.  2.  a 

ncn  112.  5.  h 
n^cn,  r^zr\  i69.  1, 

T  AT    T   '  AT     T  ' 

172.  1 

ben  112.  5.  a 

DCn  112.  5.  a 
ncn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

ncn  112. 5.  a 
ten  112. 5.  a 

7Bn  (v.)  82.  1.0(1),  84. 

3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
•j^-Sn  (adj.)  185.  2.  h 
tnrsn  86.  a 
•^SSn  216.  1.  h 


3G2 


INDEX    III. 


-isn  82.  1    a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
nsn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  rt 

m'nBisn  188 

TUSn   112.  5.  a 

iSBn  so.  1 
rnosn  19 8.  a  (4) 

"'TTSn  209.  2 

rrirsn  198.  «  (4) 
nin  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (1), 
84.  3.  a  (1),  112.  o.a 
^2ni99.  b 
^2n  6.5,  227.  3 

y:^r}  ui.  1  (p.  175) 

r\-\±2n  188.  a 

nsinoo.  3, 197.  b,  200.  c 

pn207.  2,  207.  2.  a,  215. 

1.  c,  217 
-pn  61.  5 

njjn  217 

ipn  59.  a 

^pn  61.  5 

ppn  141.  5 

ppn  141.  5 

''ppn  20.  2,  207.  2.  a 

npn  50.  1,  112.  5.  a 

^?J?"'pn  104.  y 
nnn  118.  1 
ann  197.  « 
?,ain,  ^nnn  111.  3.  a 
niann  21 6.  2.  a 
oniain  220.  2.  a 
■^ain  111.  3.  a 


ann  112.  5.  a 
bann  193.  2.  c 

T^.n  112.  5.  c,  118.  1 

inn  185.  2.  6 
b^"in  207.  2.  c? 
pnn  210.  a 
nnnn  i87.  2.  5 
nbnn  193. 2.  c,  207.  2.  c 

©inn  185.  2.  a 

nj^nn  195.  1 

nc"in  61.  6.  a 

qnn  118.  1 

nisnn  22.a,  216.2,2. « 
■j^-nn  118.  1 
nsnn  207.  2.  c 
nnn  141.  2  (p.  175) 

©nn  187.   1.  a,  210.  a, 

216.  1.  a 
tCnn  50.  1,  80.  2.  a  (2), 

84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1 
tin  187.  1.  6,  210.  c 
''TB'in  216.  1.  a 

nnti  50. 1 

•'B^TUn  194.  2.  6,  199.  c 

•jt'n  112.  5.  6 
qisn  112.  5.  6 

•'BtCn  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.a 

acn  112.  5.  6 
•jimrn  200.  a 
mrn  112.  5.  c 
i\tn  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  b 
nDrn  200.  b,  201.  1.  « 
D-'Dcn  201.  1.  rt 


bizTrn  53.  2.  a 
nbTscn  g6.  2  (2)  6 

nn   139.  2,  207.  2.  a 

nrn  112.  5.  a 
rnnn  i87.  i.e,  207.2.0 
rr^nn  209.  2 
tfnn  112.  5.  a 
bnn  112.  5.  a 
nrn  112.  5. « 
Cjrin  112.  5.  rt 
nrn  50.  1, 112.  5.  rt 
rnn  112.  5.  r,  i4i.  1 

(p.  175) 

•'pnm  104.  y 
nins'jN-j  57.  2.  rt  (2), 

161.  2 

nrj  50. 1 

nS'J  187.  1.  rt 
rya'J  207.  1.  e 
n™  185.  2.  6 

-nrii2  215.  1.  c 

nnt:  50.  1,  82.  1.  «  (1) 

irj  186.  2.  c 

ait:  (v.)  82.  1.  rt  (3), 

156.  2,  179.  2.  rt 
aiU     (adj.)    186.    2.    c, 

235.  3  (3) 
niStpit:  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 

nu,  n-j  156.  2 

CNbp  209.  1.  rt 

nb-u;b-j  187.  1.  e 
bb-j  141.  1  (p.  175) 

Stt?-^  82.  1.  rt  (1) 


INDEX   III. 


363 


niJ12-J  87,  166.  3 
DSSa'J  164.  4 
nSlS'J  164.  1 
17212  50.  1,  77.  2 
n?I2  131.  4 
V\U  201.  1 
PliSU  139.  2 
nSU  200.  a 
''"ID  185.  2.  c? 
DTJ  263.  1.  b 


^BpS;:  112.  3 
'ipSCS:^  112.  3 
nbS;?,  D^npN^  60.  1.  a 
n^lDK^I   104.  ^ 
bSS«1  111.  2.  6 

nss;^  113. 1 

-Ii5."^  159.  3 

'i^^hy:;;  112.  3 
n^nm;'  105.  e 

ns^l  61.  2.  a,  172.  4 


511D  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1  inS;:  159.  3 

"isni:  216.  2.  a  ^^ns^  172.  1 

^rny:^"!  172.  3 

nni?\  "ins?""  111.  2.  a  sn;"  60.  i.  a 

"I355''   16.  2.  a  Xn'^l  10.  a 

innS':1  105.  a  fi?3i^n   160.  3,  166.  4 

•'Dnnj!:,:^  105.  a,  118.  3  nn^  i4i.  1  (p.  i75) 

Tnsi\  THii'^l   111.  2.  a  ^pb^^n:'  105.  a 

iniTni5->  60.  3.  b  (1)  b'^3^:!  66.  1  (2)  6 

iT^rns-'  60.  3  6  (1)  in^'i  i64.  2 

'}^-'i|!;»  158.  2  i5i3^   157.  3 

bDS''  57.  2  (2)  rt,  60.  1.  a  in:3in;>   158.  4 

bDS^T   99.  3.  a  ip^,!^  194.  1 

bS'^l  111.  2.  f7,  175.  3  m2-}  157.  3 

yiz^;-]  111.  2.  a 


nias^  nias'i  126.  2 

-I13S5'']   111.  2.  a 

nn^aii'^T  46 

Kb  I'CSi'^l  24.  a 

q:s5^  111.  2.  a 

piX':   111.  2.  a 


rn^'T  172.  4 
^■n^'  141. 1 
n-jn^i  126. 1 
K-»n^n,  i5^n^i  16O.  3, 

166.  4 

^ii'^n^i  26 

^2)^1  61.  4,  172.  4 


qbs;^  111.  2.  a,  112.  3  "jTin;!  172. 1 

^°i?)?T,  51P5?!:T   99.  3.  a  ^n^  158.  2 
riOX"^   151.  2  "jn^  172.  4 


rC^i^j   172.  4 

n^ypn">  125.  i 
^iijpn^i  20.  2 
tjnh^  60,  4 
^in^i  99.  3.  a 
^n^'in;'']  60.  3.  a 
HD^Dnn;!  104.  6 
^rcDnn:"  105.  b 

T»n;«  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 

146,  147.  1 
©n"^  147.  1 

m;'  148. 1 

™3^n  150.  2  (p.  182) 

ntn':  148. 1 
ns;^:'  60.  1 

-bia^i;'  88 
s^^aro  60. 2 

"I.^^  140.  1 
Tj^a^  104.  A 

n^i:;]  150. 2  (p.  132) 
bir^""  158.  2 

Tj^I   140.  1 

l^b-i^;'  158. 2 
1?"';^;'  216. 1. 6 
b;^\  b;;'!  158.  2 

b^^l  ("12?)   158.  2 

b^^'i  (yy)  140.  5 

b^'j  172.  4 
bi^l  99.  3.  a 
brOI  99.  3.  a 
b^^-\  175.  3 

ba-i  140.  3 
nb;^i  57.  2  (5) 

S12S^  165.  2 


304 


INDEX    III. 


b^ri   Co.  a 
P?   140.  5 
y.);*   147.  1 

nr'5\  ^ra"^  147.  4 

i???r  GO.  2 

"ih;"  (v.)   82.   I.  a  (3), 

179.  2.  a 
ih;'  (:ulj.)  90 

n;;;*-}  157.  3 
cnri  99.  3.  a 

D^TIJ"!^:']    104.  ff 
pnj^  86.  a 

nM97.a,215.1, 217,222 
X'll^n   172.  4 
pnt^  97.  2 
ip3"i:^n   94.  c 

ns'7;'']  99.  3 

Tl^   139.  3 
'IT  148.  3 
^n^n  53.  3.  a,  150.  2 
(p.  182) 

ni^^  139. 3 

•jii;!  157.  3,  158.  2 
nil;*  203.  5.  a 
■•■??  -'16.  1 
"^l";  109.  c 
^T^'^'^l')  220.  2.  c 

an-i-i-'  220.  1.  b 

D"'"!;'  203.  5.  a 
■n^  157.  3 

^;^'T'  i67.  7 

'XSl""  54.  2 
nST^  220.  1.  a 


DD^;:  58.  2,  03.  2.  a, 

22.1.  1.  a 
DDn;*  220.  2.  6 
bl7   140.  3 
D^;»  140.  1 

im;*  141. 1 

:?!;'  80.  2.  a  (4),  147. 

yn^l   147.  5 

'\^:?^2  55.  2.  a,  86.  b 

(3  pi.) 
ISy'i;'  60.  3.  a 
r\r^^,'l'^  60.  3.  a 
Ur.v;!'}  127.  2 

nyn^  86.  b  (1  c.) 

nn^i^  80.  b  (2  m.) 
Vn?'!"'   104.  ff 

Dri:p'i;^  go.  3.  a 

p*]^T    140.  5 

TIT  40 

IDI-II^I   94.  c 

riD^n-'  03. 1.  c,  97. 1.  a, 

ST  179.  2.  a 

nan":  go.  3.  a 
q^n;:  in.  i 
^rsin;^  i05.  d 
K-n;'  177.  1 
nn^ni  197.  d 
nnin;'  150.  2 

•'TT  194.  2.  a 

n'^'i^n;'  235.  3  (3) 
nnn-'  47 
nSrT'n  234.  c 

D'^p^'iT   195.  3 

n"^p;'in;>''  44.  b 


5^©iT  150.  2 

Ti;'  57.  2  (4),  177.  1 
''n-i  177.  1 

"^n^tn  45.  2,  01.  1.  a, 
177.  1 

n-'ni  11.  I.  a 
2  n-^n^  19.  1,  00.  3.  a, 

112.  2,  177.  1 
ni!3D3  ''n:'^  22.  6 

^^"'^■'r??  150. 2 

bT  140.  5 

^D^  ('Oi?!')   53,    3.  a, 

111.  2.  c 
?T"bn7   151.  1 

nib':n;i  105.  e 

n'bn^  (n.)  190.  a 

''rttbn;^  111.  1 
on^n  140.  1 

Ch^  140.  3 
Cn^T  80.  2. 6 

b  cinn^  111.  1 
^iD-iH^  'icnn;)  111. 1 
?]cnn^  111.  1 
bnn^  142.  3 

^bhT   142.  3 
IN^i  140.  6 
Xnii  167.  2 
IXnii  167.  2 

bnii  197.  6 

''n^'ii''  92. 6 

pT''  140.  6 

ini'^i  111.  2.  rf 

^bDii  57.  2.  (2)  a,  111. 
2.  b 


INDEX  III. 


365 


i^V  93.  6 

nnbi^  207.  1.  a 

nV  200.  c,  d,  207.  1./ 
n'J'QV  203.  3 
Dtti''  235.  2  (1) 
l^;"  215.  1.  b 

n:ii  197.  c,  200. 6 

p^V  217 

nj^pi^  207.  1.  e,  217, 

221.  5 
n©^''  140.  6 
^OV  90 

is'iyii  105.  b 

UVV  140.  6 

SSri'^l,  X^i^l  166.  4 

-lai''   186.  2.  a 

n^TlJjP^i  (D^TJJJ?-!^)  59.  a, 

93.  e 
"li^l   175.  3 

xnii  150.  5 

affii^l  99.  3.  a,  150.  3 
1^r>  140.  6 
ipiniTOii  105.  a 
l^ilV  105.  a 
TDSTDi^  53,  3.  a 
nOl^  158.  4 

ri  175.  3 

pn,  T:?1  172.  4 
m"!  140.  3 

w;;  141. 1 
irn  175.  3 
pyri  119. 1 
npi  157.  3 

"lT'^1  172.  4 


bxnr:'  57.  2  (3)  a 

mn-i  113.  1 
?]-inn;'  93.  a 
ttjnn;)  60.  3.  «,  65.  a 
Tcan;;i  65. « 
itinn;:  60.  3.  a 
^m  (yy)  140.  1 
^n^  C^'b)  147.  2 
nn^  (yi?)  140.  5 
■nm  109.  2, 172.  4 

I'ln^  235.  3  (1) 

bnn;:  63.  1.  b 
^ib^n^,  ibw.;^  63.  1.  b 

•J^b^n"^  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 

D^n;*,  Din;*  157.  3 
tinin;:  156.  1 
l^nn;:  172.  1 
^pm;:  61. 1 

XtDn"^  63.  1. 6 

S'oniji  166.  4 

TIN  ^ri?^  1^'J'-  2 

''H!!  65 
n;in:'  i77.  2 
^12^;:^  172.  3 
m»^n;>  97. 1 
■jn^n;*  104.  ^^7, 141. 3 
^^^  "^i^?  140. 5 

^)T}^^  IV  7.  3 
^bn^  141. 1 
^bn'^i  (^bni^i)  24.  c 
pbri;i  60.  4.  a,  113.  1 

Dpbn;i  59.  a 
Dj^bn^i  113.  1 
inbrri  60.  4.  a 


DH^  147.  2,  179.  2.  a 
DH.'i  140.  1 
W^  60.  3.  b  (2) 
'iBn;:   140.  1 

■j^^iari;:  172. 1 
nDtin::  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
"•pn^nii  121.  2 
'j^^  in^^  140. 1 
in''  61.  2 

"in^l  60.  1.  a,  172.  4 
'jn'i  140.  6 

n:n^  172.  4 

"^in^  60.  1.  a 

)'^:n•:!^  99.  8.  a 
!r]Dn^  61. 1,  141.  3 
■jin^  139.  3 
psn;:']  113. 1 

■jTCn":  169.  1, 172.  1 

■jon;:  113. 1 
qrfi  25 

f  sn^ ,  f  sn;:  65.  a 
^nsn^  insm  111. 1 
n3:n^  fn^i  i72.  4 
npn-i  141. 1 
nn^  147. 1 
nni:'i  175.  3 
ih;;  140.  3 
*in^  172.  4 
"in^n  60. 1.  a 
rnr}^_  172.  4 
ri'in;'  119. 1 

TO^^   99.  3.  a 

Clton^  111.  1 
^tdn::i  99.  3 


3GG 


INDEX    III. 


rn"^  (]£)  131.  1 
rn*  (TJ)  uo.  1 
nnn;;i,  nnn.?  24.  c 

•J^T   175.  3 

t:;:'  172.  4 

TJi"^   150.  1,  179.  2.  a 

;bi3i,  jb'j"'  IGO.  5 

IT  y  IT  \ 

STS'J;^  54.  2,96.  r^  166.5 

?irj\  qn'j;'  65.  a 

WZ"^"}   144.  2 

jyi.^;^  147.  2 

aui^  147.  4 
3-jifl^   147.  5 
2'J"'^T    150.  3 
n'^'J'':^  145.  2,  150.  2 

n''!?;:''  150.  2 

b^b-^^  150.  2 
q^'^n   172.  4 
•IS^I^T  147.  4,  5 
7P"i;»  63.  2.  r,  147.  4 

•jrjj^^n,  fp^'^l  147.  5 
-i]?-"-!,  n]?i.'^  147.  4 

«T^1  147.  5 
DTTi"]  147.  5 
rn-'TS"^:'  150.  1 
•jC^flT   147.  5 

mc-';<  147.  4 

OniE^?^  150.  2  (p.  182) 
•FI^T   175.  3 

'•rnaD^'  i05.  ft 
'j'is';'  159.  3 

nniD""  13.  a 

^SS^D;*  61. 3, 105.6, 161.3 


tn^"^  119.  1 
irs;*  160.  3 

nn-iS^l   105.  a 

^n-'s;'  105.  a 

bb;"  80.  2.  ffl  (3),    82.  1. 

a  (3) 
'?!"  172.  4 

bD;»'i  174.  4 
nbp^  165.  3 

ibb;'  86.  a 

)rh^'j  172. 1 
nbb;i  i48.  i 

pbD;in  86.  a,  100.  2 
•^nbb^  86.  a 

I'lnbo;^  86.  «,  104.  h 

V:'D^_'\  126.  1 
Cd;'^  174.  4 
^tt;'0D;'61.  6,   104./, 

172.  1 
i'Q^DD''   172.  3 
CyDI^I   119.  1 
n-lD^I   172.  4 
ns^pnD'i   180.  a 

ms^  1J9.  1 
•jinns;<  9i.  6 

iblTDD'i  88 
nS^  140.  6 

nhD"^,  niPD:!  88,  loi 

2.  ft 

nnS'^l   99.  3.  a 
•j-JinnS^  88  (m.  pi.) 
inS^   140.  5,  141.  1 

anb"'  139.  3 

Dtsb"^  105.  a 


"istrab;^  105.  d 

nb;-  56.  2,   80.  2.  a  (4), 

147.  2 
'\Th'!  64.  2 
n^ib^  22.  a 

^"Tb;i  216.  2.  a 
Pr^'-*  90  (2  f.) 
ID'jb';'  104.  i 

T.rnb-^  104.  A- 
'':r\'7bi  104.  k,  150.  i 

(p.  182) 
^rb^i  159.  3 

Dn.b';>  119.  1 

Onb'^^  99.  3.  a,  119.  1 

'^''b':!  160. 1 
rVr^  r^-  i^o.  i 

^^.''   151.  1 

1\b^^  65.  rt 

"13^?  91.  ft 
^IDb"^  99.  3.  a 

r.'i^b'^  105.  c 
bb;'  139.  3,  150.  1 
bb;^  183.  ft 

nbb^n  57.  2  (3)  a,  234.  < 
•jb^l   158.  2 

tt^pb;!  192.  1 

"i^Cpb^  88.  (m.  pi.) 
D;*  207.  2,  215.  1.  a 
t»1Z^'\  119.  1 
XSr)"'   139.  3 
W"^   140.  1 
nT?*"   140.  3 
miU'^l  99.  3.  a 


INDEX   III. 


367 


tolls':  159.  3 
b^'Q'}  159.  3 
n-Q'!  60.  1.  a 
n'B^']   173.  3 
STI  '^12'}  220.  1.  a 
Diia^  63.  3.  a 
n'a''T2^  219.  1.  a 
'J^'a^  197.  b,  199.  a 
)^t'''Q'}   160.  3 
U'n'^'Q"}  160.  3 
?J^7  140.  3 
blD^'l   157.  3 
bl^^  140.  1 

n?^;'  165-.  1 

Ifh-Q^,  -1\)'C'}  88 
?yb^^T   99.  3.  a 

^D'b'a''  88 

■J)3^  150.  1 
D^^i  140.  3 
b:?^:'  60.  1.  a 

^la'^n  172.  4 
^n«2^;'  60.  3.  c 
npm^a''  io5.  c 

T]«:£)2:'  164.  5 
13X2^;^   105.  6 
^:2S5^tt;»   105.  c 
"112^   150.  1 
Iti;?  135.  2,  140.  1 
tj^;"  140.  5 

nb;"  157.  3 
nb;^i  65,  157.  3 
rra^i  i57.  3 
n^;^i  160.  3 

fXr  11.  1.  o 


7i55^  57.  2  (3)  a  (?), 

122.  2,  140.  5 
C]53^T   99.  3.  a 
nS''  147.  1 

TT 

ni3;i  60.  2 
•jis^  159.  3 
Ti^^J  159.  3 

n:^5  157.  3 
ns::^  160. 3 
nit:3;i  i3i.  2 

^^'^  164.  2 
•j'^D"'  159.  3 

ins^ri  160.  3 

3>D^T  157.  3 
5]?^!}  160.  3 

p;;'  147. 1, 150. 1 
-nps^i  131. 2 
nsp?")  131.  2 

n-123''  131.  2 

S^ias^  57.  2  (3)  a,  86.  6 

(3  pi.),  164.  3 
ab;"  61.  3,  64.  2,  135.  2, 

140.  1 
SD^I   64.  1,  99.  3.  a 
nD^  140.  5 
2b^  135.  2,  140.  1 

iab;>  136.  1 
^a©;*  61. 3 
in^o;'  141.  3 
''pao;'  61.  5, 141.  3 

ib-'1150'<  13.  a 
'lb'}  148.  1 

'»'7p;«  148. 1 

n^D;>  (n.)  192.  1 


^fp;!  147. 1 

^P^  140.  5 

^p;'  140.  6 

0^30:*   157.  3 

'■\^b'}  92.  b 

tlP;"  80.  2.  a  (3),  151.  2 

qO^n   151.  2 

•nsp^^n  99.  3 

"ip;"  147.  3 

nb;:  92.  d 

np^l   60.  1.  a 

nn©::  92.  d 
"isnp;!  104.  a 

•^2-lD':  104.  a 

inrna?;:  56.  i,  105.  b 
^nna:?^  105.  c 
^3'nn?:'  56.  1 
^y;"  56. 2, 147. 1 

W^i  161.  1 
W  159.'  3 

i3niy;<  105.  6 

Tb^   140.  1 

-nr?^  64.  1 

^■)T^^  105.  b 
I2?1^1   (^y)  157.  3 

12?:^^  (ri'b)  172.  4 
t:?^i  157.  3 

^?!^^  !".b5>^1  (k.)  172.4 
^^''^nb?':]  (Hi.)  175.  3 
nbs?^  207.  1.  a 
'^'5?r.;i  45.  3 

'lybs?;'  161.  2 

^b?^    60.  3.  6  (1) 
W;"   60.  3.  6  (2) 


368 


INDEX   III. 


ITay^  109.  3.  a 

nniay;)  112.  4 
npnb?;)  88  (2  f.  pi.) 

■}?:  190.  i,  2:37.  1, 

267.  h 
nCX  1?;:  239.  2.  (2) 

1?!:^»  5^.r?r?  1^2.  4 
n:5^^  207.  1.  a 
HDi:?;:'  104.  h 
myy;"  142.  2,  161.  2 
1^?:  (v.)  82.  1.   a  (2), 

147.  1 
q?;'  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
5l?^5  157.  3 
qri  157.  3 
yT^   77.  2,  147.  1,  179. 

2.  a 
HDnS?^:'  104.  h 

1^'p^  \\.\.h 

1?^  200.  c 

®??^,  nirsf^i  172.  4 
isnry^  104.  A 
r®;!  147.  1 

nDM85.2.(/,  209. 1,210 

n^'S-ns;'  43.  5, 188 
ns;!  (v.)  iGo.  3 

ns;"  (adj.)  215.  1.  h 

nis*E^  92.  a 

be;'  101.  2.  h 

HJE;^  12G.  1 

'jS'^i  172.  4 
Tsr  160.  3 
'^:2B2d;»igi.  2 

f3?b^  161.  2 


"is;,  IB^I   140.  5 
1B^^   175.  3 
N'^ID:   177.  3 
"jrBi  65.  a 
TJCD;'  65.  a 
PB:i  175.  3 
P.B'^1   172.  4 
nnS)^  192.  1 
••ns;  221.  2.  h 
NS;'  147.  2 
X?::^  147.  5 
KS'"^  164.  3 
nSi'i   164.  2 

yr^^  150.  4 

VSr^  145.  3,  150.  5 

ins;'  192.  1 

^-Syy  66.  1  (1),  174.  4 

nni2;»  156. 1 

D'^^^l  157.  3 

pns;i  192.  1 

pHi''  120.  2 
y*!^^  145.  2 
f^2;i   158.  2 
y?;!  150.  4 
yS?;*  150.  5 
qs;*  172.  4 
5??^   25 
ps;<  150.  4 
pi;'   148.  3 
pk-i  144.  2,  147.  4 
p3in   147.  4 
IpS;'  148.  3 
is;  50.  3,   84.  3.  a  (3), 
147.  2 


"12;  (ry)  140.  5 

ns;  140. 1 

nS^n    147.  5 
IJZ;'   147.  4 
ininS":  105.  h 
ns;  147.  3,  150.  4 

r.^;'  144. 2 

W^^  24.  c,  149.  1 
■"ins;  164.  2 
Kp^T   166.  4 
13?;5";   105.  (i 
pp:'^  99.  3 

ti^ap;"  104.  A 

15p')1  99.  3.  a 
np."^  144.  2,  147.  4 
"Ip:"  140.  1 
1"Ip''  141.  1 
Dy^tp:'  22.  a 
'^}p^  ^^np^  119.  1 
bnp^l  119.  1 

nnp;i  24.  6 

D^p;  190.  5,  192.  1 
n^p;  153.  2 
■}^l2^p;«   157.  3 

Dttip;!  161.  1 

^^pr   ,  Wip,""  185.  2.  c 
Hp''  54.  2,  132.  2 
np^  1,32.  2 

bbp;'  51.  3 

Q'^P;  153.  1 

D^p;*  161.  1 

^P."?  64.  2 

Dp^  Dp^  157.  3 

Dp^l  99.  3.  a,  157.  3 


INDEX    III. 


369 


Dp^l  99.  3.  a,  160.  3 
llP^I   172.  4 
yp;   147.  2,  179.  2.  a 
)^P;   179.  2.  a 
ypi^n  157,  3 

t;?:'  147. 4 

'J^BS;^':'   88  (m.  pi.) 
)^'i'^J^'J  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 
nj?":  147.  4 

n^^i  172.  4 

"l]5'1   173.  3 

i3:snp':  105.  c 
nnjp:'  177.  3 
nnnp''  97. 1. « 

^-Ip''  24.  6 
©p;>  82.  1.  a  (3) 
TDp^l   172.  4 

affip^i  99.  3 

r\12p'}  86.  6  (3  pi.) 
bsnp^  22.  a 
Knt"   148.  3 
K"-^0  148.  1 

i?n^(v.)s2.i.«(i),i47.i 

Sn^  (adj.)  215.  2.  c 
Sn::l   (k.)  60.  1.  a,  61. 

2.  a,  114,  172.  4 
Xn^n   (Hi.)  175.  3 
S-1.1  61.  2.  a,  172.  4 
Sn^]  173.  3 

ni«n;'87,  i48. 1,  I66.  2 

fl^T  114 

nsn^i  172.  4 
irnxn-'  19.  1 

^Sni  164.  3 


^s'l';'  19.  1,  147.  1 

^lS?n,"i  19.  1^    147,  1 
^Sn^T  177.  3 
in'sn^  104.  h 

^wSni   105.  a 

nsn^  164.  1 

nn^  158.  2 

n-}^-}  (n"?55:^i)  111.  2. 

n'n^  61.  2,  172.  4 
3n;i  63.  2.  a  ^ 

nn^:]  175.  3 
■j;ia"i;'  172. 1 

T5'^!'   114 

r.^^^^  114 
in^  148.  3 
■nn^  175.  3 

in*^  79.  1,    147.  2 
^n^5    140.  5 
"in^l  172.  4 
nn^l   147.  5 

n;in;:i  lu 

Cl'^V  114 

Cl^n;^  60.  2.  a,  114 

iS'^'l^'  105.  a 

r\'gi'\^  105.  (/ 
^ru^"^  86.  6  (2  f.) 
nn;i  147.  1 
nn;>  us.  3 
sin;'  148.  1, 177.  3 

^'^^'^^  172.  1 

n^-\^  19. 2.  a 
)^-\';  140.  1 

^BSi-|^   161.  4 

V^n;!  (yy)  i4o.  1 


pin;"  185.  2. 6 
Di'bTy^n;',  n}tT\^  47, 

203.  5.  c 

nin;*  i48. 1 
iT^?,  nn;''!  160.  3 

''DI2-1;'  147.  3 

wen;'  88.  (3.  f.  pi.) 

c  n-iV  (n.)  190.  b,  192.  1 
3^n^  (v.)  153.  2 
T'n;'  158.  2 
^jn^i  197.  a,  216.  1.  e 
tin.":  140.  1 
rOV  198.  0,  207.  1.  a 

D^non;^  22.  a,  203.  5.  a 

^tjn.':  140.  3 

y'l;!  140. 1 

?n^  140.  5 

yn^i  (y'b)  140.  5 

yn^i  (^y)  160.  3 

VT.  {^'^)  34 

ni;  (nb)  34, 172.  4 

D?n^  119. 1 

yyn;'  161.  4 

Cl^fl   172.  4 

pn;"  179.  2.  a 

pV  185.  2 

pn^  140.  1 

•jipn.'?  193.2 

P'^)?T  188,  207.  2.  a 

©n,''  82.  1.  a  (2),  147.  1 

men;'  i48.  3 
nn-cn;'  150. 1  (p.  182) 
Dnpn;'  61.  4.  «,  150.  1 

(p.  182) 


370 


INDEX    III. 


7\:M<\3'}   105.  c 

pyaii?:'  88  (in.  pi.) 
■^pyab:  105.  a 

UW'^  158.  2 
P®."'  172.  4 
a^v^'T   105.  a,  158.  2 

nic;*  147.  1 

D'iT^  158.  2 

DTC^n  64.  1,  158.  2 

ibx-lffi'^  194.  1 


■'nao'i  90  (2  f.) 
D'lnTr''  141.  1 

^W^  140.  1 
D'OilS;'  82.  5.  a 
■jiTD;*  148.  1 

nnyiiij;'  6i.  6.  a 

■^pD^'iT^   157.  3 

r|is;i  140.  i 

TOE"!  140.  3 

DTLjrniJ;'  ii8.  3 
isnnc^  105.  c 


aiTSTS;'  55.  1,  88  (m.pl.),  ^'^'!  104.  2 


158.  2 

-iSTTiSn  47 
"lyniD;'  54.  4 

O.":  236,  258.  3.  6 
•jlbXlS^  88  (m.  pi.) 

air;'  i46,  i47.  2 


Dn^ir;'^  160.  3 

D^iD^   140.  5 
•jnSTTi  88.  (m.  pi.) 
HD^;'  126.  1 
^TO."?  172.  4 
^^!3©i   141.  3 


nilj;  66.  1  (2)&,  153.  5,  ^"^^^   IV  2.  1 
157.  3  "D^T??   02.  c 

-n-o;"  157.  3  D^"'  140.  1 

aiD^^T   153.  5,  157.  3  y^?!'  GO.  1.  a 

niS^-n   157.  3  '^i^V.V^^   57.  2  (3)  a 

3TlJ^,nffi^1  153.5,  160.3  )V.'^   147.  1 

a©:?  63.  2.  c,  84.  3.  b,  i«5'<2?  177.  3 


144.  2 
:3TD::1   147.  5 
ntD')]  99.  3.  a 
2Tr'''l   172.  4 

T]rn3iD^  105.  c 

inp-i  61.  6.  a 

nrnr-'i  33.  4 


KSTTT   177.  3 

'i:©:'  19.  1,  147.  1 
^sir;:'  19. 1, 147.  1 

isirn   105.  a 
•^SC-i  216.  1.  ft 
y©"*    yiEi  65.  ff,  201 
yC'^l   172.  4 


■"nnC^  61.  6.  «  (?),  90  ^2?CyO^   141.  6 
(2  f.)  HBC;;  19.  2.  6 


WlBTC;'  88 
n^EC^   105.  a 

nsb^ETc;:  105. 6 

'riEiE^']   99.  3.  a 
pC^I  10.  a 

'^t':^  175.  3 

l-J^TT**]   4.  a 
nte^  158.  2 
'Jl-nr':'  193.  2.  a 
npTE^   88    (3    f.    pi.), 
147.   4 

nntc^n  99. 3.  o,  119.  1 
tjrrnr';'  105.  c 

ntC;'  66.  1  (2)  b,  158.  2 

r\ir?n  66. 1  (1),  i72.  4 

D'cir.C^  82.  5.  a 

^npr'^:  57. 2(4),  176. 1 
^"inrni'i'n  176. 1 

I^^PTT''  172.  1 

^riniT"'  54.  4 
Kn;^  111.  2.  6 
sn::^  177.  3 
lijn'^i  176.  3 
^nnNtn;*  eo.  3.  b  (2) 
^5'O^.C'^  19-  2,  60.  3.  6 

(2),  120.  1 
bssn"',  '.'^sn;'  119.  1 
bnan;*  96. 6 
ban''^  176.  3 
nian^  96.  ft 
1  iTrrarri  96.  a,  122.  2 
^oiin"'  96.  a,  122.  2 

'•,T\'^  197.  ft 

iTirr^  221.  2.  6 


INDEX   III. 


371 


W  66.  1  (1),  174.  4 

mnn'^  i66.  5 
bnn^T  176.  3 

■T^n^  160.  1 
DSn^^l  176.  3 

msbn':  96.  b 

an^  140.  5 
DP;i  140.  1 

iiap':'  141.  1 

jTOij:'  140. 1 

tl'^SbTCn:'  166.  5 

^tjb^n;^  96.  6 

'jn;'  54.  2,  84.  3.  b 

m:n;'  126. 1 
Dn:n;i  121.  3 
HiWin'^  166.  5 
yn;;i  175.  3 
byn^  176.  3 
"obyn';'  96.  6 
nni^n;'  119.  1 

•.■J^2!3Sn788.(m.pL),96.6 

nttJbsn;'  96.  b 

n|5Sn''  96.  a 

ittj^pn;^  96.  b 

D5pn7  96.  6 

::?)?r\')  126.  1 
ispn;'  105.  a 
"iJ?^^  O'i')  160.  1 
O^iin-}  82.  5.  a 

5  231.  1,  242.  a,  267.  b 
nX3  183.  6 

l-iaS?  57.  2  (3)  a,  231. 
3.  b 


*li53  (ni?:'3)  53.  2.  a 
I'ISS  156.  3,  199.  b 
nirSS  239.  2  (2) 
nnS  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 

85.  2 
^n3(aclj.)216.  1.  e,  217 
trinS  198.  a  (4) 
^ins  185.  2,  197.  6 

©ins  87 

D33  82.  5.  o 
033,  DS3  92.  c 

ton3,nT»n3  5i.  2,  i97.  c 

T2J33  87 

Jinnnas  246.  2.  a 

^3  197.  6,  200.  b 
nis  235.  3  (4) 

nn3  121. 1 

Di^nS  231.  5.  a 
•jniD   186.  2.  a 
ins   80.  2.  6 
nsn?  198.  a  (2) 
Dni3  186.  2.  a 
y3i3  50.  1,  216.  1.  e 
D^2?ni3  207.  2.  a 

niD  11. 1.  b 

3313  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 
"J^S  82.  5.  a 
'jSi3  59 
^2513  161.  4 
013  184.  6,  197.  a 

nisTs  22.  a 
^ns  116.  4 
^nns  121.  2 
ajns  119. 1 


^3  (n.)  53.  3.  a,  184.  6 
3  (conj.)  239.  1 
nX  ^3  239.  2  (1) 
"IT?  187.  1.  c 
1T3  187.  1.  c 
0^3  16.  2.  a 
ni'^3  200.  c 
ibi3  184.  6,  194.  2.5 
^b^S  186.  2,  210.  c 
D^:y  "^3    43.  b 
"jiin^S    57.    2    (3)  a, 

231.  3.  b 
"133  187.    1.  e,   197.  a, 

200.  c,  c?,   207.  1.  6 
D^inSS  203.  3 
b3  Af/Z  215.  1.  c 
b3  Ml9.  2.  a,  215.  l.« 
b3  277.  a 
Xb3  179.  1.  a 
bibs   184.  a 
Xb3  220.  1.  6 
D^^Sbs  203.  4 

^nxbs  165.  2 
nbs  197.  c 

nb3  179.  1.  a 
nb3  174.  3  bis. 

nnbs  33. 3, 220.  i.  6 

npnbs  220.  1.  b 
^b3   165.  3 
^bs  93.  a 
ibS  220.  1.  b 

nib^bs  201.  i.  6 
nibs  174.  3 

•lbs  61,  2,  184.  6 


372 


INDEX   III. 


N-^b3   184.  a 
Ti^?3  2l'1.  5.  c 
D'^bs  208.  .?.  d 

^-,^5^,  ^n-'^s  i74.  2 

-■'py^D   174.  2 
D^r^?3  174.  2 
bsbs   154.  3,  161.  2 
^bsbs  IGl.  4 
n?2  220.  1.  6 

n:b3  220.  1.  b 

^2nb3    165.  3 
ni23   231.  4.  a 
TDEnrs  45.  4 
"^laS  233.  a 
CC^   90  (pass.) 

n^nips  187.  2.  c 

1?   (n.)  221.  6.  a 

13  (adv.)  43.  a,  235.  3  (4) 

ns3  139.  2 

niSl  4.  a 

n23   54.  2 

nias  200.  c 
ni:3  211.  a 

^nn'bsS  24.  ft,  131.  2 
C:3   50.  1,  2 
'j:?:3  208.  3.  a 
5i;3  107.  ff,  210,  217 

nisrs  203.  5. « 

D''E:3  203.  1 
bs:3   22.  a 
nin?3  45.  2 
r:3  198 

SE3  51.  3,  200.  a 
71X03  221.  3.  a 


'IBS  03.  a 

r 

nnNiC3  220.  1.  h 

bC3  51.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

ii:D3  01.  6 

n^DS  200.  ft 
pes   80.  2.  rt  (3) 
lEp?  216.  2.  a 
rC3  199.  d 

n:3"'nirD3  24.  ft,  220. 

2.  c 
CITS   121.  1 

nnc2?3  104.  t 

5)3   197.  o,  217 

nS3  198.  c 

^2)3  237.  2  (2) 

i^^33  220.  2.  c 

;n333  220.  1.  ft 

D^bS3  203.  4 

■1S3  82.  5.  a 

153  208.  3.  ft 

"IB3  80.  2,  92.  c,  126.  2 

D'''1S3  187.  2 

pnnnss  io4.y 

1"13  199.  ft 
mni-lS  199.  d 

rro  50. 3, 197.  ft 

nnS  1 83.  6 
D']3  186.  2.  o 

bians  50.  3,  193.  2.  c, 

221.  6.  a 
DP"13  68.  a 

nns  141.  2  (p.  175) 
itj"i3  221.  5. 0 
-n"i3  119.  1 


r^lS   60.    4.  a,    01.  5 
93.  a,    121.  1 

^nns  119.  4 

■^n-IS    199.  6 

nrs,  -sir  3  51.  2 

Ci-^TSS  197.  (/ 
"nrs  82.  1.  a  (1) 
•j-inCS  193.  2 
nr3  183.  ft,  215.  1.  a 

nns  77. 1, 78. 1 
nirs  139.  2 
rins  216. 2.  ft 
r;n3  207.  \.d 

rirs  197.  a,   216.  1.  e 

rins  61. 1.  ft 

msriS  203.  5.  a 
"TO  50.   1 

rrs  141. 1  (p.  175) 

b  231.  1,    2:^:^,   242.    ft. 
267.  ft,  272.  2.  a 

sb  11. 1.  o,  ft 

i<b  51.  4.  «,  235.  1 

V^^^.,  ^t^^^.,  i3''n»b 

57.  2  (2)  a 

•'psb,  •'^nsb,  i^snxb 

57.  2  (2)  a 

D^TG^xb  14.  a 
TXb  159.  2 

■^xb  11.  1.  rt 

t2Sb  156.  3 
nbsb?l   39.  4.  a 

in'bxb,  n^n'bsb  57.  2 

(2)  a 


INDEX    III. 


373 


riibxb  57.  2.  (2)  a 
nSb  207.  2.  c 
-ibsb  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 
2.  r,  231.  3.  a 

mnn  sb  27 

nb  61.    3,    186.   2.  c, 
197.  6,  215.  1 

nsnb  208. 3.  (/ 
nnb  141. 1  (p.  175) 

nnb  61.  3,    200.  c,  216. 
1,217,  221.  1,  3,222 
anbl  61.  1.  a 

■^rpnnb  io4.  k 

"inb  235.   3  (1),    237. 
2(2) 

innnb  220.  1.  h 
nnsb  220.  1.  & 

TC^^b  90  (pass.) 

S^nb  196.  d,  209.  2.  6 

y'bnb  125.  2 
■;3b  80.  2.  6 

■jab  207.  1.  b,  215.  1.  a 

n:nb  200.  6 
l^p^,  nynb  35.  1 
tab,  irnb  82.  1.  a  (1) 
TCn'b  90  (pass.) 

D'rnb  104.  h 

nsb  (nanb)  53.  2.  a 

T"^   125.  2 
nffi.)b  231.  4.  a 

n'lb  148.  2 
nnb  148.  2 
■^n^b  148.  2 
npnnb  104.  ^ 


hb  27 

nnnb,  nnnb  63.  1.  o, 

214.  1.  ^,  216.  2.  6 

nnb  141.  2  (p.  175) 

t:rb  119. 1 

nrnb  112.  2, 177.  1 

DSnb  231.  5.  a 

npsnb  91. 6 
bi^atprib  iso.  « 
n-'nirnb  94.  h 

Tp'tlTib  94.  6 
lb  11.  1.  b 

ib  51.  4.  a 

^b  239.  1 

n^b  200.  a 

lib  194.  2.  «,  210 

«blb  4.  a 

nisibib,  see  niibb 
ibqb  194.  2.  6 

•"b^b  239.  2  (3) 
D'^b'lb  187.  1.  e 
■Jib   158.  3 
nb  207.  2.  a 

x^t:nb  113.  2 
n;'^nb  208.  4 

■"l^nb  216.  1.  a 
ibnb  61.  1 
p''bnb  113.  2 
onb  77.  2 
nnb  92.  d,  121. 1 

onb  60.  1.  a,  61.  2.  a, 

184.  6,  197.  b 
Dionb  139.  2 
HDSnb  63.  1.  6 


iferib  61. 1 
nins  nenb  43.  i 
-nnnnb  i4i.  6 
nirnb  175.  2 
n"^p,nb  203.  5.  6 

DHi'jb  53.  2.  a 

nirpb,  nin'^b  231.  3.  a 

b^b  184.  5,  200.  a,  208. 
3.  c 

nb;^b  ei.  6 

'J-'b  158.  2,  3 
ib^^b  148.  1 

-nnp^b  14.  «,  24.  6 

57.  2  (3)  a 
tfb  65.  a 
tfb,  Tjb  151.  1 
HDb   151.  1,  240.  2 
-biDb  13.  « 
"JDb  239.  2  (3) 

npb,  ^iDb  151.  1 

nDb  61.  2,  151.  1 

n?b  151. 1 

ninpb  22.  a 

ipDb  151.  1 
nsbbl87.  l.e,  207.2.(6 

•jabb  94.  b 

n^b  78.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nrib  92.  d 
-^lab  92.  c 

•'mTSb  86.  6  (2  f.) 

niab,  nisb  231.  4.  a 

i-ab  233.  a 

nnnriGb  219.  \.a 

niOTab  219.  1.  a 


374 


INDEX    III. 


inpttb  220.  1.  h 
l^b  2:n.  2  (1) 
712:735?  45.  2 

nbyiab  210.  1.  a 
•jyrb  2:57.  2  (2),  267.  b 
"Its  lyiab  239.  2  (2) 
'inryiab  246.  2.  a 
Toru'i  4.  rt 
^a:b  237.  2  (1) 
n:bi  156.  4 

D^pb  156.  2 
riDbb  237.  2  (1) 

bB;b  131.  2 

bB3b  22.  a 
Tnrb  113.  2 
lyb)   156.  4 
Dbiyb  16.  2.  a 

niayb  237.  2  (2) 

TTO  173.  2 

nioyb  94.  h,  113.  2 

nnsb  22.  a 

^Bb  237.  2  (2) 

''IBb  194.  2 

"'ZSb  237.  2  (2),   267.  6 

7b  156.  2 

Ss'iasb ,  Nhsb  22.  a 
pnsb  119.  1 
npb,  injpb  132.  2 
npb  132.  2 
njjb  (n];3b72)  53.  2.  a, 

93.  e 
nn;5b  le.  3.  h,  i27.  3 
i:npbi  100.  2.  a  (I) 
nnpb  60.  2.  a,  127.  1 


nnj^b  64.2,127.1,132.2 

p;:b  141.  1  (p.  175) 
nxnpb  57.  2  (3)  a,  237. 

2(3) 
Xlb  148.  1 
n'"lb  231.  4.  a 
nnnb  231.  4.  a 
ODTpnnb  119.  1 
n^inb  231.  4.  a 

rsirb  131.  4 
pnbb  119.  1 

nbiSTSb  219.  1.  a 
n^atb  94.  6,  231.  5.  a 

■jiirb  197.  6 
nsirb  51.  4 
'^^^^^  rib'>?b  60.  2.  o 
n^acb  94.  6 

tb  54.  2,  148.  2 
mnb  231.  4.  a 

Tib  nnb  35. 1 

I '  :  V  IT 

■p,  "Q  see  IP 
^STQ  235.  3  (1) 
D"7XT3  93.  a 
nsia  207.  1./,  226 

b;rN7a  93.  6 

''^S'a  207.  2.  a 
n)3^S13  195.  3 
niN73  190.  6,  191.  5.  a, 

200.  r 
CpTKb  203.  2 
■•inSTa  237.  2  (1) 
bDXTa   190.  a,    191.  5, 

197.  6 


nbDST?   191.  5.  o,  207. 

1.  e 
•JNTS  60.  4 

DDCS)a  19.  2,  119.  3 
DCX12  119.  3 
T'PCSp  33.  2 
DTCSXl  33.  2 
ni'bBSTS  195.  3 
r^Ntt  237.  2  (1) 
0*rX72  203.  4,  226 

n'i:n'a  207.  2. 6 
nn-jn^a  63.  1.  a 

^nizyiZ  60.  1.  a 

"^n^a  164.  2 

•'n?b27p  237.  2  (4) 

qpyn^a  119.  1,  221. 

2.  a 

1^2212  25 

"122)3  197.  6,   200.  r, 
207.  1.  h 

"Ti^arTD  61.  6 
f^vq,  "nva  55.  2.  a 
b'^STs  200.  c 
nbb-:;73  142.  1 

nia73  207.  1.  c 
■{513  190.  b,  £07.  2,  210. 
a,  215.  1.  6,  216.  \.  a 

trsvQ  -'05 

nE5)3  216.  1.  b 
TTT.^  207.  1.  6 

tra  61.  5 

Ta  207.  2.  a 
p3'7''3  95.  o 

rrorrc  219.  i 


INDEX    III. 


375 


nnaTQ  66.  2  (2)  b, 

219,  1 

ii-a  ui.  5 

l^-Q  184.  b 

rrn-Q  190.  6,  I9i.  4 

•(-"P  190.  6,  207.  1./. 

y^'nia  235.  2  (3) 

)'^l'>2  190.  6 
•'D:'-I)2  216.  1.  d 

m^'i'a  167.  1 
)i'q  190.  J 
y-i'a  190.  6 
i;n^^b  220.  1.  6 

ni3,    TVQ,    TVQ    75.    1, 
196.  a 

nrna  141.  2  (p.  i75) 

ni2ima  i98.  a  (3) 

nVT^-Q   177.  1 

b  nxb™  237.  2  (4) 

n^Db™  94.  e,  151.  1 
DHia  75.  1 
™:^  ntt  63.  1.  a 
nssn^  191.  4,  198.  a 

(3),    207.  1.  a,  216. 

1.  6 

niySj^n^a  95.  e 
nn^a  eo.  4.  a,  235.  3  (2) 
ni^nn-a  1 12.  3 
nxitt  197.  c/ 
n'^ns-'a  205 
xn^tt  167.  2 

t2iT2  157.  1 

b^tt,  bitt  237.  1 
bbitt  141.  4 


noils  200.  c 

nO^'a  150.  5 

nora  190.  ft 
"^0113  200.  c 
"iyi73  190.  J 

nni^^ia  90 
nisjyiii  207.  1.  a 

TS^'a  140.  6 
i{^i)3  191.  5.  a 
SSila  (^B)  94.  e,  165.  2 
N:2il3  (5«b)  165.  2 
"iXSia  60.  .3.  r,  216.  1.  a 
n552?^'a  167.  2 

'.rij^^i^  150.  4 

SniU  207.  2.  a 

n^ani'a,  n^ji"'"n"i3  59.  a 

iCliU  216.  1.  a 
m»iU   191.  3,  5.  a,  200. 

c,  215.  1 
^y^tOi'Q  61.  6.  a 
nn«  61.  2,  183.  b,  208. 

3.  c,  217 
nia  57.  2  (5) 
nm^  61.  6.  a 

•^nia  221.  5.  a 

n3T73  60.  2.  o,  190.  o, 
191.  3,197.  b,  200.  a, 
215.  1.  b 

riaTTp  126.  1 

D'^ninaT'Q  220.  1.  6 
DnhsT^  220.  2.  a 

HTia  24.  a,  75.  1 

liTT?  53.  2.  rt,   111.  2.  c 

ibTtt  207.  1.  a,  210.  e 


nittrp  191.  5 
nin^TT?  207.  1.  a 

^■^5Tyra  161.  2 

nnnrp  219.  1.  6 
p'lTia  200.  c 
?]ii:n'a  i64.  4 
nnnT?  54. 1, 205.  b 
bbinia  142.  1 
bn)3  140.  5 
D'^^bn^  190.  6 
D'l'abrns  94.  e 
n)?'bna  207.  1.  d 
ribn^a  190.  a 
n:n'a  197. 6,  200.  c, 

209.  1 

'inrrra  220.  1.  b 

p:n)2  190.  a 
CB0ni3   180.  a 
n^-ll^STO  180.  a 

O'lnsfn?  94.  e 
D-^nnani?  iso.  a 

"Ipn^  190.  a 

rTnTO  19.  2.  5,  196.  5 

niscrtT?,  ninffinia  60. 

3.  a,  216.  2.  a 

pTrni?  207.  2.  6 
nrj^  191.  4 

HD^  197.  6,  200.  c 

ini:b  220.  1.  b 
inncjtt,  innc:^  24.  b 

"^iriD^   168.  a,  174.  1 

nixb'j^  167.  1 
?]bt3b::i2  16I.  2 
ns:Gi:)3  i67. 1 


376 


INDEX    III. 


''.aiatatt  216. 1.  c  v^\*q  82.  1.  a  (1) 

VW2  190.  a  Vhl2  (v.)  77.  3,    f 

^V^IZ  60.3.  f,  21G.  La        a  (1) 


IDTa  200.  a 
KTJ12  19G.  d 
"'P  75.  1,  19G.  a 
"I'l^'Tp  220.  2.  h 

in^D''^,    HD^p    57. 
(2)  6 


Nb73  (adj.)  90  . 
N513  lOG.  2 
N573  1G5.  2 
nx^ia  201.  1.  a 

xm'rq  igg.  2 
msb^  166.  2 

D^Sbti  201.  1.  a 


pT2  201.  1,  203.  5.  c  riDSbtt  57.  2  (3)  a,  214, 
■^la^ia  57.  2  (2)  1.  6 

D'^;"'^^'a  150.  1  D'^Dsb^  11.  1.  6 

mp"iri3  11.  1.  «  :nDDxb'a  220.  2.  c 

njps^'a  Gi.  4,  207.  1.  e  ns'bia  igg.  2 


n"^73  4.  ffl 

npi^tt   150.  4 

niizJ-'Ta  190.  6 
iDffi''^  57.  2  (2) 

-IC^ia   190.  b,  191.  4 

D^-nr-'ia  210.  c 
a-'sD^  200.  c 

b3T2  260.  2  (1) 
D->bD)2,  DbDlO  94.  a 

rbya  53.  2.  a 

0313  190.  b 
-ipp  77.  2,  80.  2 
b31D)2  54.  3,  180.  a 

rrsya  216.  1.  b 

nnDia  98.  1.  rt,  125.  1 
''"13'a  216.  1.  a 
D"»bTr3Tp  95.  a 
riDTEDTa  207.  1.  a 

T^n:^  220.  2.  a 


''nsb^  33.  1,  61.  6.  a, 

218 

nn^tj  237. 2  (2) 
■jnab^  220. 1.  b 
■jabia  191.  3 
nbtt  200.  b,  e 
ibia  1G5.  3 

PlD^b'a  198.  a  (2) 

ns^bia  98.  1.  a 

Xb>12  -201.  1.  c 

ircib^  92.  b 
nb^  187.  1.  a 

"^nbia  216.  1.  a 

t:b^  92.  c? 

-jb'Q,  iub'nso.  1,  92.  c 

O^bTS,  ]^bp  199.  a 
T^'^  217 

ns^biQ  217 

-!|b^  89 


63.  2.  a,   217.  22L 
5,  222 

^btt  65.  a 
b33-?jbr)  44.  a 

nsbtt  11.  1.  a 
nsb^  211,  217,  222 
•jTran-^ybia  44. « 

IDb^  11.  1.  a 

isbia  66.  2  (2)  a 
ibbia  Gi.  1 

nnDb)a22.  o,  209.  3,  217 

mbbi?  64.  2 

••Db^    11.  1.  a 

•iDb^  61.  1,  216.  2,  2.  a 

''pbtt  89  (f.  s.) 

ni'^pb^  62.  2 

D^Dbt)  64.  2 

V2b)3  199.  a 

p^:£-'2b^  61.  6.  a,  195. 

3,  218.  a 
DDb)3  75.  1 
bbtt  141.  4 
"l^btt   191.  2 

nby^ab^  235.  2  (3) 
^:£bT2  53.  3.  or,  111.  2.  c 
"•rsb^  237.  2  (2) 
nipbT?  191.  5 

Oipb72   190.  a 
D'^npb'Q  190.  a,  203.  2 
•fpCb^  93.  a 

''rbia  164.  2 
nSypb^  51.  4 

TX)2^   139.  3 
ni"l5T3^  24.  6,  190.  a 


INDEX    III. 


377 


D'^niO'D  209.  1.  a 
•y2W2  191.  5.  a 
D\S'bT2T2  167.  1 
7\'2biyq  191.  5.  a,  211, 

214.  1.  b 
TQ^yyiZ  61.  1.  6 

TiniayTa^i  45.  3 

"1^^   190.  h 

U'^'yririZ  24.  h,  190.  a 

V^'On  93.  e 

nblCT2)3  198.  a  (3),  214. 

1.  6,  221,  2.  a 
•^la  174.  5 
"l^  232,  233,  242.  a,  260 

1,  267.  b 
Va  4.  a 
f  JJSP  96.  o,  S,  122.  2, 

131.  6 
nSTS,  'IStJ  140.  6 
ni213  207.  1.  c 
Di:^  207.  1.  c 
?f:'1T3ia  24.   6 

nya  i60.  5 

■'Stt   61.  6.  a,   199.   6, 

232.  a 
*i3tt  232.  a 
q?313   127.  2 
ni'^jjDia  209.  2.  a 
nf =^  4.  a 
n:^   196.  b,  211.  a 
-nsia  19.  2.  a 
Ca  54.  2.  o,  207.  2.  a 
nD)3  140.  5 
nOlQ  64.  2.  a 


tf^pT?   140.  5 
•JC^   190.  6,  216.  1. 
HDDTa  216.   1.  h 
I^^UQ  190.  a 
•jSDT?  93.  e 

niDSDia  50.  2 

C^Sbcia  167.  1 

•yauQ  200.  c 

Cbip  139.  2 
"IDD^    190.  a,   191. 
215.  1.  6 

rrb'Q  53.  2.  a 
nppia  94.  e 
.  "ini?9^  54.  4 
"in^y^a  216.  1.  « 

1.  6 

b  nn?^  237.  2  (2) 

■jn?tt  200.  c 
TOT2  210 

Tiy^  190.  i,  210.  a, 
1.  a 

li3?)2  207.  1.  c 
n^^y^  161.  4 

'rpmi2  54.  3,  221. 

D"^1T3?T3  94.  e 
"OTq  60.   3.  c,   183. 
207.  2.  o 

"am  78. 1, 121. 1 
nn^y'Q  221.  2.  6 

D^y^   201.  1 

']y_')z  200.  c 
iryia  61.  6,  a 

T^a  158.  3 


nD?^  196.  6 

a      T??'?  194.  2.  a 

b?B  190.  b 

b?TQ  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.2 
b?tt  237.  2  (1) 
b?b  190.  6 
nb?13   190.  b 

cb?)a  119.  3 

Oy^  237.  2  (1) 

4,    'J:^'^  190. 6 

•j-n-riD?^  60.  4.  a 
n'ny^  216.  \.  a 

rrbny^  21 6.  2. « 

^D"l?^  216.  2.  a 

nnyi3  eo.  3.  c 
207.  riir?T3  209.  1 

nte?T3  200.  a,   215.  1 
bB)2  191.  1 
■'SE'a  237.  2  (2) 

n'^ij:B^  95.  a 

216.  "1S^  140.  5 

nrS^  191.  2,  215.  1.  i 
TOBTa  221.  7.  a 
V^a  156.  2 

6.  ^>  Nittt  11.  1.  6 
^Tq  bl.  2  (2),  163 

,   b,     DDS^^b   61.  1.  c,  164.  4 

^•JNIS^  89  (f.  pi.) 
rX2b  57.  2  (2),  205 
Un^Ta  104.  ^■ 

nrnx^tt  104.  i 
cnh^^  220.  2.  a 

12^  190.  &,  200.  a 
T\^Ta  190.  6 


378 


INDEX   III. 


"lira  207.  1.  c 
nni73  198.  c 
bTq  140.  5 

y^)3  190.  6 
n^ST?   191.  5 
p^ia   150.  5 
1S)2  ISO.  6,  210 

i-iiia  194.  1 

Cn^p  197,  d 
D^ns-Q  207.  2.  a 

^ryrq  ig4.  2 

p)2  186.  2.  c 
ripp  191,  5.  a 
tJi;^)?  24.  6,  190.  a 
''Onpi;  216.  2.  a 
DD'JJ^P^  104.  A,    221. 

3.  a 
Dipi?  197.    6,    200.   o, 

216.  1 
b^'jpT?  217.  a 
TJpP  95.  a 
i^p'tpia  61.  6.  a 
bp:2  200.  «,  215.  1.  h 
DD-p)?  221.  3.  a 
■"^ibbpTp  90  (3  pi.) 

ropia  165.  3 
n:pp  221.  7 

"ireipa  90  (2  f.) 
nyipip  216.  2.  a 

■^xnpia  167.  1 

■»S7p7a  216.  1.  a 

nnpia  24.  b 
nnp'a  95.  a 
ipnpia  161.  2 


Xn^  196.  (/ 

nxn-a  217 
nsnia  217 
nsir  220.  1.  b 
^nx-iT3  220.  1.  b 
niT2Js"^i2  201. 1 
■'nizJs'i^  214.  2.  6 
yan-a  so.  2.  b 
yania  191.  3,  215.  1.  b 
rmya  22.  a 
DDnnp  119.  3 
0"in^  114 
m-b  34, 141. 1 
rr\'Q  34 

m^  61.  5 
iTa  172.  2 
D'^n;i-|)3  161.4 

Ovinia  161.  4 
yi-i)3  190.  6 
nn^  215. 1.  6 
pnn^  191.  5,  207.  2. 6, 

210.  e 
n'J-lis  24.  c,  93.  e 
n^"li"l^  198.  a  (4) 
•jnb  190.  6 
331^  190.  a 

nnsn^  58.  2.  a,  210.  e. 

214.  1.  J,  216.  2.  6 

nS31^  114 

yn^  140.  5 
ny-^^  190.  b 
inynia  220.  1.  6 
n^yn^  190. 6 
n"na  hi.  5 


rrn'Q  21 6. 1. 6 

n^-q  60.  4.  a 
D"^nn72  203.  5 
irisiE^   166.  2,  191.  4 

nairia  221. 6.  a 

^ite^  190.  a,  191.  2 
i">2TrT2  191.  1 

D'^b-'sriri?  180.  a 
irisTa  ig4.  2 
nnsr^  3.  1. « 
nSir^  215.  1.  6 

nai^p  191.  4 
rnnic^  16I.  4 

?intC)a  (inf.)  125.  2 
nnCl?  215.  1.  b 
triXDlQ  54.  1,  205.  6 

n'^Tr73  2io 
^n^n-ic^  104.  k 
nscia  200.  c 

aSTT^a  95.  a 

^2Ctt,  ^Dir^a  89(m,  pi.) 

nb2'i')2  207.  1.  a 

hapi^^a  27. 

121273  200.  f,  e 
^23Trp  66.  2  (2)  c 
95.  a 


»     :    \ 

D'^^r'a  139.  3 

D''3i:r/2   191.  5 

Dpyac'a  eo.  3.  a 
nactt  217 

nn)2CT3  214.  1,  217 

nryTLTs  207.  1.  a 
nriBTr'a  214.  1.  6 

rnBTETa  61.  1.  6 


INDEX   III. 


379 


innBTTtt  60.  3.  a 

•^ippiDia  92.  6 

''b''ST2JT3  61.  6.  a,  218 
pTB^  190.  b 
nj^irp  80.  2.  6,  93.  e 
qipiD^   190.  a 

ninir'a  210.  c 
nnicia  54.  1,  205.  6 
tjir^  141.  1  (p.  175) 
^anizj'a  126.  1 

Dn^inntT;  90  (2  m.), 

176.  1 
■'nffiia  22.  6,  223.  1.  a 
D'^ritpp  22.  b 
n^  57.  2  (5),  82.  1.  a 

(1),  153.  1,  156.  2  bis 
M  54.  1 

D^ps'inia  82.  5.  a 

nnb  34 

nn^  34 

nn^  86.  b  (2  m.) 

piniD  185.  2.6,  207.  l.c 

np^n^  66.  2  (2)  c 
nbiijinia  2 is.  a 
nnnra  94. « 
nnr)T3  237. 2  (1) 
rrvnz  201.  1, 207.  2.  a 
^asn-a  96.  6 
nsjbn^  24.  o,  75. 1 
rnbnbnia  i4i.  a 
y>ny  80.  2.  b 
rrd^rm  51.  4 

Ohp  190.  h 
^ritt  215.  1.  a 


D^i^n^  208.  4 

:?riyni3  ui.  6 

pni3  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

■j^iinia  141.  5* 
nn^  54. 2, 205./ 

N3  46 

S3  240.  2,  263.  1.  a 

^i?3  200.  a 

i1'nS3  60.  3.  a,  61.  6.  a 

nnS?   168.  a,  174.  1 

nnsa  57. 2  (2)  a,  i87. 
1.  (? 

IISD  174.  1 

nis3  159.  1 
nix:  56.  4 
Mn^z  111.  2.  c/ 

DX:  90  {pass.) 
qx:  121.  1 
nSS?  60.  3.  6  (2) 
D'^S^BS?  187.  2.  c 
ySp  82.  5.  o,  121.  1 
75?D  60.  4.  a,  92.  d 
nistXD  63.  1.  a 
?]^nilS3  63.  1.  a 

ns3  121.  1 

D"'1i«5   140.  2 
nStCS?  120.  2 
S33  50.  1,  82.  5.  a 
SaS  207.  1.  b 

nab  219. 1.  b 
nbnnsi  65. 6 

nS^23    198.  a  (2) 
-121X3^3^33  51.  4 


nss'n^D^ns  5i.  4 
•jins  158.  4 
nns  141.  1 

^■723  140.  2 

n-^as  165.  3 

^333  159.  1 

n-'pas  159. 3 

baS  82.  La  (1),  84.  3. 
a(l) 

baiji  132.  3   . 
bab  90 

nba:  (s^'i?)  i4i.  i 
y^i  bas  35.  1 
inbas  221.  2.  6 
Tiba?  221. 2. 5 
i^riba?  221.  2.  h 
""riisas  15  8.  4 
yas  50. 1 
npa3  141. 1 
ncpasi  99.  3 

ia3  140.  2 

^biJths  83.  c  (2),  122.  2 
na;^.3  219. 1 

^^3  237.  1 

"l^^  99.  3 

y^W  91.  a 

1I53  184.  a,  197,  a,  208. 
3.  b 

nnir^p  i84.  a,  198.  a.  2 

1-TiW  140.  2 
5li53   131.  5 

typy:  196.  6 

n'b?3  91.  h,  173.  2 
^bbS  140.  2 


380 


INDEX      III. 


ni';^3  173.  2 

n:^b.-\3    17:5.  I 

n-^bw  173.  1 

?h3   131.  4 
Tji:??:  GO.  3.  a 

ny?ib  207.  I.  e 
nin33  140.  2 

T1J.\2  80.  2.  a  (3),  84. 

3.  a  (2),  130.  1 
ID  (v.)  156.  2 
Ti:  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

(p.  175) 
1^3  156.  2 
OinS  57.  2  (5) 

nbn?  173.  2 

ins  84.  3.  a  (3),  125. 
3n3   131.  1 

n;>n3  112.  2 
bns  121. 1 
nxbns  so.  2.  6 

Vbn3   187.  2.  c 

onp  118.  2 

^Sn?  60.  3.  a 

ins  200.  c,  207.  1.  6 

n""")™  203.  3 
m'M3  149.  1 
•'a'lS  149.  1 

"ini3  142. 1 

ni3  156.  1 

m3,  ni3  157.  1 

Dniipi3  221.  1.  a 
n!313  149.  1 
110^3  83.  c  (2),    150. 
(p.  182) 


y^,;,  ri:  157. 1 

Cpi3   149.  1 

n2TDi3   13.  6 

TT3   158.  4 

bT3   82.  1.  fl  (3),   84.  3. 

«(1) 
'ibn   86.  a,  141.  1 
iVT3  S6.  a 
rJ3  60.  2 

snns  63.  1.  6 
3  nsans  63.  i.  6 
nariD  i65.  i 
orans  i64.  2 
nn:i  100. 2.a  (2),  156.4 
ifisi  156.  4 

3  D^ia^n?  187.  2.  a 
TDin3  185.  2 

niD^ns  205 
bns  80. 1 

bn3  60.  3.  a 

bh3  131.  1 

bns  140.  2 

nbns  60.  3.  «,  ei.  6.  a 
nbns  60.  3.  a 
ibn3  141.  1 
n^bns^,  99.  3 
ybn?  113.  1 
nbn3  196.  6 
pbn3  141.  2 
onp  77.  2 

on?  60.  4.  fl,  131.  1 

^niians  111.  1 
3  n"''cn3  140.  2 

•jnS   135.  2 


1:17:  53.  2.  «,   71.  a  (1) 
ipSn?  140.  2,  141.  2 
"ins   140.  2 

nn;  135.  2,  i4o.  2 
iins  141.  1 
n;^n3  197.  b,  205,  211 
•jprnp  193.  1 
nn3  131.  1 
rnp  (377)  140.  2 
irro  (ijE)  131.  1 
n-j3  79.  3.  a 

ni33   131.  3 

nvrS   172.  5,  209.  3.  a 

ttJrj3   131.  3 

^"11:3  172.  1 

T123   172.  1 

S12i:3  207.  1.  6 

13^)3t:3   173.  1 

um;:  i64. 2, 173. 1 

yb23  60.  3.  c,  184.  a 

?i33  131.  4 

r^.3  184.  a,  216.  1.  e 

7133  126.  1 

17133  131.  3 

TJ3   51.  1 

n"1123  207.  1.  a 

•'S  53.  3.  a 

nT3  59.  a 

nn"'3  187.  2.  c 

Dps  105.  a 

yi2'^3  187.  1.  c 

1T3  158.  2 

On*^?   105.  a 

ISSS  24.  b 


INDEX    III. 


381 


^3Dp  207.  2.  b 
^33  210 
■jlDD  159.  3 

npisp  159.  1 
n:iD3  159. 1 

HDb   237.  1 

jnnDb  127. 1 

DDp  50.  2 
qbD?  91.  6 
nnSDp?  86.  b  (2  m.) 
■IS3D   83.  c  (2) 
"ID?  216.  1.  6 
■^nDp  194.  2 
33b3  80.  2.  b 
libs  91.  (Z 
Tibp  159.  3 

Dhba  91. 6, 119.  1 
npba  132.  2 
nrnTa;  9i.  e 
^^i2p  159. 1 

5iT23  159.  1 
'I3i^D  159.  1 
bi732  159.  1 
D^bilQ:   159.  3 
nblOD  200.  b,  e 
^V"a3   159.  1 
DpbT23   141.  2 
D^D,  D^p  140.  2 
X2^2  207.  1.  b,  209. 
3.  6 

^nssias  60. 1.  a 

Onp^p   141.  2 

'.Ta:  (I'y)  159.  1 

Ta3   185.  2 


n^P35   45.  4,  97.  1 
D3  174.  5 
np3  135.  2,  140.  2 
nsaC3  164.  5 

nnp3  141. 1 
naps  140.  2 

nD3   3.    1.  a,    131.  3, 

T  :  '  ' 

165.  1 
5tiD3  (K.  fut.)  157.  3 
!iiD3  (Ni.)  159.  1 
n^;^iC3  159.  3 
•'^103   11.  1.  a 
ini\1D3     66.    2    (2)    c, 

159.  1 
?rp5  50.  1 
^03  184 
nDD3  220.  1.  b 
^303  216.  2.  a 
Dp3  141.  3  (p.  175) 
nyS3T  99.  3 
nSpS'l  99.  3 
DW3  111.  3.  a 
niy?  159.  1 
^f'^n^y?  62.  2 
D'^"1^2?3  201.  1.  b 
by?   197.  «,  200.  c 
D^'bys  203.  2,  208.  4 
Cbyp  60.  3.  ff,  112.  3 
n)3b5>3,  ni^bs??  112.  3 
D3?3  82.  1.  a  (2) 
n"l^y3  32.  3.  a 
p23>3   187.  2.  c 

nyp  121. 1 

"1?3  58.  1,  184.  6 


ny:  184.  6 
nn?3  58.  1 
Yy.)  111.  3. 6 

ntpysl  172.  3 
irtlB3  159.  1 
p£3  159.  1 

anisiDp  159.  i 

n^2iB3   159.  3 
niSibEp  235.  3  (3) 
rS?bB3   166.  1 

nsbs;  166.  1, 205.  c 
nnsbB3  166. 1 

ibB3  106.  a 

^3ibD3  173.  1 

•^n^bBS  173.  1 

bb£)3  92.  a 

1^31  61.  4 

yep  179.  2.  a 

T2JB3  50.  2,  102.1,  197.6, 

200.  c 
D^b^nS?  187.  2.  a 

r?  217 

asp  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

ns3  217 

n^^ipl   99.  3 

nSS  61.  2 

p'n'pit?  54.  4,  96.  b 

i:b^3  65.  fl 

^n-aSp  86.  i  (2  m.) 
nSp  50.  3,  51.  1 
123  131.  3 
nnsip  24.  b,  98.  1.  a 
nni23  24.  J,  106.  6 

omars  104.  i 


382 


INDEX  III. 


n^3   149.  1 

nnp3  i:n.  3 

^22p3  91.  rf 
np3  185.  2.  6 

r.js:  174.  3 


^l3"'P2  24.  c 
b-Jp3   217 

Dnbp:  159.  1 

^"p:,  m'^'p}  185.  2.  rf, 

209.  2 
n"»pD   173.  1 
T^p5   173.  1 
bpp,  bpp  140.  2 
•'njpp  141.  2 
Dp3  217 

npp  131.  3 
nia]j3  217 

yp3  179.  2.  a 
Si-lp3  91.  J,  166.  3 
13  43.  a,  200.  a 
»13  97.  2.  rt 
■?■?.?  183.  6 
T131  99.  3,  147.  5 
ISSnS  164.  3 
p3  140.  2 
Kto3  82.  5.  a 
»te3'131.  3 
Nto3  131.  4 
NT|3   (Pi.)  165.  2 
iSTD3   164.  4 
?iJ<TC3  164.  4 
liU3  165.  3 
KW3  57.  2  (3)  a,  86, 
(3  pi.),  164.  3 


''ito?   165.  3 
KtJp   177.  3 
KC3  165.  2 
bSTTS  119.  1 
nC3l   150.  3 

rTia«3  205 

131TC5    141.  2 
''P*;'T1J3  220.  1.  b 
D"'T2?3  207.  2.  e 
D'lffisn   140.  5 
1\t^  84.  3.  a  (3) 
nSTTS   51.  4 
bTP3  84.  3.  a  (2) 

n"b;y3  124.  a 
ns-^birs  97.  1 
nrn»3  ui.  1 
n^©3  141. 1 
^:w:  92.  c 
siirs  50. 2 

nplC3  53.  3.  a,  128 

nn©3  24.  c 
nnnTr3  83.  c  (2) 
nyr\T»3  172.  3 
pn3  11.  1.  6 
D3in3  11. 1.  & 

•fns  50.  1,  80.  2.  a 

84.  3.  a  (2) 
•jns   130.  1,  132.  1 

■jhs,  -jns  131.  4 

"ins   130.  1.  b 

lains  24.  c 
d^;n3  11.  1.  6 
b  ^:n3  101.  3,  a 
yn:  50. 1 


f*r:  131.  3 
^ni:pn3  24.  b 

iri3  125.  3 
Or,3  50.  1 
DPP3    132.  1 

nxp  200.  b,  207.  1./ 

n^nSD  203.  3 

2b,  nhO  134.  1,  139.  2 

nno  138 
nap  141.  4 

■ipianp,  ^:3,;p  104.  i, 

139.  1 

V'^ap  139.  1 
"iniap  61. 3 
S'^no  11.  1. 6 
n-^np  235.  3  (1) 
n'^nb  90 

■!Tap  19.  2.  a 

iD2D  24.  b,  221.  5.  a 

^Dn?  19.  1,  45.  2 

Vsp    187.  1.  a 

ibac  24.  i,  221,  5.  a 

rbiap  3.  1.  a 

"159  51.  1 
(3),  "l^"!??  187.  2.  c 

nnio  137,  141.  4 

TO  184.  b 
nniO  186.  2.  a 
C^D  58.  1 
nOID  58.  1 

T 

•'DID  62.  2 
•ipiD  66.  1  (2)  b 
rO'lO  62.  2 


INDEX    III. 


383 


"lBi0  186.  2.  a 

110  3.  1.  a 

nhiD  53.  2.  a,  220.  1.  h 

nho  119.  1 

nnnno  92.  «,  122.  1 

T^P  197.  ^'j  200.  c,  d 
?FDD51.  1,141.  2  (p.  175) 
^DD  3.  1.  a,   51.  1,  80. 

2.  a  (1) 
•fpDp  138 
npD  3.  1.  a,  51.  1 

nnbp  125.  1 
bpbp  141.  5 

ni>pbpi87.  l.e,207.2.a 
pbo  84.  3.  a  (2) 
Dbo  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 
nbb  197.  6 
II^D  195.  1 

nnriD^ap  104.  i 

n2D  183.  6,  184.  h 
D^niDp  207.  1.  a 
D^SODO  207.  2.  a 
TSSJp  195.  1 
nyo  19.  2.  a,  89 
nil^DI  234.  a 
'^'S^  131.  3 

nyp,  n:?b  122.  2 
nnyp  51.  1 

CIP  200.  c,  207.  2.  a 

nsp  3.  1.  a 

12D"1   156.  4 

IBD  50.  1 

qSp   141.  3  (p.  175) 

"ISO  61.  4 


D^"lp  210.  a 
V??,  ^P'''?P  60.  3.  c 
nsiPnp  68.  a 
nno  184.  h 

D^'anp  104.  ^ 
nnp  217 
nnnp  217 
iinp  66.  2  (2)  a 

n:^  197.  b,  200.  c,  215, 

1.  a 
S:?  (dS/i.?)  19.  2.  a 
W  112.  5.  c 

TO  65 

Tnys  111.  3.  a 

*1W  220.  2.  6 

1TO  65 

inn?']  61. 1.  a 

iln?  216.  I.  a 

"i^n?  61.  1 
in^inb  195.  3 
:^TO  220. 1.  6  ' 

tHZV  22.  a 
.TO  112.  5.  6 
•^"11^194.  1,  209.2,  217 

n^ins^  62. 2 
ni'^"in3>  62.  2 

0^:^133?,  D^nny  62.  2 

n^nny  217 

^TiW  106.  a 

DDTO  106.  a,  127.  2 

nh?  200.  c 

nsy  112.  5.  a 

353?  186.  2.  6 


bhy  185.  2.  6 

^??  197.  c 

rt^l?  197.  c 

1?  237.  1,  238.  1,  267.  h 

1^  65.  a 

^^.,  o?;i)  46 

ny  43.  a 

ni:?  112.  5.  a 
rnv  184. 6 
n^n?  209. 3 

•115  238.  1.  a 
"^3  1?  239.  2  (2) 

tl^y  112. 5.  a 

W  112.  5.  a 

•^ini?  220.  2,  a 

S?iy  186.  2.  6 
W  235.  3  (1),  236 
^yS  161.  1 
tiy  (v.)  157.  1 

X^y$  156. 1 

b^P,  bi:?  184.  6,  216. 

1.  d 
h-^V  161.  1 
nbiy  51.  1,  208.  3.  c 

ibi?  221.  5.  h 
bbi>  142.  1 
bbiy  141.  5 

"l^n    Dbi2?  63.  1.  C 
nn^.y  61.  6.  a 
p2?  156.  1 

f:$  200.  c 
■jDiy  141.  4 

D"i?iy  187.  1.  e 

5)1:?  201. 1 


384 


INDEX      III. 


Y^y  179.  2.  a 

"n:?  200.  a 

•^■^y  (v.)  57.  2  (5)  a, 

161.  1 
yy  (adj.)  187.  1.  b 
y.-\rj  19:3.  2 
ryy  198.  a  (3),  201.  1 

ri^y  iGi.  1 

Ty,  T3?  65.  a 

Ty  200.  b,  207.  2 

blST?  11.  1.  a,  168.  a 

nsiy  98.  1 

^\:i3Ty  22.  a 
•^nry  Gl.  6.  a 
•jnyy  111.  3.  a 
i;n3T?  104.  y 

Tiry  60.  .3.  6  (1),  184 
•iTy,  "^-Ty  221.  6 
T^jy  61.  5 
"^ty  112.  5.  b 
"IT?  184 
mr?  196.  b 

nnnty  6i.  6.  a 

n-jy  112.  5.  b 
n^-jy  209.  1.  a 

qVj?  195. 1 

D^SVj?  207.  1.  a 
Tjy  50.  1,  112.  5.  b 

-     T  ' 

nW  214.  1.  b 
y  53.  3.  a 
:2y_   201.  1 
r^y  199.  a 

i:*?  184.  6,  197.  a,  208, 
3.  c  bis,  217 


nir?  203.  5.  a 

ni;i3?  216.  1.  (^ 

I?"'?  221.  5.  6 

irr^ry  220.  2.  c 
ns;'^  156.  1 

^"^y  208.  3.  c 

■Tiy  197.  a,  200.  6,  207. 

1./ 
nTy220.  1.  b,  221.  5.  b 
O'T^y  207.  2.  c 
t'!^  197.  « 

Tij-^nsy  195.  1 

•jDy,  IDy  51.  4 

nsy  112.  5.  a 

b?  237.  1,  238.  1,  267.  b 

by  186.  2.  c 

nnby  51.  i 

D''tt'ib?  201.  1. 6 

Tby  112.  5.  c 

Tby  185.  2. 6 

ITby  111.  3.  a 

""Tby  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.  rt 

•lbs?  238.  1.  a 

■'r?  3.  4 

li-ib:?  193. 1 
n^b-^b?  198.  « (4) 

13-by  239.  2  (3) 
Dby  112.  5.  6 

n)?y-by  237. 2  (2) 
HEby  93. 0 
''B-by  237.  2  (2) 
■j^by  112.  5.  c 
nnby  61.  6.  a 

Oy  197.  6,  207.  2.  a 


Oy  237.  1 

nry  110.  1 
"rb?  60.  3.  b  (1) 

'nb?  65,  89  (in.  pi.) 

'n^y  60. 1.  rt 
•'"itsy  111.  3. « 

rn^?  45.  2,  106.  a 

n^iiTsy  209. 2, 210.  a 
iiay  199.  b 
^ry  214. 2 

?fT2y  65.  a 

P^^?  3.  4 

D^^Cry  207.  2.  « 

pi2y  185.  2.  6,  207.  1.  c 

217 
P'??   184 
"ITSy  208.  3.  b 

nnb?  3.  4 

•'Diy  24.  i,  216.  2.  a 

nsy  174.  3 
\;y  185. 2.  f/ 
n^:y  eo.  3.  b  (1) 
inisy  174.  e 

^:y  185.  2.  d 
l1\:y  104.  6 
•Jpy  198,  217 

py  141.  4 
n;:?  198,  217 
"i?;?  139.  1 
DDE:y  221.  5.  e 
p:y  50.  1 
•^nhsy  24.  b 
onicy  i4i.  2 

D^SSy  208.  3.  d 


INDEX   III. 


385 


b'DV  112.  5.  a 

nsy  200.  a 

npy  208.  3.  6 
D^"IB3>  60.  3.  b  (2) 
nnsy  61.  6.  a 


yy  43.  o,  185.  2  </,  198,  ?J^n5j  60.  3.  6  (1) 
217  lyin?  187.  1.  e 

y\2tiy  193. 2  ^ny  216. 1.  « 

D3^3Siy  24.  6,  216.  2.  a  pn:?  210.  a 
nS?  184.  b  C'S),  217       HD-i:?   111.  3.  a 
m2?  198 

O^'nbs?  203.  5  ny-iy  187.  1.  e 

my  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1.  51^^  80.  2.  b 

a  (2)  bs-n?  193.  2.  c 

DS^  197.  b,  200.  c  ten:?  197.  a 

atoy  200.  a 


nian?,  ninn^  45. 5.  a  rr^to?  214. 1.  b,  223. 1 
inn?  22.  a  nnto?  i96.  d,  224 

D''i?inn?  62.  2.  6,  209.  "jinte?  210.  6,  227.  3 

2.  a  3'^"ltey  208.  3.  a,  225.  1 

D'^an?  208.  4  M'lto?  225.  1.  a 

lytDy  172. 1 

pite:?  185.  2.  c 

•JT?:^  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  6 
•jCy  216.  1.  e 


nisn?  200.  c,  216. 1.  b  ■'^■n^Tc:^  17.  2 

ntey  79.  2, 112. 5.  b, 

125.  3 
mr?  197.  a 
•'nir?  224.  a 

nn'mrs?  207. 1.  d 


DSy  217 

r\mv  217 

nay  50. 3, 112.  5.  6 

DD-'n*"!^?  24.  6 

Tf^nay  220.  2.  a 
npy  112.  5.  6 

spy  200.  c,  rf,  215.  1.  b  Wy  (part.)  172.  5 

'^m,  n]^y  239. 2  (2)    itey  172.  2 

niS|?>3?  24.  b,  216.  2.  a    ^m  172.  2 
Tj-^ninj^y  24.  b  •W'yf  62.  2.  c 

]??  24.  6,  216.  2.  a      m^TCy  l72.  5,  209.  3.  a 


nintey  24.  b,  216. 2.  a  ny  43.  a,  197. 6, 200.  c, 

nto?  172.  2  207.  2,  215.  1.  6 

n©y  62. 2.  c  nny  80.  2 

bfc^nte?,  bx-nto?  13.  b  npy  219.  1.  a 

itey  (pret.)  62.  2.  c         ''py  194.  2 

any  112.  5.  a 

pny  84. 3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

nny  112. 5,  a,  125.  3 


npy  185. 2. 6  n^tey  221. 7.  a 

bpbp5  188  tfitey  201.  2 
nnpy  195. 1, 207.  2. 6  "in^tey  227. 1 

cpy  112.  5.  a  nitey  se.  b  (1  c) 

tepy  187.  1.  b  "'Stn'^tey  102. 1.  a 

ny  156.  2  ^toy  62. 2.  c 

nny  iis.  1  ntey' 224 


S«B  11.  1.  b 

ninxB  189.  2.  c 

•fnXB  104.  c 

:?yns«B  104.  6 
iyas  125.  2 
bxnns  57. 2  (2)  b 
n^snnD  13.  j 


nny  197. 6 


ntey  80. 2.  b,  112.  5.  a  Di-ins!  55. 1, 193. 2.  c 


386  INDEX    III. 

f'^'IB  mn.  2.  c  •^^'^^D   198.  a  (2)  nj5B  187.  1 

DnX  nnD  33.  1.  a,  219.  H^^'^bD  198.  a  (4)  nip-nj^E  43.  fc,  188 

1.  /;  bbS  141.  1  (p.  175)  ns   197.  c 

ns  11.  \.h  ^:bb3  G8.  a,  75.  3  «")D  18.  2.  f,  61.  2.  a, 

HD   185.  2.  (/,  209.  1.  «,  ''pbbs  ^:"bD  75.  3  209.  3.  & 

215.  2.  ft,  220.  1.  c       ■•n'tCbs  194.  1  flXIS  11.  1.  a 

nb  235.  3(4)  inbB  199.  6  nsnb    199 

ns  11.  1.  ft  "jB  239.  1  nan?  207. 1.  h 

f'B  179.  2.  a  H2S  143.  a  D'^P"1B  207.  1.  a 

-lis  139.  1  t^iS  39.  4.  a  n^B   197.  f 

nniS   141,  4  CSB  197.  h,  201.  1  D"'">:'1B  207.  1.  6 

nS   141.  1  (p.  175)  tas  220.  2.  c  "jinS  193.  2 

nnB   78.  1  "'tt^SB  194.  2  •'nS  194.  2 

nriB  184.  h  ^n^:s1  loo.  2.  «  (1)      nns  50.  1,  79.  2 

nns  198,  211.  a  HBB  18'7.  1-  *  nniB   187.  1.  d 

■^ns    131.  3  bCB  208.  3.  h  "inS   57.  2  (4),  184.  6, 

nns  131.  4  b?B   76.  2,  83.  b,  84,  3.        221.  5.  c 

ni:3   125.  3  a  (3),  118.  2  n^-^E  62,  2,  f,  209.  1.  a 

■<B  61.  6.  a  b?B  60.  1.  o,  61,  2,  4,     'i-'nE   62.  2.  b 

n^B   198.  c  208.  3  ^^lE  210.  a 

^rPE,  TB  62.  2  ib2?B  60.  3.  b  (2),  221.    PDhB  216.  1.  a 

TE^b^E   59.  a,  195.  1,            5.  a  HOnB  200.  c 

197.  a,  200.  b  ib^B  221,  5.  a  ns  200.  a 

'inr5ib'»B  220.  1.  6  ■'bys  60,  3,  b  (2)  nyns  ii,  i,  a 

sbB   18,  2.  c.  ^V^  61.  1  ni^ns  104,  d 

SbB  92.  c  Q?^^B  19.  2  nBnB  141.  4 

SbB  92.  c  ays    60.    l,    63.    2.  a,     "jr^B  50,  2 

CDibB    59.    a,    195.  1,          197,  ft,  200.  c,  d  pB  200.  c 

197.  a,  200.  6,  208.  "I2B  50.  2,  125.  3  p^B  50.  1 

3.  a  npB  80.  2.  a  (4)  CnB  210.  o,  216.  1.  a 

D^'jbB  66,  2  (2)  c  "IpB    89  ©"IB  50.  3 

I3ibD  207.  1.  c  'inpB  86.  a  tjnfi  119.  1 

rrj-^bs  108  ^npB  loe.  6  TIDIB  50.  3,  68.  a,  180.  a 

■^•J^bs    216.  1,  J  n^nipB  187.  2  DDlpnE  104.  A,  119.  1 


INDEX    III. 


387 


ms  196.  b,  209.  1.  a 
fmt^  100.  2.  a  (2) 
t2T?S  80.  2.  a  (l),  84. 

3.  a  (3) 
nniTS  200.  h 
DnCS  156.  1 
ns  197.  a,  200.  6,  207. 

2.  « 
Di^nS  235.  2  (1) 
D5nS   215.  1.  a 

nins  139.  2 

nr\s  80. 1 

inns  106.  a,  125.  2 

TIS   208.  3.  (/ 

Vnbns  188 

iSa  148.  3 

nsS  (n.)  216.  1.  6 

:ns2r  (v.)  i48. 3, 164.  5 
nrsa  i48.  3,  i64.  3 

Q^bs^  208.  3.  a 
1X2    201.  1 
"1X2X2  216.  1.  a 
D^X2«2  188.  a 
nSS  148.  2 
inxi  148.  2 
T;nS2    30.  2 
Nn2  200.  a,  215.  2.  c 

n^snar  56.  4 
n^xias  58.  4 

112  208.  3.  d 

n;^n2  209.  2.  h 
n-'ns  165.  3 

^2  207.  2.  a 


p^*!?  187.  1 

pn2  84.  3.  a  (2) 

p'72  184,  198.  a  (2) 

p'12  65.  a 

p"!]?  80.    1 

npnSJ  198.  a  (2),  216. 

inpn2   65.  a 

?fnp'n2  92.  d 
nn2  50.  1 

nn2  197.  a 

W^yy^  19.  2,  203.  5, 

208.  4 
12  174.  5 
nX12   11.  1.  a 
nX12  200.  c,   215.  1, 

216.  1.  d 

rm  174.  5 
ni2  57.  2  (2) 

''ni12  11.  1.  a 

Din'''i2,  Dnii2  11. 1. 

pi2  207.  1.  c 
112  (v.)  50.  3 
"112  (n.)  51.  3 
pn2  51.  2 
pn2  92.  d 

nn2  50. 1 

nn2  185.  2.  h 
■'2  209.  2 
n;'2  208.  3.  c 
"7^2  187.  1.  a 
12'T'2  210.  </ 
pb-«2  187.  1.  c 
5bpi2  14.  a 
b2  207.  2.  a 


rjb2  82.  1.  a  (2) 

ninb2  57.  1 
nnb2  57.  1, 210.  e 

lbb2  139.  1 

ibb2  20.  2,  221.  6.  6 

2  D''bb2  209.  2.  a 

ni'ab2  195.  3 

3>b2  197.  a,  200.  c,  216. 

1.  e 
n:?b2    198 
b2b2  187.  1.  e,  207.  2. 

a,  216.  2 
Dib2b2  16.  3.  5 
XTa2  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (l) 
Xt?2  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
•^'1^2  22.  fl,  216.  2.  a 
n)22  80.  2.  a  (l) 
n732  165.  3 

"iniaar  i64.  2 

a  ^211122   102.  2,  104.  ^ 

*irnnT22  24.  h,  92.  a 

'^Dtin')32  24.  h 
51^:2,  ^-1:2   185.  2 
-1PD2  200.  a 
T|^y2    119.  3 
py2  51.  2,  121.  1 
1S2   (part.)  172.  5 
*jiS2  197.  6 
71:122  219.  1 
^2152  194.  2 
niS2  197.   c,  200.  a, 

207.  1.  d 
'}B2  50.  1 
nDB2  132.  1 


38S  INDEX   III. 

qp2  141.  2  (p.  l7o)  D*!)?.  65.  a  brj^  217 

yi-lD2  68.  a,  195.  2  ^pip  187.  1.  e  bl3jp  51.   3,   83,    83.   6, 

■j-lbS  193.  2.  6,  208.  3.  a  XD^^  80.  2.  a  (l),  82.  1,       85.  2,  103 

pi:   148.  3  a  (2)  b^p  183.  a 

•jlpS  86.  6  (3  pi.)  t^p  208.  3.  6  bcp   217 

npS  148.  2  -©"np   92.  c  "J^I?   185.   2,  207.  2.  6, 

nns  216.  1.  a  ©"np  92.  c  217 

nSTlS  98.  1.  a  0^T2:np  19.  2  fbp  (adj.)  185.  2 

nins  200.  a  nnp  121.  1  faj?  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (3), 

"ins  50.  3,  141.   3  nbnp  197.  rf  84.  3.  a  (1) 

(p.  175)  •'nnp  194.  1  "^Stpp  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 

2?nip  50.  1  "It^p  so.  2.  a  (1) 

nj«p  156.  4  V-Ap  11.  1.  J  "litO'ip  187.  1.  c 

OSp  11.  1.  a  nip,  n'^p  174.  3  n^p   83.  c  (1),   154.  1, 

DSp  156.  3  T'""!!??,  ■'rr'??  i74.  2  161.  1 

nsp  196.  6  bip  200.  a  tJitt-ip  59.  a,  187.  1.  c 

np  139.  2  Dip  153.  2,  155  12)3^p   220.  1.  6 

nnj?  184.  i  nri^p,  n^ip  157.  2  r^p'^p  i87. 1.  e 

-nnp  19.  2, 141.  1  •'"aip  34  T'P  200.  a 

ninp  104.  rf  ^"Q^p  34  i^p  141.  1 

bap  86.  b  (3  pi.)  n^lS-'p  156.  2  1^p;i  100.  2.  a  (2) 

ibnp,  ibap  19.  2.  c,  o^ip  83.  c  (1)  nibp  214.  2 

221.  5.  a  n^^Wp  198.  a  (4)  flibp  141.  2 

Or-^np  19.  2  T^^p  179.  2.  a  bbp  84.  3.  a  (2) 

i:ap  141.  3  nijrnp  57.  2  (3)  «  bbp  i4i.  4 

V2p  92.  (/  !inhnp  21. 1  nbbp  20.  2 

nrnp  92.  c  np  132.  2  ncbp  i98.  a  (3) 

T|23p  92.  c,  101.  3.  a,  Hp  5,3.  2.  a,  132.  2  bpbp  141.  4 

104.  h  inp   132.  2  bp'bp   187.  1.  e 

^^"^  78.   1  Onp  132.  2  Dp   57.   2  (5),    153.  1, 

nnp  200.  c  -nnp  eo.  3.  c,  132.  2       iss.  2.  « 

irap  104.  j  nnp  132.  2  cinp  59.  a,  i87. 1.  c 

triip  18.5.  2.  6  "iprip  132.  2  D^'ap  15G.  2 

O^Ci-Ip  201.  2  TjStpp  19.  2,  221.  5.  a  b^p,  b^p  82.  1.  a  (1) 


INDEX   III. 


389 


24.  c 

nS^p  61.  4,  66.  2  (2), 

157.  2 
yi2^  208.  3.  6 

r\^j?  59 

IP  215.  1.  b 
Nsp  92.  d,  166.  3 
inssp  166.  2 
nsp   200.  c 

nbp  172.  2 

i3p   172.  2 
np??  215.  1.  c 
l^p  141.  1  (p.  175) 

"IIP  80.  2.  6 
■'SrSP  54.  3 
•^ttlDp  89  (f.  s.) 
DOp  84,  3.  a  (3) 

-nop  87 

DOp  141.  3  (p.  175) 
nih-p  196.  c 
Dip    50.  1 
n^p  18.  2.  c 
"^n^"^  220,  1.  6  ■ 

n^P  184.  6 

T^^rp  185.  2.  a 
V?p  141.  1  (p.  175) 
"I2p   50.  1,  2,    84.  3.   a 

(3),  125.  3 
DDlSp   106.  a 
mp  196.  b,  211.  a 
Snp  179.  1.  a 
Kip  166.  2 
»7ip  167.  1 

msinp  166.  2 


lys'np  104.  c 
rh'h  xnp  35.  1 

1«"lp   60.    3.  c,   98.  2, 
164.  3 

nsnp  166.  1 
nsnp  166.  2 

nnp   77.  3,  78.  2,  82. 

1.  a  (2),  118.  1 
nnp  (imp.)  119.  1 
anp   185.  2.  6 

anp  200.  a 
-n-np  19.  2.  a 
nnnp  98. 1.  a 
liinp'  39.  4.  a 

DDanp  19.  2,  119.  3 
■jn-ip  19.  2.  6,  193.  2 
"'Sanp  216.  1.  a 
D^np  200.  c 
nnp  179.  1.  a 

ninp  185.  2.  6 
n:ip  187. 1. 6 

Smp  11.  1.  a 

Knnp  196.  d 

•^n-lp  89  (f.  s.) 

onp  118.  1 

'J'lp  197.  a 
ni3"np  203.  5.  a 
■"Dnp  214.  2 

'1\37l?,   I"^?"?!?  221.  4 
D:?-lp,   D:'3np  203.  1, 
208.  4 

bbnp  193.  2.  c 
f  np  50.  2 
ypnp  187.  1.  e 


'Ip'lp  161.  2 

ntoptep  207. 1.  e 

nrp   79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

mrp  210 

niCp  216.  1.  d 
•Dtp  61.  4,  183.  b 
mrp  80.  2.  a  (2) 

rnsp  80. 1 

D-nTCp  125.  1 
tJOp  141.  3  (p.  175) 
m^p   197.  6,  199.  (/ 
rfp  187.  1.  a 

Driinrp  24.  6 

nP\rp  216.  2.  a 

riij"!  77.  2,  79.  1,  80.  1, 
114 

nsn  172.  2 

IXn   172.  2 
ISn  26,  121.  1 
i:a^fi5-|  57.  2  (3)  a 
nixn   172.  2 

nisn  172.  2 

''«n  60.  3.  b  (2) 

ni^s-i  207.  2.  rf 

•jilD-^Sn  227.  1.  a 

ni2sn  156.  3 
n^ttii-i  11. 1.  a 
niiasn  i56.  3 

"ipSh   102.  3 

WK"I   11.  1.  a  bis 

©Xn  156.  3 

rxn  61.  2.  a,  207.  1./ 

'JICKI  11.  1.  6 


390 


INDEX      III. 


•Ji'irX"!  193.  1,  227.  1 
npiCX-l  235.  3  (3) 
D^TTSn   57.  2  (3)  a 
n-'CSn    198.  a  (4) 
Dn  C^y)   153.  1 
3T,n-l(yiP)82.  l.a(3) 

an  217 

an  c^y)  iss.  3 

ah  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

aan  hi.  i  (p.  175), 

179.  2.  a 

whan  250.  2  (2)  a 

nan  179.  2.  a 

nan  235.  3  (3) 

nan  172.  3,  174.  5 

lan  (■''y)  156.  4 

'lan  141. 1 

lan  139.  1 

ian,  xian  197.  «,  209. 

3,  226 

nian  eo.  3.  a 
D'^nian  203.  4,  226 
D'^an  249.  1.  a 

ly^an  227.  1 
n^y^an  227.  3 
yan,  yah  227.  3 
D"'yan  207.  1.  a 
fan  84.  3.  a  (2) 
pan  158.  1 
nan  235.  3  (3) 
''nan33. 1,  ei.e.a,  218 

T3in  84.  3,  a  (2) 

bin  50.  1 

bin  197.  a,  217 


''hn   194.  2 
D'^bin   203.  5.  a 
yih   126.  1 

^1  (T^r)   ^^-  2-  ^,  150. 
1  (p.  182) 

"jn  (yy)  139.  2 
^n,  n^n  i48.  3 
nnn  (inf.)  14 8. 2 

iqnn  78.  1 
cinn  114 
•iDisnn  114 

■'B'^n  19.  2.  a 

p'ln  148.  2 

inhh  148. 2 

Dann  22.  a 

an  158.  3 

nnn  57.  2  (5)  a,  i56. 1 

mn  184.  J 

nin  197.  b 

nn  161. 1 

bain  186.  2.  a 

on  80.  2.  a  (4) 

Disin  157.  1 

yn  179.  1.  a 

yjtin  141.  4 
tin  57.  2  (2)  a 
ahn.ainn  197.6,200.0 
D^nn  187.  1 
pinn  185.  2.  b 
bnn  197,  c,  200.  6 
onn  118.  2 
onn  119.  1 

onn  61.  2.  a,  197.  6 

n^nn  i96.  c 


D'^ISnn  201.  1,  208.  3.  a 

ynn  80.  2.  a  (3) 
nsnn  119.  3 
pnn  185.  2.  6 
pnn  119.  1 
npnn  119.  3 
a-jn  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ttEt:n  68.  a,  180.  a 
n  184.  b 
an  (v.)  153.  2,   155, 

158.  2,  3 
an  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nian  158. 1 

pn  186.  2.  c 
Dpn  235.  2  (1) 
«n  186.  2.  c 
•jiCn  57.  2  (2)  a,   227 

1.  a 
Ifn  50.  1,  186.  2.  c 

aan  84.  3.  o  (2) 
isn  141.  1 
•yan  141.  1  (p.  175) 
ban  50.  1 
nbDn  198.  «  (2) 
rch  139.  1 
irirjn  199.  b 
n)2h  208.  3.  6 
"^rn^nn  104.  k 
i:n,  ■'in  i4i.  1 

•jSn  139.  3 

T?h  i-n-  5 

yn  60.  2,  215.  1.  e 

ayn  (v.)  82.  1.  «  (2) 

ayn  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 


INDEX    III. 


391 


nyh  139.  2 

n?"l  186.  2.  o,  215.  e 

^n3?n  220.  1.  6 
ly^T  141.  1 

lyn  221.  3.  a 
^yn  221.  3.  a 

byn  114 

•J??"!  122.  1 

p5>n  187.  1.  (/,  207.  2. 

y?n  141.  3  (p.  175) 

•'Dnyn  220. 1.  h 

i^Bh  186.  2.  a 
i<Sn  92.  d,  166.  3 

nsBn  164.  5 

13SS"\  165.  2 

•'nssn  165.  2 

nsn  84.  3.  a  (2) 

n&n  165.  1 
^tm'\  177.  3 

Sisn  179.  1.  a 
yr\  199.  a 

y^n  141.  4 

pn  50. 1 

npn  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nph  186.  2.  a 
Dp   186.  2.  a 
yj?""l  126.  1 
^i^ipn  106.  a,  125.  2 
pj?n  179.  2.  a 
t-)  {<'S)  186.  2.  c 
«n,  on  C^'b)   148.  3 
yon  198.  a 

n:?T»n  198.  a  (1) 
D^^nyon  203.  5 


''BOn,  ''BTCn  22.  a,  216. 
2.  a 

tir\  141.  5 
tjon  141.  5 

'^'^^  (v.)  148.  2 
non  (n.)  184.  h 
rtn©"1  148.  2 
pinn   200.  a,  207.  1.  c 
h  Onh  197.  6,  208.  3.  h 

i5to  131.  3 

^N©,  IXto   16.  2.  o,  45. 

5.  a 
nS5T0   3.  1.  a 
nxto  16.  2.  a,  61.  2.  a, 

131.  4 
nXt)  61.  2.  a 
yniri  82.  1.  a  (2) 

yato  185. 2. 6 
:nynto  127.  1 
^nis  3.  1.  a 

^'ito  141.  1  (p.  175) 
nnto   185.  2.  c/,   200.  r, 

210,  215.  2,  221.  7 
^nnb  220.  1.  6 
''ito  185.  2.  (^ 
Site  201.  1,  215.  2 

""nnto  19.  2 

«itJ  131.  4 

nite  158.  3 

t3^«  158.  3 
n)2lTSl58.  3 
"l^TS  3.  1.  a,  179.  2,  a 
into  184.  h 


pnto  51.  2 

Quia,  I'jto  51.  4 
i:t:TS  106.  a 

K^ip  184.  6 
in":©  221.  7.  a 
i''T»  221.  7.  a 
n^to  158.  2,  3 
D-i©  158.  2,  3  bis 

nia^TD  158.  3 

to^to  158.  2 

\iin  51. 1 

b?ilJ  3.  1.  o,  79.  2 

nibs©  3.  1.  a,   51.  4.  a 

IDto  3.  1.  a 

nbto  184.  6,  207.  1.  h 

rdtn  156.  4 

nttto  82.  1.  a  (2) 

"^TOto,  ■''ni2to  216.  1.  6 

iPttto  104.  y 

^«5to  82.  1.  a  (1) 

nK;iu  87,  166.  2 
nsDto  104.  A 
^spic  102.  3 
7;i?;iD  60.  1,  164.  4 
niibto  166.  2 
•^nx:©  164. 1 
^injj?©  220.  2.  a 

n?©  3.  1.  a,  121.  1 

n:?to  207. 1.  h 
nn^to  51. 1 
nnyto  198. 6 
nny©  200.  h 
hnytoi  27,  57.  2  (2)  ft, 

220.  1.  6 


392 


INDEX   III. 


nsto   3.   \.  a,    199.    d, 

217,  221.  2.  4 
•JETT  50.  1 
■'PBt?   216.  2.  a 

Dn'^ninsTiJ  221.  1 
Dn^nBTp  221.  1 

1TD  207.  2.  a 
nniD  179.  2.  a 

inic  199.  c 

D"'E?ni?  68.  a 
DnD^.to  104.  i 
p'lTD  185.  2.  i 
™  141.  1  (p.  175) 

^nnia  61.  6.  a 
nia  131.  4 

UTW  90  (iJos*.) 
ID  53.  2.  a,  74 

nansjTD  45.  5.  a 

biSTlJ  197.  6 
•JXTJJ  57.  2  (3)  a 
W'^miD  156.  3 
T^-JSTB  57.  2  (3)  a 
5iiTD  78.  1,  121.  1 
5SO,  ^bWD  119.  2 
nbXBJ   119.  3 

i:^bxT»  119.  2 

■iSnbKC  118.  3 
T^bsO   119.  2 
■TbSBJ    104.  a 
l^nbXTIJ   119.  2 
OnbsiD  119.  2 

■l:^^o  122.  1 

irXO  187.  l.(/,  207.  2. 


TCXtU   139.  3 
"ISC   183.  h 
r.-i-lSC    198.  a  (4) 
no  53.  2.  a,    144.    3, 
148.  3 

-30,  nn©  148.  3 
aiij  157.  1 

in©  11.  1.  a     ' 
130  34 
^aO   34 
laO    39.  4.  a 
y^rnn  200.  c,  210.  a 
ninO  198.  a  (4) 

■jnn^ao  220.  1.  h 
•jnir  51.  2, 197.  b 

^•jaC  216.  2 

^ao  221.  5.  c 
ly^a©  227. 1 
rr^yiD  198.  a  (4) 
b^ba©  24. 6 
•'bao  24.  h 


•lat?,  nac  126.  2 

raO   84.  3.  a  (3),  86.  J 

natj  148. 2 

naiC   144.  3,  148.  2 
naO  197.  6,  221.  6.  a 

frac  193.  2.  ff 
•"nac,  ^nac  us.  2 

bjTS  197.  a 
lao  216.  1.  e 
no  207.  2.  a 
nno  139.  2 
^'nO  141.  4 

r'^y\rs  93.  a 
inno  141. 1 
nil©  139.  2 
•''nir  199.  c. 

CniD  45.  5.  a 
N1TD  61.  2.  a 
a^O  157.  1 

aic  (aitj;"?)  53.  2. 6, 

148.  2 


nbao  3.  1.  (/,  200.  6,  ?inaaio  104.  c 

207.  1.  (^  na^c,  na^t3i57.  2 

npaiD  157.  2  lantj  11. 1.  a 

yao  216.  1.  e  IT©   141.  4 

ni^ao  223. 1  ntiiaio  207. 1.  a 

^'^V:i1D  208.  3.  fl,  225.  1  T^^""©   199.  a 

D^yatj  203.  3  "^p^O  194.  2.  a 

n::?ao  223.  1.  a  y^c  lei.  1 

QD"'nrao  221.  2.  6  by^nr  186.  2 

D^ryaTJJ203.4,  223.1.a  "lyitj  186.  2.  a 

anyao  223. 1.  a,  250.  t:Eio  ise.  2.  a 

2  (2)  a  nciO  200.  a 

b  "lair  3. 1.  a  yw  207. 1.  / 


INDEX   III. 


393 


J?iW  197.  a 

n^TJJ  3.  1.  a 

"lie  (v.)  158.  3 

-lie  (n.)  197.  c,  201.  1, 

207.  1./. 
■^niDiO  92.  J,  174.  1 
■JiritJ  207.  2.  b 
^"rriTS  60.  3.  5  (2),  119.  4 

nn-iS  141.  1 

in©  60.  4.  o,   141.  1 

nt:n«  119.  3 
ir^nia  199.  d 
nh©  185.  2.  6 
nhnn©  188 
nni^  78.  2 
inn©  121.  2 
DDnno  119. 1 
nra©  200.  6 

D^'J©  156.  3 

nhi©  187.  1.  c 
ib^TS,  "^D'bto  55.  2.  a 

T^©  158.  2,  3 
n'TitJ  220.  1.  6 
n^rj  158.  2,  3 

in"'©  221.  5.  6 

1\t  139.  2 

SDO  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nbto  87 

3Dp   87 

nnDO  98.  1 
nnpo  106.  a 

iasO  106.  a 
biDO   184 
"JIDiC  90  {pass.) 


•JID©  87 

n?©   80.  2,  82.  1.  a  (2) 

''nD©  216.  1.  6 

i;nD©  127.  2 

t^lSriD©  127.  2 
nriDO  60.  2.  a,  127.  1 
bD©  3.  1.  a 
bb©  82.  1.  a  (3),   84.  3. 

a  (1),  85.  2 
!''nb3©65.a,  82.  l.a(3) 
inbb©  65.  a 
D3©  183.  6 
DD©   65 
■'^D©  221.  5.  c 
•JD©   82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 

a(l) 
^b©  87 

P©  90  {2)ass.) 
•ipD©  61.  6.  a 
PDD©  132.  1 
''P;D©'  90  (2  f.) 
ID©   3.  1.  a,  125.  3 
"ID©   185.  2 
"b©  131.  3 
bit)  139.  2 
•jSsb©  68.  a 

n^nanb©  195.  3 

lb©  185.  2.  <? 
nb©  184.  6 
Ml  lb©  21. 1 
a-^nib©  187.  2 

Sib©  187.  2 
'innb©  168.  a 

nb©  80.  2.  a  (1),  124 


nbT5  60. 1 

nb©  125.  2 

nb©  126. 1 
nb©  126. 1 
nnb©  125. 1 

221.  3.  a 
126.  1 
•jnb©  200.  a 

Nrnb©  45.  4 

pn'b©  123.  5.  a 
t:b©  84.  3.  a  (2) 

''b©  54.  2 
©•"b©  210.  o 

••©^b©   199.  h 

•i©^!?©  227.  1 
ni©ib©  227.  3 

nn©^b©  219. 1.  a 

t^'D^W  92.  d 
bb©  141.  3  (p.  175) 
Db©  84.  3.  a  (2) 
fib©  92.  d 
Db©  92.  c 
Db©  93.  a 
1»b©  92.  c 
''Sb©  194.  2.  a 
-©b©  215.  1.  c 
©b©  51.  3 
n©b©  220.  1.  h 

n©b©  223. 1 

D-^irb©  225.  1 
D-^TTb©  207.  1.  a 
D©b©  235.  2  (1) 
•f^nttJb©  .220.  1.  b 
DDr\©b©  250.  2  (2)  a 


394 


INDEX      III. 


Ompb©  250.  2  (2)  a  DDS^tD  125.  2 

^ynbO  53.  2.  a  ')?)2TD  89  (f.  pi.),    98.  2, 

DC  235.  1  127.  1 

DtD  43.  ff,  200.  o,  215.  H^:?^©  127.  2 


1.  6 

^t  80.  2.  «  (3) 
ni2tD  219.  1.  a 
ittW  221.  3.  a 

ni^«  G4. 2 
niiao  139.  2 


■':S?T20  125.  1 

pya©  127. 1 
ny^sTiJ  205 
iny^o  106.  a 
-iiao  77.  2 

"11211!   186.  2.  a 


nr>I3iai»  86.  h  (2  m.)       "nnTQC  125.  1 
i^TC  66.  2  (2)  c  5^"?^^  19.  2 

CiatS  10.  a  ^'?''?^  104.  e 

D;^^«  201.  1,  203.  5.  c    t'q^  197.  h 
r\'q']tlt  219.  1  "JO  197.  a,  217 

"'Z^'ap  227.  1  Viim  196.  (Z 

D^©  82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3.  »31p   177.  3 

a  (1),  141.  3  (p.  175)  n:tJ200.f,rf,  211,  216.1 

B^tj  90  "^niao  i4i.  2 

•JT3C  79.  2,   84.  3.  a  (2)  i?©  227.  1 

njiair  223.  1  d;'?©  203.  4, 223,  1 

D'^iiao  225.  1  "^i2:?n  o'^stD  251.  4.  a 

niry  n:iai2J  224.  a        ^r:©  250.  2  (2)  a 

l^UlS  80.  2.  a  (1),  82. 1.  n^;0  235.  3  (3) 


a  (2) 

y)2C  60.  1.  a 
yTSUJ  65.  6 
yT3©  184.  h 
yet  60.  1.  a 
yTSC  60.  1 

n:?T3tJ  125.  1 

rVJIZlt  98.  1,  125.  1 
"t:?^©    125.  2 
?]?Ta«  106.  a 


•j:©  141.  1  (p.  175) 
T?^  141.  5 

r:»  196.  5 

D'^nplD  203.  3 
yotJ  126.  1 
T:I3?©  195.  2 
by©  208.  3.  h 
'h:?,'tD  216.  2 
y?«   141.  2  (p.  175) 

ny©  197. 6 


rTi?©,  :nny©  60.  3.  a 

"l^ny©  3.  1.  a 

nn^ny©  187.  2,  c 

ycy©  60.  3.  i  (2),  141.6 
D^y©?©  187.  2.  6 
•fiD©  89 

nriE©  214. 1 

rjb©  89  (m.  pi.) 

?JE©   80.  2.  «  (2) 

tfb©   89 

rOE©  13.  5,  86.  b  (3  pi.) 

riDE©  22.  a 

bS©  82.  1.  a  (1) 

bB©  87 

nbc©  196.  c 

•)S©  207.  2.  6 

nyc©  196.  J 

n"»-lS©  187.  2.  c 

nins©  203.  5.  a 

D^nE©  203.  5.  a 

np©^  131.  3 

^p©   209.  3 

pp©   187.  2 

Q^iPip©,  nitt]:;©  208. 3.  a 

pp©   141.  2  (p.  175) 
np©  199.  (/ 
nirp©  216.  2,  216.  2.  a 
•^CK'-^©  60.  4.  a 
t2'>a'1©22.a,  51.2,  68.a 
?f|1©  60.  4.  a,  221.  6.  6 
?fn"l©  221.  6.  6 
©n©  208.  3.  b 
©n©,  ©■^TD  83.  c  (1), 
92.  b,  122.  2 


INDEX    HI. 


395 


n»-n»  187.  1.  e 

Dipnw  19.  2 

tt  43.  a 

rm  223.  1 

IT^TJJ  227.  1 

Q^tjtj  225.  1 

Tm  200.  a 

nn©  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

in©  172.  2 
im»,  nine  172.  2 

''ri©  209.  2. 6 

n^n©  209.  2.  h 
in^rnr  250.  2  (2)  a 

D":nu:  22.  6,  223.  1.  a 

axn  51. 1 
bnxn  111.  2.  a 
?f'^'^  ^^nsnT  35.  1 
■j^nnsh  64.  2 

"la^Pl  111.  2.  a 

^nnsneo.  3.  c,  111. 2.  c 

isn  57.  2  (3)  a,  184.  h 

•'laixn  216.  1.  c 

ThSI^  111.  2.  a 

inbs^jn  60.  3.  c  (?), 

93.  a,  111.  2.  e 

njbssn  91.  c 

5lb»n  111.  2.  a 
■'lasn  216.  1.  c 
:n5)2sr\  88  (f.  pi.) 

intJSn  88  (m.  pi.) 

npsn  200. 5,  216.  1. 5 

"jlBCSn  151.  2 

•"sosn  112.  3 


''anxn  112. 3 
insr ,  in»5ri  60.  3.  h  (2) 
npbtn  157.  3 
n^ffixp  190 
nrxn  111.  2. 6 

«3h  111.  2.  6,  177.  3 

nrshn  157.  3 
yki7\  88  (f.  pi.) 
n:«3r\  157.  3 
■>nsnn  88  (3  f.),  i67.  3 
n:bnari  11 8.  4 
nxian  97.  \.a 
nnsinn  220.  1.  h 
nnxi3n88(3f.),  167. 3 

^nNi3n88(3f.),  167.  3 

Tian  140.  3 
•Jinn  192.  2 
pian  140.  3 
^3:n2n  105. 6 
inuin  88  (3  f.  pi.) 

12!{^an  26 

'inj^nn  160.  3 
nsnni  172.  4 
nrsnn  172.  3 

bnn  190.  h,  197.  a 

bnri  190.  h 
b>nn  190 

x   -    : 

•jani  158.  2 
Wp^  1^2. 1 
npyan  126.  1 
•'an^an  105.  6 
•?|5an  126.  1 

l^TDJ^an  88  (m.  pi.) 
^tjpnn^  234.  a 


^D^ian  120.  3 
^isDnan  105.  6 
npnaMnn  128 
b'l.^ni  99.  3 

^^yiSn  126.  1 

mni  158.  2 
'j^'^yni72.  1 
:b^r\  174.  4 

^5n  66.  1  (1),  173.  3 

n>5n  172.  3 
nbani  173.  3 
n:b,nr\  15  8. 2 
■^nibTO-^n  220.  2.  c 
;]r5n:)  88  (f.  pi.) 
I^pann  88  (2  f.) 
'ippa'in  105.  a,  rf 
na^ni  99. 3 
■jinann  55.  2. «,  88 

(m.  pi.) 
■Jl^ann  88  (m.  pi.) 

nnann  92.  e 

^'^T\  139.  3 

nnnn  192.  2 

''S21S3'in  105.  c 

npbnn  172.  3 

■j^^TS^ri  172.  1 

!3?nni  147.  5 
st2"!n  45.  2 

"    :    I- 

>r\T\  61.  2 
inn  30.  1 

Dinn  190.  h,    197.  i, 
200.  a 

n-^nn  172.  3 
3i^nn  88  (f.  pi.) 


396 


INDEX    III. 


nr'inn,  nrnn  ii.  i.a 
nsiaTip  ICO.  3 
nnsnn  94.  c 
bnn  140.  5 
nbnr\  190.  b 
^bnn  19.  1,  GO.  3.  b{2), 
112.  2,  151.  1 

TITjnn  220.  2.  a 
nnn^  172.  4 
n:^nnn  11 8.  4 
3^")nn^  172.  3 
^!5nnn  24.  c,  142.  3 

in  185.  2.  d 

sin  57.  2  (3)  a 
ns^n  190.  6 

Tynn  63.  2.  a,  184.  6 

?yin  216.  1.  d 
nrnsin  220.  1.  b 
•jnsin  105.  e 
ty'^'ain  90,  151.  3 
?loin  22.  ^»,  151.  2 
qoin  151. 2 
nn^in  207.  1.  a 
nin  217 
nnin  217 
'iiSTiJ^n-n  104./ 
ncin  190.  b,  192.  2 

•^DTDin   216.  l.a 

nn^Tn  157.  3 

,17?-Tn  88  (f.  pi.) 

ninDjn  ci.  4.  a 
■'brn  111.  2.  6 
ni:Tn  190.  b,  199.  rf 
^?Ti?l  (3  f.)  172.  3 


"'p'lTP^  53.  3.0,  111.  2.  c 
K3nr\^   106.  4 

nib^ann  201.  1 
biann  go.  3.  a 
tnn  172.  4 
Tnhi  111.  2.  6 
njni^  172.  4 
■^nn  16.  2.  a 
•j-ib-^nn  158.  2 
bnni  158.  2 
bnn  140.  3 
nbnp  190. 6 
pp'^N^bnn  220.  2.  c 
npbnn  i4i.  2 
c^nn  190.  a 
nnTpnni  104.  e 
niinn  190.  6 
''nbnn  220.  2.  a 
onm  GO.  1.  a,  157.  3 
•p-nn  173.  3 
cnn^  157.  3 
•ipnTcnn  105.  e 
nnn  237.  1,  238. 1 
i^nn  CjE)  131.  1 
•^nnn  194.  2 

D^ni?  238.  1.  6 

•>3  rnn  239.  2  (2) 
onnn  238. 1.  b 
•'pnnn  238.  1.  6 
•'su^n  147.  4 

I^D^n    19.3.  1 
l^'^P  190.  6,  197.  6 

p:^nn  150.  3 
nc:?^n  11.  1. 6 


TWTr\  113.  1 

np^n  147.  4 

CVn  190.  6 

t:;'r\  208.  3.  c 
n:20^n  i47.  2 
n:rc^n  147.  4 
t;^3Dn  101.  3.  a 
risni   172.  4 

,VnDnn  88  (f.  pi.) 
nnsHT  119. 1 

bDn  172.4 

nb^n  177.  3 
isn  50. 1 
nG2n  54.  2 

?r''1Dri  192.  2 

-mDn  88  (2  f.) 
sbni  172.  4 

ns^  190.  i,  198.  a  (3) 
c^sbn  177.  3 
nbni  147.  5 

ns'ibri  147.  2 
r.bn  50.  1 

D^s^bn  56.  4, 177.  3 
Vnbm  119.  1 
insbn  105.  a 

^Dbn  65.  6 

n:Dbri  6 1.  4.  a,  151. 1 

^Itibn  88 
T'lDbn  192.  2 

l^P^,  1^1?  158.  2 
Dn  186.  2.  c,  207.  2 
on  (v.)  139.  2 
DP  (n.)  186.  2.  c 
nrP   143.  o 


INDEX    III. 


397 


ro'iTOn  118.  4 

ISSiTOni   161.  3 

nrij^ian  i57.  3 
bi^n  183.  c 
•jim-an  157.  3 
nar.TOn  isV.  3 
rran  iVs.  3 

intin(2m.)lY2.3,l75.3 
D^tiri  53.  3.  a 

iiasb^n  io4./ 
iD^b^ani  99.  3 

D-an  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175) 
rjar\  54.  3,  141.  2 

nnsian  ei.  6.  a 

D72ri1   175.  3 

bi>^r\  60.  1.  a 
nrxsisn  i65.  2 
^sa^n  60.  1.  a 
nppian  i4i.  2 
n-ani  175.  3 
■ran  140.  5 

^TOh  111.  2.  6 

"iinian  192.  2 
D'^nin'an  i87.  2.  c 
tj^n  157.  3 
■jn  53.  2.  a 
jnpBSpn  118.  4 
ncapn  131.  2 
nbn  157.  3 
q^3n  131.  2 
nsn  132.  1 
n^sn  192.  2 

WW   60.  1.  a 

nansn  205.  c 


nmn  131.  1  n?n  197. 6 

inpspi  150.  2,  161.  5  nyn  eo.  4.  a 

nsnrn  104. 6  nyni  174.  4 

sTSin  131.  6  to:?r\  173.  3 

i3tD2n  102.  2  nicyn  172.  3 

nrson  61.  3, 136.  2,  ?i>-ntD?n  27 

141.  2  T^to?n  55.2.  a,  88.2./ 

?fpn  140.  5  risncyn  105.  h 

qpp  111.  2. 6, 151. 2  mssn  192. 2.  a 

n?r  51. 1, 121. 1  ^rgchn  111.  2.  6 

33?n  60.  4.  a  nisn  192.  2 

'\vbv;c\  88  (m.  pi.)  DD^nisisn  161.  5 
own  19.  2,  111.  3.  a  nrs^BP  157.  3 

'I'linyri  88  ri:s^Bn,  nssiBn  157. 

nayni  111. 1  nbsn  190.  h 

naayni  97. 1.  a  'jsni  172.  4 
n2ayri25,88(f.pi.),9i.c  yEhn  150.  3 

T\mT\,  nsayiii  157.  3  oysm  99. 3.  a,  119. 1 

"lyp"!    172.  4  qsn  141.  3  (p.  175) 

nyp\  51. 3  'inif?^  ^0^-  ^ 

JTi^yn  198.  a  (3)  nsn  i4o.  5 


Tyn^   140.  1 

nrirn  91.  6 
atyn  60.  4 
t3?ni  (■•y)  157.  3 
nbyn  21 6. 1.  a 

^b^m   140.  5 
S^r^^HT   172.  3 

nbyn  60.  3.  c 

■{^"tisyni  99.  3.  a 

a^is^n  192.  2,  200.  c 

np;?n,  nspyn  172.  3  ij?r\  50. 1 

y?n  141.  2  (p.  175)      lypin  46 

nsyn  97.  1.  a  ypn  157.  3 

tnpyn  126.  2  Knpni  166.  4 


■jTOTfBn  88  (m.  pi.) 

nsssn  147.  2 
na'i'iisn  161.  3 
np^3rn  141.  2 
npbjrn  i4i.  2 
isnpn  139. 1 
nnpn  190.  &,  i98.  a  (3) 

n23'ipn88(f.pl.),  161.3 

np^^pn  160.  3 
bpn  140. 1 


398 


INDEX  III. 


n:s-}pn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
^nnpp  88  (3  f.  pi.) 

1'anpPT   90.  3.  a 
CPP-I   174.  4 

'."inpn  9.5.  a 
Knn  3.5.  2 
xnni  172.  4 
nsin  172.  3 
■izsnn  105.  e 
nnni  172.  4 
nanni  17.5.  3 
rii3in  190.  6 
•"nba-in  94.  «,  115 

■T:!n  147.  2 
m2'l-ir\192.2.a,  216.1.6 

nn-in  88  (3f.pl.),  147.2 
nmn  147.  3 
^"in  156.  4 
nrjinn  190.  b 
n:^)3i-in  16I.  4 
pin  140.  3 
n:oBnn  92.  e 

Vr^'Cr\7\  192.  2.  a 

n:D'a'in88(3f.pi.),9i.c 

I^P  190.  h 

nshn  97.  1.  a 

'^P.snn   88  (f.  pi.) 

nn  (v.)  140.  5 
qnn  175.  3 
D^snn  201.  2 
nrB-in  i65.  3 
finn  140.  5 
fnpi  172.  4 
^nsrnn,  ^ns"nn  93.  a 
nrxfen  165.  2 


n:sB7n  i64.  2 
•^:?Tr5cri  161.  2 

n'a^TUn   61.  4.  a,  205.  c 

bsirn  97.  2 

^b^Niairp   180.  a 

n:ir'n  i64.  2 
nintDH  157.  3 
n:a©n  ei.  4,  leo.  3 
n:-i3;En  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
nairn,  niarn  65. «. 
npn^Tcn  157.  3 
DiaiTrn  54.  2 

ny^TlJn  190.  6,  192.  2.  a, 
198.  a  (3) 

■'*:nTrn6o.3.6(2),i20. 1 
nncn  119.  1 

■'Cn  172.  4 

ly^irjn  227.  1 
n:nD"^n  91.  c 
npTiJn  88.  (f.  pi.) 
ninbcn  88  (3  f.  pi.), 

105.  b 

"d^tT)  97.  2 
^2^tr\  95.  a 

Dirn  147.  4 
Dn-^Tairn  105.  d 
r\t2tr\  65.  b 

lin-Qirn   88  (m.  pi.) 
ytcn  216.  1.  e 
yen  60.  3.  c 

nycn  223. 1 

D^yiCn  208.  3.  a,  225. 1 

nycycn  142.  1 
msni  158.  2 
nrsnujn  iis.  4 


l^nspirn  ss  (2  f. 
vr}tr\  176.  3 
nrDEPTpp,    nrpBPtn 

96.  b 

nn  131.  4 

-TP  61.  5 

:ybann  126. 1 
"inpp  142.  2 

nanp  60.  4.  a,  176.  3 

T\T\T\  (npn:)  53.  2.  6, 

132.  1 

T^nnn  126.  2 
nrpbnnp  96.  b 
bnbnnp  161.  2 
nnrp  i76.  3 
nnnnn  94,  a 

■IPP  61.  5,   131.  4 

:c2np]  176.  3 

DPP  140.  1 

-:r.,V'cnp  16I.  3 

:D72PP   142.   2 
"JPP   132.  1 
ri:PP1  105.  a 
K©:np  166.  5 
ynp  172.  4 
:bEPP   142.  2 
Sbcnp  166.  5 
a^EPPT  99.  3.  fl,  119.  1 
tbpEPP  96.  b 
S^np   53.  3.  b,    150.  3 

(p.  182) 
^SrP  25 

nrpn  150.  3 

ynPP  60.  4.  a,  176.  3 

nrj-jicpp  161.  3 


HEBREW  GRAMMATICAL  TERMS. 


tfap?  212 


ni*ni«  2  n^ns  46 

nbDi  n»tt  "jnii?  1.  3    ^np  i?bi  a^ns  46 

rnss:  31  f^^"!-^*?  29.  6 

nmD  mabuj  -irj^v.  3. «  Tn;*  litjb  199 


ns3  n?2  21.  1 

i3iS^a  85.  1.  a 

D"^2^ia  76.  1 

s^sa  45.  4.  a 
prn  ©5"!  23.  1 

bp  ffiJiT  21.  1 

n:?^1'n  sn  229.  1 
nbsjtsn  sn  230. 1 
I'lPD'csn  7.  3 

■I72i>n  9.  1,  24.3.  2.  a* 
?y^2n  11  99.  1 
IDT   196 

:it:n  le.  3.  a 
pinin  45.  4.  a 

OrJ  28 

snnu  29.  b 
D^ins  76.  2 
D-i^ISS  71.  c 


D^iSn  "{iTCb  199 

D^DO  "liirb  199 
tT-^nsT?  45.  4.  a 
nan^  71.  c 
nnpi'a  212 

D^b^  70.  a 
D'^Dbp  28 

biybia  32 
ynb^a  32 
nnicia  10.  46 

p-iD^  26 
nip^  85.  1.  a 
qpl2  43 

I2^bs5  nPD  nctt  7. 

3.  a 

r;nia  44 
nirrip  28. 6 
n:  16.  2 


npcD  71.  c 
73  16.  2 

nnpp  196 
n^n^pp  2 

pics  qiO  36.  1 
^iltiO  212 
D-iW  28 
W  85.  1  a 
Tny  85.  1.  <z 

n-ibys  70.  a 

•'112  85.  1.  a 
''Ij?  46 

n-'np  sbi  inp  46 
nsn  27 

^SnD^  I'n  bXTS  7.  3.  a 
»:iw,  xittj  16. 1 
nsnn  'ts  ^'aibu?  7. 3.  a 

tli)2TD  70.  a 

^sci2n  nit:©  223. 1 
nm  irDsbuo  7.  3.  a 
niy^an  12 


Names  of  the  letters  ?  2,  their  signification  §5.  S 
Names  of  the  vowels  ?  12,  their  signification  ^  12.  5 
Names  of  the  accents  §  29.  their  signification  §  29.  b 
Names  of  the  verhal  species  §76.  1,  2. 
Designations  of  imperfect  verbs  §  76.  3. 


POSTSCEIPT 


The  folded  leaf  which  follows  contains  a  general  view  of 
the  inflections  of  the  various  kinds  of  verbs,  perfect  and  im- 
perfect, the  rides  for  the  changes  to  which  nouns  are  liable, 
the  personal  pronouns  in  their  separate  and  suifixed  forms, 
and  the  different  vowels  assumed  by  the  inseparable  prefixes 
and  the  interrogative  nia .  It  is  designed  to  be  taken  out 
of  the  book  and  mounted  upon  pasteboard.  The  student 
will  thus  have  the  most  material  parts  of  the  grammar  brought 
together  and  exhibited  to  his  eye  upon  a  single  page. 

Two  sections  of  the  grammar  have  been  inadvertently 
numbered  141  and  two  150.  To  prevent  embarrassment 
from  this  cause  in  the  use  of  the  indexes,  the  page  is  almost 
always  added  when  tlie  second  of  the  duplicate  sections  is 
intended. 


GENERAL    VIEWOF  THE   VERB 


>* 

■« 

i« 

■n 

'M 

r^ 

Pi«H 

trif 

i«) 

t;:^ 

*?, 

"fn 

rt=P5 

r:?; 

ri«5; 

r:^ 

'*» 

TDJ 

i»5 

-r? 

f^ 

irw 

t^- 

17?? 

sw 

-s' 

>i 

-7= 

rttp 

TV 

!>J 

r?= 

iT»-- 

T^ 

H.1- 

rV:^- 

"S^ir! 

TO^^J 

i:^" 

FT/^ 

tor<5 

^15?^ 

!<Kn 

r^ 

*ww 

WWJ 

WW 

Vlf'^. 

Ks^m 

•njnT! 

i*trn 

-irzr 

r**trn 

t.  Uui 

riKa-n 

^^r^ 

Wjp 

^, 

V-«f 

ITS: 

^ 

^ 

i« 

rts 

ibj--^ 

■nrrj 

iti>-. 

rte 

i=S-7 

■«^ 

i.;.-, 

'Jr 

its 

^ 

i., 

H* 

!*B 

-^ 

y., 

"J: 

P'ssn        rccn 


rJT       n:;«:r 


r«srn 


i  /-i./t 


rric^e 


r^pff!^      ^^ 


r^-rcn     parrn 


m-xn 

-■?"" 

U,*;.^. 

is?."" 

■rarr- 

isa- 

WJ-^-" 

r-???'"' 

Jr„.,L 

n:isi;iTi 

,,,,li,.J;. 

— i«5m 

nS, 

m53 

Slpb.L 

■its 

5m 

itia 

rfJ;: 

I-..1- 

tef 

■^t 

i»? 

ftlET! 

rrKjri 

ll.pM. 

itfn 

■^ 

bsvi 

Ullbp4d. 

it=i;r.-i 

■fflJT.-: 

b«sm 

ise3:pp   ri:2iircn 


i*i»ri 


m1> 


iEfn 

T:jn 

iH?n 

r^tr 

^■PPT 

■rtsri 

iKi-i 

Ti^ 

^T 

ism 

H1SI 

rlV- 

iep-l 

trpn 

»SEn 

rt:n 

D^"*? 

HSJ 

-Sj 

npn 

»s-;n 

nSjn 

3iprn 

KSarn 

nba^n 

UitbpMl 


•XT3 


b^N3  ITibTD 

I>«M  nit? 


■*5ra        lw3p.^       „^^        ^j^      ^_^.j^ 


cra-.p'j 
a-pp 


DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


Hie  rmiiniiin  rntliiig  r 

1.  Ill  K  ■ii»|>lo  iiltimitlp  thm>  I*  no  ctuuip- 

2.  If  Ibr  ulliR»l«  u  luiinl  «  SrghuUir  forti  i>  *do|ited. 

d  tbe  diuj  &*.. 


Id  •  niltnl  iillinMtlf, 
I.  TWre  »  rffra-tixl  r\cr{*  fr\wi 

1  TIm)  Aim)  Irtirr  i-  .UiltWtl  ii> 
rod  ItMr  n«lrHi>l.  util  iii 


when  Ibr 


>  (rani  nwilnrtnl  ik 
lU  roonimnft  al  ibt 

8.  Sc(rtKi.l»-  irionw  tbrir  pntiwri  M.w.,^U^c  fonn  brfm 
Itir  frmiiuiir  uultii^  r>   .   m  t|,  jj,^  ^,1  octmkmmU^ 
ID  Ibr  ilukl  ibr}    n>ri>r    pm.«iK'  Kunrta,  uid    Ibe 
ofipiul  «u«cl  of  tbe  DraonjIkUt  ^k  ■*■*■ 
In  ■  litniilc  ulliuMlr, 

4.  *  bwmwc*  f^  ,  O"   «  B*  .  r*. 

Id  xho  iwnult. 

Kuucu  ud  TVw  are  tv|trtod.  ««p,  ^^  ^g^am  m  ". . 


m  oomntooT  nATc 

I.  Thr  fnuinine  n   UvtMon  r. ;  ibc  diul  v,  «jd  tbc  iJimJ  5* 


^.  In  a  *im|)Jc  ultimate  n_  lienwics  n  .  ' 

4.  K«»<.  u.d  T«,  m  njcrtcd  from  U»  .jIUIe  p,^^    ,^  '    ' 

>but1  nnrd  ■  mated  bctwno  tbon.  *  ■*! 


BdbmUMgnTeMiffita  (rtL:  9,  p,  en,  fi], 

NflWB  flf  bodi  gcDden  ana  of  ■]]  BumboB  Uke  th«  fctmof  lhel| 


PERSONAL    PRONOUNS. 

■?..         ■?.  (■?-' 
1.  '3=.) 


53.  (TB.) 


1. 


1.  — 


>«diggado,a,^ 


II.  Bdbn  IW  l«kl  uBm, 

1.  Sioiiflkr  or  |4ml  muas  with  •  fr 
CTNUinict  faro,  oeij  chaagakg 

S.  Sugflkrorplurelaoaiu  DotlMniu;  tfeMUKt 
tbe  aoK  lorai  M  bcfcn  tbs  sbnlnlc  (Jtuil 

S.  Dnl  ooona  Main  Ik  bat  wfadi  1%  bn  liii„  |^ 
•Iwdnla  dad  tenaiaalasa. 


KSEPARABLC  PEEPoelTIOMS  A.^^>  ' 
Pnnw»ry  fonn. 

"UiUicooouaned,,,;^  ' 


1.  (■?-) 
p  ooNVcycm'E. 


T. 


1?-.  (•-?•.) 


/J.-. 


rrrfOtJinj  tJiart  wwfrf. 


Ike  Tfititi  of  tie  arMc. 


..wi»ui»ian..ifdcn,rit™,s,,fV^^u,rtpi«oluc|   la  Bi*Bal««».pm.„l-ki,  I 

..I 1 — i#-.i.  .  ■  I*  .       .  -— f-.  1.  3<V«in<vnaaBBni  Uwmifalu'ivTal  loUar  Boooiibl]^ 

fam.  ai  bcAx*  Ik  (naiauw  endinfi  n  . 


■k  pi«»i  fa,  a,  ,i.,nj„  „,^   ,;  |j__,  j^  „  t;. 


««•  i™i»  w  r,  raWilgi,  Ik  (fcnl  farih  ,i„j,J,raid»s.  *■  •^^  •*"  •*«*  "  dodhfcd  a  tk  |fcnl.  <r  b  •Uck'l 

r  rrj«  1  Ik  pcnrdinti  n>nl  or  nakn  i  to  »kl  il  "ooM  "»  <<«a<»a»u  \Bn  eaimxi,  are  tiiaHi  L 

.(  r  b«J  nol  km  appadai  J.  Ftoal  n  i  Aomad. 


TO  PMIWmoj  „.  Bi  BTO|ioo.,tlVT:  TOE  iSn™*  **»  ™  IVTOEOOAtUn  - 
^''*^  *»w>g  ewMonaau  ■    ''  "  " 

B*^«-.D-<>».«a.i.^^     ^,^.  •  '  1;  n 

BAtt  pmuiali  .lUi  K«na^  '  '      .  ?  "^  "^ 


i 


DATE  DUE 

^BiMiW""^^^^^ 

k- 

1 

GAYLORD 

PRINTEO  IN  U.S.A. 

